Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 21, 2004.
Registration No. 333-            



SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


Form S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
         
Delaware   3714   41-1990662
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)


6530 West Campus Way

New Albany, Ohio 43054
Telephone: (614) 289-5360
Telecopy: (614) 985-1842
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)


Mervin Dunn

Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc.
President and Chief Executive Officer
6530 West Campus Way
New Albany, Ohio 43054
Telephone: (614) 289-5360
Telecopy: (614) 985-1842
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)


Copies to:

     
Dennis M. Myers, P.C.
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
200 East Randolph Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60601
Telephone: (312) 861-2000
Telecopy: (312) 861-2200
  Kris F. Heinzelman, Esq.
Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP
825 Eighth Avenue
New York, New York 10019
Telephone: (212) 474-1000
Telecopy: (212) 474-3700


     Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box.     o

     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.     o


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

         


Proposed Maximum Aggregate
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered Offering Price(1)(2) Amount of Registration Fee

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
  $150,000,000.00   $19,005


(1)  Includes                    shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
 
(2)  Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.


     The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.




Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MAY 21, 2004

                                 Shares

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP

Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc.

Common Stock


        We are selling                      shares of common stock and the selling stockholders are selling                      shares of common stock. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the shares of common stock sold by the selling stockholders.

      Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price of our common stock is expected to be between $          and $           per share. We intend to apply to list our common stock on The Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “CVGI.”

      The underwriters have an option to purchase a maximum of                      additional shares from us and the selling stockholders to cover over-allotments of shares.

      Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” on page 10.

                 
Underwriting
Price to Discounts and Proceeds to Proceeds to
Public Commissions Issuer Selling Stockholders




Per Share
  $   $   $   $
Total
  $   $   $   $

      Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on or about                     , 2004.

      Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Credit Suisse First Boston


 
Robert W. Baird & Co. Lehman Brothers

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2004.


Table of Contents

      Under the caption “Global Presence” is a map of North America and Europe/Asia indicating the locations of our manufacturing facilities.

      Under the caption “Comprehensive Cab Systems” is a picture of a Class 8 heavy truck cab illustrating our products.



TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
Page

    1  
    10  
    19  
    20  
    20  
    21  
    23  
    24  
    29  
    42  
    47  
    60  
    69  
    73  
    75  
    76  
    80  
    82  
    85  
    88  
    88  
    88  
    F-1  
  Agreement and Plan of Merger
  Registration Agreement
  Joinder to the Registration Agreement
  Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
  Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement
  Amendment to Revolving Credit & Term Loan Agrmt.
  Amendment to Revolving Credit & Term Loan Agrmt.
  Amendment to Revolving Credit & Term Loan Agrmt.
  Assignment and Waiver Agreement
  Investor Stockholders Agreement
  Joinder to the Investor Stockholders Agreement
  Form of Joinder to the Investor Stockholders Agrmt
  Form of Management Stockholders Agreement
  Note Purchase Agreement
  Form of Subordinated Promissory Note
  Promissory Note
  Promissory Note
  Bostrom Holding, Inc. 2004 Stock Option Plan
  Form of Grant of Nonqualified Stock Option
  Service Agreement
  Consent of Eric J. Rosen
  Consent of Richard Snell


      You should rely only on the information contained in this document or to which we have referred you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. This document may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities. The information in this document may only be accurate on the date of this document.

Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation

      Until                     , 2004 (25 days after the commencement of the offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

      This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus but might not contain all of the information that is important to you. Before investing in our common stock, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the “Risk Factors” section and the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

      We conduct our business through our operating subsidiaries, each of which is or will become a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. prior to the completion of this offering. For purposes of this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, all references herein to “our company,” “Commercial Vehicle Group,” “CVG,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries and their predecessors. Original equipment manufacturers are referred to herein as “OEMs.” Unless otherwise indicated, the information contained in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised.

Our Company

      We believe that we are the largest supplier of interior systems, vision safety solutions and other cab-related products for the global commercial vehicle market, including the heavy-duty (Class 8) truck market, the construction market and other specialized transportation markets. As a result of our strong leadership in cab-related products and systems, we are positioned to benefit from the increased focus of our customers on cab design and comfort to better serve their end user, the driver. Our products include suspension seat systems, interior trim systems (including instrument panels, door panels, headliners, cabinetry and floor systems), mirrors, wiper systems, controls and switches specifically designed for applications in commercial vehicle cabs. We are differentiated from suppliers to the automotive industry by our ability to manufacture low volume customized products on a sequenced basis to meet the requirements of our customers. As a result of our high-quality, innovative products, well-recognized brand names and customer service, a majority of the largest 100 fleet operators specifically request our products. We believe that we have the number one or two position in all of our major markets and that we are the only supplier in the North American commercial vehicle market that can offer complete interior systems including seats, interior trim and flooring.

      We offer a broad range of products and system solutions for a variety of end market vehicle applications. Over 60% of our sales are to the heavy-duty (Class 8) OEMs, such as Freightliner (DaimlerChrysler), International (Navistar), PACCAR and Volvo/ Mack, and their service organizations. In total, approximately 70% of our sales are in North America, with the balance in Europe and Asia. The following charts depict our 2003 net sales by product category and end markets served.

     
Product Category End Markets Served
(PRODUCT CATEGORY PIE GRAPH)
  (END MARKETS SERVED PIE GRAPH)

      Since 2000, we have been able to improve our operating margins each year despite the cyclical downturn in our end markets. In our largest market, the North American heavy-duty (Class 8) truck market, vehicle unit build rates declined from 332,600 units in 1999 to a low of 146,000 units in 2001, rebounding slightly to 176,700 units in 2003. Demand for commercial vehicles is expected to improve in 2004 due to a variety of factors, including a broad economic recovery in North America, the need to

1


Table of Contents

replace aging truck fleets as a result of under-investment, increasing freight volumes and improving hauler profits. According to ACT Research, the North American heavy-duty (Class 8) unit build rates are expected to grow from 176,700 in 2003 to over 300,000 in 2006. This trend is reflected in the North American heavy-duty (Class 8) order rate of approximately 135,000 units in the first four months of 2004, an increase of 123% from the same period in 2003.

Our Competitive Strengths

      We believe that our competitive strengths include the following:

      Leading Market Positions and Brands. We believe that we are the leading supplier of seating systems and interior trim products and the second largest supplier of wiper systems and mirrors for the North American commercial vehicle market. We believe that we are the largest global supplier of construction vehicle seating systems. Our products are marketed under brand names that are well known by our customers and truck fleet operators. These brands include KAB Seating, National Seating, Trim Systems, Sprague Devices, Sprague Controls, Prutsman TM , Moto Mirror TM and RoadWatch®.

      Comprehensive Cab Product and Interior System Solutions. We believe that we offer the broadest product range of any commercial vehicle interior supplier. We manufacture approximately 50 product categories, many of which are critical to the interior subsystems of a commercial vehicle cab. We also utilize a variety of different processes, such as urethane molding, vacuum forming and “twin shell” vacuum forming, that enable us to meet each customer’s unique styling and cost requirements. The breadth of our product offering enables us to provide a “one-stop shop” for our customers, who increasingly require complete cab solutions from a single supply source. As a result, we believe that we have a substantial opportunity for further customer penetration through cross-selling initiatives and by bundling our products to provide complete system solutions.

      End-User Focused Product Innovation. A key trend in the commercial vehicle market is that OEMs are increasingly focused on cab design and comfort to better serve their end user, the driver, and our customers are seeking suppliers that can provide product innovation. We have a full service engineering and product development organization that proactively presents solutions to OEMs to meet these needs and enables us to increase our overall content on current platforms and models. Examples of our recent innovations that will result in better cost and performance parameters for our customers include: a new high performance air suspension seating system; the back cycler mechanism designed to reduce driver fatigue; the RoadWatch® system installed in a mirror base to detect road surface temperature; an aero-molded mirror; and a low-weight, cost effective tubular wiper system design.

      Flexible Manufacturing Capabilities. Because commercial vehicle OEMs permit their customers to select from an extensive menu of cab options, our customers frequently request modified products in low volumes within a limited time frame. We have a highly variable cost structure and can efficiently leverage our flexible manufacturing capabilities to provide low volume, customized products to meet each customer’s styling, cost and “just-in-time” delivery requirements. We have a network of 13 manufacturing locations in North America and Europe and are among the first commercial vehicle suppliers with operations in China. Our facilities are located near our customers to reduce distribution costs and to maintain a high level of customer service and flexibility.

      Strong Relationships with Leading Customers and Major Fleets. Because of our comprehensive product offerings, leading brand names and product innovation, we are an important long-term supplier to all of the leading Class 8 truck manufacturers in North America and also a global supplier to leading construction customers such as Caterpillar, Komatsu and Volvo. In addition, through our sales and engineering forces, we maintain active relationships with the major truck fleet organizations that are end users of our products such as Yellow Freight, Swift Transportation, Schneider National and Ryder Leasing. As a result of our high-quality, innovative products, well-recognized brand names and customer service, a majority of the largest 100 fleet operators specifically request our products.

2


Table of Contents

      Proven Management Team. Our management team is highly respected within the commercial vehicle market, and our nine senior managers have an average of 19 years of experience in the industry. We believe that our team has substantial depth in critical operational areas and has demonstrated success in reducing costs, integrating business acquisitions and improving processes through cyclical periods.

Our Business Strategy

      In addition to capitalizing on expected growth in our end markets, our primary growth strategies are as follows:

      Increase Content, Expand Customer Penetration and Leverage System Opportunities. We are the only integrated commercial vehicle supplier that can offer complete interior systems. We are focused on securing additional sales from our existing customer base, and we actively cross-market a diverse portfolio of products to our customers to increase our content on the cabs manufactured by these OEMs. To complement our North American capabilities and enhance our customer relationships, we are working with OEMs as they increase their focus on international markets. We are one of the first commercial vehicle suppliers to establish operations in China and are aggressively working to secure new business from both existing customers with Chinese manufacturing operations and Chinese OEMs. We believe we are well positioned to capitalize on the migration by OEMs in the heavy truck and commercial vehicle sector towards commercial vehicle suppliers that can offer a complete interior system.

      Leverage Our New Product Development Capabilities. During the recent downturn, we invested significantly in our engineering capabilities and new product development in order to anticipate the evolving demands of our customers and end users. For example, we recently introduced a new wiper system utilizing a tubular linkage system with a single motor that operates both wipers, reducing the cost, space and weight of the wiper system. Also, we believe that our new high performance seat should enable us to capture additional market share in North America and provide us with opportunities to market this seat on a global basis. We will continue to design and develop new products that add or improve content and increase cab comfort and safety.

      Capitalize on Operating Leverage. We continuously seek ways to lower costs, enhance product quality, improve manufacturing efficiencies and increase product throughput. Over the past three years, we realized operating synergies with the integration of our sales, marketing and distribution processes; reduced our fixed cost base through the closure and consolidation of several manufacturing and design facilities; and have begun to implement our Lean Manufacturing and Total Quality Production Systems (TQPS) programs. We believe our ongoing cost saving initiatives and the establishment of our sourcing relationships in China will enable us to continue to lower our manufacturing costs. As a result, we are well positioned to grow our operating margins and capitalize on any volume increases in the heavy truck sector with minimal additional capital expenditures.

      Grow Sales to the Aftermarket. While the average life of a commercial vehicle is approximately six years, certain components, such as seats, wipers and mirrors, are replaced more frequently. We believe that there are opportunities to leverage our brand recognition to increase our sales to the replacement aftermarket. Since many aftermarket participants are small and locally focused, we plan to leverage our national scale to increase our market share in the fragmented aftermarket.

      Pursue Strategic Acquisitions. We will selectively pursue complementary strategic acquisitions that allow us to leverage the marketing, engineering and manufacturing strengths of our business and expand our sales to new and existing customers. The markets in which we operate are highly fragmented and provide ample consolidation opportunities.

Corporate Information

      Onex Corporation and its affiliate, Hidden Creek Industries, identified the commercial vehicle interior supply segment as a growth area due to favorable industry trends. The commercial vehicle OEMs were beginning to demand increased performance from their suppliers that included engineering support, new

3


Table of Contents

product innovation, subassemblies and, eventually, complete interior systems. In an effort to create an integrated company that could satisfy these increased requirements, Onex and Hidden Creek acquired Trim Systems in 1997 and Commercial Vehicle Systems, or CVS, and National/ KAB Seating in 2000. Since 2000, the combined company has focused on integration, new product innovation, cost rationalization, customer relationships and the establishment of a global footprint.

      Onex is a diversified company based in Canada with consolidated revenues of approximately C$17 billion and consolidated assets of approximately C$14 billion. Hidden Creek focuses on developing strategic initiatives, assisting in financing activities and analyzing acquisition opportunities for CVG and other corporations.

Financial Information

      Trim Systems, CVS and National/ KAB Seating were initially acquired through three separate holding companies. The operations of CVS and National/ KAB Seating were formally combined under a single holding company, now known as Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc., or CVG, on March 28, 2003. Prior to the completion of this offering, Trim Systems will also become a wholly owned subsidiary of CVG. Because these businesses were under common control since their respective dates of acquisition, their historical results of operations have been combined for the periods in which they were under common control based on their respective historical basis of accounting.

4


Table of Contents

The Offering

 
Common stock offered to the public by CVG                      shares
 
Common stock offered to the public by the selling stockholders                      shares
 
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering                      shares
 
Use of proceeds We intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of shares by us to repay a significant portion of our existing indebtedness. See “Use of Proceeds.” We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sales of our common stock by the selling stockholders.
 
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol “CVGI”
 
Risk Factors You should carefully read and consider the information set forth under “Risk Factors” and all other information set forth in this prospectus before investing in our common stock.

      The number of shares that will be outstanding after this offering excludes                      shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our equity incentive and stock option plans. See “Management — Employee Benefit Plans.”

      Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

  •  the completion of the merger whereby Trim Systems will become a wholly owned subsidiary of CVG and the exercise of all outstanding warrants issued by Trim Systems;
 
  •  the reclassification of our outstanding classes of common stock into one class of common stock and, in connection therewith, a 43.631-to-one stock split;
 
  •  the effectiveness of our amended and restated certification of incorporation immediately prior to this offering; and
 
  •  no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

5


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Information

      The following table summarizes financial data regarding our business and certain industry information and should be read together with “Selected Historical Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

      The unaudited financial data set forth below for the year ended December 31, 1999 is derived in its entirety from the results of operations of Trim Systems, LLC for the year ended December 31, 1999, which was acquired by our principal stockholders in 1997. The unaudited financial data set forth below for the year ended December 31, 2000 is derived from the results of operations of Trim Systems, LLC for the entire period and the results of operations of CVS and National/ KAB Seating beginning from their respective dates of acquisition by our principal stockholders, which occurred on March 31, 2000 and October 6, 2000, respectively. Because these businesses were under common control since their respective dates of acquisition, their historical results of operations have been combined for the periods in which they were under common control based on their respective historical basis of accounting. Because of the significant impact of the 2000 acquisitions, the financial data for periods prior to such acquisitions are not comparable to those following such acquisitions.

                                                           
Three Months
Ended
Year Ended December 31, March 31,


1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003 2004







(in thousands, except share and per share data)
Statement of Operations Data:
                                                       
Revenues
  $ 196,994     $ 244,963     $ 271,226     $ 298,678     $ 287,579     $ 66,383     $ 85,990  
Cost of sales
    181,167       208,083       229,593       249,181       237,884       56,228       70,503  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Gross profit
    15,827       36,880       41,633       49,497       49,695       10,155       15,487  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    14,548       21,569       21,767       23,952       24,281       5,960       7,497  
Amortization expense
    947       2,725       3,822       122       185       46       36  
Restructuring charge
          5,561       449                          
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Operating income
    332       7,025       15,595       25,423       25,229       4,149       7,954  
Other expense (income)
    (3,313 )     (1,955 )     (2,347 )     1,098       3,230       2,404       (3,270 )
Interest expense, net
    4,935       12,396       14,885       12,940       9,796       2,730       2,268  
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
                            2,972       2,972        
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting
    (1,290 )     (3,416 )     3,057       11,385       9,231       (3,957 )     8,956  
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    (452 )     (2,550 )     5,072       5,235       5,267       (2,258 )     3,407  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting
    (838 )     (866 )     (2,015 )     6,150       3,964       (1,699 )     5,549  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
                      (51,630 )                  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (838 )   $ (866 )   $ (2,015 )   $ (45,480 )   $ 3,964     $ (1,699 )   $ 5,549  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Pro Forma Earnings Per Share Data(1):
                                                       
Earnings (loss) per share(2):
                                                       
 
Basic
                                                       
 
Diluted
                                                       
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                                                       
 
Basic
                                                       
 
Diluted
                                                       

6


Table of Contents

                                                           
Three Months
Ended
Year Ended December 31, March 31,


1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003 2004







(in thousands, except share, per share and production data)
Other Data:
                                                       
EBITDA(3)
  $ 5,954     $ 16,107     $ 28,428     $ 34,105     $ 33,335     $ 6,271     $ 10,014  
EBITDA margin(4)
    3.0 %     6.6 %     10.5 %     11.4 %     11.6 %     9.5 %     11.7 %
Net cash provided by (used for):
                                                       
 
Operating activities
  $ (8,306 )   $ 24,068     $ 12,408     $ 18,172     $ 10,442     $ (3,166 )   $ 5,992  
 
Investing activities
    (1,173 )     (3,051 )     7,749       (4,937 )     (5,967 )     (1,411 )     (798 )
 
Financing activities
    9,144       (13,160 )     (24,792 )     (14,825 )     (2,761 )     3,330       (7,667 )
Depreciation and amortization
    2,309       9,078       12,833       8,682       8,106       2,122       2,060  
Capital expenditures, net
    1,173       3,174       4,898       4,937       5,967       1,411       798  
North American Class 8 heavy-duty truck production (units)(5)
    332,600       252,000       146,000       181,000       176,700       36,000       53,000  
                 
At March 31, 2004

Actual As Adjusted(6)


(in thousands)
Balance Sheet Data:
               
Working capital
  $ 26,449     $    
Total assets
    218,511          
Total debt
    120,782          
Total stockholders’ investment
    40,627          


(1)  The pro forma earnings per share data give effect to the sale of                      shares of our common stock and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom as described under the caption “Use of Proceeds” as if such transaction was completed on January 1, 2003. Adjustments include the elimination of $           million of interest expense associated with the debt repaid using the net proceeds of this offering and the related charge for the write-off of deferred costs associated with debt that will be extinguished, the issuance of                      shares of common stock in this offering and the reclassification of our existing classes of common stock into one class of common stock. The pro forma financial data does not purport to represent what our results of operations actually would have been if this offering had occurred as of the date indicated or what our results will be in any future period.
 
(2)  Earnings per share are calculated by dividing the net earnings by the weighted average shares outstanding.
 
(3)  “EBITDA” represents earnings before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation, amortization, non-cash gain (loss) on forward exchange contracts, loss on early extinguishment of debt and an impairment charge associated with the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS No. 142”). EBITDA does not represent and should not be considered as an alternative to net income or cash flow from operations, as determined by generally accepted accounting principles. We present EBITDA because we believe that it is widely accepted that EBITDA provides useful information regarding our operating results. We rely on EBITDA as a primary measure to review and assess the operating performance of our company and our management team. We also review EBITDA to compare our current operating results with corresponding periods and with other companies in our industry. We believe that it is useful to investors to provide disclosures of our operating results on the same basis as that used by our management. We also believe that it can assist investors in comparing our performance to that of other companies on a consistent basis without regard to depreciation, amortization, interest or taxes, which do not directly affect our operating performance. In addition, we also utilize EBITDA as an assessment of our overall liquidity and our ability to meet our debt service obligations. Our lenders under our senior credit facilities utilize EBITDA in measuring our compliance with certain financial

7


Table of Contents

ratios contained in such agreements. EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

  •  EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;
 
  •  EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
 
  •  EBITDA does not reflect the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt;
 
  •  although depreciation and amortization are noncash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and
 
  •  other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

  Because of these limitations, EBITDA should not be considered a measure of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using EBITDA only supplementally. See the consolidated statements of cash flows included in our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

8


Table of Contents

  The following is a reconciliation of EBITDA to net income (loss) and net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                                                             
Three Months
Ended
Years Ended December 31, March 31,


1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003 2004







(dollars in thousands)
EBITDA
  $ 5,954     $ 16,107     $ 28,428     $ 34,105     $ 33,335     $ 6,271     $ 10,014  
 
Add (subtract):
                                                       
   
Depreciation and amortization
    (2,309 )     (9,078 )     (12,833 )     (8,682 )     (8,106 )     (2,122 )     (2,060 )
   
Noncash gain (loss) on forward exchange contracts
          1,951       2,347       (1,098 )     (3,230 )     (2,404 )     3,270  
   
Interest expense, net
    (4,935 )     (12,396 )     (14,885 )     (12,940 )     (9,796 )     (2,730 )     (2,268 )
   
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
                            (2,972 )     (2,972 )      
   
(Provision) benefit for income taxes
    452       2,550       (5,072 )     (5,235 )     (5,267 )     2,258       (3,407 )
   
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
                      (51,630 )                  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (838 )   $ (866 )   $ (2,015 )   $ (45,480 )   $ 3,964     $ (1,699 )   $ 5,549  
 
Add (subtract):
                                                       
   
Depreciation and amortization
    2,309       9,078       12,833       8,682       8,106       2,122       2,060  
   
Noncash amortization of debt financing costs
    167       381       946       647       498       153       138  
   
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
                            2,151       2,151        
   
Deferred income tax (benefit) provision
    1,575       (1,451 )     6,376       4,267       1,299       (942 )     1,307  
   
Minority interest
    (3,548 )     1,562                                
   
Noncash (gain) loss on forward exchange contracts
          (1,951 )     (2,347 )     1,098       3,230       2,404       (3,270 )
   
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
                      51,630                    
   
Noncash interest expense on subordinated debt
                257       525       756       183       189  
   
Restructuring charges — net
          5,560       449                              
   
Change in other operating items
    (7,971 )     11,755       (4,091 )     (3,197 )     (9,562 )     (7,538 )     19  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  $ (8,306 )   $ 24,068     $ 12,408     $ 18,172     $ 10,442     $ (3,166 )   $ 5,992  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

(4)  EBITDA margin is calculated by dividing EBITDA by revenues for each period presented.
 
(5)  Source: Americas Commercial Transportation Research Co. LLC and ACT Publications.
 
(6)  The “As Adjusted” column reflects the sale of                      shares of our common stock and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom and the repayment of indebtedness as described under the caption “Use of Proceeds” as if such transactions had occurred on March 31, 2004.

9


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

      You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer. In this case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment in our common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

 
Volatility and cyclicality in the commercial vehicle market could adversely affect us.

      Our ability to be profitable depends in part on the varying conditions in the commercial vehicle market. This market is subject to considerable volatility as it moves in response to cycles in the overall business environment and is particularly sensitive to the industrial sector, which generates a significant portion of the freight tonnage hauled. Sales of commercial vehicles have historically been cyclical, with demand affected by such economic factors as industrial production, construction levels, demand for consumer durable goods, interest rates and fuel costs. For example, North American commercial vehicle sales and production experienced a downturn from 2000 to 2003 due to a confluence of events that included a weak economy, an oversupply of new and used vehicle inventory and lower spending on commercial vehicles and equipment. This downturn had a material adverse effect on our business during our last three completed fiscal years.

 
Our customer base is concentrated and the loss of business from a major customer or the discontinuation of particular commercial vehicle platforms could reduce our sales.

      Sales to PACCAR and Freightliner accounted for approximately 26% and 18%, respectively, of our revenue for 2003, and our ten largest customers accounted for 71% of our revenue in 2003. The loss of any of our largest customers or the loss of significant business from any of these customers would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even though we may be selected as the supplier of a product by an OEM for a particular vehicle, our OEM customers issue blanket purchase orders which generally provide for the supply of that customer’s annual requirements for that vehicle, rather than for a specific number of our products. If the OEM’s requirements are less than estimated, the number of products we sell to that OEM will be accordingly reduced. In addition, the OEM may terminate its purchase orders with us at any time.

 
           Our profitability would be adversely affected if the actual production volumes for our customers’ vehicles is significantly lower than we anticipated.

      We incur costs and make capital expenditures based upon estimates of production volumes for our customers’ vehicles. While we attempt to establish a price of our components and systems that will compensate for variances in production volumes, if the actual production of these vehicles is significantly less than anticipated, our gross margin on these products would be adversely affected. We enter into agreements with our customers at the beginning of a given platform’s life to supply products for that platform. Once we enter into such agreements, fulfillment of our purchasing requirements is our obligation for the entire production life of the platform, with terms ranging from five to seven years, and we have no provisions to terminate such contracts. We may become committed to supply products to our customers at selling prices that are not sufficient to cover the direct cost to produce such products. We cannot predict our customers’ demands for our products either in the aggregate or for particular reporting periods. If customers representing a significant amount of our sales were to purchase materially lower volumes than expected, it would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

10


Table of Contents

 
Commercial vehicle OEMs have historically had significant leverage over their outside suppliers.

      The commercial vehicle component supply industry has traditionally been highly fragmented and serves a limited number of large OEMs. As a result, OEMs have historically had a significant amount of leverage over their outside suppliers. Our contracts with major OEM customers generally provide for an annual productivity cost reduction. Historically, cost reductions through product design changes, increased productivity and similar programs with our suppliers have generally offset these customer-imposed productivity cost reduction requirements. However, if we are unable to generate sufficient production cost savings in the future to offset price reductions, our gross margin and profitability would be adversely affected. In addition, changes in OEMs’ purchasing policies or payment practices could have an adverse effect on our business.

 
We may be unable to successfully implement our business strategy.

      Our ability to achieve our business and financial objectives is subject to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. For example, we may not be successful in implementing our strategy if unforeseen factors emerge that diminish the expected growth in the Class 8 heavy truck market, or we experience increased pressure on our margins. In addition, our pursuit of strategic acquisitions may lead to resource constraints which could have a negative impact on our ability to meet customers’ demands, thereby adversely affecting our relationships with those customers. As a result of such business or competitive factors, we may decide to alter or discontinue aspects of our business strategy and may adopt alternative or additional strategies. Any failure to successfully implement our business strategy could adversely affect our business, results of operations and growth potential.

      Developing product innovations has been and will continue to be a significant part of our business strategy. We believe that it is important that we continue to meet our customers’ demands for product innovation, improvement and enhancement, including the continued development of new-generation products, design improvements and innovations that improve the quality and efficiency of our products. However, such development will require us to continue to invest in research and development and sales and marketing. In the future, we may not have sufficient resources to make such necessary investments, or we may be unable to make the technological advances necessary to carry out product innovations sufficient to meet our customers’ demands. We are also subject to the risks generally associated with product development, including lack of market acceptance, delays in product development and failure of products to operate properly. We may, as a result of these factors, be unable to meaningfully focus on product innovation as a strategy and may therefore be unable to meet our customers’ demands for product innovation.

 
If we are unable to obtain raw materials at favorable prices, it could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

      Numerous raw materials are used in the manufacture of our products. Steel, resin, foam and fabrics account for the most significant components of our raw material costs. Although we currently maintain alternative sources for raw materials, our business is subject to the risk of price increases and periodic delays in delivery. For example, we purchase steel at market prices, which in recent months have increased to historical highs as a result of a relatively low level of supply and a relatively high level of demand. As a result, we are currently being assessed surcharges on certain of our purchases of steel, and in certain circumstances, we have experienced difficulty in identifying steel for purchase. If we are unable to purchase steel for our operations for a significant period of time, our operations would be disrupted, and our results of operations would be adversely affected. In addition, we may be unable to pass on the increased costs of raw materials to our customers, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

11


Table of Contents

 
Our inability to compete effectively in the highly competitive commercial vehicle component supply industry could result in the loss of customers, which would have an adverse effect on our sales and operating results.

      The commercial vehicle component supply industry is highly competitive. Our products primarily compete on the basis of price, breadth of product offerings, product quality, technical expertise and development capability, product delivery and product service. Our competitors may foresee the course of market development more accurately than we do, develop products that are superior to our products, produce similar products at a lower cost than we can or adapt more quickly to new technologies, industry or customer requirements. As a result, our products may not be able to compete successfully with the products of these other companies, which could result in the loss of customers and, as a result, decreased sales and profitability.

 
Currency exchange rate fluctuations could have an adverse effect on our sales and financial results.

      We have operations in Europe, China and Australia. As a result, we generate a significant portion of our sales and incur a significant portion of our expenses in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. To the extent that we are unable to match revenues received in foreign currencies with costs paid in the same currency, exchange rate fluctuations in any such currency could have an adverse effect on our financial results. During times of a strengthening U.S. dollar, our reported sales and earnings from our international operations will be reduced because the applicable local currencies will be translated into fewer U.S. dollars. The converse is also true and the strengthening of the European currencies in relation to the U.S. dollar in recent years had a positive impact on our revenues in 2002 and 2003.

 
We may be unable to complete additional strategic acquisitions or we may encounter unforeseen difficulties in integrating acquisitions.

      The commercial vehicle component supply industry is beginning to undergo consolidation as OEMs seek to reduce costs and their supplier base. We intend to actively pursue acquisition targets that will allow us to continue to expand into new geographic markets, add new customers, provide new product, manufacturing and service capabilities or increase penetration with existing customers. However, we expect to face competition for acquisition candidates, which may limit the number of our acquisition opportunities and may lead to higher acquisition prices. Moreover, acquisitions of businesses may require additional debt financing, resulting in additional leverage. The covenants of our new senior credit facility may further limit our ability to complete acquisitions. There can be no assurance that we will find attractive acquisition candidates or successfully integrate acquired businesses into our existing business. If we fail to complete additional acquisitions, we may have difficulty competing with more thoroughly integrated competitors and our results of operations could be adversely affected. To the extent that we do complete additional acquisitions, if the expected synergies from such acquisitions do not materialize or we fail to successfully integrate such new businesses into our existing businesses, our results of operations could also be adversely affected.

 
We may be adversely impacted by work stoppages at our OEM customers or their other suppliers and other labor matters.

      Many of our OEM customers and their suppliers have unionized work forces. Work stoppages or slow-downs experienced by OEMs or their other suppliers could result in slow-downs or closures of assembly plants where our products are included in assembled commercial vehicles. In the event that one or more of our customers or their suppliers experience a material work stoppage, such work stoppage could have a material adverse effect on our business. Although none of our employees are unionized, we have experienced limited unionization efforts at certain of our North American facilities from time to time. We cannot assure you that we will not encounter future unionization efforts or other types of conflicts with labor unions or our employees. In addition, approximately 60% of our hourly employees at our United Kingdom operations are represented by a shop steward committee, which may seek to limit our flexibility in our relationship with such employees.

12


Table of Contents

 
Our products may be rendered less attractive by changes in competitive technologies.

      Changes in competitive technologies may render certain of our products less attractive. Our ability to anticipate changes in technology and to successfully develop and introduce new and enhanced products on a timely basis will be a significant factor in our ability to remain competitive. There can be no assurance that we will be able to achieve the technological advances that may be necessary for us to remain competitive. We are also subject to the risks generally associated with new product introductions and applications, including lack of market acceptance, delays in product development and failure to operate properly.

 
Our continued success depends to some degree on our ability to protect our intellectual property.

      Our success depends to some degree on our ability to protect our intellectual property and to operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of third parties. While we have been issued patents and have registered trademarks with respect to many of our products, our competitors could independently develop similar or superior products or technologies, duplicate our designs, trademarks, processes or other intellectual property or design around any processes or designs on which we have or may obtain patents or trademark protection. In addition, it is possible that third parties may have or acquire licenses for other technology or designs that we may use or desire to use, so that we may need to acquire licenses to, or to contest the validity of, such patents or trademarks of third parties. Such licenses may not be made available to us on acceptable terms, if at all, and we may not prevail in contesting the validity of third party rights.

      In addition to patent and trademark protection, we also protect trade secrets, know-how and other confidential information against unauthorized use by others or disclosure by persons who have access to them, such as our employees, through contractual arrangements. These agreements may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure of such trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information. If we are unable to maintain the proprietary nature of our technologies, our sales could be materially adversely affected. See “Business — Intellectual Property.”

 
We depend on the service of key individuals, the loss of whom could materially harm our business.

      Our success will depend, in part, on the efforts of our executive officers and other key employees. Although we do not anticipate that we will have to replace any of our key employees in the near future, the loss of the services of any of our key employees could have a material adverse affect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. See “Management — Employment Agreement.”

 
We may be adversely affected by the impact of environmental and safety regulations.

      We are subject to foreign, federal, state, and local laws and regulations governing the protection of the environment and occupational health and safety, including laws regulating air emissions, wastewater discharges, the generation, storage, handling, use and transportation of hazardous materials; the emission and discharge of hazardous materials into the soil, ground or air; and the health and safety of our colleagues. We are also required to obtain permits from governmental authorities for certain of our operations. We cannot assure you that we are, or have been, in complete compliance with such laws, regulations and permits. If we violate or fail to comply with these laws, regulations or permits, we could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by regulators. In some instances, such a fine or sanction could have a material adverse effect on us. The environmental laws to which we are subject have become more stringent over time, and we could incur material expenses in the future to comply with environmental laws. We are also subject to laws imposing liability for the cleanup of contaminated property. Under these laws, we could be held liable for costs and damages relating to contamination at our past or present facilities and at third party sites to which we sent waste containing hazardous substances. The amount of such liability could be material. We cannot completely eliminate the risk of contamination or injury resulting from

13


Table of Contents

exposure to hazardous materials, and we could incur material liability as a result of any such contamination or injury.
 
We may be adversely affected by the impact of government regulations on our OEM customers.

      Although the products we manufacture and supply to commercial vehicle OEMs are not subject to significant government regulation, our business is indirectly impacted by the extensive governmental regulation applicable to commercial vehicle OEMs. These regulations primarily relate to emissions and noise standards imposed by the Environmental Protection Agency, state regulatory agencies, such as the California Air Resources Board (CARB), and other regulatory agencies around the world. Commercial vehicle OEMs are also subject to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act and Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards promulgated by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration. Changes in emission standards and other proposed governmental regulations could impact the demand for commercial vehicles and, as a result, indirectly impact our operations. For example, new emission standards governing heavy-duty diesel engines that went into effect in the United States on October 1, 2002 resulted in significant purchases of new trucks by fleet operators prior to such date and reduced short term demand for such trucks in periods immediately following such date. New emission standards for truck engines used in Class 5 to 8 trucks imposed by the EPA and CARB are scheduled to come into effect during 2007. To the extent that current or future governmental regulation has a negative impact on the demand for commercial vehicles, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected. See “Business — Government Regulation.”

 
We may incur increased costs as a result of recently enacted and proposed changes in laws and regulations.

      Recently enacted and proposed changes in the laws and regulations affecting public companies, including the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and rules proposed by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and by The Nasdaq National Market, could result in increased costs to us. The new rules could make it more difficult or more costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these events could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers. We are presently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to new and proposed rules and cannot predict or estimate the amount of the additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

 
Equipment failures, delays in deliveries or catastrophic loss at any of our facilities could lead to production or service curtailments or shutdowns.

      We manufacture or assemble our products at 19 facilities worldwide. An interruption in production or service capabilities at any of these facilities as a result of equipment failure or other reasons could result in our inability to produce our products, which would reduce our net sales and earnings for the affected period. In the event of a stoppage in production at any of our facilities, even if only temporary, or if we experience delays as a result of events that are beyond our control, delivery times to our customers could be severely affected. Any significant delay in deliveries to our customers could lead to increased returns or cancellations and cause us to lose future sales. Our facilities are also subject to the risk of catastrophic loss due to unanticipated events such as fires, explosions or violent weather conditions. We may experience plant shutdowns or periods of reduced production as a result of equipment failure, delays in deliveries or catastrophic loss, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 
The reliability of market and industry data included in this prospectus may be uncertain.

      This prospectus contains market and industry data, primarily from reports published by ACT Research and from internal company surveys, studies and research, related to the truck components

14


Table of Contents

industry and its segments, as well as the truck industry in general. This data includes estimates and forecasts regarding future growth in these industries, specifically data related to Class 8 truck production, truck freight growth and the historical average age of active U.S. heavy-duty trucks. Such data has been published in industry publications that typically indicate that they have derived the data from sources believed to be reasonable, but do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of the data. While we believe these industry publications to be reliable, we have not independently verified the data or any of the assumptions on which the estimates and forecasts are based. Similarly, internal company surveys, studies and research, which we believe are reliable, have not been verified by any independent sources. The failure of the truck industry and/or the truck components industry to continue to grow as forecasted may have a material adverse effect on our business and the market price of our common stock.
 
Our indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and make it more difficult to implement our business strategy.

      As of March 31, 2004, on an as adjusted basis after giving effect to this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described under “Use of Proceeds,” we would have had total indebtedness of approximately $                     million, or approximately      % of our total capitalization.

      Our indebtedness could:

  •  make us more vulnerable to unfavorable economic conditions or changes in our industry;
 
  •  make it more difficult to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general corporate purposes;
 
  •  make it more difficult to pursue strategic acquisitions;
 
  •  require us to dedicate a portion of our cash flow from operations for making payments on our indebtedness, which would prevent us from using it for other purposes; and
 
  •  make us susceptible to fluctuations in market interest rates that affect the cost of our borrowings to the extent that our variable rate indebtedness is not covered by interest rate hedge agreements.

 
Restrictions in our new senior credit facility will limit our ability to incur additional debt, make acquisitions and make other investments.

      Concurrent with the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into a new senior credit facility. This new senior credit facility will contain covenants that limit our ability to incur indebtedness, restrict our ability to make distributions to stockholders, acquire other businesses, make capital expenditures and impose various other restrictions. In addition, the new senior credit facility will require us to maintain various financial ratios which are likely to become more restrictive over time. If we do not comply with such covenants or satisfy such ratios, our lenders could declare a default under this senior credit facility, and our indebtedness could be declared immediately due and payable. Our ability to comply with the provisions of this senior credit facility may be affected by changes in economic or business conditions beyond our control. In addition, these covenants could affect our ability to operate our business and may limit our ability to take advantage of potential business opportunities as they arise.

 
We will incur significant noncash charges in connection with our recent stock option grants and this offering.

      To reward our senior management team for the success in reducing operating costs, integrating businesses and improving processes through cyclical periods, we recently granted options to purchase an aggregate of 23,362 shares of our common stock to 16 members of our management team. The exercise price for such options is $216.16 per share. Such options have a ten-year term, with 50% of such options being immediately exercisable and the remaining 50% becoming exercisable ratably on June 30, 2005 and June 30, 2006. We will incur a noncash compensation charge of approximately $           million in the second quarter of 2004 as a result of the grant of the currently exercisable options. This noncash compensation

15


Table of Contents

charge will be equal to the difference between $216.16 and the fair market value of our common stock as of the grant date for each currently exercisable option. Going forward, we will incur additional noncash compensation charges on June 30, 2005 and June 30, 2006 equal to the difference between $216.16 and the fair market value of our common stock on such dates for each outstanding option that becomes exercisable on such dates.

      In addition, we anticipate incurring a pre-tax, noncash charge of approximately $1.2 million on the early extinguishment of debt with the proceeds of this offering. This relates to the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs relating to our existing credit facilities.

 
We are subject to certain risks associated with our foreign operations.

      We have operations in Europe, China and Australia. Certain risks are inherent in international operations, including:

  •  the difficulty of enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through certain foreign legal systems;
 
  •  foreign customers may have longer payment cycles than customers in the United States;
 
  •  tax rates in certain foreign countries may exceed those in the United States and foreign earnings may be subject to withholding requirements or the imposition of tariffs, exchange controls or other restrictions, including restrictions on repatriation;
 
  •  intellectual property protection difficulties;
 
  •  general economic and political conditions in countries where we operate may have an adverse effect on our operations in those countries;
 
  •  the difficulties associated with managing a large organization spread throughout various countries; and
 
  •  complications in complying with a variety of foreign laws and regulations, some of which may conflict with United States law.

      As we continue to expand our business globally, our success will be dependent, in part, on our ability to anticipate and effectively manage these and other risks associated with foreign operations. We cannot assure you that these and other factors will not have a material adverse effect on our international operations or our business, financial condition or results of operations as a whole.

 
Certain stockholders have substantial influence over all matters submitted to a stockholder vote.

      Upon completion of this offering, Onex will beneficially own shares of common stock representing approximately      % of the voting power of the outstanding common stock (     % if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). As a result of such beneficial ownership, Onex will have substantial influence over all matters submitted to a vote of the holders of common stock, including the election of directors, amendments to our certificate of incorporation and the by-laws and approval of significant corporate transactions. See “Principal Stockholders.” Such voting power could also have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of the company that might be otherwise beneficial to stockholders. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

Risks Relating to this Offering

 
There is no existing market for our common stock, and we do not know if one will develop, which could impede your ability to sell your shares and depress our stock price.

      There has not been a public market for our common stock. We intend to apply to list our common stock on The Nasdaq National Market. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of a trading market on The Nasdaq National Market. The failure of

16


Table of Contents

an active trading market to develop could affect your ability to sell your shares and depress the market price of your shares. The initial public offering price for the shares will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. The market price of your shares may fall below the initial public offering price.
 
Future sales of our common stock, including the shares purchased in this offering, may depress our stock price.

      Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market by our stockholders after this offering, or the perception that such sales are likely to occur, could depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding                      shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Of these shares, the                      shares of common stock sold in this offering and an additional                      shares held by our existing stockholders will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market. We, our executive officers and directors, and principal stockholders have agreed with the underwriters not to sell, dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, subject to specified exceptions and extensions, during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Credit Suisse First Boston LLC. Approximately                     of the                      shares that were outstanding immediately prior to this offering will be eligible for resale after the expiration of the lock-up period. Those shares may be sold, subject to the volume, manner of sale and other conditions of Rule 144 as well as any applicable contractual provisions, including approximately                      shares which may be sold freely pursuant to Rule 144(k) if they have been held for at least two years. After the closing of this offering, holders of                      shares will be entitled to registration rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act of 1933. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

 
The book value of shares of common stock purchased in the offering will be immediately diluted.

      The pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering is $           . Therefore, investors who purchase common stock in this offering will suffer immediate dilution of $           per share in the pro forma net tangible book value per share, assuming an initial public offering price of $           per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. We also have outstanding stock options to purchase common stock with exercise prices that are below the initial public offering price of the common stock. To the extent that these options are exercised, there will be further dilution. See “Dilution.”

 
The market price of our common stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to decline.

      Securities markets worldwide experience significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could reduce the market price of our common stock in spite of our operating performance. In addition, our operating results could be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors, and in response, the market price of our common stock could decrease significantly. You may be unable to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price.

17


Table of Contents

 
Provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law could discourage potential acquisition proposals, could delay, deter or prevent a change in control and could limit the price certain investors might be willing to pay for our stock.

      Certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws, to be effective immediately prior to this offering, may inhibit changes in control of our company not approved by our board of directors. These provisions include:

  •  a classified board of directors with staggered terms;
 
  •  a prohibition on stockholder action through written consents;
 
  •  a requirement that special meetings of stockholders be called only by the board of directors;
 
  •  advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations;
 
  •  limitations on the ability of stockholders to amend, alter or repeal the by-laws; and
 
  •  the authority of the board of directors to issue, without stockholder approval, preferred stock with such terms as the board of directors may determine and additional shares of our common stock.

      We will also be afforded the protections of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which would prevent us from engaging in a business combination with a person who becomes a 15.0% or greater stockholder for a period of three years from the date such person acquired such status unless certain board or stockholder approvals were obtained. These provisions could limit the price that certain investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.

18


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTICE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

      This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. These statements may be found throughout this prospectus, particularly under the headings “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Dividend Policy,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” among others. Forward-looking statements typically are identified by the use of terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “intend” and similar words, although some forward-looking statements are expressed differently. You should consider statements that contain these words carefully because they describe our expectations, plans, strategies and goals and beliefs concerning future business conditions, our results of operations, financial position, and our business outlook or state other “forward-looking” information based on currently available information. The factors listed above under the heading “Risk Factors” and in the other sections of this prospectus provide examples of risks, uncertainties and events that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations expressed in our forward-looking statements. These factors include, among other things, the following:

  •  changes in general economic conditions in the United States, Europe and Asia;
 
  •  general economic or business conditions affecting the commercial vehicle industry;
 
  •  the volatility and cyclicality of the commercial vehicle market;
 
  •  our ability to retain existing customers and attract new customers;
 
  •  our ability to achieve the anticipated volume of production from new and planned supply programs;
 
  •  the degree of leverage commercial vehicle OEMs have over their outside suppliers;
 
  •  our ability to implement our business strategy;
 
  •  our ability to obtain an adequate supply of raw materials at favorable prices;
 
  •  the highly competitive nature of the commercial vehicle component supply market;
 
  •  unforeseen problems associated with international sales and operations, including gains and losses from foreign currency exchange;
 
  •  failing to complete strategic acquisitions or encountering unseen difficulties in integrating acquisitions;
 
  •  the impact of work stoppages and other labor matters;
 
  •  our ability to anticipate changes in technology and to successfully develop and introduce new and enhanced products on a timely basis;
 
  •  the unpredictability of patent protection and other intellectual property issues;
 
  •  any future changes in management or loss of key personnel;
 
  •  the impact of environmental and safety regulations;
 
  •  implementation of or changes in the laws, regulations or policies governing the commercial vehicle industry that could negatively affect the commercial vehicle component supply industry;
 
  •  the cost of complying with laws and regulations affecting public companies;
 
  •  equipment failures, delays in deliveries or catastrophic loss at any of our facilities; and
 
  •  the degree to which we are leveraged and our debt service obligations.

      The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events, except to the extent required by applicable securities law. We note that the safe harbor provided in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 does not apply to statements made in connection with an initial public offering.

19


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

      We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of                      shares of common stock in this offering will be approximately $          million, assuming an initial public offering price of $           per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders.

      We intend to use approximately $11.2 million of the net proceeds from this offering to repay our outstanding subordinated indebtedness and approximately $           million to reduce our borrowings under our existing senior credit facilities:

      The principal terms of the outstanding indebtedness being repaid as of March 31, 2004 consist of the following:

  •  $3.0 million of subordinated notes issued in September 2002 to certain of our principal stockholders. These notes bear interest at a rate of 12% per annum and have a maturity date of September 30, 2006. Interest on the notes is payable in kind on a monthly basis.
 
  •  $8.2 million of subordinated notes originally issued to affiliates of certain of our principal stockholders in June 2000. These notes bear interest, payable monthly, at a rate of prime plus 1.25% (5.25% as of March 31, 2004) and have a maturity date of June 28, 2006.
 
  •  $15.4 million of revolving credit borrowings and a $40.8 million term loan under a senior credit facility that matures on January 2, 2006. Borrowings under this credit facility bear interest at various rates plus a margin based on certain financial ratios. As of March 31, 2004, borrowings under the revolving credit facility bore interest at a weighted average rate of 5.5% per annum and borrowings under the term loan bore interest at a weighted average rate of 5.4%.
 
  •  $8.4 million of revolving credit borrowings and term loans of an aggregate of $35.3 million under a senior credit facility that has a final maturity date of June 28, 2006. Borrowings under this credit facility bear interest at various rates plus a margin based on certain financial ratios. As of March 31, 2004, borrowings under the revolving credit facility bore interest at a weighted average rate of 5.25% per annum and borrowings under its term loans bore interest at weighted average rate of 5.5%. Affiliates of certain of our principal stockholders are lenders under this credit facility.

      Upon completion of this offering, we expect to have outstanding indebtedness of approximately $           million, or approximately      % of our capitalization. All amounts remaining outstanding under our existing senior credit facilities after application of the net proceeds of this offering will be repaid in connection with the execution of a new senior credit facility which we expect to be effective upon completion of this offering. Our new senior credit facility will provide for a $           million revolving credit facility and a $           million term loan. We believe that our cash generated from operations together with borrowings under our new senior credit facility will provide us with sufficient liquidity to pursue our business strategy.

      See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” for the amounts that will be paid to certain of our principal stockholders and affiliated entities in connection with the repayment of our existing indebtedness.

DIVIDEND POLICY

      We have not in the past paid, and do not expect for the foreseeable future to pay, dividends on our common stock. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings in the foreseeable future will be used in the operation and growth of our business. The payment of dividends by us to holders of our common stock will be prohibited by our new senior credit facility. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon, among other factors, our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and contractual restrictions.

20


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

      The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and consolidated capitalization as of March 31, 2004 on an actual basis and as adjusted for our sale of                      shares of common stock pursuant to this offering, assuming an offering price of $           per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in “Use of Proceeds.”

      This table should be read in conjunction with the “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

                         
As of March 31, 2004

Actual As Adjusted


(in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 1,094     $    
     
     
 
Long-term debt (including current maturities):
               
 
Existing senior credit facilities(1):
               
   
Revolving credit facilities
  $ 23,751     $    
   
Term loans
    76,098          
 
New senior credit facility(2):
               
   
Revolving credit facility
             
   
Term loan(3)
             
 
Sterling loan notes(4)
    3,193          
 
Subordinated debt due to related parties(1)
    11,227          
 
Other debt(5)
    6,513          
     
     
 
     
Total long-term debt
    120,782          
     
     
 
Stockholders’ equity:
               
 
Existing common stock (Class A, Class B, Class C, Class D-1 and Class E)(6)
    154          
 
Preferred stock, $.01 par value per share; 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding
             
 
New common stock, $.01 par value per share; 25,000,000 shares authorized;            issued and outstanding
             
 
Additional paid-in capital
    76,787          
 
Accumulated deficit
    (37,479 )        
 
Stock subscriptions receivable
    (430 )        
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    1,595          
     
     
 
     
Total stockholders’ equity
    40,627          
     
     
 
       
Total capitalization
  $ 161,409     $    
     
     
 


(1)  See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” for the amount that will be paid to certain of our principal stockholders and affiliated entities in connection with the repayment of certain of our existing indebtedness.
 
(2)  We expect to repay all amounts remaining outstanding under our existing senior credit facilities after the application of the net proceeds of this offering with borrowings under our new senior credit facility that will be entered into upon completion of this offering. The new senior credit facility will provide for a $           million revolving credit facility and a $           million term loan.
 
(3)  We are currently evaluating the possibility of entering into a sale-leaseback transaction with respect to our Vonore, Tennessee and Seattle, Washington facilities. If completed, we intend to use the net

21


Table of Contents

proceeds to further reduce our borrowings under the term loan portion of the new senior credit facility by approximately $15.0 million. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources.”
 
(4)  In connection with the acquisition of one of our subsidiaries, we issued Sterling loan notes in exchange for certain of the acquired shares. Amounts outstanding under the Sterling loan notes have been translated into United States dollars using a rate of $1.8403 = £1.00, the buying rate at 4:00 p.m. Eastern time on March 31, 2004.
 
(5)  Other debt includes an industrial development bond on our Vonore, Tennessee facility in the amount of $6.5 million.
 
(6)  Immediately prior to this offering, all of our existing classes of common stock will be reclassified into one class of common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

22


Table of Contents

DILUTION

      Our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2004 was $           million, or $           per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets, less our total liabilities, divided by the pro forma number of shares of common stock outstanding. Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by investors in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. After giving effect to our sale of                      shares of common stock in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $           per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2004 would have been approximately $          million, or $           per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value to existing stockholders of $           per share and an immediate dilution to new investors in this offering of $           per share. The following table illustrates the per share dilution in pro forma net tangible book value to new investors:

                   
Assumed initial public offering price per share
          $    
 
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2004
  $            
 
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors
               
     
         
 
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2004 after this offering
               
             
 
Pro forma net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors
          $    
             
 

      The following table summarizes, as of March 31, 2004, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the aggregate cash consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders since our inception and new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. The calculation below is based on an offering price of $           per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting and offering expenses payable by us:

                                           
Shares Purchased Total Consideration


Average Price
Number Percent Amount Percent Per Share





Existing stockholders
                %   $             %   $    
New public investors
                                  $    
     
     
     
     
         
 
Total
            100 %   $         100 %   $    
     
     
     
     
         

      The tables and calculations above assume no exercise of outstanding options. As of                     , 2004 there were           shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options at a weighted average exercise price of approximately $           per share. To the extent that such options are exercised there will be further dilution to our new investors. See “Management — Employee Benefit Plans.”

23


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA

      The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial data regarding our business and certain industry information and should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2002 and 2003 and for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, are derived from our consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus, which financial statements have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP as indicated by their report thereon. The consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 1999, 2000, and 2001 and as of March 31, 2004 and the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 1999 and 2000 and the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements. Our financial statements as of March 31, 2004 and for the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004 are included elsewhere in this prospectus and include certain adjustments, all of which are normal recurring adjustments, which our management considers necessary for a fair presentation of our results for these unaudited periods. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2004 are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for a full fiscal year.

      The unaudited financial data set forth below as of and for the year ended December 31, 1999 is derived in its entirety from the results of operations of Trim Systems, LLC as of and for the year ended December 31, 1999, which was acquired by our principal stockholders in 1997. The unaudited financial data set forth below as of and for the year ended December 31, 2000 is derived from the results of operations of Trim Systems, LLC for the entire period and the results of operations of CVS and National/ KAB Seating beginning from their respective dates of acquisition by our principal stockholders, which occurred on March 31, 2000 and October 6, 2000, respectively. Because these businesses were under common control since their respective dates of acquisition, their historical results of operations have been combined for the periods in which they were under common control based on their respective historical basis of accounting. Because of the significant impact of the 2000 acquisitions, the financial data for periods prior to such acquisitions are not comparable to those following such acquisitions.

24


Table of Contents

                                                           
Three Months
Ended
Years Ended December 31, March 31,


1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003 2004







(in thousands, except per share data)
Statement of Operations Data:
                                                       
Revenues
  $ 196,994     $ 244,963     $ 271,226     $ 298,678     $ 287,579     $ 66,383     $ 85,990  
Cost of sales
    181,167       208,083       229,593       249,181       237,884       56,228       70,503  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Gross profit
    15,827       36,880       41,633       49,497       49,695       10,155       15,487  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    14,548       21,569       21,767       23,952       24,281       5,960       7,497  
Amortization expense
    947       2,725       3,822       122       185       46       36  
Restructuring charges
          5,561       449                          
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Operating income
    332       7,025       15,595       25,423       25,229       4,149       7,954  
Other expense (income)
    (3,313 )     (1,955 )     (2,347 )     1,098       3,230       2,404       (3,270 )
Interest expense, net
    4,935       12,396       14,885       12,940       9,796       2,730       2,268  
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
                            2,972       2,972        
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change
    (1,290 )     (3,416 )     3,057       11,385       9,231       (3,957 )     8,956  
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    (452 )     (2,550 )     5,072       5,235       5,267       (2,258 )     3,407  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting change
    (838 )     (866 )     (2,015 )     6,150       3,964       (1,699 )     5,549  
Cumulative effect of accounting change
                      (51,630 )                  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (838 )   $ (866 )   $ (2,015 )   $ (45,480 )   $ 3,964     $ (1,699 )   $ 5,549  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Earnings (loss) per share(1):
                                                       
 
Basic
                  $ (0.13 )   $ (2.95 )   $ 0.26     $ (0.11 )   $ 0.36  
 
Diluted
                    (0.13 )     (2.92 )     0.26       (0.11 )     0.36  
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                                                       
 
Basic
                    15,514       15,442       15,388       15,388       15,388  
 
Diluted
                    15,514       15,578       15,524       15,388       15,524  
Pro Forma Earnings Per Share Data(2):
                                                       
Earnings (loss) per share(3):
                                                       
 
Basic
                                                       
 
Diluted
                                                       
Weighted average common shares outstanding(3):
                                                       
 
Basic
                                                       
 
Diluted
                                                       

25


Table of Contents

                                                           
Three Months
Ended
Years Ended December 31, March 31,


1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003 2004







(in thousands, except share, per share and production data)
Other Data:
                                                       
EBITDA(4)
  $ 5,954     $ 16,107     $ 28,428     $ 34,105     $ 33,335     $ 6,271     $ 10,014  
EBITDA margin(5)
    3.0%       6.6%       10.5%       11.4%       11.6%       9.5%       11.7%  
Net cash provided by (used in):
                                                       
 
Operating activities
  $ (8,306 )   $ 24,068     $ 12,408     $ 18,172     $ 10,442     $ (3,166 )   $ 5,922  
 
Investing activities
    (1,173 )     (3,051 )     7,749       (4,937 )     (5,967 )     (1,411 )     (798 )
 
Financing activities
    9,144       (13,160 )     (24,792 )     (14,825 )     (2,761 )     3,330       (7,667 )
Depreciation and amortization
    2,309       9,078       12,833       8,682       8,106       2,122       2,060  
Capital expenditures, net
    1,173       3,174       4,898       4,937       5,967       1,411       798  
North American Class 8 heavy-duty truck production (units)(6)
    332,600       252,000       146,000       181,000       176,700       36,000       53,000  
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
                                                       
Working capital
  $ 10,911     $ 16,768     $ 10,908     $ 8,809     $ 28,216             $ 26,449  
Total assets
    103,114       312,006       263,754       204,217       210,495               218,511  
Total debt
    61,635       161,061       140,191       127,202       127,474               120,782  
Total stockholders’ investment
    17,512       76,287       72,913       27,025       34,806               40,627  


(1)  Earnings (loss) per share has been calculated giving effect to the reclassification of our outstanding classes of common stock into one class of common stock and, in connection therewith, a 43.631 to-one stock split. Earnings per share information and weighted average common shares outstanding for periods prior to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001 have not been presented, as such amounts are not comparable to subsequent periods as a result of the acquisitions completed in 2000.
 
(2)  The pro forma earnings per share data give effect to the sale of                      shares of our common stock and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom as described under the caption “Use of Proceeds” as if such transaction was completed on January 1, 2003. Adjustments include the elimination of $          million of interest expense associated with the debt repaid using the net proceeds of this offering and the related charge for the write-off of deferred costs associated with debt that will be extinguished, the issuance of                      shares of common stock in this offering and the reclassification of our existing classes of common stock into one class of common stock. The pro forma financial data does not purport to represent what our results of operations actually would have been if this offering had occurred as of the date indicated or what our results will be in any future period.
 
(3)  Earnings (loss) per share for all periods were computed in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, “Earnings Per Share” (SFAS No. 128).
 
(4)  “EBITDA” represents earnings before interest expense, income taxes and depreciation and amortization, noncash gain (loss) on forward exchange contracts, loss on early extinguishment of debt and an impairment charge associated with the adoption of SFAS No. 142. EBITDA does not represent and should not be considered as an alternative to net income or cash flow from operations, as determined by generally accepted accounting principles. We present EBITDA because we believe that it is widely accepted that EBITDA provides useful information regarding our operating results. We rely on EBITDA as a primary measure to review and assess the operating performance of our company and our management team. We also review EBITDA to compare our current operating results with corresponding periods and with other companies in our industry. We believe that it is useful to investors to provide disclosures of our operating results on the same basis as that used by our management. We also believe that it can assist investors in comparing our performance to that of other companies on a consistent basis without regard to depreciation, amortization, interest or taxes,

26


Table of Contents

which do not directly affect our operating performance. In addition, we also utilize EBITDA as an assessment of our overall liquidity and our ability to meet our debt service obligations. Our lenders under our senior credit facilities utilize EBITDA in measuring our compliance with certain financial ratios contained in such agreements. EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

  •  EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;
 
  •  EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
 
  •  EBITDA does not reflect the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debts;
 
  •  Although depreciation and amortization are noncash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and
 
  •  Other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as a comparative measure.

  Because of these limitations, EBITDA should not be considered a measure of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using EBITDA only supplementally. See the consolidated statements of cash flows included in our financial statements included elsewhere herein. The following is a reconciliation of EBITDA to net income (loss) and net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

                                                           
Three Months
Ended
Years Ended December 31, March 31,


1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003 2004







(dollars in thousands)
EBITDA
  $ 5,954     $ 16,107     $ 28,428     $ 34,105     $ 33,335     $ 6,271     $ 10,014  
Add (subtract):
                                                       
 
Depreciation and amortization
    (2,309 )     (9,078 )     (12,833 )     (8,682 )     (8,106 )     (2,122 )     (2,060 )
 
Noncash gain (loss) on forward exchange contracts
          1,951       2,347       (1,098 )     (3,230 )     (2,404 )     3,270  
 
Interest expense, net
    (4,935 )     (12,396 )     (14,885 )     (12,940 )     (9,796 )     (2,730 )     (2,268 )
 
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
                            (2,972 )     (2,972 )        
 
(Provision) benefit for income taxes
    452       2,550       (5,072 )     (5,235 )     (5,267 )     2,258       (3,407 )
 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
                      (51,630 )                  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (838 )   $ (866 )   $ (2,015 )   $ (45,480 )   $ 3,964     $ (1,699 )   $ 5,549  

27


Table of Contents

                                                           
Three Months
Ended
Years Ended December 31, March 31,


1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003 2004







(dollars in thousands)
Add (subtract):
                                                       
 
Depreciation and amortization
    2,309       9,078       12,833       8,682       8,106       2,122       2,060  
 
Noncash amortization of debt financing costs
    167       381       946       647       498       153       138  
 
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
                            2,151       2,151        
 
Deferred income tax (benefit) provision
    1,575       (1,451 )     6,376       4,267       1,299       (942 )     1,307  
 
Minority interest
    (3,548 )     1,562                                
 
Noncash (gain) loss on forward exchange contracts
          (1,951 )     (2,347 )     1,098       3,230       2,404       (3,270 )
 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
                      51,630                    
 
Noncash interest expense on subordinated debt
                257       525       756       183       189  
 
Restructuring charges — net
          5,560       449                          
 
Change in other operating items
    (7,971 )     11,755       (4,091 )     (3,197 )     (9,562 )     (7,538 )     19  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  $ (8,306 )   $ 24,068     $ 12,408     $ 18,172     $ 10,442     $ (3,166 )   $ 5,992  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

(5)  EBITDA margin is calculated by dividing EBITDA by revenues for each period presented.
 
(6)  Source: Americas Commercial Transportation Research Co. LLC and ACT Publications.

28


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

      You should read the following discussion and analysis in conjunction with the information set forth under “Selected Historical Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements in this discussion regarding industry outlook, our expectations regarding our future performance, liquidity and capital resources and other non-historical statements in this discussion are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the risks and uncertainties described under “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in or implied by any forward-looking statements.

Company Overview

      We believe that we are the largest supplier of interior systems, vision safety solutions and other cab-related products for the global commercial vehicle market, including the heavy-duty (Class 8) truck market, the construction market and other specialized transportation markets. Our products include suspension seat systems, interior trim systems (including instrument panels, door panels, headliners, cabinetry and floor systems), mirrors, wiper systems, controls and switches specifically designed for applications in commercial vehicle cabs. We are differentiated from suppliers to the automotive industry by our ability to manufacture low volume customized products on a sequenced basis to meet the requirements of our customers. We believe that we have the number one or two positions in all of our major markets and that we are the only supplier in the North American commercial vehicle market that can offer complete interior systems including seats, interior trim and flooring.

      Demand for our products is generally dependent on the number of new commercial vehicles manufactured, which in turn is a function of general economic conditions, interest rates, changes in governmental regulations, consumer spending, fuel costs and our customers’ inventory levels and production rates. New commercial vehicle demand is particularly sensitive to the industrial sector of the economy, which generates a significant portion of the freight tonnage hauled by commercial vehicles. Production of commercial vehicles in North America peaked in 1999 and experienced a downturn from 2000 to 2003 that was due to a weak economy, an over supply of new and used vehicle inventory and lower spending on commercial vehicles and equipment. Demand for commercial vehicles is expected to improve in 2004 due to a variety of factors, including broad economic recovery in North America, the need to replace aging truck fleets as a result of under-investment, increasing freight volumes and increasing hauler profits.

      In 2003, over 60% of our revenue was generated from sales to North American heavy-duty (Class 8) truck OEMs and their service organizations. Our remaining revenue in 2003 was derived from sales to OEMs in the global construction market and other specialized transportation markets. Demand for our products is also driven to a significant degree by preferences of the end-user of the commercial vehicle, particularly with respect to heavy-duty (Class 8) trucks. Unlike the automotive industry, commercial vehicle OEMs generally afford the ultimate end-user the ability to specify many of the component parts that will be used to manufacture the commercial vehicle, including a wide variety of cab interior styles and colors, the brand and type of seats, type of seat fabric and color and specific mirror styling. In addition, certain of our products are only utilized in heavy-duty (Class 8) trucks, such as our storage systems, sleeper bunks and privacy curtains, and, as a result, changes in demand for heavy-duty (Class 8) trucks or the mix of options on a vehicle generally has a greater impact on our business than do changes in the overall demand for commercial vehicles. For example, a heavy-duty (Class 8) truck with a sleeper cab can contain three times as many features as a heavy-duty (Class 8) truck with a day cab and can cost over $1,600 as compared to a typical day cab which costs approximately $660. To the extent that demand increases for higher content vehicles, our revenues and gross profit will be positively impacted.

      Along with North America, we have operations in Europe, China and Australia. As a result, approximately 30% of our revenues were generated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, principally the

29


Table of Contents

euro, yen and pound sterling. Our operating results are therefore impacted by exchange rate fluctuations to the extent we are unable to match revenues received in such currencies with costs incurred in such currencies. Strengthening of these foreign currencies during 2003 as compared to the U.S. dollar resulted in a $7.1 million increase in our revenues in 2003 as compared to 2002.

      Our cost of sales consists of variable and fixed components. Because commercial vehicles are manufactured at relatively low production volumes, we focus on maintaining a low fixed-cost structure. For 2003, our fixed costs were approximately 23% of cost of sales. Our variable costs are generally proportional to volume and mix and consist principally of raw materials and labor costs to manufacture our products. In 2003, our material costs accounted for approximately 51% of our cost of sales. Our fixed costs are not significantly influenced by production volume in the short term and consist principally of administrative salaries, benefits and depreciation and other facility-related costs.

      In response to the recent downturn in the commercial vehicle market, we implemented a number of operating initiatives to improve our overall cost structure and operating efficiencies. These included:

  •  eliminating excess production capacity through the closure and consolidation of four manufacturing facilities, two design centers and two assembly facilities;
 
  •  implementing Lean Manufacturing and Total Quality Production System (TQPS) initiatives throughout many of our U.S. manufacturing facilities to improve operating efficiency and product quality;
 
  •  reducing headcount for both salaried and hourly employees; and
 
  •  improving our design capabilities and new product development efforts to focus on higher margin product enhancements.

      As a result of these initiatives, we improved our operating margins each year since 2000 despite a reduction in heavy-duty (Class 8) truck production of 30% from 252,000 units in 2000 to 176,700 units in 2003. We continuously seek ways to lower costs, improve manufacturing efficiencies and increase product throughput. We believe our ongoing cost saving initiatives and the establishment of our sourcing relationships in China will enable us to continue to lower manufacturing costs.

      Although OEM demand for our products is directly correlated with new vehicle production, we also have the opportunity to grow through increasing our product content per vehicle through cross selling and bundling of products. We generally compete for new business at the beginning of the development of a new vehicle platform and upon the redesign of existing programs. New platform development generally begins at least one to three years before the marketing of such models by our customers. Contract durations for commercial vehicle products generally range from one year to the entire life of the platform, which is generally five to seven years.

      In sourcing products for a specific platform, the customer generally develops a proposed production timetable, including current volume and option mix estimates based on their own assumptions, and then sources business with the supplier pursuant to written contracts, purchase orders or other firm commitments in terms of price, quality, technology and delivery. In general, these contracts, purchase orders and commitments provide that the customer can terminate if a supplier does not meet specified quality and delivery requirements and, in many cases, they provide that the price will decrease over the proposed production timetable. Awarded business generally covers the supply of all or a portion of a customer’s production and service requirements of a particular product program rather than the supply of a specific quantity of products. Accordingly, in estimating awarded business over the life of a contract or other commitment, a supplier must make various assumptions as to the estimated number of vehicles expected to be produced, the timing of that production, mix of options on the vehicles produced and pricing of the products being supplied. The actual production volumes and option mix of vehicles produced by customers depend on a number of factors that are beyond a supplier’s control.

30


Table of Contents

Basis of Presentation

      Onex, Hidden Creek and certain other investors acquired Trim Systems in 1997 and each of CVS and National/ KAB Seating in 2000. Each of these companies was initially owned through separate holding companies. The operations of CVS and National/ KAB Seating were formally combined under a single holding company, now known as Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc., on March 28, 2003. Prior to the completion of this offering, Trim Systems will also become a wholly owned subsidiary of CVG. Because these businesses were under common control since their respective dates of acquisition, their respective historical results of operations have been combined for the periods in which they were under common control based on their respective historical basis of accounting.

 
Results of Operations

      The table below sets forth certain operating data expressed as a percentage of revenues for the periods indicated:

                                         
Three Months
Ended
Year Ended December 31, March 31,


2001 2002 2003 2003 2004





Revenues
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
Cost of sales
    84.7       83.4       82.7       84.7       82.0  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Gross profit
    15.3       16.6       17.3       15.3       18.0  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    8.0       8.0       8.4       9.0       8.7  
Amortization expense
    1.4       0.1       0.1       0.1       0.1  
Restructuring charges
    0.2       0.0       0.0       0.0       0.0  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Operating income
    5.7       8.5       8.8       6.2       9.2  
Other (income) expense
    (0.9 )     0.4       1.1       3.6       (3.9 )
Interest expense
    5.5       4.3       3.4       4.1       2.6  
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
    0.0       0.0       1.0       4.5       0.0  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) before income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting
    1.1       3.8       3.3       (6.0 )     10.5  
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    1.8       1.7       1.9       (3.4 )     4.0  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting
    (0.7 )     2.1       1.4       (2.6 )     6.5  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
    0.0       17.3       0.0       0.0       0.0  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
    (0.7 )%     (15.2 )%     1.4 %     (2.6 )%     6.5 %
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Three Months Ended March 31, 2004 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2003

      Revenues. Revenues increased $19.6 million, or 29.5%, to $86.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2004 from $66.4 million in the three months ended March 31, 2003. This increase resulted primarily from strong North American production and new business awards equating to $12.9 million of increased revenues, higher OEM sales in the Asian construction seating market of $3.2 million and favorable foreign exchange fluctuations of $3.5 million.

      Gross Profit. Gross profit increased $5.3 million, or 52.5%, to $15.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 2004 from $10.2 million in the three months ended March 31, 2003. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit increased to 18.0% in the three months ended March 31, 2004 from 15.3% in the three months ended March 31, 2003. This increase resulted primarily from the revenue increases discussed above and our ability to realize higher gross profit margins on these increased revenues due to fixed cost absorption and continuous improvement.

31


Table of Contents

      Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $1.5 million, or 25.8%, to $7.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 2004 from $6.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2003. This increase resulted principally from increases in wages and the cost of insurance and the addition of engineering resources to accommodate product innovation and growth in the commercial vehicle sector.

      Amortization Expense. Amortization expense decreased 21.7%, to $36,000 in the three months ended March 31, 2004 from $46,000 in the three months ended March 31, 2003.

      Other (Income) Expense. We use forward exchange contracts to hedge foreign currency transaction exposures of our United Kingdom operations. We estimate our projected revenues and purchases in certain foreign currencies or locations and will hedge a portion of the anticipated long or short position. We have not historically designated any of our forward exchange contracts as cash flow hedges, electing instead to mark-to-market the contracts and record the fair value of the contracts on our balance sheet, with the offsetting noncash gain or loss recorded in our statement of operations. The $3.3 million gain in the three months ended March 31, 2004 and the $2.4 million loss in the three months ended March 31, 2003 represent the noncash change in value of the forward exchange contracts in existence at the end of each period.

      Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased $0.4 million, or 16.9%, to $2.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2004 from $2.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2003. This decrease reflects a reduction in total debt of $9.7 million.

      Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt. As part of the combination of CVS and National/ KAB Seating during March 2003, we wrote-off capitalized debt financing costs as well as certain costs incurred in connection with our credit agreement amendment. Total capitalized costs written-off and amendment costs expensed during the three months ended March 31, 2003 approximated $3.0 million.

      Provision for Income Taxes. Our effective tax rate during the three months ended March 31, 2004 was 38.0%. Provision for income taxes increased $5.7 million to $3.4 million in the three months ended March 31, 2004, compared to an income tax benefit of $2.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2003 resulting from our pre-tax loss for the quarter.

      Net Income. Net income increased $7.2 million to $5.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 2004, compared to a loss of $1.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2003, primarily as a result of the factors discussed above.

 
Year Ended December 31, 2003 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2002

      Revenues. Revenues decreased $11.1 million, or 3.7%, to $287.6 million in 2003 from $298.7 million in 2002. Factors impacting the decline in revenues in 2003 included a decrease in North American Class 8, bus and other customized transportation markets production volumes equating to $17.5 million of decreased revenues and a $9.5 million decrease in certain trim-related platforms. These factors were partially offset by strong OEM sales in the Asian construction seating market of approximately $9.0 million and favorable foreign exchange fluctuations of $7.1 million.

      Gross Profit. Gross profit increased $0.2 million, or 0.4%, to $49.7 million in 2003 from $49.5 million in 2002. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit increased to 17.3% in 2003 from 16.6% in 2002. Despite the reduction in revenues as discussed above, the increase in gross profit resulted primarily from the continued implementation of lean manufacturing and TQPS and the corresponding reduction in manufacturing expenses.

      Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $0.3 million, or 1.4%, to $24.3 million in 2003 from $24.0 million in 2002. This increase resulted from $0.3 million of cost efficiency improvements, offset by approximately $0.7 million of unfavorable foreign exchange fluctuations.

32


Table of Contents

      Amortization Expense. Amortization expense increased 51.6%, to $185,000 in 2003 from $122,000 in 2002.

      Other (Income) Expense. The $3.2 million loss in 2003 and the $1.1 million loss in 2002 represent the noncash change in value of the forward exchange contracts in existence at the end of each year.

      Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased $3.1 million, or 24.3%, to $9.8 million in 2003 from $12.9 million in 2002. This decrease reflects a reduction in average total debt of $6.4 million and a decrease in interest rates.

      Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt. As part of the combination of CVS and National/ KAB Seating during March 2003, we wrote-off capitalized debt financing costs as well as certain costs incurred in connection with our credit agreement amendment. Total capitalized costs written-off and amendment costs expensed approximated $3.0 million.

      Provision for Income Taxes. Our effective tax rate was 57.1% in 2003 and 46.0% before the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in 2002. Provision for income taxes increased $0.1 million, or 0.6%, to $5.3 million in 2003 from $5.2 million in 2002. The increase in the effective tax rate relates to the mix of income and loss among our North American and European tax jurisdictions and among our subsidiaries and their individual tax jurisdictions.

      Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting. The cumulative effect of change in accounting for 2002 represented the write-off of goodwill as a result of our adoption of the provisions of SFAS No. 142, effective January 1, 2002 (see “Critical Accounting Policies” below).

      Net Income. Net income for 2003 increased by $49.4 million to $4.0 million, from ($45.4) million in 2002, primarily as a result of the factors discussed above.

Year Ended December 31, 2002 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2001

      Revenues. Revenues increased $27.5 million, or 10.1%, to $298.7 million in 2002 from $271.2 million in 2001. This increase resulted from an increase in the Class 8 truck and other specialized transportation market volumes equating to $24.4 million of increased revenues, $2.8 million of favorable foreign exchange fluctuations and increases in incremental new business of $11.0 million. These factors were partially offset by a $1.8 million decrease in certain trim-related platforms and the impact of the sale of our European pressing operations of approximately $9.0 million.

      Gross Profit. Gross profit increased $7.9 million, or 18.9%, to $49.5 million in 2002 from $41.6 million in 2001. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit increased to 16.6% in 2002 from 15.4% in 2001. This increase resulted from the implementation of cost containment efforts, such as facility shutdowns and head count reductions, and efficiency improvements of $1.2 million and favorable production volumes as discussed above.

      Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $2.2 million, or 10.0%, to $24.0 million in 2002 from $21.8 million in 2001. This increase resulted from increases in employee salary costs and the cost of insurance offset by headcount reductions.

      Amortization Expense. Amortization expense decreased $3.7 million, or 96.8%, to $0.1 million in 2002 from $3.8 million in 2001. This decrease resulted from our adoption of SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, effective January 1, 2002. Under SFAS No. 142, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are no longer amortized, but reviewed annually or more frequently if impairment indicators arise.

      Restructuring Charges. We did not record any restructuring charges in 2002. In 2001, we recorded a restructuring charge of $0.4 million related to the closing of one of our manufacturing facilities. This amount was principally related to employee severance costs.

      Other (Income) Expense. The $1.1 million loss in 2002 and the $2.3 million gain in 2001 represent the noncash change in value of the forward exchange contracts in existence at the end of each year.

33


Table of Contents

      Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased $2.0 million, or 13.1%, to $12.9 million in 2002 from $14.9 million in 2001. This decrease reflects a reduction in the total debt balance of $13.0 million.

      Provision for Income Taxes. Our effective tax rate was 46.0% before the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in 2002 and 165.9% in 2001 due to the establishment of a valuation allowance related to our net operating loss carryforwards in certain tax jurisdictions of one of our subsidiaries. Provision for income taxes increased $0.1 million, or 3.2%, to $5.2 million in 2002 from $5.1 million in 2001.

      Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting. The cumulative effect of change in accounting for 2002 represents the write-off of goodwill as a result of our adoption of the provisions of SFAS No. 142, effective January 1, 2002.

      Net Income (Loss). Net income for 2002 decreased by $43.5 million to ($45.5) million from ($2.0) million in 2001, primarily as a result of the factors discussed above.

 
Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges

      In 2000, we recorded a $5.6 million restructuring charge as part of our cost and efficiency initiatives, closing two manufacturing facilities, two administrative centers, and reorganizing our manufacturing and administrative functions. Approximately $1.7 million of the charge was related to employee severance and associated benefits for the 225 terminated employees, approximately $2.6 million related to lease and other contractual commitments associated with the facilities and approximately $1.3 million of asset impairments related to the write-down of assets. All employees were terminated by the end of 2001. Our contractual commitments continue through 2005.

      In 2001, we continued our cost and efficiency initiatives and closed a third manufacturing facility. Of the total $0.4 million restructuring charge, approximately $0.1 million related to employee severance and associated benefits for 77 employees and approximately $0.3 million related to lease and other contractual commitments associated with the facility. All employees were terminated by the end of 2002. The contractual commitments continue through 2005.

      A summary of restructuring activities is as follows:

                                           
Balance at Balance at Balance at
December 31, Payments/ December 31, Payments/ December 31,
2001 Utilization 2002 Utilization 2003





(dollars in thousands)
Facility exit and other contractual costs
  $ 1,996     $ (819 )   $ 1,177     $ (390 )   $ 787  
Employee costs
    201       (103 )     98       (98 )      
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 2,197     $ (922 )   $ 1,275     $ (488 )   $ 787  
     
     
     
     
     
 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 
Cash Flows

      For the three months ended March 31, 2004, we generated cash from operations of $6.0 million. For the three months ended March 31, 2003, we used cash from operation of $3.2 million. Cash generated from operations was $10.4 million in 2003, $18.2 million in 2002 and $12.4 million in 2001.

      Net cash used in investing activities was $0.8 million for the first three months of 2004 compared to $1.4 million during the comparable period in 2003. Net cash used in investing activities was $6.0 million during 2003, compared to $4.9 million in 2002, and net cash provided by investing activities was $7.7 million in 2001. Total capital expenditures totaled $0.8 million in the first three months of 2004, compared to $1.4 million in the comparable period in 2003, $6.0 million in 2003, $4.9 million in 2002 and $4.9 million in 2001. Capital expenditures were primarily for equipment and tooling purchases related to new or replacement programs and current equipment upgrades. Cash proceeds of $12.6 million in 2001

34


Table of Contents

were generated from the sale of certain non-core operations in Europe as well as a U.S. facility that was no longer in use. No gain or loss resulted upon these dispositions. We continue to focus on cash management and expect future annual capital expenditures to be below the level of our annual depreciation expense.

      Net cash used in financing activities totaled $7.7 million for the first three months of 2004 compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $3.3 million during the comparable period in 2003. Net cash used in financing activities was $2.8 million during 2003, compared to $14.8 million in 2002 and $24.8 million in 2001.

      The net cash used in 2003 was principally related to repayments of outstanding borrowings under our senior credit facilities. The net cash used in 2002 was the result of $17.3 million of repayments under our senior credit facilities, offset by the issuance of $2.5 million of subordinated debt to certain of our principal stockholders. The net cash used in 2001 was the result of $27.6 million of repayments under our senior credit facilities and repayment of $2.5 million of other long term debt, offset by the issuance of $7.0 million of subordinated debt to certain of our principal stockholders. We also incurred approximately $1.6 million of debt issuance costs during 2001 related to the refinancing of certain of our senior credit agreements and the issuance of the subordinated debt.

 
Debt and Credit Facilities

      As of March 31, 2004, our subsidiaries had an aggregate of $120.8 million of outstanding indebtedness excluding $2.4 million of outstanding letters of credit under various financing arrangements. This indebtedness consisted of the following:

  •  $35.0 million of revolving credit borrowings and a $56.4 million term loan under a senior credit facility that matures on January 2, 2006. Borrowings under this senior credit facility bear interest at various rates plus a margin based on certain financial ratios. As of March 31, 2004, the $15.4 million borrowings under the revolving credit facility bore interest at a weighted average rate of 5.5% and the $40.8 million borrowings under the term loan bore interest at a weighted average rate of 5.4%.
 
  •  $16.0 million of revolving credit borrowings and term loans of an aggregate of $50.0 million under a senior credit facility that matures on June 28, 2006. Borrowings under this senior credit facility bear interest at various rates plus a margin based on certain financial ratios. As of March 31, 2004, the $8.4 million borrowings under the revolving credit facility bore interest at a weighted average rate of 5.3% and the $35.3 million borrowings under the term loans bore interest at a weighted average rate of 5.5%.
 
  •  $3.2 million of Sterling loan notes that were issued in connection with the acquisition of one of our subsidiaries in October 2000. The notes bear interest at LIBOR plus 3.5% and are due December 31, 2004. The applicable interest rate was 7.9% at March 31, 2004.
 
  •  $3.0 million of subordinated notes issued in September 2002 to certain of our principal stockholders. These notes bear interest at a rate of 12% per annum and have a maturity date of September 30, 2006. Interest on the notes is payable in kind on a monthly basis.
 
  •  $8.2 million of subordinated notes issued in June 2000 to certain of our principal stockholders. These notes bear interest, payable monthly, at a rate of prime plus 1.25% (5.25% as of March 31, 2004) and have a maturity date of June 28, 2006. Interest since January 1, 2002 has been deferred.

      The senior credit facilities contain various restrictive covenants, including limitations on indebtedness, rental obligations, investments, cash dividends and capital expenditures. The senior credit facilities also require us to maintain certain financial ratios, including fixed charge coverage and funded debt to EBITDA and a minimum level of net worth. Trim Systems is the borrower under one of the senior credit facilities described above and was not in compliance with its leverage ratio covenant as of December 31, 2003. This senior credit facility was amended subsequent to December 31, 2003, and, as part of the

35


Table of Contents

amendment, the lenders waived noncompliance as of December 31, 2003 and adjusted the leverage ratio covenant. Our subsidiaries were in compliance with all of their respective covenants as of December 31, 2003 and March 31, 2004. As of December 31, 2003 and March 31, 2004, we had additional borrowing availability under our revolving credit facilities of approximately $19.7 million and $25.1 million, respectively.

      In connection with this offering, we anticipate entering into a new $           million senior credit facility, consisting of a $           million term loan and a $           million revolving credit facility. We intend to use borrowings under the term loan, together with proceeds of the offering contemplated hereby, to repay all of our existing borrowings under our existing senior credit facilities and to repay all of our existing subordinated indebtedness. We do not expect to initially incur any borrowings under the revolving credit facility.

      The final terms of the new senior credit facility are still being discussed with our principal lenders. Based on such discussions, however, we believe that the terms of the new senior credit facility will be as described herein. The actual terms of the new senior credit facility may ultimately be changed once the final terms are agreed with our lenders. Borrowings under the new senior credit facility will bear interest at a floating rate, which can be either a base rate, or at our option, a            rate, plus an applicable margin. The new senior credit facility will contain various financial covenants, including a maximum ratio of total indebtedness to EBITDA and a minimum ratio of EBITDA to interest expense. The new senior credit facility will also contain covenants restricting certain corporate actions, including asset dispositions, acquisitions, dividends, changes of control, incurring indebtedness, making loans and investments and transactions with affiliates. The new senior credit facility will be collateralized by substantially all of our assets. The new senior credit facility will also contain customary events of default.

      We are currently evaluating the possibility of entering into a sale-leaseback transaction with respect to our Vonore, Tennessee and Seattle, Washington facilities. If completed, we intend to use the net proceeds to further reduce our borrowings under the term loan portion of the new senior credit facility by approximately $15.0 million.

      Following the completion of this offering, we believe that cash flow from operating activities together with available borrowings under our new senior credit facility will be sufficient to fund currently anticipated working capital, planned capital spending and debt service requirements for at least the next twelve months. Capital expenditures for fiscal 2004 are anticipated to be $7.5 million. We do not need the proceeds of this offering to continue operations for the next twelve months. We regularly review acquisition and additional strategic opportunities, which may require additional debt or equity financing. We currently do not have any pending agreements or understandings with respect to any acquisitions or strategic opportunities.

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

      The following table reflects our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2003:

                                           
Payments Due by Period

Less than 1-3 3-5 More than
Total 1 Year Years Years 5 Years





(dollars in thousands)
Long-term debt obligations
  $ 127,474     $ 15,231     $ 112,243     $     $  
Operating lease obligations
    19,577       4,572       7,426       5,436       2,143  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 147,051     $ 19,803     $ 119,669     $ 5,436     $ 2,143  
     
     
     
     
     
 

36


Table of Contents

      The following reflects our long-term debt obligations as of December 31, 2003 on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the new senior credit facility, this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom:

                                         
Payments Due by Period

Less than 1-3 3-5 More than
Total 1 Year Years Years 5 Years





(dollars in thousands)
Pro forma long-term debt obligations
  $       $       $       $       $    
     
     
     
     
     
 

      In addition to the obligations noted above, we have obligations reported as other long-term liabilities that consist principally of pension and post-retirement benefits, facility closure and consolidation costs, forward contracts, loss contracts and other items.

      As of December 31, 2003 and March 31, 2004, we were not party to significant purchase obligations for goods or services.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

      We use standby letters of credit to guarantee our performance under various contracts and arrangements, principally in connection with our workers compensation liabilities and for leases on equipment and facilities. These letter of credit contracts are usually extended on a year-to-year basis. As of December 31, 2003 and March 31, 2004, we had outstanding letters of credit of $2.4 million. We do not believe that these letters of credit will be required to be drawn.

      We currently have no non-consolidated special purpose entity arrangements.

Certain Noncash Charges Related to Recent Stock Option Grants and this Offering

      To reward our senior management team for success in reducing operating costs, integrating businesses and improving processes through cyclical periods, we recently granted options to purchase an aggregate of approximately 23,362 shares of our common stock to 16 members of our management team. The exercise price for such options is $216.16 per share. Such options have a ten-year term, with 50% of such options being immediately exercisable and the remaining 50% becoming exercisable ratably on June 30, 2005 and June 30, 2006. We will incur a noncash compensation charge of approximately $           million in the second quarter of 2004 as a result of the grant of the currently exercisable options. This noncash compensation charge will be equal to the difference between $216.16 and the fair market value of our common stock as of the grant date for each currently exercisable option. Going forward, we will incur additional noncash compensation charges on June 30, 2005 and June 30, 2006 equal to the difference between $216.16 and the fair market value of our common stock on such dates for each outstanding option that becomes exercisable on such dates.

      In addition, we anticipate incurring a pre-tax, noncash charge of approximately $1.2 million on the early extinguishment of debt with the proceeds of this offering. This relates to the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs relating to our existing credit facilities.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

      Our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 of our consolidated financial statements. Certain of our accounting policies require the application of significant judgment by us in selecting appropriate assumptions for calculating financial estimates. By their nature, these judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate estimates, including those related to revenue recognition and sales commitments, valuation of goodwill, accounting for income taxes and defined benefit pension plan assumptions. We base our estimates on historical experience and assumptions believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Those estimates form the basis for our judgments that affect the amounts reported in our financial statements. Ultimate results could differ from our estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

37


Table of Contents

      Revenue Recognition and Sales Commitments. We recognize revenue as our products are shipped to our customers. We enter into agreements with our customers at the beginning of a given platform’s life to supply products for that platform. Once we enter into such agreements, fulfillment of our purchasing requirements is our obligation for the entire production life of the platform, with terms ranging from five to seven years, and we have no provisions to terminate such contracts. In certain instances, we may be committed under existing agreements to supply product to our customers at selling prices that are not sufficient to cover the direct cost to produce such product. In such situations, we record a liability for the estimated future amount of such losses. Such losses are recognized at the time that the loss is probable and reasonably estimable and are recorded at the minimum amount necessary to fulfill our obligations to our customers. The estimated amount of such losses was approximately $1.5 million at December 31, 2003. We believe such estimate is reasonable; however, any change in the estimate will result in a change in period income (loss).

      Valuation of Goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired. In July 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations, and SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. SFAS No. 141 requires all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 to be accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. Under SFAS No. 142, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are no longer amortized, but reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Separable intangible assets that are not deemed to have indefinite lives will continue to be amortized over their useful lives, but with no maximum life. The amortization provisions of SFAS No. 142 apply to goodwill and intangible assets acquired after June 30, 2001. With respect to goodwill acquired prior to July 1, 2001, we adopted SFAS No. 142 effective January 1, 2002.

      Upon adoption of SFAS No. 142, we completed step one of the transitional goodwill impairment test, using a combination of valuation techniques, including the discounted cash flow approach and the market multiple approach, for each of our three reporting units. Upon completion of the required assessments under SFAS No. 142, we determined that the fair market value of the goodwill assigned to two of our reporting units was lower than its book value, resulting in an after-tax transitional impairment charge of approximately $51.6 million. The write-off was recorded as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in our consolidated statement of operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2002. Under the valuation techniques and approach applied by us in our SFAS No. 142 analysis, a change in certain key assumptions applied, such as the discount rate, projected future cash flows and mix of cash flows by geographic region could significantly impact the results of our assessment. The estimates we used are based upon reasonable and supportable assumptions and consider all available evidence. However, there is inherent uncertainty in estimating future cash flows and termination values.

      We perform impairment tests annually, during the second quarter, and whenever events or circumstances occur indicating that goodwill or other intangible assets might be impaired. Based upon our 2003 annual assessment, no impairment of goodwill was deemed to have occurred.

      Accounting for Income Taxes. As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate, including consideration of legal entity structure. This process involves us estimating our actual current tax expense together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated balance sheet. We must then assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income. To the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, we must establish a valuation allowance. To the extent we establish a valuation allowance or increase this allowance in a given period, we must include an expense within the tax provision in the statement of operations. Significant judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets. We have recorded a valuation allowance of $3.8 million as of December 31, 2003, due to uncertainties related to our ability to utilize some of our deferred tax assets, primarily certain net operating loss carryforwards and temporary differences at certain of our subsidiaries as a result of legal entity structuring and tax jurisdictions, before

38


Table of Contents

they expire. The valuation allowance is based on our estimates of taxable income by jurisdiction in which we operate and the period over which our deferred tax assets will be recoverable. In the event that our actual results differ from our estimates or we adjust these estimates in future periods, the effects of these adjustments could materially impact our financial position and results of operations. In addition, future acquisitions or sales of our common stock may result in a change of ownership that may have an impact on our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and require the provision of an additional valuation allowance. The net deferred tax asset as of December 31, 2003 was $15.0 million, net of a valuation allowance of $3.8 million.

      Defined Benefit Pension Plan. We sponsor a defined benefit pension plan that covers certain of our hourly and salaried employees at our United Kingdom operations. Our policy is to make annual contributions to this plan to fund the normal cost as required by local regulations. In calculating obligation and expense, we are required to make certain actuarial assumptions. These assumptions include discount rate, expected long-term rate of return on plan assets and rates of increase in compensation. Our assumptions are determined based on current market conditions, historical information and consultation with and input from our actuaries. We have historically used December 31 as our annual measurement date. For 2003, we assumed a discount rate of 5.75% to determine our benefit obligations. Holding other variables constant (such as expected return on plan assets and rate of compensation increase), a one percentage point decrease in the discount rate would have increased our expense by $           million and our obligation by $           million.

      We employ a building block approach in determining the expected long-term rate of return for plan assets, based on historical markets, long-term historical relationships between equities and fixed income investments and considering current market factors such as inflation and interest rates. Holding other variables constant (such as discount rate and rate of compensation increase) a one percentage point decrease in the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets would have increased our expense by $           million. We expect to contribute approximately $1.1 million to our pension plans in 2004.

      We employ a total return investment approach in managing pension plan assets whereby a mix of equities and fixed income investments are used to maximize the long-term return of plan assets for a prudent level of risk. At December 31, 2003, our pension assets were comprised of 50% equity securities, 27% debt securities and 23% other investments.

      While any negative impact of these Critical Accounting Policies would generally result in noncash charges to earnings, the severity of any charge and its impact on stockholders’ investment could adversely affect our borrowing agreements, cost of capital and ability to raise external capital. Our senior management has reviewed these Critical Accounting Policies with the audit committee of our board of directors, and the audit committee has reviewed its disclosure in this management discussion and analysis.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

      In December 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 132R, a revision to SFAS No. 132, Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits. SFAS No. 132R does not change the measurement or recognition related to pension and other postretirement plans required by SFAS No. 87, Employers’ Accounting for Pensions, SFAS No. 88, Employers’ Accounting for Settlements and Curtailments of Defined Benefit Pension Plans and for Termination Benefits, and SFAS No. 106, Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions, and retains the disclosure requirements contained in SFAS No. 132. SFAS No. 132R requires additional disclosures about the assets, obligations, cash flows and net periodic benefit cost of defined benefit pension plans and other defined benefit postretirement plans. SFAS No. 132R is effective for financial statements with fiscal years ending after December 15, 2003, with the exception of disclosure requirements related to foreign plans and estimated future benefit payments which are effective for fiscal years ending after June 15, 2004. We have adopted the new disclosure requirements as effective in 2004.

39


Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 
Interest Rate Risk

      We are exposed to various market risks, including changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as foreign currency exchange and interest rates. We do not enter into derivatives or other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. We do enter into financial instruments, from time to time, to manage and reduce the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates and to hedge a portion of future anticipated currency transactions of our United Kingdom operations. The counterparties are major financial institutions.

      We manage our interest rate risk by balancing the amount of our fixed rate and variable rate debt and through the use of interest rate protection agreements. The objective of the interest rate protection agreements is to more effectively balance our borrowing costs and interest rate risk and reduce financing costs. For fixed rate debt, interest rate changes affect the fair market value of such debt but do not impact earnings or cash flows. Conversely for variable rate debt, interest rate changes generally do not affect the fair market value of such debt, but do impact future earnings and cash flows, assuming other factors are held constant. At March 31, 2004, all of our debt other than $3.0 million of our subordinated debt was variable rate debt. Holding other variables constant (such as foreign exchange rates and debt levels), a one percentage point change in interest rates would be expected to have an impact on pre-tax earnings and cash flows for the next year of approximately $1.2 million. The impact on the fair market value of our debt at March 31, 2004 would have been insignificant.

      At March 31, 2004, we had no interest protection agreements outstanding. Outstanding foreign currency forward exchange contracts at March 31, 2004 are more fully described in the notes to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The fair value of these contracts at March 31, 2004 amounted to a net asset of $2.5 million, which is reflected in other assets in our condensed March 31, 2004 balance sheet. None of these contracts have been designated as cash flow hedges; thus, the change in fair value at each reporting date is reflected as a noncash charge (income) in our statement of operations. We may designate future forward exchange contracts as cash flow hedges.

 
Foreign Currency Risk

      Foreign currency risk is the risk that we will incur economic losses due to adverse changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We use forward exchange contracts to hedge foreign currency translation exposures of our United Kingdom operations. We estimate our projected revenues and purchases in certain foreign currencies or locations, and will hedge a portion or all of the anticipated long or short position. The contracts typically run from three months up to three years. These contracts are marked-to-market and the fair value is included in assets (liabilities) in our balance sheets, with the offsetting noncash gain or loss included in our statements of operations. We do not hold or issue foreign exchange options or forward contracts for trading purposes.

      Our primary exposures to foreign currency exchange fluctuations are pound sterling/ Eurodollar and pound sterling/ Japanese yen. At March 31, 2004, the potential reduction in earnings from a hypothetical instantaneous 10% adverse change in quoted foreign currency spot rates applied to foreign currency sensitive instruments would not have been significant. The foreign currency sensitivity model is limited by the assumption that all of the foreign currencies to which we are exposed would simultaneously decrease by 10% because such synchronized changes are unlikely to occur. The effects of the forward exchange contracts have been included in the above analysis; however, the sensitivity model does not include the inherent risks associated with the anticipated future transactions denominated in foreign currency.

 
Foreign Currency Transactions

      A significant portion of our revenues during the quarter ended March 31, 2004 and year ended December 31, 2003 were derived from manufacturing operations outside of the United States. The results

40


Table of Contents

of operations and the financial position of our operations in these other countries are principally measured in their respective currency and translated into U.S. dollars. A significant portion of the expenses generated in these countries is in currencies different from which revenue is generated. As discussed above, from time to time, we enter into forward exchange contracts to mitigate a portion of this currency risk. The reported income of these subsidiaries will be higher or lower depending on a weakening or strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the respective foreign currency.

      A significant portion of our assets at March 31, 2004 are based in our foreign operations and are translated into U.S. dollars at foreign currency exchange rates in effect as of the end of each period, with the effect of such translation reflected as a separate component of stockholders’ investment. Accordingly, our stockholders’ investment will fluctuate depending upon the weakening or strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the respective foreign currency.

 
Effects of Inflation

      Inflation potentially affects us in two principal ways. First, a significant portion of our debt is tied to prevailing short-term interest rates that may change as a result of inflation rates, translating into changes in interest expense. Second, general inflation can impact material purchases, labor and other costs. In many cases, we have limited ability to pass through inflation-related cost increases due to the competitive nature of the markets that we serve. In the past few years, however, inflation has not been a significant factor.

41


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY

      Within the commercial vehicle industry, we sell our products primarily to the heavy truck (Class 8) segment of the North American OEM market (53% of our 2003 sales), the North American aftermarket and OEM service organizations for use in Class 8 heavy trucks (23% of our 2003 sales) and the construction segments of the global OEM market (18% of our 2003 sales). The majority of our remaining 6% of 2003 sales were to other global commercial vehicle markets.

Commercial Vehicle Supply Market Overview

      Commercial vehicles are used in a wide variety of end markets, including local and long-haul commercial trucking, bus, construction, mining, general industrial, marine, municipal and recreation. The commercial vehicle supply industry can generally be separated into two categories: (1) sales to OEMs, in which products are sold in relatively large quantities directly for use by OEMs in new commercial vehicles; and (2) “aftermarket” sales, in which products are sold as replacements in varying quantities to a wide range of OEM service organizations, wholesalers, retailers and installers. In the OEM market, suppliers are generally divided into tiers — “Tier 1” suppliers (like our company), who provide their products directly to OEMs, and “Tier 2” or “Tier 3” suppliers, who sell their products principally to other suppliers for implementation into those suppliers’ own product offerings.

      Our largest end-market segment, the commercial truck industry, is supplied by heavy- and medium-duty commercial truck suppliers. The commercial truck supplier industry is highly fragmented and comprised of several large companies and many smaller companies. In addition, the heavy-duty (Class 8) truck supplier industry is characterized by relatively low production volumes as well as considerable barriers to entry, including the following: (1) significant capital investment requirements, (2) stringent OEM technical and manufacturing requirements, (3) high switching costs to shift production to new suppliers, (4) just-in-time delivery requirements to meet OEM needs and (5) strong brand name recognition. Foreign competition is limited in the North American commercial vehicle market due to many factors, including the need to be responsive to order changes on short notice, high shipping costs, customer concerns about quality given the safety aspect of many of our products and service requirements.

      Although OEM demand for our products is directly correlated with new vehicle production, suppliers like us also can grow by increasing their product content per vehicle through cross selling and bundling of products, further penetrating business with existing customers and gaining new customers and expanding into new geographic markets. We believe that companies with a global presence and advanced technology, engineering, manufacturing and support capabilities, such as our company, are well positioned to take advantage of these opportunities.

Commercial Truck Market

      Purchasers of commercial trucks include fleet operators, owner operators and other industrial end users. Commercial vehicles used for local and long-haul commercial trucking are generally classified by gross vehicle weight. Class 8 vehicles are trucks with gross weight in excess of 33,000 lbs. and Class 5 through 7 vehicles are trucks with gross weight from 16,001 lbs. to 33,000 lbs. The following table shows commercial vehicle production levels for 1999 through 2003 in North America:

                                           
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003





(thousands of units)
Class 8 heavy trucks
    333       252       146       181       177  
Class 5 - 7 light and medium-duty trucks
    237       215       185       191       195  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
    570       467       331       372       372  
     
     
     
     
     
 

Source: ACT Research.

42


Table of Contents

      The following describes the major segments of the commercial vehicle market in which we compete:

 
Class 8 Truck Market

      The global Class 8 truck manufacturing market is concentrated in three primary regions: North America, Asia-Pacific and Europe. We believe that North America has the largest truck market of these three regions. The global Class 8 truck market is localized in nature due to the following factors: (1) the prohibitive costs of shipping components from one region to another, (2) the high degree of customization of Class 8 trucks to meet the region-specific demands of end users, and (3) the ability to meet just-in-time delivery requirements. According to ACT, four companies represented approximately 99% of North American Class 8 truck production in 2003. The percentages of Class 8 production represented by Freightliner, PACCAR, Volvo/Mack and International were 39%, 25%, 19% and 16%, respectively. We supply products to all of these OEMs.

      Production of commercial vehicles in North America peaked in 1999 and experienced a downturn from 2000 to 2003 that was due to a weak economy, reduced sales following above-normal purchases in advance of new EPA emissions standards, an oversupply of new and used vehicle inventory and lower spending on commercial vehicles and equipment. Following a substantial decline from 1999 to 2001, truck unit production increased modestly to 181,000 units in 2002 from 146,000 units produced in 2001, due primarily to the pre-buying of trucks that occurred prior to the October 2002 mandate for more stringent engine emissions requirements. Subsequent to the pre-buy, truck production continued to remain at historically low levels due to the continuing economic recession and the reluctance of many trucking companies to invest during this period.

      In mid-2003, evidence of renewed growth emerged and truck tonmiles (number of miles driven multiplied by number of tons transported) began to increase. Accompanying the increase in truck tonmiles, new truck sales also began to increase. During the second half of 2003, new truck dealer inventories declined and, consequently, OEM truck order backlogs began to increase. According to ACT, monthly truck order rates began increasing significantly in December 2003 and have continued to do so since. Class 8 net truck orders for the first four months of 2004 were approximately 135,000 units, up 123% from approximately 61,000 units in the same time period in 2003. Since 2003, all of the major OEMs have increased their truck build rates to meet the increased demand.

      The following table illustrates North American Class 8 truck orders for the four months of 2004 compared to the same time period in 2003:

North American Class 8 Truck Orders

(BAR CHART)

Sources: ACT Research — Monthly Market Indicators (May 2004); ACT Research — Truck, Bus and RV Industry Management Statistics (May 2004).

43


Table of Contents

      According to ACT, unit production for 2004 is estimated to increase approximately 36% over 2003 levels to 241,000 units. According to the same source, truck unit production is expected to continue increasing in 2005 and 2006, with projected unit production of 297,000 units and over 300,000 units, respectively. We believe that this projected increase is due to several factors, including (1) improvement in the general economy in North America, which is expected to lead to growth in the industrial sector, (2) corresponding growth in the movement of goods, which is expected to lead to demand for new trucks and increasing requirements of logistics companies, (3) rising hauler profits, (4) the growing acceptance of new engines and (5) under-investment during the recent recession, and the growing need to replace aging truck fleets.

      We believe the following factors are currently driving the North American Class 8 truck market:

      Economic Conditions. The North American truck industry is directly influenced by overall economic growth and consumer spending. Since truck OEMs supply the fleet lines of North America, their production levels generally match the demand for freight. The freight carried by these trucks includes consumer goods, machinery, food and beverages, construction equipment and supplies, electronic equipment and a wide variety of other materials. Since most of these items are driven by macroeconomic conditions, the truck industry tends to follow trends of gross domestic product, or GDP. Generally, given the dependence of North American shippers on trucking as a freight alternative, general economic conditions have been a primary indicator of future truck builds.

      Truck Freight Growth. ACT projects that total domestic truck freight will continue to increase over the next five years, driven by growth in GDP. In addition, national suppliers and distribution centers, burdened by the pricing pressure of large manufacturing and retail customers, have continued to reduce on-site inventory levels. This reduction requires freight handlers to provide “to-the-hour” delivery options. As a result, Class 8 heavy-duty trucks have replaced manufacturing warehouses as the preferred temporary storage facility for inventory. Since trucks are typically viewed as the most reliable and flexible shipping alternative, truck tonmiles, as well as truck platform improvements, should continue to increase in order to meet the increasing need for flexibility under the just-in-time system. ACT forecasts that total heavy-duty truck tonmiles will increase from 2,545 billion in 2003 to 3,083 billion in 2008, as summarized in the following graph:

Total U.S. Tonmiles (Class 8)

(number of tonmiles in billions)

(BAR CHART)

“E” — Estimated

Source: Freight Transportation Research Associates (April 2004).

      Truck Replacement Cycle and Fleet Aging. In 2002, the average age of Class 8 trucks passed the ten-year average of 5.5 years. In 2003, the average age increased further to 5.9 years. The average fleet age tends to run in cycles as freight companies permit their truck fleets to age during periods of lagging demand and then replenish those fleets during periods of increasing demand. Additionally, as truck fleets age, their maintenance costs increase. Freight companies must therefore continually evaluate the economics between repair and replacement. Other factors, such as inventory management and the growth

44


Table of Contents

in less-than-truckload freight shipping, also tend to increase fleet mileage and, as a result, the truck replacement cycle. The chart below illustrates the average age of active U.S. Class 8 trucks:

Average Age of Active U.S. Class 8 Trucks

(number of years)

(BAR CHART)

Source: ACT Research (2004).

      Suppliers’ Relationships with OEMs. Supplier relationships with OEMs are long-term, close and cooperative in nature. OEMs must expend both time and resources to work with suppliers to form an efficient and trusted operating relationship. Following this investment, and in some cases, the designation of a supplier as standard, OEMs are typically hesitant to change suppliers given the potential for disruptions in production.

 
Commercial Truck Aftermarket

      Demand for aftermarket products tends to be less cyclical than OEM demand because vehicle owners are more likely to repair vehicles than purchase new ones during recessionary periods, and thus aftermarket demand generally is more stable during such periods. Demand for aftermarket products is driven by the quality of OEM parts, the number of vehicles in operation, the average age of the vehicle fleet, vehicle usage, the average useful life of vehicle parts and total tonmiles. The aftermarket is a growing market, as the overall size of the North American fleet of Class 8 trucks has continued to increase and is attractive because of the recurring nature of the sales. Additionally, aftermarket sales tend to be at a higher margin, as truck component suppliers are able to leverage their already established fixed cost base and exert moderate pricing power with their replacement parts. The recurring nature of aftermarket revenue provides some insulation to the overall cyclical nature of the industry, as it tends to provide a more stable stream of revenues.

 
Commercial Construction Vehicle Market

      Purchasers of heavy construction equipment (weighing over 12 metric tons) include construction companies, municipalities, local governments, rental fleet owners, quarrying and mining companies, waste management companies and forestry related concerns. Purchasers of light construction equipment (weighing under 12 metric tons) include contractors, rental fleet owners, landscapers, logistics companies and farmers. Sales of heavy construction equipment are particularly dependent on the level of major infrastructure construction and repair projects such as highways, dams and harbors, which is a function of government spending and economic growth. The principal factor influencing sales of light construction equipment is the level of residential and commercial construction, remodeling and renovation, which in turn is influenced by interest rates.

45


Table of Contents

Commercial Vehicle Industry Trends

      Our performance and growth are directly related to trends in the commercial vehicle market that are focused on end-user retention, comfort and safety. These commercial vehicle industry trends include the following:

      System Sourcing. Commercial vehicle OEMs are beginning to seek suppliers capable of providing fully-engineered, complete systems rather than suppliers who produce the separate parts that comprise a system. By outsourcing complete systems, OEMs are able to reduce the costs associated with the design and integration of different components and improve quality by requiring their suppliers to assemble and test major portions of the vehicle prior to beginning production. In addition, OEMs are able to develop more efficient assembly processes when complete systems are delivered in sequence rather than as individual parts or components.

      Globalization of Suppliers. To serve multiple markets more cost effectively, many commercial vehicle OEMs are manufacturing global vehicle platforms that are designed in a single location but are produced and sold in many different geographic markets around the world. Having operations in the geographic markets in which OEMs produce their global platforms enables suppliers to meet OEMs’ needs more economically and more efficiently.

      Shift of Design and Engineering to Suppliers. OEMs are focusing their efforts on brand development and overall vehicle design, instead of the design of individual vehicle systems. OEMs are increasingly looking to their suppliers to provide suggestions for new products, designs, engineering developments and manufacturing processes. As a result, Tier 1 suppliers are gaining increased access to confidential planning information regarding OEMs’ future vehicle designs and manufacturing processes. Systems and modules increase the importance of Tier 1 suppliers because they generally increase the Tier 1 suppliers’ percentage of vehicle content.

      Broad Manufacturing Capabilities. With respect to commercial vehicle interiors, OEMs are requiring their suppliers to manufacture interior systems and products utilizing alternative materials and processes in order to meet OEMs’ demand for customized styling or cost requirements. In addition, while OEMs seek to differentiate their vehicles through the introduction of innovative interior features, suppliers are proactively developing new interior products with enhanced features.

      Ongoing Supplier Consolidation. The worldwide commercial vehicle supply industry is in the early stages of consolidating as suppliers seek to achieve operating synergies through business combinations, shift production to locations with more flexible work rules and practices, acquire complementary technologies, build stronger customer relationships and follow their OEM customers as they expand globally. Suppliers need to provide OEMs with single-point sourcing of integrated systems and modules on a global basis, and this is expected to drive further industry consolidation. Furthermore, the cost focus of most major OEMs has forced suppliers to reduce costs and improve productivity on an ongoing basis, including by achieving economies of scale through consolidation.

46


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Company

      We believe that we are the largest supplier of interior systems, vision safety solutions and other cab-related products for the global commercial vehicle market, including the heavy-duty (Class 8) truck market, the construction market and other specialized transportation markets. As a result of our strong leadership in cab-related products and systems, we are positioned to benefit from the increased focus of our customers on cab design and comfort to better serve their end user, the driver. Our products include suspension seat systems, interior trim systems (including instrument panels, door panels, headliners, cabinetry and floor systems), mirrors, wiper systems, controls and switches specifically designed for applications in commercial vehicle cabs. We are differentiated from suppliers to the automotive industry by our ability to manufacture low volume customized products on a sequenced basis to meet the requirements of our customers. As a result of our high-quality, innovative products, well-recognized brand names and customer service, a majority of the largest 100 fleet operators specifically request our products. We believe that we have the number one or two position in all of our major markets and that we are the only supplier in the North American commercial vehicle market that can offer complete interior systems including seats, interior trim and flooring.

      We offer a broad range of products and system solutions for a variety of end market vehicle applications. Over 60% of our sales are to the heavy-duty (Class 8) OEMs, such as Freightliner (DaimlerChrysler), International (Navistar), PACCAR and Volvo/ Mack, and their service organizations. In total, approximately 70% of our sales are in North America, with the balance in Europe and Asia. The following charts depict our 2003 net sales by product category and end markets served.

     
Product Category End Markets Served
(PRODUCT CATEGORY PIE GRAPH)
  (END MARKETS SERVED PIE GRAPH)

      Since 2000, we have been able to improve our operating margins each year despite the cyclical downturn in our end markets. In our largest market, the North American heavy-duty (Class 8) truck market, vehicle unit build rates declined from 332,600 units in 1999 to a low of 146,000 units in 2001, rebounding slightly to 176,700 units in 2003. Demand for commercial vehicles is expected to improve in 2004 due to a variety of factors, including a broad economic recovery in North America, the need to replace aging truck fleets as a result of under-investment, increasing freight volumes and improving hauler profits. According to ACT Research, the North American heavy-duty (Class 8) unit build rates are expected to grow from 176,700 in 2003 to over 300,000 in 2006. This trend is reflected in the North American heavy-duty (Class 8) order rate of approximately 135,000 units in the first four months of 2004, an increase of 123% from the same period in 2003.

Our Competitive Strengths

      We believe that our competitive strengths include the following:

      Leading Market Positions and Brands. We believe that we are the leading supplier of seating systems and interior trim products and the second largest supplier of wiper systems and mirrors for the North American commercial vehicle market. We believe that we are the largest global supplier of

47


Table of Contents

construction vehicle seating systems. Our products are marketed under brand names that are well known by our customers and truck fleet operators. These brands include KAB Seating, National Seating, Trim Systems, Sprague Devices, Sprague Controls, Prutsman TM , Moto Mirror TM and RoadWatch®.

      Comprehensive Cab Product and Interior System Solutions. We believe that we offer the broadest product range of any commercial vehicle interior supplier. We manufacture approximately 50 product categories, many of which are critical to the interior subsystems of a commercial vehicle cab. We also utilize a variety of different processes, such as urethane molding, vacuum forming and “twin shell” vacuum forming, that enable us to meet each customer’s unique styling and cost requirements. The breadth of our product offering enables us to provide a “one-stop shop” for our customers, who increasingly require complete cab solutions from a single supply source. As a result, we believe that we have a substantial opportunity for further customer penetration through cross-selling initiatives and by bundling our products to provide complete system solutions.

      End-User Focused Product Innovation. A key trend in the commercial vehicle market is that OEMs are increasingly focused on cab design and comfort to better serve their end user, the driver, and our customers are seeking suppliers that can provide product innovation. We have a full service engineering and product development organization that proactively presents solutions to OEMs to meet these needs and enables us to increase our overall content on current platforms and models. Examples of our recent innovations that will result in better cost and performance parameters for our customers include: a new high performance air suspension seating system; the back cycler mechanism designed to reduce driver fatigue; the RoadWatch® system installed in a mirror base to detect road surface temperature; an aero-molded mirror; and a low-weight, cost effective tubular wiper system design.

      Flexible Manufacturing Capabilities. Because commercial vehicle OEMs permit their customers to select from an extensive menu of cab options, our customers frequently request modified products in low volumes within a limited time frame. We have a highly variable cost structure and can efficiently leverage our flexible manufacturing capabilities to provide low volume, customized products to meet each customer’s styling, cost and just-in-time delivery requirements. We have a network of 13 manufacturing locations in North America and Europe and are among the first commercial vehicle suppliers with operations in China. Our facilities are located near our customers to reduce distribution costs and to maintain a high level of customer service and flexibility.

      Strong Relationships with Leading Customers and Major Fleets. Because of our comprehensive product offerings, leading brand names and product innovation, we are an important long-term supplier to all of the leading Class 8 truck manufacturers in North America and also a global supplier to leading construction and agriculture customers such as Caterpillar, Komatsu, Volvo, CNH Global (Case New Holland) and John Deere. In addition, through our sales and engineering forces, we maintain active relationships with the major truck fleet organizations that are end users of our products such as Yellow Freight, Swift Transportation, Schneider National and Ryder Leasing. As a result of our high-quality, innovative products, well-recognized brand names and customer service, a majority of the largest 100 fleet operators specifically request our products.

      Proven Management Team. Our management team is highly respected within the commercial vehicle market, and our nine senior managers have an average of 19 years of experience in the industry. We believe that our team has substantial depth in critical operational areas and has demonstrated success in reducing costs, integrating business acquisitions and improving processes through cyclical periods.

Our Business Strategy

      In addition to capitalizing on expected growth in our end markets, our primary growth strategies are as follows:

      Increase Content, Expand Customer Penetration and Leverage System Opportunities. We are the only integrated commercial vehicle supplier that can offer complete interior systems. We are focused on securing additional sales from our existing customer base, and we actively cross-market a diverse portfolio

48


Table of Contents

of products to our customers to increase our content on the cabs manufactured by these OEMs. To complement our North American capabilities and enhance our customer relationships, we are working with OEMs as they increase their focus on international markets. We are one of the first commercial vehicle suppliers to establish operations in China and are aggressively working to secure new business from both existing customers with Chinese manufacturing operations and Chinese OEMs. We believe we are well positioned to capitalize on the migration by OEMs in the heavy truck and commercial vehicle sector towards commercial vehicle suppliers that can offer a complete interior system.

      Leverage Our New Product Development Capabilities. During the recent downturn, we invested significantly in our engineering capabilities and new product development in order to anticipate the evolving demands of our customers and end users. For example, we recently introduced a new wiper system utilizing a tubular linkage system with a single motor that operates both wipers, reducing the cost, space and weight of the wiper system. Also, we believe that our new high performance seat should enable us to capture additional market share in North America and provide us with opportunities to market this seat on a global basis. We will continue to design and develop new products that add or improve content and increase cab comfort and safety.

      Capitalize on Operating Leverage. We continuously seek ways to lower costs, enhance product quality, improve manufacturing efficiencies and increase product throughput. Over the past three years, we realized operating synergies with the integration of our sales, marketing and distribution processes; reduced our fixed cost base through the closure and consolidation of several manufacturing and design facilities; and have begun to implement our Lean Manufacturing and TQPS programs. We believe our ongoing cost saving initiatives and the establishment of our sourcing relationships in China will enable us to continue to lower our manufacturing costs. As a result, we are well positioned to grow our operating margins and capitalize on any volume increases in the heavy truck sector with minimal additional capital expenditures.

      Grow Sales to the Aftermarket. While the average life of a commercial vehicle is approximately six years, certain components, such as seats, wipers and mirrors, are replaced more frequently. We believe that there are opportunities to leverage our brand recognition to increase our sales to the replacement aftermarket. Since many aftermarket participants are small and locally focused, we plan to leverage our national scale to increase our market share in the fragmented aftermarket.

      Pursue Strategic Acquisitions. We will selectively pursue complementary strategic acquisitions that allow us to leverage the marketing, engineering and manufacturing strengths of our business and expand our sales to new and existing customers. The markets in which we operate are highly fragmented and provide ample consolidation opportunities.

Products

      We offer OEMs a broad range of products and system solutions for a variety of end market vehicle applications that include local and long-haul commercial truck, bus, construction and agricultural, end market industrial, marine, municipal and recreation. Fleets and OEMs are increasing their focus on cabs and their interiors to differentiate products and improve driver comfort and retention. We manufacture approximately 50 product categories, many of which are critical to the interior subsystems of a commercial vehicle cab. Although a portion of our products are sold directly to OEMs as finished components, we use most of our products to produce “systems” or “subsystems,” which are groups of component parts located throughout the vehicle that operate together to provide a specific vehicle function. Systems currently produced by us include seating, trim, body panels, storage cabinets, floor covering, mirrors, windshield wipers, headliners, window lifts, door locks and temperature measurement. We classify our products into three general categories: seats and seating systems, trim systems and components and mirrors, wipers and controls.

49


Table of Contents

      The following table shows the percentage of sales from our principal product categories in 2003:

           
Product Category

Seats and Seating Systems
    56 %
Cab and Trim Systems
    27  
Mirrors, Wipers and Controls
    17  
     
 
 
Total
    100 %
     
 

      For additional information regarding our sales by product category, see Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

      Set forth below is a brief description of our products and their applications:

      Seats and Seating Systems. We design, engineer and produce seating systems primarily for Class 8 heavy trucks in North America and for commercial vehicles used in the construction and agricultural industries through our European operations. For the most part, our seats and seating systems are fully-assembled and ready for installation when they are delivered to the OEM. We offer a wide range of seats that include air suspension seats, static seats, passenger seats, bus seats and rail car seats. As a result of our strong product design and product technology, we are a leader in designing seats with convenience features and enhanced safety. Seats and seating systems are the most complex and highly specialized products of our three product categories.

      Class 8 Heavy Trucks. We produce seats and seating systems for Class 8 heavy trucks in our North American operations. Our Class 8 heavy truck seating systems are designed to achieve maximum driver comfort by adding a wide range of manual and power features such as lumbar supports, cushion and back bolsters and leg and thigh supports. Our Class 8 heavy truck seats are highly specialized based on a variety of different seating options offered in OEM product lines. Our seats are built to customer specifications in low volumes and consequently are produced in numerous combinations with a wide range of price points. There are approximately 350 parts in each seat, resulting in approximately 2.5 million possible seat combinations. Adding features to a standard seat is the principal way to increase pricing, and the price of one seat can range from $180 for a standard suspension seat to over $400 for an air seat with enhanced features.

      We differentiate our seats from our competitors’ seats by focusing on three principal goals: driver comfort, driver retention and decreased workers’ compensation claims. Drivers of Class 8 heavy trucks recognize and are often given the opportunity to specify their choice of seat brands, and we strive to develop strong customer loyalty both at the commercial vehicle OEMs and among the drivers. We believe that we have superior technology and can offer a unique seat base that is ergonomically designed, accommodates a range of driver sizes and absorbs shock to maximize driver comfort. We recently introduced the “Back Cycler” seat mechanism to reduce driver fatigue and a new high performance air suspension seat system.

      Other Commercial Vehicles. We produce seats and seating systems for commercial vehicles used in the global construction and agricultural, bus, commercial transport and municipal industries. The principal focus of these seating systems is durability. These seats are ergonomically designed for difficult working environments, to provide comfort and control throughout the range of seats and chairs. In addition, we currently have future orders to produce seats for boat manufacturers.

      Other Seating Products. Our European operations also manufacture office seating products. Our office chair was developed as a result of our experience supplying chairs for the heavy truck, agricultural and construction industry and is fully adjustable to maximize comfort at work. Our office chairs are available in a wide variety of colors and fabrics to suit many different office environments, such as emergency services, call centers, receptions, studios, boardrooms and general office.

      Trim Systems and Components. We design, engineer, and produce trim systems and components for the interior cabs of commercial vehicles. Our interior trim products are designed to provide a comfortable

50


Table of Contents

interior for the vehicle occupants as well as a variety of functional and safety features. The wide variety of features that can be selected by the Class 8 heavy truck customer makes trim systems and components a complex and highly specialized product category. For example, a sleeper cab can contain three times as many trim components as a day cab, and can cost, on average, over $900 for a fully loaded sleeper cab as compared to $260 for an average day cab. Set forth below is a brief description of our principal trim systems and components:

      Trim Products. Our trim products include A-Pillars, B-Pillars, door panels and interior trim panels. Door panels consist of several component parts that are attached to a substrate. Specific components include vinyl or cloth-covered appliqués, armrests, radio speaker grilles, map pocket compartments, carpet and sound-reducing insulation. In addition, door panels often incorporate electronic and electrical distribution systems and products, including lock and latch, window glass, window regulators and audio systems as well as wire harnesses for the control of power seats, windows, mirrors and door locks. Our products are attractive, lightweight solutions from a traditional cut and sew approach to a contemporary “molded” styling theme. The parts can be color matched or top good wrapped to integrate seamlessly with the rest of the interior. We recently developed a one-step “twin shell” vacuum forming process for flooring systems and headliners.

      Instrument Panels. We produce and assemble instrument panels that can be integrated with the rest of the interior trim. The instrument panel is a complex system of coverings and foam, plastic and metal parts designed to house various components and act as a safety device for the vehicle occupant.

      Body Panels (Headliners/ Wall Panels). Headliners consist of a substrate and a finished interior layer made of fabrics and materials. While headliners are an important contributor to interior aesthetics, they also provide insulation from road noise and can serve as carriers for a variety of other components, such as visors, overhead consoles, grab handles, coat hooks, electrical wiring, speakers, lighting and other electronic and electrical products. As the amount of electronic and electrical content available in vehicles has increased, headliners have emerged as an important carrier of electronic features such as lighting systems.

      Storage Systems. Our modular storage units and custom cabinetry are designed to improve comfort and convenience for the driver. These storage systems are designed to be integrated with the interior trim. These units may be easily expanded and customized with features that include refrigerators, sinks and water reservoirs. Our storage systems are constructed with durable materials and designed to last the life of the vehicle.

      Floor Covering Systems. We have an extensive and comprehensive portfolio of floor covering systems and dash insulators. Carpet flooring systems generally consist of tufted or non-woven carpet with a thermoplastic backcoating which, when heated, allows the carpet to be fitted precisely to the interior or trunk compartment of the vehicle. Additional insulation materials are added to minimize noise, vibration and harshness. Non-carpeted flooring systems, used primarily in commercial and fleet vehicles, offer improved wear and maintenance characteristics. The dash insulator separates the passenger compartment from the engine compartment and prevents engine noise and heat from entering the passenger compartment.

      Sleeper Bunks. We offer a wide array of design choices for upper and lower sleeper bunks for heavy trucks. All parts of our sleeper bunks can be integrated to match the rest of the interior trim. Our sleeper bunks arrive at OEMs fully assembled and ready for installation.

      Grab Handles and Armrests. Our grab handles and armrests are designed and engineered with specific attention to aesthetics, ergonomics and strength. Our T-Skin TM product uses a wide range of inserts and substrates for structural integrity. The integral skin urethane offers a soft touch and can be in-mold coated to specific colors.

      Bumper Fascias and Fender Covers. Our highly durable, lightweight bumper fascias and fender covers are capable of withstanding repeated impacts that would deform an aluminum or steel bumper. We

51


Table of Contents

utilize a production technique that chemically bonds a layer of paint to the part after it has been molded, thereby enabling the part to keep its appearance even after repeated impacts.

      Privacy Curtains. We produce privacy curtains for use in sleeper cabs. Our privacy curtains include features such as integrated color matching of both sides of the curtain, choice of cloth or vinyl, full “black out” features and low-weight.

      Sun Visors. Our sun visors are fully integrated for multi access mounting and pivot hardware. Our sun visor system includes multiple options such as mirrors, map pockets and different options for positioning. We use low pressure injection molding to produce our premium sun visors with a simulated grain texture.

      Mirrors, Wipers and Controls. We design, engineer and produce a wide range of mirrors, wipers and controls used in commercial vehicles. Set forth below is a brief description of our principal products in this category:

      Mirrors. We offer a wide range of round, rectangular, motorized and heated mirrors and related hardware, including brackets, braces and side bars. Most of our mirror designs utilize stainless steal pins, fasteners and support braces to ensure durability. We have recently introduced both road and outside temperature devices that are integrated into the mirror face or the vehicle’s dashboard through our Road Watch TM family of products. These systems are principally utilized by municipalities throughout North America to monitor surface temperatures and assist them in dispersing chemicals for snow and ice removal. We have recently introduced a new lower-cost system for use in long-haul commercial trucks and mission critical vehicles such as ambulances. We have also recently introduced a new molded aerodynamic mirror that is integrated into the truck’s exterior.

      Windshield Wiper Systems. We offer application-specific windshield wiper systems and individual windshield wiper components for all segments of the commercial vehicle market. Our windshield wiper systems are generally delivered to the OEM fully assembled and ready for installation. A windshield wiper system is typically comprised of a pneumatic electric motor, linkages, arms, wiper blades, washer reservoirs and related pneumatic or electric pumps. We also produce air-assisted washing systems for headlights and cameras to assist drivers with visibility for safe vehicle operation. These systems utilize window wash fluid and air to create a turbulent liquid/air stream that removes road grime from headlights and cameras. We offer an optional programmable washing system that allows for periodic washing and dry cycles for maximum safety. We have recently introduced a new low-weight, cost effective tubular wiper system design.

      Controls. We offer a range of controls and control systems that includes a complete line of window lifts and door locks, mechanic, pneumatic, electrical and electronic HVAC controls and electric switch products. We specialize in air-powered window lifts and door locks, which are highly reliable and cost effective as compared to similar products powered by electricity. We also offer a variety of electric window lifts and door locks.

Customers and Marketing

      We sell our products principally to the commercial vehicle OEM market. Approximately 72% of our 2003 sales were derived from sales to commercial vehicle OEMs, with the remainder derived principally from aftermarket sales.

52


Table of Contents

      We supply our products primarily to heavy truck OEMs, the aftermarket and OEM service segment and other commercial vehicle OEMs. The following is a summary of our sales by end-user market segment in 2003:

           
End-User Market

Heavy Truck OEM
    53 %
Aftermarket and OEM Service
    23  
Construction
    18  
Bus
    4  
Other
    2  
     
 
 
Total
    100 %
     
 

      Our principal customers in the OEM market include Freightliner, International, PACCAR, Volvo/ Mack, Blue Bird and Thomas Built Buses. In our European operations, our principal customers include Volvo, CNH Global (Case New Holland), Komatsu and Caterpillar. We also sell our trim products to OEMs in the marine and recreational vehicle industries and seating products to office product manufacturers principally in Europe.

      The following is a summary of our significant OEM customers in 2003:

           
Customer

PACCAR
    26 %
Freightliner
    18 %
International
    8  
Caterpillar
    6  
Volvo/ Mack
    4  
Komatsu
    3  
Other
    35  
     
 
 
Total
    100 %
     
 

      As a result of our European seating operations, we derived approximately 30% of our sales from outside of North America in 2003. For additional information regarding our sales to our principal customers and by geographic region, see Notes 9 and 10 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

      We receive blanket purchase orders from our OEM customers. These purchase orders generally provide for the supply of a customer’s annual requirements for a particular vehicle model, rather than for the purchase of a specific quantity of products. Such supply relationships typically extend over the life of a vehicle model, with terms of up to seven years. Although purchase orders may be terminated at any time by our customers (but not by us), such terminations have been minimal and have not had a material impact on our results of operations. In order to reduce our reliance on any one vehicle model, we produce products for a broad cross-section of both new and more established models.

      Our contracts with major OEM customers generally provide for an annual productivity cost reduction. Historically, cost reductions through product design changes, increased productivity and similar programs with our suppliers have generally offset these customer-imposed productivity cost reduction requirements, although no assurances can be given that we will be able to achieve such cost reductions in the future. Our cost structure is comprised of a high percentage of variable costs that provides us with additional flexibility during economic cycles.

      Our sales and marketing efforts with respect to our OEM sales are designed to create overall awareness of our engineering design and manufacturing capabilities and to enable us to be selected to supply products for new and redesigned models of our OEM customers. Our sales and marketing staff

53


Table of Contents

works closely with our design and engineering personnel to prepare the materials used for bidding on new business as well as to provide a consistent interface between us and our key customers. Most of our sales and marketing personnel have engineering backgrounds which enable them to participate in the design and engineering aspects of acquiring new business as well as ongoing customer service. We currently have sales and marketing personnel located in every major region in which we operate. From time to time, we also participate in industry trade shows and advertise in industry publications. One of our ongoing initiatives is to negotiate and enter into long term supply agreements with our existing customers that allow us to leverage all of our business and provide a complete interior package to our commercial vehicle OEM customers.

      Our principal customers for our aftermarket sales include the OEM dealers and independent wholesale distributors. Our sales and marketing efforts for our aftermarket sales are focused on support of these two distribution chains, as well as direct contact with all major fleets.

Design and Engineering Support

      We work with our customers’ engineering and development teams at the beginning of the design process for new components and assemblies, or the redesign process for existing components and assemblies, in order to maximize production efficiency and quality. These processes may take place from one to three years prior to the commencement of production. On average, development of a new component takes 12 to 24 months during the design phase, while the re-engineering of an existing part may take from one to six months. Early design involvement can result in a product that meets or exceeds the customer’s design and performance requirements and is more efficient to manufacture. In addition, our extensive involvement enhances our position for bidding on such business. We work aggressively to ensure that our quality and delivery metrics distinguish us from our competitors.

      We focus on bringing our customers integrated products that have superior content, comfort and safety. Consistent with our value-added engineering focus, we have developed relationships with the engineering departments of our customers and have placed resident engineers with PACCAR and Freightliner, our two largest customers. These relationships not only help us to identify new business opportunities but also enable us to compete based on the quality of our products and services, rather than exclusively on price. We are currently involved in the design stage of several products for our customers and will begin production of these products in the years 2005 to 2007.

Intellectual Property

      We consider ourselves to be a leader in both product and process technology, and, therefore, protection of intellectual property is important to our business. Our principal intellectual property consists of product and process technology, a limited number of United States and foreign patents, trade secrets, trademarks and copyrights. Although our intellectual property is important to our business operations and in the aggregate constitutes a valuable asset, we do not believe that any single patent, trade secret, trademark or copyright, or group of patents, trade secrets, trademarks or copyrights is critical to the success of our business. Our policy is to seek statutory protection for all significant intellectual property embodied in patents, trademarks and copyrights. From time to time, we grant licenses under our patents and technology and receive licenses under patents and technology of others.

      We market our products under well-known brand names that include KAB Seating, National Seating, Trim Systems, Sprague Devices, Sprague Controls, Prutsman TM , Moto Mirror TM and RoadWatch®. We believe that our brands are valuable and are increasing in value with the growth of our business, but that our business is not dependent on such brands. We own U.S. federal registrations for several of our brands.

Research and Development

      Our objective is to be a leader in offering superior quality and technologically advanced products to our customers at competitive prices. We engage in ongoing engineering, research and development

54


Table of Contents

activities to improve the reliability, performance and cost-effectiveness of our existing products and to design and develop new products for existing and new applications.

Manufacturing

      A description of the manufacturing processes we utilize for each of our principal product categories is set forth below:

  •  Seats and Seating Systems. Our seating operations utilize a variety of manufacturing techniques whereby fabric is affixed to an underlying seat frame. We also manufacture and assemble the seat frame, which involves complex welding. For the most part, we utilize outside suppliers to produce the individual components used to assemble the seat frame. Raw materials, including steel, aluminum and foam chemicals, used in our seat systems are generally readily available and obtained from multiple suppliers under various supply agreements. Leather, fabric and certain components are also purchased from multiple suppliers under supply agreements. Typically, our supply agreements last for at least one year and can be terminated by us for breach or convenience. Some purchased components are obtained from our customers.
 
  •  Trim Systems and Components. Our interior systems process capabilities include injection molding, low-pressure injection molding, urethane molding and foaming processes, compression molding, and vacuum and twin steel vacuum forming as well as various trimming and finishing methods. Raw materials, including resin and chemical products, which are formed and assembled into end products, are obtained from multiple suppliers, typically under supply agreements which last for at least one year and are terminable by us for breach or convenience. Smaller facilities are dedicated to specific groups of customers and are strategically located near their production facilities.
 
  •  Mirrors, Wipers and Controls. We manufacture our mirrors, wipers and controls utilizing a variety of manufacturing processes and techniques. Our mirrors, wipers and controls are 100% hand assembled, tested and packaged. Raw materials, including steel, stainless steel, aluminum, glass and rubber, used to produce these products are generally readily available and obtained from multiple suppliers.

      We have a broad array of processes to offer our commercial vehicle OEM customers to enable us to meet their styling and cost requirements. The interior of the truck is the most significant and appealing aspect to the driver of the vehicle, and consequently each commercial vehicle OEM has unique requirements as to feel, appearance and features. Within the last three years, we added new technologies, including injection molding, compression molding and vacuum forming capabilities, to our facilities through research and development, licenses of patented technology and equipment purchases.

      The end markets for our products are highly specialized and our customers frequently request modified products in low volumes within an expedited delivery timeframe. As a result, we primarily utilize flexible manufacturing cells in the production of substantially all of our products. Manufacturing cells are clusters of individual manufacturing operations and work stations grouped in a circular configuration, with the operators placed centrally within the configuration. This provides flexibility by allowing efficient changes to the number of operations each operator performs. When compared to the more traditional, less flexible assembly line process, cell manufacturing allows us to maintain our product output consistent with our OEM customers’ requirements and reduce the level of inventory.

      When an end-user buys a truck, the end-user will specify the seat and other features for that truck. Because each of our seating systems is unique, our manufacturing facilities have significant complexity which we manage by building in sequence. We build our seating systems as orders are received, and systems are delivered to the customer’s rack in the sequence that the trucks come down the assembly line. We have systems in place that allow us to provide complete customized interior kits in boxes that are delivered in sequence. We keep track of our build sequence by vehicle identification number, and each component is identified by bar code. Sequencing reduces our cost of production because it eliminates

55


Table of Contents

warehousing costs and reduces waste and obsolescence, offsetting any increased labor costs. Our manufacturing facilities are strategically located near our customers’ assembly plants, which facilitates this process and minimizes shipping costs.

      With respect to all of our products, we employ just-in-time manufacturing and system sourcing to meet customer requirements for faster deliveries and to minimize our need to carry significant inventory levels. We have not experienced any significant shortages of raw materials and normally do not carry inventories of raw materials or finished products in excess of those reasonably required to meet production and shipping schedules as well as service requirements. We purchase materials such as stamping, foam, vinyl and cloth in large quantities on a global basis through our central corporate office, and other materials for which we require lower volumes are purchased directly by our facilities. We utilize visual material systems to manage inventory levels, and in certain locations we have inventory delivered as often as two times per day from a nearby facility based on the previous day’s order. This eliminates the need to carry excess inventory at our facilities.

      Typically, in a strong economy, new vehicle production increases and there is more money to be spent on enhancements to the truck interior. As demand goes up, the mix of our products shifts towards more expensive systems, such as sleeper units, with enhanced features and higher quality materials. The shift from low-end units to high-end units amplifies the positive effect a strong economy has on our business. Conversely, when the market drops and customers shift away from ordering high-end units with enhanced features, our business suffers from both lower volume and lower pricing. We strive to manage down cycles by running our facilities at capacity while maintaining the capability and flexibility to expand. We work with our employees and rely on their involvement to help eliminate problems and re-align our capacity. During a ramp-up of production, we have plans in place to manage increased demand and achieve on-time delivery. Our strategies include alternating between human and machine production and allowing existing employees to try higher skilled positions while hiring new employees for lower skilled positions.

      During 2002, as a means to enhance our operations, we began to implement TQPS throughout our operations. TQPS is our customized version of Lean Manufacturing and consists of a 32 hour interactive class that is taught exclusively by members of our management team. While we are in the beginning phases of TQPS initiatives, a significant portion of the labor efficiencies we gained over the past few years is due to the program. TQPS is an analytical process in which we analyze each of our manufacturing cells and identify the most efficient process to improve efficiency and quality. The goal is to achieve total cost management and continuous improvement. Some examples of TQPS-related improvements are: reduced labor to move parts around the facility, clear walking paths in and around manufacturing cells and increased safety. An ongoing goal is to reduce the time employees spend waiting for materials within a facility.

Competition

      Within each of our principal product categories, we compete with a variety of independent suppliers and, in limited circumstances, with OEMs’ in-house operations, primarily on the basis of price, breadth of product offerings, product quality, technical expertise and development capability, product delivery and product service. We believe we are the only supplier in the North American commercial vehicle market that can offer complete interior systems, including seats, interior trim and flooring systems. A summary of our estimated market position and primary independent competitors is set forth below.

  •  Seats and Seating Systems. We believe that we have the number one market position in North America with respect to our seating operations. We also believe that we have the number one market position in supplying seats and seating systems to commercial vehicles used in the construction industry on a worldwide basis. Our primary independent competitors in the North American commercial vehicle market include Sears Manufacturing Company, Transportation Technologies Industries, Inc. and Seats, Inc., and our primary competitors in the European commercial vehicle market include Grammar and Isringhausen.

56


Table of Contents

  •  Trim Systems and Components. We believe that we have the number one market position in North America with respect to our interior trim products. We face competition from a number of different competitors with respect to each of our trim system products and components. Overall, our primary independent competitors are ConMet, Fabriform, TPI, Findlay, Superior and Mitras.
 
  •  Mirrors, Wipers and Controls. We believe that we hold the number two market position in North America with respect to our windshield wiper systems and mirrors. We face competition from a number of different competitors with respect to each of our principal products in this category. Our principal competitors for mirrors are Hadley, Lang-Mekra and Trucklite, and our principal competitors for windshield wiper systems are Johnson Electric, Trico and Valeo.

Seasonality

      OEMs’ production requirements are generally higher in the first three quarters of the year as compared to the fourth quarter. We believe this seasonality is due, in part, to demand for new vehicles softening during the holiday season and as a result of the winter months in North America and Europe. Also, the major North American OEM manufacturers generally close their production facilities for the last two weeks of the year.

Employees

      As of March 31, 2004, we had approximately 1,850 employees. Overall, approximately 20% of our employees are salaried and the balance are hourly. None of our hourly employees in our North American operations are unionized. We have experienced limited unionization efforts at certain of our facilities from time to time. Approximately 60% of our hourly employees in our United Kingdom operations are represented by a shop steward committee. We have not experienced any work stoppages and consider our relationship with our employees to be satisfactory.

57


Table of Contents

Properties

      Our corporate office is located in New Albany, Ohio. Substantially all of our manufacturing facilities are located near our OEM customers to reduce our distribution costs, reduce risk of interruptions in our delivery schedule, further improve customer service and provide our customers with reliable delivery of stock and custom requirements even under condensed time constraints. The following table provides selected information regarding our principal manufacturing facilities:

             
Approximate
Location Products Produced Square Footage Ownership Interest




Vonore, Tennessee (2 facilities)
  Seats, Mirrors   245,000 sq. ft.   Owned/ Leased(1)
Northampton, England
  Seats (office and commercial vehicle)   210,000 sq. ft.   Leased
Statesville, North Carolina (2 facilities)
  Interior Trim, Seats   163,000 sq. ft.   Leased
Seattle, Washington
  RIM Process, Interior Trim, Seats   156,000 sq. ft.   Owned(1)
Michigan City, Indiana
  Wipers, Switches   87,000 sq. ft.   Leased
Dublin, Virginia
  Interior Trim, Seats   79,000 sq. ft.   Owned
Denton, Texas(2)
  Interior Trim, Seats   69,000 sq. ft.   Leased
Vancouver, Washington (2 facilities)
  Interior Trim   63,000 sq. ft.   Leased
Chillicothe, Ohio
  Interior Trim, Dash Assembly   62,000 sq. ft.   Owned
Canby, Oregon
  Switches/ Controls   53,000 sq. ft.   Owned
Shanghai, China
  Seats   50,000 sq. ft.   Leased
New Albany, Ohio
  Corporate Headquarters   8,000 sq. ft.   Leased
Tacoma, Washington
  Injection Molding   25,000 sq. ft.   Leased
Plain City, Ohio
  R&D, Lab   8,000 sq. ft.   Leased
Seneffs (Brussels), Belgium
  Seat Assembly   35,000 sq. ft.   Leased
Brisbane (HQ), Australia
  Seat Assembly   50,000 sq. ft.   Leased
Sodentalje (Stockholm), Sweden
  Seat Assembly   12,000 sq. ft.   Leased
Dublin, Ohio
  Administration   14,000 sq. ft.   Leased


(1)  We are currently evaluating the possibility of entering into a sale-leaseback transaction with respect to our Vonore, Tennessee and Seattle, Washington facilities.
 
(2)  This facility is currently dormant. We are subleasing a portion for a warehousing operation.

      We also have leased sales and service offices located in Australia and France.

      Utilization of our facilities varies with North American and European commercial vehicle production and general economic conditions in such regions. All locations are principally used for manufacturing. All properties in the United States and Europe will be pledged as collateral to secure our obligations under our new senior credit facility.

Legal Proceedings

      From time to time, we are involved in various disputes and litigation matters that arise in the ordinary course of business. We do not have any material litigation at this time.

58


Table of Contents

Environmental Matters

      We are subject to foreign, federal, state, and local laws and regulations governing the protection of the environment and occupational health and safety, including laws regulating air emissions, wastewater discharges, the generation, storage, handling, use and transportation of hazardous materials; the emission and discharge of hazardous materials into the soil, ground or air; and the health and safety of our colleagues. We are also required to obtain permits from governmental authorities for certain of our operations. Although we strive to comply with all applicable environmental, health, and safety requirements, we cannot assure you that we are, or have been, in complete compliance with such requirements. If we violate or fail to comply with environmental laws, regulations or permits, we could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by regulators. In some instances, such a fine or sanction could have a material adverse effect on us.

      Several of our facilities are in the process of becoming certified in accordance with ISO 14000 (the international environmental management standard) or are developing similar environmental management systems. Although we have made, and will continue to make, capital expenditures to implement such environmental programs and comply with environmental requirements, we do not expect to make material capital expenditures for environmental controls in 2004 or 2005. The environmental laws to which we are subject have become more stringent over time, however, and we could incur material costs or expenses in the future to comply with environmental laws. For example, our Northampton, U.K. facility will likely be required to obtain an Integrated Pollution Prevention Control (IPPC) permit prior to 2007. That permit will require that we use best available techniques at the facility to minimize pollution. Although the requirements of the permit are not yet known, because the facility is already operating under an integrated pollution control permit, we do not expect to have to make material capital expenditures to obtain or comply with the IPPC permit.

      Certain of our operations generate hazardous substances and wastes. If a release of such substances or wastes occurs at or from our properties, or at or from any offsite disposal location to which substances or wastes from our current or former operations were taken, or if contamination is discovered at any of our current or former properties, we may be held liable for the costs of cleanup and for any other response by governmental authorities or private parties, together with any associated fines, penalties or damages. In most jurisdictions, this liability would arise whether or not we had complied with environmental laws governing the handling of hazardous substances or wastes.

Government Regulation

      The products we manufacture and supply to commercial vehicle OEMs are not subject to significant government regulation. Our business, however, is indirectly impacted by the extensive governmental regulation applicable to commercial vehicle OEMs. These regulations primarily relate to safety, emissions and noise standards imposed by the EPA, state regulatory agencies, such as the California Air Resources Board (CARB), and other regulatory agencies around the world. Commercial vehicle OEMs are also subject to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act and Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards promulgated by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration.

      Changes in emission standards and other governmental regulations impact the demand for commercial vehicles and, as a result, indirectly impact our operations. For example, new emission standards governing heavy-duty diesel engines that went into effect in the United States on October 1, 2002 resulted in significant purchases of new trucks by fleet operators prior to such date and reduced short term demand for such trucks in periods following such date. New emission standards for engines used in Class 5 to 8 trucks imposed by the EPA and CARB are scheduled to come into effect during 2007.

59


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

      The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our current directors, director designees and executive officers (ages as of May 18, 2004).

             
Name Age Principal Position(s)



Scott D. Rued
    47     Chairman and Director
Mervin Dunn
    50     President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Donald P. Lorraine
    51     Managing Director — KAB Seating
Gerald L. Armstrong
    42     President — CVG Americas
Robert E. Averitt
    43     General Manager — Trim Systems
Timothy W. Schwartz
    42     General Manager — CVS
Kevin D. Richards
    43     Vice President of Engineering and Quality
James A. Lindsey
    49     Vice President of Sales and Marketing
James F. Williams
    57     Vice President of Human Resources
Chad M. Utrup
    31     Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer
S.A. Johnson
    63     Director
Eric J. Rosen
    43     Director designee
Richard A. Snell
    62     Director designee

      The following biographies describe the business experience of our executive officers and directors.

      Scott D. Rued has served as a Director since February 2001 and Chairman since April 2002. Since September 2003, Mr. Rued has served as a Managing Partner of Thayer Capital Partners. Prior to joining Thayer, Mr. Rued served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Hidden Creek from May 2001 to August 2003. From January 1994 through April 2001, Mr. Rued served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Hidden Creek and from June 1989 through 1993 he served as Vice President — Finance and Corporate Development. Mr. Rued was a Director of Tower Automotive, Inc., a designer and producer of structural metal components and assemblies for the automotive market, from April 1993 to April 2003. Mr. Rued served as Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and a Director of Automotive Industries Holding, Inc. from April 1990 to 1995. Mr. Rued is presently the Chairman of Dura Automotive Systems, Inc., a manufacturer of driver control systems, window systems and door systems for the global automotive industry.

      Mervin Dunn has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since June 2002, and prior thereto served as the Vice President Manufacturing of Trim Systems, upon his joining us in October 1999. From 1998 to 1999, Mr. Dunn served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Bliss Technologies, a heavy metal stamping company. From 1988 to 1998 Mr. Dunn served in a number of key leadership roles at Arvin Industries, including Vice President of Operating Systems (Arvin North America), Vice President of Quality, and President of Arvin Ride Control. From 1986 to 1988, Mr. Dunn held several key management positions in engineering and quality assurance at Johnson Controls Automotive Group, an automotive trim company, including Division Quality Manager. From 1980 to 1986, Mr. Dunn served in a number of management positions for engineering and quality departments of Hyster Corporation, a manufacturer of heavy lift trucks.

      Donald P. Lorraine has served as the Managing Director of KAB Seating since 1989, as Group Operations Director from 1986 to 1989, and as the Factory Manager of KAB Seating’s main manufacturing facility in the United Kingdom from 1983 to 1986. Prior to joining KAB Seating, Mr. Lorraine served in several different roles in production management for the domestic appliance division of Tube Investments, a United Kingdom engineering company.

60


Table of Contents

      Gerald L. Armstrong has served as the President — CVG Americas since March 2003. From July 2002 to March 2003, Mr. Armstrong served as Vice President and General Manager of National Seating and KAB North America. Prior to joining us, Mr. Armstrong served from 1995 to 2000 and from 2000 to July 2002 as Vice President and General Manager, respectively, of Gabriel Ride Control Products, a manufacturer of shock absorbers and related ride control products for the automotive and light truck markets, and a wholly owned subsidiary of ArvinMeritor Inc. Mr. Armstrong began his service with ArvinMeritor Inc., a manufacturer of automotive and commercial vehicle components, modules and systems in 1987, and served in various positions of increasing responsibility within its light vehicle original equipment and aftermarket divisions before starting at Gabriel Ride Control Products. Prior to 1987, Mr. Armstrong held various positions of increasing responsibility including Quality Engineer and Senior Quality Supervisor and Quality Manager with Schlumberger Industries and Hyster Corporation.

      Robert E. Averitt has served as the Vice President and General Manager of Trim Systems since January 2003 and prior thereto served as Manager and Director of Lean Manufacturing since 1999. Prior to joining us, Mr. Averitt served as the Vice President of Manufacturing at Bliss Technologies from 1998 to September 1999 and in several different management positions in industrial engineering, production control and continuous improvement at Arvin Industries from February 1989 to December 1997.

      Timothy W. Schwartz has served as the General Manager of CVS, Inc. since January 2000, and prior thereto served as Industrial Engineer at CVS starting in 1990 and in a number of key management positions prior to being appointed General Manager.

      Kevin D. Richards has served as the Vice President of Engineering and Quality since March 2002; joining us in December 1999 as Director of Quality. Prior to joining us, Mr. Richards served from January 1997 in various positions of increasing responsibility in engineering, quality and operations at Bliss Technologies, Inc., in both its light vehicle original equipment and aftermarket divisions, concluding his tenure there in September 1999 as its Vice President of Quality and Engineering. Prior to that, Mr. Richards served at Arvin Industries from October 1989 to January 1998 in a number of key positions including Vice President of Quality and Engineering.

      James A. Lindsey has served as the Vice President of Sales and Marketing since April 2002, and prior thereto served as Director of Industrial Products since August 1997. Prior to joining us, Mr. Lindsey served as Director of Sales for Parts Distribution and Development for Stewart and Stevenson, a contract management company.

      James F. Williams has served as the Vice President of Human Resources since August 1999. Prior to joining us, Mr. Williams served as Corporate Vice President of Human Resources and Administration for SPECO Corporation from January 1996 to August 1999. From April 1984 to January 1996, Mr. Williams served in various key human resource management positions in General Electric’s Turbine, Lighting and Semi Conductor business. In addition, Mr. Williams served as Manager of Labor Relations and Personnel Services at Mack Trucks’ Allentown Corporate location from 1976 to 1984.

      Chad M. Utrup has served as the Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since January 2003, and prior thereto served as the Vice President of Finance at Trim Systems since 2000. Prior to joining us in February 1998, Mr. Utrup served as a project management group member at Electronic Data Systems, a systems integration and IT support company. While with Electronic Data Systems, Mr. Utrup’s responsibilities included implementing cost recovery and efficiency programs at various Delphi Automotive Systems support locations.

      S.A. (“Tony”) Johnson has served as a Director since September 2000. Mr. Johnson has served as the Chairman of Hidden Creek since May 2001. From 1989 to May 2001, he was Chief Executive Officer and President of Hidden Creek. Prior to forming Hidden Creek, Mr. Johnson served from 1985 to 1989 as Chief Operating Officer of Pentair, Inc., a diversified industrial company. Mr. Johnson served as Chairman and a Director of Automotive Industries Holding, Inc., a supplier of interior trim components to the automotive industry, from May 1990 to August 1995. Mr. Johnson is also Chairman and Director of

61


Table of Contents

Tower Automotive, Inc., a Director of Dura Automotive Systems, Inc. and a Director of J.L. French Automotive Castings, Inc.

      Eric J. Rosen will be named a Director upon completion of this offering. Mr. Rosen is Managing Director of Onex Investment Corp., an affiliate of Onex Corporation, a diversified industrial corporation, and has held that position since 1994. Mr. Rosen served as a Vice President of Onex Investment Corp. from 1989 to 1994. Prior thereto, Mr. Rosen was employed in the merchant banking group at Kidder, Peabody & Co. from 1987 to 1989. Mr. Rosen served as member of the board of directors of Automotive Industries Holding, Inc. from 1994 to 1995, of Tower Automotive, Inc. from 1993 to 1999 and of Dura Automotive Systems, Inc. from January 1995 to May 2003. Mr. Rosen also currently serves as a Director of J.L. French Automotive Castings, Inc. and DRS Technologies, Inc.

      Richard A. Snell will be named a Director upon completion of this offering. Mr. Snell has served as an Operating Partner at Thayer Capital Partners since 2003. Prior to joining Thayer, Mr. Snell served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Federal-Mogul Corporation, an automotive parts manufacturer, and as Chief Executive Officer of Tenneco Automotive, also an automotive parts manufacturer. Mr. Snell currently serves on the boards of Schneider National, Inc., The Brown Corporation of America, Inc., Heckethorn Manufacturing Company, Inc. and Associated Asphalt, Inc.

      Each director is elected to serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders or until a successor is duly elected and qualified. Our executive officers are duly elected by the board to serve until their respective successors are elected and qualified. There are no family relationships between any of our directors or executive officers. Our existing directors were elected pursuant to the terms of an investor stockholders agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Investor Stockholders Agreement.”

Composition of the Board of Directors after this Offering

      Our restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect immediately prior to this offering, will provide for a classified board of directors consisting of three staggered classes of directors, as nearly equal in number as possible. At each annual meeting of stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the directors of the same class whose terms are then expiring. The terms of the directors will expire upon election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during the years 2005 for the Class I directors, 2006 for the Class II directors and 2007 for the Class III directors.

      Upon the closing of this offering:

  •  our Class I director will be Scott D. Rued;
 
  •  our Class II directors will be Mervin Dunn and S.A. Johnson; and
 
  •  our Class III directors will be Eric J. Rosen and Richard A. Snell.

      Our restated by-laws, which will be in effect immediately prior to this offering, will provide that the authorized number of directors, which will be five, may be changed by a resolution adopted by at least two-thirds of our directors then in office. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in number of directors may only be filled by the directors and will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors could have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control or changes in our management.

      Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will consist of five members, one of whom will qualify as “independent” according to the rules and regulations of the SEC and The Nasdaq National Market. The rules of the SEC and The Nasdaq National Market require that we add an additional “independent” director within 90 days after the completion of this offering and that a majority of our board of directors qualify as “independent” no later than the first anniversary of the completion of this offering. We intend to comply with these requirements and expect to add additional “independent” directors by the first anniversary of the completion of this offering.

62


Table of Contents

Compensation of Directors

      Our directors are currently not entitled to receive any compensation for serving on the board. Directors are reimbursed for their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with such services. Following this offering, directors who are not our employees or who are not otherwise affiliated with us or our principal stockholders will receive compensation that is commensurate with arrangements offered to directors of companies that are similar to us. Compensation arrangements for independent directors established by our board may be in the form of cash payments and/or option grants.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

      None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our compensation committee. No interlocking relationship exists between the board or directors or the compensation committee of any other company. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Management Agreement” for a discussion of the relationship between us and Hidden Creek, for which S.A. Johnson serves as Chairman.

Committees of the Board of Directors

      Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will have an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The board may also establish other committees from time to time to assist in the discharge of its responsibilities.

      Audit Committee. Upon completion of this offering, our audit committee will be comprised of Messrs. Rued, Rosen and Snell. Mr. Rued will initially be named as our “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined in Item 401(h) of Regulation S-K. The audit committee will be responsible for: (1) the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the work of the independent auditors engaged for the purpose of preparing and issuing an audit report; (2) reviewing the independence of the independent auditors and taking, or recommending that our board of directors take, appropriate action to oversee their independence; (3) approving, in advance, all audit and non-audit services to be performed by the independent auditors; (4) overseeing our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements; (5) establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal control or auditing matters and the confidential, anonymous submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters; (6) engaging independent counsel and other advisers as the audit committee deems necessary; (7) determining compensation of the independent auditors, compensation of advisors hired by the audit committee and ordinary administrative expenses; (8) reviewing and assessing the adequacy of a formal written charter on an annual basis; and (9) handling such other matters that are specifically delegated to the audit committee by our board of directors from time to time. Our board of directors will adopt a written charter for our audit committee, which will be posted on our web site. Deloitte & Touche LLP currently serves as our independent accountants.

      Compensation Committee. Upon completion of this offering, our compensation committee will be comprised of Messrs. Rued, Rosen and Snell. The compensation committee will be responsible for: (1) determining, or recommending to our board of directors for determination, the compensation and benefits of all of our executive officers; (2) reviewing our compensation and benefit plans to ensure that they meet corporate objectives; (3) administering our stock plans and other incentive compensation plans; and (4) such other matters that are specifically delegated to the compensation committee by our board of directors from time to time. Our board of directors will adopt a written charter for our compensation committee, which will be posted on our web site.

      Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Upon completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will be comprised of Messrs. Rued, Rosen and Snell. The nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for: (1) selecting, or recommending to our board of directors for selection, nominees for election to our board of directors; (2) making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the size and composition of the board, committee

63


Table of Contents

structure and makeup and retirement procedures affecting board members; (3) monitoring our performance in meeting our obligations of fairness in internal and external matters and our principles of corporate governance; and (4) such other matters that are specifically delegated to the nominating and corporate governance committee by our board of directors from time to time. Our board of directors will adopt a written charter for our nominating and corporate governance committee, which will specifically address the nominations process and will be posted on our web site.

      We expect that the additional “independent” directors that we will add in the year following completion of this offering will replace existing members our audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees to the extent necessary to comply with the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and The Nasdaq National Market.

Compensation of Executive Officers

      The following table shows compensation information for the year ended December 31, 2003 for our chief executive officer and the four other executive officers who were our most highly compensated executive officers for that year (the “Named Executive Officers”).

Summary Compensation Table

                                   
Annual Compensation

Salary Other Annual All Other
Name and Principal Position ($)(1) Bonus ($) Compensation ($) Compensation ($)





Mervin Dunn
  $ 314,995     $ 297,442           $ 4,725 (2)
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
                               
Donald P. Lorraine(3)
    216,214       148,788              
 
Managing Director — KAB Seating
                               
Gerald L. Armstrong
    170,000       81,532             5,100 (4)
 
President — CVG Americas
                               
James F. Williams
    165,007       79,137             2,475 (5)
 
Vice President of Human Resources
                               
Chad M. Utrup
    151,008       75,715             2,265 (6)
  Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer                                


(1)  Pursuant to applicable SEC regulations, perquisites and other personal benefits are omitted because they did not exceed the lesser of either $50,000 or 10% of total annual salary and bonus.
 
(2)  Consists of a matching payment of $4,725 to one of our 401(k) plans.
 
(3)  Amounts paid to Mr. Lorraine have been translated into United States dollars at a rate of $1.6532 = £1.00, the average exchange rate during the year ended December 31, 2003.
 
(4)  Consists of a matching payment of $5,100 to one of our 401(k) plans.
 
(5)  Consists of a matching payment of $2,475 to one of our 401(k) plans.
 
(6)  Consists of a matching payment of $2,265 to one of our 401(k) plans.

Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year

      We did not grant any options to the Named Executive Officers during our last completed fiscal year. See “Management — Employee Benefit Plans — Management Stock Option Plan” for a description of the stock options we recently granted to members of our senior management team.

Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year-End Option Values

      Our Named Executive Officers did not exercise any options during our last completed fiscal year and did not hold any unexercised options as of December 31, 2003.

64


Table of Contents

Change in Control Agreements

      We have agreements with each of our named executive officers pursuant to which each is entitled to a severance payment equal to 12 months salary and outplacement assistance for a period of one year in the event of termination without cause following a change of control.

Employment Agreement

      We have entered into an employment agreement, dated as of May 16, 1997, with Donald P. Lorraine, pursuant to which Mr. Lorraine serves as the Managing Director — KAB Seating. The employment agreement with Mr. Lorraine continues until terminated by either party, and will automatically terminate under certain circumstances. The employment agreement provides for a base salary that is subject to annual review and a performance related bonus, and Mr. Lorraine is entitled to participate in our long term incentive plan.

      If, within one year of a change of control, Mr. Lorraine resigns, his employment is terminated or there is a material change in his responsibilities, or if we materially breach the employment agreement, Mr. Lorraine will be entitled to receive 24 months’ salary, payable on termination of the employment agreement, and the value of certain of his benefits had the employment agreement continued for a further period of 24 months. The employment agreement contains various covenants, including covenants relating to confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation.

Pension Plan

      We sponsor a defined benefit plan that covers certain of our employees in the United Kingdom. The following table illustrates the approximate annual pension benefits payable under this pension plan to Mr. Donald P. Lorraine, one of our named executive officers. All amounts have been translated into United States dollars at a rate of $1.653=£1.00, the average exchange rate during the year ended December 31, 2003.

                                         
Years of Service at Retirement

Compensation 15 20 25 30 35






$125,000
  $ 31,250     $ 41,667     $ 52,083     $ 62,500     $ 72,917  
  150,000
    37,500       50,000       62,500       75,000       87,500  
  175,000
    43,750       58,333       72,917       87,500       102,083  
  200,000
    50,000       66,667       83,333       100,000       116,667  
  225,000
    56,250       75,000       93,750       112,500       131,250  
  250,000
    62,500       83,333       104,167       125,000       145,833  
  300,000
    75,000       100,000       125,000       150,000       175,000  
  400,000
    100,000       133,333       166,667       200,000       233,333  
  450,000
    112,500       150,000       187,500       225,000       262,500  
  500,000
    125,000       166,667       208,333       250,000       291,667  

      Pension benefits are calculated on the basis of one sixtieth of final pensionable salary for each year of service. The definition of final pensionable salary is an average of the best three consecutive salaries in the 10 years prior to retirement. Benefits shown in the table are computed on a straight life annuity (with a 10-year certain term) beginning at age 65 and not subject to any deduction for any other social security benefits. Mr. Lorraine has 23 years of credited service under the plan.

Employee Benefit Plans

 
Equity Incentive Plan

      Our board of directors plans to adopt and submit to our stockholders for approval our Equity Incentive Plan (the “Equity Incentive Plan”), which will be effective immediately prior to the completion

65


Table of Contents

of this offering. The Equity Incentive Plan is designed to enable us to attract, retain and motivate our directors, officers, associates and consultants, and to further align their interests with those of our stockholders, by providing for or increasing their ownership interests in our company.

      Administration. The Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors. Our board may, however, at any time resolve to administer the Equity Incentive Plan. Subject to the specific provisions of the Equity Incentive Plan, the compensation committee is authorized to select persons to participate in the Equity Incentive Plan, determine the form and substance of grants made under the Equity Incentive Plan to each participant, and otherwise make all determinations for the administration of the Equity Incentive Plan.

      Participation. Individuals who will be eligible to participate in the Equity Incentive Plan will be directors (including non-employee directors), officers (including non-employee officers) and employees of, and other individuals performing services for, or to whom an offer of employment has been extended by, us or our subsidiaries.

      Type of Awards. The Equity Incentive Plan will provide for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock, deferred stock, dividend equivalents, other stock-based awards and performance awards. Performance awards may be based on the achievement of certain business or personal criteria or goals, as determined by the compensation committee.

      Available Shares. An aggregate of                      shares of our common stock will be reserved for issuance under the Equity Incentive Plan, subject to certain adjustments reflecting changes in our capitalization. If any grant under the Equity Incentive Plan expires or terminates unexercised, becomes unexercisable or is forfeited as to any shares, or is tendered or withheld as to any shares in payment of the exercise price of the grant or the taxes payable with respect to the exercise, then such unpurchased, forfeited, tendered or withheld shares will thereafter be available for further grants under the Equity Incentive Plan unless, in the case of options granted under the Equity Incentive Plan, related SARs are exercised. The Equity Incentive Plan will provide that the compensation committee shall not grant, in any one calendar year, to any one participant awards to purchase or acquire a number of shares of common stock in excess of      % of the total number of shares authorized for issuance under the Equity Incentive Plan.

      Option Grants. Options granted under the Equity Incentive Plan may be either incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code or non-qualified stock options, as the compensation committee may determine. The exercise price per share for each option will be established by the compensation committee, except that in the case of the grant of any incentive stock option, the exercise price may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of common stock as of the date of grant of the option. In the case of the grant of any incentive stock option to an employee who, at the time of the grant, owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all of our classes of stock then outstanding, the exercise price may not be less than 110% of the fair market value of a share of common stock as of the date of grant of the option.

      Terms of Options. The term during which each option may be exercised will be determined by the compensation committee, but if required by the Internal Revenue Code and except as otherwise provided in the Equity Incentive Plan, no option will be exercisable in whole or in part more than ten years from the date it is granted, and no incentive stock option granted to an employee who at the time of the grant owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all of our classes of stock will be exercisable more than five years from the date it is granted. All rights to purchase shares pursuant to an option will, unless sooner terminated, expire at the date designated by the compensation committee. The compensation committee will determine the date on which each option will become exercisable and may provide that an option will become exercisable in installments. The shares constituting each installment may be purchased in whole or in part at any time after such installment becomes exercisable, subject to such minimum exercise requirements as may be designated by the compensation committee. Prior to the exercise of an option and delivery of the shares represented thereby, the optionee will have no rights as a stockholder, including any dividend or voting rights, with respect to any shares covered by such outstanding option. If

66


Table of Contents

required by the Internal Revenue Code, the aggregate fair market value, determined as of the grant date, of shares for which an incentive stock option is exercisable for the first time during any calendar year under all of our equity incentive plans may not exceed $100,000.

      Termination of Options. Unless otherwise determined by the compensation committee, and subject to certain exemption and conditions, if a participant ceases to be a director, officer or employee of, or to otherwise perform services for us for any reason other than death, disability, retirement or termination for cause, all of the participant’s options and SARs that were exercisable on the date of such cessation will remain exercisable for, and will otherwise terminate at the end of, a period of 30 days after the date of such cessation. In the case of death or disability, all of the participant’s options and SARs that were exercisable on the date of such death or disability will remain so for a period of 180 days from the date of such death or disability. In the case of retirement, all of the participant’s options and SARs that were exercisable on the date of retirement will remain exercisable for, and shall otherwise terminate at the end of, a period of 90 days after the date of retirement. In the case of a termination for cause, or if a participant does not become a director, officer or employee of, or does not begin performing other services for us for any reason, all of the participant’s options and SARs will expire and be forfeited immediately upon such cessation or non-commencement, whether or not then exercisable.

      Amendment of Options and Amendment/ Termination of Plan. The board of directors or the compensation committee generally will have the power and authority to amend or terminate the Equity Incentive Plan at any time without approval from our stockholders. The compensation committee generally will have the authority to amend the terms of any outstanding award under the plan, including, without limitation, the ability to reduce the exercise price of any options or SARS or to accelerate the dates on which they become exercisable or vest, at any time without approval from our stockholders. No amendment will become effective without the prior approval of our stockholders if stockholder approval would be required by applicable law or regulations, including if required for continued compliance with the performance-based compensation exception of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, under provisions of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code or by any listing requirement of the principal stock exchange on which our common stock is then listed. Unless previously terminated by the board or the committee, the Equity Incentive Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of its adoption. No termination of the Equity Incentive Plan will materially and adversely affect any of the rights or obligations of any person, without his or her written consent, under any grant of options or other incentives therefore granted under the Equity Incentive Plan.

 
Management Stock Option Plan

      On May 20, 2004, our board of directors approved our Management Stock Option Plan, which authorizes the grant of nonqualified stock options to our executives and other key employees. Awards to purchase 23,362 shares of our common stock were granted on May 20, 2004, at an exercise price of $216.16 per share, to 16 members of our management team. Such options have a ten-year term, with 50% of such options being immediately exercisable and the remaining 50% becoming exercisable ratably on June 30, 2005 and June 30, 2006. Awards were granted to a participant pursuant to an agreement entered into between us and such person. Provisions of such agreements set forth the types of awards being granted, the total number of shares of common stock subject to the award, the price, the periods during which such award may be exercised and such other terms, provisions, limitations, and performance objectives as are approved by our board of directors or its designated committee, which are not inconsistent with the terms of the Management Stock Option Plan. Upon the reclassification of our existing classes of common stock, the options granted under the Management Stock Option Plan will be converted into options to purchase our new common stock. Each option will be subject to the same vesting terms as in each participant’s original option agreement. The number of shares of stock subject to each option and its exercise price will be adjusted to reflect the impact of the reclassification of our common stock. We do not intend to issue any additional options under this plan.

67


Table of Contents

 
Other Outstanding Options

      There are currently outstanding options to purchase 10,000 shares of Trim Systems, Inc.’s common stock at an exercise price of $36.40 per share. The options, which expire on November 24, 2008, will be converted in connection with our merger with Trim Systems into options to acquire 990 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $367.67 per share. Each option is currently exercisable and will be subject to the same terms contained in the original option agreement.

 
401(k) Plans

      We sponsor various tax-qualified employee savings and retirement plan, or 401(k) plans, that cover most employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements relating to minimum age and length of service. Under the 401(k) plans, eligible employees may elect to contribute a minimum of 1% of their annual compensation, up to a maximum amount equal to the lesser of 6% of their annual compensation or the statutorily prescribed annual limit. We may also elect to make a matching contribution to the 401(k) plan in an amount equal to a discretionary percentage of the employee contributions, subject to certain statutory limitations. We announce annually the amount of funds which we will match. Our expenses related to these plans amounted to approximately $219,000, $380,000 and $221,000 in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

Director and Officer Indemnification and Limitation on Liability

      Our certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law and except as otherwise provided in our by-laws, none of our directors shall be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty. In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides for indemnification of any person who was or is made, or threatened to be made, a party to any action, suit or other proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, because of his or her status as a director or officer of CVG, or service as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise at our request to the fullest extent authorized under the Delaware General Corporation Law against all expenses, liabilities and losses reasonably incurred by such person. Further, our certificate of incorporation provides that we may purchase and maintain insurance on our own behalf and on behalf of any other person who is or was a director, officer or agent of CVG or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

68


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Relationships Among Certain Stockholders and Directors

      Mr. S.A. Johnson currently serves as a member of our board of directors and as the Chairman of Hidden Creek Industries. Hidden Creek is a private industrial management company that is a partnership controlled by Onex and is based in Minneapolis, Minnesota. Mr. Scott D. Rued, our current Chairman, served as an executive officer of Hidden Creek from June 1989 through August 2003. Both Mr. Johnson and Mr. Rued are stockholders in a corporation that is general partner of Hidden Creek. Two of our former directors, Mr. Daniel F. Moorse and Ms. Judith A. Vijums, are also executive officers of Hidden Creek. In addition, Messrs. Scott D. Rued, S.A. Johnson and Daniel F. Moorse and Ms. Judith A. Vijums are all general partners in J2R Partners VI and J2R Partners VII and Messrs. Scott D. Rued and S.A. Johnson and Ms. Judith A. Vijums are general partners of J2R Partners II. These partnerships invested along with Onex in the acquisitions of Trim Systems, CVS and National/ KAB Seating. Prior to the completion of this offering, these partnerships will distribute the shares of common stock they currently hold to their respective partners.

CVS Merger

      On March 28, 2003, we merged one of our wholly owned subsidiaries into CVS. Pursuant to the merger, the former stockholders of CVS received our shares on a one-for-one basis resulting in the issuance of an aggregate of 2,917 shares of our Class A Common Stock, 50,000 shares of our Class B Common Stock, 12,500 shares of our Class C Common Stock, 47,593 shares of our Class D-1 Common Stock and 11,898 shares of our Class E Common Stock. Certain of our current and former directors, principal stockholders and other affiliated entities were issued shares in this merger as follows:

                 
Name Class No. of Shares



Scott D. Rued
    Class A       350.00  
S.A. Johnson
    Class A       1,166.70  
Judith A. Vijums
    Class A       72.93  
Daniel F. Moorse
    Class A       72.93  
Hidden Creek
    Class A       437.60  
Onex
    Class B       50,000.00  
Baird Capital Partners III L.P. and its affiliates
    Class D-1       28,148.00  
Norwest Equity Partners VII LP 
    Class D-1       18,519.00  
J2R Partners VI
    Class C       12,500.00  
      Class E       11,898.00  

69


Table of Contents

Trim Systems Merger

      On May 20, 2004, we entered into an agreement whereby one of our wholly owned subsidiaries will be merged with and into Trim Systems prior to the completion of this offering. Pursuant to the merger, the existing stockholders of Trim Systems will receive an aggregate of 71,639 shares of our common stock in exchange for their shares of Trim Systems. Certain of our current and former directors, principal stockholders and other affiliated entities will be issued shares in this merger as follows:

                 
Name Class No. of Shares



Onex
    Class A       34,886  
      Class B       27,932  
J2R Partners II
    Class C       5,569  
Mervin Dunn
    Class A       85  
Chad M. Utrup
    Class A       47  
James F. Williams
    Class A       34  
Daniel F. Moorse
    Class A       54  
Scott D. Rued
    Class A       208  
Judith A. Vijums
    Class A       69  

Investor Stockholders Agreement

      Substantially all of our existing stockholders are party to an investor stockholders agreement. This agreement provides that our board of directors would be initially comprised of: (1) two representatives designated by Hidden Creek, (2) one representative designated by Onex, (3) one representative designated by Baird Capital Partners III L.P. and its affiliates and (4) one representative designated by Norwest Equity Partners VII LP. Pursuant to the terms of this agreement, each of the parties agreed to vote their common stock as directed by J2R Partners VII on the designation of director representatives, the election of directors and on all other matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, and has granted the person who is at any time the Managing General Partner of J2R Partners VII a proxy to vote their common stock, with certain exceptions. The voting provisions of this agreement will automatically terminate in connection with the completion of this offering.

      The stockholders agreement also generally restricts the transfer of any shares of common stock held by the parties to the agreement by granting certain parties thereto rights of first offer and participation rights in connection with any proposed transfer by any other party, with certain exceptions. In addition, we have agreed not to issue to any person at any time prior to an initial public offering of equity securities, any shares of common stock or any other securities entitled to participate in distributions or to vote (or securities convertible or exercisable for any of the foregoing) unless the parties to the stockholders agreement are given the opportunity to purchase their pro rata share at the same price and on the same terms, subject to certain exceptions.

      In connection with our merger with Trim Systems, substantially all of the prior non-management stockholders of Trim Systems will be added as parties to this agreement.

      Upon completion of this offering, we expect to enter into a new stockholders agreement, pursuant to which the parties thereto will agree to vote their shares of common stock in the same manner as Onex and will grant Onex a proxy to effect the same.

Management Stockholders Agreement

      Trim Systems has entered into a management stockholders agreement with certain members of its current management. Pursuant to this agreement, each management stockholder granted a right of first refusal to Trim Systems and certain of its non-management stockholders with regard to the disposition of his shares. If Trim Systems had become a public company, under this agreement, a management stockholder desiring to sell his stock would have been able to sell up to 5% of his stock in the public

70


Table of Contents

market during any 90-day period, up to a maximum of one-third of the stock acquired by the management stockholder prior to such date, subject to this right of first refusal.

      Each of the management stockholders party to this agreement also agreed that they would sell their stock, at book value, to either Trim Systems or certain of its non-management stockholders, in the event their employment was terminated for any reason at any time prior to an initial public offering. If Trim Systems had become a public company, after such time, a management stockholder would have been able to sell his stock in the public market, provided that, in the event such management stockholder’s employment had terminated due to: (1) retirement, he could sell his stock so long as he did not sell more than 75% of his stock during the year following his termination; (2) his death or disability, he could sell without restriction; and (3) in all other cases, he could sell his stock so long as he did not sell more than 50% of his stock in the year following his termination.

      The agreement further provides that, in the event Trim Systems’ board of directors approved a sale of the company, it would have a right to require each management stockholder to sell such management stockholder’s stock to the proposed purchaser. In addition, in the event Trim Systems had effected a public offering, it agreed to include each management stockholder’s stock in such offering, provided that each management stockholder did not register a greater proportion of his stock than the proportion of Trim Systems’ stock being registered in such offering.

      In connection with our merger with Trim Systems, we intend to enter into a new management stockholders agreement with certain members of Trim Systems’ management on substantially the same terms as Trim Systems’ existing management stockholders agreement. The terms of the new management stockholders agreement will govern all common stock owned or later acquired by the management stockholders other than any stock purchased in the open market after we have consummated this offering.

Registration Agreement

      Substantially all of our existing stockholders are party to a registration agreement. Pursuant to the terms of this agreement, (1) the holders of a majority of our shares of Class B Common Stock, or (2) if no Class B Common Stock shall remain outstanding, the holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock, may request, at any time, up to five registrations of all or any part of their common stock on Form S-1 or any similar long-form registration statement or, if available, an unlimited number of registrations on Form S-2 or S-3 or any similar short-form registration statement, each at our expense. In addition, at any time after we have completed a public offering, the holders of a majority of the shares of our Class D-1 Common Stock may request an unlimited number of registrations of all or any part of their common stock on Form S-1 or any similar long-form registration statement or, if available, on Form S-2 or S-3 or any similar short-form registration statement, each at our expense. The rights of the holders of our Class D-1 Common Stock to request registration terminates once such holders hold less than 10% of the shares of Class D-1 Common Stock that they held at the time that this agreement was entered. At present, Onex or its affiliates own 100.0% of the outstanding Class B Common Stock and Baird Capital III L.P. and its affiliates and Norwest Equity Partners VII LP own 47.6% and 50.1%, respectively of the outstanding Class D-1 common stock. In addition, in connection with our merger with Trim Systems, substantially all of the prior stockholders of Trim Systems will be added as parties to this agreement.

      In the event that the holders of these securities make such a demand registration request, all other parties to the registration agreement will be entitled to participate in such registration, subject to certain limitations. The registration agreement also grants to the parties thereto piggyback registration rights with respect to all other registrations by us and we will pay all expenses related to such piggyback registrations.

Management Agreements

      On October 5, 2000, we entered into a management agreement with Hidden Creek, which was amended and restated on March 28, 2003 in connection with the CVS merger. Pursuant to this agreement, Hidden Creek agreed to assist in financing activities, strategic initiatives, and acquisitions in exchange for an annual fee of $1.0 million (subject to annual increases based on changes in the consumer price index).

71


Table of Contents

In addition, we also agreed to pay Hidden Creek a reasonable and customary fee as compensation for services rendered in transactions that we may enter into from time to time. Trim Systems has a similar management agreement with Hidden Creek. Both agreements will terminate in accordance with their terms upon completion of this offering. Any future management agreement will be subject to the approval of our board of directors. In the aggregate, Hidden Creek received $1.7 million, $1.0 million and $1.6 million for services rendered under these agreements and related expenses in 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively.

Transactions with Significant Stockholders

      On September 30, 2002, we borrowed an aggregate of $2.5 million through the issuance of subordinated promissory notes to certain of our principal stockholders and affiliated entities as follows: Hidden Creek — $1,507,407, Norwest Equity Partners VII LP — $622,222, Baird Capital Partners III L.P. and its affiliates — $370,371. These notes bear interest at a rate of 12% per annum and have a maturity date of September 30, 2006. Interest on the notes is payable in kind on a monthly basis.

      On June 28, 2001, Trim Systems Operating Corp. borrowed an aggregate of $7.0 million through the issuance of two promissory notes, one to an affiliate of Onex, for $6.85 million and the other to J2R Partners II-B, LLC, an affiliate of J2R Partners VI and J2R Partners VII, for $0.15 million. Each note bears interest, payable monthly, at a rate of prime plus 1.25% (5.25% as of March 31, 2004) and has a maturity date of June 28, 2006.

      On June 28, 2001, Trim Systems entered into an assignment and waiver agreement with the lenders under its senior credit facility whereby an affiliate of Onex and an affiliate of J2R Partners VI and J2R Partners VII purchased, collectively, a one-third interest in its senior credit facility.

      We intend to use all of the net proceeds from this offering to repay all of our outstanding subordinated indebtedness and a significant portion of our senior indebtedness. The table below sets forth the amounts that will have been paid to certain of our principal stockholders or their affiliates upon the repayment of this indebtedness:

           
Stockholder Amount


Onex affiliate
       
Hidden Creek
       
J2R Partners affiliates
       
Baird Capital Partners III L.P. and its affiliates
       
Norwest Equity Partners VII L.P.
       
     
 
 
Total
       
     
 

Other Affiliate Transactions

      In 2002, Trim Systems recognized $1.8 million for design services provided to ASC Incorporated, an entity which at that time owned more than 5% of Trim Systems’ voting securities.

72


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

      The table below sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our new common stock by:

  •  each person or entity known by us to beneficially own five percent or more of a class of our voting common stock;
 
  •  each director, director designee and named executive officer; and
 
  •  all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

Unless otherwise stated, each of the persons named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the securities beneficially owned by it, him or her as set forth opposite their name. Beneficial ownership of the common stock listed in the table has been determined in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. For more information regarding the terms of the common stock, see “Description of Capital Stock.”

                                   
Shares Beneficially Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior Owned After
to the Offering the Offering
Directors, Director Designees,

Executive Officers and 5% Stockholders Number Percentage Number Percentage





Onex American Holdings II LLC and affiliated investors(1)
              %             %  
Baird Capital Partners III L.P. and affiliated investors(2)
                               
Norwest Equity Partners VII LP(3)
                               
Mervin Dunn(4)
                               
Donald P. Lorraine(5)
                               
Gerald R. Armstrong(6)
                               
James F. Williams(7)
                               
Chad M. Utrup(8)
                               
S.A. Johnson(9)
                               
Scott D. Rued(10)
                               
Eric J. Rosen(11)
                               
Richard A. Snell
                           
All directors, director designees
                               
 
and officers as a group
                               
 
(13 persons)
                               


  * Denotes less than one percent.

  (1)  Includes                      shares held of record by Onex American Holdings II LLC (“Onex AH”),                      shares held of record by Bostrom Executive Investco LLC,                      shares held of record by CVS Executive Investco LLC,                      shares held of record by Bostrom Partners LP            shares held of record by Hidden Creek and an aggregate of                      shares held of record by certain employees and related parties of Onex Corporation or one of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Onex Stockholders”). Onex AH has voting and dispositive power with respect to all of the shares held by the other Onex Stockholders. Onex AH is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Onex Corporation. Mr. Gerald W. Schwartz is the indirect holder of all the issued and outstanding Multiple Voting Shares of Onex Corporation, which are entitled to elect sixty percent (60%) of the members of its board of directors and carry such number of votes in the aggregate as represents 60% of the aggregate votes attached to all voting shares of Onex Corporation and is thus an indirect beneficial owner of the shares reported. The address for Onex Corporation and Mr. Schwartz is 161 Bay Street, P.O. Box 700, Toronto, Ontario M5J 2S1 and the address for Onex AH and the other Onex Stockholders is c/o Onex Investment Corp., 712 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10019.

73


Table of Contents

  (2)  Includes                      shares held by Baird Capital Partners III L.P.;                      shares held by Baird Capital Partners II L.P.;                      shares held by BCP III Affiliates Fund L.P.;                      shares held by BCP III Special Affiliates L.P.; and                      shares held by BCP II Affiliates Fund L.P. Each of these investment funds are controlled, either directly or indirectly, by Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated. The address for Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated and each of these investment funds is 777 E. Wisconsin Ave., Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202.
 
  (3)  The address for Norwest Equity Partners VII LP is 3600 IDS Center, 80 South 8th Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402.
 
  (4)  Includes                      shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options.
 
  (5)  Includes                      shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options.
 
  (6)  Includes                      shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options.
 
  (7)  Includes                      shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options.
 
  (8)  Includes                      shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options.
 
  (9)  Includes                      shares held of record by Hidden Creek. As the Chairman of Hidden Creek, Mr. Johnson may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held of record by Hidden Creek. Mr. Johnson disclaims beneficial ownership of any securities held of record by Hidden Creek in which he does not have a pecuniary interest. The address for Mr. Johnson is c/o Hidden Creek, 4508 IDS Center, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402.

(10)  The address for Mr. Rued is c/o Thayer Capital Partners, 1455 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW, Suite 350, Washington, D.C. 20004.
 
(11)  Includes shares held by the Onex Stockholders. Mr. Rosen is a Managing Director of Onex Investment Corp. and may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held of record by the Onex Stockholders. Mr. Rosen disclaims beneficial ownership of any securities in which he does not have a pecuniary interest. The address for Mr. Rosen is c/o Onex Investment Corp., 712 Fifth Avenue, 40th Floor, New York, New York 10019.

74


Table of Contents

SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

      The following table presents certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our new common stock (but without giving effect to the underwriters’ exercise of the over-allotment option) by the selling stockholders. To the extent that the over-allotment option is exercised, the selling stockholders will sell pro rata amounts of their shares of common stock. Please see “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” for a description of the material relationships between us and the selling stockholders.

                                         
Shares Beneficially Owned Shares Beneficially
Prior to the Offering Shares Being Owned After the Offering

Sold in the
Name of Beneficial Owner Number Percentage Offering Number Percentage






Onex Stockholders:
                                       
Onex American Holdings II LLC
                                       
Bostrom Executive Investco LLC
                                       
CVS Executive Investco LLC
                                       
Bostrom Partners LP
                                       
1170821 Ontario Inc. 
                                       
1170809 Ontario Inc. 
                                       
1170812 Ontario Inc. 
                                       
1180812 Ontario Inc. 
                                       
Kyzalea Company
                                       
1170819 Ontario Inc. 
                                       
1170698 Ontario Inc. 
                                       
1301449 Ontario Inc. 
                                       
1352536 Ontario Inc. 
                                       
1376653 Ontario Inc. 
                                       
1352537 Ontario Inc. 
                                       
Tim Duncanson
                                       
3-G Investments Limited
                                       
Serge Gouin
                                       
Brian King
                                       
J.W.E. Mingo
                                       
Robert Prichard
                                       
1299039 Ontario Inc. 
                                       
2668921 Manitoba Ltd. 
                                       
Onex Advisor III LLC
                                       
CVS Partners, LP
                                       
3062601 Nova Scotia Company
                                       
Hidden Creek Industries
                                       
Other Selling Stockholders:
                                       
Baird Capital Partners III L.P. 
                                       
Baird Capital Partners II L.P. 
                                       
BCP III Affiliates Fund L.P. 
                                       
BCP III Special Affiliates L.P. 
                                       
BCP II Affiliates Fund L.P. 
                                       
Norwest Equity Partners VII LP
                                       
S.A. Johnson
                                       
Daniel F. Moorse
                                       
Judith A. Vijums
                                       
Randolph Street Partners
                                       

75


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General Matters

      Prior to this offering, we had six classes of common stock outstanding designated as Class A, Class B, Class C, Class D-1, Class D-2 and Class E. Our outstanding classes of common stock generally differ with respect to dividend, liquidation preference and voting rights. Immediately prior to this offering, all of our existing classes of common stock will be reclassified into a single class of common stock. All of our existing stockholders will receive shares of common stock in such reclassification. The number of shares of common stock that will be issued as a result of the reclassification will be determined according to the relative preference rankings of such existing common stock and the initial public offering price of the common stock. As of March 31, 2004 (without giving effect to the reclassification), we had 281,043 shares of common stock outstanding held by 46 holders of record.

      Upon completion of this offering, our total amount of authorized capital stock will be 25,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.01 per share. Upon completion of this offering, shares of common stock will be issued and outstanding. The discussion set forth below describes our capital stock, certificate of incorporation and by-laws as will be in effect upon consummation of this offering. The following summary of certain provisions of our capital stock describes all material provisions of, but does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by, our certificate of incorporation and by-laws and by the provisions of applicable law. Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Common Stock

      All of our existing common stock is, and the shares of common stock being offered by us in the offering will be, upon payment therefor, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Set forth below is a brief discussion of the principal terms of our common stock.

      Dividend Rights. Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, holders of outstanding shares of common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available at the times and in the amounts as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

      Voting Rights. Each outstanding share of common stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders.

      Preemptive or Similar Rights. Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive or other similar subscription rights to purchase any of our securities.

      Conversion Rights. Our common stock is not convertible.

      Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive pro rata our assets which are legally available for distribution, after payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any holders of preferred stock then outstanding.

      Nasdaq Listing. We intend to apply to include our common stock for trading on The Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “CVGI.”

Preferred Stock

      Our board of directors may, without further action by our stockholders, from time to time, direct the issuance of shares of preferred stock in series and may, at the time of issuance, determine the rights, preferences and limitations of each series. Satisfaction of any dividend preferences of outstanding shares of preferred stock would reduce the amount of funds available for the payment of dividends on shares of our common stock. Holders of shares of preferred stock may be entitled to receive a preference payment in the

76


Table of Contents

event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up before any payment is made to the holders of shares of our common stock. Under specified circumstances, the issuance of shares of preferred stock may render more difficult or tend to discourage a merger, tender offer or proxy contest, the assumption of control by a holder of a large block of our securities or the removal of incumbent management. Upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of directors then in office, the board of directors, without stockholder approval, may issue shares of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights which could adversely affect the holders of shares of our common stock. Upon consummation of this offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and we have no present intention to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Anti-takeover Effects of our Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws

      Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws will contain certain provisions that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the board of directors and which may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a future takeover or change in control of the company unless such takeover or change in control is approved by the board of directors.

      These provisions include:

      Classified Board. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed in the manner provided in the by-laws. Our certificate of incorporation and the by-laws will provide that the number of directors will be fixed from time to time solely pursuant to a resolution adopted by two-thirds of our directors then in office. Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will have five members.

      Action by Written Consent; Special Meetings of Stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and cannot be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. Our certificate of incorporation and the by-laws will provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders can only be called by the chairman of the board or our president, or pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the board of directors. Stockholders will not be permitted to call a special meeting or to require the board of directors to call a special meeting.

      Advance Notice Procedures. Our by-laws will establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given our Secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although the by-laws will not give the board of directors the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, the by-laws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or defer a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the company.

      Super Majority Approval Requirements. The Delaware General Corporation Law provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws, unless either a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws require a greater percentage. Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws will provide that the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the total votes eligible to be cast in the election of directors

77


Table of Contents

will be required to amend, alter, change or repeal specified provisions. This requirement of a super-majority vote to approve amendments to our certificate of incorporation and by-laws could enable a minority of our stockholders to exercise veto power over any such amendments.

      Authorized but Unissued Shares. Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of a majority of our common stock by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Anti-takeover Effects of Delaware Law

      Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that, subject to exceptions specified therein, an “interested stockholder” of a Delaware corporation shall not engage in any “business combination,” including general mergers or consolidations or acquisitions of additional shares of the corporation, with the corporation for a three-year period following the time that such stockholder becomes an interested stockholder unless:

  •  prior to such time, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
 
  •  upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an “interested stockholder,” the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced (excluding specified shares); or
 
  •  on or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the board of directors of the corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock not owned by the interested stockholder.

Under Section 203, the restrictions described above also do not apply to specified business combinations proposed by an interested stockholder following the announcement or notification of one of specified transactions involving the corporation and a person who had not been an interested stockholder during the previous three years or who became an interested stockholder with the approval of a majority of the corporation’s directors, if such transaction is approved or not opposed by a majority of the directors who were directors prior to any person becoming an interested stockholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such directors by a majority of such directors.

      Except as otherwise specified in Section 203, an “interested stockholder” is defined to include:

  •  any person that is the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation, or is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation at any time within three years immediately prior to the date of determination; and
 
  •  the affiliates and associates of any such person.

Under some circumstances, Section 203 makes it more difficult for a person who is an interested stockholder to effect various business combinations with a corporation for a three-year period. We have not elected to be exempt from the restrictions imposed under Section 203.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

      Our certificate of incorporation limits the liability of directors to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that we shall

78


Table of Contents

indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by such law. We expect to enter into indemnification agreements with our current directors and executive officers.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

                          will be appointed as the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock upon completion of this offering.

79


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

      Prior to this offering, there was no market for our common stock. We can make no predictions as to the effect, if any, that sales of shares of common stock or the availability of shares of common stock for sale will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of significant amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices.

Sale of Restricted Shares

      Upon completion of this offering, we will have                      shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Of these shares of common stock, the                      shares of common stock being sold in this offering, plus any shares issued upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, will be freely tradeable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any such shares which may be held or acquired by an “affiliate” of ours, as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which shares will be subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144 described below. The remaining shares of common stock held by our existing stockholders upon completion of this offering will be “restricted securities,” as that phrase is defined in Rule 144, and may not be resold, in the absence of registration under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from such registration, including among others, the exemptions provided by Rule 144, 144(k) or 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. Taking into account the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144, 144(k) and 701, additional shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

  •                      shares will be available for immediate sale on the date of this prospectus; and
 
  •                      shares will be available for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, pursuant to Rules 144, 144(k) and 701.

Rule 144

      In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person or persons whose shares are aggregated, who has beneficially owned restricted shares for at least one year, including persons who may be deemed to be our “affiliates,” would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

  •  1.0% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                      shares immediately after this offering; or
 
  •  the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on The Nasdaq National Market during the four calendar weeks before a notice of the sale on Form 144 is filed.

Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of certain public information about us.

Rule 144(k)

      Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been one of our “affiliates” at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an “affiliate,” is entitled to sell these shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

      Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are also restricted and may be sold by stockholders other than affiliates of ours subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by affiliates under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year holding period requirement.

80


Table of Contents

Options

      We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register approximately                      shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our Equity Incentive Plan and Management Stock Option Plan. This registration statement is expected to be filed approximately six months following the date of this prospectus and will be effective upon filing. Shares issued upon the exercise of stock options after the effective date of the Form S-8 registration statement will be eligible for resale in the public market without restriction, subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described below.

Lock-Up Agreements

      Notwithstanding the foregoing, our executive officers, directors and existing stockholders have agreed not to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock for a period of time pursuant to agreements with Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, as representative of the underwriters. See “Underwriting.”

Registration Rights

      After the completion of this offering, the holders of approximately                      shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Registration Agreement.”

81


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

General

      The following is a general discussion of the material United States federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of common stock that may be relevant to you if you are a non-United States Holder. In general, a “non-United States Holder” is any person or entity that is, for United States federal income tax purposes, a foreign corporation, a nonresident alien individual, a foreign partnership or a foreign estate or trust. This discussion is based on current law, which is subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, or different interpretations. This discussion is limited to non-United States Holders who hold shares of common stock as capital assets. Moreover, this discussion is for general information only and does not address all the tax consequences that may be relevant to you in light of your personal circumstances, nor does it discuss special tax provisions, which may apply to you if you relinquished United States citizenship or residence.

      If you are an individual, you may, in many cases, be deemed to be a resident alien, as opposed to a nonresident alien, by virtue of being present in the United States for at least 31 days in the calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the current calendar year. For these purposes all the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year are counted. Resident aliens are subject to United States federal income tax as if they were United States citizens.

      EACH PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER OF COMMON STOCK IS ADVISED TO CONSULT A TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO CURRENT AND POSSIBLE FUTURE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES THAT MAY ARISE UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY UNITED STATES STATE, MUNICIPALITY OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION.

Dividends

      If dividends are paid, as a non-United States Holder, you will be subject to withholding of United States federal income tax at a 30% rate or a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To claim the benefit of a lower rate under an income tax treaty, you must properly file with the payor an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, or successor form, claiming an exemption from or reduction in withholding under the applicable tax treaty. In addition, where dividends are paid to a non-United States Holder that is a partnership or other pass through entity, persons holding an interest in the entity may need to provide certification claiming an exemption or reduction in withholding under the applicable treaty.

      If dividends are considered effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by you within the United States and, where a tax treaty applies, are attributable to a United States permanent establishment of yours, those dividends will be subject to United States federal income tax on a net basis at applicable graduated individual or corporate rates but will not be subject to withholding tax, provided an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI, or successor form, is filed with the payor. If you are a foreign corporation, any effectively connected dividends may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a rate of 30% or a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

      You must comply with the certification procedures described above, or, in the case of payments made outside the United States with respect to an offshore account, certain documentary evidence procedures, directly or under certain circumstances through an intermediary, to obtain the benefits of a reduced rate under an income tax treaty with respect to dividends paid with respect to your common stock. In addition, if you are required to provide an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI or successor form, as discussed above, you must also provide your tax identification number.

82


Table of Contents

      If you are eligible for a reduced rate of United States withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

      As a non-United States Holder, you generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax on any gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of common stock unless:

  •  the gain is considered effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by you within the United States and, where a tax treaty applies, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment of yours (and, in which case, if you are a foreign corporation, you may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% or a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty).
 
  •  you are an individual who holds the common stock as a capital asset and are present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the sale or other disposition and other conditions are met; or
 
  •  we are or become a United States Real Property Holding Corporation (USRPHC). We believe that we are not currently, and are not likely not to become, a USRPHC. If we were to become a USRPHC, then gain on the sale or other disposition of common stock by you generally would not be subject to United States federal income tax provided:
 
  •  the common stock was “regularly traded on an established securities market”; and
 
  •  you do not actually or constructively own more than 5% of the common stock during the shorter of (i) the five-year period preceding the disposition or (ii) your holding period.

Federal Estate Tax

      If you are an individual, common stock held at the time of your death will be included in your gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes, and may be subject to United States federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

      We must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to each of you the amount of dividends paid to you and the tax withheld with respect to those dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting those dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which you reside under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or other applicable agreements.

      Backup withholding is generally imposed at a rate currently not to exceed 28% on certain payments to persons that fail to furnish the necessary identifying information to the payor. You generally will be subject to backup withholding tax with respect to dividends paid on your common stock at a rate currently not to exceed 28% rate unless you certify your non-United States status.

      The payment of proceeds of a sale of common stock effected by or through a United States office of a broker is subject to both backup withholding and information reporting unless you provide the payor with your name and address and you certify your non-United States status or you otherwise establish an exemption. In general, backup withholding and information reporting will not apply to the payment of the proceeds of a sale of common stock by or through a foreign office of a broker. If, however, such broker is, for United States federal income tax purposes, a United States person, a controlled foreign corporation, a foreign person that derives 50% or more of its gross income for certain periods from the conduct of a trade or business in the United States or a foreign partnership that at any time during its tax year either is engaged in the conduct of a trade or business in the United States or has as partners one or more United States persons that, in the aggregate, hold more than 50% of the income or capital interest in the

83


Table of Contents

partnership, backup withholding will not apply but such payments will be subject to information reporting, unless such broker has documentary evidence in its records that you are a non-United States Holder and certain other conditions are met or you otherwise establish an exemption.

      Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules generally will be allowed as a refund or a credit against your United States federal income tax liability provided the required information is furnished in a timely manner to the Internal Revenue Service.

84


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

      Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated                     , 2004, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below, for whom Credit Suisse First Boston LLC is acting as representative, the following respective numbers of shares of common stock:

           
Number of
Underwriter Shares


Credit Suisse First Boston LLC
       
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated
       
Lehman Brothers Inc. 
       
     
 
 
Total
       
     
 

      The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock in this offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that, if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or this offering may be terminated.

      We and the selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase on a pro rata basis up to                      additional shares of common stock from us and an aggregate of                      additional shares of our common stock from the selling stockholders, in each case, at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments of common stock.

      The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a selling concession of $           per share. The underwriters and selling group members may allow a discount of $           per share on sales to other broker/ dealers. After the initial public offering, the representative may change the public offering price and concession and discount to broker/ dealers.

      The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated expenses we and the selling stockholders will pay:

                                 
Per Share Total


Without With Without With
Over-allotment Over-allotment Over-allotment Over-allotment




Underwriting Discounts and Commissions paid by us
  $       $       $       $    
Expenses payable by us
  $       $       $       $    
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions paid by selling stockholders
  $       $       $       $    

      We have agreed pursuant to the terms of our registration agreement to pay all of the expenses of the selling stockholders in connection with this offering other than any underwriting discounts and commissions.

      The underwriters will not confirm sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority without first receiving a written consent from those accounts.

85


Table of Contents

      This offering is being conducted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 2720 of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Conduct Rules because affiliates of Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated, one of the underwriters, own 10% or more of our common stock. Rule 2720 requires that the initial public offering price of the shares of common stock not be higher than that recommended by a “qualified independent underwriter” meeting certain standards. Accordingly, Credit Suisse First Boston LLC is assuming the responsibilities of acting as the qualified independent underwriter in pricing the offering and conducting due diligence. The initial public offering price of the shares of common stock is no higher than the price recommended by Credit Suisse First Boston LLC.

      We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse First Boston LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the “lock-up” period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the “lock-up” period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the “lock-up” period, then in either case the expiration of the “lock-up” period will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless Credit Suisse First Boston LLC waives such an extension.

      Our executive officers, directors and existing stockholders have agreed that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Credit Suisse First Boston LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the “lock-up” period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the “lock-up” period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the “lock-up” period, then in either case the expiration of the “lock-up” period will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless Credit Suisse First Boston LLC waives such an extension.

      The underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to                      shares of the common stock for employees, directors and other persons associated with us who have expressed an interest in purchasing common stock in this offering. The number of shares available for sale to the general public in this offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase the reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares.

      We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.

      We intend to apply to list the shares of common stock on The Nasdaq National Market.

      Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates may have from time to time performed and may in the future perform various financial advisory, commercial banking and investment banking services for us in the ordinary course of business, for which they received or will receive customary fees. In particular, affiliates of Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated are holders of a portion of our outstanding subordinated notes and will be selling stockholders in this offering.

86


Table of Contents

      Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between the representative, us and certain of the selling stockholders. In determining the initial public offering price of our common stock, the representative will consider:

  •  prevailing market conditions;
 
  •  the stage of our product development efforts;
 
  •  estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects;
 
  •  our historical performance and capital structure;
 
  •  an overall assessment of our management; and
 
  •  the consideration of these factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

      In connection with this offering the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

  •  Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.
 
  •  Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.
 
  •  Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the over- allotment option, a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.
 
  •  Penalty bids permit the representative to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on The Nasdaq National Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

      A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering, and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representative may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

87


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

      The validity of the common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Kirkland & Ellis LLP (a partnership that includes professional corporations), Chicago, Illinois. Certain partners of Kirkland & Ellis LLP are partners in Randolph Street Partners, which owns 1,667 shares of Class D-1 Common Stock, which will be reclassified into             shares of common stock upon completion of this offering, and will be a selling stockholder in this offering. The underwriters have been represented by Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

      Our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2002 and 2003 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003 included in this prospectus and the related financial statement schedule included elsewhere in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their reports appearing herein and elsewhere in such registration statement (which reports express an unqualified opinion and include an explanatory paragraph regarding the adoption of SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”), and have been so included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

      We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares to be sold in this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, certain parts of which are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and the shares to be sold in this offering, please refer to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document referred to, are not necessarily complete, and in each instance please refer to the copy of the contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement being qualified in all respects by this reference.

      You may read and copy all or any portion of the registration statement or any reports, statements or other information we file with the SEC at the public reference facility maintained by the SEC at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such material are also available by mail from the Public Reference Branch of the SEC at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates.

      Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information on the public reference rooms. You can also find our SEC filings at the SEC’s web site at http://www.sec.gov.

88


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

           
Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. Consolidated Financial Statements
       
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004
       
 
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
    F-2  
 
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
    F-3  
 
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
    F-4  
 
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
    F-5  
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003:
       
 
Report of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Auditors
    F-13  
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets
    F-14  
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations
    F-15  
 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Investment
    F-16  
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
    F-17  
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    F-18  
 
Report of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Auditors
    F-36  

F-1


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)

December 31, 2003 and March 31, 2004
                     
2003 2004


(in thousands)
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
               
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 3,486     $ 1,094  
 
Accounts receivable — net
    40,211       49,906  
 
Inventories
    29,667       29,244  
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    3,754       3,789  
 
Deferred income taxes
    5,995       6,267  
     
     
 
   
Total current assets
    83,113       90,300  
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT — Net
    33,492       32,394  
GOODWILL
    82,872       83,633  
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES
    9,011       7,704  
OTHER ASSETS — Net
    2,007       4,480  
     
     
 
    $ 210,495     $ 218,511  
     
     
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ INVESTMENT
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
               
 
Current maturities of long-term debt
  $ 15,231     $ 14,539  
 
Accounts payable
    23,310       32,723  
 
Accrued liabilities
    16,356       16,589  
     
     
 
   
Total current liabilities
    54,897       63,851  
     
     
 
LONG-TERM DEBT — Net
    101,204       95,016  
SUBORDINATED DEBT DUE TO RELATED PARTIES
    11,039       11,227  
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
    8,549       7,790  
     
     
 
   
Total liabilities
    175,689       177,884  
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Notes 3, 9, and 10) 
               
STOCKHOLDERS’ INVESTMENT
    34,806       40,627  
     
     
 
    $ 210,495     $ 218,511  
     
     
 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-2


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)

Three Months Ended March 31, 2003 and 2004
                   
2003 2004


(in thousands)
REVENUES
  $ 66,383     $ 85,990  
COST OF SALES
    56,228       70,503  
     
     
 
GROSS PROFIT
    10,155       15,487  
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
    5,960       7,497  
AMORTIZATION EXPENSE
    46       36  
     
     
 
OPERATING INCOME
    4,149       7,954  
(GAIN) LOSS ON FOREIGN CURRENCY FORWARD EXCHANGE CONTRACTS
    2,404       (3,270 )
INTEREST EXPENSE — Net
    2,730       2,268  
LOSS ON EARLY EXTINGUISHMENT OF DEBT
    2,972        
     
     
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (3,957 )     8,956  
(BENEFIT) PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
    (2,258 )     3,407  
     
     
 
NET INCOME (LOSS)
  $ (1,699 )   $ 5,549  
     
     
 
BASIC EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE
  $ (0.11 )   $ 0.36  
     
     
 
DILUTED EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE
  $ (0.11 )   $ 0.36  
     
     
 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)

Three Months Ended March 31, 2003 and 2004
                       
2003 2004


(in thousands)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
               
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (1,699 )   $ 5,549  
     
     
 
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
               
   
Depreciation and amortization
    2,122       2,060  
   
Noncash amortization of debt financing costs
    153       138  
   
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
    2,151        
   
Deferred income tax provision (benefit)
    (942 )     1,307  
   
Noncash (gain) loss on forward exchange contracts
    2,404       (3,270 )
   
Noncash interest expense on subordinated debt
    183       189  
   
Change in other operating items
    (7,538 )     19  
     
     
 
     
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    (3,166 )     5,992  
     
     
 
CASH FLOWS (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES —
               
 
Capital expenditures
    (1,411 )     (798 )
     
     
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
               
 
Payments on capital leases
    (5 )     (3 )
 
Change in revolving credit facility and long-term borrowings — Net
    3,335       (7,663 )
     
     
 
     
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    3,330       (7,667 )
     
     
 
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    (71 )     80  
     
     
 
NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    (1,318 )     (2,392 )
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — Beginning of period
    1,637       3,486  
     
     
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — End of period
  $ 319     $ 1,094  
     
     
 
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
               
 
Cash paid for interest
  $ 1,939     $ 1,694  
     
     
 
 
Cash paid (refunded) for income taxes — Net
  $ 463     $ (62 )
     
     
 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

March 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003
 
1. Basis of Presentation

      Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries (“CVG” or the “Company”) (formerly Bostrom Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation) designs and manufactures seat and seating systems, cab and trim systems, mirrors, wipers and controls for the North American heavy truck and specialty transportation markets. In addition, the Company manufactures seat systems for the worldwide construction and agriculture vehicle markets. The Company has operations located in Indiana, North Carolina, Ohio, Oregon, Tennessee, Texas, Virginia, Washington, Australia, Belgium, Sweden and the United Kingdom.

      The Company has prepared the condensed consolidated financial statements of CVG without audit, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The information furnished in the condensed consolidated financial statements includes normal recurring adjustments and reflects all adjustments which are, in our opinion, necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations and statements of financial position for the interim periods presented. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. We believe that the disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading when read in conjunction with our fiscal 2003 consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto as filed with the SEC for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002, and 2003.

      Revenue and operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2004 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.

      The Company was formed on August 22, 2000. On October 6, 2000, the Company acquired the assets of Bostrom plc in exchange for $83.6 million in cash and assumption of certain liabilities (the “Acquisition”). The source of the cash consisted of $49.8 million of debt and $33.8 million of equity. The Company had no operations prior to October 6, 2000.

      The Acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed by the Company were recorded at fair value as of the date of the Acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed has been recorded as goodwill.

      On March 28, 2003, the Company and Commercial Vehicle Systems Holdings, Inc. (“CVS”) entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger whereby a subsidiary of the Company was merged into CVS. The holders of the outstanding shares of CVS received, in exchange, shares of the Company on a one-for-one basis resulting in the issuance of 124,908 shares of common stock. On May 20, 2004, the Company and Trim Systems, Inc. (“Trim”) entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger whereby a subsidiary of the Company was merged into Trim (the CVS and Trim mergers are collectively referred to as the “Mergers”). The holders of the outstanding shares of Trim received, in exchange, shares of the Company on a .099-for-one basis resulting in the issuance of 71,639 shares of common stock. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141, the Mergers were accounted for as a combination of entities under common control. Thus, the accounts of CVS, Trim, and the Company were combined based upon their respective historical bases of accounting. The financial statements reflect the combined results of the Company, CVS and Trim as if the Mergers had occurred as of the beginning of the earliest period presented.

F-5


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
2. Inventories

      Inventories are valued at the lower of first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) cost or market. Cost includes applicable material, labor and overhead. Inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):

                 
December 31, March 31,
2003 2004


Raw materials
  $ 21,664     $ 20,882  
Work in process
    1,781       1,682  
Finished goods
    6,222       6,680  
     
     
 
    $ 29,667     $ 29,244  
     
     
 
 
3. Stockholders’ Investment

      Common Stock — The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of                      shares of common stock with a par value of $0.01 per share, with 15,387,863 shares outstanding at December 31, 2003 and March 31, 2004.

      Earnings Per Share — Basic earnings (loss) per share was computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the quarter in accordance with SFAS No. 128. Diluted earnings per share for the quarter ended March 31, 2004 includes the effects of outstanding stock options and warrants using the treasury stock method. Potential common shares of 135,921 related to stock options and warrants were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per share for the quarter ended March 31, 2003, as inclusion of these shares would have been antidilutive.

                 
Three Months Ended
March 31,

2003 2004


(in thousands, except
per share amounts)
Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders — basic and diluted
  $ (1,699 )   $ 5,549  
     
     
 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
    15,388       15,388  
Dilutive effect of outstanding stock options and warrants after application of the treasury stock method
          136  
     
     
 
Diluted shares outstanding
    15,388       15,524  
     
     
 
Basic earnings (loss) per share
  $ (0.11 )   $ 0.36  
     
     
 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
  $ (0.11 )   $ 0.36  
     
     
 

      Stock Options and Warrants — In 1998, the Company issued options to purchase 43,195 shares of common stock at $8.43 per share, which are exercisable through December 2008, in connection with an acquisition. In addition, the Company has outstanding warrants to purchase 152,209 shares of common stock at $3.05 per share, which are exercisable through June 2011. None of the initially granted options or warrants have been exercised as of March 31, 2004. The options and warrants were granted at exercise prices determined to be at or above fair value on the date of the grant.

      Dividends — The Company has not declared or paid any cash dividends in the past. The Company’s credit agreement prohibits the payment of cash dividends.

F-6


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
4. Restructuring and Integration

      Restructuring — In 2000, the Company recorded a $5.6 million restructuring charge as part of its cost and efficiency initiatives, closing two manufacturing facilities, two administrative centers, and reorganizing its manufacturing and administrative functions. Approximately $1.7 million of the charge was related to employee severance and associated benefits for the 225 terminated employees, approximately $2.6 million related to lease and other contractual commitments associated with the facilities, and approximately $1.3 million of asset impairments related to the write-down of assets. All employees were terminated by 2001. The contractual commitments continue through mid-2005.

      In 2001, the Company continued its cost and efficiency initiatives and closed a third manufacturing facility. Of the total $0.4 million restructuring charge, approximately $0.1 million related to employee severance and associated benefits for 77 employees and approximately $0.3 million related to lease and other contractual commitments associated with the facility. All employees were terminated by 2002. The contractual commitments continue through 2008.

      A summary of restructuring activities for the quarter ended March 31, 2004 is as follows (in thousands):

                   
Facility Exit
and Other
Contractual
Costs Total


Balance — December 31, 2003
  $ 787     $ 787  
 
Usage/cash payments
    (129 )     (129 )
     
     
 
Balance — March 31, 2004
  $ 658     $ 658  
     
     
 

      Integration — In connection with the acquisitions of Bostrom plc and the predecessor to CVS, facility consolidation plans were designed and implemented to reduce the cost structure of the Company and to better integrate the acquired operations. Purchase liabilities recorded as part of the acquisitions included approximately $3.3 million for costs associated with the shutdown and consolidation of certain acquired facilities and severance and other contractual costs. At March 31, 2004, the Company had principally completed its actions under these plans, other than certain contractual commitments, which continue through 2008.

      A summary of restructuring activities for the quarter ended March 31, 2004 is as follows (in thousands):

                   
Facility Exit
and Other
Contractual
Costs Total


Balance — December 31, 2003
  $ 620     $ 620  
 
Usage/cash payments
           
     
     
 
Balance — March 31, 2004
  $ 620     $ 620  
     
     
 

F-7


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
5. Debt

      Debt consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

                 
December 31, March 31,
2003 2004


Revolving credit facilities, interest rates varying from 4.65% to 7.56% as of March 31, 2004 and from 4.89% to 7.75% as of December 31, 2003
  $ 26,530     $ 23,751  
Term loans, with principal and interest payable quarterly, with interest varying from 4.62% to 7.53% as of March 31, 2004 and from 4.89% to 7.29% as of December 31, 2003
    73,640       76,098  
Sterling loan notes
    9,748       3,193  
Other
    6,517       6,513  
     
     
 
      116,435       109,555  
Less current maturities
    15,231       14,539  
     
     
 
    $ 101,204     $ 95,016  
     
     
 

      Credit Agreement — The Company’s senior credit agreements consist of revolving credit facilities of $51.0 million and term loans of $106.4 million, of which approximately $91.4 million expires in January 2006 and approximately $66.0 million expires in June 2006. Quarterly repayments of approximately $3.3 million are required under the term loans. Borrowings bear interest at various rates plus a margin based on certain financial ratios of the Company, as defined. The senior credit agreements contain various restrictive covenants, including limiting indebtedness, rental obligations, investments and cash dividends, and also require the maintenance of certain financial ratios, including fixed charge coverage, funded debt to EBITDA and a minimum level of net worth requirement. Compliance with respect to these covenants as of March 31, 2004 was achieved or waivers were obtained for events of non-compliance. Borrowings under the senior credit agreements are secured by specifically identified assets of the Company, comprising, in total, substantially all assets of the Company. In addition, at March 31, 2004 the Company has outstanding letters of credit of approximately $2.4 million expiring through 2008.

      One of the Credit Agreements provides the Company with the ability to denominate a portion of its borrowings in foreign currencies. As of March 31, 2004, $15.7 million of revolving credit facility borrowings and $66.0 million of the term loans were denominated in U.S. dollars and $8.1 million of the revolving credit facility borrowings and $10.1 million of the term loans were denominated in British pounds sterling.

      Sterling Loan Notes — In conjunction with the acquisition of Bostrom plc, Sterling loan notes were issued in exchange for certain shares acquired by the Company. The notes bear interest at LIBOR and are due December 31, 2004. The applicable interest rate was 7.9% at March 31, 2004. Each note holder may, as provided by British regulations, exercise a semiannual option to have the Company redeem the notes in multiples of £100. As of March 31, 2004, the Company had been notified of elections and redeemed approximately £3.7 million of loan notes through additional borrowings under its Credit Agreement.

      The Company has a provision in one of its senior credit agreements that allow it to borrow additional amounts under its term loan facility to repay Sterling loan note maturities; therefore, the Sterling loan notes have been classified as long-term debt in the consolidated balance sheets.

      Subordinated Debt — In June 2001, Onex Corporation, the controlling stockholder of the Company, and its affiliates (“Onex”) loaned the Company $7 million pursuant to a five-year promissory note.

F-8


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

Interest, which was deferred in 2002, 2003 and through March 31, 2004, is prime plus 1.25%. The promissory note is collateralized by all assets of the Company and its subsidiaries and is subject to an intercreditor agreement between the Company, certain of its lenders, and Onex. Total accrued interest at March 31, 2004 was approximately $1.2 million. This amount is included in accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

      In September 2002, the Company issued subordinated debt in the amount of $2.5 million to its principal stockholders, including Onex. The debt bears interest at 12.0% and matures September 30, 2006. Accrued interest over the term of the obligation is payable in kind (“PIK”) at maturity. Interest accrued during 2004 and added to principal was approximately $0.1 million. Total PIK interest accrued and added to principal at March 31, 2004 was approximately $0.5 million.

 
6. Goodwill

      Goodwill represents the excess of acquisition purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired, which prior to the adoption on January 1, 2002, of SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Intangible Assets, was being amortized on a straight-line basis over 40 years. In July 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations, and SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Intangible Assets. SFAS No. 141 requires all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 to be accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. Under SFAS No. 142, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are no longer amortized, but reviewed annually, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Separable intangible assets that are not deemed to have indefinite lives will continue to be amortized over their useful lives, but with no maximum life.

      The Company performs impairment tests annually during the second quarter and whenever events or circumstances occur indicating that goodwill might be impaired. During the first quarter of 2004, the Company increased goodwill by $0.8 million due to currency translation adjustments.

 
7. Comprehensive Income (Loss)

      The Company follows the provisions of SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income, which established standards for reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components. Comprehensive income reflects the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from nonowner sources. For the Company, comprehensive income (loss) represents net income (loss) adjusted for foreign currency translation adjustments and minimum pension liability. In accordance with SFAS No. 130, the Company has chosen to disclose comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ investment. The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) consisted of the following as of March 31, 2004 (in thousands):

         
Foreign currency translation adjustment
  $ 3,444  
Minimum pension liability
    (1,849 )
     
 
    $ 1,595  
     
 

F-9


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

      Comprehensive income (loss) for the three month period ended March 31 is as follows (in thousands):

                       
2003 2004


Net income (loss)
  $ (1,699 )   $ 5,549  
 
Other comprehensive income:
               
   
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    209       272  
   
Derivative instruments
    (196 )      
     
     
 
     
Comprehensive income (loss)
  $ (1,686 )   $ 5,821  
     
     
 
 
8. Commitments and Contingencies

      Warranty  — The Company is subject to warranty claims for products that fail to perform as expected due to design or manufacturing deficiencies. Customers continue to require their outside suppliers to guarantee or warrant their products and bear the cost of repair or replacement of such products. Depending on the terms under which the Company supplies products to its customers, a customer may hold the Company responsible for some or all of the repair or replacement costs of defective products, when the product supplied did not perform as represented. The Company’s policy is to reserve for estimated future customer warranty costs based on historical trends and current economic factors. The following represents a summary of the warranty provision as of March 31, 2004 (in thousands):

           
Balance — Beginning of period
  $ 1,999  
 
Additional provisions recorded
    411  
 
Deduction for payments made
    (76 )
 
Currency translation adjustment
    12  
     
 
Balance — End of period
  $ 2,346  
     
 

      Foreign Currency Forward Exchange Contracts — The Company uses forward exchange contracts to hedge certain of its foreign currency transaction exposures of its United Kingdom operations. The Company estimates its projected revenues and purchases in certain foreign currencies or locations, and will hedge a portion or all of the anticipated long or short position. The contracts typically run from three months up to three years. These contracts are marked-to-market and the fair value is included in assets (liabilities) in the consolidated balance sheets, with the offsetting noncash gain or loss included in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company does not hold or issue foreign exchange options or forward contracts for trading purposes. The following table summarizes the notional amount of the Company’s open foreign exchange contracts at March 31, 2004 (in thousands):

                           
March 31, 2004

U.S. $
Local Equivalent
Currency U.S. $ Fair
Amount Equivalent Value



Commitments to sell currencies:
                       
 
U.S. dollar
  $ 1,000     $ 1,257     $ 1,029  
 
Eurodollar
    41,300       52,472       52,165  
 
Swedish krona
    23,500       3,264       3,159  
 
Japanese yen
    2,773,000       29,831       27,962  
 
Australian dollar
    6,250       4,673       4,725  

F-10


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

      The difference between the U.S. $ equivalent and U.S. $ equivalent fair value of approximately $2.5 million is included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet at March 31, 2004.

      Litigation — The Company is subject to various legal actions and claims incidental to its business, including those arising out of alleged defects, product warranties, employment-related matters and environmental matters. Management believes that the Company maintains adequate insurance to cover these claims. The Company has established reserves for issues that are probable and estimatable in amounts management believes are adequate to cover reasonable adverse judgments not covered by insurance. Based upon the information available to management and discussions with legal counsel, it is the opinion of management that the ultimate outcome of the various legal actions and claims that are incidental to the Company’s business will not have a material adverse impact on the consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company; however, such matters are subject to many uncertainties, and the outcomes of individual matters are not predictable with assurance.

 
9. Defined Benefit Plan and Postretirement Benefits

      The Company sponsors a defined benefit plan that covers certain hourly and salaried employees in the United Kingdom. The Company’s policy is to make annual contributions to the plan to fund the normal cost as required by local regulations. In addition, the Company has an informal postretirement medical benefit plan for certain retirees and their dependents of the U.S. operations, and has recorded a liability for its estimated obligation under this plan. The postretirement medical benefit plan covers certain former employees and is no longer available to current employees. The impact of the postretirement medical benefit plan was not significant as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2004.

      The components of net periodic benefit cost related to the defined benefit plan is as follows (in thousands):

                 
Three Months
Ended March 31,

2003 2004


Service cost
  $ 290     $ 301  
Interest cost
    420       446  
Expected return on plan assets
    (373 )     (446 )
Recognized actuarial loss
    99       64  
     
     
 
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 436     $ 365  
     
     
 

      The Company previously disclosed in its financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2003, that it expected to contribute $1.1 million to its pension plans in 2004. As of March 31, 2004, $0.3 million of contributions have been made to the pension plans, respectively. The Company anticipates contributing an additional $0.8 million to its pension plans in 2004 for total estimated contributions during 2004 of $1.1 million.

 
10. Related Party Transactions

      In addition to the items discussed in Note 5, the following related party transactions occurred during the periods ended March 31, 2004 and 2003:

  •  The Company made payments of $0.4 million and $0.4 million to Hidden Creek Industries, an affiliate of the Company, for financing and acquisition-related services for the three month period ended March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. These services are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

F-11


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

  •  In 2001, Onex acquired a one-third interest in the Company’s $66.0 million senior credit facility. Total interest expense related to the portion of this senior credit facility owned by Onex was approximately $0.2 million and $0.2 million for the three month period ended March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 
11. Subsequent Events (Unaudited)

      In May 2004, the Company granted options to purchase 1,047,144 shares of common stock at $4.95 per share. These options have a ten year term, with 50% of such options being immediately exercisable and the remaining 50% becoming exercisable ratably on June 30, 2005 and June 30, 2006.

      In                     2004, the Company reclassified all of its existing classes of common stock into one class of common stock, which effectively resulted in a 43.631-to-one stock split.

      In                     2004, the Company effected the merger of the Company and Trim discussed in Note 1.

F-12


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc.

      We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) (formerly Bostrom Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation) as of December 31, 2002 and 2003 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ investment, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

      We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

      In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and 2003 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

      As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2002, the Company changed its method of accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets.

Minneapolis, Minnesota

June      , 2004

      The accompanying consolidated financial statements give effect to the completion of the Plan of Merger (the “Merger”) whereby a subsidiary of the Company will be merged into Trim Systems, Inc. (“Trim”) and the completion of the 43.631-to-one split of the Company’s outstanding common stock, which will take place prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s planned initial public offering. In accordance with SFAS No. 141, the Merger will be accounted for as a combination of entities under common control. Thus, the accounts of the Company and Trim were combined based upon their respective historical bases of accounting. The consolidated financial statements reflect the results of the Company and Trim as if the Merger had occurred as of the beginning of the earliest period presented. The following report is in the form expected to be furnished by Deloitte & Touche LLP upon completion of the Merger described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the 43.631-to-one common stock split, the completion of our audits and, assuming that up until the date of such completion and issuance of the financial statements, no other material events have occurred that would affect the accompanying consolidated financial statements or disclosures therein.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota

May 19, 2004

F-13


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31, 2002 and 2003
                       
2002 2003


(in thousands)
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
               
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 1,637     $ 3,486  
 
Accounts receivable, net of reserve for doubtful accounts of $2,309 and $2,530, respectively
    29,683       40,211  
 
Inventories
    29,739       29,667  
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    5,148       3,754  
 
Deferred income taxes
    5,523       5,995  
     
     
 
   
Total current assets
    71,730       83,113  
     
     
 
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:
               
 
Land and buildings
    14,408       15,075  
 
Machinery and equipment
    49,213       56,697  
 
Construction in progress
    1,705       1,462  
 
Less accumulated depreciation
    (30,302 )     (39,742 )
     
     
 
     
Property, plant and equipment — net
    35,024       33,492  
     
     
 
GOODWILL
    80,624       82,872  
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES
    11,024       9,011  
OTHER ASSETS, net of accumulated amortization of $1,627 and $1,098, respectively
    5,815       2,007  
     
     
 
    $ 204,217     $ 210,495  
     
     
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ INVESTMENT
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
               
 
Current maturities of long-term debt
  $ 20,267     $ 15,231  
 
Accounts payable
    24,420       23,310  
 
Accrued liabilities
    18,234       16,356  
     
     
 
   
Total current liabilities
    62,921       54,897  
     
     
 
LONG-TERM DEBT, net of current maturities
    96,652       101,204  
SUBORDINATED DEBT DUE TO RELATED PARTIES
    10,283       11,039  
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
    7,336       8,549  
     
     
 
   
Total liabilities
    177,192       175,689  
     
     
 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Notes 4, 8, 10, 11, and 12) 
               
STOCKHOLDERS’ INVESTMENT:
               
 
Common stock
    154       154  
 
Additional paid-in capital
    76,787       76,787  
 
Retained Earnings (accumulated deficit)
    (46,992 )     (43,028 )
 
Stock subscription receivable
    (430 )     (430 )
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    (2,494 )     1,323  
     
     
 
   
Total stockholders’ investment
    27,025       34,806  
     
     
 
    $ 204,217     $ 210,495  
     
     
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-14


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Years Ended December 31, 2001, 2002, and 2003
                             
2001 2002 2003



(in thousands)
REVENUES
  $ 271,226     $ 298,678     $ 287,579  
COST OF SALES
    229,593       249,181       237,884  
     
     
     
 
   
Gross profit
    41,633       49,497       49,695  
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
    21,767       23,952       24,281  
RESTRUCTURING CHARGE
    449              
AMORTIZATION EXPENSE
    3,822       122       185  
     
     
     
 
   
Operating income
    15,595       25,423       25,229  
(GAIN) LOSS ON FOREIGN CURRENCY FORWARD EXCHANGE CONTRACTS
    (2,347 )     1,098       3,230  
INTEREST EXPENSE — Net
    14,885       12,940       9,796  
LOSS ON EARLY EXTINGUISHMENT OF DEBT
                2,972  
     
     
     
 
   
Income before provision for income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting
    3,057       11,385       9,231  
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
    5,072       5,235       5,267  
     
     
     
 
   
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting
    (2,015 )     6,150       3,964  
CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING
          (51,630 )      
     
     
     
 
NET INCOME (LOSS)
  $ (2,015 )   $ (45,480 )   $ 3,964  
     
     
     
 
BASIC EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE:
                       
 
Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting
  $ (0.13 )   $ .40     $ 0.26  
 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
          (3.34 )      
     
     
     
 
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (0.13 )   $ (2.94 )   $ 0.26  
     
     
     
 
DILUTED EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE:
                       
 
Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting
  $ (0.13 )   $ .40     $ 0.26  
 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
          (3.32 )      
     
     
     
 
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (0.13 )   $ (2.92 )   $ 0.26  
     
     
     
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-15


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ INVESTMENT

Years Ended December 31, 2001, 2002, and 2003
                                                             
Accumulated
Other
Common Stock Stock Additional Retained Earnings Comprehensive

Subscription Paid-In (Accumulated Income
Shares Amount Receivable Capital Deficit) (Loss) Total







(in thousands, except share data)
BALANCE — January 1, 2001
    15,567,494     $ 156     $ (853 )   $ 77,234     $ 503     $ (753 )   $ 76,287  
 
Repurchase of common stock — net
    (107,236 )     (1 )     162       (241 )                 (80 )
 
Net loss
                            (2,015 )                
 
Other comprehensive loss:
                                                       
   
Currency translation adjustment
                                  (166 )        
   
Fair value of derivative instruments
                                  (1,113 )        
 
Total comprehensive loss
                                          (3,294 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
BALANCE — December 31, 2001
    15,460,258       155       (691 )     76,993       (1,512 )     (2,032 )     72,913  
 
Repurchase of common stock — net
    (72,385 )     (1 )     261       (206 )                 54  
 
Net loss
                            (45,480 )                
 
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                                                       
   
Currency translation adjustment
                                  1,272          
   
Fair value of derivative instruments
                                  584          
   
Additional minimum pension liability
                                  (2,318 )        
   
Total comprehensive loss
                                                    (45,942 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
BALANCE — December 31, 2002
    15,387,863       154       (430 )     76,787       (46,992 )     (2,494 )     27,025  
 
Net income
                            3,964                  
 
Other comprehensive income:
                                                       
   
Currency translation adjustment
                                  2,819          
   
Fair value of derivative instruments
                                  529          
   
Additional minimum pension liability
                                  469          
   
Total comprehensive income
                                                    7,781  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
BALANCE — December 31, 2003
    15,387,863       154     $ (430 )   $ 76,787     $ (43,028 )   $ 1,323     $ 34,806  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-16


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Years Ended December 31, 2001, 2002, and 2003
                                 
2001 2002 2003



(in thousands)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                       
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (2,015 )   $ (45,480 )   $ 3,964  
     
     
     
 
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                       
   
Depreciation and amortization
    12,833       8,682       8,106  
   
Noncash amortization of debt financing costs
    946       647       498  
   
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
                2,151  
   
Deferred income tax provision
    6,376       4,267       1,299  
   
Noncash (gain) loss on forward exchange contracts
    (2,347 )     1,098       3,230  
   
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
          51,630        
   
Noncash interest expense on subordinated debt
    257       525       756  
   
Change in other operating items:
                       
     
Accounts receivable
    3,646       205       (9,215 )
     
Inventories
    6,020       (144 )     1,205  
     
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    (1,557 )     1,417       185  
     
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    (10,610 )     (2,993 )     (5,278 )
     
Other assets and liabilities
    (1,141 )     (1,682 )     3,541  
     
     
     
 
       
Net cash provided by operating activities
    12,408       18,172       10,442  
     
     
     
 
CASH FLOWS FROM (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                       
 
Capital expenditures
    (4,898 )     (4,937 )     (5,967 )
 
Sale of assets
    12,647              
     
     
     
 
       
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    7,749       (4,937 )     (5,967 )
     
     
     
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                       
 
(Sale) repurchase of common stock — net
    (80 )     54        
 
Repayment of revolving credit facility
    (52,686 )     (84,093 )     (75,308 )
 
Borrowings under revolving credit facility
    45,161       80,665       79,335  
 
Long-term borrowings
          469        
 
Repayments of long-term borrowings
    (20,067 )     (14,347 )     (6,768 )
 
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated debt
    7,000       2,500        
 
Payments on capital leases
    (2,507 )     (73 )     (20 )
 
Debt issuance costs and other — net
    (1,613 )            
     
     
     
 
       
Net cash used in financing activities
    (24,792 )     (14,825 )     (2,761 )
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS     (140 )     82       135  
     
     
     
 
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    (4,775 )     (1,508 )     1,849  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:
                       
 
Beginning of year
    7,920       3,145       1,637  
     
     
     
 
 
End of year
  $ 3,145     $ 1,637     $ 3,486  
     
     
     
 
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
                       
 
Cash paid for interest
  $ 13,095     $ 11,121     $ 8,533  
     
     
     
 
 
Cash paid for income taxes — net
  $ 2,185     $ 119     $ 157  
     
     
     
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-17


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003
 
1. Organization and Background

      Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries (“CVG” or the “Company”) (formerly Bostrom Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation) designs and manufactures seat and seating systems, cab and trim systems, mirrors, wipers and controls for the North American heavy truck and specialty transportation markets. In addition, the Company manufactures seat systems for the worldwide construction and agriculture vehicle markets. The Company has operations located in Indiana, North Carolina, Ohio, Oregon, Tennessee, Texas, Virginia, Washington, Australia, Belgium, Sweden and the United Kingdom.

      The Company was formed on August 22, 2000. On October 6, 2000, the Company acquired the assets of Bostrom plc in exchange for $83.6 million in cash and assumption of certain liabilities (the “Acquisition”). The source of the cash consisted of $49.8 million of debt and $33.8 million of equity. The Company had no operations prior to October 6, 2000.

      The Acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed by the Company were recorded at fair value as of the date of the Acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed has been recorded as goodwill.

      On March 28, 2003, the Company and Commercial Vehicle Systems Holdings, Inc. (“CVS”) entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger whereby a subsidiary of the Company was merged into CVS. The holders of the outstanding shares of CVS received, in exchange, shares of the Company on a one-for-one basis resulting in the issuance of 124,908 shares of common stock. On May 20, 2004, the Company and Trim Systems, Inc. (“Trim”) entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger whereby a subsidiary of the Company was merged into Trim (the CVS and Trim mergers are collectively referred to as the “Mergers”). The holders of the outstanding shares of Trim received, in exchange, shares of the Company on a .099-for-one basis resulting in the issuance of 71,639 shares of common stock. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141, the Mergers were accounted for as a combination of entities under common control. Thus, the accounts of CVS, Trim, and the Company were combined based upon their respective historical bases of accounting. The financial statements reflect the combined results of the Company, CVS and Trim as if the Mergers had occurred as of the beginning of the earliest period presented.

 
2. Significant Accounting Policies

      Principles of Consolidation — The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

      Cash and Cash Equivalents — Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less. Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates fair value.

F-18


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Inventories — Inventories are valued at the lower of first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) cost or market. Cost includes applicable material, labor and overhead. Inventories consisted of the following as of December 31 (in thousands):

                 
2002 2003


Raw materials
  $ 21,326     $ 21,664  
Work in process
    3,151       1,781  
Finished goods
    5,262       6,222  
     
     
 
    $ 29,739     $ 29,667  
     
     
 

      Property, Plant and Equipment — Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. For financial reporting purposes, depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

         
Buildings and improvements
    15 to 40 years  
Machinery and equipment
    3 to 20 years  
Tools and dies
    5 years  
Computer hardware and software
    3 years  

      Accelerated depreciation methods are used for tax reporting purposes.

      Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Major betterments and improvements which extend the useful life of the related item are capitalized and depreciated. The cost and accumulated depreciation of property, plant and equipment retired or otherwise disposed of are removed from the related accounts, and any residual values after considering proceeds are charged or credited to income.

      The Company follows the provisions of SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets , which provides a single accounting model for impairment of long-lived assets. The Company had no impairments during 2001, 2002, or 2003.

      Other Assets — Other assets principally consist of debt financing costs of approximately $2.8 million at December 31, 2002 and $1.2 million at December 31, 2003, which are being amortized over the term of the related obligations.

      Goodwill — Goodwill represents the excess of acquisition purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired, which prior to the adoption on January 1, 2002, of SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Intangible Assets, was being amortized on a straight-line basis over 40 years. In July 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations, and SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Intangible Assets. SFAS No. 141 requires all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 to be accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. Under SFAS No. 142, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are no longer amortized, but reviewed annually, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Separable intangible assets that are not deemed to have indefinite lives will continue to be amortized over their useful lives, but with no maximum life.

      Upon adoption of SFAS No. 142 on January 1, 2002, the Company completed step one of the transitional goodwill impairment test, using a combination of valuation techniques, including the discounted cash flow approach and the market multiple approach, for each of its reporting units.

      Upon completion of the required assessments under SFAS No. 142, it was determined that the fair market value of its North America reporting unit was lower than its book value, resulting in a transitional impairment charge of approximately $51.6 million in 2002. The write-off was recorded as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting, net of tax benefit of $9.3 million related to the tax benefit on the

F-19


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

deductible portion of the goodwill, in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2002. The Company will also perform impairment tests annually and whenever events or circumstances occur indicating that goodwill or other intangible assets might be impaired. Based upon the Company’s assessments performed during 2003, no impairment of goodwill was deemed to have occurred.

      The change in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003, for the Company’s reporting units, are as follows (in thousands):

                           
North All Other
America Countries Total



Balance — December 31, 2001
  $ 121,195     $ 19,640     $ 140,835  
 
Transitional impairment loss
    (60,901 )           (60,901 )
 
Tax refund from preacquisition period
          (1,101 )     (1,101 )
 
Currency translation adjustment
          1,791       1,791  
     
     
     
 
Balance — December 31, 2002
    60,294       20,330       80,624  
 
Currency translation adjustment
          2,248       2,248  
     
     
     
 
Balance — December 31, 2003
  $ 60,294     $ 22,578     $ 82,872  
     
     
     
 

      Upon adoption of SFAS No. 142, the Company discontinued the amortization of goodwill. The following table presents a reconciliation of net income (loss) and earnings (loss) per share adjusted for the exclusion of goodwill amortization, net of tax (in thousands, except per share amounts):

                           
Years Ended December 31,

2001 2002 2003



Reported net income (loss)
  $ (2,015 )   $ (45,480 )   $ 3,964  
Add — goodwill amortization, net of tax
    2,864              
     
     
     
 
 
Adjusted net income (loss)
  $ 849     $ (45,480 )   $ 3,964  
     
     
     
 
Reported basic earnings (loss) per common share
  $ (0.13 )   $ (2.94 )   $ 0.26  
Add — goodwill amortization, net of tax
    0.18              
     
     
     
 
 
Adjusted basic earnings (loss) per common share
  $ 0.05     $ (2.94 )   $ 0.26  
     
     
     
 
Reported diluted earnings (loss) per common share
  $ (0.13 )   $ (2.92 )   $ 0.26  
Add — goodwill amortization, net of tax
    0.18              
     
     
     
 
 
Adjusted diluted earnings (loss) per common share (1)
  $ 0.05     $ (2.92 )   $ 0.26  
     
     
     
 


(1)   See Note 4 for calculations of diluted shares outstanding.

F-20


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Other Long-term Liabilities — Other long-term liabilities consisted of the following as of December 31 (in thousands):

                 
2002 2003


Pension liability
  $ 3,511     $ 3,609  
Facility closure and consolidation costs
    1,095       932  
Forward contracts
          815  
Postretirement medical benefit plan
    619       620  
Loss contracts
    992       473  
Interest rate collar and swap agreements
    696        
Other
    423       2,100  
     
     
 
    $ 7,336     $ 8,549  
     
     
 

      Revenue Recognition — The Company recognizes revenue as its products are shipped to its customers. In certain circumstances, the Company may be committed under existing agreements to supply product to its customers at selling prices that are not sufficient to cover the direct cost to produce such product. In such situations, the Company records a liability for the estimated future amount of such losses. Such losses are recognized at the time that the loss is probable and reasonably estimable and are recorded at the minimum amount necessary to fulfill the Company’s obligations to its customers. The estimated amounts of such losses were approximately $1.5 million at December 31, 2002 and 2003. These amounts are recorded within accrued liabilities and other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

      Income Taxes — The Company accounts for income taxes following the provisions of SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes , which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using currently enacted tax rates.

      Comprehensive Income (Loss) — The Company follows the provisions of SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income , which established standards for reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components. Comprehensive income reflects the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from nonowner sources. For the Company, comprehensive income (loss) represents net income (loss) adjusted for foreign currency translation adjustments, minimum pension liability and the deferred gain (loss) on certain derivative instruments utilized to hedge certain of the Company’s interest rate exposures. In accordance with SFAS No. 130, the Company has chosen to disclose comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ investment. The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) consisted of the following as of December 31 (in thousands):

                 
2002 2003


Foreign currency translation adjustment
  $ 353     $ 3,172  
Minimum pension liability
    (2,318 )     (1,849 )
Derivative instruments
    (529 )      
     
     
 
    $ (2,494 )   $ 1,323  
     
     
 

      Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities — The Company follows the provisions of SFAS No. 133, Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , as amended, which requires every derivative instrument, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, to be recorded

F-21


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

in the balance sheet as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value. SFAS No. 133 requires that changes in the derivative’s fair value be recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. Special accounting for qualifying hedges allows a derivative’s gains or losses to offset related results on the hedged item in the statement of operations and requires that a company formally document, designate and assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting. In accordance with SFAS No. 133, the Company recorded the fair value of the interest rate collar and interest rate swaps described in Note 6 as a liability at December 31, 2002, with an offsetting adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), as the interest rate collar and interest rate swaps were cash flow hedges. The interest rate collar and interest rate swap contracts were cancelled or expired at various dates through the end of 2003.

      Fair Value of Financial Instruments — At December 31, 2003, the Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and long-term debt, unless otherwise noted. The carrying value of these instruments approximates fair value as a result of the short duration of such instruments or due to the variability of the interest cost associated with such instruments, except as disclosed in Note 6.

      Foreign Currency Translation — The functional currency of the Company is the U.S. dollar. Assets and liabilities of the Company’s foreign operations are translated using the year-end rates of exchange. Results of operations are translated using the average rates prevailing throughout the period. Translation gains or losses are accumulated as a separate component of stockholders’ investment.

      Use of Estimates — The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The more significant estimates are used for such items as allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory reserves, warranty, pension and post retirement benefit liabilities, contingent liabilities, goodwill impairment and depreciable lives of property and equipment. Ultimate results could differ from those estimates.

      Foreign Currency Forward Exchange Contracts — The Company uses forward exchange contracts to hedge certain of its foreign currency transaction exposures of its United Kingdom operations. The Company estimates its projected revenues and purchases in certain foreign currencies or locations, and will hedge a portion or all of the anticipated long or short position. The contracts typically run from three months up to three years. These contracts are marked-to-market and the fair value is included in assets (liabilities) in the consolidated balance sheets, with the offsetting noncash gain or loss included in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company does not hold or issue foreign exchange options or forward contracts for trading purposes. The following table summarizes the notional amount of the Company’s open foreign exchange contracts at December 31, 2003 (in thousands):

                           
December 31, 2003

Local U.S. $
Currency U.S. $ Equivalent
Amount Equivalent Fair Value



Commitments to sell currencies:
                       
 
U.S. dollar
  $ 1,486     $ 1,834     $ 1,509  
 
Eurodollar
    45,445       55,623       58,313  
 
Swedish krona
    25,000       3,326       3,491  
 
Japanese yen
    2,992,500       31,267       29,405  
 
Australian dollar
    4,400       3,124       3,271  

F-22


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The difference between the U.S. $ equivalent and U.S. $ equivalent fair value of approximately $0.8 million is included in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2003.

      Warranty — The Company is subject to warranty claims for products that fail to perform as expected due to design or manufacturing deficiencies. Customers continue to require their outside suppliers to guarantee or warrant their products and bear the cost of repair or replacement of such products. Depending on the terms under which the Company supplies products to its customers, a customer may hold the Company responsible for some or all of the repair or replacement costs of defective products, when the product supplied did not perform as represented. The Company’s policy is to reserve for estimated future customer warranty costs based on historical trends and current economic factors. The following presents a summary of the warranty provision for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):

                   
2002 2003


Balance — Beginning of the year
  $ 2,746     $ 2,600  
 
Additional provisions recorded
    1,750       863  
 
Deduction for payments made
    (1,940 )     (1,420 )
 
Currency translation adjustment
    44       (44 )
     
     
 
Balance — End of year
  $ 2,600     $ 1,999  
     
     
 

      Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements — In December 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 132R, a revision to SFAS No. 132, Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits. SFAS No. 132R does not change the measurement or recognition related to pension and other postretirement plans required by SFAS No. 87, Employers’ Accounting for Pensions, SFAS No. 88, Employers’ Accounting for Settlements and Curtailments of Defined Benefit Pension Plans and for Termination Benefits, and SFAS No. 106, Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions, and retains the disclosure requirements contained in SFAS No. 132. SFAS No. 132R requires additional disclosures about the assets, obligations, cash flows and net periodic benefit cost of defined benefit pension plans and other defined benefit postretirement plans. SFAS No. 132R is effective for financial statements with fiscal years ending after December 15, 2003, with the exception of disclosure requirements related to foreign plans and estimated future benefit payments which are effective for fiscal years ending after June 15, 2004. The Company has included the required disclosures in Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements. The adoption of SFAS No. 132R did not impact the Company’s consolidated balance sheet or results of operations.

      In April 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 145, Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44 and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections. This statement eliminates the automatic classification of gain or loss on extinguishment of debt as an extraordinary item of income and requires that such gain or loss be evaluated for extraordinary classification under the criteria of Accounting Principles Board No. 30, Reporting Results of Operations. This statement also requires sales-leaseback accounting for certain transactions, and makes various other technical corrections to existing pronouncements. The statement is effective for financial statements issued on or after May 15, 2002. The adoption of this statement on January 1, 2003 resulted in classifying the loss from early extinguishment of debt in connection with the CVS Merger as a separate component of net income (loss) before provision for income taxes.

      In July 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Exit or Disposal Activities. SFAS No. 146 addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities and nullifies Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 94-3, Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring). The principal difference between SFAS No. 146 and EITF 94-3 relates to

F-23


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

SFAS No. 146’s requirements for the timing of recognizing a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity. SFAS No. 146 requires that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred. Under EITF 94-3, a liability for an exit cost was recognized at the date of an entity’s commitment to an exit plan. SFAS No. 146 is effective for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002. SFAS No. 146 also increases the disclosure requirements associated with exit or disposal activities. SFAS No. 146 is applied prospectively. Should the Company initiate further exit, disposal or restructuring activities in the future, the Company would be required to follow this new pronouncement.

      In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure, which amends SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. SFAS No. 148 provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. In addition, SFAS No. 148 amends the disclosure requirement of SFAS No. 123 to require more prominent and more frequent disclosures in financial statements of the effects of stock-based compensation. The transition guidance and annual disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 148 are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2002. The interim disclosure provisions are effective for financial reports containing condensed financial statements for interim periods beginning after December 15, 2002. The adoption of the new disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 148 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet or results of operations as the Company has no stock based compensation plans.

      In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46 (“FIN 46”), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities. FIN 46 addresses the consolidation of variable interest entities, including entities commonly referred to as special purposes entities. The Company was required to apply FIN 46 to all variable interest entities as of December 31, 2003. The adoption of FIN 46 did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet or results of operations.

      In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity. This statement establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures in its statement of financial position certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. SFAS No. 150 requires issuers to classify as liabilities (or assets in some circumstances) three classes of freestanding financial instruments that embody obligations for the issuer. Generally, SFAS No. 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and was otherwise effective for the Company at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. The adoption of SFAS No. 150 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet or results of operations.

F-24


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
3. Accrued Liabilities

      Accrued liabilities consisted of the following as of December 31 (in thousands):

                 
2002 2003


Compensation and benefits
  $ 8,697     $ 7,121  
Warranty costs
    2,600       1,999  
Product Liability
    605       721  
Interest
    1,805       1,341  
Income and other taxes
    707       521  
Facility closure and consolidation costs
    870       475  
Freight
    299       254  
Loss contracts
    551       1,010  
Other
    2,100       2,914  
     
     
 
    $ 18,234     $ 16,356  
     
     
 
 
4. Stockholders’ Investment

      Common Stock — The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of                      shares of common stock with a par value of $0.01 per share.

      Earnings Per Share — Basic earnings (loss) per share was computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. In accordance with SFAS No. 128, an entity that reports a discontinued operation, an extraordinary item, or the cumulative effect of an accounting change in a period shall use income from continuing operations, (before the cumulative effect of an accounting change) as the control number in determining whether potential common shares are dilutive or antidilutive. As a result, diluted earnings (loss) per share, and all other diluted per share amounts presented, were computed utilizing the same number of potential common shares used in computing the diluted per share amount for income from continuing operations, regardless if those amounts were antidilutive to their respective basic per share amounts. Diluted earnings per share for 2002 and 2003 includes the effects of outstanding stock options and warrants using the treasury stock method. Potential common shares of 73,244 related to stock options and warrants were excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share for 2001, as inclusion of these shares would have been antidilutive (in thousands, except per share amounts):

                         
2001 2002 2003



Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders — basic and diluted
  $ (2,015 )   $ (45,480 )   $ 3,964  
     
     
     
 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
    15,514       15,442       15,388  
Dilutive effect of outstanding stock options after application of the treasury stock method
          136       136  
     
     
     
 
Dilutive shares outstanding
    15,514       15,578       15,524  
     
     
     
 
Basic earnings (loss) per share
  $ (0.13 )   $ (2.95 )   $ 0.26  
     
     
     
 
Diluted earning (loss) per share
  $ (0.13 )   $ (2.92 )   $ 0.26  
     
     
     
 

      Stock Options and Warrants — In 1998, the Company issued options to purchase 42,758 shares of common stock at $8.51 per share, which are exercisable through December 2008, in connection with an

F-25


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

acquisition. In addition, the Company has outstanding warrants to purchase 150,672 shares of common stock at $3.08 per share, which are exercisable through June 2011. None of the initially granted options or warrants have been exercised as of December 31, 2003. The options and warrants were granted at exercise prices determined to be at or above fair value on the date of grant.

      Dividends — The Company has not declared or paid any cash dividends in the past. The Company’s credit agreement prohibits the payment of cash dividends.

 
5. Restructuring and Integration

      Restructuring — In 2000, the Company recorded a $5.6 million restructuring charge as part of its cost and efficiency initiatives, closing two manufacturing facilities, two administrative centers, and reorganizing its manufacturing and administrative functions. Approximately $1.7 million of the charge was related to employee severance and associated benefits for the 225 terminated employees, approximately $2.6 million related to lease and other contractual commitments associated with the facilities, and approximately $1.3 million of asset impairments related to the write-down of assets. All employees were terminated by 2001. The contractual commitments continue through mid-2005.

      In 2001, the Company continued its cost and efficiency initiatives and closed a third manufacturing facility. Of the total $0.4 million restructuring charge, approximately $0.1 million related to employee severance and associated benefits for 77 employees and approximately $0.3 million related to lease and other contractual commitments associated with the facility. All employees were terminated by 2002. The contractual commitments continue through 2008.

      A summary of restructuring activities for the years ended December 31, 2003 is as follows (in thousands):

                           
Facility
Exit and
Other
Employee Contractual
Costs Costs Total



Balance — December 31, 2000
  $ 1,507     $ 3,246     $ 4,753  
 
Accruals
    201       248       449  
 
Usage/cash payments
    (1,507 )     (1,498 )     (3,005 )
     
     
     
 
Balance — December 31, 2001
    201       1,996       2,197  
 
Usage/cash payments
    (103 )     (819 )     (922 )
     
     
     
 
Balance — December 31, 2002
    98       1,177       1,275  
 
Usage/cash payments
    (98 )     (390 )     (488 )
     
     
     
 
Balance — December 31, 2003
  $     $ 787     $ 787  
     
     
     
 

F-26


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Integration — In connection with the acquisitions of Bostrom plc and the predecessor to CVS, facility consolidation plans were designed and implemented to reduce the cost structure of the Company and to better integrate the acquired operations. Purchase liabilities recorded as part of the acquisitions included approximately $3.3 million for costs associated with the shutdown and consolidation of certain acquired facilities and severance and other contractual costs. At December 31, 2003, the Company had principally completed its actions under these plans, other than certain contractual commitments, which continue through 2008. Summarized below is the activity related to these actions (in thousands):

                           
Facility
Exit and
Other
Employee Contractual
Costs Costs Total



Balance — December 31, 2000
  $ 1,188     $ 862     $ 2,050  
 
Additional provision
    265       684       949  
 
Usage/cash payments
    (916 )     (215 )     (1,131 )
     
     
     
 
Balance — December 31, 2001
    537       1,331       1,868  
 
Usage/cash payments
    (527 )     (651 )     (1,178 )
     
     
     
 
Balance — December 31, 2002
    10       680       690  
 
Usage/cash payments
    (10 )     (60 )     (70 )
     
     
     
 
Balance — December 31, 2003
  $     $ 620     $ 620  
     
     
     
 
 
6. Debt

      Debt consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

                 
2002 2003


Revolving credit facilities, interest rates varying from 4.88% to 7.25% as of December 31, 2002 and from 4.89% to 7.75% as of December 31, 2003
  $ 21,569     $ 26,530  
Term loans, with principal and interest payable quarterly, with interest varying from 4.42% to 8.44% as of December 31, 2002 and from 4.89% to 7.29% as of December 31, 2003
    80,037       73,640  
Sterling loan notes
    8,776       9,748  
Other
    6,537       6,517  
     
     
 
      116,919       116,435  
Less current maturities
    20,267       15,231  
     
     
 
    $ 96,652     $ 101,204  
     
     
 

      Future maturities of debt as of December 31, 2003 are as follows (in thousands):

         
Year Ending December 31

2004
  $ 15,231  
2005
    14,250  
2006
    86,954  

      Credit Agreement — The Company’s senior credit agreements consist of revolving credit facilities of $51.0 million and term loans of $106.4 million, of which approximately $91.4 million expires in January 2006 and approximately $66.0 million expires in June 2006. Quarterly repayments of approximately

F-27


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

$3.3 million are required under the term loans. Borrowings bear interest at various rates plus a margin based on certain financial ratios of the Company, as defined. The senior credit agreements contain various restrictive covenants, including limiting indebtedness, rental obligations, investments and cash dividends, and also required the maintenance of certain financial ratios, including fixed charge coverage, funded debt to EBITDA and a minimum level of net worth requirement. Compliance with respect to these covenants as of December 31, 2003 was achieved or waivers were obtained for events of non-compliance. Borrowings under the senior credit agreements are secured by specifically identified assets of the Company, comprising, in total, substantially all assets of the Company. In addition, at December 31, 2003 the Company has outstanding letters of credit of approximately $2.4 million expiring through April 2008.

      The Credit Agreement provides the Company with the ability to denominate a portion of its borrowings in foreign currencies. As of December 31, 2003, $14.0 million of revolving credit facility borrowings and $53.8 million of the term loans were denominated in U.S. dollars and $7.6 million of the revolving credit facility borrowings and $26.2 million of the term loans were denominated in British pounds sterling.

      Sterling Loan Notes — In conjunction with the acquisition of Bostrom plc, Sterling loan notes were issued in exchange for certain shares acquired by the Company. The notes bear interest at LIBOR and are due December 31, 2004. The applicable interest rate was 7.59% at December 31, 2003. Each note holder may, as provided by British regulations, exercise a semiannual option to have the Company redeem the notes in multiples of £100. As of December 31, 2003, the Company had been notified of elections and redeemed approximately £3.7 million of loan notes through additional borrowings under one of its senior credit agreements.

      The Company has a provision in one of its senior credit agreements that allow it to borrow additional amounts under the associated term loan facility to repay Sterling loan note maturities; therefore, the Sterling loan notes have been classified as long-term in the consolidated balance sheets.

      Interest Rate Collar — In 2000, the Company entered into an interest rate collar agreement that fixed the range of interest rates that the Company would pay on $22.5 million of a portion of its variable term loans. The Company either makes or receives payments when LIBOR is less than 4 1/8% or greater than 6%. At December 31, 2002, the fair value of the interest rate collar agreement was a net payable position for the Company of $0.3 million, net of tax, representing the cost that would be incurred to terminate the agreement. This agreement expired in October 2003.

      Interest Rate Swaps — In 1999 and 2000, the Company entered into certain interest rate swap agreements that effectively converted $44 million of a portion of its variable rate term loans into fixed rate obligations. The Company received payments at variable rates, while it made payments at a fixed rate (9.97% at December 31, 2002). During 2001, the Company incurred approximately $0.2 million to extinguish one of the interest rate swap agreements. At December 31, 2002, the fair value of the remaining interest rate swap agreement was a net payable position for the Company of approximately $0.2 million, net of tax, representing the estimated cost that would be incurred to terminate the remaining swap agreement. This agreement expired in March 2003.

 
7. Subordinated Debt

      In June 2001, Onex Corporation, the controlling stockholder of the Company, and its affiliates (“Onex”) loaned the Company $7 million pursuant to a five-year promissory note. Interest, which was deferred in 2002 and 2003, is prime plus 1.25%. The promissory note which matures in June 2006, is collateralized by all assets of the Company and its subsidiaries and is subject to an intercreditor agreement between the Company, certain of its lenders, and Onex. Total accrued interest at December 31, 2002 and

F-28


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

2003 was approximately $0.7 million and $1.1 million, respectively. These amounts are included in accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

      In September 2002, the Company issued subordinated debt in the amount of $2.5 million to its principal stockholders, including Onex. The debt bears interest at 12.0% and matures September 30, 2006. Accrued interest over the term of the obligation is payable in kind (“PIK”) at maturity. Interest accrued during 2003 and added to principal was approximately $0.3 million. Total PIK interest accrued and added to principal at December 31, 2003 was approximately $0.4 million.

 
8. Income Taxes

      Pretax income before the cumulative effect of change in accounting consisted of the following for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):

                           
2001 2002 2003



Domestic
  $ (2,600 )   $ 7,795     $ 3,966  
Foreign
    5,657       3,590       5,265  
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 3,057     $ 11,385     $ 9,231  
     
     
     
 

      A reconciliation of income taxes computed at the statutory rates to the reported income tax provision for the years ended December 31 is as follows (in thousands):

                           
2001 2002 2003



Federal provision at statutory rate
  $ 1,039     $ 3,871     $ 3,139  
U.S. tax on foreign income
                1,411  
Foreign provision in excess (less) than U.S. tax rate
    107       403       563  
Amortization of nondeductible goodwill
    225              
State taxes, net of federal benefit
    56       899       304  
Other
    (163 )     62       (150 )
Valuation allowance
    3,808              
     
     
     
 
 
Provision for income taxes
  $ 5,072     $ 5,235     $ 5,267  
     
     
     
 

      The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31 is as follows (in thousands):

                           
2001 2002 2003



Current
  $ (1,304 )   $ 968     $ 3,968  
Deferred
    6,376       4,267       1,299  
     
     
     
 
 
Provision for income taxes
  $ 5,072     $ 5,235     $ 5,267  
     
     
     
 

F-29


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      A summary of deferred income tax assets and liabilities is as follows as of December 31 (in thousands):

                     
2002 2003


Current deferred tax assets:
               
   
Accounts receivable
  $ 521     $ 435  
   
Inventory
    1,992       1,716  
   
Warranty costs
    1,218       1,152  
   
Foreign exchange contracts
    (821 )     277  
   
Other accruals not currently deductible for tax purposes
    2,613       2,415  
     
     
 
 
Net current deferred assets
  $ 5,523     $ 5,995  
     
     
 
 
Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities:
               
   
Amortization lives and methods
  $ 4,166     $ 1,306  
   
Pension obligation
    1,629       1,655  
   
Net operating loss carryforwards
    4,284       4,834  
   
Original issue discount
    4,309       4,095  
   
Valuation allowance
    (3,808 )     (3,808 )
   
Other accruals not currently deductible for tax purposes
    444       929  
     
     
 
 
Net noncurrent deferred tax liabilities
  $ 11,024     $ 9,011  
     
     
 

      As of December 31, 2003, the Company had approximately $11.4 million of federal and $23.8 million of state net operating loss carryforwards related to the Company’s U.S. operations. Utilization of these losses is subject to the tax laws of the applicable tax jurisdiction and the Company’s legal organizational structure, and will be limited by the ability of certain subsidiaries to generate taxable income in the associated tax jurisdiction. The Company’s net operating loss carryforwards expire beginning in 2014 and continue through 2023. The valuation allowance has been provided primarily related to the uncertainty regarding the use of certain of the Company’s subsidiary net operating loss carryforwards. The deferred income tax provision consists of the change in the deferred income tax assets, adjusted for the impact of the tax benefit on the cumulative effect of the change in accounting and the tax impact of certain of the other comprehensive income(loss) items. No provision has been made for U.S. income taxes related to undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries that are intended to be permanently reinvested.

 
9. Segment Reporting

      The Company follows the provisions of SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Belated Information. The Company is organized in three divisions based on the products that each division offers to vehicle OEM customers. Each division reports their results of operations, submits budgets, and makes capital expenditures requests to their operating decision-making group. This group consists of the president and chief executive officer, the general managers of the divisions, and the chief financial officer. The Company’s operating segments have been aggregated into one reportable segment, as the Company believes it meets the aggregation criteria of SFAS No. 131. The Company’s divisions, each with a separate general manager, are dedicated to providing components and systems to OEM customers. Each of the divisions demonstrate similar economic performance, mainly driven by production volumes of the customers which they service. All of the Company’s operations use similar manufacturing techniques and utilize common cost saving tools. These techniques include a continuous improvement program

F-30


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

designed to reduce the Company’s overall cost base and to enable the Company to better handle heavy truck and specialty transportation market volume fluctuations.

      The following table presents revenues and long-lived assets for each of the geographic areas in which the Company operates (in thousands):

                                                 
Years Ended December 31,

2001 2002 2003



Long-lived Long-lived Long-lived
Revenues Assets Revenues Assets Revenues Assets






North America
  $ 193,449     $ 36,163     $ 229,706     $ 31,977     $ 201,132     $ 28,787  
All other countries
    77,777       2,159       68,972       3,047       86,447       4,705  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 271,226     $ 38,322     $ 298,678     $ 35,024     $ 287,579     $ 33,492  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

      Revenues are attributed to geographic locations based on the location of product production.

      The following is a summary composition by product category of the Company’s revenues (in thousands):

                           
Years Ended December 31,

2001 2002 2003



Seats and seating systems
  $ 140,691     $ 150,261     $ 159,910  
Cab and trim systems
    69,038       96,000       76,864  
Mirrors, wipers and controls
    61,497       52,417       50,805  
     
     
     
 
 
Revenues from external customers
  $ 271,226     $ 298,678     $ 287,579  
     
     
     
 
 
10. Major Customers

      Customers that accounted for a significant portion of consolidated revenues for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003 were as follows:

                         
Years Ended
December 31,

2001 2002 2003



PACCAR
    16 %     26 %     26 %
Freightliner
    21       22       18  
International
    8       8       8  
Caterpillar
    4       4       6  

      As of December 31, 2002 and 2003, receivables from these customers represented 49.4% and 48.6% of total receivables, respectively.

 
11. Commitments and Contingencies

      401(k) Plans — The Company sponsors various 401(k) employee savings plans covering all eligible employees, as defined. Eligible employees can contribute on a pretax basis to the plan. In accordance with the terms of the 401(k) plans, the Company elects to match a certain percentage of the participants contributions to the plans, as defined. The Company recognized expense associated with these plans of approximately $221,000, $380,000 and $291,000 in 2001, 2002, and 2003, respectively.

      Leases — The Company leases office and manufacturing space and certain equipment under operating lease agreements that require it to pay maintenance, insurance, taxes and other expenses in addition to

F-31


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

annual rentals. Of these lease rentals, approximately $0.5 million are included in the facility closure and consolidation cost reserve. The anticipated future lease costs are based in part on certain assumptions and estimates with respect to sublease income and the Company will continue to monitor these costs to determine if the estimates need to be revised in the future. Lease expense was approximately $4.6 million, $3.9 million, and $5.1 million in 2001, 2002, and 2003, respectively. Future minimum annual rental commitments at December 31, 2003 under these leases are as follows (in thousands):

         
Year Ending December 31

2004
  $ 4,752  
2005
    4,159  
2006
    3,267  
2007
    2,853  
2008
    2,583  
Thereafter
    2,143  

      Litigation — The Company is subject to various legal actions and claims incidental to its business, including those arising out of alleged defects, product warranties, employment-related matters and environmental matters. Management believes that the Company maintains adequate insurance to cover these claims. The Company has established reserves for issues that are probable and estimatable in amounts management believes are adequate to cover reasonable adverse judgments not covered by insurance. Based upon the information available to management and discussions with legal counsel, it is the opinion of management that the ultimate outcome of the various legal actions and claims that are incidental to the Company’s business will not have a material adverse impact on the consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company; however, such matters are subject to many uncertainties, and the outcomes of individual matters are not predictable with assurance.

 
12. Defined Benefit Plan and Postretirement Benefits

      The Company sponsors a defined benefit plan that covers certain hourly and salaried employees in the United Kingdom. The Company’s policy is to make annual contributions to the plan to fund the normal cost as required by local regulations. In addition, the Company has an informal postretirement medical benefit plan for certain retirees and their dependents of the U.S. operations, and has recorded a liability for its estimated obligation under this plan. The postretirement medical benefit plan covers certain former employees and is no longer available to current employees.

F-32


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The change in benefit obligation, plan assets and funded status as of and for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 consisted of the following (in thousands):

                                       
2002 2003


Post- Post-
Pension Plan Retirement Pension Plan Retirement
in Which Benefits in Which Benefits
Accumulated Other Accumulated Other
Benefits Than Benefits Than
Exceed Assets Pensions Exceed Assets Pensions




Change in benefit obligation:
                               
 
Benefit obligation —
                               
   
Beginning of year
  $ 21,986     $ 643     $ 24,348     $ 847  
 
Service cost
    1,048             1,134        
 
Interest cost
    1,465       46       1,640       48  
 
Plan participants’ contributions
    404             463        
 
Actuarial (gain) loss
    (1,718 )     228       456       (14 )
 
Benefits paid
    (1,095 )     (70 )     (1,015 )     (47 )
 
Exchange rate changes
    2,258             2,871        
     
     
     
     
 
     
Benefit obligation at end of year
    24,348       847       29,897       834  
Change in plan assets:
                               
 
Fair value of plan assets — Beginning of year
    18,676             17,147        
 
Actual return on plan assets
    (3,536 )           3,172        
 
Employer contributions
    781             1,177        
 
Plan participants’ contributions
    404             463        
 
Benefits paid
    (1,095 )           (1,015 )      
 
Exchange rate changes
    1,917             1,897        
     
     
     
     
 
     
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
    17,147             22,841        
     
     
     
     
 
 
Funded status
    (7,201 )     (847 )     (7,056 )     (834 )
 
Unrecognized actuarial loss
    7,284       228       6,617       214  
 
Adjustment to recognize minimum liability
    (3,511 )           (3,609 )      
     
     
     
     
 
Accrued benefit cost
  $ (3,428 )   $ (619 )   $ (4,048 )   $ (620 )
     
     
     
     
 

      At December 31, 2002 and 2003, the Company was required to record a minimum pension liability of approximately $3.5 million and $3.6 million, respectively, which is included in other long-term liabilities and accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, in the consolidated financial statements.

F-33


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The following weighted-average assumptions were used to account for the plans:

                                 
2002 2003


Post- Post-
retirement retirement
Benefits Benefits
Pension Other Than Pension Other Than
Benefits Pensions Benefits Pensions




Discount rate
    6.00 %     6.00 %     5.75 %     6.00 %
Expected return on plan assets
    7.50       N/A       7.50       N/A  
Rate of compensation increase
    3.75       N/A       3.00       N/A  

      For measurement purposes, a 13.0% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was assumed for 2004. The rate was assumed to decrease gradually to 5.0% through 2008 and remain constant thereafter. Assumed health care cost trend rates can have a significant effect on the amounts reported for postretirement medical benefit plans. A one percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would not have had a material impact on total service and interest cost components or on the postretirement benefit obligation.

      The components of net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002, and 2003 are as follows (in thousands):

                                                 
Postretirement
Benefits
Other
Pension Benefits Than Pensions


2001 2002 2003 2001 2002 2003






Service cost
  $ 1,045     $ 1,048     $ 1,134     $     $     $  
Interest cost
    1,305       1,465       1,640       47       46       48  
Expected return on plan assets
    (1,554 )     (1,548 )     (1,451 )                  
Recognized actuarial loss
          115       385                    
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 796     $ 1,080     $ 1,708     $ 47     $ 46     $ 48  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

      The weighted average asset allocations of the Company’s U.S. pension assets at December 31, 2002 and 2003, by asset category, are as follows:

                 
Pension
Benefits

2002 2003


Equity securities
    77 %     50 %
Debt securities
    16       27  
Other
    7       23  

      The Company employs a total return investment approach whereby a mix of equities and fixed income investments are used to maximize the long-term return of plan assets for a prudent level of risk. The intent of this strategy is to minimize plan expenses by outperforming plan liabilities over the long run. Risk tolerance is established through careful consideration of plan liabilities, plan funded status, and corporate financial condition. The investment portfolio contains a diversified blend of equity and fixed income investments. Furthermore, equity investments are diversified across U.S. and non-U.S. stocks as well as growth, value, and small and large capitalizations. Other assets such as real estate, private equity, and hedge funds are used judiciously to enhance long-term returns while improving portfolio diversification. Derivatives may be used to gain market exposure in an efficient and timely manner; however, derivatives may not be used to leverage the portfolio beyond the market value of the underlying investments. Investment risk is measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through annual liability

F-34


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

measurements, periodic asset/liability studies, and quarterly investment portfolio reviews. The Company expects to contribute $1.1 million to its pension plans in 2004.

 
13. Related Party Transactions

      In addition to the items discussed in Note 7, the following related party transactions occurred during the three years ended December 31, 2003:

  •  The Company made payments of $1.7 million, $1.0 million, and $1.6 million to Hidden Creek Industries, an affiliate of the Company, for financing and acquisition-related services in 2001, 2002, and 2003, respectively. These services are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
  •  During the year ended December 31, 2002, the Company recognized revenues of approximately $1.8 million for the sale of design services to ASC, an affiliate of the Company.
 
  •  In 2001, Onex acquired a one-third interest in the Company’s $66.0 million senior credit facility. Total interest expense related to the portion of this senior credit facility owned by Onex was approximately $0.6 million, $1.0 million, and $0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively.

 
14. Subsequent Events (unaudited)

      In May 2004, the Company granted options to purchase $1,047,144 shares of common stock at $4.95 per share. These options have a ten year term, with 50% of such options being immediately exercisable and the remaining 50% becoming exercisable ratably on June 30, 2005 and June 30, 2006.

      In                      , 2004, the Company reclassified all of its existing classes of common stock, which effectively resulted in a 43.631-to-one stock split.

      In                      , 2004, the Company effected the merger of the Company and Trim discussed in Note 1.

F-35


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc.

      We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) (formerly Bostrom Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation) as of December 31, 2002 and 2003, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003, and have issued our report thereon dated June      , 2004 (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the change in the Company’s method of accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets); such consolidated financial statements and report are included elsewhere in this Registration Statement. Our audits also included the consolidated financial statement schedules of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries. These consolidated financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits. In our opinion, such consolidated financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

Minneapolis, Minnesota

June      , 2004

      The accompanying consolidated financial statements give effect to the completion of the Plan of Merger (the “Merger”) whereby a subsidiary of the Company will be merged into Trim Systems, Inc. (“Trim”) and the completion of the 43.631 to one split of the Company’s outstanding common stock, which will take place prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s planned initial public offering. In accordance with SFAS No. 141, the Merger will be accounted for as a combination of entities under common control. Thus, the accounts of the Company and Trim were combined based upon their respective historical bases of accounting. The consolidated financial statements reflect the results of the Company and Trim as if the Merger had occurred as of the beginning of the earliest period presented. The following report is in the form expected to be furnished by Deloitte & Touche LLP upon completion of the Merger described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the 43.631 to one common stock split, the completion of our audits and, assuming that up until the date of such completion and issuance of the financial statements, no other material events have occurred that would affect the accompanying consolidated financial statements or disclosures therein.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota

May 19, 2004

F-36


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

SCHEDULE II: VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

December 31, 2001, 2002, and 2003
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts:

      The transactions in the allowance for doubtful account for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002, and 2003 were as follows (in thousands):

                         
2001 2002 2003



Balance — Beginning of the year
  $ 3,323     $ 4,103     $ 2,309  
Provisions
    1,267       (497 )     1,529  
Utilizations
    (448 )     (1,454 )     (1,424 )
Currency translation adjustment
    (39 )     157       116  
     
     
     
 
Balance — End of the year
  $ 4,103     $ 2,309     $ 2,530  
     
     
     
 
 
Additional Purchase Liabilities Recorded in Conjunction with Acquisitions:

      The transactions in the purchase liabilities account recorded in conjunction with acquisitions for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002, and 2003 were as follows (in thousands):

                         
2001 2002 2003



Balance — Beginning of the year
  $ 2,050     $ 1,868     $ 690  
Provisions
    949              
Utilizations
    (1,131 )     (1178 )     (70 )
     
     
     
 
Balance — End of the year
  $ 1,868     $ 690     $ 620  
     
     
     
 
 
Facility Closure and Consolidation Costs:

      The transactions in the facility closure and consolidation costs account for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002, and 2003 were as follows (in thousands):

                         
2001 2002 2003



Balance — Beginning of the year
  $ 4,753     $ 2,197     $ 1,275  
Provisions
    449              
Utilizations
    (3,005 )     (922 )     (488 )
     
     
     
 
Balance — End of the year
  $ 2,197     $ 1,275     $ 787  
     
     
     
 

F-37


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

      The following is a statement of estimated expenses, to be paid solely by the Registrant, of the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered hereby:

           
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee
  $ 19,005  
NASD filing fee
    15,500  
NASDAQ National Market filing fee
    100,000  
Blue sky fees and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses)
    *  
Printing expenses
    *  
Accounting fees and expenses
    *  
Transfer agents fees and expenses
    *  
Legal fees and expenses
    *  
Miscellaneous expenses
    *  
     
 
 
Total
  $ *  
     
 


To be provided by amendment.

 
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

      The Registrant is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 (“Section 145”) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (the “DGCL”), provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were, are or are threatened to be made, parties to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who are, were or are threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reasons of the fact that such person was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests, provided that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer, director, employee or agent is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer, director, employee or agent is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses which such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred.

      Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, arising out of his

II-1


Table of Contents

status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify him under Section 145.

      The Registrant’s certificate of incorporation provides that to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL and except as otherwise provided in its by-laws, none of the Registrant’s directors shall be liable to it or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty. In addition, the Registrant’s certificate of incorporation provides for indemnification of any person who was or is made or threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or other proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, because of his or her status as a director or officer of the Registrant, or service as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise at the request of the Registrant to the fullest extent authorized under the DGCL against all expenses, liabilities and losses reasonably incurred by such person. Further, all of the directors and officers of the Registrant are covered by insurance policies maintained and held in effect by the Registrants against certain liabilities for actions taken in their capacities as such, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

      During the last three years, we have issued securities in the following transactions, each of which was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. No underwriters were involved in any of the below-referenced sales of securities.

      On June 28, 2001, Trim Systems Operating Corp. borrowed an aggregate of $7.0 million through the issuance of two promissory notes to entities affiliated with certain of our principal stockholders. Each note bears interest, payable monthly, at a rate of prime plus 1.25% (5.25% as of March 31, 2004) and has a maturity date of June 28, 2006.

      On September 30, 2002, we borrowed an aggregate of $2.5 million through the issuance of subordinated promissory notes to certain of our principal stockholders and their affiliated entities. These notes bear interest at a rate of 12% per annum and have a maturity date of September 30, 2006. Interest on the notes is payable in kind in a monthly basis.

      On March 28, 2003, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger whereby a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company was merged into CVS. The holders of the outstanding shares of CVS received, in exchange, shares of the Company on a one-for-one basis, resulting in the issuance of 2,917 shares of our Class A Common Stock, 50,000 shares of our Class B Common Stock, 12,500 shares of our Class C Common Stock, 47,593 shares of our Class D-1 Common Stock and 11,898 shares of our Class E Common Stock.

      On May 20, 2004, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger whereby a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company will be merged into Trim Systems, Inc. upon the satisfaction of the conditions set forth therein. Pursuant to the merger, the holders of the outstanding shares and warrants of Trim Systems will receive shares of the Company on a 0.99 for one basis, resulting in the issuance of 41,626.56 shares of our Class A Common Stock, 27,932.06 shares of our Class B Common Stock and 5,568.75 shares of our Class C Common Stock.

      The sales of the above securities were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act promulgated thereunder as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

II-2


Table of Contents

 
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

Exhibits.

      The attached Exhibit Index is incorporated by reference herein.

Financial Statement Schedules.

      The following financial statement schedules are included in this Registration Statement:

        Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

      All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Commission are not required under the related instructions, are inapplicable or not material, or the information called for thereby is otherwise included in the financial statements and therefore has been omitted.

 
Item 17. Undertakings.

      Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to provisions described in Item 14 above, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

      The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

        For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
        For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
        The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New Albany, State of Ohio, on May 21, 2004.

  COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC.

   BY:  /s/ MERVIN DUNN
 
  NAME:  MERVIN DUNN
  TITLE: President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

      KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each officer and director of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Mervin Dunn and Chad Utrup, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and revocation, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute any or all amendments including any post-effective amendments and supplements to this Registration Statement, and any additional Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

* * *

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-1 and Power of Attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on May 21, 2004.

     
Signature Title


 
/s/ SCOTT D. RUED

Scott D. Rued
  Chairman and Director
 
/s/ MERVIN DUNN

Mervin Dunn
  President, Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) and Director
 
/s/ CHAD M. UTRUP

Chad M. Utrup
  Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
/s/ S.A. JOHNSON

S.A. Johnson
  Director

II-4


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

         
Exhibit No. Description


  1.1*     Form of Underwriting Agreement.
 
  2.1     Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 28, 2003, by and between Bostrom Holding, Inc., CVS Merger Co. and CVS Holdings, Inc.
 
  2.2*     Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 20, 2004, by and between Bostrom Holding, Inc., Trim Merger Co. and Trim Systems, Inc.
 
  3.1*     Form of Certificate of Incorporation of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc.
 
  3.2*     Form of By-laws of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc.
 
  4.1     Registration Agreement, dated October 5, 2000, by and among Bostrom Holding, Inc. and the investors listed on Schedule A attached thereto.
 
  4.2     Joinder to Registration Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2003, by and among Bostrom Holding, Inc. and J2R Partners VI, CVS Partners, LP and CVS Executive Investco LLC.
 
  4.3*     Joinder to the Registration Agreement by and among Bostrom Holding, Inc. and the prior stockholders of Trim Systems.
 
  4.4*     Form of Certificate of Common Stock of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc.
 
  5.1*     Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP.
 
  10.1     Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2003, by and among Commercial Vehicle Systems Limited, KAB Seating Limited, National Seating Company, Commercial Vehicle Systems, Inc., CVS Holdings, Inc., Bostrom Holding, Inc., the several financial institutions from time to time party to this agreement (the “Lenders”), Fleet National Bank, as an Issuer and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent for the Lenders, Collateral Agent, Swing Line Lender and an Issuer.
 
  10.2     Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, dated as of October 29, 1998, by and among Trim Systems Operating Corp, Tempress, Inc., Trim Systems, LLC, the financial institutions from time to time signatory thereto (the “Banks”) and Comerica Bank, as agent for the Banks.
 
  10.3     Amendment No. 1 to Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, dated as of December 31, 1998, by and among the lenders signatory thereto, Comerica Bank as agent for the Banks, Trim Systems Operating Corp., Tempress, Inc. and Trim Systems LLC.
 
  10.4     Amendment No. 2 to Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement and Waiver, dated as of November 22, 1999, by and among U.S. Bank National Association, as co-agent, Bank One, N.A., as co-agent, Comerica Bank as agent for the Banks, Trim Systems Operating Corp., Tempress, Inc. and Trim Systems LLC.
 
  10.5     Amendment No. 3 to Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement and Waiver, dated as of June 28, 2001, by and among the lenders signatory thereto, Comerica Bank as agent for the Banks, Trim Systems Operating Corp., Tempress, Inc. and Trim Systems LLC.
 
  10.6     Assignment and Waiver Agreement, dated as of June 28, 2001, by and among Trim Systems Operating Corp, Tempress, Inc., Trim Systems, LLC, U.S. Bank National Association, Bank One, NA, Comerica Bank, 1363880 Ontario Inc. and J2R Partners II-B, LLC.
 
  10.7     Amendment No. 4 to Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2002, by and among the lenders signatory thereto, Comerica Bank as agent for the Banks, Trim Systems Operating Corp., Tempress, Inc. and Trim Systems LLC.
 
  10.8     Amendment No. 5 to Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement and Waiver dated as of February 2004, by and among the lenders signatory thereto, Comerica Bank as agent for the Banks, Trim Systems Operating Corp., Tempress, Inc. and Trim Systems LLC.
 
  10.9     Investor Stockholders Agreement, dated October 5, 2000, by and among Bostrom Holding, Inc., Onex American Holdings LLC, J2R Partners VII and the stockholders listed on the signature pages thereto.
 
  10.10     Investor Stockholders Joinder Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2003, by and among Bostrom Holding, Inc. and J2R Partners VI, CVS Partners, LP and CVS Executive Investco LLC.
 
  10.11*     Joinder to the Investor Stockholders Agreement by and among Bostrom Holding, Inc. and the prior stockholders of Trim Systems.


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit No. Description


 
  10.12*     Form of Management Stockholders Agreement.
 
  10.13     Management Agreement, dated October 5, 2000, by and among Hidden Creek Industries, Heavy Duty Holdings, L.L.C., Bostrom Holding, Inc. and its subsidiaries.
 
  10.14     Amended and Restated Management Agreement, dated March 20, 2003, by and among Hidden Creek Industries, Bostrom Holding, Inc. and its subsidiaries.
 
  10.15     Note Purchase Agreement, dated September 30, 2002, by and among Bostrom Holding, Inc., Baird Capital Partners II Limited, BCP II Affiliates Fund Limited Partnership, Baird Capital II Limited Partnership, Baird Capital Partners III Limited Partnership, BCP III Special Affiliates Limited Partnership, BCP III Affiliates Fund Limited Partnership, Norwest Equity Partners VII, LP and Hidden Creek Industries.
 
  10.16     Form of Subordinated Promissory Note issued by Bostrom Holding, Inc. in favor of each of BCP II Affiliates Fund Limited Partnership, Baird Capital II Limited Partnership, Baird Capital Partners III Limited Partnership, BCP III Special Affiliates Limited Partnership BCP III Affiliates Fund Limited Partnership, Norwest Equity Partners VII, LP and Hidden Creek Industries.
 
  10.17     Promissory Note, dated as of June 28, 2001, issued by Trim Systems Operating Corp. in favor of 1363880 Ontario Inc., in the amount of $6,850,000.
 
  10.18     Promissory Note, dated as of June 28, 2001, issued by Trim Systems Operating Corp. in favor of J2R Partners II-B, LLC, in the amount of $150,000.
 
  10.19*     Bostrom Holding, Inc. Management Stock Option Plan.
 
  10.20*     Form of Grant of Nonqualified Stock Option pursuant to the Bostrom Holding, Inc. Management Stock Option Plan.
 
  10.21*     Form of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan.
 
  10.22     Employment agreement, dated as of May 16, 1997, with Donald P. Lorraine.
  21.1*     Subsidiaries of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc.
 
  23.1*     Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
 
  23.2*     Consent of Kirkland & Ellis LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
 
  24.1     Powers of Attorney (included in Part II of the Registration Statement).
 
  99.1     Consent of Eric J. Rosen to designation as director.
 
  99.2     Consent of Richard A. Snell to designation as director.


To be filed by amendment.

Exhibit 2.1

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER dated as of March 28, 2003 (the "Agreement"), by and between Bostrom Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Buyer"), CVS Merger Co., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Buyer ("Transitory Subsidiary"), and CVS Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Target"). Buyer, Transitory Subsidiary, and Target are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the "Constituent Corporations."

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the capitalization of Buyer, Transitory Subsidiary, and Target is set forth in Schedule A attached hereto.

WHEREAS, this Agreement contemplates a transaction in which Buyer will acquire all of Target's outstanding stock in exchange for common stock of Buyer through a reverse subsidiary merger of Buyer's Transitory Subsidiary with and into Target;

WHEREAS, the respective Boards of Directors of the Constituent Corporations deem it advisable that Transitory Subsidiary merge with and into Target and that Target continue as the surviving corporation, upon the terms set forth herein and in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Merger"), and that the shares of Transitory Subsidiary be converted upon consummation of the Merger as set forth herein; and

WHEREAS, the respective Boards of Directors of the Constituent Corporations have, by resolutions duly approved and adopted the provisions of this Agreement, as the plan of merger required by Section 251 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "Delaware Law").

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

EFFECT OF THE MERGER; MANNER AND
BASIS OF CONVERTING SHARES.

Section 1.1. At the Effective Time (as hereinafter defined), Transitory Subsidiary will merge with and into Target, and the separate corporate existence of Transitory Subsidiary (except as may be continued by operation of law) shall cease. Target shall be the corporation surviving the Merger (the "Surviving Corporation").

Section 1.2. At and as of the Effective Time, (i) each Target share of Class A Common shall be converted into the right to receive one (1) share of Buyer's Class A Common, (ii) each Target share of Class B Common shall be converted into the right to receive one (1) share of Buyer's Class B Common,
(iii) each Target share of Class C Common shall be


converted into the right to receive one (1) share of Buyer's Class C Common,
(iv) each Target share of Class D-1 Common shall be converted into the right to receive one (1) share of Buyer's Class D-1 Common, (v) each Target share of Class D-2 Common shall be converted into the right to receive one (1) share of Buyer's Class D-2 Common, and (vi) each Target share of Class E Common shall be converted into the right to receive one (1) share of Buyer's Class E Common; accordingly, each Target shareholder's common stock in Target shall be converted into Buyer's common stock in the number and class of stock as indicated on Schedule B attached hereto (the "Merger Consideration").

Section 1.3 At and as of the Effective Time, each share of Transitory Subsidiary's common stock, $0.01 par value per share, shall be converted into one share of Surviving Corporation's common stock, $0.01 par value per share. At and as of the Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation shall issue shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, to Buyer in consideration for Buyer's issuing its common stock to former stockholders of Target pursuant to Section 1.2. The number of shares of Surviving Corporation's common stock issued to Buyer pursuant to this Section 1.3 shall be equal to the number of Target common shares outstanding immediately before the Effective Time (other than such Target common stock held in Target's treasury, immediately before the effective time, which shall be cancelled).

Section 1.4. At and as of the Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation shall possess all the rights, privileges, immunities and franchises, of both a public and private nature, and be subject to all the duties and liabilities of Transitory Subsidiary; and all rights, privileges, immunities and franchises of Transitory Subsidiary and all property, real, personal and mixed, and all debts due on whatever accounts, including subscriptions to shares, and all other choses in action, and all and every other interest, of or belonging to Transitory Subsidiary shall be taken and deemed to be transferred to and vested in the Surviving Corporation without further act or deed; and title to any real estate, or any interest therein, vested in Transitory Subsidiary shall not revert or be in any way impaired by reason of the Merger; and the Surviving Corporation shall thenceforth be responsible and liable for all liabilities and obligations of Transitory Subsidiary and any claim existing or action or proceeding pending by or against Transitory Subsidiary may be prosecuted to judgment as if the Merger had not taken place or the Surviving Corporation may be substituted in its place; all with the effect set forth in Section 251 of the Delaware Law. The authority of the officers of Transitory Subsidiary shall continue with respect to the due execution in the name of each respective corporation of tax returns, instruments of transfer or conveyance and other documents where the execution thereof is required or convenient to comply with any provision of the Delaware Law or any contract to which Transitory Subsidiary was a party or this Agreement.

Section 1.5. The name of the Surviving Corporation shall be "CVS Holdings, Inc."

ARTICLE 2

EFFECTIVE TIME.

Section 2.1. Upon fulfillment or waiver of the conditions specified in Article 4 hereof, Target shall cause a Certificate of Merger to be executed and delivered for filing to the

-2-

Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, all as provided in and in accordance with Section 251 of the Delaware Law (the "Target Certificate of Merger").

Section 2.2. The Merger shall become effective on March __, 2003, the date of filing of the Target Certificate of Merger and the Transitory Subsidiary Certificate of Merger, as provided by applicable law (the "Effective Time").

ARTICLE 3

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND
BY-LAWS; BOARD OF DIRECTORS.

Section 3.1. The Certificate of Incorporation of Surviving Corporation shall be the Certificate of Incorporation of CVS Holdings, Inc., attached hereto as Exhibit A.

Section 3.2. The By-laws of Surviving Corporation shall be amended and restated at and as of the Effective Time to read as did the Bylaws of Transitory Subsidiary immediately prior to the Effective Time (except that the name of the Surviving Corporation shall remain unchanged).

Section 3.3. The directors and officers of Transitory Subsidiary shall become the directors and officers of Surviving Corporation at and as of the Effective Time (retaining their respective positions and terms of office).

ARTICLE 4

CONDITIONS.

Section 4.1. The respective obligations of each of Constituent Corporations to consummate the Merger under this Agreement is subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions:

(a) At the option of Transitory Subsidiary, Buyer, or Target, any third party consents which are required in order to avoid a breach, violation, conflict or default under any agreement, contract, statute, rule or regulation shall have been obtained;

(b) There shall have been no law, statute, rule or regulation, domestic or foreign, enacted or promulgated which would make consummation of the Merger illegal; and

(c) No preliminary or permanent injunction or other order by any federal or state court of competent jurisdiction that makes illegal or otherwise prevents the consummation of the Merger shall have been issued and shall remain in effect.

-3-

ARTICLE 5

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 5.1. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 5.2. The internal law, not the law of conflicts, of the State of Delaware will govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement.

Section 5.3. This Agreement is not intended to confer upon any person (other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns) any rights or remedies hereunder or by reason hereof; provided however, that the provisions in Section 1.2 above concerning payment of the Merger Consideration are intended for the benefit of Target's shareholders

Section 5.4 The Schedules and Exhibits identified in this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.

* * * *

-4-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be signed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the day and year first written above.

BOSTROM HOLDING, INC.

By: /s/ Daniel F. Moorse
    -------------------------------
    Name: Daniel F. Moorse
    Title: Vice President and
           Assistant Secretary

CVS HOLDINGS, INC.

By: /s/ Judith A. Vijums
    -------------------------------
    Name: Judith A. Vijums
    Title: Vice President and
           Assistant Secretary

CVS MERGER CO.

By:

Name: Judith A. Vijums Title:

[Signature Page to Agreement and Plan of Merger]

-5-

EXHIBIT A

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

CVS HOLDINGS, INC.

ARTICLE ONE

The name of the corporation is CVS Holdings, Inc.

ARTICLE TWO

The address of the corporation's registered office in the State of Delaware is 9 East Loockerman Street, Suite 1B, City of Dover, County of Kent, 19901. The name of its registered agent at such address is National Registered Agents, Inc.

ARTICLE THREE

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE FOUR

The total number of shares of stock which the corporation has authority to issue is 125,000 shares of Common Stock, with a par value of $.01 per share.

ARTICLE FIVE

The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE SIX

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the board of directors of the corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the by-laws of the corporation.

ARTICLE SEVEN

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the by-laws of the corporation may provide. The books of the corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or in the by-laws of the corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the by-laws of the corporation so provide.

-6-

ARTICLE EIGHT

To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of this corporation shall not be liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Any repeal or modification of this ARTICLE NINE shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE NINE

The corporation expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE TEN

The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this certificate of incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed herein and by the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

-7-

SCHEDULE A

CAPITALIZATION OF BUYER, TARGET,
AND TRANSITORY SUBSIDIARY.

BOSTROM HOLDING, INC.

                                                      AUTHORIZED, PAR VALUE             ISSUED AND
ITEM                   CLASS OF STOCK                    $0.01 PER SHARE                OUTSTANDING
----                   --------------                    ---------------                -----------
  1                    Class A Common                         75,000                        4,051
  2                    Class B Common                        150,000                       71,296
  3                    Class C Common                         40,000                       17,824
  4                    Class D-1 Common                      125,000                       50,371
  5                    Class D-2 Common                       25,000                            0
  6                    Class E Common                         25,000                       12,593

CVS HOLDINGS, INC.

                                                      AUTHORIZED, PAR VALUE              ISSUED AND
ITEM                   CLASS OF STOCK                   $0.01 PER SHARE                 OUTSTANDING
----                   --------------                   ---------------                 -----------
  1                    Class A Common                         10,000                        2,917
  2                    Class B Common                        100,000                       50,000
  3                    Class C Common                         25,000                       12,500
  4                    Class D-1 Common                       60,000                       29,074
  5                    Class D-2 Common                       40,000                       18,519
  6                    Class E Common                         25,000                       11,898

CVS MERGER CO.

                                                      AUTHORIZED, PAR VALUE              ISSUED AND
ITEM                   CLASS OF STOCK                   $0.01 PER SHARE                 OUTSTANDING
----                   --------------                   ---------------                 -----------
  1                        Common                             1,000                        1,000

-8-

SCHEDULE B

MERGER CONSIDERATION.

The following table provides the amount and class of Buyer common stock that each Target shareholder shall receive as consideration in exchange for its or his or her common stock in Target.

                                                                                  THE MERGER
                                                                                CONSIDERATION
               PRE-MERGER CVS                     PRE-MERGER                    POST CONVERSION                  SHAREHOLDER'S
               HOLDINGS, INC.                  COMMON SHARES OF              BOSTROM HOLDING, INC.           AGGREGATE STOCK IN
ITEM             SHAREHOLDER                   CVS HOLDINGS, INC.                COMMON STOCK             BOSTROM HOLDING, INC. *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1       S. A. Johnson                       1,166.70  Class A               1,166.70  Class A              2,666.57  Class A
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  2       Scott D. Rued                         350.00  Class A                 350.00  Class A                755.10  Class A
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3       John C. Read                          291.70  Class A                 291.70  Class A                696.80  Class A
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4       J. Reid Porter                        233.40  Class A                 233.40  Class A                557.48  Class A
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  5       Carl E. Nelson                        116.70  Class A                 116.70  Class A                278.74  Class A
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  6       David J. Huls                         116.70  Class A                 116.70  Class A                278.74  Class A
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  7       Daniel F. Moorse                       72.93  Class A                  72.93  Class A                174.20  Class A
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  8       Judith V. Vijums                       72.93  Class A                  72.93  Class A                101.28  Class A
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  9       Hidden Creek Industries               437.60  Class A                 437.60  Class A              1,146.53  Class A
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 10       Mary-Louise R. Johnson
          and her successors in
          trust, as Trustee of the
          Mary-Louise R. Johnson
          Revocable Trust under
          Agreement dated November
          12, 2001                               58.35  Class A                  58.35  Class A                139.37  Class A
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 11       ONEX Advisor LLC                    3,766.52  Class B               3,766.52  Class B              9,137.30  Class B
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 12       1170821 Ontario Inc.                  145.77  Class B                 145.77  Class B                353.63  Class B
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 13       1170809 Ontario Inc.                  108.64  Class B                 108.64  Class B                263.57  Class B
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 14       1170810 Ontario Inc.                  207.17  Class B                 207.17  Class B                502.58  Class B
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 15       1170812 Ontario Inc.                  290.50  Class B                 290.50  Class B                646.98  Class B
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 16       Kyzalea Company                        40.50  Class B                  40.50  Class B                 98.25  Class B
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 17       1170697 Ontario Inc.                   35.44  Class B                  35.44  Class B                 85.98  Class B
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 18       1170819 Ontario Inc.                   35.44  Class B                  35.44  Class B                 85.98  Class B
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 19       1170698 Ontario Inc.                   21.60  Class B                  21.60  Class B                 52.40  Class B
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 20       1301449 Ontario Inc.                   33.55  Class B                  33.55  Class B                 81.38  Class B
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 21       1352536 Ontario Inc.                   16.88  Class B                  16.88  Class B                 40.94  Class B
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 22       1376653 Ontario Inc.                    6.75  Class B                   6.75  Class B                 16.37  Class B
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 23       1376654 Ontario Inc.                    6.75  Class B                   6.75  Class B                 16.37  Class B
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 24       1352537 Ontario Inc.                    2.03  Class B                   2.03  Class B                  4.92  Class B
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-9-

                                                                                  THE MERGER
                                                                                CONSIDERATION
               PRE-MERGER CVS                     PRE-MERGER                    POST CONVERSION                 SHAREHOLDER'S
               HOLDINGS, INC.                  COMMON SHARES OF              BOSTROM HOLDING, INC.           AGGREGATE STOCK IN
ITEM             SHAREHOLDER                   CVS HOLDINGS, INC.                COMMON STOCK             BOSTROM HOLDING, INC. *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 25       Tim Duncanson                           8.33  Class B                   8.33  Class B                 20.21  Class B
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 26       3-G Investments Limited                  250  Class B                 250.00  Class B                606.48  Class B
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 27       Serge Gouin                           166.67  Class B                 166.67  Class B                404.32  Class B
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 28       Brian King                             25.00  Class B                  25.00  Class B                 60.65  Class B
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 29       J.W.E. Mingo                           16.67  Class B                  16.67  Class B                 40.44  Class B
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 30       Robert Prichard                        83.33  Class B                  83.33  Class B                202.16  Class B
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 31       1299039 Ontario Inc.                   16.67  Class B                  16.67  Class B                 40.44  Class B
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 32       2668921 Manitoba Ltd.                  50.00  Class B                  50.00  Class B                121.30  Class B
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 33       CVS Partners, LP                      709.41  Class B                 709.41  Class B                709.41  Class B
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 34       CVS Executive Investco LLC          3,046.05  Class B               3,046.05  Class B              3,046.05  Class B
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 35       Onex Corporation                   40,910.32  Class B              40,910.32  Class B             99,245.55  Class B
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 36       J2R Partners VI                       12,500  Class C                 12,500  Class C             12,500.00  Class C
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 37       Baird Capital Partners
          III Limited Partnership           15,447.10 Class D-1             15,447.10 Class D-1            27,860.00 Class D-1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 38       BCP III Affiliates Fund
          Limited Partnership               3,089.40  Class D-1             3,089.40  Class D-1            5,572.40  Class D-1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 39       BCP III Special
          Affiliates Limited
          Partnership                       2,204.20  Class D-1             2,204.20  Class D-1            3,975.20  Class D-1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 40       Baird Capital Partners II
          Limited Partnership               4,675.10  Class D-1             4,675.10  Class D-1            5,811.10  Class D-1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 41       BCP II Affiliates Fund
          Limited Partnership               2,732.20  Class D-1             2,732.20  Class D-1            3,448.20  Class D-1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 42       Randolph Street Partners II         926.00  Class D-1               926.00  Class D-1            1,667.00  Class D-1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 43       Norwest Equity Partners
          VII, LP                          18,519.00  Class D-1            18,519.00  Class D-1           49,630.00  Class D-1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 44       J2R Partners VI                    11,898.00  Class E              11,898.00  Class E             24,491.00  Class E
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

* This column, entitled Shareholder's Aggregate Stock in Bostrom Holding, Inc. ("Bostrom"), contains each Shareholder's aggregate ownership of Bostrom stock, that is, the sum of any pre-merger holdings of Bostrom stock and Bostrom stock received herein as Merger Consideration.

-10-

EXHIBIT 4.1

EXECUTION

REGISTRATION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made as of October 5, 2000, between Bostrom Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and the Persons listed on Schedule A attached hereto (the "Investors").

Certain of the parties to this Agreement are parties to a Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the "Stock Purchase Agreement"). In order to induce those Investors which are parties to the Stock Purchase Agreement to enter into the Stock Purchase Agreement, the Company has agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in paragraph 9 hereof.

The parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Demand Registrations.

(a) Requests for Registration. Subject to Sections 1(b) and 1(c) below,
(i) at any time, the holders of at least a majority of the Class B Registrable Securities, or if no Class B Registrable Securities are then outstanding, the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities and (ii) after the sixth anniversary of the date hereof and until the ninth anniversary of the date hereof, if the Company has not consummated a Public Offering, the holders of at least a majority of the Class D Registrable Securities (in each case, the "Demand Registrable Securities"), may request registration under the Securities Act of all or part of their Registrable Securities on Form S-1 or any similar long-form registration ("Long-Form Registrations") or, if available, on Form S-2 or S-3 or any similar short-form registration ("Short-Form Registrations"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if in connection with a registration pursuant to clause (ii) above, an investment banking firm of national reputation mutually agreeable to the Company and the holders of a majority of the Class D Registrable Securities advises the Company that in their opinion the sale of Registrable Securities at such time is not in the best interest of the Company, then such registration shall be delayed until such investment banking firm (which shall review such opinion on a quarterly basis) no longer advises the Company that such offering is not in the best interest of the Company. In addition to the demand registration right under clause (ii) above, at any time after the consummation of a Public Offering, the holders of a majority of the Class D Registrable Securities may request an unlimited number of Long-Form Registrations or, if available, Short-Form Registrations of all or part of their Registrable Securities until such holders cease to hold at least 10% of the number of Class D Registrable Securities held by such holders as of the date hereof ("Class D Demand Registrations"). Each request for a Demand Registration shall specify the approximate number of Registrable Securities requested to be registered and the anticipated per share price range for such offering. Within ten days after receipt of any such request, the Company will give written notice of such requested registration to all other holders of Registrable Securities and, subject to Section 1(d) below, will include in such registration all


Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within 15 days after the receipt of the Company's notice. All registrations requested pursuant to this Section 1(a) are referred to herein as "Demand Registrations."

(b) Long-Form Registrations. The holders of Demand Registrable Securities will be entitled to request five Long-Form Registrations in which the Company will pay all Registration Expenses and, at any time after the consummation of a Public Offering, the holders of a majority of the Class D Registrable Securities will be entitled to request an unlimited number of Class D Demand Registrations until such holders cease to hold at least 10% of the number of Class D Registrable Securities held by such holders as of the date hereof in which the Company will pay all Registration Expenses("Company-Paid Long-Form Registrations"). A registration will not count as one of the permitted Long-Form Registrations until it has become effective (unless such Long-Form Registration has not become effective due solely to the fault of the holders requesting such registration and such holders do not agree to bear all Registration Expenses in connection therewith); provided that in any event the Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration initiated as a Company-Paid Long-Form Registration whether or not it has become effective. All Long-Form Registrations shall be underwritten registrations.

(c) Short-Form Registrations. In addition to the Company-Paid Long-Form Registrations provided pursuant to paragraph 1(b), the holders of at least a majority of the Class B Registrable Securities, or if no Class B Registrable Securities are then outstanding, the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities, and the holders of at least a majority of the Class D Registrable Securities until such holders cease to hold at least 10% of the number of Class D Registrable Securities held by such holders as of the date hereof will be entitled to request an unlimited number of Short-Form Registrations in which the Company will pay all Registration Expenses. Demand Registrations will be Short-Form Registrations whenever the Company is permitted to use any applicable short form. After the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act, the Company will use its best efforts to make Short-Form Registrations available for the sale of Registrable Securities.

(d) Priority on Demand Registrations. The Company will not include in any Demand Registration any securities which are not Registrable Securities without the prior written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration. If a Demand Registration is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of Registrable Securities and, if permitted hereunder, other securities requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number of Registrable Securities and other securities, if any, which can be sold therein without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering, the Company will include in such registration prior to the inclusion of any securities which are not Registrable Securities the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included (whether upon exercise of a demand registration right or upon exercise of the right to participate in such a demand registration) which in the opinion of such underwriters can be sold without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering, pro rata among the respective holders thereof on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included by each such holder.

2

(e) Restrictions on Demand Registrations. The Company will not be obligated to effect any Demand Registration within six months after the effective date of a Demand Registration or a registration in which the holders of Registrable Securities were given piggyback rights pursuant to Section 2 and in which there was no reduction in the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included. The Company may postpone for up to six months the filing or the effectiveness of a registration statement for a Demand Registration if the Company determines that such Demand Registration would reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect (i) on any proposal or plan by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any acquisition of assets (other than in the ordinary course of business) or any merger, consolidation, tender offer or similar transaction, or (ii) any material corporate development; provided that in such event, the holders of Registrable Securities initially requesting such Demand Registration will be entitled to withdraw such request and, if such request is withdrawn, such Demand Registration will not count as one of the permitted Demand Registrations hereunder and the Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with such registration.

(f) Selection of Underwriters. The holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in any Demand Registration will have the right to select the investment banker(s) and manager(s) to administer the offering, subject to the Company's approval which will not be unreasonably withheld.

(g) Other Registration Rights. Except as provided in this Agreement and that certain Management Stockholders Agreement to be entered into among the Company, ONEX American Holdings LLC or its affiliates and certain of the Company's executive officers, the Company will not grant to any Persons the right to request the Company to register any equity securities of the Company, or any securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such securities, without the prior written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities; provided that the Company may grant rights to other Persons to participate in Piggyback Registrations or Demand Registrations so long as such rights are subordinate to the rights of the holders of Registrable Securities with respect to such Piggyback Registrations or Demand Registrations.

2. Piggyback Registrations.

(a) Right to Piggyback. Whenever the Company proposes to register any of its securities under the Securities Act (including secondary registrations on behalf of the holders of its securities other than pursuant to a Demand Registration) and the registration form to be used may be used for the registration of Registrable Securities (a "Piggyback Registration"), the Company will give prompt written notice to all holders of Registrable Securities of its intention to effect such a registration and will include in such registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within 15 days after the receipt of the Company's notice.

(b) Piggyback Expenses. The Registration Expenses of the holders of Registrable Securities will be paid by the Company in all Piggyback Registrations.

3

(c) Priority on Primary Registrations. If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten primary registration on behalf of the Company, and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering, the Company will include in such registration (i) first, the securities the Company proposes to sell, (ii) second, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the holders of such Registrable Securities on the basis of the number of shares requested to be included by each such holder, and (iii) third, other securities requested to be included in such registration.

(d) Priority on Secondary Registrations. If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten secondary registration on behalf of holders of the Company's securities, and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering, the Company will include in such registration (i) first, pro rata among the securities requested to be included therein by the holders requesting such registration and the other Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration, on the basis of the number of shares requested to be included by each such holder, and
(ii) second, other securities requested to be included in such registration.

(e) Selection of Underwriters. If any Piggyback Registration is an underwritten offering, the selection of investment banker(s) and manager(s) for the offering must be approved by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such Piggyback Registration. Such approval will not be unreasonably withheld.

(f) Other Registrations. If the Company has previously filed a registration statement with respect to Registrable Securities pursuant to paragraph 1 or pursuant to this paragraph 2, and if such previous registration has not been withdrawn or abandoned, the Company will not file or cause to be effected any other registration of any of its equity securities or securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for its equity securities under the Securities Act (except on Form S-8 or any successor form), whether on its own behalf or at the request of any holder or holders of such securities, until a period of at least six months has elapsed from the effective date of such previous registration.

3. Holdback Agreements.

(a) Each holder of Registrable Securities agrees not to effect any public sale or distribution (including sales pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act) of Registrable Securities of the Company, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during the seven days prior to and the 90-day period beginning on the effective date of any underwritten Demand Registration or any underwritten Piggyback Registration in which Registrable Securities are included (except as part of such underwritten registration), unless the underwriters managing the registered public offering otherwise agree.

4

(b) The Company agrees (i) not to effect any public sale or distribution of its equity securities, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during the seven days prior to and during the 90-day period beginning on the effective date of any underwritten Demand Registration or any underwritten Piggyback Registration (except as part of such underwritten registration or pursuant to registrations on Form S-8 or any successor form), unless the underwriters managing the registered public offering otherwise agree, and (ii) to cause each holder of its common stock, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock, purchased from the Company at any time after the date of this Agreement (other than in a registered public offering) to agree not to effect any public sale or distribution (including sales pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act) of any Registrable Securities during such period (except as part of such underwritten registration, if otherwise permitted), unless the underwriters managing the registered public offering otherwise agree.

4. Registration Procedures. Whenever the holders of Registrable Securities have requested that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will use its best efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company will as expeditiously as possible:

(a) prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective (provided that before filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company will furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities, each underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration and to the counsel selected by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents will be subject to the review of such counsel);

(b) prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for a period of not less than six months and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement;

(c) furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus) and such other documents as such seller may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller;

(d) use its best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any seller reasonably requests and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable

5

such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller (provided that the Company will not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subparagraph, (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (iii) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction);

(e) notify each seller of such Registrable Securities, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and, at the request of any such seller, the Company will promptly prepare a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

(f) cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed and, if not so listed, to be listed on the NASD automated quotation system and, if listed on the NASD automated quotation system, use its best efforts to secure designation of all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement as a NASDAQ "national market system security" within the meaning of Rule 11Aa2-1 of the Securities and Exchange Commission or, failing that, to secure NASDAQ authorization for such Registrable Securities and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to arrange for at least two market makers to register as such with respect to such Registrable Securities with the NASD;

(g) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

(h) enter into such customary agreements (including underwriting agreements in customary form) and take all such other actions as the underwriters reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (including, without limitation, effecting a stock split or a combination of shares);

(i) make available for inspection by any seller of Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause the Company's officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement;

(j) otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve months beginning with the first day of the Company's first full calendar quarter after the effective

6

date of the registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

(k) in the event of the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement, or of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related prospectus or suspending the qualification of any common stock included in such registration statement for sale in any jurisdiction, the Company will use its reasonable best efforts promptly to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

(l) obtain cold comfort letters, dated (i) the effective date of such registration statement, (ii) the date the Registrable Securities being sold are delivered to the underwriters, if any, for sale pursuant thereto and (iii) if required by the underwriters, if any, on or prior to the date of any preliminary prospectuses, from the Company's independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by cold comfort letters and if the Registrable Securities included in such registration statement constitute at least 10% of the securities covered by such registration statement, also covering such matters as the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold reasonably request;

(m) provide a legal opinion of the Company's outside counsel with respect to the registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included therein (including the preliminary prospectus) and such other documents relating thereto in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by legal opinions of such nature;

(n) if requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters or a holder of Registrable Securities being sold in connection with an underwritten offering, promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the managing underwriters and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold agree should be included therein relating to the plan of distribution with respect to such Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, information with respect to the number of Registrable Securities being sold to such underwriters, the purchase price being paid thereof by such underwriters and with respect to any other terms of the underwritten (or best efforts underwritten) offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as notified of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

(o) cooperate with the selling holders of Registrable Securities and the managing underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriters may request at least two business days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities to the underwriters; and

(p) use its best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by the applicable registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriters, if

7

any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities.

5. Registration Expenses.

(a) All expenses incident to the Company's performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including without limitation all registration and filing fees, fees and expenses associated with filings required to be made with the NASD (including, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any "qualified independent underwriter" and its counsel as may be required by the rules and regulations of the NASD), fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws, printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and all independent certified public accountants, underwriters (excluding discounts and commissions) and other Persons retained by the Company (all such expenses being herein called "Registration Expenses"), will be borne as provided in this Agreement, except that the Company will, in any event, pay its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit or quarterly review, the expense of any liability insurance and the expenses and fees for listing the securities to be registered on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or on the NASD automated quotation system (on the National Market System if the Company so qualifies).

(b) In connection with each Demand Registration and each Piggyback Registration, the Company will reimburse the holders of Registrable Securities covered by such registration for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel chosen by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities initially requesting such registration (in the case of a Demand Registration) and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration (in the case of a Piggyback Registration).

(c) To the extent Registration Expenses are not required to be paid by the Company, each holder of securities included in any registration hereunder will pay those Registration Expenses allocable to the registration of such holder's securities so included, and any Registration Expenses not so allocable will be borne by all sellers of securities included in such registration in proportion to the aggregate selling price of the securities to be so registered.

6. Indemnification.

(a) The Company agrees to indemnify, to the extent permitted by law, each holder of Registrable Securities, its officers and directors and each Person who controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including any amounts paid in any settlement effected with the Company's consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) caused by any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or any violation by the

8

Company of any federal, state or common law risk applicable to the Company and relating to action required of or inaction by the Company in connection with such registration, except insofar as the same are caused by or contained in any information furnished in writing to the Company by such holder expressly for use therein or by such holder's failure to deliver a copy of the registration statement or prospectus or any

amendments or supplements thereto after the Company has furnished such holder with a sufficient number of copies of the same. In connection with an underwritten offering, the Company will indemnify such underwriters, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the holders of Registrable Securities.

(b) In connection with any registration statement in which a holder of Registrable Securities is participating, each such holder will furnish to the Company in writing such information and affidavits as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any such registration statement or prospectus and, to the extent permitted by law, will indemnify the Company, its directors and officers and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulting from any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in the registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information or affidavit so furnished in writing by such holder which specifically states that it is for use in the preparation of such registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto; provided that the obligation to indemnify will be individual to each holder and will be limited to the net amount of proceeds received by such holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement.

(c) Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder will (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (but any failure to so notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it of any liability which it may otherwise have to any indemnified party unless such failure shall materially adversely affect the defense of such claim) and (ii) unless in such indemnified party's reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent will not be unreasonably withheld) . An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim will not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim.

(d) The indemnification provided for under this Agreement will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any

9

officer, director or controlling Person of such indemnified party and will survive the transfer of securities. The Company also agrees to make such provisions, as are reasonably requested by any indemnified party, for contribution to such party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by, and the relative fault of, the Company and such indemnified party in the event the Company's indemnification is unavailable for any reason.

7. Participation in Underwritten Registrations.

(a) No Person may participate in any registration hereunder which is underwritten unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person's securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Person or Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements (including, without limitation, pursuant to the terms of any overallotment or "green shoe" option requested by the managing underwriter(s)) and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

(b) Each Person that is participating in any registration hereunder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in paragraph 4(e) above, such Person will forthwith discontinue the disposition of its Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement until such Person's receipt of the copies of a supplemented or amended prospectus as contemplated by such paragraph 4(e).

(c) In the event any registration hereunder is underwritten and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the Company's capital stock structure would adversely affect the marketability of the offering, each holder of Registrable Securities shall consent to and vote for a recapitalization, reorganization and/or exchange of the Company's capital stock into securities that the managing underwriters and the Company's Board of Directors find acceptable and shall take all necessary or desirable actions in connection with the consummation of the recapitalization, reorganization and/or exchange; provided that the resulting securities reflect and are consistent with the rights and preferences set forth in the Company's Certificate of Incorporation as in effect immediately prior to such underwritten offering.

8. Current Public Information. At all times after the Company has filed a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the requirements of either the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act, the Company will use reasonable best efforts to file all reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, and will take such further action as any holder or holders of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required to enable such holders to sell Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144 adopted by the Securities and Exchange commission under the Securities Act (as such rule may be amended from time to time) or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

9. Definitions.

10

(a) "Class A Common" means the Company's Class A Common Stock, par value $.01 per share.

(b) "Class B Common" means the Company's Class B Common Stock, par value $.01 per share.

(c) "Class B Registrable Securities" means (i) any Class B Common issued pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement, (ii) any of the Company's common stock issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i) above by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization, and (iii) any other shares of the Company's Class B Common held by Persons holding securities described in clauses (i) or (ii) above. As to any particular Class B Registrable Securities, such securities will cease to be Class B Registrable Securities when they have been distributed to the public pursuant to a Public Sale. For purposes of this Agreement, a Person will be deemed to be a holder of Class B Registrable Securities whenever such Person has the right to acquire directly or indirectly such Class B Registrable Securities (upon conversion, exchange or exercise in connection with a transfer of securities or otherwise, but disregarding any restrictions or limitations upon the exercise of such right), whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected.

(d) "Class C Common" means the Company's Class C Common Stock, par value $.01 per share.

(e) "Class D Common" means any Class D-1 Common and Class D-2 Common.

(f) "Class D-1 Common" means the Company's Class D-1 Common Stock, par value $.01 per share.

(g) "Class D-2 Common" means the Company's Class D-2 Common Stock, par value $.01 per share.

(h) "Class D Registrable Securities" means (i) any Class D Common issued pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement, (ii) any of the Company's common stock issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i) above by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization, and (iii) any other shares of the Company's Class D Common held by Persons holding securities described in clauses (i) or (ii) above. As to any particular Class D Registrable Securities, such securities will cease to be Class D Registrable Securities when they have been distributed to the public pursuant to a Public Sale. For purposes of this Agreement, a Person will be deemed to be a holder of Class D Registrable Securities whenever such Person has the right to acquire directly or indirectly such Class D Registrable Securities (upon conversion, exchange or exercise in connection with a transfer of securities or otherwise, but disregarding any restrictions or limitations upon the exercise of such right), whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected.

11

(i) "Class E Common" means the Company's Class E Common Stock, par value $.01 per share.

(j) "Person" means an individual, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a limited liability company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or a government or any department or agency thereof.

(k) "Public Offering" means the sale in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act of equity securities of the Company.

(l) "Public Sale" means any sale of the Company's common stock to the public pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act or to the public through a broker, dealer or market maker pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 adopted under the Securities Act.

(m) "Registrable Securities" means (i) any Class A Common, Class B Common, Class C Common, Class D-1 Common, Class D-2 Common and Class E Common issued pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement, (ii) any of the Company's common stock issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i) above by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization, and (iii) any other shares of the Company's common stock held by Persons holding securities described in clauses (i) or (ii) above (other than any such shares which have been previously distributed pursuant to a Public Sale). As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities will cease to be Registrable Securities when they have been distributed to the public pursuant to a Public Sale. For purposes of this Agreement, a Person will be deemed to be a holder of Registrable Securities whenever such Person has the right to acquire directly or indirectly such Registrable Securities (upon conversion, exchange or exercise in connection with a transfer of securities or otherwise, but disregarding any restrictions or limitations upon the exercise of such right), whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected.

(n) "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal law then in force.

(o) "Securities and Exchange Commission" includes any governmental body or agency succeeding to the functions thereof.

(p) "Securities Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar federal law then in force.

(q) "Stockholders Agreement" means the Investor Stockholder Agreement, of even date herewith, entered into by and among the Company and the Investors.

(r) "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to

12

the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control a majority of the managers or general partners of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

Unless otherwise stated, other capitalized terms contained herein have the meanings set forth in the Stock Purchase Agreement.

10. Miscellaneous.

(a) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company will not hereafter enter into any agreement with respect to its securities which is inconsistent with or violates the rights granted to the holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement.

(b) Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities. The Company will not take any action, or permit any change to occur, with respect to its securities which would materially and adversely affect the ability of the holders of Registrable Securities to include such Registrable Securities in a registration undertaken pursuant to this Agreement or which would adversely affect the marketability of such Registrable Securities in any such registration (including, without limitation, effecting a stock split or a combination of shares).

(c) Remedies. Any Person having rights under any provision of this Agreement will be entitled to enforce such rights specifically to recover damages caused by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights granted by law. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party may in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction (without posting any bond or other security) for specific performance and for other injunctive relief in order to enforce or prevent violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

(d) Amendments and Waivers. Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only upon the prior written consent of the Company and the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities. To the extent that any amendment or waiver of this Agreement disproportionately and adversely affects the rights of the holders of any class of Registrable Securities relative to rights of the holders of any other class of Registrable Securities, the prior written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the disproportionately and adversely affected class of Registrable Securities shall be required to effect such amendment or waiver. To the extent that any amendment or waiver

13

adversely affects the rights of the holders of Class B Registrable Securities or Class D Registrable Securities, the prior written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the Class B Registrable Securities or Class D Registrable Securities, respectively, will be required.

(e) Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto will bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto whether so expressed or not. In addition, whether or not any express assignment has been made, the provisions of this Agreement which are for the benefit of purchasers or holders of Registrable Securities are also for the benefit of, and enforceable by, any subsequent holder of Registrable Securities.

(f) Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement.

(g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together will constitute one and the same Agreement.

(h) Descriptive Headings. The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

(i) Governing Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto will be governed by the internal law, and not the law of conflicts, of Delaware.

(j) Notices. All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered personally to the recipient, sent to the recipient by reputable express courier service (charges prepaid) or mailed to the recipient by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid. Such notices, demands and other communications will be sent to the Investors and to the Company at the addresses specified for notices in the Stock Purchase Agreement or to such other address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

* * * * *

14

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

BOSTROM HOLDINGS INC.

By:  /s/ Carl E. Nelson
     ---------------------------------------
Its:
     ---------------------------------------

ONEX AMERICAN HOLDINGS LLC

By:  /s/ Eric J. Rosen
     ---------------------------------------
Its:
     ---------------------------------------

J2R PARTNERS VII

By:  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
     ---------------------------------------
Its:
     ---------------------------------------

NORWEST EQUITY PARTNERS VII, LP

By: Itasca LBO Partners VII, LLP
Its: General Partner

By:  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
     ---------------------------------------
Its: Partner
     ---------------------------------------

RANDOLPH STREET PARTNERS II

By:  /s/ John Schoenfeld
     ---------------------------------------
Its:
     ---------------------------------------

[Signature Page to Registration Agreement]


BCP II AFFILIATES FUND LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By: Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated
Its: General Partner

By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
   -----------------------------------------
Its: Managing Director
    ----------------------------------------

BAIRD CAPITAL PARTNERS II LIMITED
PARTNERSHIP
By: Baird Capital Partners Management
Company, L.L.C.
Its: General Partner

By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
   -----------------------------------------
Its: Managing Director
    ----------------------------------------

BAIRD CAPITAL PARTNERS III LIMITED
PARTNERSHIP
By: Baird Capital Partners Management
Company III, L.L.C.
Its: General Partner

By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
   -----------------------------------------
Its: Director
    ----------------------------------------

BCP III SPECIAL AFFILIATES LIMITED
PARTNERSHIP
By: Baird Capital Partners Management
Company III, L.L.C.
Its: General Partner

By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
   -----------------------------------------
Its: Director
    ----------------------------------------

BCP III AFFILIATES FUND LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By: Baird Capital Partners Management
Company III, L.L.C.
Its: General Partner

By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
   -----------------------------------------
Its: Director
    ----------------------------------------

[Continuation of Signature Page to Registration Agreement]


/s/ S.A. JOHNSON
--------------------------------------------
S.A. JOHNSON

/s/ SCOTT D. RUED
--------------------------------------------
SCOTT D. RUED

/s/ JOHN C. READ
--------------------------------------------
JOHN C. READ

/s/ J. REID PORTER
--------------------------------------------
J. REID PORTER

/s/ MARY L. JOHNSON
--------------------------------------------
MARY L. JOHNSON

/s/ CARL E. NELSON
--------------------------------------------
CARL E. NELSON

/s/ DAVID J. HULS
--------------------------------------------
DAVID J. HULS

/s/ DANIEL F. MOORSE
--------------------------------------------
DANIEL F. MOORSE

/s/ JUDITH A. VIJUMS
--------------------------------------------
JUDITH A. VIJUMS

/s/ KENNETH W. HAGER
--------------------------------------------
KENNETH W. HAGER

[Continuation of Signature Page to Registration Agreement]


[Continuation of Signature Page to Registration Agreement]

Schedule A

Investors

ONEX American Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

J2R Partners VII, a Minnesota general partnership

Norwest Equity Partners VII, LP, a Minnesota limited partnership

BCP II Affiliates Fund Limited Partnership

Baird Capital Partners II Limited Partnership

Baird Capital Partners III Limited Partnership

BCP III Special Affiliates Limited Partnership

BCP III Affiliates Fund Limited Partnership

S. A. Johnson

Scott D. Rued

John C. Read

J. Reid Porter

Mary L. Johnson

Carl E. Nelson

David J. Huls

Daniel F. Moorse

Judith A. Vijums

Kenneth W. Hager


Exhibit 4.2

JOINDER TO REGISTRATION AGREEMENT

THIS JOINDER TO REGISTRATION AGREEMENT (this "Joinder") is executed as of March 28, 2003, by and among Bostrom Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), J2R Partners VI ("J2R"), CVS Partners, LP ("CVS Partners"), and CVS Executive Investco LLC ("Investco" together with J2R and CVS Partners, the "New Investors").

WHEREAS, the Company, Onex Corporation, J2R Partners VII and certain other stockholders of the Company are party to that certain Registration Agreement, dated as of October 5, 2000, as amended (the "Registration Agreement"). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meaning given to them in the Registration Agreement.

WHEREAS, the New Investors have acquired shares in the Company pursuant to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated even herewith, by and between the Company, CVS Merger Co., and CVS Holdings, Inc.

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide the New Investors rights under the Registration Agreement as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Joinder. The parties hereto agree that, by and upon execution of this Joinder, each New Investor shall be a party to the Registration Agreement, (ii) shall be an "Investor" (as such term is defined in the Registration Agreement) and (iii) shall be entitled to the rights and benefits and subject to the duties and obligations of an Investor thereunder, as fully as if such New Investor had been an original signatory thereto in such capacity.

2. Continuing Effect. Other than as modified in accordance with the foregoing provisions, the remaining terms of the Registration Agreement remain in full force and effect.

3. Counterparts. This Joinder may be executed in separate counterparts each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

4. Governing Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Joinder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws, and not the law of conflicts, of Delaware.

5. Descriptive Headings. The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

* * * * *


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Joinder has been entered into as of the date first above written.

BOSTROM HOLDING, INC.

By: /s/ Daniel Moorse
    ------------------------
Name: Daniel Moorse
     -----------------------
Its: Vice President
     -----------------------

J2R PARTNERS VI

By: /s/ S. A. Johnson
    ------------------------
Name: S. A. Johnson
     -----------------------
Its: Managing Partner
     -----------------------

CVS PARTNERS, LP

By: /s/ Eric Rosen
    ------------------------
Name:
     -----------------------
Its:
     -----------------------

CVS EXECUTIVE INVESTCO LLC

By: /s/ Eric Rosen
    ------------------------
Name:
     -----------------------
Its:
     -----------------------


EXHIBIT 10.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of March 28, 2003

among

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE SYSTEMS LIMITED,
KAB SEATING LIMITED,
NATIONAL SEATING COMPANY
and
COMMERCIAL VEHICLE SYSTEMS, INC.
as Borrowers,

CVS HOLDINGS, INC.,
NATIONAL SEATING COMPANY,
COMMERCIAL VEHICLE SYSTEMS, INC.
and
BOSTROM HOLDING, INC.,
as Guarantors,

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
and
as Swing Line Lender,

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK
as Documentation Agent
and

THE OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS PARTY HERETO

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC
Sole Lead Arranger
and Book Manager


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                  PAGE
ARTICLE I   DEFINITIONS.....................................................................         2
   1.01   Certain Defined Terms.............................................................         2
   1.02   Other Interpretive Provisions.....................................................        35
   1.03   Accounting Principles.............................................................        36
   1.04   Currency Equivalents Generally....................................................        37
ARTICLE II  THE CREDITS.....................................................................        37
   2.01   Amounts and Terms of Commitments..................................................        37
   2.02   Loan Accounts.....................................................................        40
   2.03   Procedure for Borrowing...........................................................        40
   2.04   Conversion and Continuation Elections.............................................        42
   2.05   The Swing Line Loans..............................................................        43
   2.06   Voluntary Termination or Reduction of Revolving Loan Commitments..................        46
   2.07   Optional Prepayments..............................................................        46
   2.08   Termination of Commitments; Reduction of Commitment Amounts;
          Mandatory Commitment Reductions; Mandatory Prepayments of Loans...................        47
   2.09   Repayment.........................................................................        50
   2.10   Interest..........................................................................        52
   2.11   Fees..............................................................................        52
   2.12   Computation of Fees and Interest..................................................        53
   2.13   Payments by the Borrowers.........................................................        54
   2.14   Payments by the Lenders to the Administrative Agent...............................        55
   2.15   Sharing of Payments, Etc..........................................................        55
   2.16   Utilization of Commitments in Offshore Currencies.................................        56
   2.17   Security and Guaranty.............................................................        58
ARTICLE III LETTERS OF CREDIT...............................................................        58
   3.01   The Letter of Credit Subfacility..................................................        58
   3.02   Issuance, Amendment and Renewal of Letters of Credit..............................        60
   3.03   Risk Participations, Drawings and Reimbursements..................................        62
   3.04   Repayment of Participations.......................................................        63
   3.05   Role of Issuers...................................................................        64

-i-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

                                                                                                  PAGE
   3.06   Obligations Absolute..............................................................        65
   3.07   Cash Collateral Pledge............................................................        66
   3.08   Letter of Credit Fees.............................................................        66
   3.09   Uniform Customs and Practice......................................................        67
   3.10   Existing Loan Note Credit Support.................................................        67
   3.11   Existing Letters of Credit........................................................        67
ARTICLE IV  TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY..........................................        68
   4.01   Taxes.............................................................................        68
   4.02   Illegality........................................................................        69
   4.03   Increased Costs and Reduction of Return...........................................        70
   4.04   Funding Losses....................................................................        70
   4.05   Inability to Determine Rates......................................................        71
   4.06   Reserves on Offshore Rate Loans...................................................        71
   4.07   Exchange Controls.................................................................        72
   4.08   Certificates of Lending Party.....................................................        72
   4.09   Substitution of Lenders...........................................................        72
   4.10   Withholding Tax...................................................................        73
   4.11   U.K. Tax Matters..................................................................        75
   4.12   Survival..........................................................................        76
ARTICLE V   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT............................................................        76
   5.01   Conditions to Effectiveness of Amendment and Restatement..........................        76
   5.02   Conditions to All Credit Extensions...............................................        79
ARTICLE VI  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES..................................................        80
   6.01   Corporate Existence and Power.....................................................        80
   6.02   Corporate Authorization; No Contravention.........................................        81
   6.03   Governmental Authorization........................................................        81
   6.04   Binding Effect....................................................................        81
   6.05   Litigation........................................................................        81
   6.06   No Default........................................................................        82
   6.07   ERISA Compliance..................................................................        82

-ii-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

                                                                                                  PAGE
   6.08   Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations..................................................     83
   6.09   Title to Properties..................................................................     83
   6.10   Taxes................................................................................     83
   6.11   Financial Condition..................................................................     83
   6.12   Environmental Matters................................................................     84
   6.13   Collateral Documents.................................................................     85
   6.14   Regulated Entities...................................................................     86
   6.15   No Burdensome Restrictions...........................................................     86
   6.16   Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and Licenses, etc....................................     86
   6.17   Capitalization; Subsidiaries.........................................................     86
   6.18   Insurance............................................................................     87
   6.19   Swap Obligations.....................................................................     87
   6.20   Consummation of Transaction..........................................................     87
   6.21   Solvency.............................................................................     87
   6.22   Location of Real Property............................................................     87
   6.23   Full Disclosure......................................................................     88
ARTICLE VII AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS..............................................................     88
   7.01   Financial Statements.................................................................     88
   7.02   Certificates; Other Information......................................................     89
   7.03   Notifications........................................................................     90
   7.04   Preservation of Corporate Existence, Etc.............................................     91
   7.05   Maintenance of Property..............................................................     91
   7.06   Insurance............................................................................     92
   7.07   Payment of Obligations...............................................................     92
   7.08   Compliance with Laws.................................................................     92
   7.09   Compliance with ERISA................................................................     93
   7.10   Inspection of Property and Books and Records.........................................     93
   7.11   Environmental Laws...................................................................     93
   7.12   Use of Proceeds......................................................................     94
   7.13   Further Assurances; Additional Pledge; Additional Collateral Documents...............     94

-iii-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

                                                                                                  PAGE
   7.14   Additional Guaranties and Personal Property Pledge...............................         95
   7.15   Additional Real Property.........................................................         96
   7.16   Additional Capital...............................................................         96
ARTICLE VIII NEGATIVE COVENANTS............................................................         96
   8.01   Limitation on Liens..............................................................         96
   8.02   Disposition of Assets............................................................         99
   8.03   Consolidations and Mergers.......................................................        100
   8.04   Loans and Investments............................................................        100
   8.05   Limitation on Indebtedness.......................................................        102
   8.06   Transactions with Affiliates.....................................................        103
   8.07   Use of Proceeds..................................................................        104
   8.08   Contingent Obligations...........................................................        104
   8.09   Restricted Payments..............................................................        105
   8.10   ERISA............................................................................        106
   8.11   Change in Business...............................................................        106
   8.12   Accounting Changes...............................................................        106
   8.13   Amendments to Organizational Documents or Management Agreement;
          Preferred Stock..................................................................        106
   8.14   Net Worth........................................................................        107
   8.15   Total Leverage Ratio.............................................................        107
   8.16   Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio......................................................        107
   8.17   Minimum EBITDA...................................................................        108
   8.18   Capital Expenditures.............................................................        108
   8.19   Restrictive Agreements...........................................................        109
ARTICLE IX   EVENTS OF DEFAULT.............................................................        109
   9.01   Event of Default.................................................................        109
   9.02   Remedies.........................................................................        112
   9.03   Rights Not Exclusive.............................................................        112

-iv-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

                                                                                                  PAGE
ARTICLE X    THE AGENTS.....................................................................       113
   10.01  Appointment and Authorization.....................................................       113
   10.02  Delegation of Duties..............................................................       113
   10.03  Liability of Agents...............................................................       113
   10.04  Reliance by Agents................................................................       114
   10.05  Notice of Default.................................................................       114
   10.06  Credit Decision...................................................................       115
   10.07  Indemnification of Agents.........................................................       115
   10.08  Agent in Individual Capacity......................................................       116
   10.09  Successor Administrative Agent....................................................       116
   10.10  Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim.....................................       117
   10.11  Collateral Matters................................................................       118
   10.12  Administrative Agent as English Trustee...........................................       119
ARTICLE XI   MISCELLANEOUS..................................................................       119
   11.01  Amendments, Etc...................................................................       119
   11.02  Notices...........................................................................       120
   11.03  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies....................................................       121
   11.04  Costs and Expenses................................................................       121
   11.05  Borrower Indemnification..........................................................       122
   11.06  Marshalling; Payments Set Aside...................................................       124
   11.07  Successors and Assigns............................................................       124
   11.08  Assignments, Participations, etc..................................................       124
   11.09  Confidentiality...................................................................       126
   11.10  Set-off...........................................................................       127
   11.11  Automatic Debits of Fees..........................................................       128
   11.12  Notification of Addresses, Lending Offices, Etc...................................       128
   11.13  Counterparts......................................................................       128
   11.14  Severability......................................................................       128
   11.15  No Third Parties Benefited........................................................       128
   11.16  GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION....................................................       129

-v-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

                                                                                                  PAGE
   11.17  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL..............................................................       129
   11.18  Judgment..........................................................................       130
   11.19  Intercreditor Agreement...........................................................       130
   11.20  Entire Agreement..................................................................       131
ARTICLE XII GUARANTIES OF U.S. GUARANTORS...................................................       131
   12.01  The Guaranties....................................................................       131
   12.02  Returned Payments.................................................................       132
   12.03  Authorization.....................................................................       132
   12.04  Miscellaneous.....................................................................       133

-vi-

SCHEDULES

Schedule 1.01         Pricing Grid
Schedule 2.01         Commitments, Pro Rata Shares and Term Loans
Schedule 2.17         Dormant Subsidiaries
Schedule 3.10         Existing Loan Note Credit Support
Schedule 3.11         Existing Letters of Credit
Schedule 6.05         Litigation
Schedule 6.07         ERISA
Schedule 6.11         Financial Statements
Schedule 6.17         Capitalization; Subsidiaries and Minority Interests
Schedule 6.18         Insurance Matters
Schedule 6.22(a)      Owned Real Property
Schedule 6.22(b)      Leased Real Property
Schedule 8.01         Permitted Liens
Schedule 8.04         Investments
Schedule 8.05         Permitted Indebtedness
Schedule 8.08         Contingent Obligations
Schedule 11.02        Administrative Agent's Office: Lending Offices; Addresses
                      for Notices

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A      Form of Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit B      Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation
Exhibit C      Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit D      Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit E-1    Form of Opinion Howes Percival
Exhibit E-2    Form of Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis
Exhibit F-1    Form of BHI Solvency Certificate
Exhibit F-2    Form of Company Solvency Certificate
Exhibit F-3    Form of KAB Seating Solvency Certificate
Exhibit F-4    Form of NSC Solvency Certificate
Exhibit F-5    Form of CVS, Inc. Solvency Certificate
Exhibit G      Form of Borrowing Base Certificate
Exhibit H      Form of EBITDA Certificate
Exhibit I      Form of Perfection Certificate

vii

AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT is dated as of March 28, 2003, and is made by and among Commercial Vehicle Systems Limited, a private limited liability company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (the "Company"), KAB Seating Limited, a private limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales ("KAB Seating"), National Seating Company, a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware ("NSC"), Commercial Vehicle Systems, Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware ("CVS, Inc."), CVS Holdings, Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware ("CVS Holdings, Inc."), Bostrom Holding, Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware ("BHI"), the several financial institutions from time to time party to this Agreement (each individually a "Lender" and, collectively, the "Lenders"), Fleet National Bank, as an Issuer and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent for the Lenders (the "Administrative Agent"), Collateral Agent, Swing Line Lender and an Issuer.

WHEREAS, the Company, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and certain other parties previously entered into a US$70,000,000 Credit Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2000 (as amended to the date hereof, the "Original U.K. Credit Agreement");

WHEREAS, CVS, Inc., CVS Holdings, Inc., the Administrative Agent, certain of the Lenders and certain other parties previously entered into a US$70,000,000 Credit Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2000 (as amended to the date hereof, the "Original U.S. Credit Agreement");

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to consolidate the Original U.S. Credit Agreement and the Original U.K. Credit Agreement and to amend and restate both such documents as set forth herein;

WHEREAS, each of the Company, KAB Seating, NSC, CVS, Inc. and CVS Holdings, Inc is a direct or indirect Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of BHI;

WHEREAS, BHI intends to cause CVS Merger Co., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware and a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of BHI (the "Merging Subsidiary"), to merge (the "Merger") into CVS Holdings, Inc., and BHI intends to cause CVS Holdings, Inc. to be the surviving entity of the Merger as a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of BHI;

WHEREAS, in order to continue the term loans outstanding under the Original U.S. Credit Agreement and the Original U.K. Credit Agreement, Existing Term Loans will be deemed to be outstanding hereunder;

WHEREAS, the NSC Term Loan Commitment will be used by the applicable Borrower to support a letter of credit outstanding on the date hereof;

WHEREAS, the Sterling Term Loan Commitment will be used to repurchase Loan Notes and to support the Loan Note Credit Support;

1

WHEREAS, a portion of the Revolving Loan Commitment will be used by the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries to continue the revolving loans outstanding under the Original U.S. Credit Agreement and the Original U.K. Credit Agreement and for ongoing working capital and general corporate purposes of the Borrowers and their respective subsidiaries; and

WHEREAS, the Lenders are willing to extend commitments to make term loans, revolving credit loans and swing line loans to the Borrowers and the Issuers are willing to issue letters of credit on the application of Borrowers, in each case for the purposes specified above and only on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, provisions and covenants contained herein, the parties agree that the Original U.S. Credit Agreement and the Original U.K. Credit Agreement are hereby amended and restated in their entirety to state collectively as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.01 Certain Defined Terms. The following terms have the following meanings:

"Acquisition" means any transaction or series of related transactions for the purpose of or resulting, directly or indirectly, in (a) the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of a Person, or of any business or division of a Person, (b) the acquisition of in excess of 50% of the capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or equity of any Person, or otherwise causing any Person to become a Subsidiary, or (c) a merger or consolidation or any other combination with another Person (other than a Person that is a Subsidiary).

"Additional Capital" shall have the meaning specified in Section 7.16.

"Adjusted Working Capital" means the remainder of:

(a) (i) the consolidated current assets of BHI and its Subsidiaries, less (ii) the amount of cash and cash equivalents included in such consolidated current assets;

less

(b) (i) consolidated current liabilities of BHI and its Subsidiaries, less (ii) the amount of short-term Indebtedness (including current maturities of long-term Indebtedness) of BHI and its Subsidiaries included in such consolidated current liabilities.

"Administrative Agent" means Bank of America in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lending Parties hereunder, and any successor Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to Section 10.09.

2

"Administrative Agent's Office" means the Administrative Agent's address as set forth in Schedule 11.02, or such other address as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify to the Borrowers and the Lenders.

"Affiliate" means, as to any Person, any other Person which, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if the controlling Person (i) possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the other Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, membership interests, by contract, or otherwise; or (ii) possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to vote 10% or more of the Voting Equity of the other Person.

"Agent-Related Persons" means Bank of America, in its various agency, lending and letter of credit issuing capacities hereunder, and any successor Administrative Agent arising under Section 10.09 or any successor Collateral Agent, and any successor Issuer hereunder, together with its respective Affiliates (including the Arranger), and the officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact of such Persons and Affiliates.

"Agent's Payment Office" means each of the addresses for payments set forth on Schedule 11.02 in respect of the currencies set forth on such Section 11.02 or such other addresses as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify.

"Agreed Alternative Currency" has the meaning specified in Section 2.16(e).

"Agreement" means this Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Aggregate Commitment" means, at any time, the sum of (a) the Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment, (b) the Aggregate NSC Term Loan Commitment and (c) the Aggregate Sterling Term Loan Commitment.

"Aggregate Existing Dollar Term Loan Commitment Amount" means the sum of the Existing Dollar Term Loan Commitment Amounts of the Lenders, equal to $37,316,059.99 on the Closing Date.

"Aggregate Existing Sterling Term Loan Commitment Amount" means the sum of the Existing Sterling Term Loan Commitment Amounts of the Lenders, equal to
(pound)2,321,637.91 on the Closing Date.

"Aggregate NSC Term Loan Commitment" means the sum of the NSC Term Loan Commitments of the Lenders, equal to $6,820,547.95 on the Closing Date.

"Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment" means the aggregate Revolving Loan Commitments of the Lenders, equal to the Equivalent Amount of $35,000,000 as the same may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

"Aggregate Sterling Term Loan Commitment" means the sum of the aggregate Sterling Term Loan Commitments of the Lenders, equal on the Closing Date to
(pound)5,475,586.50.

3

"Agreement" means this Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

"Agreement Currency" has the meaning specified in Section 11.18.

"Applicable Base Rate Margin" means, at all times prior to the delivery of a Compliance Certificate pursuant to subsection 7.02(b) for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2003, a per annum rate equal to 250.0 basis points and, at all times thereafter, a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Base Rate Margin in effect at such time as determined by reference to the Pricing Grid attached hereto as Schedule 1.01 and the applicable Total Leverage Ratio for the applicable period, determined as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter.

"Applicable Currency" as to any particular payment, Loan or Letter of Credit, means Dollars or the Offshore Currency in which such payment, Loan or Letter of Credit is denominated or payable.

"Applicable Offshore Rate Margin" means, at all times prior to the delivery of a Compliance Certificate pursuant to subsection 7.02(b) for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2003, a per annum rate equal to 375.0 basis points and, at all times thereafter, a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Offshore Rate Margin in effect at such time as determined by reference to the Pricing Grid attached hereto as Schedule 1.01 and the applicable Total Leverage Ratio for the applicable period, determined as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter.

"Approved Fund" means, any fund that invests in bank loans and is advised or managed by a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that advises or manages a Lender.

"Arranger" means Banc of America Securities LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Sole Lead Arranger.

"Asset Disposition" has the meaning specified in Section 8.02.

"Assignee" has the meaning specified in subsection 11.08(a).

"Assignment and Acceptance" has the meaning specified in Section 11.08(a).

"Attorney Costs" means and includes all reasonable fees and disbursements of any law firm or other external counsel.

"Bank of America" means Bank of America, N.A., a national banking association.

"Bankruptcy Code" means the Federal Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978 (11 U.S.C. Section 101, et seq.).

"Base Rate" means, for any day, the higher of (a) 0.50% per annum above the latest Federal Funds Rate; and (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its "prime rate." (The "prime rate" is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors including Bank of America's costs and desired return,

4

general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate.)

Any change in the prime rate announced by Bank of America shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

"Base Rate Loan" means a Loan or an L/C Advance that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

"basis point" means one one-hundredth of one percent.

"BHI" has the meaning specified in the preamble of this Agreement.

"Borrower" means each of the Company, KAB Seating, NSC and CVS, Inc., as the context may require, and their respective successors, and "Borrowers" means all of the foregoing. When used in connection with a specific Credit Extension, the term "Borrower" means the obligor (or proposed obligor) with respect thereto.

"Borrower Representative" has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(a)(ii).

"Borrowing" means a borrowing hereunder consisting of Loans of the same Type and in the same Applicable Currency made to a Borrower on the same day by the Lenders under Article II, and, in the case of Offshore Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period.

"Borrowing Base" means the amount set forth on the Borrowing Base Certificate most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to
Section 7.02(e), equal to the sum of (i) 85% of all receivables of BHI and its Subsidiaries plus (ii) 55% of all inventory of BHI and its Subsidiaries, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP and subject to GAAP reserves.

"Borrowing Base Certificate" means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit G.

"Borrowing Date" means any date on which a Borrowing occurs under Section 2.03.

"Bostrom International" means Bostrom International Limited., a private limited liability company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales.

"Bostrom Ltd." means Bostrom Limited, a private limited liability company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales

"Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York, or in the state where the Administrative Agent's Office is located, are authorized or required by law to close, and with respect to any rate quotations, disbursements or payments in and calculations pertaining to any Offshore Currency Loan, a day on which commercial banks are open for foreign exchange business in London, England, and on which dealings in the relevant Offshore Currency are carried on in the applicable offshore foreign exchange interbank market in which disbursements or payment in such Offshore Currency will be made or received hereunder.

5

"Capital Expenditures" means, for any Person for any period, the sum of all expenditures made, directly or indirectly, by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries during such period for equipment, fixed assets, real property or improvements, or for replacements or substitutions therefor or additions thereto, that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, reflected as additions to property, plant or equipment on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person; provided, however, that Capital Expenditures shall not include (i) proceeds from insurance or condemnation to the extent that such proceeds from insurance or condemnation are reinvested in assets as permitted under this Agreement, (ii) any portion of the purchase price paid in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or (iii) proceeds from the sale of assets reinvested within 180 days in assets in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 in any fiscal year.

"Capital Stock" means (a) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock,
(b) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock, (c) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited) and (d) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person a similar right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person other than an interest or participation that would constitute compensation expense or purchase price for a Permitted Acquisition in accordance with GAAP.

"Capitalized Leases" means all leases that should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capitalized leases.

"Cash Collateralize" means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Issuer and the Lenders, as additional collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuer (which documents are hereby consented to by the Lenders). Derivatives of such term shall have corresponding meanings.

"CERCLA" shall mean the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq.

"Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following: (a) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of BHI and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any "person" (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act); (b) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of any Loan Party; (c) the Existing Hidden Creek Investors or their Related Parties, collectively, cease to own and cease to have the right to vote directly or indirectly at least 51% of the Voting Equity of J2R; (d) J2R and/or Onex and/or its or their Related Parties, collectively, cease to have the right to vote directly or indirectly at least 51% of the Voting Equity of BHI; (e) except as otherwise permitted under subsection 8.03(b), BHI consolidates with, or merges with or into, any Person, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into, BHI, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the outstanding Voting Equity of BHI is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where the Voting Equity of BHI outstanding immediately prior to such transaction is converted into or exchanged for Voting

6

Equity of the surviving or transferee Person constituting a majority of the outstanding shares of such Voting Equity of such surviving or transferee Person (immediately after giving effect to such issuance), (f) BHI ceases to own, beneficially and of record, 100% of the Voting Equity of CVS Holdings Ltd., (g) CVS Holdings, Inc. ceases to own, beneficially and of record, 100% of the Voting Equity of CVS, Inc. or (g) Bostrom Limited shall cease to be a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company.

"Closing Date" means the date on which all conditions precedent set forth in Section 5.01 are satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and regulations promulgated thereunder.

"Collateral" means all property and interests in property and proceeds thereof now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrowers, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any Guarantor in or upon which a Lien now or hereafter exists in favor of the Lenders, or the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders, under this Agreement, under the Collateral Documents or under any other documents executed by any such Person and delivered to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Lenders.

"Collateral Agent" means Bank of America, in its capacity as collateral agent under the Collateral Documents.

"Collateral Documents" means, collectively (if and when each such document is required to be executed and delivered pursuant to the terms of this Agreement), (a) the Security Agreements, the Guaranties, the Mortgages (if any), the Pledge Agreements and all other security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, patent and trademark assignments, lease assignments, guarantees and other similar agreements between any Loan Party and the Lenders, or the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Issuers and the Lenders, now or hereafter delivered to the Lenders, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent pursuant to or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and all financing statements (or comparable documents now or hereafter filed in accordance with the UCC or comparable law) against any Loan Party as debtor in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Issuers and the Lenders as secured party, (b) the letter agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between NSC and the Administrative Agent and (c) all amendments, restatements, supplements, modifications, renewals, replacements, reaffirmations, confirmations, consolidations, substitutions and extensions of any of the foregoing.

"Commitment" means, as to each Lender, the sum of (a) such Lender's NSC Term Loan Commitment, plus (b) such Lender's Sterling Term Loan Commitment, plus
(c) such Lender's Revolving Loan Commitment.

"Commitment Fee" has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(b).

"Companies Act" means the Companies Act of 1985 of the United Kingdom.

"Company" has the meaning specified in the preamble of this Agreement.

7

"Compliance Certificate" means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C.

"Computation Date" has the meaning specified in Section 2.16(a).

"Consolidated Interest Expense" means, for any period, the total interest expense (including that attributable to capital leases) of BHI and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (excluding costs and expenses related to the incurrence of indebtedness); provided, however, that for any four quarter period which commences prior to the Merger (the "Calculation Period"), Consolidated Interest Expense for the period commencing from the start of such four quarter period to, but not including, the effective date of the Merger (as used in this definition, the "Pre-Merger Period") shall be an amount equal to (x) Consolidated Interest Expense for CVS Holdings, Inc. and its Subsidiaries for the Pre-Merger Period plus (y) Consolidated Interest Expense for BHI and its Subsidiaries (other than CVS Holdings, Inc. and its Subsidiaries) for the Pre-Merger Period (it being understood that for the remainder of any Calculation Period, Consolidated Interest Expense shall be calculated as set forth prior to this proviso).

"Contingent Obligation" means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect liability of that Person, whether or not contingent, with or without recourse,
(a) with respect to any Indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation (the "primary obligations") of another Person (the "primary obligor"), including any obligation of that Person (i) to purchase, repurchase or otherwise acquire such primary obligations or any security therefor, (ii) to advance or provide funds for the payment or discharge of any such primary obligation, or to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency or any balance sheet item, level of income or financial condition of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation, or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the holder of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof (each of (i)-(iv), a "Guaranty Obligation"); (b) with respect to any Surety Instrument issued for the account of that Person or as to which that Person is otherwise liable for reimbursement of drawings or payments; (c) to purchase any materials, supplies or other property from, or to obtain the services of, another Person if the relevant contract or other related document or obligation requires that payment for such materials, supplies or other property, or for such services, shall be made regardless of whether delivery of such materials, supplies or other property is ever made or tendered, or such services are ever performed or tendered; or (d) in respect of any Swap Contract. The amount of any Contingent Obligation, (w) in the case of Guaranty Obligations, shall be deemed equal to the lesser of (i) the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guaranty Obligation is made or, if not stated or if indeterminable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof, and (ii) the stated amount of the guaranty, (x) in the case of Contingent Obligations in respect of Swap Contracts, shall be deemed equal to the aggregate Swap Termination Value of such Swap Contracts, (y) in the case of Contingent Obligations in respect of Surety Instruments other than Non-Surety L/Cs, shall be deemed equal to the probable amount of the expected liability thereunder, and (z) in the case of Contingent Obligations in respect of Non-Surety L/Cs, shall be deemed equal to (i) the face amount of outstanding Non-Surety L/Cs which are not Letters of Credit and (ii) the outstanding amount of L/C Obligations in respect of Non-Surety L/Cs which are Letters of Credit.

8

"Continuation Fee" has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(c).

"Contractual Obligation" means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any material agreement, undertaking, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, material document or material agreement to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its material property is bound.

"Conversion/Continuation Date" means any date on which, under Section 2.04, the Company (a) converts Loans (other than Swing Line Loans) of one Type to another Type, or (b) continues Loans having Interest Periods expiring on such date as Loans of the same Type, but with a new Interest Period.

"Credit Extension" means and includes (a) the making of any Loans hereunder, and (b) the Issuance of any Letters of Credit hereunder.

"CVS Holdings, Inc." has the meaning specified in the preamble of this Agreement.

"CVS Holdings, Inc. Guaranty" means the obligations of CVS Holdings, Inc. set forth in Article XII hereof.

"CVS Holdings Ltd." means CVS Holdings Limited, a private limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales.

"CVS, Inc." has the meaning specified in the preamble of this Agreement.

"CVS, Inc. Guaranty" means the obligations of CVS, Inc. set forth in Article XII hereof.

"Deed of Confirmation" means the Deed of Confirmation, dated the Closing Date, among Bank of America, CVS Ltd., CVS Holdings Ltd., Bostrom Ltd., Bostrom International and KAB Seating.

"Default" means any event or circumstance which, with the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, would (if not cured or otherwise remedied during such time) constitute an Event of Default.

"Dollars," "dollars," U.S. Dollars and "$" each mean lawful currency of the United States.

"EBITDA" means, for any period, for BHI and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP, and without duplication, the sum of (a) the Net Income (or Net Loss) for such period, plus (b) all amounts treated as expenses for (x) depreciation and the amortization of intangibles of any kind and similar non-cash charges and (y) interest, in each case to the extent included in the determination of such net income (or loss), plus (c) the provision for taxes based on income for such period, plus (d) fees and expenses (including non-recurring payments made pursuant to employee retention plans put in place in connection with a Permitted Acquisition in order to retain employees of the Person being acquired) incurred in connection with any Permitted Acquisition to the extent included in the determination of such net income (or loss), plus (e) Additional Capital for such period, if applicable; provided,

9

however, that Net Income (or Net Loss) shall be computed without giving effect to extraordinary gains or extraordinary losses (including, without limitation, gains and losses with respect to foreign exchange and/or interest rate protection adjustments reflected in the income statement of BHI) or other non-cash restructuring charges; provided further that "EBITDA" for the first four complete fiscal quarters ending after the Closing Date shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as if the Transaction had been consummated on the first day of such applicable four quarter period; provided, further, that for any four quarter period which commences prior to the effective date of the Merger (the "Calculation Period"), EBITDA for the period commencing from the start of such four quarter period to, but not including, the Merger (as used in this definition, the "Pre Merger Period") shall be an amount equal to (x) EBITDA for CVS Holdings, Inc. and its Subsidiaries for the Pre-Merger Period plus (y) EBITDA for BHI and its Subsidiaries (other than CVS Holdings, Inc. and its Subsidiaries) for the Pre-Merger Period (it being understood that for the reminder of any Calculation Period, EBITDA shall be calculated as set forth prior to this proviso).

"EBITDA Certificate" means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit H.

"EBITDAR" means, for any period, EBITDA for such period, plus Rental Obligations for such period.

"Effective Amount" means, as of any Computation Date (i) with respect to any Loans of any Type outstanding as of any date, the Equivalent Amount of the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any Borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Loans of such Type occurring on such date; and (ii) with respect to any outstanding L/C Obligations on any date, the Equivalent Amount of the amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect to any Issuances of Letters of Credit occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements of outstanding unpaid drawings under any Letters of Credit or any reductions in the maximum amount available for drawing under Letters of Credit taking effect on such date.

"Eligible Assignee" means (a) a Lender, (b) an Approved Fund, (c) a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States, or any state thereof, and having a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000; (d) a commercial bank organized under the laws of any other country which is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (the "OECD"), or a political subdivision of any such country, and having a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000, provided that such bank is acting through a branch or agency located in the United States; (e) a Person that is primarily engaged in the business of commercial banking and that is (i) a Subsidiary of a Lender, (ii) a Subsidiary of a Person of which a Lender is a Subsidiary, or (iii) a Person of which a Lender is a Subsidiary; (f) (i) an "accredited investor," as such term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) or (ii) a finance company, insurance company or other financial institution or fund (whether a corporation, partnership, trust or other entity) that is, in each case, primarily engaged in the business of making, purchasing or otherwise investing in commercial loans; and (g) any other entity approved by the Borrower Representatives, the Issuers and the Administrative Agent; provided, that, in each case, such Person, as of the effective date of any assignment pursuant to

10

Section 11.08, has the ability to fund its obligations under this Agreement in each Offshore Currency at the applicable Agent's Payment Office.

"Environmental Claims" means all claims, however asserted, by any Governmental Authority or other Person alleging potential liability or responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law, or for release or injury to the environment, personal injury (including sickness, disease or death), property damage, natural resources damage, or otherwise alleging liability or responsibility for damages (punitive or otherwise), investigation, cleanup, removal, remedial or response costs, restitution, civil or criminal penalties, injunctive relief, or other type of relief, resulting from or based upon the presence, placements, discharge, emission or release (including intentional and unintentional, negligent and non-negligent, sudden or non-sudden, accidental or non-accidental, placements, spills, leaks, discharges, emissions or releases) of any Hazardous Material at, in, or from any property, whether or not owned by the Company or any of its respective Subsidiaries or taken as collateral, or in connection with any operations of such Loan Party.

"Environmental Laws" means all applicable federal, provincial, state, municipal or local laws, statutes, common law duties, rules, regulations, directives, ordinances and codes, together with all administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, requirements of authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case relating to protection of the environment or occupational health and safety, and the generation, use, transportation or disposal of Hazardous Materials, including without limitation, CERCLA, the Clean Air Act, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972, the Solid Waste Disposal Act, the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, and the Toxic Substances Control Act.

"Environmental Permits" has the meaning specified in subsection 6.12(b).

"Equivalent Amount" means, as of any Computation Date, the amount determined by reference to the following table:

IF THE NOTIONAL AMOUNT                  THE EQUIVALENT AMOUNT                 THE EQUIVALENT AMOUNT IN AN
  IS DENOMINATED IN:                       IN DOLLARS IS:                        OFFSHORE CURRENCY IS:
----------------------               ---------------------------          -----------------------------------
Dollars                              Such Amount                          The amount of such Offshore
                                                                          Currency that can be purchased
                                                                          with Dollars at the Spot Rate

An Offshore Currency                 The amount of Dollars that           The amount of such Offshore
                                     can be purchased with such           Currency or, if to another Offshore
                                     Offshore Currency at the             Currency, the amount of such
                                     Spot Rate                            other Offshore Currency that can
                                                                          be purchased with such Offshore
                                                                          Currency at the Spot Rate

"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and regulations promulgated thereunder.

11

"ERISA Affiliate" means, with respect to the Company, any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Company within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and
(o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

"ERISA Event" means, with respect to the Company, (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations which is treated as such a withdrawal under
Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition which might reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Company or any ERISA Affiliate.

"Euro" means the single currency of Participating Member States introduced in accordance with Article 123 of the Treaty and, in respect of all payments to be made under this Agreement in Euros, readily available, freely transferable funds.

"Event of Default" means any of the events or circumstances specified in
Section 9.01.

"Event of Loss" means, with respect to any property, any of the following:
(a) any loss, theft, destruction or damage of such property; (b) any institution of any proceedings for the condemnation or seizure of such property or for the exercise of any right of eminent domain; or (c) any actual condemnation, seizure or taking, by exercise of the power of eminent domain or otherwise, of such property, or confiscation of such property or the requisition of the use of such property.

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

"Excess Cash Flow" means for any period, the remainder of

(a) the sum, without duplication, of

(i) EBITDA, plus

(ii) any net decrease in Adjusted Working Capital during such period (exclusive of decreases in working capital associated with asset sales), plus

(iii) any net cash extraordinary gains included in determining Net Income, minus

12

(b) the sum, without duplication, of

(i) Consolidated Interest Expense, to the extent paid in cash, plus

(ii) repayments of principal of the Term Loans, prepayments of principal of the Revolving Loans reflecting reductions in the Revolving Loan Commitments, principal payments arising with respect to any other long-term Indebtedness of BHI and its Subsidiaries, and the portion of any payments with respect to Capitalized Leases allocable to principal, in each case during such period, plus

(iii) any payment of long-term liabilities to the extent not reflected in the change in Adjusted Working Capital during such period, plus

(iv) Capital Expenditures of BHI and its Subsidiaries permitted to be made for such period, except to the extent made from proceeds of Indebtedness (other than Revolving Loans or Swing Line Loans) or new equity issuances or reinvestment of disposition proceeds, plus

(v) all federal, state, local and foreign income taxes paid in cash by BHI and its Subsidiaries during such period, plus

(vi) any net increase in Adjusted Working Capital during such period (exclusive of increases in working capital associated with asset purchases), plus

(vii) Investments of the types described in subsections 8.04(d) and (j) made in cash during such period, plus

(viii) Distributions of the type described in subsection 8.09(c) made in cash during such period, plus

(ix) any net cash extraordinary charges, to the extent deducted in computing Net Income for such period.

"Excluded Equity" has the meaning specified in Section 2.08(g).

"Excluded Offsite Inventory and Equipment" means inventory and equipment from time to time stored at locations of certain suppliers of the Borrowers; provided that (i) the fair market value of such inventory shall at no time exceed $2,500,000 in the aggregate and (ii) the fair market value of such equipment shall at no time exceed $2,500,000 in the aggregate.

"Existing Dollar Commitment Amount" means, as to each Lender, such Lender's Existing Dollar Commitment Amount, as specified on Schedule 2.01, as the same may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

"Existing Dollar Term Loan" has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(b).

13

"Existing Fleet Letter of Credit" has the meaning specified in Section 3.11.

"Existing Hidden Creek Investors" means those individuals holding equity interests in J2R as of the Closing Date.

"Existing Letters of Credit" has the meaning specified in Section 3.11.

"Existing Loan Note Credit Support" has the meaning specified in Section 3.10

"Existing Sterling Commitment Amount" means as to each Lender such Lender's Existing Sterling Commitment Amount, as specified on Schedule 2.01, as the same may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

"Existing Sterling Term Loans" has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(c).

"Existing Term Loans" has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(c).

"Federal Funds Rate" means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Bank of America on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

"Fee Letter" has the meaning specified in subsection 2.11(a).

"Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means, as of the end of any fiscal quarter, the ratio of (i) EBITDAR for the four fiscal quarter period then ended, minus Capital Expenditures of BHI and its Subsidiaries for the four fiscal quarter period then ended, minus taxes payable in cash by BHI and its Subsidiaries for the four fiscal quarter period then ended to (ii) the sum of Fixed Charges for such four fiscal quarter period.

"Fixed Charges" means, with respect to BHI and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as of any date of determination, (a) Consolidated Interest Expense (but excluding any payment-in-kind interest) payable in cash for the period of four fiscal quarters ending on the date of determination, (b) Rental Obligations for the period of four fiscal quarters ending on the date of determination, and (c) the amount of payments made by BHI and its Subsidiaries in respect of principal on the Obligations during the period of four fiscal quarters ending on the date of determination; provided that, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charges for the fiscal quarters ending on March 31, 2003, June 30, 2003, September 30, 2003 and December 31, 2003, the amount of principal payments referenced in this clause (c) shall be deemed to be $5,000,000.

"Foreign 956 Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary (i) that is a Non-U.S. Subsidiary where a guaranty of the Obligations by such Subsidiary which would result in a material deemed

14

dividend of its current and accumulated earnings and profits under section 956 of the Code or (ii) where a guaranty of Obligations of such Subsidiary would result in a material adverse tax consequence under any similar foreign tax law.

"FRB" means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States, and any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

"Funded Indebtedness" of any Person means all Indebtedness of such Person except (a) Indebtedness specified in clause (c) of the definition of "Indebtedness" and in clauses (i) and (h) of the definition of "Indebtedness," to the extent they relate to Indebtedness referred to in such clause (c), and
(b) Permitted Earn-Out Debt.

"Further Taxes" means any and all present or future taxes, levies, assessments, imposts, duties, deductions, fees, withholdings or similar charges (including net income taxes and franchise taxes but excluding any internal charges), and all liabilities with respect thereto, imposed by any jurisdiction on account of amounts payable or paid pursuant to Section 4.01.

"FX Trading Office" means the Bank of America Foreign Exchange Trading Desk in Charlotte, North Carolina, or such other office or source of information as the Administrative Agent may designate with the concurrence of the Company.

"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth from time to time in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or agencies with similar functions of comparable stature and authority within the U.S. accounting profession), which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

"Governmental Authority" means (a) any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any central bank (or similar monetary or regulatory authority) thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial or regulatory functions of or pertaining to government, and any corporation or other entity owned or controlled, through stock or capital ownership or otherwise, by any of the foregoing, and (b) the National Association of Insurance Commissioners.

"Guaranteed Creditors" means and includes (i) the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuers and the Lenders and (ii) each Person (other than any Loan Party) which is a party to a Swap Agreement to the extent such Person constitutes a Secured Creditor.

"Guaranteed Obligations" means (i) the full and prompt payment when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the principal and interest (whether such interest is allowed as a claim in a bankruptcy proceeding with respect to any Borrower or otherwise) on each Loan made under this Agreement and all reimbursement obligations and unpaid drawings with respect to Letters of Credit, together with all other Obligations (including obligations which, but for the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, would become due) and liabilities (including liabilities for Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or Issuer indemnities and fees and interest thereon) of any Borrower to such Lender, Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or Issuer now existing or hereafter incurred under,

15

arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Documents and the due performance and compliance with all terms, conditions and agreements contained in the Loan Documents by any Borrower and (ii) the full and prompt payment when due (whether by acceleration or otherwise) of all obligations (including obligations which, but for the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, would become due) of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries owing under any Swap Contract entered into by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with any Lender or any Affiliate thereof (even if such Lender subsequently ceases to be a Lender under this Agreement for any reason) so long as such Lender or Affiliate participates in such Swap Contract and their subsequent assigns, if any, whether or not in existence or hereafter arising, and the due performance and compliance with all terms, conditions and agreements contained therein.

"Guarantors" means: (a) with respect to the Company: BHI, each U.K. Subsidiary of BHI (other than the Company) and each U.S. Subsidiary of BHI; (b) with respect to KAB Seating: BHI, each U.K. Subsidiary of BHI (other than KAB Seating) and each U.S. Subsidiary of BHI; (c) with respect to NSC: BHI, each U.K. Subsidiary of BHI (other than Foreign 956 Subsidiaries) and each U.S. Subsidiary of BHI (other than NSC); (d) with respect to CVS, Inc., BHI, each U.K. Subsidiary of BHI (other than Foreign 956 Subsidiaries) and each U.S. Subsidiary of BHI (other than CVS, Inc.); and (e) any Person delivering a Guaranty pursuant to Section 7.14; provided, that the term "Guarantor" shall not include any of the Subsidiaries set forth on Schedule 2.17.

"Guaranty" means, collectively, (a) the Syndicated Composite Guarantee and Debenture, dated October 5, 2000, by the Company, Bostrom Ltd., KAB Seating and NSC, (b) the National Seating Company Guaranty, dated as of October 5, 2000, by NSC, (c) the Guarantee, dated as of October 5, 2000, by CVS Limited and CVS Holdings Ltd., (d) the Bostrom Holding, Inc. Guaranty, dated as of September 27, 2002, by BHI, (e) the CVS, Inc. Guaranty, (f) the CVS Holdings, Inc. Guaranty,
(g) the Composite Guarantee and Debenture, dated March 12, 2001, by Bostrom International, (h) the Guarantee, dated March 12, 2001, by Bostrom Ltd., KAB Seating and A.J.W. Holdings Limited, and (i) each guaranty delivered by a Subsidiary pursuant to Section 7.14, in each case in favor of Bank of America, on behalf of itself, the Issuers and the Lenders, as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Guaranty Obligation" has the meaning specified in the definition of "Contingent Obligation."

"Hazardous Materials" means all those substances that are regulated by, or which may form the basis of liability or a standard of conduct under, any Environmental Law, including any substance identified under any Environmental Law based upon their harmful or deleterious properties as a pollutant, contaminant, hazardous waste, hazardous constituent, special waste, hazardous substance, hazardous material, or toxic substance, or petroleum or petroleum-derived substance or waste.

"Hedge Agreement" means the ISDA Master Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2001 between the Hedge Counterparty and the Company, together with each of the related schedules and confirmations, if any, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

16

"Hedge Counterparty" means Bank One, NA (f/k/a Bank One, Michigan).

"Hidden Creek" means Hidden Creek Industries, a New York general partnership.

"Indebtedness" of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money; (b) all obligations issued, undertaken or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade payables and accrued expenses entered into or incurred in the ordinary course of business on ordinary terms); (c) all Contingent Obligations with respect to Surety Instruments; (d) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, including obligations so evidenced incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses; (e) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, or incurred as financing, in either case with respect to property acquired by the Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or bank under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property); (f) all principal and interest obligations (classified as a liability on such Person's balance sheet) with respect to Capitalized Leases; (g) the principal balance outstanding under any synthetic lease, tax retention operating lease, off-balance sheet loan or similar off-balance sheet financing product to which such Person is a party, where such transaction is considered borrowed money indebtedness for tax purposes but is classified as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP; (h) all indebtedness referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon or in property (including accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Indebtedness; and (i) all Guaranty Obligations in respect of indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above. For all purposes of this Agreement, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include all recourse Indebtedness then outstanding of any partnership or joint venture or limited liability company in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer or a member and as to which such Person is or may become directly liable.

"Indemnified Liabilities" has the meaning specified in Section 11.05.

"Indemnified Person" has the meaning specified in Section 11.05.

"Independent Auditor" has the meaning specified in subsection 7.01(a).

"Insolvency Proceeding" means, with respect to any Person, (a) any case, application, petition, notice, action or proceeding with respect to such Person before any court or other Governmental Authority relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, liquidation, receivership, dissolution, administration, winding-up or relief of debtors or for the appointment of a trustee, receiver, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer to take possession of or to be appointed over, or an encumbrancer taking possession of, the whole or substantially the whole of that Person's undertaking, property or assets in connection with any such case, action or proceeding, (b) any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, composition, marshalling of assets for creditors, or other, similar arrangement in respect of its creditors generally or any substantial portion of its creditors; in each case, undertaken under U.S. Federal, state or foreign law, including the Bankruptcy Code, or the Insolvency Act 1986 (United

17

Kingdom) or (c) the convening of a meeting for the purpose of the passing of a resolution for the winding up of that Person in accordance with the Insolvency Act 1986 (United Kingdom) except for the purpose of a solvent amalgamation or reconstruction on a basis where the resulting entity assumes all of the obligations of that person under this Agreement.

"Interest Payment Date" means, as to any Offshore Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and, as to any Base Rate Loan, the last Business Day of each calendar quarter; provided, that if any Interest Period for an Offshore Rate Loan exceeds three months, the date that falls three months after the beginning of such Interest Period and after each Interest Payment Date thereafter is also an Interest Payment Date.

"Interest Period" means, as to any Offshore Rate Loan, the period commencing on the Borrowing Date of such Loan or on the Conversion/Continuation Date on which the Loan is converted into or continued as an Offshore Rate Loan, and ending on the date one, two or three months thereafter (or, with the consent of all Lenders making or continuing such Loan, a date six months thereafter), as selected by the applicable Borrower or Borrower Representative in its Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation;

provided that:

(a) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, that Interest Period shall be extended to the following Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month, in which event such Interest Period shall end on the preceding Business Day;

(b) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period;

(c) no Interest Period for any Term Loan shall extend beyond the final scheduled maturity date of such Term Loan, and no Interest Period for any Revolving Loan shall extend beyond the Revolving Loan Termination Date; and

(d) no Interest Period applicable to a Term Loan or portion thereof shall extend beyond any date upon which is due any scheduled principal payment in respect of the Term Loans unless the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans represented by Base Rate Loans, or by Offshore Rate Loans having Interest Periods that will expire on or before such date, equals or exceeds the amount of such principal payment.

"Investments" has the meaning specified in Section 8.04. The amount of any Investment by any Person on any date of determination shall be the sum of the acquisition price of the assets acquired by such Person (including the amount of any Funded Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition by such Person to the extent such Funded Indebtedness would be reflected on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP) plus all additional capital contributions or purchase price paid in respect thereof, without any adjustments for increases or

18

decreases in value, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to such Investment minus the amount of all cash returns of principal or capital thereon, cash dividends thereon and other cash returns on investment thereon or liabilities expressly assumed by another Person (other than the Company or another Subsidiary of Company) in connection with the sale of such Investment. Whenever the term "outstanding" is used in this Agreement with reference to an Investment, it shall take into account the matters referred to in the preceding sentence.

"IRS" means the Internal Revenue Service of the United States, and any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions under the Code.

"Issuance Date" has the meaning specified in subsection 3.01(a).

"Issue" means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, to issue or to extend the expiry of, or to renew or increase the amount of, such Letter of Credit; and the terms "Issued," "Issuing" and "Issuance" have corresponding meanings.

"Issuer" means (i) in respect of each Letter of Credit (other than the Existing Fleet Letter of Credit), Bank of America in its capacity as issuer of the Letters of Credit hereunder (it being understood and agreed that Bank of America's branch in London, England is not permitted to issue commercial letters of credit) and (ii) in respect of the Existing Fleet Letter of Credit, Fleet National Bank, and in each case together with any replacement letter of credit issuer appointed under subsection 10.01(b) or Section 10.09.

"Joint Venture" means a single-purpose corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other similar legal arrangement (whether created by contract or conducted through a separate legal entity) now or hereafter formed by the Company or its Subsidiaries with another Person in order to conduct a common venture or enterprise with such Person.

"Judgment Currency" has the meaning specified in Section 11.18.

"J2R" means J2R Partners VII, a Delaware general partnership.

"KAB Seating" has the meaning specified in the preamble of this Agreement.

"L/C Advance" means each Lender's participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Pro Rata Share.

"L/C Amendment Application" means an application form for amendment of outstanding standby or commercial documentary letters of credit as shall at any time be in use at the applicable Issuer, as the Issuer shall request.

"L/C Application" means an application form for issuances of standby or commercial documentary letters of credit as shall at any time be in use at the applicable Issuer, as such Issuer shall request.

19

"L/C Borrowing" means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which shall not have been reimbursed on the date when made nor converted into a Borrowing of Loans under Section 3.03(d).

"L/C Commitment" means, at any time, the commitment of the Issuers to Issue, and the commitment of the Lenders severally to participate in, Letters of Credit from time to time Issued or outstanding under Article III, in an aggregate amount not to exceed the lesser of the Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment and the Borrowing Base at such time less the aggregate Effective Amount of Revolving Loans and L/C Obligations then outstanding; provided that the L/C Commitment is a part of the Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment, rather than a separate, independent commitment.

"L/C Obligations" means at any time, without duplication, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all Letters of Credit (other than that portion of the Letters of Credit supported by the NSC Term Loan Commitment and the Sterling Term Loan Commitment) then outstanding, plus (b) the amount of all outstanding L/C Advances (other than in the form of a Term Loan) or other unreimbursed drawings under all Letters of Credit (other than that portion of the Letters of Credit supported by the NSC Term Loan Commitment and the Sterling Term Loan Commitment) including all outstanding L/C Borrowings (other than L/C Borrowings made as a result of drawings on the NSC Term Loan Commitment or the Sterling Term Loan Commitment).

"L/C-Related Documents" means the Letters of Credit, the L/C Applications, the L/C Amendment Applications, the Loan Note Instrument and any other document relating to any Letter of Credit, including any standard form documents used by any Issuer for letter of credit issuances.

"Lender" has the meaning specified in the introductory clause hereto. References to the "Lenders" shall include Bank of America, including in its capacity as Issuer and Swing Line Lender, and for purposes of clarification only, to the extent that Bank of America may have any rights or obligations in addition to those of the Lenders due to its status as Issuer or Swing Line Lender, respectively, its status as such will be specifically referenced.

"Lending Office" means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender specified as its "Domestic Lending Office" or "Offshore Lending Office," as the case may be, on Schedule 11.02, or such other office or offices as such Lender may from time to time notify the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent.

"Lending Party" means any Lender, Swing Lender or any Issuer, as the case may be.

"Letters of Credit" means, collectively, the Loan Note Credit Support, the Existing Letters of Credit, any letter of credit issued by an Issuer, and any amendments thereto or replacements thereof, pursuant to Article III.

"Lien" means any security interest, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, charge or deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), trust or flawed asset arrangement (for the purpose of, or having the effect of, granting a security interest) or similar interest of any kind or nature whatsoever in respect of any property (including those

20

created by, arising under or evidenced by any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, the interest of a lessor under a capital lease, any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing, or the filing of any financing statement naming the owner of the asset to which such lien relates as debtor, under the UCC or any comparable law) and any contingent or other agreement to provide any of the foregoing, but not including the interest of a lessor under an operating lease.

"Loan" means an extension of credit by a Lender to a Borrower under Article II or Article III in the form of a Revolving Loan, an NSC Term Loan, an Existing Term Loan, a Sterling Term Loan, a Swing Line Loan or an L/C Borrowing.

"Loan Documents" means this Agreement, the Fee Letter, the L/C-Related Documents, the Collateral Documents and all other documents delivered to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender in connection herewith but not including any other Transaction Document.

"Loan Note Credit Support" has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(a)(ii).

"Loan Note Instrument" means that certain Deed constituting Floating Rate Unsecured Guaranteed Loan Notes, dated October 5, 2000, executed by Commercial Vehicle Systems Limited regarding the issuance of the Loan Notes and the Loan Note Credit Support relating thereto.

"Loan Notes" means, collectively, the Loan Notes issued by the Company as constituted by the Loan Note Instrument and payable to certain former shareholders of Bostrom International.

"Loan Notes Payment Date" means any Business Day on which a holder of a Loan Note may demand a payment of principal on such Loan Note pursuant to the terms of the Loan Notes and the Loan Notes Instrument.

"Loan Party" means the Borrowers and each Guarantor.

"Management Agreement" has the meaning specified in Section 8.06(d).

"Margin Stock" means "margin stock" as such term is defined in Regulation U or X of the FRB.

"Material Adverse Effect" means (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, properties or condition (financial or otherwise) of BHI and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the ability of BHI and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to perform any material obligation under any Loan Document and to avoid any Event of Default; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against the applicable Loan Party of any Loan Document.

"Merger" has the meaning specified in the sixth paragraph of this Agreement.

21

"Merger Documents" means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of the date hereof, by and between BHI, CVS Holdings, Inc. and CVS Merger Co., a Delaware corporation.

"Merging Subsidiary" has the meaning specified in the sixth paragraph of this Agreement.

"Minimum Amount" means with respect to each of the following actions, the minimum amount and any multiples in excess thereof set forth opposite such action:

                                                                                      MULTIPLES IN EXCESS
TYPE OF ACTION                                  MINIMUM AMOUNT                              THEREOF
--------------------------------      ----------------------------------        ----------------------------------
Borrowing of, prepayment of, or       $ 500,000                                 $ 100,000
conversion into, Base Rate Loans

Borrowing of, prepayment of,          $ 500,000                                 $ 100,000
continuation of, or Conversion
into, Dollar-denominated
Offshore Rate Loans

Borrowing of, prepayment of,          Lesser of (a) Equivalent Amount of        Lesser of (a) Equivalent Amount of
Continuation of, or Conversion        $500,000 and (b) 500,000 units of         $100,000 and (b) 100,000 units, of
into, Offshore Currency Loans         Offshore Currency                         Offshore Currency

Borrowing of Swing Line Loans         $250,000 for Dollar denominated           $100,000 or 100,000 units of
                                      Swing Line Loans or 250,000 units         Offshore Currency
                                      of Offshore Currency

Letter of Credit                      $100,000 or for Letters of Credit         None
                                      denominated in Offshore Currency,
                                      the lesser of (a) Equivalent Amount
                                      of $100,000 and (b) 100,000 units
                                      of Offshore Currency

Reduction in Commitments              $ 1,000,000                               $ 250,000

Assignments                           $ 1,000,000                               None

;provided, that a Borrowing of a Sterling Term Loan may be requested in an amount lower than the Minimum Amount specified above in connection with the repayment of Loan Notes by the Company after the Closing Date.

"Mortgage" means any deed of trust, mortgage, leasehold mortgage, assignment of rents or other document creating a Lien on real property or any interest in real property.

"Mortgaged Property" means all property subject to a Lien pursuant to a Mortgage.

22

"Multiemployer Plan" means a "multiemployer plan," within the meaning of
Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate makes, is making, or is obligated to make contributions or, during the preceding three calendar years, has made, or been obligated to make, contributions.

"Net Income" and "Net Loss" mean, respectively, with respect to any period, the aggregate of the net income (loss) of the Person in question for such period, determined in accordance with GAAP on a consolidated basis; provided that (i) the net income (loss) of any Person which is not a consolidated Subsidiary shall be included only to the extent of the amount of cash dividends or distributions paid to the Person in question or to a consolidated Subsidiary of such Person and (ii) the net income (loss) of any Person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition shall be excluded.

"Net Proceeds" means (a) with respect to any Asset Disposition, the sum of cash or readily marketable cash equivalents received (including by way of a cash generating sale or discounting of a note or receivable, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of debt or other obligations relating to the properties or assets so disposed of or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, whether at the time of such disposition or subsequent thereto (but, in the case of amounts received subsequent thereto, excluding interest on such amounts), or (b) with respect to any sale or issuance of equity or debt securities of BHI or any Subsidiary, cash or readily marketable cash equivalents received (but excluding any other non-cash form) therefrom, whether at the time of such disposition, sale or issuance or subsequent thereto, net (subject to reserves for normal course post-closing adjustments and reserves for indemnification obligations and retained liabilities in connection with such transaction and without duplication), in either case, of all legal, title, recording and any other tax expenses, commissions and other fees and all costs and expenses incurred and all federal, state, local and other taxes required to be accrued as a liability as a consequence of such transactions and, in the case of an Asset Disposition, net of all payments made by BHI or any of its respective Subsidiaries on any Indebtedness which is secured by such assets pursuant to a Permitted Lien upon or with respect to such assets or which must by the terms of such Lien, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition.

"Net Worth" means the stockholders equity of BHI as determined in accordance with GAAP, less (without duplication) the outstanding principal amount of loans to officers, directors, and employees of BHI and its Subsidiaries to purchase Capital Stock of BHI, but excluding (a) gains and losses with respect to foreign exchange and/or interest rate protection adjustments reflected in the consolidated balance sheet of BHI, (b) previously capitalized costs and expenses related to the incurrence of indebtedness and costs and expenses related to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, not to exceed $3,250,000 in the aggregate and (c) adjustments with respect to goodwill made in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard 142.

"Non-Surety L/Cs" means letters of credit which are not Surety L/Cs.

"Non-U.S. Pension Plan" means any plan, fund (including, without limitation, any superannuation fund) or other similar program established or maintained outside the United States of America by BHI or any one or more of its Subsidiaries primarily for the benefit of

23

employees of BHI or such Subsidiaries residing outside the United States of America, which plan, fund or other similar program provides, or results in, retirement income, a deferral of income in contemplation of retirement or payments to be made upon termination of employment, and which plan is not subject to ERISA or the Code.

"Non-U.S. Subsidiary" means each Subsidiary of BHI that is not a U.S. Subsidiary.

"Notice of Borrowing" means a notice in substantially the form of Exhibit
A.

"Notice of Conversion/Continuation" means a notice in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereof.

"NSC" has the meaning specified in the preamble of this Agreement.

"NSC Term Loan" has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(a)(i).

"NSC Term Loan Commitment" means as to each Lender, such Lender's NSC Term Loan Commitment, as specified in Schedule 2.01, as the same may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

"Obligations" means all advances, moneys, debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties arising under any Loan Document owing by any Loan Party to any Lending Party, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Indemnified Person, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assignment), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising; provided, that for purposes of the Collateral Documents, the term "Obligations" shall include the debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of the Company owing to the Hedge Counterparty pursuant to the Hedge Agreement.

"OECD" has the meaning specified in the definition of "Eligible Assignee."

"Offshore Currency" means, at any time, Sterling, Euros or such other currency as is acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in accordance with Section 2.16(e).

"Offshore Currency Domestic Rate" means, with respect to any amount in an Offshore Currency, for any day, the rate of interest per annum equal to the sum of (a) the higher of (i) the rate of interest per annum at which overnight deposits in the applicable Offshore Currency, in an amount approximately equal to the amount with respect to which such rate is being determined, would be offered for such day by Bank of America's local branch to major banks in the local market or other applicable offshore interbank market, and (ii) the cost of funds to Bank of America's local branch with respect to such amount for such day, expressed as a rate of interest per annum plus (b) 50 basis points.

"Offshore Currency Loan" means any Loan that is denominated in an Offshore Currency.

"Offshore Rate" means for any Interest Period with respect to any Offshore Rate Loan:

(a) the rate per annum equal to the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the offered rate that appears on the page of the Telerate screen (or any

24

successor thereto) that displays an average British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for deposits in the Applicable Currency (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period,

(b) if the rate referenced in the preceding clause (a) is not available, the rate per annum equal to the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the offered rate on such other page or other service that displays an average British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for deposits in the Applicable Currency (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period, or

(c) if the rates referenced in the preceding clauses (a) and (b) are not available, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent as the rate of interest at which deposits in the Applicable Currency for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Offshore Rate Loan being made, continued or converted by Bank of America and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Bank of America's London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 4:00 p.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period.

"Offshore Rate Loan" means a Loan that bears interest based on the Offshore Rate.

"Onex" means Onex Corporation, an Ontario corporation.

"Operating Lease" of any Person, means any lease (including, without limitation, leases which may be terminated by the lessee at any time) of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by such Person, as lessee, which is not a Capitalized Lease.

"Original U.K. Credit Agreement" has the meaning specified in the second paragraph of this Agreement.

"Original U.S. Credit Agreement" has the meaning specified in the third paragraph of this Agreement.

"Organization Documents" means (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws, any certificate of determination or instrument relating to the rights of preferred shareholders of such corporation, any shareholder rights agreement; (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the articles of formation, certificate of incorporation, memorandum and articles of association and/or operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture or other form of business entity, the partnership agreement and any agreement governing the rights of the holders of its capital stock, filing or notice with respect thereto filed with the secretary of state of the state of its formation or other Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its organization, in each case as amended from time to time.

25

"Other Taxes" means any present or future stamp, court or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies which arise from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Documents but excluding franchise taxes and any such taxes imposed on the net income of any Lender.

"Outstanding Indebtedness" has the meaning specified in the definition of "Total Leverage Ratio."

"Participant" has the meaning specified in subsection 11.08(d).

"Participating Member State" means any member state of the European Union that has elected the Euro as its lawful currency.

"PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions under ERISA.

"Pension Plan" means a pension plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) subject to Title IV of ERISA, other than a Multiemployer Plan, which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate sponsors, maintains, or to which it makes, is making, or is obligated to make contributions, or otherwise has any liability, or in the case of a multiple employer plan (as described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA) has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five (5) plan years.

"Permitted Acquisitions" means any Acquisition by BHI or any of its Subsidiaries which complies with each of the following: (i) such Person is engaged in substantially the same, similar or supportive line of business as one or more businesses of BHI or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) the prior, effective written consent to, or approval of, such Acquisition by the board of directors or shareholders or equivalent governing body of the acquiree is obtained, (iii) after giving effect to the proposed Acquisition on a Pro Forma Basis for the period of four fiscal quarters of BHI ending with the fiscal quarter for which financial statements have most recently been delivered (or were required to be delivered) under Section 7.01, BHI is in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Sections 8.14, 8.15 and 8.16, and BHI shall deliver a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for calculation of such financial covenants; (iv) immediately after giving effect to the proposed Permitted Acquisition, the Borrowers would be able to borrow at least $2,500,000 of Loan proceeds, and, the Borrowers reasonably project that within 30 days after consummation of the proposed Permitted Acquisition, it will be able to borrow at least $5,000,000 of Loan proceeds; (v) BHI shall give the Administrative Agent and the Lenders not less than ten (10) Business Days prior written notice of its intention to make a Permitted Acquisition, such notice to include the proposed amounts, date and form of the proposed transaction, a reasonable description of the stock or assets to be acquired and the location of all assets, a description and calculation in reasonable detail of the effect on a Pro Forma Basis of such Acquisition on the financial covenants contained in Sections 8.14, 8.15 and 8.16, two years of audited financial statements of the Person to be acquired (or financial statements otherwise acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion), (vi) the prior, effective written consent to, or approval of, such Acquisition by the Required Lenders shall have been obtained,
(vii) concurrently with the making of a Permitted Acquisition, BHI or the applicable

26

Subsidiary of BHI (other than a Foreign 956 Subsidiary) shall, as additional collateral security for the Obligations, grant to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Issuers and the Lenders, first priority perfected Liens (subject to Liens permitted pursuant to Section 8.01) on and security interests in any of the acquired assets by the execution and delivery to the Collateral Agent of such agreements, instruments and documents as shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Collateral Agent (it being understood and agreed that only 65% of the Capital Stock of a first-tier Foreign 956 Subsidiary shall be required to be pledged pursuant to any Collateral Document), and (viii) neither BHI nor any Subsidiary shall make any Permitted Acquisition at any time during which a Default or an Event of Default shall exist and be continuing or would exist after giving effect to such Permitted Acquisition.

"Permitted Cost Savings" means, with respect to the determination of Net Income on a Pro Forma Basis, such cost savings as would be permitted pursuant to Rule 11.02 of Regulation S-X; provided that, prior to the consummation of any Permitted Acquisition, the Company's certified public accountants shall certify to the Administrative Agent (in a manner consistent with example d of SAS 72) that such pro forma financial information complies as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of Rule 11.02 of Regulation S-X.

"Permitted Earn-Out Debt" shall mean Indebtedness of BHI or any of its Subsidiaries incurred in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, which Indebtedness is not secured by any assets of BHI or any of its Subsidiaries (including without limitation the assets so acquired) and is only payable by BHI or such Subsidiary (x) in the event certain future performance goals are achieved with respect to the assets acquired, (y) if no Default or Event of Default shall exist at the time of, or as a result of, any such payment and (z) a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of BHI has been delivered to the Administrative Agent demonstrating compliance, on a Pro Forma Basis, with the financial covenants contained in Sections 8.14, 8.15 and 8.16 immediately after giving effect to any such payment; provided that such Indebtedness shall only constitute Permitted Earn-Out Debt to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness expressly limit the maximum potential liability of BHI or such Subsidiary with respect thereto.

"Permitted Liens" has the meaning specified in Section 8.01.

"Permitted Swap Obligations" means all obligations (contingent or otherwise) of BHI or any Subsidiary existing or arising under Swap Contracts, provided that each of the following criteria is satisfied: (a) such obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with liabilities, commitments or assets held or reasonably anticipated to be held by such Person, or changes in the value of securities issued by such Person in conjunction with a securities repurchase program not otherwise prohibited hereunder, and not for purposes of speculation or taking a "market view"; and (b) such Swap Contracts do not contain any provision ("walk-away" provision) exonerating the non-defaulting party from its obligation to make payments on outstanding transactions to the defaulting party.

"Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or Governmental Authority.

27

"Plan" means an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) covered by ERISA which BHI or any ERISA Affiliate sponsors or maintains or to which BHI or any ERISA Affiliate makes, is making, or is obligated to make contributions or otherwise has any liability and includes any Pension Plan.

"Pledge Agreements" means, collectively, (a) the Holdings Pledge Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2000, executed by CVS Holdings, Inc. regarding the shares of CVS, Inc., (b) the Pledge Agreement, dated as of October 5, 2000, executed by NSC regarding the shares of its Subsidiaries, (c) the Mortgage Over Securities, dated October 5, 2000, executed by CVS Holdings Ltd., regarding the shares of the Company, (d) the Mortgage Over Securities, dated October 5, 2000, executed by the Company, regarding the shares of Bostrom Ltd., (e) the Mortgage Over Securities, dated March 12, 2001, executed by Bostrom Ltd. and A.J.W. Holdings Limited, regarding the shares of the Company, (f) the Mortgage over Securities, dated the Closing Date, executed by Bostrom Ltd., regarding the shares of KAB Seating and Bostrom International, (g) each pledge agreement delivered by a Subsidiary of BHI in favor of the Administrative Agent and (h) each pledge agreement delivered by a Subsidiary of BHI pursuant to Section 7.14, in each case pledging the stock of all or certain of their respective Subsidiaries to the extent provided therein to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Issuers and the Lenders, as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Pledged Collateral" has the meaning specified in the Pledge Agreements.

"Pro Forma Basis" means, for purposes of the tests set forth in the definition of Permitted Acquisitions and in the permitted adjustment to EBITDA and Rental Obligations, a pro forma on the basis that (a) any Indebtedness incurred or assumed in connection with the Merger or such Permitted Acquisition was incurred or assumed on the first day of the applicable period, (b) if such Indebtedness bears a floating interest rate, such interest shall be paid over the pro forma period at the rate in effect on the Closing Date or the date of such Permitted Acquisition, as the case may be, and (c) all income and expense associated with the assets or entity acquired in connection with the Merger or such Permitted Acquisition for the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period for which such income and expense amounts are available shall be treated as being earned or incurred by BHI over the applicable period on a pro forma basis without giving effect to any cost savings other than Permitted Cost Savings.

"Pro Rata Share" means, as to any Lender, (a) in respect of a particular Loan and/or Commitment, (i) at any time at which the Commitments in respect of such Loan remain outstanding, the percentage equivalent (expressed as a decimal, rounded to the ninth decimal place) at such time of such Lender's Commitment in respect of such Loan divided by the aggregate Commitments in respect of such Loan, and (ii) after the termination of the Commitments in respect of such Loan, the percentage equivalent (expressed as a decimal, rounded to the ninth decimal place) at such time of the Effective Amount of such Loans held by such Lender divided by the Effective Amount of such Loans held by all Lenders, and (b) in respect of all Loans and/or Commitments, (i) at any time at which the Aggregate Commitment (or any portion thereof) remains outstanding, the percentage equivalent (expressed as a decimal, rounded to the ninth decimal place) at such time of (x) the sum of such Lender's (A) outstanding Existing Dollar Term Loans, (B) the Equivalent Amount of outstanding Existing Sterling Term

28

Loans, (C) the Equivalent Amount of outstanding Sterling Term Loans, (D) the Equivalent Amount of undrawn Sterling Term Loan Commitment, (E) outstanding NSC Term Loans, (F) undrawn NSC Term Loan Commitment and (G) Revolving Loan Commitment, divided by (y) the sum of (A) the outstanding Existing Dollar Term Loans of all Lenders, (B) the Equivalent Amount of the outstanding Existing Sterling Term Loans of all Lenders, (C) the Equivalent Amount of the outstanding Sterling Term Loans of all the Lenders, (D) the Equivalent Amount of the undrawn Aggregate Sterling Term Loan Commitment, (E) the outstanding NSC Term Loans of all the Lenders, (F) the undrawn Aggregate NSC Term Loan Commitment and (G) the Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment, and (ii) after the termination of the Aggregate Commitment, the percentage equivalent (expressed as a decimal, rounded to the ninth decimal place) at such time of the Effective Amount of such Lender's outstanding Loans (including such Lender's ratable share of the Effective Amount of L/C Obligations) divided by the Effective Amount of the outstanding Loans and L/C Obligations of all of the Lenders.

"Quoted Rate" means the interest rate as may be agreed upon from time to time by the Company and the Swing Line Lender.

"Reaffirmation Agreement" means the Reaffirmation and Amending Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among NSC, CVS, Inc., BHI and CVS Holdings, Inc.

"Related Parties" means, with respect to any Person, (i) any controlling stockholder of such Person, (ii) any Subsidiary of such Person more than 50% of which is owned by such Person; (iii) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding more than a 50% controlling interest of which consist of other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clauses (i) or (ii), and
(iv) any employees, officers and directors of such Person or any of the foregoing.

"Rental Obligations" means, for any period, the aggregate fixed amount payable by BHI or any of its Subsidiaries under any lease (or other agreement conveying the right to use) of any real or personal property by BHI or any of its Subsidiaries, as lessee, other than a Capitalized Lease; provided, however, that for any four quarter period which commences prior to the effective date of the Merger (the "Calculation Period"), Rental Obligations for the period commencing from the start of such four quarter period to, but not including, the Merger (the "Pre-Merger Period") shall be an amount equal to (x) Rental Obligations for CVS Holding, Inc. and its Subsidiaries for the Pre-Merger Period plus (y) Rental Obligations for BHI and its Subsidiaries (other than CVS Holdings, Inc. and its Subsidiaries) for the Pre-Merger Period (it being understood that for the remainder of any Calculation Period, Rental Obligations shall be calculated as set forth prior to this proviso); provided further, that "Rental Obligations" shall be calculated after giving effect on a Pro Forma Basis to any Permitted Acquisition as if such Permitted Acquisition occurred on the first day of the applicable period.

"Reportable Event" means, any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than any such event for which the 30-day notice requirement under ERISA has been waived in regulations issued by the PBGC.

"Required Lenders" means at any time Lenders then holding more than 66 2/3% of the sum of (i) the outstanding Existing Dollar Term Loans, (ii) the Equivalent Amount of the outstanding

29

Existing Sterling Term Loans, (iii) the outstanding NSC Term Loans, (iv) the undrawn NSC Term Loan Commitment, (v) the Equivalent Amount of the outstanding Sterling Term Loans, (vi) Equivalent Amount of the undrawn Sterling Term Loan Commitment, and (vii) the amount of the Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment (or if the Revolving Loan Commitment has been terminated, then the aggregate principal amount outstanding of Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans, plus the outstanding amount of L/C Obligations); provided, that if no principal amount of any Loan is then outstanding, "Required Lenders" shall mean Lenders then having more than 66 2/3% of the Aggregate Commitment.

"Requirement of Law" means, as to any Person, any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or of a Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon the Person or any of its property or to which the Person or any of its property is subject.

"Requisite Time" means, with respect to any of the actions listed below, the time and date set forth below opposite such action (unless otherwise noted, all times are Charlotte, North Carolina time (standard or daylight)):

         TYPE OF ACTION                                 TIME*                  DATE OF ACTION
------------------------------------                 -----------         ----------------------------
Delivery of Request for Extension of
Credit for, or notice for:

Borrowing of, prepayment of,                          11:00 a.m.         Same date as such Borrowing,
Conversion into, Base Rate Loans or                                      prepayment or Conversion
Loans maintained at the Offshore
Currency Domestic Rate

Borrowing of, prepayment of,                          11:00 a.m.         3 Business Days prior to such
Continuation of, or Conversion into,                                     borrowing, prepayment,
Dollar-denominated Offshore Rate                                         Continuation or Conversion
Loans maintained at the Offshore Rate

Borrowing of, prepayment of,                          11:00 a.m.         4 Business Days prior to such
Continuation of, or Conversion into,                                     Borrowing, prepayment,
Offshore Currency Loans                                                  Continuation or Conversion

Requests for new Offshore Currencies                  11:00 a.m.         10 Business Days prior to
                                                                         proposed Borrowing

Borrowing of Swing Line Loans in                      2:30 p.m.          Same date as such Borrowing
Dollars

Borrowing of Swing Line Loans in a                    11:00 a.m.         Same date as such Borrowing
currency other than Dollars

Prepayment of Swing Line Loans                        3:00 p.m.          Same date as such prepayment

Letter of Credit action                               10:00 a.m.         2 Business Days prior to such
                                                                         action

Payments by Lenders or Borrower to                    11:00 a.m.         On date payment is due
Administrative Agent

30

With respect to the time by which any action referred to in the above table must be preformed regarding any Borrowing utilizing a Non-U.S. branch of a Lender, such time shall be the local time of such Non-U.S. branch.

"Responsible Officer" means the chief executive officer, the president, the chief financial officer, the treasurer or the corporate controller of a Person (and in the case of any U.K. Subsidiary, any director of such U.K. Subsidiary assuming such, or similar, responsibilities), or any other officer having substantially the same authority and responsibility.

"Restricted Payments" has the meaning specified in Section 8.09.

"Revolving Lenders" shall mean any Lender having a Revolving Loan.

"Revolving Loan Commitment" as to each Revolving Lender has the meaning specified in subsection 2.01(e).

"Revolving Loans" has the meaning specified in subsection 2.01(e).

"Revolving Loan Termination Date" means the earlier to occur of

(a) January 2, 2006; and

(b) such earlier date on which the Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment terminates in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

"Same Day Funds" means (a) with respect to disbursements and payments in Dollars, immediately available funds, and (b) with respect to disbursements and payments in an Offshore Currency, same day or other funds as may be reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent to be customary in the place of disbursement or payment for the settlement of international banking transactions in the relevant Offshore Currency.

"SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

"Security Agreements" means, collectively, each security agreement delivered by BHI or any Subsidiary of BHI, in each case granting a security interest in all of such Person's personal property to the extent provided therein to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of itself, the Issuers and the Lenders, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time and each reaffirmation or confirmation thereof, including the Reaffirmation Agreement and the Deed of Confirmation.

"Solvent" means (A) as to any Person (other than as set forth in clause (B) below), at any time, that (a) the fair value of the property of such Person (on a going concern basis) is greater than the amount of such Person's liabilities (including disputed, contingent and unliquidated

31

liabilities (without duplication of any underlying liability related thereto)) as such value is established and liabilities evaluated for purposes of Section 101(31) of the Bankruptcy Code and, in the alternative, for purposes of the New York Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act; (b) the present fair saleable value of the property of such Person (on a going concern basis) is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured; (c) such Person is able to realize upon its property and pay its debts and other liabilities (including disputed, contingent and unliquidated liabilities (without duplication of any underlying liability related thereto), but applying the reasonably anticipated liability, after giving effect to payments under insurance policies and indemnity agreements which such Person reasonably expects to receive) as they mature in the normal course of business; (d) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person's ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature; and (e) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person's property would constitute unreasonably small capital; and (B) for any Person incorporated in England and Wales, on a particular date, on that date such Person has the ability to pay its debts as and when they fall due and could not be deemed to be unable to pay its debts as interpreted in accordance with Section 123 of the Insolvency Act 1986 of the United Kingdom. "Solvency" shall have a correlative meaning.

"Spot Rate" for a currency means the rate quoted (expressed as a decimal, rounded to the fourth decimal place) to the Administrative Agent as the spot rate for the purchase of such currency with another currency through the FX Trading Office at approximately 10:00 a.m. (Charlotte, North Carolina time) on the date two Business Days prior to the date as of which the foreign exchange settlement is made.

"Stated Amount" means the stated or face amount of a Letter of Credit to the extent available at the time for drawing (subject to presentment of all requested documents), as the same may be increased or decreased from time to time in accordance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

"Sterling" and "(pound)" means the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

"Sterling Term Loan" has the meaning specified in subsection 2.01(d).

"Sterling Term Loan Commitment" means, as to each Lender, such Lender's Term Loan Commitment, as specified on Schedule 2.01, as the same may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

"Subsidiary" means (A) with respect to any Person, any corporation, association, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other business entity of which more than 50% of the Voting Equity, membership interests or other equity interests (in the case of Persons other than corporations), is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by such Person, or one or more of the Subsidiaries of the Person, or a combination thereof and (B) with respect to any Person incorporated in England and Wales, a subsidiary within the meaning of Section 736 of the Companies Act and, unless the context otherwise requires, a subsidiary undertaking within the meaning of Section 258 of the Companies Act. Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, references herein to a "Subsidiary" refer to a Subsidiary of BHI.

32

"Subsidiary Guarantor" means, collectively, each Subsidiary of BHI that is a Guarantor on the Closing Date and, to the extent required pursuant to Section 7.14, each Subsidiary of BHI that becomes a Guarantor after the Closing Date; provided that the term Subsidiary Guarantor shall not include KAB Seating, Pty, a company organized under the laws of Australia, KAB Seating, S.A., a company organized under the laws of Belgium, or KAB Seating, AB, a company organized under the laws of Sweden.

"Surety Bonds" means all bonds issued for the account of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to assure the performance thereby (or to the extent issued in the ordinary course of business, any other Person) under any contract entered into in the ordinary course of business.

"Surety Instruments" means all letters of credit (including standby and commercial), banker's acceptances, bank guaranties, shipside bonds, performance bonds, Surety Bonds, remarketing agreements and similar instruments.

"Surety L/Cs" means letters of credit which are issued for the account of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to provide credit support, in the ordinary course of business, for (a) a contract bid by any such Person, (b) the performance by any such Person under any contract, (c) any warranty extended by any such Person and (d) the repayment of advance payments made to any such Person.

"Swap Contract" means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, crosscurrency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, a "Master Agreement"), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

"Swap Termination Value" means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a) the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined by the Company based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include any Lender).

33

"Swing Line Commitment Amount" has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(a).

"Swing Line Lender" means Bank of America, in its capacity as provider of the Swing Line Loans.

"Swing Line Loan" has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(a).

"Swing Line Termination Date" means the earlier to occur of:

(a) the date which is the fifth Business Day prior to January 2, 2006; and

(b) the date on which the Revolving Loan Commitment terminates in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

"Taxes" means any and all present or future taxes, levies, assessments, imposts, duties, deductions, fees, withholdings or similar charges, and all liabilities with respect thereto, excluding, in the case of each Lending Party and the Administrative Agent, respectively, franchise taxes and taxes imposed on or measured by its net income by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such Lending Party or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, is organized or maintains a lending office.

"Term Loan" means an NSC Term Loan, an Existing Dollar Term Loan, an Existing Sterling Term Loan or a Sterling Term Loan.

"Total Leverage Ratio" means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) without duplication, all Funded Indebtedness of BHI and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis as of such date, less any cash subject to a cash collateral account pursuant to the terms of this Agreement as of such date (the "Outstanding Indebtedness"), to (b) EBITDA for the period of four fiscal quarters ending on such date.

"Transaction" means (a) the Merger, and (b) the refinancing of certain Indebtedness of the Company, CVS, Inc. and certain of their affiliates on the Closing Date.

"Transaction Documents" means the Loan Documents and the Merger Documents.

"Treaty" means the Treaty establishing the European Economic Community, being the Treaty of Rome of March 25, 1957 (as amended by the Single European Act 1987, the Maastricht Treaty (which was signed at Maastricht on February 7, 1992 and came into force on November 1, 1993), the Amsterdam Treaty (which was signed at Amsterdam on October 2, 1997 and came into force on May 1, 1999) and the Nice Treaty (which was signed on February 26, 2001)), each as amended from time to time and as referred to in legislative measures of the European Union for the introduction of, changeover to or operating of the Euro in one or more member states.

"Type" means, with respect to Loans consisting of Revolving Loans or Term Loans, the status of each such Loan as either a Base Rate Loan or an Offshore Rate Loan.

"UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of Illinois.

34

"U.K. Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of BHI incorporated under the laws of England and Wales.

"Unfunded Pension Liability" means the excess of a Plan's benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that Plan's assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for funding the Pension Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the Code for the applicable plan year.

"United States" and "U.S." each means the United States of America.

"U.S. Guarantor" means any of BHI, CVS Holdings, Inc., CVS, Inc. and NSC, and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and "U.S. Guarantors" means, collectively, all such entities.

"U.S. Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of BHI organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof.

"Voting Equity" of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors (or other governing body) of such Person.

"Wholly-Owned Subsidiary" of a Person means any corporation in which (other than directors' qualifying shares required by law and/or other nominal amounts of shares that are required by law to be held by Persons other than BHI or its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries, as applicable) 100% of the capital stock of each class having ordinary voting power, and 100% of the capital stock of every other class, in each case (or, in the case of Persons other than corporations, membership interests or other equity interests), at the time as of which any determination is being made, is owned, beneficially and of record, by such Person, or by one or more of the other Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries, or both.

1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions.

(a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

(b) The words "hereof', "herein," "hereunder" and similar words refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; and subsection, Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(c) The term "documents" includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, indentures, notices and other writings, however evidenced.

(d) The term "including" is not limiting and means "including without limitation."

(e) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word "from" means "from and including"; the words "to" and "until" each mean "to but excluding," and the word "through" means "to and including."

35

(f) The term "property" includes any kind of property or asset, real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible.

(g) Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) references to agreements (including this Agreement) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent such amendments, restatements, supplements and other modifications are not prohibited by the terms of any Loan Document, and (ii) references to any statute or regulation are to be construed as including all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting the statute or regulation, whether effective prior to or subsequent to the date hereof.

(h) The captions and headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

(i) This Agreement and other Loan Documents may use several different limitations, tests or measurements to regulate the same or similar matters. All such limitations, tests and measurements are cumulative and shall each be performed in accordance with their terms.

(j) This Agreement and the other Loan Documents are the result of negotiations among and have been reviewed by counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Company and the other parties, and are the products of all parties. Accordingly, they shall not be construed against the Lenders, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent merely because of the Administrative Agent's, the Collateral Agent's or Lenders' involvement in their preparation.

1.03 Accounting Principles.

(a) Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, all accounting terms not expressly defined herein shall be construed, and all financial computations required under this Agreement shall be made, in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, but shall not give effect to purchase accounting adjustments required or permitted by Accounting Principles Board 16 and Financial Accounting Standard 142 or interpretations thereof.

(b) References herein to "fiscal year" and "fiscal quarter" refer to such fiscal periods of BHI and its Subsidiaries.

(c) In the event that any changes in GAAP occur after the date of this Agreement and such changes result in a material variation in the method of calculation of financial covenants or other terms of this Agreement, then the Company, and the Required Lenders agree to negotiate in good faith to amend such provisions of this Agreement so as to equitably reflect such changes so that the criteria for evaluating the Company's financial condition will be the same after such changes as if such changes had not occurred and compliance shall continue to be determined without giving effect to any such change until such amendment becomes effective pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

36

1.04 Currency Equivalents Generally. For all purposes of this Agreement (but not for purposes of the preparation of any financial statements delivered pursuant hereto), the equivalent in any Offshore Currency or other currency of an amount in Dollars, and the equivalent in Dollars of an amount in any Offshore Currency or other currency, shall be determined as set forth in the definition of Equivalent Amount.

ARTICLE II

THE CREDITS

2.01 Amounts and Terms of Commitments.

(a) NSC Term Loans. Each Lender severally agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth in Article V, to make loans (each such loan, an "NSC Term Loan") in Dollars to NSC from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date to the Revolving Loan Termination Date, in an aggregate amount not to exceed such Lender's NSC Term Loan Commitment as set forth on Schedule 2.01 (as such amount may be reduced pursuant to Section 2.08); provided, that NSC Term Loans made after the Closing Date may only be requested by, or on behalf of, NSC to settle a drawing under the Existing Fleet Letter of Credit. Amounts borrowed as NSC Term Loans which are repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed.

(b) Existing Dollar Term Loans. Prior to the Closing Date term loans denominated in Dollars were borrowed by certain of the Borrowers under the Original U.S. Credit Agreement and the Original U.K. Credit Agreement (the "Existing Dollar Term Loans") and, as of the Closing Date, such Existing Dollar Term Loans remain outstanding in the amounts set forth on Schedule 2.01 annexed hereto and made a part hereof. Each Loan Party, the Administrative Agent, each Issuer and each of the Lenders hereby agree with respect to the Existing Dollar Term Loans that, subject to Section 2.01(g), on the Closing Date, all such Existing Dollar Terms Loans shall, for all purposes under this Agreement, be deemed to be Loans outstanding hereunder to each Borrower as set forth in Schedule 2.01 and the Borrowers shall be deemed to have made a Borrowing of Loans hereunder in the amount of the Existing Dollar Term Loans. Such deemed Borrowing shall, for all purposes, be treated as a Borrowing made hereunder on the Closing Date and shall be governed by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Amounts borrowed as Existing Dollar Term Loans which are repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed.

(c) Existing Sterling Term Loans. Prior to the Closing Date term loans denominated in Sterling were borrowed by certain of the Borrowers under the Original U.S. Credit Agreement and the Original U.K. Credit Agreement (the "Existing Sterling Term Loans" and, together with the Existing Dollar Term Loans, the "Existing Term Loans") and, as of the Closing Date, such Existing Sterling Term Loans remain outstanding in the amounts set forth on Schedule 2.01 annexed hereto and made a part hereof. Each Loan Party, the Administrative Agent, each Issuer and each of the Lenders hereby agree with respect to the Existing Sterling Term Loans that, subject to Section 2.01(g), on the Closing Date, all such Existing Sterling Terms Loans shall, for all purposes under this Agreement, be deemed to be Loans outstanding hereunder to each Borrower as set forth in Schedule 2.01 and the Borrowers shall be deemed to

37

have made a Borrowing of Loans hereunder in the amount of the Existing Sterling Term Loans. Such deemed Borrowing shall, for all purposes, be treated as a Borrowing made hereunder on the Closing Date and shall be governed by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Amounts borrowed as Existing Sterling Term Loans which are repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed.

(d) Sterling Term Loans. Each Lender severally agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth in Article V, to make loans (each such loan, a "Sterling Term Loan") in Sterling to the Company from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date to the Revolving Loan Termination Date, in an aggregate amount not to exceed such Lender's Sterling Term Loan Commitment as set forth on Schedule 2.01 (as such amount may be reduced pursuant to Section 2.08); provided, that Sterling Term Loans made after the Closing Date shall only be requested by, or on behalf of, the Company to repurchase Loan Notes or to settle a drawing under the Loan Note Credit Support. Amounts borrowed as Sterling Term Loans which are repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed.

(e) Revolving Credit.

(i) Subject to Section 2.05, each Lender severally agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth in Article V, to make loans to a Borrower (each such loan, a "Revolving Loan") from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date to the Revolving Loan Termination Date, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding the amount set forth on Schedule 2.01 (such amount, as the same may be reduced under Section 2.06 or reduced or increased as a result of one or more assignments under Section 11.08, the Revolving Lender's "Revolving Loan Commitment"); provided, however, that, after giving effect to any Borrowing of Revolving Loans, the Effective Amount of Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans and L/C Obligations at such time shall not at any time exceed an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment at such time and (b) the Borrowing Base at such time; and provided, further, that the Effective Amount of Revolving Loans of any Revolving Lender, plus the participation of such Revolving Lender in the Effective Amount of all L/C Obligations and such Revolving Lender's Pro Rata Share of the Effective Amount of Swing Line Loans shall not at any time exceed the lesser of
(a) such Revolving Lender's Revolving Loan Commitment and (b) such Revolving Lender's Pro Rata Share of the Borrowing Base at such time. Within the limits of each Revolving Lender's Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, each Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.01(e), prepay under Section 2.07 and reborrow under this Section 2.01(e).

(ii) Prior to the Closing Date revolving loans were borrowed by certain of the Borrowers under the Original U.S. Credit Agreement and the Original U.K. Credit Agreement (the "Existing Revolving Loans") and, as of the Closing Date, such Existing Revolving Loans remain outstanding in the amounts set forth on Schedule 2.01 annexed hereto and made a part hereof. The Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, each Issuer and each of the Lenders hereby agree with respect to the Existing Revolving Loans that, notwithstanding Section 2.01(e)(i), on the Closing Date, all such Existing Revolving Loans shall, for all purposes under this Agreement, be deemed to be Revolving Loans outstanding hereunder and each of the Borrowers shall be deemed to have made a Borrowing hereunder in the amount of the Existing Revolving Loans of such Borrower; provided, that each proviso contained in Section 2.01(e)(i) shall be applicable to such deemed Borrowing. Such deemed Borrowings shall, for all purposes, be

38

treated as Borrowings made hereunder on the Closing Date and shall be governed by the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(f) If, as a result of Section 2.01(b), 2.01(c) or 2.01(e)(ii), as determined by the Administrative Agent, any Lender shall have funded (or been deemed to have funded) less than its Pro Rata Share of any Loan, such Lender shall purchase from the other Lenders, and such other Lenders shall sell to such Lender, a portion of such Loans funded (or deemed funded) by such other Lenders as shall be necessary to cause each Lender to have funded an amount of Loans equal to its Pro Rata Share of all outstanding Loans. If any Lender shall incur any expense or suffer any loss as a result of the purchase or sale of any Loan or portion of a Loan on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the applicable Borrower shall reimburse the applicable Lender therefor, and shall hold such Lender harmless therefrom, upon such Lender's demand, in accordance with the terms of Section 4.04.

(g) The Lenders hereby acknowledge and agree that at any time after the Closing Date, each Borrower shall be entitled to assign Existing Term Loans to any other Borrower; provided that (i) the applicable Borrower Representative shall have provided notice of such assignment to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders at least three Business Days prior to the date of such proposed transfer, together with a revised amortization schedule setting forth the repayment obligations of each Borrower on and after the date of such assignment, and the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders shall have approved such assignment and amortization schedule (provided that at any time during which an Event of Default exists, such assignment shall require the consent of all of the Lenders providing the Existing Term Loans), (ii) the applicable Borrowers shall have executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent an assignment agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (iii) the aggregate amount of Existing Dollar Term Loans outstanding shall not exceed the Aggregate Existing Dollar Commitment Amount,
(iv) the amount of Existing Dollar Term Loans made by any Lender shall not exceed such Lender's Existing Dollar Commitment Amount, (v) the aggregate amount of Existing Sterling Term Loans outstanding shall not exceed the Aggregate Existing Sterling Commitment Amount and (vi) the amount of Existing Sterling Term Loans made by any Lender shall not exceed such Lender's Existing Sterling Commitment Amount.

39

2.02 Loan Accounts. The Loans made by each Lender and the Letters of Credit Issued by each Issuer shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender or Issuer, as the case may be and by the Administrative Agent, in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent, each Issuer and each Lender shall govern absent manifest error in the amount of the Loans made by such Lender to a Borrower and the Letters of Credit Issued for the account of the applicable Borrower, and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of a Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Loans or any Letter of Credit. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender or Issuer in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.

2.03 Procedure for Borrowing.

(a) (i) Each Borrowing (other than a Borrowing of Swing Line Loans or a L/C Borrowing) shall be made upon a Borrower Representative's irrevocable
(except in the circumstances described in Section 4.05 as provided therein) notice delivered to the Administrative Agent in the form of a Notice of Borrowing (which notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than the Requisite Time therefor) specifying:

(A) the amount of the Borrowing, which shall be in a Minimum Amount;

(B) the requested Borrowing Date, which shall be a Business Day;

(C) whether such Loan shall be a Revolving Loan, an NSC Term Loan or a Sterling Term Loan;

(D) if a Loan comprised of Offshore Currency Loans, the Applicable Currency;

(E) the Type of Loans comprising the Borrowing;

(F) the identity of the Borrower;

(G) with respect to Offshore Rate Loans, the duration of the Interest Period applicable to such Loans included in such notice. If the Notice of Borrowing fails to specify the duration of the Interest Period for any Borrowing comprised of Offshore Rate Loans, such Interest Period shall be one month; and

(H) the Borrowing Base, as set forth in the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered (or required to be delivered) to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 7.02(e).

(ii) Each Borrower that is a U.S. Subsidiary hereby designates CVS, Inc. as its representative and agent on its behalf, and each Borrower that is a Non-U.S. Subsidiary hereby designates the Company as its representative and agent on its behalf, in each case for the

40

purposes of issuing notices hereunder, giving instructions with respect to the disbursement of the proceeds of the Loans, selecting interest rate options, requesting Letters of Credit, giving and receiving all other notices and consents hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents and taking all other actions (including in respect of compliance with covenants) on behalf of any Borrower or the Borrowers under the Loan Documents (in such capacity, each a "Borrower Representative"). Each Borrower Representative hereby accepts such appointment. The Administrative Agent and each Lender may regard any notice or other communication pursuant to any Loan Document from a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative as a notice or communication from the applicable Borrowers, and may give any notice or communication required or permitted to be given to any Borrower or the Borrowers hereunder to such Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative on behalf of such Borrower or the Borrowers. Each Borrower agrees that each notice, election, representation and warranty, covenant, agreement and undertaking made on its behalf by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative shall be deemed for all purposes to have been made by such Borrower and shall be binding upon and enforceable against such Borrower to the same extent as if the same had been made directly by such Borrower.

(b) The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each applicable Lender of its receipt of any Notice of Borrowing and of the amount of such Lender's Pro Rata Share of that Borrowing. In the case of a Borrowing of Loans comprised of Offshore Currency Loans, such notice will provide the amount of each Lender's Pro Rata Share of the Borrowing, and the Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of the exact Equivalent Amount of such Lender's Pro Rata Share of the Borrowing, in the case of a Borrowing not utilizing the Sterling Term Loan Commitment, or of the exact Sterling amount of such Lender's Pro Rata Share of a Borrowing utilizing the Sterling Term Loan Commitment. The Equivalent Amount of any Borrowing in an Offshore Currency will be determined by the Administrative Agent for such Borrowing on the Computation Date therefor in accordance with Section 2.16(a).

(c) Each Lender will make the amount of its Pro Rata Share of each Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Borrower at the applicable Agent's Payment Office on the Borrowing Date requested by the Borrower Representative in Same Day Funds and in the requested currency (i) in the case of a Borrowing comprised of Loans in Dollars, by 1:00 p.m. (Charlotte, North Carolina time) and (ii) in the case of a Borrowing comprised of Offshore Currency Loans, by such time as the Administrative Agent may specify. The proceeds of all such Loans will then be made available to the relevant Borrower by the Administrative Agent at such office by crediting the account of the relevant Borrower on the books of Bank of America with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Lenders and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent.

(d) After giving effect to any Borrowing, unless the Administrative Agent shall otherwise consent, there may not be more than twenty different Interest Periods in effect.

(e) The Borrowers hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to accept Notices of Borrowing based on telephonic notices made by any person or persons the Administrative Agent in good faith believes to be acting on behalf of the Borrowers. The Borrower Representative agrees to deliver promptly to the Administrative Agent a written

41

confirmation of each telephonic notice, signed by a Responsible Officer of each Borrower Representative or an authorized designee. If the written confirmation differs in any material respect from the action taken by the Administrative Agent, the records of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall govern absent manifest error.

2.04 Conversion and Continuation Elections.

(a) Subject to subsection (e) below, the applicable Borrower Representative may, upon irrevocable (except in the circumstances described in
Section 4.05 as provided therein) notice to the Administrative Agent in accordance with subsection 2.04(b):

(i) elect, as of any Business Day, in the case of Base Rate Loans, or as of the last day of the applicable Interest Period, in the case of any other Type of Revolving Loans or Term Loans, to convert any such Loans (or any part thereof in a Minimum Amount) into Loans of any other Type; or

(ii) elect as of the last day of the applicable Interest Period, to continue any Offshore Rate Loans having Interest Periods expiring on such day (or any part thereof in a Minimum Amount);

provided, that if at any time the aggregate amount of Offshore Rate Loans in respect of any Borrowing is reduced, by payment, prepayment, or conversion of part thereof to be less than the Minimum Amount, such Offshore Rate Loans shall automatically convert into Base Rate Loans, and on and after such date the right of the Company to continue such Loans as, and convert such Loans into, Offshore Rate Loans shall terminate. A conversion pursuant to this Section 2.04 does not constitute a new advance by the Lenders.

(b) The Borrower Representative shall deliver a Notice of Conversion/ Continuation to be received by the Administrative Agent not later than the Requisite Time, specifying:

(A) the proposed Conversion/Continuation Date;

(B) the aggregate amount of Loans to be converted or continued;

(C) the Type of Loans resulting from the proposed conversion or continuation;

(D) the Applicable Currency;

(E) the identity of the Borrower; and

(F) other than in the case of conversions into Base Rate Loans, the duration of the requested Interest Period.

(c) If upon the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to Offshore Rate Loans (other than Offshore Currency Loans), the Borrower Representative has failed to timely select a new Interest Period to be applicable to such Offshore Rate Loans, as the case may be, or

42

if any Default or Event of Default then exists, the Borrower Representative shall be deemed to have elected to convert such Offshore Rate Loans into Base Rate Loans effective as of the expiration date of such Interest Period. If the Borrower Representative has failed to select a new Interest Period to be applicable to Offshore Rate Loans made as Offshore Currency Loans prior to the fourth Business Day in advance of the expiration date of the current Interest Period applicable thereto as provided in Section 2.04(b), or if any Default or Event of Default shall then exist, the applicable Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to continue such Offshore Rate Loans on the basis of a one month Interest Period.

(d) The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each applicable Lender of its receipt of a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, or, if no timely notice is provided by the Borrower Representative, the Administrative Agent will promptly notify each applicable Lender of the details of any automatic conversion for the applicable Borrower. All conversions and continuations shall be made ratably according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Loans with respect to which the notice was given held by each Lender.

(e) Unless the Required Lenders otherwise consent, during the existence of a Default or Event of Default, the Borrower Representative may not elect to have (i) a Loan made in Dollars converted into or continued as an Offshore Rate Loan or (ii) an Offshore Rate Loan made as an Offshore Currency Loan continued on the basis of an Interest Period exceeding one month.

(f) After giving effect to any conversion or continuation of Loans, unless the Administrative Agent shall otherwise consent, there may not be more than twenty different Interest Periods in effect.

(g) The Borrowers hereby authorize the Lenders and the Administrative Agent to accept Notices of Conversion/Continuation based on telephonic notices made by any person or persons the Administrative Agent or any Lender in good faith believes to be acting on behalf of the relevant Borrowers. Each Borrower Representative agrees to deliver promptly to the Administrative Agent a written confirmation of each telephonic notice, signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative. If the written confirmation differs in any material respect from the action taken by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, the records of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall govern absent manifest error.

2.05 The Swing Line Loans.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender may, in its sole discretion (subject to Section 2.05(b)), make Swing Line loans in Dollars or such other currency as may be agreed to by the Administrative Agent (each such loan, a "Swing Line Loan") to any Borrower on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date to the Swing Line Termination Date in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.05 in an aggregate Equivalent Amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the least of (x) the aggregate available amount of the Revolving Loan Commitments, (y) $8,000,000 (the "Swing Line Commitment Amount") and (z) the Borrowing Base, notwithstanding the fact that such Swing Line Loans, when aggregated with the Swing Line Lender's outstanding Revolving Loans and its Pro Rata Share of L/C Obligations, may exceed the Swing Line Lender's Pro Rata Share

43

of the aggregate amount of the Revolving Loan Commitments; provided that at no time shall the sum of (i) the Effective Amount of all outstanding Revolving Loans (including for the purposes hereof Swing Line Loans) plus (ii) the Effective Amount of all L/C Obligations exceed the lesser of (a) the Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment and (b) the Borrowing Base. Upon the approval of the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Commitment Amount may be subdivided, from time to time, into commitments of one or more specified branches of the Swing Line Lender so that Swing Line Loans may be made available by the Swing Line Lender through such branch in local currencies and at local times in an aggregate amount for such branch not to exceed its designated portion of the Swing Line Commitment Amount, provided that the aggregate of such subdivided commitments shall not exceed the Swing Line Commitment Amount. Subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, a Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.05(a), prepay pursuant to Section 2.05(d), and reborrow pursuant to this
Section 2.05(a) from time to time; provided that the Swing Line Lender shall not be obligated to make any Swing Line Loan.

(b) The Borrower Representative shall provide the Administrative Agent and the Swing Line Lender irrevocable written notice (or notice by a telephone call confirmed promptly by facsimile) of any Swing Line Loan requested hereunder (which notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender prior to the Requisite Time (with a copy to the Administrative Agent)) specifying (i) the amount to be borrowed and the currency requested, (ii) the identity of the Borrower, and (iii) the requested Borrowing Date, which must be a Business Day. Upon receipt of such notice, the Swing Line Lender will promptly confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such notice from the relevant Borrower and, if not, the Swing Line Lender will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. If and only if the Administrative Agent notifies the Swing Line Lender on the proposed Borrowing Date that it may make available to the relevant Borrower the amount of the requested Swing Line Loan, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender may make the amount of the requested Swing Line Loan available to the relevant Borrower by crediting the account of the relevant Borrower on the books of Bank of America with the amount of such Swing Line Loan. The Administrative Agent will not so notify the Swing Line Lender if the Administrative Agent has knowledge that (A) the limitations set forth in the proviso set forth in the first sentence of Section 2.05(a) are being violated or would be violated by such Swing Line Loan or (B) one or more conditions specified in Article V is not then satisfied. Each Swing Line Loan shall be in a Minimum Amount.

(c) Principal of and accrued interest on each Swing Line Loan shall be due and payable (i) on demand made by the Swing Line Lender at any time upon one Business Day's prior notice to the relevant Borrower furnished at or before the Requisite Time, and (ii) in any event on the Swing Line Termination Date. Interest on Swing Line Loans shall be for the sole account of the Swing Line Lender (except to the extent that the other Lenders have funded the purchase of their respective participations therein pursuant to Section 2.05(e)).

(d) A Borrower may, from time to time on any Business Day, make a voluntary prepayment, in whole or in part, of the outstanding principal amount of any Swing Line Loan, without incurring any premium or penalty; provided that

44

(i) each such voluntary prepayment shall require prior written notice given to the Administrative Agent and the Swing Line Lender no later than the Requisite Time on the day on which the relevant Borrower intends to make a voluntary prepayment, and

(ii) each such voluntary prepayment shall be a Minimum Amount (or the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Swing Line Loans then outstanding).

Voluntary prepayments of Swing Line Loans shall be made by the relevant Borrower to the Swing Line Lender at such office as the Swing Line Lender may designate by notice to the Borrower Representatives from time to time. All such payments shall be made as set forth in Section 2.13(a) no later than the Requisite Time (and any payment received later than such time shall be deemed to have been received on the next Business Day). The Swing Line Lender will promptly notify the Administrative Agent of the amount of each prepayment of Swing Line Loans.

(e) If (i) any Swing Line Loan shall remain outstanding at 11:00
a.m. (Charlotte, North Carolina time) on the Business Day immediately prior to a Business Day on which Swing Line Loans are due and payable pursuant to Section 2.05(c) and by such time on such Business Day the Administrative Agent shall have received neither (A) a Notice of Borrowing delivered pursuant to Section 2.03 requesting that Revolving Loans be made pursuant to Section 2.01 on such following Business Day in an amount at least equal to the aggregate principal amount of such Swing Line Loans, nor (B) any other notice indicating the relevant Borrower's intent to repay such Swing Line Loans with funds obtained from other sources, or (ii) any Swing Line Loans shall remain outstanding during the existence of a Default or Event of Default and the Swing Line Lender shall in its sole discretion notify the Administrative Agent that the Swing Line Lender desires that such Swing Line Loans be converted into Revolving Loans, then the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have received a Notice of Borrowing from the relevant Borrower pursuant to Section 2.03 requesting that Base Rate Loans be made pursuant to Section 2.01 on the following Business Day in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of such Swing Line Loans, and the procedures set forth in Section 2.03(c) shall be followed in making such Base Rate Loans; provided that such Base Rate Loans shall be made notwithstanding the relevant Borrower's failure to comply with Section 5.02; and provided, further, that if a Borrowing of Revolving Loans becomes legally impractical and if so required by the Swing Line Lender at the time such Revolving Loans are required to be made by the Revolving Lenders in accordance with this Section 2.05(e), each Revolving Lender agrees that in lieu of making Revolving Loans as described in this Section 2.05(e), such Revolving Lender shall purchase a participation from the Swing Line Lender in the applicable Swing Line Loans in an amount equal to such Lender's Pro Rata Share of such Swing Line Loans, and the procedures set forth in Section 2.03(c) shall be followed in connection with the purchases of such participations. The proceeds of such Base Rate Loans (or participations purchased) shall be delivered by the Administrative Agent to the Swing Line Lender to repay such Swing Line Loans (or as payment for such participations). A copy of each notice given by the Administrative Agent to the Revolving Lenders pursuant to this Section 2.05(e) with respect to the making of Revolving Loans, or the purchases of participations, shall be promptly delivered by the Administrative Agent to the relevant Borrower. Each Revolving Lender's obligation in accordance with this Agreement to make the Revolving Loans, or purchase the participations, as

45

contemplated by this Section 2.05(e), shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (1) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the relevant Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (2) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, an Event of Default or a Material Adverse Effect; or (3) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

2.06 Voluntary Termination or Reduction of Revolving Loan Commitments.

(a) The Borrowers may, upon not less than three Business Days' prior notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate the Revolving Loan Commitments, or permanently reduce the Revolving Loan Commitments in a Minimum Amount; unless, after giving effect thereto and to any prepayments of Loans made on the effective date thereof, the Effective Amount of all Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans and L/C Obligations outstanding would exceed the Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment then in effect. Once reduced in accordance with this
Section 2.06, the Revolving Loan Commitments may not be increased. Any reduction of the Revolving Loan Commitments shall be applied to each Revolving Lender according to its Pro Rata Share. All accrued commitment and letter of credit fees to, but not including, the effective date of any reduction or termination of Revolving Loan Commitments, shall be paid on the effective date of such reduction or termination.

(b) At no time shall the Swing Line Commitment exceed the Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment and any reduction of the Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment which reduces the Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment below the then-current amount of the Swing Line Commitment shall result in an automatic corresponding reduction of the Swing Line Commitment to the amount of the Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment, as so reduced, without any action on the part of the Swing Line Lender. At no time shall the Swing Line Commitment exceed the Commitment of the Swing Line Lender, and any reduction of the Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment which reduces the Commitment of the Swing Line Lender below the then-current amount of the Swing Line Commitment shall result in an automatic corresponding reduction of the Swing Line Commitment to the amount of the Commitment of the Swing Line Lender, as so reduced, without any action on the part of the Swing Line Lender.

2.07 Optional Prepayments.

Subject to Section 4.04, a Borrower may, at any time or from time to time, upon irrevocable notice from a Borrower Representative (which notice shall be delivered three (3) Business Days' prior in the case of Offshore Currency Loans maintained at the Offshore Rate) (or, subject to Section 4.04, such shorter period that may be agreed to by the Administrative Agent) to the Administrative Agent, in respect of Offshore Rate Loans, and in respect of Base Rate Loans, by not later than 11:00 a.m. (local time) on the prepayment date, prepay Loans in whole or in part, in a Minimum Amount. Such notice of prepayment shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment, which Loans are to be prepaid, the applicable Borrower, the Type(s) of such Loans to be prepaid and the Applicable Currency. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of any such notice, and of such Lender's Pro Rata Share of such prepayment. If such notice is given by a Borrower Representative, the applicable

46

Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together, in the case of Offshore Rate Loans, with accrued interest to each such date on the amount prepaid and any amounts required pursuant to Section 4.04. The amount of such optional prepayment of Existing Term Loans shall be applied and paid by the applicable Borrower to reduce its Existing Term Loan pro rata with respect to each remaining installment of principal of such Loan.

2.08 Termination of Commitments; Reduction of Commitment Amounts; Mandatory Commitment Reductions; Mandatory Prepayments of Loans.

(a) (i) The Aggregate NSC Term Loan Commitment (and, as applicable, the NSC Term Loan Commitment of each Term Lender) shall be automatically reduced from time to time on the date, and in the amount, of (x) any Borrowing of an NSC Term Loan and (y) any reduction in the Stated Amount of the Existing Fleet Letter of Credit in the event, for this clause (y), such reduction is not accompanied by a request and/or a deemed request for a Borrowing of an NSC Term Loan.

(ii) The Sterling Term Loan Commitment shall be automatically reduced from time to time on the date, and in the amount, that the amount available to be drawn under the Loan Note Credit Support is reduced pursuant to the terms of the Loan Note Credit Support (but after giving effect to any Borrowing of Sterling Term Loans used to repay drawings thereunder on such date). In addition, the Aggregate Sterling Term Loan Commitment (and, as applicable, the Sterling Term Loan Commitment of each Term Lender) shall be automatically reduced from time to time on the date, and in the amount, of any Borrowing of a Sterling Term Loan.

(iii) The Aggregate Existing Dollar Term Loan Commitment Amount (and, as applicable, the Existing Dollar Term Loan Commitment Amount of each Term Lender) shall be automatically reduced from time to time on the date, and in the amount, of any repayment or prepayment of an Existing Dollar Term Loan.

(iv) The Aggregate Existing Sterling Term Loan Commitment Amount (and, as applicable, the Existing Sterling Term Loan Commitment Amount of each Term Lender) shall be automatically reduced from time to time on the date, and in the amount, of any repayment or prepayment of an Existing Sterling Term Loan.

(b) If on any date the aggregate amount of L/C Obligations exceeds the L/C Commitment, the relevant Borrower shall Cash Collateralize on such date the applicable outstanding Letters of Credit in an amount equal to the excess of the maximum amount then available to be drawn under the Letters of Credit over the L/C Commitment. Subject to Section 4.04, if on any date after giving effect to any Cash Collateralization made on such date pursuant to the preceding sentence, the aggregate amount of all Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans then outstanding plus the aggregate amount of all L/C Obligations exceeds the Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment, the respective Borrower shall immediately, and without notice or demand, prepay the outstanding principal amount of its Revolving Loans and L/C Advances by an amount equal to its pro rata share of the applicable excess.

47

(c) Subject to Section 4.04, if on any Computation Date the Administrative Agent shall have determined that the then aggregate Equivalent Amount of principal of all Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans then outstanding plus (without duplication) the Effective Amount of all L/C Obligations exceeds the Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment by more than $1,000,000 due to a change in applicable rates of exchange between Dollars, on the one hand, and Offshore Currencies on the other hand, then the Administrative Agent shall give notice to the applicable Borrower Representative that a prepayment is required under this
Section 2.08(c), and the applicable Borrower agrees thereupon to make prepayments of Loans such that, after giving effect to such prepayment, the outstanding Equivalent Amount of principal of all Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans plus (without duplication) the Effective Amount of all L/C Obligations does not exceed the Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment by more than $1,000,000.

(d) If any portion of the Sterling Term Loan Commitment remains unutilized on the date that the Loan Note Credit Support is terminated and the Loan Notes Instrument is released, then such portion of the Sterling Term Loan Commitment shall be automatically deemed to be reduced.

(e) If at any time the then aggregate Equivalent Amount of the outstanding principal of all Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans plus (without duplication) the Effective Amount of all L/C Obligations exceeds the Borrowing Base by more than $1,000,000, the Borrowers shall immediately prepay the Loans by an amount equal to such excess.

(f) Subject to Section 2.08(h), on each date occurring one hundred twenty (120) days after the last day of each fiscal year of BHI, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2003, BHI shall cause the Borrowers, and the Borrowers hereby agree, to prepay Term Loans in an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the Excess Cash Flow, if any, of BHI and its Subsidiaries during the immediately preceding fiscal year of BHI. Any mandatory prepayment of Terms Loans required by this Section 2.08(f) shall be made pro rata by each of the Borrowers and shall be allocated pro rata to NSC Term Loans, Existing Dollar Term Loans, Existing Sterling Term Loans and Sterling Term Loans. The amount of such prepayment shall be applied pro rata with respect to each remaining installment of principal of the Term Loans until such time as the sum of (i) an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate Excess Cash Flow of BHI and its Subsidiaries calculated in accordance with the first sentence of this
Section 2.08(f), commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2003, (ii) the Net Proceeds received from Asset Dispositions (other than pursuant to subsection 8.02(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (g), (h) or (j)) made by BHI or its Subsidiaries after the date hereof, (ii) the Net Proceeds realized upon all debt issuances (other than the Loans and any other Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement) made by BHI or its Subsidiaries, (iii) the insurance proceeds received by BHI or any Subsidiary following a casualty or Event of Loss involving such Person's property, and any payments received by BHI or any Subsidiary from a condemnation of such Person's Property, after the date hereof, and (iv) 50% of Net Proceeds of any equity issuances made after the date hereof by BHI or any Subsidiary (other than Excluded Equity), shall exceed $5,000,000. Thereafter, the amount of any such prepayment shall be applied to the remaining installment of principal of the Term Loans in inverse order of their maturities. Such proceeds shall be applied first, to the extent possible, to prepay its Base Rate Loans and then to prepay Offshore Rate Loans (provided that the Administrative Agent shall, so long as no Default or Event of Default

48

has occurred and is continuing, hold such amounts to be used to prepay Offshore Rate Loans until the end of any Interest Period so as to avoid breakage costs unless otherwise requested by the applicable Borrower to immediately apply such amounts). Each Borrower shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender holding a Term Loan of the amount of any required prepayment at least three (3) Business Days before it is made.

(g) Subject to Section 2.08(h), on the day of receipt of the proceeds from the events specified below, BHI shall cause each Borrower, and each Borrower hereby agrees, to prepay Term Loans in an amount equal to (i) 100% of the sum of (x) the Net Proceeds realized upon all Asset Dispositions (other than pursuant to subsection 8.02(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (g), (h) or (j)) made by BHI and its Subsidiaries in excess, in the aggregate, of $1,500,000 in any fiscal year of BHI and its Subsidiaries, (y) the Net Proceeds realized upon all debt issuances (other than the Loans and any other Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement) made by BHI or its Subsidiaries and (z) the insurance proceeds received by BHI or any Subsidiary following a casualty or Event of Loss involving such Person's property, and the payments received by BHI or any Subsidiary in such fiscal quarter from a condemnation of such Person's Property, aggregating in excess of $1,500,000 for BHI and its Subsidiaries, to the extent in the case of amounts derived from the events described in clauses (x) and (z) above such amounts are not applied (or committed to be applied) within 180 days after the consummation or receipt thereof, as applicable, to the purchase of other assets that are not classified as current assets under GAAP and are used or useful in the business of BHI or such Subsidiary, and (ii) 50% of the Net Proceeds realized upon all equity issuances made by BHI or any Subsidiary in such fiscal quarter; provided, however, that no prepayment need be made with the proceeds of (1) any equity issuances by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries to another Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, (2) any equity issuances by BHI issued to any consultants, directors and employees of BHI and its Subsidiaries; provided that the aggregate amount of such equity issuances after the first anniversary of the Closing Date shall not exceed $3,000,000),
(3) any common equity issuances by BHI issued to the holders of its Capital Stock as of the Closing Date and their Related Parties (including, for purposes hereof, Onex and its Affiliates), (4) any common equity issuances by BHI issued in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or an Investment under Section 8.04(j) and (5) any common equity issuances by BHI 100% of the proceeds of which are utilized to repay Term Loans; provided, that no prepayment of the Term Loans need be made with the proceeds of debt issuances pursuant to Section 7.16 (it being understood that such proceeds shall be applied to payment of the Revolving Loans only) (each of the items set forth in clauses (1) through (5) of the first proviso in this Section 2.08(g), the "Excluded Equity"). Any mandatory prepayment of Terms Loans required by this Section 2.08(g) shall be made pro rata by each of the Borrowers and shall be allocated pro rata to NSC Term Loans, Existing Dollar Term Loans, Existing Sterling Term Loans and Sterling Term Loans. The amount of such prepayment shall be applied pro rata with respect to each remaining installment of principal of the Term Loans until such time as the sum of (i) an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate Excess Cash Flow of BHI and its Subsidiaries calculated in accordance with the first sentence of Section 2.08(f), commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2003, (ii) the Net Proceeds received from Asset Dispositions (other than pursuant to subsection 8.02(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (g), (h) or (j)) made by BHI or its Subsidiaries after the date hereof, (ii) the Net Proceeds realized upon all debt issuances (other than the Loans and any other Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement) made by BHI or its Subsidiaries, (iii) the insurance proceeds received by BHI or any Subsidiary

49

following a casualty or Event of Loss involving such Person's property, and any payments received by BHI or any Subsidiary from a condemnation of such Person's Property, after the date hereof, and (iv) 50% of Net Proceeds of any equity issuances made after the date hereof by BHI or any Subsidiary (other than Excluded Equity), shall exceed $5,000,000. Thereafter, the amount of any such prepayment shall be applied to the remaining installment of principal of the Term Loans in inverse order of their maturities. Such proceeds shall be applied first, to the extent possible, to prepay Base Rate Loans or Loans maintained at the Offshore Currency Domestic Rate and then to prepay Offshore Rate Loans (provided that the Administrative Agent shall, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, hold such amounts to be used to prepay Offshore Rate Loans until the end of any Interest Period so as to avoid breakage costs, unless otherwise requested by the Company to immediately apply such amount). Each Borrower shall use its best efforts to notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender holding a Term Loan of the amount of any required prepayment at least three (3) Business Days before it is made.

(h) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Borrower shall be required to make the mandatory prepayments specified in Sections 2.08(f) or 2.08(g) to the extent that the Total Leverage Ratio (calculated as of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of BHI on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the transaction or event giving rise to the need for a prepayment) would be less than 2.00 to 1.0; provided, that the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative certifying to the foregoing and attaching appropriate calculations.

2.09 Repayment.

(a) Term Loans.

(i) The Company shall repay its Existing Term Loans in an amount equal to the Sterling amounts set forth below on each Principal Payment Date:

     Date                            Term Loan Payment
     ----                            -----------------
March 31, 2003                       (pound) 71,131.20
June 30, 2003                        (pound) 71,131.20
September 30, 2003                   (pound) 71,131.20
December 31, 2003                    (pound) 71,131.20
March 31, 2004                       (pound)142,262.40
June 30, 2004                        (pound)142,262.40
September 30, 2004                   (pound)142,262.40
December 31, 2004                    (pound)142,262.40
March 31, 2005                       (pound)213,393.59
June 30, 2005                        (pound)213,393.59
September 30, 2005                   (pound)213,393.59
January 2, 2006                      (pound)827,882.74

50

(ii) (A) NSC shall repay its Existing Term Loans in an amount equal to the Dollar amounts set forth below on each Principal Payment Date:

     Date                                Term Loan Payment
     ----                                -----------------
March 31, 2003                           $      353,678.67
June 30, 2003                            $      353,678.67
September 30, 2003                       $      353,678.67
December 31, 2003                        $      353,678.67
March 31, 2004                           $      707,357.34
June 30, 2004                            $      707,357.34
September 30, 2004                       $      707,357.34
December 31, 2004                        $      707,357.34
March 31, 2005                           $    1,061,036.00
June 30, 2005                            $    1,061,036.00
September 30, 2005                       $    1,061,036.00
January 2, 2006                          $    4,116,400.04

(B) In addition to the above, NSC shall repay to the Lenders on the Revolving Loan Termination Date the aggregate outstanding principal amount of NSC Term Loans.

(iii) CVS, Inc. shall repay its Existing Term Loans in an amount equal to the Dollar amounts set forth below on each Principal Payment Date:

     Date                                Term Loan Payment
     ----                                -----------------
March 31, 2003                           $      789,624.54
June 30, 2003                            $      789,624.54
September 30, 2003                       $      789,624.54
December 31, 2003                        $      789,624.54
March 31, 2004                           $    1,579,249.07
June 30, 2004                            $    1,579,249.07
September 30, 2004                       $    1,579,249.07
December 31, 2004                        $    1,579,249.07
March 31, 2005                           $    2,368,873.61
June 30, 2005                            $    2,368,873.61
September 30, 2005                       $    2,368,873.61
January 2, 2006                          $    9,190,292.68

(iv) The Sterling Term Loan. The Company shall repay to the Lenders on the Revolving Loan Termination Date the aggregate principal amount of its Sterling Term Loans outstanding on such date.

51

(b) The Revolving Credit. The Borrowers shall repay to the Lenders on the Revolving Loan Termination Date the aggregate principal amount of its Revolving Loans outstanding on such date.

(c) The Swing Line. The Borrowers shall repay the Swing Line Loans on demand.

2.10 Interest.

(a) Each Revolving Loan and Term Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable Borrowing Date at a rate per annum equal to the Offshore Rate, the Base Rate or the Offshore Currency Domestic Rate, as the case may be (and subject to the relevant Borrower's right to convert to other Types of Loans under Section 2.04), plus the Applicable Offshore Rate Margin or Applicable Base Rate Margin, as applicable. Swing Line Loans shall bear interest on the principal amount thereof from the applicable Borrowing Date at a rate per annum equal to the Quoted Rate.

(b) Interest on each Revolving Loan and the Term Loan shall be paid in arrears on each Interest Payment Date. Interest on Base Rate Loans shall also be paid on the date of any payment (including prepayment) in full thereof. Interest on Offshore Rate Loans shall also be paid on the date of any payment (including prepayment) in full thereof. During the existence of any Event of Default, interest on all Loans shall be paid on demand of the Administrative Agent at the request or with the consent of the Required Lenders.

(c) Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this Section 2.10, effective immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default pursuant to subsection 9.01(a), or effective upon the thirtieth day after the occurrence and continuance of any other Event of Default pursuant to subsections 9.01(b) through (n), the Borrowers agree to pay interest on all of their outstanding Obligations, payable on demand, at a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the rate otherwise in effect with respect to such Obligations, plus two percent (2.0%).

(d) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of the Borrowers to any Lender hereunder shall be subject to the limitation that payments of interest shall not be required for any period for which interest is computed hereunder, to the extent (but only to the extent) that contracting for or receiving such payment by such Lender would be contrary to the provisions of any law applicable to such Lender limiting the highest rate of interest that may be lawfully contracted for, charged or received by such Lender, and in such event the Borrowers shall pay such Lender interest at the highest rate permitted by applicable law.

2.11 Fees.

In addition to certain fees described in Section 3.08:

(a) Arrangement, Agency Fees. The Borrowers shall pay such fees to the Administrative Agent and the Arranger as are required by the letter agreement ("Fee Letter") among CVS, Inc., the Company, the Arranger and the Administrative Agent dated as of January 27, 2003.

52

(b) Commitment Fees. The Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender a commitment fee on the average daily unused portion of such Revolving Lender's Loan Commitment (the "Commitment Fee"), computed on a quarterly basis in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter based upon the daily utilization for that quarter as calculated by the Administrative Agent. At all times prior to the delivery of a Compliance Certificate pursuant to subsection 7.02(b) for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2003, the Commitment Fee shall be a per annum rate equal to 50.0 basis points and, at all times thereafter, the Commitment Fee shall be a per annum rate equal to the Commitment Fee in effect at such time as determined by reference to the Pricing Grid attached hereto as Schedule 1.01 and the applicable Total Leverage Ratio for the applicable period set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 7.02(b). For purposes of calculating utilization under this subsection 2.11(b), the Revolving Loan Commitments shall be deemed used to the extent of the aggregate amount of Revolving Loans then outstanding plus the aggregate amount of L/C Obligations then outstanding and shall not be deemed used by a Lender's Pro Rata Share of Swing Line Loans. Such commitment fee shall accrue from the date hereof to the Revolving Loan Termination Date and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter commencing on March 31, 2003, with the final payment to be made on the Revolving Loan Termination Date. The Commitment Fee provided in this subsection 2.11(b) shall accrue at all times after the date hereof, including at any time during which one or more conditions in Article V are not met.

(c) Continuation Fee. At the times and in the amounts set forth below, the Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a fee (the "Continuation Fee"), on the amount of each Lender's Commitment as of the Closing Date. The Continuation Fee shall be a per annum rate equal to (i) in the event the Commitments are not terminated and the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations) are not paid in full in cash by March 31, 2005, $1,135,406, (ii) in the event the Commitments are not terminated and the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations) are not paid in full in cash by June 30, 2005, $227,081, (iii) in the event the Commitments are not terminated and the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations) are not paid in full in cash by September 30, 2005, $227,081, and (iv) in the event the Commitments are not terminated and the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations) are not paid in full in cash by January 2, 2006, $227,081. Such fees shall be fully earned as of the Closing Date and shall be due and payable as of the dates set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above; provided, that such fees shall only be due and payable on each such date if the Commitments have not been terminated (unless terminated by operation of law) and the Obligations have not been paid in full in cash (other than contingent indemnification obligations) by such date.

2.12 Computation of Fees and Interest.

(a) All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by Bank of America's "prime rate" and all computations of interest for Loans denominated in Sterling shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more interest being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year), unless market practice for a currency (other than U.S. Dollars, Sterling or Euro) as determined by the Administrative Agent is different, in which case

53

such different basis shall apply. Interest and fees shall accrue during each period during which interest or such fees are computed from the first day thereof to the last day thereof.

(b) Each determination of an interest rate or an Equivalent Amount by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers and the Lending Parties in the absence of manifest error.

2.13 Payments by the Borrowers.

(a) All payments to be made by any Loan Party shall be made without set-off, recoupment or counterclaim. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by any Loan Party shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lending Parties at the Agent's Payment Office, and, with respect to principal of, interest on, and any other amounts relating to, any Offshore Currency Loan, shall be made in the Offshore Currency in which such Loan is denominated or payable, and, with respect to all other amounts payable hereunder, shall be made in Dollars (or in the case of Letter of Credit Fees relating to the Loan Note Credit Support, in Sterling) and in each case, in immediately available funds, and (i) in the case of Offshore Currency payments, no later than such time on the dates specified herein as may be reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent to be necessary for such payment to be credited on such date in accordance with normal lending procedures in the place of payment (as notified to the Borrower Representatives on or prior to the Closing Date and thereafter at least five Business Days prior to any change therein) and (ii) in the case of any Dollar payments no later than 1:00
p.m. (Charlotte, North Carolina time). The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Pro Rata Share of such payment in like funds as received. Any payment received by the Administrative Agent later than the applicable time set forth above shall be deemed to have been received on the following Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.

(b) Subject to the provisions set forth in the definition of "Interest Period" herein, whenever any payment is due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the following Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of interest or fees, as the case may be.

(c) Unless the Administrative Agent receives notice from the Borrower Representative on behalf of a Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Lenders that such Borrower will not make such payment in full as and when required, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Borrower has made such payment in full to the Administrative Agent on such date in immediately available funds and the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be so required), in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to each Lender on such due date an amount equal to the amount then due such Lender. If and to the extent such Borrower has not made such payment in full to the Administrative Agent, each Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent on demand such amount distributed to such Lender, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Rate for each day from the date such amount is distributed to such Lender until the date repaid.

54

2.14 Payments by the Lenders to the Administrative Agent.

(a) Unless the Administrative Agent receives notice from a Lender on or prior to the Closing Date or, with respect to any Borrowing after the Closing Date, at least one Business Day prior to the date of such Borrowing, that such Lender will not make available as and when required hereunder to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant Borrower the amount of that Lender's Pro Rata Share of the Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that each Lender has made such amount available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds on the Borrowing Date and the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be so required), in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the relevant Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If and to the extent any Lender shall not have made its full amount available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds and the Administrative Agent in such circumstances has made available to the relevant Borrower such amount, that Lender shall on the Business Day following such Borrowing Date make such amount available to the Administrative Agent, together with interest at the Federal Funds Rate (or in the case of non-Dollar denominated Loans, the Administrative Agent's cost of funds with respect thereto) for each day during such period. A notice of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to amounts owing under this subsection (a) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error. If such amount is so made available, such payment to the Administrative Agent shall constitute such Lender's Loan on the date of Borrowing for all purposes of this Agreement. If such amount is not made available to the Administrative Agent on the Business Day following the Borrowing Date, the Administrative Agent will notify the relevant Borrower of such failure to fund and, upon demand by the Administrative Agent, the relevant Borrower shall pay such amount to the Administrative Agent for the Administrative Agent's account, together with interest thereon for each day elapsed since the date of such Borrowing, at a rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable at the time to the Loans comprising such Borrowing.

(b) The failure of any Lender to make any Loan on any Borrowing Date shall not relieve any other Lender of any obligation hereunder to make a Loan on such Borrowing Date, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Loan to be made by such other Lender on any Borrowing Date.

2.15 Sharing of Payments, Etc.

If, other than as expressly provided elsewhere herein, any Lender shall obtain on account of the Loans made by it any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off, or otherwise) in excess of its ratable share (or other share contemplated hereunder), such Lender shall immediately (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Loans made by them as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment pro rata with each of them; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from the purchasing Lender, such purchase shall to that extent be rescinded and each other Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price paid therefor, together with an amount equal to such paying Lender's ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such paying Lender's required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered. The Borrowers agree that any Lender so purchasing

55

a participation from another Lender may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of set-off, but subject to Section 11.10) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrowers in the amount of such participation. The Administrative Agent will keep records (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error) of participations purchased under this
Section 2.15 and will in each case notify the Lenders following any such purchases or repayments.

2.16 Utilization of Commitments in Offshore Currencies.

(a) The Administrative Agent will determine the Equivalent Amount with respect to any (i) Borrowing comprised of Offshore Currency Loans as of the requested Borrowing Date, (ii) outstanding Offshore Currency Loans denominated in a currency other than Dollars as of the last Business Day of each month,
(iii) outstanding Offshore Currency Loans denominated in a currency other than Dollars as of any redenomination date pursuant to this Section 2.16 or Section 3.5, (iv) L/C Obligations denominated in a currency other than Dollars, on the date of Issuance and thereafter as of the last Business Day of each month and
(v) Offshore Currency Loans or L/C Obligations, as of any date specified for determining the Equivalent Amount of any amount (each such date under clauses
(i) through (iv) a "Computation Date"); provided, however, that the provisions of this Section 2.16(a) shall not apply to any Borrowing utilizing the Sterling Term Loan Commitment.

(b) In the case of a proposed Borrowing comprised of Offshore Currency Loans (other than a Borrowing of a Sterling Term Loan), the Lenders shall be under no obligation to make Offshore Currency Loans in the requested Offshore Currency as part of such Borrowing if the Administrative Agent has received notice from any of the Lenders by 11:00 a.m. (Charlotte, North Carolina time) four Business Days prior to the day of such Borrowing that such Lender cannot provide Loans in the requested Offshore Currency, in which event the Administrative Agent will give notice to the relevant Borrower no later than 1:00 p.m. (Charlotte, North Carolina time) on the third Business Day prior to the requested date of such Borrowing that the Borrowing in the requested Offshore Currency is not then available, and notice thereof also will be given promptly by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders. If the Administrative Agent shall have so notified the relevant Borrower that any such Borrowing in a requested Offshore Currency is not then available, the relevant Borrower may, by notice to the Administrative Agent not later than 5:00 p.m. (Charlotte, North Carolina time) two Business Days prior to the requested date of such Borrowing, withdraw the Notice of Borrowing relating to such requested Borrowing. If the relevant Borrower does so withdraw such Notice of Borrowing, the Borrowing requested therein shall not occur and the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify each Lender. If the relevant Borrower does not so withdraw such Notice of Borrowing, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify each Lender and such Notice of Borrowing shall be deemed to be a Notice of Borrowing that requests a Borrowing comprised of Offshore Rate Loans for the same Interest Period previously applicable in an aggregate amount equal to the amount of the originally requested Borrowing as expressed in Dollars in the Notice of Borrowing; and in such notice by the Administrative Agent to each Lender the Administrative Agent will state such aggregate amount of such Borrowing in Dollars and such Lender's Pro Rata Share thereof.

56

(c) In the case of a proposed continuation of Offshore Currency Loans for an additional Interest Period (other than Sterling Term Loans), the Lenders shall be under no obligation to continue such Offshore Currency Loans if the Administrative Agent has received notice from any of the Lenders by 5:00
p.m. (Charlotte, North Carolina time) four Business Days prior to the day of such continuation that such Lender cannot continue to provide Loans in the relevant Offshore Currency, in which event the Administrative Agent will give notice to the relevant Borrower not later than 1:00 p.m. (Charlotte, North Carolina time) on the third Business Day prior to the requested date of such continuation that the continuation of such Offshore Currency Loans in the relevant Offshore Currency is not then available, and notice thereof also will be given promptly by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders. If the Administrative Agent shall have so notified the relevant Borrower that any such continuation of Offshore Currency Loans is not then available, any Notice of Continuation/Conversion with respect thereto shall be deemed withdrawn and such Offshore Currency Loans shall be redenominated into Offshore Rate Loans in Dollars for the same Interest Period previously applicable with effect from the last day of the Interest Period with respect to any such Offshore Currency Loans. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the relevant Borrower and the Lenders of any such redenomination and in such notice by the Administrative Agent to each Lender the Administrative Agent will state the aggregate Equivalent Amount of the redenominated Offshore Currency Loans as of the Computation Date with respect thereto and such Lender's Pro Rata Share thereof.

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, during the existence of an Event of Default, upon the request of the Required Lenders, all or any part of any outstanding Offshore Currency Loans (other than Existing Sterling Term Loans and Sterling Term Loans) shall be redenominated and converted into Base Rate Loans in Dollars on the last day of the Interest Period with respect to any such Offshore Currency Loans. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the relevant Borrower and the Lenders of any such redenomination and conversion request.

(e) Each Borrower shall be entitled to request that Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans hereunder also be permitted to be made in any other lawful currency (other than Dollars), in addition to the currencies specified in the definition of "Offshore Currency" herein, that in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender and the Revolving Lenders is at such time freely traded in the offshore interbank foreign exchange markets and is freely transferable and freely convertible into Dollars (an "Agreed Alternative Currency"). The relevant Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent any request for designation of an Agreed Alternative Currency to be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (Charlotte, North Carolina time) at least 10 Business Days in advance of the date of any Borrowing hereunder proposed to be made in such Agreed Alternative Currency. Upon receipt of any such request the Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Revolving Lenders thereof, and each Revolving Lender will use its commercially reasonable efforts to respond to such request within five (5) Business Days of receipt thereof. Each Lender may grant, accept or reject such request in its sole discretion. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the relevant Borrower and the Revolving Lenders of the acceptance or rejection of any such request.

57

2.17 Security and Guaranty.

(a) All Obligations of the Borrowers and the Guarantors shall be secured in accordance with and to the extent of the Collateral Documents.

(b) All Obligations of (i) the Company shall be unconditionally guaranteed by BHI, each U.K. Subsidiary of BHI (other than the Company) and each U.S. Subsidiary of BHI, (ii) KAB Seating shall be unconditionally guaranteed by BHI, the Company, each U.K. Subsidiary of BHI (other than KAB Seating) and each U.S. Subsidiary of BHI, (iii) NSC shall be unconditionally guaranteed by BHI, the Company, each U.K. Subsidiary of BHI (other than Foreign 956 Subsidiaries) and each U.S. Subsidiary of BHI (other than NSC), and (iv) CVS, Inc. shall be unconditionally guaranteed by BHI, each U.K. Subsidiary of BHI (other than Foreign 956 Subsidiaries) and each U.S. Subsidiary of BHI (other than CVS, Inc.), in each case pursuant to and in accordance with the Guaranties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations shall not be guaranteed by any of the Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 2.17. The Borrowers represent and warrant that none of the Subsidiaries on such Schedule 2.17 have, and hereby covenant that none of the Subsidiaries on such Schedule 2.17 shall at any time have, assets in excess of (pound)2,500,000 and the Borrowers represent and warrant that such Subsidiaries in the aggregate do not have, and hereby covenant that the Subsidiaries in the aggregate shall not at any time have, assets in excess of (pound)10,000,000.

(c) 100% (or 65% of each first tier Foreign 956 Subsidiary) of the outstanding Capital Stock of each first tier Subsidiary of BHI shall be pledged to secure all of the Obligations of BHI.

(d) 100% (or 65% of each first tier Foreign 956 Subsidiary) of the outstanding Capital Stock of each Subsidiary of a Borrower shall be pledged to secure all of the Obligations of such Borrower.

ARTICLE III

LETTERS OF CREDIT

3.01 The Letter of Credit Subfacility.

(a) (i) On the terms and conditions set forth in Article V (I) each Issuer agrees, (A) from time to time on any Business Day, during the period from the first Business Day to occur after the Closing Date to the day which is five days prior to the Revolving Loan Termination Date, to issue Letters of Credit for the account of a Borrower in an aggregate Stated Amount in Dollars or an Offshore Currency at any one time that, the Stated Amount of which, together with the aggregate Stated Amount of all other outstanding Letters of Credit issued pursuant hereto, does not exceed the L/C Commitment, and to amend or renew Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with subsections 3.02(c) and 3.02(d), and (B) to honor drafts under the Letters of Credit; and
(II) the Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit Issued for the account of such Borrower (in the amounts determined in accordance with
Section 3.03(a)); provided, that no Issuer shall be obligated to Issue, and no Lender shall be obligated to participate in, any Letter of Credit if as of the date of Issuance of such Letter of

58

Credit (the "Issuance Date") (1) the Effective Amount of all L/C Obligations plus the Effective Amount of all Revolving Loans and of all Swing Line Loans exceeds the Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment, (2) the participation of any Lender in the Effective Amount of all L/C Obligations plus the Effective Amount of the Revolving Loans of such Lender and such Lender's Pro Rata Share of any outstanding Swing Line Loans exceeds such Lender's Revolving Loan Commitment, or
(3) the Effective Amount of L/C Obligations exceeds the L/C Commitment. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, a Borrower's ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and, accordingly, such Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit which have expired or which have been drawn upon and reimbursed.

(ii) Pursuant to Section 3.10, Bank of America, N.A., as an Issuer, agrees (A) to maintain the irrevocable bank guarantee for the account of the Company that was previously issued in the form attached to the Loan Note Instrument under the Original U.K. Credit Agreement (the "Loan Note Credit Support") and, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions in Section 5.02, to amend or renew the Loan Note Credit Support in accordance with Sections 3.02(c) and (d), and (B) to honor drawings under the Loan Note Credit Support.

(iii) On the terms and conditions set forth in Article V, and in accordance with Section 3.11, Fleet National Bank, as an Issuer, agrees to maintain the Existing Fleet Letter of Credit.

(b) No Issuer is under any obligation to, and shall not, Issue any Letter of Credit if:

(i) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain an Issuer from Issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Requirement of Law applicable to an Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over an Issuer shall prohibit, or request that an Issuer refrain from, the Issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon an Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which an Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon an Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which an Issuer in good faith deems material to it;

(ii) an Issuer has received written notice from any Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Borrower Representative, on or prior to the Business Day prior to the requested date of Issuance of such Letter of Credit, that one or more of the applicable conditions contained in Article V is not then satisfied;

(iii) the expiry date of any requested Letter of Credit (other than the Loan Note Credit Support and the Existing Fleet Letter of Credit) is (A) more than 365 days after the date of Issuance, unless the Required Lenders have approved such expiry date in writing, or (B) after the date which is five days prior to the Revolving Loan

59

Termination Date, unless all of the Revolving Lenders have approved such expiry date in writing;

(iv) any requested Letter of Credit (other than the Loan Note Credit Support and the Existing Fleet Letter of Credit) does not provide for drafts, or is not otherwise in form and substance, acceptable to an Issuer, or the Issuance of a Letter of Credit shall violate any applicable policies of the Issuer; or

(v) such Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars or an Offshore Currency.

3.02 Issuance, Amendment and Renewal of Letters of Credit.

(a) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued upon the irrevocable written request of the Borrower Representative received by an Issuer (with a copy sent by the Borrower Representative to the Administrative Agent) at least three Business Days (or such shorter time as an Issuer may agree in a particular instance in its sole discretion) prior to the proposed date of Issuance. Each such request for Issuance of a Letter of Credit shall be by facsimile, confirmed immediately in an original writing, in the form of an L/C Application (or such other form as shall be acceptable to the Issuer), and shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the applicable Issuer: (i) the proposed date of Issuance of the Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (ii) the face amount and Applicable Currency of the Letter of Credit; (iii) the expiry date of the Letter of Credit; (iv) the name and address of the account party and beneficiary thereof; (v) the documents to be presented by the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit in case of any drawing thereunder; (vi) the full text of any certificate to be presented by the beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; and (vii) such other matters as the Issuer may require.

(b) At least two Business Days prior to the Issuance of any Letter of Credit (or such shorter time as the Administrative Agent may agree in a particular instance in its sole discretion), the applicable Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of the L/C Application or L/C Amendment Application from the applicable Borrower and, if not, the applicable Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the applicable Issuer has received notice on or before the Business Day immediately preceding the date such Issuer is to issue a requested Letter of Credit from the Administrative Agent (A) directing such Issuer not to issue such Letter of Credit because such issuance is not then permitted under subsection 3.01(a) as a result of the limitations set forth in clauses (1) through (3) thereof or under subsection 3.01(b)(ii) or (iii); or (B) that one or more conditions specified in Article V are not then satisfied; then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, such Issuer shall, on the requested date, Issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the applicable Borrower in accordance with the Issuer's usual and customary business practices.

(c) Subject to the penultimate sentence of this subsection (c), from time to time while a Letter of Credit is outstanding and prior to the Revolving Loan Termination Date, the applicable Issuer will, upon the written request of the Borrower Representative received by such Issuer (with a copy sent by the Borrower Representative to the Administrative Agent) at least three days (or such shorter time as such Issuer may agree in a particular instance in its sole

60

discretion) prior to the proposed date of amendment, amend any Letter of Credit issued by it. Each such request for amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be made by facsimile, confirmed immediately in an original writing, made in the form of an L/C Amendment Application and shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the applicable Issuer: (i) the Letter of Credit to be amended;
(ii) the proposed date of amendment of the Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (iii) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (iv) such other matters as the Issuer may require. No Issuer shall be under any obligation to and shall not, amend any Letter of Credit if: (A) such Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms of this Agreement; or (B) the beneficiary of any such letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to the Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of the receipt by it of any L/C Application or L/C Amendment Application.

(d) Subject to the last sentence of this paragraph (d), the applicable Issuer and the Lenders agree that, while a Letter of Credit is outstanding and prior to the date that is five days prior to the Revolving Loan Termination Date, at the option of the applicable Borrower and upon the written request of the Borrower Representative received by the applicable Issuer (with a copy sent by the applicable Borrower Representative to the Administrative Agent) at least three days (or such shorter time as such Issuer may agree to in a particular instance in its sole discretion) prior to the proposed date of notification of renewal, such Issuer shall be entitled to authorize the renewal of any Letter of Credit issued by it. Each such request for renewal of a Letter of Credit shall be made by facsimile, confirmed immediately in an original writing, in the form of an L/C Amendment Application, and shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the applicable Issuer: (i) the Letter of Credit to be renewed; (ii) the proposed date of notification of renewal of the Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (iii) the revised expiry date of the Letter of Credit; and (iv) such other matters as such Issuer may require. The applicable Issuer shall be under no obligation so to renew any Letter of Credit if: (A) such Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue or amend such Letter of Credit in its renewed form under the terms of this Agreement; or (B) the beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed renewal of the Letter of Credit. If any outstanding Letter of Credit shall provide that it shall be automatically renewed unless the beneficiary thereof receives notice from the applicable Issuer that such Letter of Credit shall not be renewed, and if at the time of renewal such Issuer would be entitled to authorize the automatic renewal of such Letter of Credit in accordance with this subsection 3.02(d) upon the request of the Borrower Representative but such Issuer shall not have received any L/C Amendment Application from the applicable Borrower with respect to such renewal or other written direction by the Borrower Representative with respect thereto, the Issuer shall nonetheless be permitted to allow such Letter of Credit to renew, and the applicable Borrower and the Lenders hereby authorize such renewal, and, accordingly, such Issuer shall be deemed to have received an L/C Amendment Application from the applicable Borrower requesting such renewal. Notwithstanding the above, no Letter of Credit shall be renewed, whether via a request for renewal or via an automatic renewal, if the new expiry date of any such Letter of Credit (other than the Loan Note Credit Support and the Existing Fleet Letter of Credit) is (A) more than 365 days after the date of renewal, unless the Required Lenders have approved such expiry date in writing, or (B) after the date which is five days prior to the Revolving Loan Termination Date, unless all of the Revolving Lenders have approved such expiry date in writing.

61

(e) The applicable Issuer may, at its election (or as required by the Administrative Agent at the direction of the Required Lenders), deliver any notices of termination or other communications to any Letter of Credit beneficiary or transferee (other than the Loan Note Credit Support), and take any other action as necessary or appropriate, at any time and from time to time, in order to cause the expiry date of such Letter of Credit to be a date not later than the date which is five days prior to the Revolving Loan Termination Date.

(f) This Agreement shall control in the event of any conflict with any L/C-Related Document (other than any Letter of Credit).

(g) The applicable Issuer will also deliver to the Administrative Agent, concurrently or promptly following its delivery of a Letter of Credit, or amendment to or renewal of a Letter of Credit, to an advising bank or a beneficiary, a true and complete copy of each such Letter of Credit or amendment to or renewal of a Letter of Credit.

3.03 Risk Participations, Drawings and Reimbursements.

(a) Immediately upon the Issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the applicable Issuer a participation in such Letter of Credit and each drawing thereunder in an amount equal to the product of (A) the Pro Rata Share of such Lender, times (B) the maximum amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit and the amount of any such drawing thereunder, respectively.

(b) In the event of any request for a drawing under a Letter of Credit by the beneficiary or transferee thereof, the applicable Issuer will promptly notify the Borrower Representatives. The applicable Borrower shall reimburse the applicable Issuer prior to the Requisite Time, on each date that any amount is paid by such Issuer under any Letter of Credit (each such date, an "Honor Date"), in an amount equal to the amount so paid by such Issuer. In the event the applicable Borrower fails to reimburse the applicable Issuer for the full amount of any drawing under any Letter of Credit by 1:00 p.m. (local time) on the Honor Date, such Issuer will promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender thereof, and the applicable Borrower shall be deemed to have requested that Base Rate Loans, in the case of Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars, and Loans maintained at the Offshore Currency Domestic Rate, in the case of the Loan Note Credit Support and other Letters of Credit denominated in an Offshore Currency, in an amount equal to such unreimbursed amount be made by the Lenders to be disbursed on the Honor Date under such Letter of Credit, subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the (x) in the case of the Loan Note Credit Support, first, the Sterling Term Loan Commitment until such commitment is fully utilized and second, the Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment, (y) in the case of the Existing Fleet Letter of Credit, first, the NSC Term Loan Commitment until such commitment is fully utilized and second, the Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment and (z) in the case of all other Letters of Credit, the Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment, and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 5.02(b) and (c). Any notice given by an Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this subsection 3.03(b) may be oral if immediately confirmed in writing (including by facsimile); provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.

62

(c) Each Lender shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 3.03(b) make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant Issuer an amount in Same Day Funds equal to its Pro Rata Share of the amount of the drawing for which they are required to provide reimbursement, whereupon each participating Lender shall be deemed to have made a Term Loan and/or Revolving Loan, as the case may be, consisting of a Base Rate Loan, a Loan maintained at the Offshore Currency Domestic Rate or Offshore Rate Loan, as the case may be, to the relevant Borrower in that amount. If any Lender so notified fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of an Issuer the amount of such Lender's Pro Rata Share of the amount of the drawing by 3:00 p.m. (Charlotte, North Carolina time) on the Honor Date, then interest shall accrue on such Lender's obligation to make such payment, from the Honor Date to the date such Lender makes such payment, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate in effect from time to time during such period. The Administrative Agent will promptly give notice of the occurrence of the Honor Date, but failure of the Administrative Agent to give any such notice on the Honor Date or in sufficient time to enable any Lender to effect such payment on such date shall not relieve such Lender from its obligations under this Section 3.03(c).

(d) With respect to any unreimbursed drawing that is not converted into Loans to the relevant Borrower, in whole or in part, because of a Borrower's failure to satisfy the conditions set forth in Section 5.02(b) or
(c), the relevant Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the applicable Issuer an L/C Borrowing in the amount of such drawing, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to (x) in the case of an L/C Borrowing denominated in Dollars, the Base Rate, plus the Applicable Base Rate Margin for Revolving Loans or Term Loans, as the case may be, plus 2.0% per annum, and (y) in the case of an L/C Borrowing denominated in an Offshore Currency, the Offshore Currency Domestic Rate, plus the Applicable Offshore Rate Margin for Term Loans, plus 2.0% per annum, and each Lender's payment to the applicable Issuer pursuant to subsection 3.03(c) shall be deemed to be payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under Section 3.03(b), and (c).

(e) Each Lender's obligation in accordance with this Agreement to make the Loans or L/C Advances, as contemplated by this Section 3.03, as a result of a drawing under a Letter of Credit, shall be absolute and unconditional and without recourse to the applicable Issuer and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against an Issuer, a Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, an Event of Default or a Material Adverse Effect; or
(iii) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided, however, that each Lender's obligation to make Loans under this Section 3.03 is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 5.02(b) and (c).

3.04 Repayment of Participations.

(a) Upon (and only upon) receipt by the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Issuer of immediately available funds from the relevant Borrower (i) in reimbursement of any payment made by such Issuer under the Letter of Credit with respect to which any Lender has paid the Administrative Agent for the account of such Issuer for such

63

Lender's participation in the Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 3.03 or (ii) in payment of interest thereon, the Administrative Agent will pay to each applicable Lender in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Issuer, the amount of such Lender's Pro Rata Share of such funds, and such Issuer shall receive the amount of the Pro Rata Share of such funds of any Lender that did not so pay the Administrative Agent for the account of such Issuer.

(b) If the Administrative Agent or an Issuer is required at any time to return to a Loan Party, or to a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian, or any official in any Insolvency Proceeding, any portion of the payments made by such Loan Party to the Administrative Agent for the account of an Issuer pursuant to Section 3.04(a) in reimbursement of a payment made under the Letter of Credit or interest or fee thereon, each Lender shall, on demand of the Administrative Agent, forthwith return to the Administrative Agent or the relevant Issuer the amount of its Pro Rata Share of any amounts so returned by the Administrative Agent or the relevant Issuer plus interest thereon from the date such demand is made to the date such amounts are returned by such Lender to the Administrative Agent or the relevant Issuer, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate in effect from time to time.

3.05 Role of Issuers.

(a) Each Lender and each Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, no Issuer shall have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft and certificates expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document.

(b) No Agent-Related Person nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of an Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for: (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders (including the Required Lenders);
(ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any L/C-Related Document.

(c) The Borrowers hereby assume all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided, however, that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude any Borrower pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. No Agent-Related Person, nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of an Issuer, shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (vii) of Section 3.06; provided, however, anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, that the Borrowers may have a claim against an Issuer, and such Issuer may be liable to the Borrowers, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrowers which the Borrowers prove were caused by such Issuer's bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence or such Issuer's willful or grossly negligent failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing:
(i) an Issuer may

64

accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary; and (ii) no Issuer shall be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

3.06 Obligations Absolute.

Subject to Section 3.05(c), the obligations of the applicable Borrower under this Agreement and any L/C-Related Document to reimburse the applicable Issuer for a drawing under a Letter of Credit, and to repay any L/C Borrowing and any drawing under a Letter of Credit converted into a Loan shall be unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and each such other L/C-Related Document under all circumstances, including the following:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any L/C-Related Document;

(ii) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the obligations of the Borrowers in respect of any Letter of Credit or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from all or any of the L/C-Related Documents;

(iii) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right that the Borrowers may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by the L/C-Related Documents or any unrelated transaction;

(iv) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under any Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under any Letter of Credit;

(v) any payment by an Issuer under any Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of any Letter of Credit; or any payment made by an Issuer under any Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any Insolvency Proceeding;

(vi) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any other guarantee, for all or any of the obligations of the Borrowers in respect of any Letter of Credit; or

65

(vii) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrowers or a guarantor.

3.07 Cash Collateral Pledge.

(a) If any Letters of Credit for any reason remain outstanding and partially or wholly undrawn as of the Revolving Loan Termination Date or as of the date the Aggregate Commitment is for any reason terminated, then the applicable Borrower shall immediately Cash Collateralize all such Letters of Credit in an amount in Dollars (or Sterling in the case of the Loan Note Credit Support) equal to the undrawn amount of all such Letters of Credit.

(b) The Company hereby grants the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Issuers and the Lenders, a security interest in all Cash Collateral and related deposit account balances posted hereunder or in connection herewith. Cash Collateral shall be maintained in blocked deposit accounts at Bank of America while an Event of Default is continuing and shall be unblocked upon the termination of such Event of Default.

3.08 Letter of Credit Fees.

(a) Each Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each of the Lenders a letter of credit fee with respect to its Letters of Credit equal to the Applicable Offshore Rate Margin per annum specified for Revolving Loans on the daily maximum amount available to be drawn on the outstanding Letters of Credit, computed on a quarterly basis in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December based upon Letters of Credit outstanding for that quarter as calculated by the Administrative Agent. Such letter of credit fees shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter during which Letters of Credit are outstanding, commencing on the first such quarterly date to occur after the Closing Date, through the Revolving Loan Termination Date (or such later date upon which the outstanding Letters of Credit shall expire), with the final payment to be made on the Revolving Loan Termination Date (or such later expiration date).

(b) Each Borrower shall pay to the applicable Issuer for its own account a letter of credit fronting fee in the amount of 0.25% per annum of the Stated Amount (or any increase thereof) for each Letter of Credit issued for the account of such Borrower by such Issuer. Such Letter of Credit fronting fee shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter during which Letters of Credit are outstanding, commencing on the first such quarterly date to occur after the Closing Date through the Revolving Loan Termination Date (or such later date upon which the outstanding Letters of Credit shall expire), with the final payment to be made on the Revolving Loan Termination Date (or such later expiration date).

(c) Each Borrower shall pay to the applicable Issuer with respect to its Letters of Credit from time to time on demand the normal issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of such Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect.

66

3.09 Uniform Customs and Practice.

Unless otherwise expressly agreed by an Issuer and a Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued and subject to applicable laws, performance under Letters of Credit by such Issuer, its correspondents, and beneficiaries will be governed by (i) with respect to standby Letters of Credit, the rules of the "International Standby Practices 1998" (ISP98) or such later revision as may be published by the International Chamber of Commerce (the "ICC"), and (ii) with respect to commercial Letters of Credit, the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as published in its most recent version by the ICC on the date any commercial Letter of Credit is issued, and including the ICC decision published by the Commission on Banking Technique and Practice on April 6, 1998 regarding the Euro.

3.10 Existing Loan Note Credit Support.

The Loan Note Credit Support set forth under the caption "Loan Note Credit Support outstanding on the Closing Date" on Schedule 3.10 annexed hereto and made a part hereof was issued pursuant to the Original U.K. Credit Facility and remains outstanding as of the Closing Date (the "Existing Loan Note Credit Support"). Each Loan Party, the Administrative Agent, each Issuer and each of the Lenders hereby agree with respect to the Existing Loan Note Credit Support that such Existing Loan Note Credit Support shall, for all purposes under this Agreement, be deemed to be a Letter of Credit governed by the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

3.11 Existing Letters of Credit.

The letter of credit set forth under the caption "Letter of Credit issued by Fleet National Bank and Outstanding on the Closing Date" on Schedule 3.11 annexed hereto and made a part hereof were originally issued pursuant to a prior credit facility (other than the Original U.S. Credit Agreement and the Original U.K. Credit Agreement) and remain outstanding as of the Closing Date (the "Existing Fleet Letter of Credit"). The Existing Fleet Letters of Credit were deemed to be Letters of Credit pursuant to the Original UK Credit Agreement. The letters of credit set forth under the caption "Letters of Credit issued by Bank of America, N.A. and Outstanding on the Closing Date" on such Schedule 3.11 were issued pursuant to either the Original U.S. Credit Agreement or the Original U.K. Credit Agreement and remain outstanding as of the Closing Date (together with the Existing Fleet Letter of Credit, the "Existing Letters of Credit"). Each Loan Party, the Administrative Agent, each Issuer and each of the Lenders hereby agree with respect to the Existing Letters of Credit that such Existing Letters of Credit shall, for all purposes under this Agreement, be deemed to be Letters of Credit governed by the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

67

ARTICLE IV

TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

4.01 Taxes.

(a) Unless otherwise required by law, any and all payments by any Loan Party to any Lending Party or the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for, any Taxes, except as otherwise provided in Sections 4.01(e) or (f) or 4.11. In addition, each Loan Party shall pay all applicable Other Taxes except as otherwise provided in Section 4.01(e) or (f) or 4.11.

(b) Subject to Sections 4.01(e) and (f), 4.10(a) and 4.11, if any Loan Party shall be required by law to deduct or withhold any Taxes, Other Taxes or Further Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder to any Lending Party or the Administrative Agent, then:

(i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that, after making all required deductions and withholdings (including deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section), such Lending Party or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, receives and retains an amount equal to the sum it would have received and retained had no such deductions or withholdings been made;

(ii) such Loan Party shall make such deductions and withholdings;

(iii) such Loan Party shall pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant taxing authority or other authority in accordance with applicable law; and

(iv) such Loan Party shall also pay to each Lending Party or the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lending Party, at the time interest is paid, Further Taxes in the amount that the respective Lending Party specifies as necessary to preserve the after-tax yield such Lending Party would have received if such Taxes, Other Taxes or Further Taxes had not been imposed.

(c) Subject to Sections 4.01(e) and (f), 4.10(a) and 4.11, each Loan Party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Lending Party and the Administrative Agent for the full amount of (i) Taxes, (ii) Other Taxes, and
(iii) Further Taxes in the amount that the respective Lending Party or the Administrative Agent specifies as necessary to preserve the after-tax yield such Lending Party or the Administrative Agent would have received if such Taxes, Other Taxes or Further Taxes had not been imposed, and any liability (including penalties, interest, additions to tax and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes, Other Taxes or Further Taxes were correctly or legally asserted. Payment under this indemnification shall be made within 30 days after the date the applicable Lending Party or the Administrative Agent makes written demand therefor.

(d) Within 30 days after the date of any payment by any Loan Party of Taxes, Other Taxes or Further Taxes, such Loan Party shall furnish to each Lending Party or the

68

Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof, or other evidence of payment satisfactory to such Lending Party or the Administrative Agent.

(e) If any Loan Party is required to pay any amount to any Lending Party or the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 4.01(b) or (c), then such Lending Party shall use reasonable efforts (consistent with legal and regulatory restrictions) to change the jurisdiction of its Lending Office so as to eliminate any such additional payment by such Loan Party which may thereafter accrue, if such change in the sole judgment of such Lending Party is not otherwise disadvantageous to such Lending Party. In the event that any Lending Party fails to comply with its obligations as set forth in the previous sentence, the applicable Loan Party shall not be required to pay an amount which would not have been payable had such Lending Party complied with its obligations under this Section 4.01(e).

(f) Nothing contained in this Section 4.01 shall override any term or provision of any Specified Swap Contract regarding withholding taxes relating to Swap Contracts.

4.02 Illegality

(a) If any Lending Party determines that the introduction of any Requirement of Law, or any change in any Requirement of Law, or in the interpretation or administration of any Requirement of Law, has made it unlawful, or that any central bank or other Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for such Lending Party or its applicable Lending Office to make Offshore Rate Loans (including Offshore Rate Loans in any Offshore Currency), then, on notice thereof by such Lending Party to the Borrower Representative through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of that Lending Party to make Offshore Rate Loans shall be suspended until such Lending Party notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist.

(b) If a Lending Party determines that it is unlawful to maintain any Offshore Rate Loan the applicable Loan Party shall, upon receipt by the Borrower Representatives of notice of such fact and demand from such Lending Party (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), convert such Offshore Rate Loan of that Lending Party to Base Rate Loans, in the case of Loans denominated in Dollars, or Loans maintained at the Offshore Currency Domestic Rate, in the case of Loans denominated in an Offshore Currency (either on the last day of the Interest Period thereof, if such Lending Party may lawfully continue to maintain such Offshore Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lending Party may not lawfully continue to maintain such Offshore Rate Loan) and shall pay or prepay, as the case may be, all interest accrued therein together with amounts required under Section 4.04 as a result of such conversion on the date of such conversion.

(c) If the obligation of any Lender to make or maintain Offshore Rate Loans has been so terminated or suspended, a Borrower may elect, by giving notice to such Lender through the Administrative Agent that all Dollar denominated Loans which would otherwise be made by such Lender as Offshore Rate Loans shall be instead Base Rate Loans and all Offshore Currency denominated Loans shall instead be maintained at the Offshore Currency Domestic Rate.

69

(d) Before giving any notice to the Administrative Agent under this Section 4.02, the affected Lending Party shall designate a different Lending Office with respect to its Offshore Rate Loans if such designation will avoid the need for giving such notice or making such demand and will not, in the judgment of such Lending Party, be illegal or otherwise disadvantageous to such Lending Party.

4.03 Increased Costs and Reduction of Return.

(a) If any Lending Party determines that, due to either (i) the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation or (ii) the compliance by such Lending Party with any guideline or request issued after the Closing Date from any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law), there shall be any increase in the cost to such Lending Party of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining any Offshore Rate Loans, participating in Letters of Credit, agreeing to Issue, Issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or funding any drawing under any Letter of Credit or any participation therein, as the case may be, then the applicable Loan Party shall be liable for, and shall from time to time, upon demand (with a copy of such demand to be sent to the Administrative Agent), pay to such Lending Party additional amounts as are sufficient to compensate such Lending Party for such increased costs.

(b) If any Lending Party shall have determined that after the Closing Date (i) the introduction of any Capital Adequacy Regulation, (ii) any change in any Capital Adequacy Regulation, (iii) any change in the interpretation or administration of any Capital Adequacy Regulation by any central bank or other Governmental Authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or (iv) compliance by such Lending Party (or its Lending Office) or any Person controlling such Lending Party with any Capital Adequacy Regulation, affects or would affect the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by such Lending Party or any Person controlling such Lending Party and (taking into consideration such Lending Party's or such Person's policies with respect to capital adequacy and such Lending Party's or such Person's desired return on capital) determines that the amount of such capital is increased as a consequence of its Commitment, Loans, Issuance of Letters of Credit or other obligations under this Agreement, then, upon demand of such Lending Party to the Borrowers with a copy to the Administrative Agent, the applicable Loan Party shall pay to such Lending Party, from time to time as specified by such Lending Party, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Lending Party or such Person for such increase.

4.04 Funding Losses.

Each Loan Party shall promptly reimburse each Lending Party and hold each Lending Party harmless from any loss or expense which such Lending Party may sustain or incur as a consequence of:

(a) the failure of such Loan Party to make on a timely basis any payment of principal of any Offshore Rate Loan;

70

(b) the failure of such Loan Party to borrow, continue or convert a Loan after such Loan Party has given (or is deemed to have given) a Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of Conversion/Continuation;

(c) in the case of any Borrower, the failure of such Borrower to make any prepayment in accordance with any notice delivered under Section 2.07;

(d) the prepayment (including pursuant to Sections 2.08 and 2.09) or other payment (including after acceleration thereof) of an Offshore Rate Loan on a day that is not the last day of the relevant Interest Period; or

(e) in the case of a Borrower, the automatic conversion under
Section 2.04 of any Offshore Rate Loan to a Base Rate Loan on a day that is not the last day of the relevant Interest Period.

including any such loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain its Offshore Rate Loans or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained. For purposes of calculating amounts payable by such Loan Party to the Lending Parties under this
Section 4.04 and under Section 4.03(a), each Offshore Rate Loan made by a Lender (and each related reserve, special deposit or similar requirement) shall be conclusively deemed to have been funded at the Offshore Rate for such Offshore Rate Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the interbank eurocurrency market for a comparable amount, comparable currency and for a comparable period, whether or not such Offshore Rate Loan is in fact so funded.

4.05 Inability to Determine Rates.

If the Administrative Agent determines that for any reason adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Spot Rate with respect to the Offshore Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Offshore Rate Loan, or that the Offshore Rate applicable pursuant to Section 2.10 for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Offshore Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to the Lenders of funding such Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrower Representatives and each Lending Party. Thereafter, the obligation of each Lending Party to make or maintain Offshore Rate Loans hereunder shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent revokes such notice in writing. Upon receipt of such notice, any Loan Party may revoke any applicable Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation then submitted by it. If any such Loan Party does not revoke any such Notice, such Lending Party shall make, convert or continue the Offshore Rate Loans, in the amount specified in the applicable notice submitted by such Loan Party, but such Offshore Rate Loans shall be made, converted or continued as (x) in the case of Loans to be denominated in Dollars, Base Rate Loans instead of Offshore Rate Loans or (y) in the case of Loans to be denominated in an Offshore Currency, Loans maintained at the Offshore Currency Domestic Rate instead of Offshore Rate Loans.

4.06 Reserves on Offshore Rate Loans.

Each Loan Party shall pay to each Lending Party, as long as such Lending Party shall be required under regulations of the FRB to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets

71

consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits (currently known as "Eurocurrency liabilities"), and, in respect of Loans denominated in an Offshore Currency under any applicable regulations of the relevant Governmental Authority of the jurisdiction in which the Offshore Currency circulates, additional costs on the unpaid principal amount of each Offshore Rate Loan equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lending Party (as reasonably determined by such Lending Party in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive), payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan. The Administrative Agent shall provide a notice of any such reserve in effect on the date hereof and of any change thereof after the date hereof, and any such additional costs shall be included in the definition of "Offshore Rate" and be payable on the next date upon which interest is payable or otherwise on demand.

4.07 Exchange Controls.

If the imposition of exchange controls by any Governmental Authority shall impair the ability of any Lender to receive payments (other than relating to any Existing Sterling Term Loan or Sterling Term Loan) in the Applicable Currency, all such payments shall be made in Dollars to an office specified by such Lender to the extent possible or otherwise as directed by such Lender.

4.08 Certificates of Lending Party.

Any Lending Party claiming reimbursement or compensation under this Article IV shall deliver to the Borrower Representatives (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the amount payable to such Lending Party hereunder and such certificate shall be conclusive and binding on the Loan Parties in the absence of manifest error.

4.09 Substitution of Lenders.

Upon (x) the receipt by a Borrower of a claim for compensation under Sections 4.01, 4.02, 4.03 or 4.04 from any Lender or (y) a demand from the Administrative Agent under Section 2.14(a) regarding any Lender or (z) a notice from a Lender to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.16(b) or (c) (in either case such Lender being an "Affected Lender"), the Borrower Representative may, with the Administrative Agent's assistance: (i) obtain a replacement bank or financial institution satisfactory to the Borrower Representative and to the Administrative Agent (a "Replacement Lender") to acquire and assume all or a ratable part of all of such Affected Lender's Commitments, Loans and other rights and obligations under this Agreement (collectively such Lender's "Assignable Credit Exposure"), and if such Affected Lender or any Affiliate thereof is a Swap Provider, all Specified Swap Contracts of such Affected Lender and Affiliate; or (ii) request one or more of the other Lenders (which shall be under no obligation) to acquire and assume all or part of such Affected Lender's Assignable Credit Exposure. Any such designation of a Replacement Lender under clause (i) shall be subject to the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). Before the acquisition and assumption by a Replacement Lender or existing Lender of an Affected Lender's Assignable Credit Exposure can be effective, the Loan Parties must pay to the Affected Lender any costs and expenses due to it under Section 4.04.

72

4.10 Withholding Tax.

(a) (i) Each Lender that is not a "United States person" within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (a "Foreign Lender") shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, prior to receipt of any payment subject to withholding under the Code (or upon accepting an assignment of an interest herein), two duly signed completed copies of either IRS Form W-8BEN or any successor thereto (relating to such Foreign Lender and entitling it to an exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax on all payments to be made to such Foreign Lender by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement) or IRS Form W-8ECI or any successor thereto (relating to all payments to be made to such Foreign Lender by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement) or such other evidence satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that such Foreign Lender is entitled to an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. withholding tax, including any exemption pursuant to Section 881(c) of the Code. Thereafter and from time to time, each such Foreign Lender shall (A) promptly submit to the Administrative Agent such additional duly completed and signed copies of one of such forms (or such successor forms as shall be adopted from time to time by the relevant United States taxing authorities) as may then be available under then current United States laws and regulations to avoid, or such evidence as is satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of any available exemption from or reduction of, United States withholding taxes in respect of all payments to be made to such Foreign Lender by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, (B) promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction, and (C) take such steps as shall not be materially disadvantageous to it, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, and as may be reasonably necessary (including the re-designation of its Lending Office) to avoid any requirement of applicable Laws that the Borrower make any deduction or withholding for taxes from amounts payable to such Foreign Lender.

(ii) Each Foreign Lender, to the extent it does not act or ceases to act for its own account with respect to any portion of any sums paid or payable to such Lender under any of the Loan Documents (for example, in the case of a typical participation by such Lender), shall deliver to the Administrative Agent on the date when such Foreign Lender ceases to act for its own account with respect to any portion of any such sums paid or payable, and at such other times as may be necessary in the determination of the Administrative Agent (in the reasonable exercise of its discretion), (A) two duly signed completed copies of the forms or statements required to be provided by such Lender as set forth above, to establish the portion of any such sums paid or payable with respect to which such Lender acts for its own account that is not subject to U.S. withholding tax, and (B) two duly signed completed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor thereto), together with any information such Lender is required to transmit with such form, and any other certificate or statement of exemption required under the Code, to establish that such Lender is not acting for its own account with respect to a portion of any such sums payable to such Lender.

(iii) The Borrower shall not be required to pay any additional amount to any Foreign Lender under Section 4.01 (A) with respect to any Taxes required to be deducted or withheld on the basis of the information, certificates or statements of exemption such Lender transmits with an IRS Form W-8IMY pursuant to this Section 4.10(a) or (B) if such Lender shall have failed to satisfy the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.10(a); provided that if such

73

Lender shall have satisfied the requirement of this Section 4.10(a) on the date such Lender became a Lender or ceased to act for its own account with respect to any payment under any of the Loan Documents, nothing in this Section 4.10(a) shall relieve the Borrower of its obligation to pay any amounts pursuant to
Section 4.01 in the event that, as a result of any change in any applicable law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order, or any change in the interpretation, administration or application thereof, such Lender is no longer properly entitled to deliver forms, certificates or other evidence at a subsequent date establishing the fact that such Lender or other Person for the account of which such Lender receives any sums payable under any of the Loan Documents is not subject to withholding or is subject to withholding at a reduced rate.

(iv) The Administrative Agent may, without reduction, withhold any Taxes required to be deducted and withheld from any payment under any of the Loan Documents with respect to which the Borrower is not required to pay additional amounts under this Section 4.10(a).

(v) If any Lender claims exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax by providing IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-8IMY and such Lender sells, assigns, or (other than pursuant to clause (b) below) otherwise transfers all or part of the Obligations of the Borrowers to such Lender, such Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent of the percentage amount in which it is no longer the owner of Obligations of the Borrowers to another Lender. To the extent of such percentage amount, the Administrative Agent will treat such Lender's IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-8IMY (or any successor form), as the case may be, as no longer valid.

(vi) If any Lender claims an exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax by providing IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-8IMY (or any successor form) and such Lender grants a participation in the Obligations of a Borrower to such Lender, such Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent of the percentage amount in which it is no longer the beneficial owner of Obligations of a Borrower to another Lender, and such Lender agrees to undertake responsibility to provide to the Borrower Representatives and the Administrative Agent such forms and documentation (including IRS Form W-8IMY and forms and documentation provided by such participant to the extent required by the IRS) from such participant to enable the Borrowers to comply with the withholding tax requirements imposed by Sections 1441 and 1442 of the Code.

(vii) If any Lender is entitled to a reduction in the applicable withholding tax, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any interest payment to such Lender an amount equivalent to the applicable withholding tax after taking into account such reduction. However, if the forms or other documentation required by this Section 4.01(a) are not delivered to the Administrative Agent, then the Administrative Agent may withhold from any interest payment to such Lender not providing such forms or other documentation an amount equivalent to the applicable withholding tax imposed by Sections 1441 and 1442 of the Code, without reduction.

(b) Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, each Lender that is a "United States person" within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code shall deliver to the Administrative Agent two duly signed completed copies of IRS Form W-9. If such Lender

74

fails to deliver such forms, then the Administrative Agent may withhold from any interest payment to such Lender an amount equivalent to the applicable back-up withholding tax imposed by the Code, without reduction.

(c) If the IRS or any Governmental Authority asserts that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold or backup withhold, as the case may be, any tax or other amount from payments made to or for the account of any Lender, such Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent therefor, including all penalties and interest, any taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on the amounts payable to the Administrative Agent under this Section, and costs and expenses (including Attorney Costs) of the Administrative Agent. The obligation of the Lenders under this Section shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments, repayment of all other Obligations hereunder and the resignation of the Administrative Agent.

4.11 U.K. Tax Matters.

Each Lender holding a Loan to the Company and KAB Seating represents to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent that, in the case of a Lender which is a Lender on the Closing Date and, in the case of a Lender which becomes a Lender after the Closing Date, on the date it becomes a Lender it is:

(A) either:

(1) not resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes and is entitled to receive any payments under this Agreement without any withholding or deduction for or on account of Taxes under a double taxation agreement in force on the date when a payment falls due (subject to the completion of any necessary procedural formalities); or

(2) a "bank" as defined in section 349 of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 and resident in the United Kingdom and is within the charge to United Kingdom corporation tax as respects any payment of interest paid under this Agreement; and

(B) beneficially entitled to the principal and interest payable by the Borrowers to it under this Agreement,

and shall forthwith notify the Borrower Representatives and the Administrative Agent if either representation ceases to be correct.

Each Lender that is not funding its Loans to the Company and KAB Seating out of a Lending Office in the United Kingdom shall promptly submit a duly completed Form FD13 double tax treaty form to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (or the comparable form for its jurisdiction to its jurisdiction's tax authorities) seeking exemption from United Kingdom income tax on interest payable under the Loan Documents by the Company and KAB Seating.

75

4.12 Survival.

The agreements and obligations of the Loan Parties in this Article IV shall survive the payment of all other Obligations.

ARTICLE V
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

5.01 Conditions to Effectiveness of Amendment and Restatement.

The effectiveness of this amendment and restatement of the Original U.S Credit Agreement and the Original U.K. Credit Agreement, and the obligation of each Lender to make its initial Credit Extension hereunder, is subject to the condition that the Administrative Agent shall have received each of the following, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and in sufficient copies for each Lender:

(a) Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. This Agreement duly executed by each party hereto;

(b) Resolutions; Incumbency. With respect to each Borrower and each Guarantor:

(i) copies of the resolutions of the board of directors of such Person authorizing the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person; and

(ii) a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of such Person, dated as of the Closing Date, and certifying the names and true signatures of the officers of such Person authorized to execute, deliver and perform, as applicable, this Agreement and all other Loan Documents to be delivered by it hereunder;

(c) Organization Documents; Good Standing. Each of the following documents with respect to each Borrower and each Guarantor:

(i) articles or certificate of incorporation, memorandum and articles of association, bylaws and board of directors resolutions of such Person as then in effect, certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of such Person; and

(ii) a good standing certificate for such Person from the Secretary of State (or similar, applicable Governmental Authority) of its state of incorporation and each state where such Person is qualified to do business as a foreign corporation as of a recent date, together with a bring-down certificate by facsimile;

(d) Borrower Certificates. A certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of each Borrower, dated as of the Closing Date:

76

(i) stating that the representations and warranties contained in Article VI are true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date, as though made on and as of such date (except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date); and

(ii) stating that no Default or Event of Default exists or would result from the Credit Extension to be made on the Closing Date;

(e) BHI Certificate. A certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of BHI, dated as of the Closing Date:

(i) stating that the representations and warranties contained in Article VI are true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date, as though made on and as of such date (except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date); and

(ii) stating that no Default or Event of Default exists or would result from the Credit Extension to be made on the Closing Date; and

(iii) stating that there has occurred since December 31, 2001, no event or circumstance that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a materially adverse effect on the business, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent), operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of BHI or any of its Subsidiaries, except as disclosed in financial statements referred to in Section 6.11(a) and on Schedule 6.11;

(f) Environmental Review. Such environmental site assessments with respect to the real property of BHI or any of its Subsidiaries as shall be requested by the Administrative Agent; provided, that the Administrative Agent agrees that it will not request as a condition to the effectiveness of this Agreement any such site assessment with regard to property over which a mortgage has been filed in favor of the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date and provided further that any such site assessment for the Vonore, Tennessee property shall not be required to be delivered until 120 days after the date hereof.

(g) Financials.

A copy of the audited consolidated financial statements of CVS Holdings, Inc. and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002;

(h) Reaffirmations of Collateral Documents. A fully executed copy of the Reaffirmation Agreement, a fully executed copy of the Deed of Confirmation and such other reaffirmations or confirmations of existing Collateral Documents, executed by the applicable Loan Parties, as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

(i) Collateral Documents. Collateral Documents executed by each Loan Party in appropriate form for recording, where necessary, together with:

77

(i) evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that there has been or will be filed, registered or recorded all filings, registrations, recordings and UCC financing statements (including in-lieu UCC financing statements), necessary and advisable to perfect the Liens of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Issuers and the Lenders in accordance with applicable law;

(ii) a duly completed perfection certificate from each Loan Party, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I;

(iii) in the case of each U.K. Subsidiary of BHI that is a Loan Party, searches from Companies House showing no encumbrances on the charges registered with respect to such Person and in the case of each U.S. Subsidiary of BHI, written advice relating to such Lien and judgment searches as the Administrative Agent shall have requested, and such termination statements or other documents as may be necessary to confirm that the Collateral is subject to no other Liens in favor of any Person (other than Permitted Liens);

(iv) all certificates and instruments representing the Pledged Collateral and stock transfer powers executed in blank as the Administrative Agent or the Lenders may specify;

(v) to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent, funds sufficient to pay any filing or recording tax or fee in connection with any and all UCC financing statements;

(vi) evidence that the Collateral Agent has been named as loss payee under all policies of casualty insurance, and as additional insured under all policies of liability insurance;

(vii) such consents, estoppels, subordination agreements, waivers and other documents and instruments executed by landlords, tenants, bailees, warehousemen and other Persons party to material contracts relating to any Collateral located in the United States, except Collateral constituting Excluded Offsite Inventory and Equipment (including, without limitation, a duly executed landlord waiver with respect to each parcel of leased real property of BHI and its Subsidiaries located in the United States, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) to which the Collateral Agent shall be granted a Lien for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Issuers and the Lenders, as reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent;

(viii) evidence that all other actions necessary or, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, desirable to perfect and protect the first priority Liens (subject to Permitted Liens) created by the Collateral Documents, and to enhance the Administrative Agent's ability to preserve and protect its interests in and access to the Collateral, have been taken; and

(ix) a fully executed First Amendment to Deed of Trust, Security Agreement, Assignment of Leases and Rents and financing statement, dated as of the date hereof, regarding the Deed of Trust, Security Agreement, Assignment of Leases and

78

Rents and Financing Statement dated as of March 31, 2000 and recorded on April 6, 2000 as Document No. 2000-022116 in the Office of the County Clerk of Clackamas County, Oregon;

(j) Legal Opinions. An opinion addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, dated as of the Closing Date, (i) of Kirkland & Ellis, as special U.S. counsel to BHI, the Company, CVS Holdings Ltd., Bostrom Ltd., Bostrom International, KAB Seating, NSC, CVS Holdings, Inc. and CVS, Inc., (iii) of Kirkland & Ellis, as special English counsel to the Company, KAB Seating, CVS Holdings Ltd., Bostrom Ltd. and each other U.K. Subsidiary of BHI that is a Guarantor; (iv) of Howes Percival, as special English counsel to the Company, KAB Seating, CVS Holdings Ltd., Bostrom Ltd. and each other U.K. Subsidiary of BHI that is a Guarantor, and (v) of Mayer, Brown, Rowe & Maw, special English counsel to the Administrative Agent, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(k) Solvency Certificates. A written solvency certificate from the chief financial officer of BHI in the form of Exhibit F-1, dated as of the Closing Date, with respect to the Solvency of BHI, and a written solvency certificate dated as of the Closing Date with respect to the Company, KAB Seating, NSC, and CVS, Inc., each on a stand-alone basis, certified by the chief financial officer of each such Borrower, in the form of Exhibit F-2, Exhibit F-3, Exhibit F-4 and Exhibit F-5, respectively;

(l) Completion of the Merger. The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of BHI certifying that the Merger has been completed;

(m) Management Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall have received a true and correct copy of the Management Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date, certified as such by a Responsible Officer of BHI; and

(n) Payment of Fees. The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence of payment (in the form of a check or wire transfer confirmation number) by BHI and the Company of all accrued and unpaid fees, costs and expenses to the extent then due and payable, together with Attorney Costs of Bank of America to the extent invoiced prior to or on the Closing Date, including any such costs, fees and expenses arising under or referenced in Sections 2.11 and 11.04.

5.02 Conditions to All Credit Extensions.

The obligation of each Lender to make any Loan to be made by it (including its initial Loan) and the obligation of an Issuer to Issue, renew or amend any Letter of Credit (including the existing Letters of Credit) is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent on the relevant Borrowing Date or Issuance Date:

(a) Notice, Application. The Administrative Agent shall have received (with, in the case of the initial Loans only, a copy for each Lender) a Notice of Borrowing or, in the case of any Issuance of any Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuer and the Administrative Agent

79

shall have received an L/C Application or L/C Amendment Application, as required under Section 3.02.

(b) Continuation of Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties in Article VI shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such Borrowing Date or Issuance Date with the same effect as if made on and as of such Borrowing Date or Issuance Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date); and

(c) No Existing Default. No Default or Event of Default shall exist or shall result after giving effect to such Borrowing, continuation, conversion or Issuance.

Each Notice of Borrowing, L/C Application or L/C Amendment Application submitted by, or on behalf of, a Borrower shall constitute a representation and warranty by such Borrower, as of the date of each such notice and as of each Borrowing Date or Issuance Date, as applicable, that the conditions in this Section 5.02 are satisfied.

ARTICLE VI

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

BHI and each Borrower represent and warrant to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Lender that:

6.01 Corporate Existence and Power.

Each Loan Party:

(a) is a corporation, company or limited partnership, limited liability company or unlimited liability company, as the case may be, duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, formation or organization;

(b) has the power and authority and all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to own its assets, to carry on its business in all material respects and to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party;

(c) is duly qualified as a foreign or extra provincial corporation and is licensed and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where failure to be so qualified or licensed would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(d) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law; except, in each case referred to in clause (c) or clause (d), to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

80

6.02 Corporate Authorization; No Contravention.

The execution, delivery and performance by BHI and its Subsidiaries of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which such Person is party, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or partnership or similar action, and do not and will not:

(a) contravene the terms of any of that Person's Organization Documents;

(b) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under, any document evidencing any material Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority to which such Person or its property is subject; or

(c) violate any Requirement of Law.

6.03 Governmental Authorization.

No material approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority (except those that have been obtained and remain in effect and for recordings or filings in connection with the Liens granted to the Collateral Agent under the Collateral Documents, compliance with securities laws and other laws regarding disposition of collateral or releases of Liens) is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, BHI or any of its Subsidiaries of the Agreement or any other Transaction Document other than those approvals, consents, exemptions and authorizations which have already been obtained, other than the registration of certain of the Collateral Documents as required by Section 395 of the Companies Act.

6.04 Binding Effect.

This Agreement and each other Loan Document to which BHI or any of its Subsidiaries is a party constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of BHI and any of its Subsidiaries to the extent it is a party thereto, enforceable against such Person in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.

6.05 Litigation.

(a) There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending, or to the best knowledge of BHI or any Borrower, threatened or contemplated, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, against BHI or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties:

(i) which purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or the Merger, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby; or

81

(ii) if determined adversely to BHI or any of its Subsidiaries would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) No injunction, writ, temporary restraining order or any order of any nature has been issued by any court or other Governmental Authority purporting to enjoin or restrain the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or the Merger, or directing that the transactions provided for herein or therein not be consummated as herein or therein provided.

6.06 No Default.

No Default or Event of Default exists or would result from the incurring of any Obligations by any Loan Party or from the grant or perfection of the Liens of the Collateral Agent and the Lenders on the Collateral. As of the Closing Date, no Loan Party nor any of their Subsidiaries is in default under or with respect to any Contractual Obligation or any Transaction Document in any respect which, individually or together with all such defaults, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or that would, if such default had occurred after the Closing Date, create an Event of Default under Section 9.01(e).

6.07 ERISA Compliance.

Except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 6.07:

(a) Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal or state law. Each Plan which is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS and to the best knowledge of the Company, nothing has occurred which would cause the loss of such qualification. BHI and each ERISA Affiliate has made all required contributions to any Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Plan.

(b) There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of BHI, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan which has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan which has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) no Pension Plan has any Unfunded Pension Liability; (iii) neither BHI nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) neither BHI nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under
Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Section 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (v) neither BHI nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.

82

(d) Each Non-U.S. Pension Plan has been maintained in substantial compliance with its terms and with the requirements of any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations and orders and has been maintained, where required, in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities. Neither BHI nor any of its Subsidiaries has incurred any obligation in connection with the termination of or withdrawal from any Non-U.S. Pension Plan. The present value of the accumulated benefit obligations (whether or not vested) under each Non-U.S. Pension Plan, determined as of the end of BHI's most recently ended fiscal year on the basis of actuarial assumptions, each of which is reasonable, did not exceed the current value of the assets of such Non-U.S. Pension Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities by more than 2,500,000 Sterling.

6.08 Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations.

The proceeds of the Loans are to be used solely for the purposes set forth in and permitted by Section 7.12 and Section 8.07. Neither BHI nor any Subsidiary is generally engaged in the business of purchasing or selling Margin Stock or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock.

6.09 Title to Properties.

BHI and each of its Subsidiaries have good record and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, all real property necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of their respective businesses, except for such defects in title as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. As of the Closing Date, the property of BHI and its Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens, other than Permitted Liens.

6.10 Taxes.

BHI and its Subsidiaries have filed all U.S. federal and other material tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid, collected, withheld, deducted and remitted to the appropriate governmental authority all U.S. and other material taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets or otherwise due and payable, or required to be collected, withheld, deducted or remitted when due and payable except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP. There is no proposed tax assessment against BHI, the Company or any Subsidiary that would, if made, have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.11 Financial Condition.

(a) (i) Attached hereto as Schedule 6.11 is a true and correct copy of the audited consolidated financial statements of CVS Holdings, Inc. and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002, together with the opinion thereon of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, independent certified public accountants, a copy of which is contained in Schedule 6.11(a), and, to the knowledge of BHI and the Borrowers, such financial statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of BHI and its Subsidiaries as at such date and of the profit and cash flows of BHI and its Subsidiaries for the period then ended and have been properly prepared in accordance with GAAP.

83

(ii) Attached hereto as Schedule 6.11 is a true and correct copy of (x) the audited consolidated financial statements of CVS Holdings Ltd., for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, together with the opinion thereon of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, independent certified public accountants, a copy of which is contained in Schedule 6.11(a)(iii), and (y) unaudited consolidated financial statements of such Person for each of the first three fiscal quarters of 2002 and, to the knowledge of BHI and the Borrowers, such financial statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of CVS Holdings Ltd. and its Subsidiaries as at such date and of the profit and cash flows of CVS Holdings Ltd. and its Subsidiaries for the period then ended and have been properly prepared in accordance with GAAP.

(b) Except as reflected in the financial statements and the notes related thereto delivered pursuant to Section 6.11(a) and on Schedule 6.11 there were as of the Closing Date (and after giving effect to the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated hereby) no liabilities or obligations with respect to BHI and its Subsidiaries of any nature whatsoever (whether absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise and whether or not due) which, either individually or in aggregate, would be material to BHI and its Subsidiaries. As of the Closing Date (and after giving effect to the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated hereby), the Company does not know of any basis for the assertion against BHI or any of its Subsidiaries of any liability or obligation of any nature whatsoever that is not reflected in the financial statements or the notes related thereto delivered pursuant to Section 6.11(a) or on Schedule 6.11 which, either individually or in the aggregate, could be material to BHI and its Subsidiaries.

(c) Since December 31, 2001, there has been no Material Adverse Effect except as disclosed in financial statements referred to in Section 6.11(a) and on Schedule 6.11 hereto.

(d) Since December 31, 2001, there has been (a) no material adverse change in, or material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, properties or condition (financial or otherwise) of CVS Holdings Ltd. and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; or (b) a material impairment of the ability of CVS Holdings Ltd. and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to perform any material obligation under any Loan Document and to avoid any Event of Default.

(e) Since December 31, 2002, there has been (a) no material adverse change in, or material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, properties or condition (financial or otherwise) of CVS Holdings, Inc. and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; or (b) a material impairment of the ability of CVS Holdings, Inc. and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to perform any material obligation under any Loan Document and to avoid any Event of Default.

6.12 Environmental Matters.

(a) The on-going operations of BHI and each of its Subsidiaries comply in all respects with all Environmental Laws, except such non-compliance which would not (if enforced in accordance with applicable law) reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) BHI and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all licenses, permits, authorizations and registrations required under any Environmental Law ("Environmental

84

Permits") and necessary for their respective ordinary course operations, all such Environmental Permits are in good standing, and BHI and each of its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all material terms and conditions of such Environmental Permits except such failure to obtain or to comply with such Environmental Permits which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Neither BHI, nor any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective present property or operations, is subject to any outstanding written order from or agreement with any Governmental Authority, nor subject to (i) any judicial or docketed administrative proceeding, in each case, respecting any Environmental Law, Environmental Claim or Hazardous Material or (ii) any claim, proceeding or written notice from any Person, in each case regarding any Environmental Law, Environmental Claim or Hazardous Material, except for any of the foregoing which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) There are no Hazardous Materials or other conditions or circumstances existing with respect to any property of BHI or any of its Subsidiaries, or arising from operations prior to the Closing Date, of BHI or any of its Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to give rise to Environmental Claims that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. In addition, (i) neither BHI nor any of its Subsidiaries has any underground storage tanks (x) that are not properly registered or permitted under applicable Environmental Laws, or (y) that are leaking or disposing of Hazardous Materials off-site, which in any such case would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) BHI and its Subsidiaries have met all notification requirements under applicable Environmental Laws where the failure to comply with such notification would reasonably be expected to result in liability to BHI and its Subsidiaries of $1,000,000 or more in the aggregate at any time during the term of this Agreement.

6.13 Collateral Documents.

(a) The provisions of each of the Collateral Documents are effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Issuers and the Lenders, a legal, valid and enforceable first priority security interest in all right, title and interest of BHI and its Subsidiaries in the collateral described therein, subject only to any Permitted Liens. As of the Closing Date, the Collateral Agent will have a first priority (subject only to Permitted Liens) perfected security interest, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Issuers and the Lenders, in all Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected by means of the filing of a financing statement pursuant to the UCC.

(b) Each Mortgage, if any, when executed and delivered will be effective to grant to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Issuers and the Lenders a legal, valid and enforceable lien on all the right, title and interest of the mortgagor under such Mortgage in the mortgaged property described therein. When each such Mortgage is duly recorded in the offices specified in or listed on the schedule to such Mortgage and the mortgage recording fees and taxes in respect thereof are paid and compliance is otherwise had with the formal requirements of state law applicable to the recording of real estate mortgages generally, each such mortgaged property, subject to the encumbrances and exceptions to title set forth therein and any Permitted Liens and except as noted in the title policies delivered to the

85

Administrative Agent, is subject to a legal, valid, enforceable and perfected first priority lien; and when financing statements have been filed in the offices specified in such Mortgage, such Mortgage also creates a legal, valid, enforceable and perfected first lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of BHI or its Subsidiary under such Mortgage in all personal property and fixtures covered by such Mortgage, subject to no other Liens, except the encumbrances and exceptions to title set forth therein and except as noted in the title policies delivered to the Administrative Agent and Permitted Liens.

6.14 Regulated Entities.

None of BHI, the Company, any Person controlling BHI, or any Subsidiary, is an "Investment Company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940. None of BHI, the Company, any Person controlling BHI, or any Subsidiary is subject to regulation under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, the Federal Power Act, the Interstate Commerce Act, any state public utilities code, or any other Federal or state statute or regulation limiting its ability to incur Indebtedness.

6.15 No Burdensome Restrictions.

Neither BHI nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to or bound by any Contractual Obligation, or subject to any restriction in any Organization Document, or any Requirement of Law, which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.16 Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and Licenses, etc.

BHI and its Subsidiaries own or are licensed or otherwise have the right to use all of the patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, and other rights that are reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses, without, to BHI's or any Subsidiary's knowledge, conflict with the rights of any other Person, which conflict would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the best knowledge of BHI and each Loan Party, no slogan or other advertising device, product, process, method, substance, part or other material now employed, or now contemplated to be employed, by BHI or any Subsidiary infringes upon any rights held by any other Person, which infringement would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as disclosed in Schedule 6.05, no claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or, to the knowledge of BHI or any Loan Party, threatened.

6.17 Capitalization; Subsidiaries.

As of the Closing Date, no Loan Party has any Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in part (a) of Schedule 6.17 hereto and has no equity investments in any other corporation or entity other than those specifically disclosed in part (b) of Schedule 6.17. All of the issued and outstanding capital stock of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries is owned by each of the stockholders named on Schedule 6.17. Except as set forth on Schedule 6.17, there are no outstanding rights to purchase, options, warrants or similar rights or agreements pursuant to which a Loan Party may be required to issue or sell any capital stock or other equity security.

86

6.18 Insurance.

Except as disclosed in Schedule 6.18, the properties of BHI and its Subsidiaries are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of BHI, in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and are similarly situated.

6.19 Swap Obligations.

Neither BHI nor any of its Subsidiaries has incurred any outstanding obligations under any Swap Contracts, other than Permitted Swap Obligations. BHI has undertaken its own independent assessment of its consolidated assets, liabilities and commitments and has considered appropriate means of mitigating and managing risks associated with such matters and has not relied on any swap counterparty or any Affiliate of any swap counterparty in determining whether to enter into any Swap Contract.

6.20 Consummation of Transaction.

The Company has delivered to the Administrative Agent true, complete and correct copies of the Merger Documents (including all schedules, exhibits, annexes, amendments, supplements, modifications and all other documents delivered pursuant thereto or in connection therewith). The Merger Documents as originally executed and delivered by the parties thereto have not been amended, waived, supplemented or modified except as permitted by this Agreement. The representations and warranties of the parties set forth therein (with respect to any party other than BHI and its Subsidiaries, to the best knowledge of BHI) are true and correct in all material respects as of the date thereof. On the date of this Agreement, neither BHI nor any other party to any of the Merger Documents is in default in the performance of or compliance with any material provisions under the Merger Documents. The Merger is being consummated contemporaneously with the Closing Date in accordance with the Merger Documents and applicable laws and regulations.

6.21 Solvency.

BHI and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis and, in the case of its Subsidiaries incorporated in England and Wales, on an individual basis, are Solvent.

6.22 Location of Real Property.

(a) Schedule 6.22(a) sets forth completely and correctly as of the Closing Date all real property owned by BHI or any of its Subsidiaries, the applicable owner thereof, the addresses thereof and the county or counties in which such properties are situated. All of the real property set forth on Schedule 6.22(a) is owned in fee by BHI or one of its Subsidiaries.

(b) Schedule 6.22(b) sets forth completely and correctly as of the Closing Date all real property leased by BHI or any of its Subsidiaries, the applicable lessee thereof, the addresses thereof and the county or counties in which such properties are situated. BHI or one of its Subsidiaries has a valid lease in all of the real property set forth on such Schedule 6.22(b).

87

6.23 Full Disclosure.

None of the representations or warranties made by any Loan Party in the Loan Documents as of the date such representations and warranties are made or deemed made, and none of the statements when taken as a whole contained in any exhibit, report, statement or certificate furnished by or on behalf of BHI or any Subsidiary in connection with the Loan Documents (including the offering and disclosure materials delivered by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Lenders prior to the Closing Date), contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not materially misleading as of the time when made or delivered.

ARTICLE VII

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, or any Loan or other Obligation (other than Obligations with respect to indemnification hereunder not due and payable) shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, unless the Required Lenders waive compliance in writing:

7.01 Financial Statements.

BHI shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Administrative Agent (with sufficient copies for each Lender):

(a) as soon as available, but not later than 90 days after the end of each fiscal year (commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003), a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of BHI and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for such year, setting forth, commencing January 1, 2004, in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, and accompanied by the opinion of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu or another nationally-recognized independent public accounting firm ("Independent Auditor") which report shall state that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial position for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with prior years;

(b) as soon as available, but not later than 45 calendar days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year (commencing with the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2003), a copy of the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of BHI and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal quarter and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for the period commencing on the first day and ending on the last day of such fiscal quarter, and certified by a Responsible Officer of BHI as fairly presenting in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP (subject to ordinary, good faith year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes), the financial position and the results of operations of BHI and its Subsidiaries; provided, that the financial statements to be

88

delivered pursuant to this clause (b) for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2003 shall consist of a balance sheet only; and

(c) as soon as available, but not later than 20 days after the end of each calendar month (excluding the calendar month ended December 31 of each calendar year), a consolidating monthly income statement and a consolidated monthly balance sheet for BHI and its Subsidiaries for such month, certified by a Responsible Officer of the Company and prepared in accordance with GAAP (subject to ordinary, good faith adjustments and absence of footnotes), together with a management performance overview and discussion, a comparison to plan and forecast of operations and cash flow for the remainder of the fiscal year.

7.02 Certificates; Other Information.

BHI shall furnish to the Administrative Agent (with sufficient copies for each Lender):

(a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in subsection 7.01(a), a certificate of the Independent Auditor stating that in making the examination necessary therefor no knowledge was obtained of any Default or Event of Default, except as specified in such certificate (it being understood that such certificate may be limited to accounting matters and disclaim responsibility for legal interpretation);

(b) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in subsections 7.01(a) and (b), a Compliance Certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of BHI;

(c) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in subsection 7.01(a), (1) a consolidating balance sheet and income statement for such year (which need not be audited) and, in the case of such income statement, setting forth in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, and (ii) projections (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) covering the quarterly periods from the beginning of such fiscal year through the end of such fiscal year, prepared in reasonable detail, with appropriate presentation and discussion of the principal assumptions upon which such projections are based;

(d) promptly, copies of all financial statements and reports that BHI or any of its Subsidiaries send to their respective shareholders, generally, and copies of all financial statements and regular, periodic or special reports (including Forms 10K, 10Q and 8K, if appropriate) that BHI or any of its Subsidiaries may make to, or file with, the SEC;

(e) promptly after the end of each calendar month, but in no case more than twenty calendar days after the end of each calendar month, and at such times during the occurrence of an Event of Default as shall reasonably be requested by the Administrative Agent, a Borrowing Base Certificate; provided that, with regard to December of each year, BHI shall only be obligated to deliver the Borrowing Base Certificate within 45 calendar days after the end of such month;

(f) by the twentieth calendar day after the end of each calendar month of 2003, and at such times during the occurrence of an Event of Default as shall reasonably be requested by the Administrative Agent, an EBITDA Certificate, which EBITDA Certificate shall

89

state EBITDA for the month most recently ended and EBITDA for the period from January 1 of the current calendar year to the last day of the calendar month then most recently ended; provided that, with regard to December of each year, BHI shall only be obligated to deliver the EBITDA Certificate within 45 calendar days after the end of such month; and

(g) promptly such additional information regarding the business, financial or corporate affairs of BHI or any of its Subsidiaries as the Administrative Agent, at the request of any Lender, may from time to time reasonably request.

7.03 Notifications.

BHI shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent (with sufficient copies for each Lender)

(a) upon a Responsible Officer of BHI or any Loan Party obtaining knowledge of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

(b) of any matter that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including, to the extent so applicable, (i) any breach or non-performance of, or any default under, a Contractual Obligation of BHI or any of its Subsidiaries; (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between BHI or any of its Subsidiaries and any Governmental Authority; or (iii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting BHI or any of its Subsidiaries including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws;

(c) of the occurrence of any of the following events affecting any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate (but in no event more than 10 days after such event becomes known to an officer of such Loan Party), and deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender a copy of any notice with respect to such event that is filed with a Governmental Authority and any notice delivered by a Governmental Authority to any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate with respect to such event:

(i) an ERISA Event;

(ii) a material increase in the Unfunded Pension Liability of any Pension Plan;

(iii) the adoption of, or the commencement of contributions to, any Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code or any Non-U.S. Pension Plan by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate resulting in a material contribution obligation; or

(iv) the adoption of any amendment to a Non-U.S. Pension Plan or a Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, if such amendment results in a material increase in contributions or Unfunded Pension Liability.

(d) of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by BHI or any of its consolidated Subsidiaries; and

90

(e) upon, but in no event later than 15 days after, any officer of any Loan Party becoming aware of (i) any and all enforcement, investigation, cleanup, removal or other governmental or regulatory actions instituted, completed or threatened against or any Loan Party or any of their respective properties pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws, and all other Environmental Claims which would reasonably be expected to result in potential liability of BHI or any of its Subsidiaries of $1,000,000 or more, and (ii) any environmental condition on any real property adjoining or in the vicinity of the property of BHI or any of its Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to cause such property of such Person or any part thereof to be subject to any material restrictions on the ownership, occupancy, transferability or use of such property under any Environmental Laws.

Each notice under this Section shall be accompanied by a written statement by a Responsible Officer of BHI setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein, and stating what action BHI or any affected Subsidiary of BHI proposes to take with respect thereto and at what time.

7.04 Preservation of Corporate Existence, Etc.

Except for any merger or amalgamation permitted under Section 8.03, BHI shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

(a) preserve and maintain in full force and effect its corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence and good standing under the laws of its state or jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation, except to the extent otherwise expressly permitted herein;

(b) preserve and maintain in full force and effect all material governmental rights, privileges, qualifications, permits, licenses and franchises necessary in the normal conduct of its business except in connection with transactions permitted by Section 8.03 and sales of assets permitted by
Section 8.02; and

(c) preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks, trade names and service marks, the non-preservation of which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Each Loan Party shall cause each of its Subsidiaries which is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary as of the date hereof to continue to exist as a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary so long as it shall be a Subsidiary.

7.05 Maintenance of Property.

Each Loan Party shall maintain, and shall cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to maintain, and preserve all its property which is used or useful in its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and damage by casualty excepted, and make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

91

7.06 Insurance.

In addition to insurance requirements set forth in the Collateral Documents, each Loan Party shall maintain, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, with financially sound and reputable independent insurers, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons including workers' compensation insurance, public liability and property and casualty insurance which amount shall not be materially reduced by such Loan Party in the absence of 30 days' prior written notice to the Administrative Agent. All casualty insurance maintained by each Loan Party shall name the Collateral Agent or Administrative Agent as loss payee and all liability insurance shall name the Collateral Agent or Administrative Agent as additional insured for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Issuers and the Lenders, as their interests may appear. Upon request of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, each Loan Party shall furnish the Administrative Agent, with sufficient copies for each Lender, at reasonable intervals (but not more than once per calendar year) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of such Loan Party (and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, any insurance broker of such Loan Party) setting forth the nature and extent of all insurance maintained by such Loan Party and its Subsidiaries in accordance with this Section 7.06 or any Collateral Documents (and which, in the case of a certificate of a broker, were placed through such broker).

7.07 Payment of Obligations.

Each Loan Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable:

(a) all federal and other material tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its properties or assets, unless the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by such Loan Party or such Subsidiary;

(b) all lawful claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon its property in violation of Section 8.01 unless the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by such Loan Party or such Subsidiary; and

(c) all other obligations and liabilities which, if unpaid, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.08 Compliance with Laws.

Each Loan Party shall comply, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply, with all Requirements of Law of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over it or its business (including the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act), except to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

92

7.09 Compliance with ERISA.

Each Loan Party shall, and shall cause each of its ERISA Affiliates to (if applicable): (a) maintain each Plan and Non-U.S. Pension Plan in compliance in all material respects with applicable law; (b) cause each Plan which is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code to maintain such qualification; and
(c) make all required contributions to any Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code and any Non-U.S. Pension Plan; to the extent that any failure to comply with any such provision would reasonably be expected to result in liabilities in excess of $1,000,000 for all such failures in the aggregate.

7.10 Inspection of Property and Books and Records.

Each Loan Party shall maintain and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of such Loan Party and such Subsidiary. Each Loan Party shall permit, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to permit, representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to visit and inspect any of their respective properties, to examine their respective inventory, to examine their respective corporate, financial and operating records, including records of all receivables, and to make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss their respective affairs, finances and accounts with their respective directors, officers, and independent public accountants, all at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to Person; provided, that so long as no Event of Default exists and is continuing, Administrative Agent may perform no more than one field audit each fiscal year; provided, further, that at all times that an Event of Default exists, (i) each Loan Party shall permit, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to permit, representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to visit and inspect, in addition to the above, any of their manufacturing facilities, and to discuss their respective affairs, finances, operations and facilities with their respective directors, officers, and independent public accountants and (ii) the Administrative Agent or any Lender may take any of the actions set forth in this proviso at any time during normal business hours and without advance notice. Any visit or inspection made pursuant to this Section 7.10 at any time that any Event of Default exists shall be made at the expense of the Loan Party whose property is being inspected.

7.11 Environmental Laws.

(a) Each Loan Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, conduct its operations and keep and maintain its property in compliance with all Environmental Laws, except such noncompliance which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Upon the written request of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, a Loan Party shall submit and cause each of its Subsidiaries to submit, to the Administrative Agent with sufficient copies for each Lender, at such Loan Party's sole cost and expense, at reasonable intervals, a report providing an update of the status of any environmental, health or safety compliance, hazard or liability issue identified in any notice or report required pursuant to

93

subsection 7.03(e), that could individually or in the aggregate, result in liability in excess of $1,000,000 (net of any payments under insurance policies or indemnity agreements which the Loan Party or such Subsidiary reasonably expects to receive).

7.12 Use of Proceeds.

(a) Proceeds of the Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans shall be utilized (i) to continue the Revolving Loans outstanding on the Closing Date under the Original U.S. Credit Agreement and the Original UK Credit Agreement,
(ii) for working capital and other general corporate purposes (other than for the purpose of financing any Acquisition, unless the Required Lenders shall have given their prior written consent thereto) and (iii) to repay any drawing under a Letter of Credit, in each case not in contravention of any Requirement of Law or of any Loan Document.

(b) Proceeds of all Existing Term Loans shall be utilized to continue the Term Loans outstanding on the Closing Date under the Original U.S. Credit Agreement and the Original UK Credit Agreement.

(c) Proceeds of all NSC Term Loans shall be utilized to repay any drawing under the Existing Fleet Letter of Credit.

(d) Proceeds of all Sterling Term Loans shall be utilized (i) to repay any drawing under the Loan Note Credit Support and (ii) to repay any Loan Notes to the extent the holder thereof has demanded payment or payment is otherwise due.

7.13 Further Assurances; Additional Pledge; Additional Collateral Documents.

(a) Each Loan Party shall ensure that all written information, exhibits and reports furnished to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, taken as a whole, do not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and do not and will not omit to state any material fact or any fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading in any material respect in light of the circumstances in which made, and upon learning thereof, a Responsible Officer of such Loan Party will promptly disclose to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and correct any defect or error that may be discovered therein or in any Loan Document or in the execution, acknowledgment or recordation thereof.

(b) Effective upon any Person becoming a Subsidiary of a Loan Party (other than a Foreign 956 Subsidiary), the shareholder or shareholders thereof shall pledge the stock or other equity interests thereof to the Collateral Agent pursuant to documentation reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

(c) Subject to Sections 7.14 and 7.15, promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, each Loan Party, to the extent permitted by applicable law, shall do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register, any and all such further acts, deeds, conveyances, security agreements, mortgages, assignments, estoppel certificates, financing statements and continuations thereof, termination statements, notices of assignment, transfers, certificates, assurances and other instruments the Administrative Agent or such Lenders, as the case may be, may reasonably

94

require from time to time in order (i) to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) to subject to the Liens created by any of the Collateral Documents any of the properties, rights or interests covered by any of the Collateral Documents, (iii) to perfect and maintain the validity, effectiveness and priority of any of the Collateral Documents and the Liens intended to be created thereby and (iv) to better assure, convey, grant, assign, transfer, preserve, protect and confirm to the Administrative Agent, the Issuers and Lenders the rights granted or now or hereafter intended to be granted to the Lenders under any Loan Document or under any other document executed in connection therewith.

(d) In addition to any documents delivered in connection with the other provisions of this Section 7.13, within 120 calendar days after the Closing Date, CVS, Inc. shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent one or more fully executed Mortgages in favor of the Collateral Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, over all real property owned by CVS, Inc., including the real property owned by CVS, Inc. in Vonore, Tennessee, together with all surveys, title policies and other documents related thereto as the Administrative Agent may request.

(e) In addition to any documents delivered in connection with the other provisions of this Section 7.13, within 30 calendar days after the Closing Date, CVS, Inc. shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent (i) a title policy, or a date-down of a title policy previously delivered to the Administrative Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, relating to the property encumbered by the Deed of Trust, Security Agreement, Assignment of Leases and Rents and Financing Statement dated as of March 31, 2000 and recorded on April 6, 2000 as Document No. 2000-022116 in the Office of the County Clerk of Clackamas County, Oregon, as amended, showing no liens or encumbrances other than Permitted Liens, (ii) the results of searches made in each county in which each item of real property located in the United States owned by any Loan Party is located, showing all fixture filings that are on record in such county naming such Loan Party, (iii) a deposit account control agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, executed by each bank at which any Loan Party organized in the United States has an account, and each bank at which any Loan Party organized in the United Kingdom has an account located in the United States and
(iv) evidence that each of the UCC financing statements identified with an asterisk on Schedule 8.01 have been terminated.

7.14 Additional Guaranties and Personal Property Pledge.

Effective upon any Person becoming a Subsidiary of a Loan Party (other than a Foreign 956 Subsidiary) and subject to compliance with applicable law, such Person shall join as a guarantor under the Collateral Documents pursuant to amendments thereto in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent and any intercompany note issued to any Loan Party shall be pledged to the Collateral Agent pursuant to a Pledge Agreement. The Borrower Representative shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent at any time at which, in accordance with this Section 7.14, any Subsidiary shall be required to join as a guarantor under the Collateral Documents.

95

7.15 Additional Real Property.

Concurrent with (a) the acquisition of a fee simple ownership interest by a Loan Party of any parcel of real property which has a fair market value in excess of $1,000,000 or (b) the acquisition or lease by a Loan Party of any parcel of property which, in the Administrative Agent's reasonable determination, is otherwise of significant value to the operations of such Person, unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise direct, such Loan Party shall, to the extent permitted under the terms of such lease or financing, or shall cause such Subsidiary to, execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a Mortgage on such parcel or leasehold substantially in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, together with such other customary closing items as are requested by the Administrative Agent such as surveys, title insurance and local counsel opinions, in each case in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

7.16 Additional Capital. In the event that BHI is not in compliance with Sections 8.15 and 8.16 for any fiscal quarter ending after the Closing Date, within ten days after delivery by BHI of its Compliance Certificate for such fiscal quarter, together with the financial statements to which such certificate relates pursuant to Section 7.02(b), BHI shall use its best efforts to obtain cash proceeds ("Additional Capital") from the issuance of unsecured Indebtedness; provided that any such unsecured Indebtedness shall be issued on terms substantially similar to the subordinated promissory notes issued by BHI on September 30, 2002. To the extent such Additional Capital is raised, such Additional Capital shall be in an amount sufficient to bring BHI into compliance with Sections 8.15 and 8.16 for such fiscal quarter (but in any event shall be issued in a minimum amount of not less than $250,000) and shall be evidenced by a revised Compliance Certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of BHI and delivered within such ten day period, together with such other documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in connection therewith. Such revised Compliance Certificate shall also be accompanied by a statement of the amount of such Additional Capital and the applicable fiscal quarter for which such Additional Capital applies.

ARTICLE VIII

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, or any Loan or other Obligation (other than Obligations with respect to indemnification hereunder not due and payable) shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, unless the Required Lenders waive compliance in writing:

8.01 Limitation on Liens.

BHI shall not, nor shall it suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any part of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following ("Permitted Liens"):

96

(a) any Lien existing on property of BHI or any Subsidiary on the Closing Date and set forth in Schedule 8.01 securing Indebtedness outstanding on such date and any Lien arising out of the refinancing, extension, renewal or refunding of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien permitted by this clause (a) but only if the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased and such Liens do not extend to or cover any other property or assets; provided that any Lien identified on Schedule 8.01 that is marked with an asterisk shall not be a Permitted Lien;

(b) any Lien created under any Loan Document;

(c) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty, or to the extent that non-payment thereof is permitted by Section 7.07, provided that no notice of lien has been filed or recorded under the Code;

(d) carriers', warehousemen's, mechanics', landlords', materialmen's, repairmen's or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

(e) Liens (other than any Lien imposed by ERISA) consisting of pledges or deposits required in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation;

(f) Liens on the property of BHI or its Subsidiaries securing (i) the non-delinquent performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, (ii) contingent obligations on surety or appeal bonds, and (iii) other non-delinquent obligations of a like nature, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business; provided that all such Liens in the aggregate would not (taking into account the probable likelihood of their being enforced) reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect;

(g) Liens consisting of judgment or judicial attachment liens, provided that the enforcement of such Liens is effectively stayed and the obligations secured by all such Liens in the aggregate at any time outstanding for BHI and its Subsidiaries do not exceed the Equivalent Amount of $1,500,000;

(h) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the businesses of BHI and its Subsidiaries except for such easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances on property which existed at the time of acquisition by BHI or its Subsidiaries of such property and were not created in anticipation thereof and which do not interfere with the ordinary conduct of business by BHI and its Subsidiaries;

97

(i) (a) Liens (including Liens under Capitalized Leases) in respect of property or assets acquired or constructed by BHI or a Subsidiary after the date hereof, which Liens are created at the time of acquisition or completion of construction of such property or asset or within 20 days thereafter, to secure Indebtedness assumed or incurred to finance all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction of such property or asset,
(b) in the case of any Person that hereafter becomes a Subsidiary or is consolidated with or merged with or into BHI or a Subsidiary, Liens existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary or is so consolidated or merged (and not incurred in anticipation thereof), and (c) in the case of any property or asset acquired by BHI or any Subsidiary after the Closing Date (other than in connection with the Transaction), Liens existing on such property or asset at the time of acquisition thereof (and not incurred in anticipation thereof), whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby is assumed by BHI or a Subsidiary; provided, that in any such case:

(x) no such Lien shall extend to or cover any other property or assets of BHI or of such Subsidiary, as the case may be, and

(y) the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by all such Liens in respect of any such property or assets shall not exceed 100% of the fair market value of such property or assets at the time of such acquisition;

and any extension, renewal or replacement thereof but only if the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased and such Liens do not extend to or cover any other property or assets, provided further, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted by this
Section 8.01(i) together with (but without double counting) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by Section 8.05(e) does not exceed at any one time outstanding the Equivalent Amount of $6,000,000;

(j) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provision relating to banker's liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a creditor depository institution; provided that (i) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by BHI or any of its Subsidiaries in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the FRB, and (ii) such deposit account is not intended by BHI or any of its Subsidiaries to provide collateral to the depository institution;

(k) Liens of any landlord with respect to leased real property of BHI or any of its Subsidiaries arising in the ordinary course of business for sums not overdue or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been set aside on the books of BHI or such Subsidiary, as the case may be;

(l) Licenses, leases or subleases granted to third Persons in the ordinary course of the business not interfering in any material respect with the business of BHI or any of its Subsidiaries;

(m) Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statements regarding operating leases not constituting Indebtedness or consignments;

98

(n) Liens securing Indebtedness evidenced by Intercompany Notes issued by NSC pursuant to Section 8.05(f), provided, that the documentation evidencing any such Lien shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and

(o) Liens securing obligations (other than Indebtedness) of BHI and its Subsidiaries not to exceed in the aggregate at any one time outstanding the Equivalent Amount of $1,000,000.

8.02 Disposition of Assets.

BHI shall not, nor shall it suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, (x) issue any equity interests of any Subsidiary to any Person which is not BHI or one of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries or (y) sell, assign, lease, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of (whether in one or a series of transactions) any property, including accounts and notes receivable, with or without recourse (each, an "Asset Disposition"), or enter into any agreement to do any of the foregoing, except:

(a) dispositions of used, worn-out or surplus equipment or unused intellectual property, all in the ordinary course of business;

(b) the sale of equipment to the extent that such equipment is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of replacement equipment, or the proceeds of such sale are within 180 days of receipt thereof applied to the purchase price of such replacement equipment;

(c) Asset Dispositions by any Subsidiary to any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that is a Loan Party;

(d) BHI or any Subsidiary may enter into operating leases and licenses as lessor in the ordinary course of business which are not substantially equivalent to sales;

(e) BHI or any Subsidiary may enter into assignments and licenses of intellectual property in the ordinary course of business; and

(f) dispositions by BHI and its Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted hereunder which are made for fair market value; provided, that (i) at the time of any disposition, no Event of Default shall exist or shall result from such disposition, (ii) at least 75% of the aggregate sales price from such dispositions shall be paid in cash, and (iii) the aggregate value of all assets so sold by BHI and its Subsidiaries in any fiscal year shall not exceed the Equivalent Amount of $2,000,000;

(g) sale or discounts of accounts receivable by BHI or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of collection;

(h) sell Investments permitted under Section 8.04(a);

(i) transactions permitted under Section 8.03; and

(j) dispositions of inventory in the ordinary course of business.

99

In the event any Collateral is sold as permitted by this Section 8.02, such Collateral shall be sold free and clear of the Liens created by the Collateral Documents and the Collateral Agent shall be authorized to take any actions and execute and deliver any lien release documents as may be necessary in order to effect the foregoing.

8.03 Consolidations and Mergers.

BHI shall not, nor shall it suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, merge, consolidate with or into, or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except for the following but only so long as the corporate existence of BHI is continued:

(a) any Subsidiary may merge with BHI (provided that BHI shall be the continuing or surviving corporation), or with any one or more Subsidiaries (provided that if any such Subsidiary is a Guarantor, the surviving corporation shall be a Guarantor, and if any transaction shall be between a Subsidiary and a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the continuing or surviving corporation shall be a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary);

(b) another Person organized under the laws of the jurisdiction of the Loan Party may merge with or consolidate into such Loan Party so long as (i) such Acquisition is a Permitted Acquisition, (ii) such surviving Person is a Loan Party, and (iii) all applicable legal requirements have been satisfied;

(c) any Subsidiary may sell all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise), to BHI or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that is a Loan Party; and

(d) any transaction permitted under Section 8.02.

8.04 Loans and Investments.

BHI shall not, nor shall it suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, purchase or acquire, or make any commitment therefor, any capital stock, equity interest, or any obligations or other securities of, or any interest in, any Person, or make or commit to make any Acquisitions, or make or commit to make any advance, loan, extension of credit or capital contribution to or any other investment in, any Person (excluding commission, travel, relocation and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business) including any Affiliate of the Company (together, "Investments"), except for:

(a) Investments held by BHI or its Subsidiaries in the form of cash equivalents or short term marketable securities;

(b) extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the sale or lease of goods or services in the ordinary course of business;

(c) Investments by BHI or any of its Subsidiaries in BHI or one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that is a Loan Party or unsecured loans made by any such Subsidiary to BHI;

100

(d) Permitted Acquisitions and Investments incurred in order to consummate Permitted Acquisitions;

(e) Investments constituting Permitted Swap Obligations or payments or advances under Swap Contracts relating to Permitted Swap Obligations;

(f) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees of BHI and its Subsidiaries, the proceeds of which are used to purchase Capital Stock of BHI;

(g) Investments consisting of Capital Stock of BHI purchased from officers, directors, consultants, and employees of BHI and its Subsidiaries pursuant to subsection 8.09(c);

(h) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Investments that are outstanding as of the Closing Date and set forth in Schedule 8.04 hereto;

(j) other Investments, including in Joint Ventures or other Persons with business reasonably related to the business of BHI and its Subsidiaries, of up to the Equivalent Amount of $2,000,000 in the aggregate;

(k) Investments incurred in connection with transactions described in Section 8.02(f); provided, that such Investments shall be limited to 25% of the aggregate sale price from such dispositions and shall be evidenced by promissory notes issued to BHI or any of its Subsidiaries, as applicable, and pledged and delivered to the Collateral Agent to the extent required by the Collateral Documents;

(l) Contingent Obligations permitted under Section 8.08;

(m) BHI and its Subsidiaries may make pledges and deposits permitted under Section 8.01;

(n) Investments constituting Permitted Earn-Out Debt permitted pursuant to Section 8.05(l); and

(o) BHI and its Subsidiaries may make intercompany loans permitted by Section 8.05

Notwithstanding the above, the aggregate amount of Investments made to, in or in respect of Foreign 956 Subsidiaries or any Subsidiaries not organized under the laws of the United States or the United Kingdom shall not at any time in the aggregate exceed the Equivalent Amount of $3,000,000.

101

8.05 Limitation on Indebtedness.

BHI shall not, nor shall it suffer or permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume, suffer to exist, or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to, any Indebtedness, except:

(a) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Agreement or the Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness of BHI or its Subsidiaries consisting of Contingent Obligations permitted pursuant to Section 8.08 (other than subparagraph (d) thereof);

(c) Indebtedness of BHI or its Subsidiaries existing on the Closing Date and set forth in Schedule 8.05;

(d) Indebtedness of BHI or its Subsidiaries secured by Liens which are permitted pursuant to Section 8.01(i) in an aggregate amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the Equivalent Amount of $5,000,000;

(e) Indebtedness of a Subsidiary of BHI (or related to an asset) issued and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Subsidiary (or asset) was acquired by BHI or a Subsidiary of BHI in a transaction constituting a Permitted Acquisition (other than Indebtedness issued as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate such Permitted Acquisition); provided that the aggregate amount of such Indebtedness outstanding at any time, together with Indebtedness outstanding and permitted by
Section 8.05(d) (without double counting) does not exceed the Equivalent Amount of $5,000,000;

(f) unsecured Indebtedness (except as permitted pursuant to
Section 8.01(n)) of (x) BHI to a Borrower to the extent the proceeds thereof are promptly utilized to pay costs permitted pursuant to Section 8.09(d), (y) a Borrower to any Guarantor or another Borrower or (z) any Guarantor to a Borrower or any other Guarantor, provided that such Indebtedness shall be evidenced by a promissory note (each such promissory note, an "Intercompany Note") which, together with any related security interests, shall be pledged to the Collateral Agent pursuant to a Pledge Agreement;

(g) Indebtedness of BHI and its Subsidiaries resulting from the refinancing of Indebtedness permitted by clauses (c) and (d) above; provided, however, that the principal amount of any such refinancing Indebtedness (as determined as of the date of the incurrence of such refinancing Indebtedness in accordance with GAAP), does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness refinanced thereby on such date;

(h) unsecured Indebtedness of BHI which is subordinated to the Obligations on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders incurred in connection with Permitted Acquisitions or Investments permitted by subsection 8.04; provided that the terms and conditions of such Indebtedness shall be satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the principal amount thereof (together with the unsecured Indebtedness issued pursuant to Section 8.13) shall not exceed the Equivalent Amount of $10,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;

102

(i) unsecured Indebtedness of BHI which is subordinated to the Obligations on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders incurred in connection with Investments permitted by subsection 8.04(g), all on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(j) Indebtedness under the Loan Notes owing to former shareholders of Bostrom International and secured by the Loan Note Credit Support;

(k) intercompany Indebtedness permitted by Sections 8.04(c), (j) and (o);

(l) Permitted Earn-Out Debt, provided that the maximum potential liability of BHI or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any such Permitted Earn-Out Debt shall not exceed at any time an amount equal to 25% of the aggregate consideration paid by BHI or such Subsidiary in connection with the related Permitted Acquisition;

(m) other unsecured Indebtedness of BHI or its Subsidiaries at any time outstanding as long as such Indebtedness when aggregated with Contingent Obligations which are permitted to be outstanding solely under subsection 8.08(j) does not exceed the Equivalent Amount of $2,000,000; and

(n) unsecured Indebtedness pursuant to Section 7.16; provided, that (i) the terms and conditions of such unsecured Indebtedness shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (and, to the extent such Indebtedness provides for interest payments, such interest payments shall be payments-in-kind), and (ii) such unsecured Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the Obligations on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders; provided, that the parties hereto hereby agree that if the terms and conditions of such unsecured Indebtedness are substantially similar to the subordinated promissory notes issued by the Company on September 30, 2002, such unsecured Indebtedness shall be deemed to have met the standards set forth in the preceding proviso.

8.06 Transactions with Affiliates.

No Loan Party shall, nor shall it suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any transaction with any Affiliate of such Loan Party, except upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to such Loan Party or such Subsidiary than would be obtainable in a comparable arm's-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate of such Loan Party or such Subsidiary and except for the following:

(a) transactions between or among a Loan Party and/or its Subsidiaries;

(b) payments permitted pursuant to Section 8.09 and transactions permitted pursuant to Section 8.04 or Section 8.08;

(c) the provision of officers' and directors' indemnification and insurance in the ordinary course of business to the extent permitted by applicable law; and

(d) payments pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Management Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among BHI, CVS Holdings, Inc., CVS Holdings

103

Ltd., CVS, Inc. and Hidden Creek as in effect on the Closing Date (the "Management Agreement") and as amended in a manner permitted under Section 8.13.

8.07 Use of Proceeds.

(a) No Loan Party shall, nor shall suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, use any portion of the Loan proceeds or any Letter of Credit, directly or indirectly, (i) to purchase or carry Margin Stock, (ii) to repay or otherwise refinance indebtedness of the Company or others incurred to purchase or carry Margin Stock, (iii) to extend credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock, (iv) to acquire any security in any transaction that is subject to Section 13 or 14 of the Exchange Act or (v) to make Acquisitions other than Permitted Acquisitions.

(b) None of the proceeds of any Loans may be used in any way which infringes Section 151 of the Companies Act or any similar or other statutory obligation whether in the United Kingdom or elsewhere.

8.08 Contingent Obligations.

BHI shall not, nor shall it suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Contingent Obligations except:

(a) (i) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) standard contractual indemnities in the ordinary course of business;

(b) Permitted Swap Obligations;

(c) Contingent Obligations of BHI and its Subsidiaries existing as of the Closing Date and listed in Schedule 8.08;

(d) Contingent Obligations with respect to Indebtedness permitted by Section 8.05;

(e) Contingent Obligations with respect to Surety Instruments incurred by BHI and its Subsidiaries (including on behalf of third parties) in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Contingent Obligations of BHI or any Subsidiary of BHI consisting of a guarantee of obligations of a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary under any lease or other agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business not constituting Indebtedness and for which the liability with respect thereto is not required to be reflected on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(g) ordinary course indemnity provisions in any agreement, undertaking, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, document or agreement to which BHI or any of its Subsidiaries is a party;

(h) BHI and its Subsidiaries may become and remain liable with respect to Contingent Obligations in the form of customary and reasonable indemnification provisions or

104

customary purchase price adjustments (based on post-closing audit adjustments) incurred in connection with Permitted Acquisitions or sales of assets permitted under this Agreement to be made by BHI or any Subsidiary;

(i) BHI and its Subsidiaries may incur Contingent Obligations in respect of employment arrangements and other compensation arrangements entered into in connection with Permitted Acquisitions; and

(j) Contingent Obligations not exceeding at any time the Equivalent Amount of $2,000,000 in the aggregate less the amount of unsecured Indebtedness which is permitted to be outstanding solely under subsection 8.05(m).

8.09 Restricted Payments.

BHI shall not, nor shall it suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, declare or make any dividend payment, other payment or other distribution of assets, properties, cash, rights, obligations or securities on account of any shares of any class of its capital stock or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for value any shares of its capital stock or any warrants, rights or options to acquire such shares, now or hereafter outstanding (collectively, "Restricted Payments"), except that:

(a) BHI may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in its Capital Stock and in cash to the extent permitted by clauses (c) and (d) below;

(b) Subsidiaries of BHI may make Restricted Payments to BHI and other Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of BHI;

(c) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall then exist and be continuing or would result after giving effect thereto, any Subsidiary of BHI may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable to BHI (x) to enable BHI to repurchase Capital Stock owned by its officers, directors, consultants, and employees, or former officers, directors, consultants and employees, or their respective estates or spouses or former spouses, of BHI or any of its Subsidiaries in an amount not exceeding during the term of this Agreement $500,000 plus the amount of proceeds received by BHI in cash (or forgiveness of Indebtedness) (or the principal amount of promissory notes) after the Closing Date from the purchase of Capital Stock of BHI by (i) officers, directors, consultants, and employees of BHI and its Subsidiaries and (ii) holders of Capital Stock of BHI as of the Closing Date and their Related Parties; provided that any such repurchase for cash or forgiveness of Indebtedness shall not exceed the aggregate amount of all such proceeds received in cash (or forgiveness of Indebtedness) after the Closing Date, and (y) to enable BHI to make scheduled payments of interest on subordinated Indebtedness incurred by BHI pursuant to Section 8.05(h) or (i) or to make scheduled payments of interest on other subordinated Indebtedness; provided that the aggregate principal amount of subordinated Indebtedness of BHI shall not at any time exceed the amount permitted to be incurred by BHI pursuant to Section 8.05(g) or
(h)); and

105

(d) distributions to BHI to the extent necessary to permit BHI to pay federal, state and other taxes and other administrative costs applicable to the operations of BHI and its Subsidiaries.

8.10 ERISA.

BHI shall not, nor shall it suffer or permit any of its ERISA Affiliates to: (a) engage in a prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan or (b) engage in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA which has resulted or could reasonably expected to result in liability of BHI in an aggregate amount in excess of $2,000,000.

8.11 Change in Business.

(a) No Loan Party shall, nor shall any such Loan Party suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business carried on by a Loan Party and its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date and lines of business reasonably ancillary or complementary to such current lines of business.

(b) BHI will not engage in any business activities other than in connection with its ownership interest in the Loan Parties and its other Subsidiaries and the execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to engage in other actions expressly permitted by this Agreement (including, without limitation, incurring certain Indebtedness and making certain loans). Notwithstanding the foregoing, BHI may engage in those activities that are incidental to (x) the maintenance of its corporate existence in compliance with applicable law and (y) legal, tax and accounting matters in connection with any of the foregoing activities.

8.12 Accounting Changes.

BHI shall not, nor shall it suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to,
(a) make any significant change in accounting treatment or reporting practices, except (i) as required by GAAP and (ii) any other change which does not affect the calculations required to determine compliance with Section 8.14 through 8.18, or (b) change the fiscal year of BHI or any of its Subsidiaries to make the fiscal year of such Subsidiary different than that of BHI.

8.13 Amendments to Organizational Documents or Management Agreement; Preferred Stock.

BHI shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, (a) make any amendment or modification to the Organizational Documents of BHI or any Loan Party, or to any terms or provisions of any other Organizational Documents which is materially adverse to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders, (b) make any amendment or modification to the Management Agreement which is materially adverse to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders or (c) issue any preferred stock, other than preferred stock which is subordinated to the Obligations on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders incurred in connection with Permitted Acquisitions or Investments

106

permitted by Section 8.04; provided that the terms and conditions of such preferred stock shall be satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the liquidation preference with respect thereto (together with the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding and permitted pursuant to subsection 8.05(g)) shall not exceed $20,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding.

8.14 Net Worth.

BHI shall not permit its consolidated Net Worth on the last day of any fiscal quarter to be less than the sum of (a) $35,000,000, plus (b) 75% of consolidated Net Income of BHI and its Subsidiaries (excluding (a) gains and losses with respect to foreign exchange and/or interest rate protection adjustments reflected in the consolidated balance sheet of BHI, (b) previously capitalized costs and expenses related to the incurrence of indebtedness and costs and expenses related to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, not to exceed $3,250,000 in the aggregate and (c) adjustments with respect to goodwill made in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard 142) for each fiscal quarter after the Closing Date; provided, however, that, in the event Net Income of BHI and its Subsidiaries is less than zero for any fiscal quarter, Net Income for purposes only of this Section 8.14 shall be deemed to be zero for such fiscal quarter.

8.15 Total Leverage Ratio.

BHI shall not permit the Total Leverage Ratio, as determined as of the last day of each fiscal quarter for the four fiscal quarter period then ended, to be greater than the ratio set forth below for such period:

  QUARTER ENDING                RATIO
  --------------                -----
March 31, 2003                3.80 to 1
June 30, 2003                 4.50 to 1
September 30, 2003            4.40 to 1
December 31, 2003             3.50 to 1
March 31, 2004                3.00 to 1
June 30, 2004                 2.75 to 1
and thereafter

; provided, however, that for purposes of calculating the Total Leverage Ratio hereunder "Funded Indebtedness" shall exclude any Additional Capital to the extent the proceeds thereof are applied to reduce the Revolving Loans and such application shall be reflected on a pro forma basis as if such reduction in the Revolving Loans had occurred at the beginning of the four quarter period then ended.

8.16 Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

BHI shall not permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, as determined as of the last day of each fiscal quarter for the four fiscal quarter period then ended, to be less than the ratio set forth below for such period:

107

  QUARTER ENDING                RATIO
  --------------                -----
March 31, 2003                1.00 to 1
June 30, 2003                  .85 to 1
September 30, 2003             .85 to 1
December 31, 2003              .95 to 1
March 31, 2004
and thereafter                1.00 to 1

8.17 Minimum EBITDA.

BHI shall not permit EBITDA, calculated on a cumulative basis from January 1, 2003 to each of the dates set forth below, to be less than the amounts set forth below for each such period:

Fiscal period ending on or about:             EBITDA
---------------------------------             ------
March 31, 2003                             $  3,667,000

April 30, 2003                             $  4,991,000

May 31, 2003                               $  6,654,000

June 30, 2003                              $  8,765,000

July 31, 2003                              $  9,785,000

August 31, 2003                            $ 11,769,000

September 30, 2003                         $ 14,358,000

October 31, 2003                           $ 17,003,000

November 30, 2003                          $ 19,335,000

December 31, 2003                          $ 20,805,000

8.18 Capital Expenditures.

Neither BHI nor any of its Subsidiaries shall make or commit to make Capital Expenditures in an aggregate amount exceeding the Equivalent Amount of $10,000,000 in any fiscal year; provided, that up to the Equivalent Amount of $2,500,000 of the amount of Capital Expenditures permitted hereunder (including for purposes hereof amounts carried forward from the previous year, if any) which are not applied in any fiscal year may be carried forward and applied in the next succeeding fiscal year. For the purpose of this Section 8.18 only, "Equivalent Amount" for computations in Sterling shall be calculated at the exchange rate of $1.50 to (pound)1.

108

8.19 Restrictive Agreements.

Neither BHI, nor the Company shall, nor shall they permit any of their Subsidiaries to, enter into any indenture, agreement, instrument or other arrangement which directly or indirectly prohibits or restrains, or has the direct effect of prohibiting or restraining, or imposes materially adverse conditions upon, the ability of any of its Subsidiaries to (a) pay dividends or make other distributions (i) on its Capital Stock or (ii) with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, (b) make loans or advances to BHI or any of its Subsidiaries, (c) repay loans or advances from BHI or any of its Subsidiaries or (d) transfer any of its properties or assets to BHI or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, however, the provisions of this
Section 8.19 shall not apply with respect to clause (d) above, to Permitted Liens or other restrictions contained in security agreements securing Indebtedness permitted hereby to the extent such restrictions restrict the transfer of property subject to such Permitted Lien or any encumbrance or restriction consisting of customary non-assignment provisions in Contractual Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business to the extent such provisions restrict the transfer or assignment of such agreement.

ARTICLE IX

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

9.01 Event of Default.

Any of the following shall constitute an "Event of Default":

(a) Non-Payment. Any Borrower fails to pay, (i) when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan or of any L/C Obligation, or (ii) within three (3) Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest, fee or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or

(b) Representation or Warranty. Any representation or warranty by any Loan Party made or deemed made herein or in any other Loan Document, or contained in any certificate, document or financial or other statement by a Loan Party, or any Responsible Officer, furnished at any time under this Agreement, or in or under any other Loan Document, is incorrect in any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made; or

(c) Specific Defaults. BHI or any Borrower fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Section 7.01, 7.02,
7.03(a) - (d), 7.04(a), 7.09, 7.13(d) or (e) or in Article VIII; or

(d) Other Defaults. Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other term or covenant contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after the date upon which written notice thereof is given to the Company by the Administrative Agent or any Lender; or

(e) Cross-Default. (i) Any Loan Party (A) fails to make any payment in respect of any Indebtedness (other than in respect of Swap Contracts), having an aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and including amounts

109

owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than $2,000,000 when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) and such failure continues after the applicable grace or notice period, if any, specified in the relevant document on the date of such failure; or (B) fails to perform or observe any other condition or covenant, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, under any agreement or instrument relating to any such Indebtedness or in respect of any Contingent Obligation having an aggregate maximum amount of more than $2,000,000 when due, and such failure continues after the applicable grace or notice period, if any, specified in the relevant document on the date of such failure if the effect of such failure, event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause such Indebtedness to be declared to be due and payable, or to be required to be repurchased, prior to its stated maturity, or such Contingent Obligation to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded; (ii) there occurs under any Swap Contract an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract) resulting from (1) any event of default under such Swap Contract as to which any Loan Party is the Defaulting Party (as defined in such Swap Contract) or (2) any Termination Event (as so defined) arising due to a "Tax Event Upon Merger" or a "Credit Event Upon Merger" as to which the Company or any Subsidiary is an Affected Party (as so defined) and, in either event, the Swap Termination Value owed by such Loan Party as a result thereof is greater than $1,000,000; or (iii) such Loan Party fails to perform or observe any condition or covenant under any contract providing for the issuance of, or reimbursement of amounts in respect of, Surety Instruments (other than Non-Surety L/Cs), which in such event requires the making of payments in excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate, net of the proceeds of insurance policies and indemnity agreements in favor of such Loan Party and received or reasonably expected to be received thereby.

(f) Insolvency; Voluntary Proceedings. Any Loan Party (i) ceases or fails to be solvent, or generally fails to pay, or admits in writing its inability to pay, its debts as they become due, subject to applicable grace periods, if any, whether at stated maturity or otherwise; (ii) voluntarily ceases to conduct its business in the ordinary course; (iii) commences any Insolvency Proceeding with respect to itself; (iv) in relation to a Loan Party incorporated in England and Wales makes an application to strike that Loan Party off the register pursuant to Section 652A of the Companies Act 1985 of the United Kingdom or (iv) takes any action to effectuate or authorize any of the foregoing including, without limitation, the calling of any creditors or shareholders meeting to effect the same; or

(g) Involuntary Proceedings. (i) Any involuntary Insolvency Proceeding is commenced or filed against any Loan Party, or any writ, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process, is issued or levied against a substantial part of any Loan Party's properties, and any such proceeding or petition shall not be dismissed, or such writ, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process shall not be released, vacated or fully bonded within 60 days after commencement, filing or levy; (ii) any Loan Party admits in writing the material allegations of a petition against it in any Insolvency Proceeding, or an order for relief (or similar order under non-U.S. law) is ordered in any Insolvency Proceeding; or (iii) any Loan Party acquiesces in writing to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, mortgagee in possession (or agent therefor), administrator or other similar Person for itself or a substantial portion of its property or business; or (iv) in relation to a Loan Party

110

incorporated in England and Wales the registrar of companies takes any steps in contemplation of striking that Loan Party off the register pursuant to Section 652 of the Companies Act 1985 of the United Kingdom; or

(h) ERISA. (i) An ERISA Event shall occur with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in liability of BHI or any ERISA Affiliate under Title IV of ERISA to such Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan or to the PBGC in an aggregate amount for all such Pension Plans and Multiemployer Plans in excess of $2,000,000; (ii) the aggregate amount of Unfunded Pension Liability among all Pension Plans and Multiemployer Plans at any time exceeds $2,000,000 (determined, in respect of Multiemployer Plans, by reference to the Unfunded Person Liability for which BHI or any ERISA Affiliate may be liable); or (iii) BHI or any ERISA Affiliate shall fail to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of $2,000,000; or

(i) Monetary Judgments. One or more non-interlocutory judgments, noninterlocutory orders, decrees or arbitration awards is entered against one or more Loan Parties involving in the aggregate a liability (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer does not dispute coverage) as to any single or related series of transactions, incidents or conditions, of $2,000,000 or more, and the same shall remain unsatisfied, unvacated and unstayed pending appeal for a period of 10 days after the entry thereof; or

(j) Non-Monetary Judgments. Any non-monetary judgment, order or decree is entered against any Loan Party which does or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and there shall be any period of 20 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; or

(k) Change of Control. There occurs any Change of Control; or

(l) Guarantor Defaults. Any Guarantor fails in any material respect to perform or observe any material term, covenant or agreement in the BHI Guaranty or the Subsidiary Guaranty, as applicable; or the BHI Guaranty or the Subsidiary Guaranty is for any reason partially (including with respect to future advances) or wholly revoked or invalidated, or otherwise ceases to be in full force and effect, or any Guarantor contests in writing in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or denies in writing that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder; or any event described at subsection (f) or
(g) of this Section occurs with respect to any Guarantor; or

(m) Collateral.

(i) any provision of any Collateral Document shall for any reason cease to be valid and binding on or enforceable against the Loan Party thereto or any Loan Party shall so state in writing or bring an action to limit or deny any obligation or liability thereunder; or

111

(ii) any Collateral Document shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms thereof) cease to create a valid security interest in the Collateral purported to be covered thereby having a fair market value of $100,000 or more or such security interest shall for any reason cease to be a perfected and first priority security interest subject only to Permitted Liens.

9.02 Remedies.

Subject to Section 5.02, if any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders:

(a) declare the Commitment of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the Issuer to Issue Letters of Credit to be terminated, whereupon such Commitments and obligation shall be terminated;

(b) declare the maximum aggregate amount that is or at any time thereafter may become available for drawing under any outstanding Letters of Credit (whether or not any beneficiary shall have presented, or shall be entitled at such time to present, the drafts or other documents required to draw under such Letters of Credit) to be immediately due and payable, and declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Company; and

(c) exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders under the Loan Documents or applicable law;

provided, however, that upon the occurrence of any event specified in subsection
(f) or (g) of Section 9.01 (in the case of subclause (i) of clause (g) upon the expiration of the sixty day period described therein), the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of an Issuer to Issue Letters of Credit shall automatically terminate and the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable without further act of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Issuer or any Lender.

9.03 Rights Not Exclusive.

The rights provided for in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other rights, powers, privileges or remedies provided by law or in equity, or under any other instrument, document or agreement now existing or hereafter arising.

112

ARTICLE X

THE AGENTS

10.01 Appointment and Authorization.

(a) Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Bank of America as the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and each Lender irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other Loan Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, nor shall the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term "agent" in this Agreement with reference to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.

(b) The Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit Issued by the Issuer and the documents associated therewith; provided, however, that the Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Administrative Agent in this Article X with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit Issued by it or proposed to be Issued by it and the application and agreements for letters of credit pertaining to the Letters of Credit as fully as if the term "Administrative Agent," as used in this Article X, included the Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (ii) as additionally provided in this Agreement with respect to the Issuer.

10.02 Delegation of Duties.

The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may execute any of their respective duties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document by or through agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. Neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or attorney-in-fact that it selects with reasonable care.

10.03 Liability of Agents.

No Agent-Related Person (in such capacities) shall (a) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other

113

Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct), or (b) be responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by BHI or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of BHI, or any officer thereof, contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for the value of or title to any Collateral, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for any failure of BHI or any other party to any Loan Document to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. No Agent-Related Person shall be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of BHI or any of BHI's Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

10.04 Reliance by Agents.

(a) Each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone message, statement or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to BHI), independent accountants and other experts selected by it. Each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate and, if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. Each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document in accordance with a request or consent of the Required Lenders and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all of the Lenders.

(b) For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Sections 5.01 and, with regard to the initial Credit Extension, 5.02, each Lender that has executed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter either sent by the Administrative Agent to such Lender for consent, approval, acceptance or satisfaction, or required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to such Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

10.05 Notice of Default.

Neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, except with respect to defaults in the payment of principal, interest and fees required to be paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders, unless the Administrative Agent shall have received

114

written notice from a Lender or BHI referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a "notice of default." The Administrative Agent will notify the Lenders of its receipt of any such notice. The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as may be requested by the Required Lenders in accordance with Article IX; provided, however, that, subject to the provisions of Section 9.02 requiring the consent of Required Lenders to certain remedies, unless and until the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent has received any such request, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as they shall deem advisable or in the best interest of the Lenders.

10.06 Credit Decision.

Each Lender acknowledges that none of the Agent-Related Persons has made any representation or warranty to it, and that no act by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of BHI and its Subsidiaries, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent-Related Person to any Lender. Each Lender represents to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of BHI and its Subsidiaries, the value of and title to any Collateral, and all applicable bank regulatory laws relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to the Borrowers hereunder. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of BHI and its Subsidiaries. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly herein required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of BHI or any of its Subsidiaries which may come into the possession of any of the Agent-Related Persons.

10.07 Indemnification of Agents.

Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Lenders shall indemnify upon demand the Agent-Related Persons (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrowers and without limiting the obligation of the Borrowers to do so), in accordance with such Lender's Pro Rata Share of all Loans and Commitments, from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities; provided, however, that no Lender shall be liable for the payment to the Agent-Related Persons of any portion of such Indemnified Liabilities resulting from such Person's gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent upon demand for

115

its respective ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney Costs and all goods and services, value added, consumption, sales, use or similar taxes applicable to such costs or expenses) incurred by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Borrowers. The undertaking in this
Section shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitment, the payment of all Obligations hereunder and the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any Agent-Related Person.

10.08 Agent in Individual Capacity.

Bank of America and its Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire equity interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting or other business with BHI and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates as though Bank of America were not the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent or the Issuer hereunder, in each case without notice to or consent of the Lenders. The Lenders acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, Bank of America or its Affiliates may receive information regarding BHI or its Affiliates (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of BHI or such Subsidiary) and acknowledge that the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall be under no obligation to provide such information to them. With respect to its Loans, Bank of America shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or an Issuer, and the terms "Lender" and "Lenders" include Bank of America in its individual capacity.

10.09 Successor Administrative Agent.

The Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, resign as Administrative Agent upon thirty (30) days' notice to the Lenders, provided that such resignation by Bank of America shall also constitute its resignation as the Collateral Agent, as an Issuer and as Swing Line Lender. If the Administrative Agent resigns under this Agreement, the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Issuer and Swing Line Lender subject to the consent of the Borrowers at all times other than during the existence of an Event of Default, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If no successor Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Issuer and Swing Line Lender is appointed prior to the effective date of the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may appoint, after consulting with the Lenders and the Borrowers at all times other than during the existence of an Event of Default, a successor Administrative Agent from among the Lenders. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Issuer and Swing Line Lender hereunder, such successor Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Issuer and Swing Line Lender shall succeed to all the respective rights, powers and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Issuer and Swing Line Lender and the respective terms "Administrative Agent," "Collateral Agent," "Issuer" and "Swing Line Lender" shall mean such successor

116

Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Issuer and Swing Line Lender and the retiring Administrative Agent's and Collateral Agent's respective appointment, powers and duties as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent shall be terminated and the retiring Issuer's and Swing Line Lender's rights, powers and duties as such shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such retiring Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Issuer and Swing Line Lender or any other Lender; provided, that any resignation of Bank of America as Administrative Agent shall not automatically constitute a resignation of Bank of America as guarantor under the Loan Note Credit Support and the above provisions, as they apply to Bank of America as an Issuer, shall not apply to Bank of America as guarantor under the Loan Note Credit Support. Upon any such assignment and acceptance, any successor Issuer shall be obligated to issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit issued by the retiring Issuer, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or to make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring Issuer to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit. After any retiring Administrative Agent's resignation hereunder as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article X and Sections 11.04 and 11.05 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent under this Agreement. If no successor Administrative Agent has accepted appointment as Administrative Agent by the date which is thirty
(30) days following a retiring Administrative Agent's notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent's resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders and the Borrowers (at all times other than during the existence of an Event of Default) appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above; provided that, in such event, the Lenders shall not be obligated to perform the duties of the Collateral Agent, the Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, and the Collateral Agent, the Issuer and the Swing Line Lender shall not be permitted to resign until such time as an assignee assumes such roles or accepts an appointment by the Lenders in each such capacity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, Bank of America may not be removed as the Administrative Agent at the request of the Required Lenders unless Bank of America shall also simultaneously be replaced as the Issuer, as Collateral Agent and as Swing Line Lender under the Loan Documents pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank of America.

10.10 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on any Loan Party) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the Issuers and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the Issuers and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other

117

amounts due the Lenders, the Issuers and the Administrative Agent hereunder) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and Issuer to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and Issuers, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent and Issuers hereunder.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Issuer or Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Issuer or Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Issuer or Lender in any such proceeding.

10.11 Collateral Matters.

(a) The Collateral Agent is authorized on behalf of all the Lenders, without the necessity of any notice to or further consent from the Lenders, from time to time to take any action with respect to any Collateral or the Collateral Documents which may be necessary to perfect and maintain perfected the security interest in and Liens upon the Collateral granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents.

(b) The Lenders irrevocably authorize the Collateral Agent, and the Collateral Agent hereby agrees, upon request of the Borrower Representative, to release any Lien granted to or held by the Collateral Agent upon any Collateral (i) upon termination of the Aggregate Commitments, expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit and payment in full of all Loans and all other Obligations known to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent and payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (ii) constituting property sold or disposed of as part of or in connection with any disposition permitted hereunder; (iii) constituting property in which BHI or any Subsidiary owned no interest at the time the Lien was granted or at any time thereafter;
(iv) constituting property leased to BHI or any Subsidiary under a lease which has expired or been terminated in a transaction permitted under this Agreement or is about to expire and which has not been, and is not intended by BHI or such Subsidiary to be, renewed or extended; (v) consisting of an instrument evidencing Indebtedness or other debt instrument, if the indebtedness evidenced thereby has been paid in full; (vi) acquired by BHI or any Subsidiary of BHI after the Closing Date and at least 75% of the purchase price therefor is within 20 days of the acquisition thereof financed with Indebtedness secured by a Lien permitted by Section 8.01(i); or (vii) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders or all the Lenders, as the case may be, as provided in Section 11.01. Upon request by the Collateral Agent at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing the Collateral Agent's authority to release particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this subsection 10.11(b), provided that the

118

absence of any such confirmation for whatever reason shall not affect the Collateral Agent's rights under this Section 10.11.

(c) Each Lender agrees with and in favor of each other (which agreement shall not be for the benefit of BHI or any Subsidiary) that the Borrowers' obligations to such Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents is not and shall not be secured by any real property collateral now or hereafter acquired by such Lender other than the real property described in any Mortgages entered into from time to time.

10.12 Administrative Agent as English Trustee.

(a) (a) The Administrative Agent in its capacity as trustee or otherwise under the Loan Documents governed by English law:

(i) is not liable for any failure, omission, or defect in perfecting or registering the security constituted or created by any Loan Document;

(ii) may accept without inquiry such title as any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries may have to any asset secured by any Loan Document; and

(iii) is not under any obligation to hold any Loan Document or any other document in connection with the Loan Documents or the assets secured by any Loan Document (including title deeds) in its own possession or take any steps to protect or preserve the same. The Administrative Agent may permit any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries to retain any Loan Document or other document in its possession.

(b) Except as otherwise provided in the Loan Documents governed by English law, all moneys which under the trusts contained in the Loan Documents are received by the Administrative Agent in its capacity as trustee or otherwise may be invested in the name of or under the control of the Administrative Agent in any investment authorized by English law for the investment by trustee of trust money or in any other investments which may be selected by the Administrative Agent. Additionally, the same may be placed on deposit in the name or under the control of the Administrative Agent or such Lender or institution (including the Administrative Agent itself) and upon such terms as the Administrative Agent may think fit.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

11.01 Amendments, Etc.

No amendment, modification, supplement, termination or waiver of or to any provision of this Agreement, nor consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by or on behalf of the Required Lenders and the applicable Loan Party, and a written copy thereof shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, however, that no such amendment, modification, supplement, termination, waiver or consent, as the case may be, shall: (i) reduce the rate of

119

interest or extend the final scheduled maturity of any Loan, or the stated maturity of any Letter of Credit beyond the Revolving Loan Termination Date, or the date for payment of any fees or interest on any Loan, or waive or excuse any such payment or any part thereof, or decrease the rate of interest on any Loan, or reduce the principal amount thereof, in each case without the prior written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (ii) release all or substantially all of the Collateral (except as expressly provided in the Collateral Documents or in connection with the release of a Guaranty) under the Collateral Documents, without the prior written consent of each Lender, (iii) amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section 11.01, without the prior written consent of each Lender, (iv) reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders without the prior written consent of each Lender, (v) consent to the assignment or transfer by any Loan Party of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of each Lender, or (vi) release all or substantially all of the Guarantors from their respective Guaranty, without the prior written consent of each Lender (unless such release is in connection with a transaction permitted herein); provided, further, that no such amendment, modification, supplement, termination, waiver or consent shall (1) increase the Commitments of any Lender over the amount thereof then in effect without the prior written consent of such Lender (it being understood that waivers or modifications of conditions precedent, covenants, Defaults or Events of Default shall not constitute an increase of the Commitment of any Lender, and that an increase in the available portion of any Commitment of any Lender shall not constitute an increase in the Commitment of such Lender), (2) amend, modify or waive any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document which affects the rights or obligations of the Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, without the prior written consent of the Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, (3) amend, modify or waive any provision of Article X as same applies to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent or any other provisions as same relates to the rights or obligations of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, or (4) amend, modify or waive any provisions relating to the rights or obligations of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under the other Loan Documents, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be.

11.02 Notices.

(a) Except where telephonic notices are specifically authorized herein, all notices, requests, consents, approvals, waivers and other communications made in connection with or pursuant to the Transaction Documents shall be in writing (including, unless the context expressly otherwise provides, by facsimile transmission, provided that any matter transmitted by any Loan Party by facsimile (i) shall be immediately confirmed by a telephone call to the recipient at the number specified on Schedule 11.02, and (ii) shall be followed promptly by delivery of a hard copy original thereof) and mailed, faxed or delivered, to the address, facsimile number or (subject to subsection (d) below) electronic mail address specified for notices on Schedule 11.02; or, as directed to the Company or the Administrative Agent, to such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties, and as directed to any other party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the Company and the Administrative Agent.

120

(b) All such notices, requests and communications shall, when transmitted by overnight delivery, or faxed, be effective when delivered for overnight (next-day) delivery, or transmitted in legible form by facsimile machine, respectively, or if mailed or delivered, upon delivery; except that notices pursuant to Article II, III or X to the Administrative Agent shall not be effective until actually received by the Administrative Agent, and notices pursuant to Article II or III to the Issuer or the Swing Line Lender shall not be effective until actually received by such Person at the address specified on Schedule 11.02 or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties.

(c) Any agreement of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders herein to receive certain notices by telephone or facsimile is solely for the convenience and at the request of the Loan Parties. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely on the authority of any Person identifying himself or herself as, and reasonably appearing to be, a Person authorized by a Loan Party to give such notice and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall not have any liability to any Loan Party or other Person on account of any action taken or not taken by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in good faith in reliance upon such telephonic or facsimile notice. The obligation of the Loan Parties to repay the Loans and L/C Obligations shall not be affected in any way or to any extent by any failure by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to receive written confirmation of any telephonic or facsimile notice or the receipt by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders of a confirmation which is at variance with the terms understood by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to be contained in the telephonic or facsimile notice. In no event shall a voicemail message be effective as a notice, communication or confirmation hereunder.

(d) Electronic mail and Internet and intranet websites may be used for notices, requests, consents, approvals, waivers and other communications made in connection with or pursuant to the Transaction Documents only to distribute routine communications, such as financial statements and other information as provided in Section 7.02, and to distribute Loan Documents for execution by the parties thereto, and may not be used for any other purpose.

11.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.

No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder, shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

11.04 Costs and Expenses. The Borrowers, jointly and severally, shall:

(a) whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, pay or reimburse Bank of America (including in its capacity as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Issuer) and the Arranger within 10 Business Days after demand for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Bank of America (including in its capacity as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Issuer) and the Arranger in connection with the development,

121

preparation, delivery, administration, syndication and execution of, and any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification to (in each case, whether or not consummated), this Agreement, any Loan Document and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including reasonable Attorney Costs incurred by Bank of America (including in its capacity as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Issuer) and the Arranger with respect thereto;

(b) pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuer, the Arranger and each Lender within 10 Business Days after demand for all costs and expenses (including reasonable Attorney Costs) incurred by them in connection with the enforcement, attempted enforcement, or preservation of any rights or remedies under this Agreement or any other Loan Document during the existence of an Event of Default or after acceleration of the Loans (including in connection with any "workout" or restructuring regarding the Loans, and including in any Insolvency Proceeding or appellate proceeding); provided that in the case of reimbursement with respect to Attorney Costs for the Lenders, in the absence of a conflict, such reimbursement shall be limited to one counsel selected by the Administrative Agent; and

(c) whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, pay or reimburse Bank of America (including in its capacity as Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent) within 10 Business Days after demand for all reasonable appraisal (including the allocated cost of internal appraisal services), audit, environmental inspection and review (including the allocated cost of such internal services), search and filing costs, fees and expenses, incurred or sustained by Bank of America (including in its capacity as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent) in connection with the matters referred to under subsections (a) and (b) of this Section.

(d) The agreements in this Section 11.04 shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations.

11.05 Borrower Indemnification.

(a) The Borrowers, jointly and severally, shall indemnify, defend and hold the Agent-Related Persons, and each Lender and each of its respective officers, directors, employees, counsel, agents and attorneys-in-fact (each, an "Indemnified Person") harmless from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, charges, expenses and disbursements (including Attorney Costs) of any kind or nature whatsoever which may at any time (including at any time following repayment of the Loans, the termination of the Letters of Credit and the termination, resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or replacement of any Lender or assignment by any Lender of its Loans or Commitments) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnified Person arising out of this Agreement or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, or the transactions contemplated hereby, or any action taken or omitted by any such Person under or in connection with any of the foregoing, including with respect to any investigation, litigation or proceeding (including any Insolvency Proceeding or appellate proceeding) related to or arising out of this Agreement or the Loans or Letters of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof (including any refusal by the Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents

122

presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), whether or not any Indemnified Person is a party thereto (all the foregoing, collectively, the "Indemnified Liabilities"); provided, that the Borrowers shall have no obligation hereunder to any Indemnified Person with respect to Indemnified Liabilities resulting from (i) the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Person or (ii) any proceeding initiated by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent against any Lender (except to the extent arising from a breach by such Lender of its obligations hereunder) or by any Lender against the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any other Lender (except to the extent arising from a breach by the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, of its obligations hereunder). The agreements in this Section shall survive payment of all other Obligations.

(b) The Borrowers, jointly and severally, shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Indemnified Person, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, charges, expenses or disbursements (including Attorney Costs), which may be incurred by or asserted against such Indemnified Person in connection with or arising out of any pending or threatened investigation, litigation or proceeding, or any action taken by any Person, with respect to any Environmental Claim arising out of or related to any property, whether or not subject to a Mortgage in favor of the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any Lender, or arising out of or related to any operations of BHI or any Subsidiary (all of the foregoing, collectively, the "Indemnified Environmental Liabilities"); provided that the Borrowers shall have no obligation hereunder to any Indemnified Person with respect to Indemnified Environmental Liabilities to the extent resulting from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Person. No action taken by legal counsel chosen by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender in defending against any such investigation, litigation or proceeding or requested remedial, removal or response action shall vitiate or in any way impair any Borrower's obligation and duty hereunder to indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Lender.

(c) In no event shall any site visit, observation or testing by the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any contractee of the Administrative Agent or any Lender) be deemed a representation or warranty that Hazardous Materials are or are not present in, on, or under, the site, or that there has been or shall be compliance with any Environmental Law. No Borrower nor any other Person is entitled to rely on any site visit, observation, or testing by the Administrative Agent or any Lender. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender owes any duty of care to protect the Borrowers or any other Person against, or to inform the Borrowers or any other party of, any Hazardous Materials or any other adverse condition affecting any site or property. The Administrative Agent or any Lender shall, at the written request of the applicable Borrower Representative, disclose to the Borrowers any report or findings made as a result of, or in connection with, any site visit, observation, or testing by the Administrative Agent or any Lender. The Borrowers understand and agree that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders make no warranty or representation to the Borrowers or any other Person regarding the truth, accuracy or completeness of any such report or findings that may be disclosed. The Borrowers also understand that, depending upon the results of any site visit, observation or testing by the Administrative Agent or any Lender and disclosed to the Borrowers, the Borrowers may have a legal obligation to notify one or more environmental

123

agencies of the results and that such reporting requirements are site-specific and are to be evaluated by the Borrowers without advice or assistance from the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

(d) The obligations in this Section shall survive payment of all other Obligations. At the election of any Indemnified Person, the Borrowers shall defend such Indemnified Person using legal counsel satisfactory to such Indemnified Person in such Person's sole discretion, at the sole cost and expense of the Borrowers. All amounts owing under this Section shall be paid within 30 days after demand.

11.06 Marshalling; Payments Set Aside.

Neither the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent nor the Lenders shall be under any obligation to marshall any assets in favor of the Borrowers or any other Person or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations. To the extent that the Borrowers make a payment to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Lenders, or the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Lenders enforce their liens, or exercise their right of set-off, and such payment or the proceeds of such set-off or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such set-off had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its pro rata share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect.

11.07 Successors and Assigns.

The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, except that no Loan Party may assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Lender.

11.08 Assignments, Participations, etc.

(a) Any Lender may, with the written consent of the Borrower Representatives at all times other than during the existence of an Event of Default, and the Administrative Agent and the Issuers and the Swing Line Lender, which consents shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, at any time assign, pro rata, and delegate to one or more Eligible Assignees (each an "Assignee") all, or any part of all, of the Loans, the Commitments, the L/C Obligations and the other rights and obligations of such Lender hereunder, in a minimum amount, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if "Trade Date" is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, of $1,000,000 or, if less, the total amount of

124

such Lender's and its Affiliates outstanding Loans and/or Commitments; provided that no written consent of the Borrower Representatives, the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender or an Issuer shall be required in connection with any assignment and delegation by a Lender to an Eligible Assignee that is an Affiliate of such Lender or any Approved Fund with respect to such Lender; provided, further that no written consent of the Borrower Representatives, the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender or an Issuer shall be required in connection with any assignment and delegation by a Lender to another Lender and any such assignment may be in an amount less than the minimum amount specified above; provided, still further, that the Borrower Representatives, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with the interest so assigned to an Assignee until (i) written notice of such assignment, together with payment instructions, addresses and related information with respect to the Assignee, shall have been given to the Borrower Representatives and the Administrative Agent by such Lender and the Assignee; (ii) such Lender and its Assignee shall have delivered to the Company and the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance in the form of Exhibit D ("Assignment and Acceptance") and (iii) the assignor Lender or Assignee has paid to the Administrative Agent a processing fee in the amount of $3,500; and provided, still further, that any such assignment by a Lender hereunder shall be of such Lender's Pro Rata share of outstanding Loans, Commitments, and L/C Obligations to the Borrowers.

(b) From and after the date that the Administrative Agent notifies the assignor Lender that it has received (and, if required, provided its consent with respect to) an executed Assignment and Acceptance and payment of the above-referenced processing fee, (i) the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, shall have the rights and obligations of a Lender under the Loan Documents, and (ii) the assignor Lender shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the Loan Documents.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and the Commitments of, and principal amount of the Loans owing to, each Lender from time to time. The entries in such register shall be conclusive, in the absence of manifest error, and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each person whose name is recorded in such register as the owner of the Commitments and the Loans recorded therein for all purposes of this Agreement. The register shall be available for inspection by any Borrower, any Lender and their representatives, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(d) Any Lender may at any time sell to one or more commercial banks or other Persons not Affiliates of BHI (a "Participant") participating interests in any Loans, the Commitment of that Lender and the other interests of that Lender (the "Originating Lender") hereunder and under the other Loan Documents; provided, however, that (i) the Originating Lender's obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) the Originating Lender shall remain solely responsible for the performance of such obligations, (iii) the Loan Parties, the Issuer, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall continue to deal solely and

125

directly with the Originating Lender in connection with the Originating Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and
(iv) no Lender shall transfer or grant any participating interest under which the Participant has rights to approve any amendment to, or any consent or waiver with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except to the extent such amendment, consent or waiver would require unanimous consent of the Lenders as described in clause (i) of the first proviso of Section 11.01 and clause (1) of the second proviso of Section 11.01 (but only in respect of any increase of any Commitment of any Originating Lender). In the case of any such participation, the Participant shall be entitled to the benefit of Sections 4.01, 4.03, 4.04, 11.04 and 11.05 as though it were also a Lender hereunder (but such Participant shall not be entitled to any amount pursuant to such Sections in excess of the amount that would have been payable to the applicable Lender had such participation not been sold), and if amounts outstanding under this Agreement are due and unpaid, or shall have been declared or shall have become due and payable upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, each Participant shall be deemed to have the right of set-off in respect of its participating interest in amounts owing under this Agreement to the same extent as if the amount of its participating interest were owing directly to it as a Lender under this Agreement.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, (i) any Lender may at any time create a security interest in, or pledge, all or any portion of its rights under and interest in this Agreement and Loans held by it in favor of any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with Regulation A of the FRB or U.S. Treasury Regulations 31 CFR Section 203.14, and such Federal Reserve Bank may enforce such pledge or security interest in any manner permitted under applicable law.

11.09 Confidentiality.

(a) The parties hereto hereby agree that each party hereto (and each of their respective, and their respective affiliates', employees, officers, directors, agents and advisors) is, and has been from the commencement of discussions with respect to this credit facility, permitted to disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax structure and tax aspects (as such terms are used in Internal Revenue Code Sections 6011, 6111 and 6112 and the regulations promulgated thereunder) of this credit facility, and all materials of any kind (including tax opinions or other tax analyses) that are or have been provided to such parties related to such tax structure and tax aspects. Each party hereto further acknowledges and agrees that its disclosure of the tax structure or tax aspects of this credit facility is not limited in any way by any express or implied understanding or agreement, oral or written (whether or not such understanding or agreement is legally binding). Furthermore, each of the parties hereto acknowledges and agrees that it does not know or have reason to know that its use or disclosure of information relating to the tax structure or tax aspects of this credit facility is limited in any other manner (such as where this Agreement is claimed to be proprietary or exclusive with respect to the tax treatment or tax aspects of this credit facility) for the benefit of any other Person. To the extent that disclosure of the tax structure or tax aspects of this credit facility by any party hereto is limited by any existing agreement between such parties, such limitation is agreed to be void ab initio and such agreement is hereby amended to permit disclosure of the tax structure and tax aspects of this credit facility as provided in this paragraph (a).

126

(b) Subject to paragraph (a) above, each Lender agrees to take and to cause its Affiliates to take normal and reasonable precautions and exercise due care to maintain the confidentiality of all information provided to it by BHI, the Company or any Subsidiary, or by the Administrative Agent on BHI's, the Company's or such Subsidiary's behalf, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and neither it nor any of its Affiliates shall use any such information other than in connection with or in enforcement of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in connection with other business now or hereafter existing or contemplated with BHI, the Company or any Subsidiary; except to the extent such information (i) was or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of disclosure by the Lender or its Affiliates, or (ii) was or becomes available on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company, provided that such source is not bound by a confidentiality agreement with the Company known to the Lender; provided, however, that any Lender may disclose such information (A) at the request or pursuant to any requirement of any Governmental Authority to which the Lender is subject or in connection with an examination of such Lender by any such authority; (B) pursuant to subpoena or other court process; (C) when required to do so in accordance with the provisions of any applicable Requirement of Law; (D) to the extent reasonably required in connection with any litigation or proceeding involving BHI or any Subsidiary to which the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or their respective Affiliates may be party; (E) to the extent reasonably required in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder or under any other Loan Document; (F) to such Lender's independent auditors and other professional advisors; (G) to any Participant or Assignee, actual or potential, provided that such Person agrees in writing to keep such information confidential to the same extent required of the Lenders hereunder; (H) as to any Lender or its Affiliate, as expressly permitted under the terms of any other document or agreement regarding confidentiality to which BHI or any Subsidiary is party or is deemed party with such Lender or such Affiliate; (I) to its Affiliates, provided that each such Affiliate is advised of and agrees to be bound by the confidentiality requirements set forth herein; and (J) to the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any similar organization or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about such Lender's investment portfolio in connection with ratings issued with respect to such Lender. In addition, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders may disclose the existence of this Agreement to gold sheets and any similar trade publications, together with any other information typically disclosed to, or customarily found in, such publications.

11.10 Set-off.

In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, if
(i) the Loans have been accelerated or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such Lender has obtained the consent of the Required Lenders, each Lender is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Company or BHI, any such notice being waived by the Company or BHI to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender to or for the credit or the account of the Company or BHI against any and all Obligations owing to such Lender, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not the Administrative Agent or such Lender shall have made demand under this Agreement or any Loan Document and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower Representatives

127

and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Lender; provided, however, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

11.11 Automatic Debits of Fees.

With respect to any commitment fee, arrangement fee, Continuation Fee, letter of credit fee or other fee, or any other cost or expense (including Attorney Costs) due and payable to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuer or the Arranger under the Loan Documents, each Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes Bank of America to debit any deposit account of such Borrower with Bank of America in an amount such that the aggregate amount debited from all such deposit accounts does not exceed such fee or other cost or expense. If there are insufficient funds in such deposit accounts to cover the amount of the fee or other cost or expense then due, such debits will be reversed so as not to create an overdraft (in whole or in part, in Bank of America's sole discretion) and such amount not debited shall be deemed to be unpaid. No such debit under this Section shall be deemed a set-off.

11.12 Notification of Addresses, Lending Offices, Etc.

Each Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any changes in the address to which notices to the Lender should be directed, of addresses of any Lending Office, of payment instructions in respect of all payments to be made to it hereunder and of such other administrative information as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request.

11.13 Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed an original, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute but one and the same instrument.

11.14 Severability.

The illegality or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement or any instrument or agreement required hereunder shall not in any way affect or impair the legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement or any instrument or agreement required hereunder.

11.15 No Third Parties Benefited.

This Agreement is made and entered into for the sole protection and legal benefit of BHI, each Borrower, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Agent-Related Persons, and their permitted successors and assigns, and no other Person shall be a direct or indirect legal beneficiary of, or have any direct or indirect cause of action or claim in connection with, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

128

11.16 GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION.

(A) THIS AGREEMENT AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS (WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PROVISIONS THEREOF); PROVIDED THAT THE BORROWERS, BHI, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE LENDERS SHALL RETAIN ALL RIGHTS ARISING UNDER FEDERAL LAW.

(B) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF ILLINOIS, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH OF BHI, EACH BORROWER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE COLLATERAL AGENT AND EACH LENDER CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS. EACH OF BHI, EACH BORROWER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE COLLATERAL AGENT AND EACH LENDER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT RELATED HERETO. BHI, EACH BORROWER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE COLLATERAL AGENT AND THE LENDERS EACH WAIVE PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY SUMMONS, COMPLAINT OR OTHER PROCESS, WHICH MAY BE MADE BY ANY OTHER MEANS PERMITTED BY ILLINOIS LAW.

11.17 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

BHI, EACH BORROWER, EACH LENDER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE COLLATERAL AGENT EACH WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY, IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR OTHER LITIGATION OF ANY TYPE BROUGHT BY ANY OF THE PARTIES AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY OR ANY AGENT-RELATED PERSON, PARTICIPANT OR ASSIGNEE, WHETHER WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, OR OTHERWISE. BHI, EACH BORROWER, THE LENDERS, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE COLLATERAL AGENT EACH AGREE THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE TRIED BY A COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, THE PARTIES FURTHER AGREE THAT THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IS WAIVED BY OPERATION OF THIS SECTION AS TO ANY ACTION, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER PROCEEDING WHICH SEEKS, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY PROVISION HEREOF OR THEREOF. THIS WAIVER SHALL

129

APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

11.18 Judgment.

If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or under any other Loan Document in one currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of BHI or any Subsidiary in respect of any such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the "Judgment Currency") other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the "Agreement Currency"), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Administrative Agent or such Lender of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Administrative Agent or such Lender may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent or such Lender in the Agreement Currency, each Loan Party, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Administrative Agent or such Lender or the Person to whom such obligation was owing against such loss. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent or such Lender in such currency, the Administrative Agent or such Lender agrees to return the amount of any excess to the applicable Loan Party (or to any other Person who may be entitled thereto under applicable law).

11.19 Intercreditor Agreement.

(a) Each Lender, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender and each Issuer hereby acknowledge that prior to the date hereof the Hedge Counterparty entered into the Hedge Agreement with the Company, pursuant to which the Company may in the future be obligated to pay certain amounts to the Hedge Counterparty. Each such party hereby further acknowledges that such obligations of the Company to the Hedge Counterparty are secured pursuant to the Collateral Documents, and each such party, by executing this Agreement, hereby agrees that such obligations shall be secured on a pari passu basis with the Obligations and that the Hedge Counterparty shall be entitled to share in the proceeds of the Collateral, on a pari passu basis, with the Lenders as if the Hedge Counterparty were a Lender hereunder with outstanding Loans with a principal amount equal to the outstanding obligations owing by the Company to the Hedge Counterparty under the Hedge Agreement at such time; provided that this Section 11.19 shall not apply to any obligations under the Hedge Agreement that arise pursuant to any amendment or extension to the Hedge Agreement executed or effective after the Closing Date unless all of the Lenders shall have consented to such amendment.

130

(b) Each Lender, the Swing Line Lender and each Issuer hereby acknowledge and agree that the Collateral Documents and the Collateral shall secure the Obligations owing to such parties hereunder on a pari passu basis.

11.20 Entire Agreement.

This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, embodies the entire agreement and understanding among the Loan Parties, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements and understandings of such Persons, verbal or written, relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

ARTICLE XII

GUARANTIES OF U.S. GUARANTORS

12.01 The Guaranties.

(a) In order to induce the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit hereunder and in recognition of the direct benefits to be received by each of the U.S. Guarantors and their respective Affiliates and Subsidiaries, each of the U.S. Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, absolutely, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees the full and prompt payment when due, whether by acceleration or otherwise, and at all times thereafter, all of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, or now or hereafter existing, or due or to become due, and each of the U.S. Guarantors further agrees, jointly and severally, to pay all expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and legal expenses) paid or incurred by any holder of any Guaranteed Obligations in endeavoring to collect the Guaranteed Obligations, or any part thereof, and in enforcing this Agreement; provided, however, that the U.S. Guarantors shall each only be liable under this Article XII for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering the agreements set forth in this Article XII, as it relates to the U.S. Guarantors, as applicable, voidable under any applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount. This Guaranty constitutes a guaranty of payment when due and not of collection, and each of the U.S. Guarantors specifically agrees that it shall not be necessary or required that any Guaranteed Creditor exercise any right, assert any claim or demand, or enforce any remedy whatsoever against any Borrower (or any other Person or any other Guarantor) before or as a condition to the obligations of the U.S. Guarantors hereunder.

(b) Each U.S. Guarantor agrees that, in the event of the dissolution or insolvency of any Borrower or any Subsidiary, or the inability of any Borrower or any Subsidiary to pay debts as they mature, or an assignment by any Borrower or any Subsidiary for the benefit of creditors, or the institution of any proceeding by or against any Borrower or any Subsidiary alleging that any Borrower or any Subsidiary is insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they mature (subject to any applicable cure period provided herein), and if such event shall occur at a time when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, but any or all of the Guaranteed Obligations may not then be due and payable, each U.S. Guarantor will pay, on a joint and several basis, to the relevant Guaranteed Creditor forthwith the full amount that would

131

be payable hereunder by each of the U.S. Guarantors, on a joint and several basis, if all Guaranteed Obligations were then due and payable.

(c) The joint and several obligations of each U.S. Guarantor under this Article XII shall in all respects be a continuing, absolute and unconditional guaranty, and shall remain in full force and effect (notwithstanding, without limitation, the dissolution of any U.S. Guarantor or that at any time or from time to time all Guaranteed Obligations may have been paid in full), subject to discontinuance as to any U.S. Guarantor only upon execution by the Administrative Agent of a written notice, delivered in accordance with the terms of the Agreement, acknowledging the termination of all obligations of such U.S. Guarantor, as the case may be, arising hereunder.

12.02 Returned Payments.

Each U.S. Guarantor further agrees that, if at any time all or any part of any payment theretofore applied by any Guaranteed Creditor to any of the Guaranteed Obligations is or must be rescinded or returned by such Guaranteed Creditor for any reason whatsoever (including, without limitation, the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of any Loan Party), such Guaranteed Obligations shall, for the purposes of this Guaranty, to the extent that such payment is or must be rescinded or returned, be deemed to have continued in existence, notwithstanding such application by such Guaranteed Creditor, and this Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, as to such Guaranteed Obligations, all as though such application by such Guaranteed Creditor had not been made.

12.03 Authorization.

Any Guaranteed Creditor may, from time to time, whether before or after any discontinuance of the agreement set forth in this Article XII, at its sole discretion and without notice to any U.S. Guarantor, take any or all of the following actions: (i) retain or obtain a security interest in any property of any third party to secure any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any obligation hereunder; (ii) retain or obtain the primary or secondary obligation of any obligor or obligors, in addition to the U.S. Guarantors, with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations; (iii) extend or renew for one or more periods (whether or not longer than the original period), alter, amend or exchange any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any of the documentation pertaining thereto, or release or compromise any obligation of any U.S. Guarantor hereunder or any obligation of any nature of any other obligor with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations; (iv) release its security interest in, or surrender, release or permit any substitution or exchange for, all or any part of any property securing any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any obligation hereunder, or extend or renew for one or more periods (whether or not longer than the original period) or release, compromise, alter or exchange any obligations of any nature of any obligor with respect to any such property; and (v) resort to any U.S. Guarantor for payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether or not such Guaranteed Creditor (x) shall have resorted to any property securing any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any obligation hereunder or (y) shall have proceeded against any other obligor primarily or secondarily obligated with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations (all of the actions referred to in preceding clauses (x) and (y) being hereby expressly waived by each of the U.S. Guarantors).

132

Nothing in this Article XII shall in any way modify the respective rights and obligations of the Lenders amongst themselves as otherwise provided in this Agreement.

12.04 Miscellaneous.

(a) Any amounts received by a Guaranteed Creditor from whatsoever source on account of the Guaranteed Obligations may be applied by it toward the payment of such of the Guaranteed Obligations, and in such order of application, as set forth in the Collateral Documents.

(b) Each U.S. Guarantor hereby expressly waives: (i) notice of the acceptance by any Guaranteed Creditor of this Agreement, (ii) notice of the existence or creation or nonpayment of all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations,
(iii) presentment, demand, notice of dishonor, protest, and all other notices whatsoever, and (iv) all diligence in collection or protection of or realization upon the Guaranteed Obligations or any thereof, any obligation hereunder, or any security for or guaranty of any of the foregoing.

(c) Until the irrevocable payment in full of all of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than Guaranteed Obligations under the relevant agreement with a Guaranteed Creditor which expressly survive the termination of such agreement) and termination of the Aggregate Commitment, (i) each U.S. Guarantor waives any right of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification and contribution (contractual, statutory or otherwise), including any claim or right of subrogation under the Bankruptcy Code or any successor statute, against any Borrower arising from the existence or performance of this Agreement and (ii) each U.S. Guarantor waives any right to enforce any remedy which any Guaranteed Creditor now has or may hereafter have against the Company, and waives any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any security now or hereafter held by a Guaranteed Creditor securing the Guaranteed Obligations.

(d) Any Guaranteed Creditor may, from time to time, whether before or after any discontinuance of this Agreement, without notice to any U.S. Guarantor, assign or transfer any or all of the Guaranteed Obligations or any interest therein as provided in this Agreement; and, notwithstanding any such assignment or transfer or any subsequent assignment or transfer thereof, such Guaranteed Obligations shall be and remain Guaranteed Obligations for the purposes of this Agreement, and each and every immediate and successive assignee or transferee of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or of any interest therein shall, to the extent of the interest of such assignee or transferee in the Guaranteed Obligations, be entitled to the benefits of this Guaranty to the same extent as if such assignee or transferee were a Guaranteed Creditor.

(e) Each U.S. Guarantor hereby warrants to each Guaranteed Creditor that each U.S. Guarantor, as applicable, now has and will continue to have independent means of obtaining information concerning the affairs, financial condition and business of the Borrowers. No Guaranteed Creditor shall have any duty or responsibility to provide any U.S. Guarantor with any credit or other information concerning the affairs, financial condition or business of any Borrower that may come into the possession of such Guaranteed Creditor.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

133

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE SYSTEMS LIMITED

By: /s/ MERVIN DUNN
    -------------------------------------------
Name: _________________________________________
Title: ________________________________________

KAB SEATING LIMITED

By: /s/ MERVIN DUNN
    -------------------------------------------
Name: _________________________________________
Title: ________________________________________

NATIONAL SEATING COMPANY

By: /s/ MERVIN DUNN
    -------------------------------------------
Name: _________________________________________
Title: ________________________________________

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE SYSTEMS, INC.

By: /s/ MERVIN DUNN
    -------------------------------------------
Name: _________________________________________
Title: ________________________________________

BOSTROM HOLDING, INC.

By: /s/ MERVIN DUNN
    -------------------------------------------
Name: _________________________________________
Title: ________________________________________

AMENDED AND RESTATED
CREDIT AGREEMENT

S-1

CVS HOLDINGS, INC.

By: /s/ MERVIN DUNN
    -------------------------------------------
Name: _________________________________________
Title: ________________________________________

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
As Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

BY: /s/ DAVID PRICE
    -------------------------------------------
Name: DAVID PRICE
      -----------------------------------------
Title: VICE PRESIDENT
       ----------------------------------------

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., individually as a Lender, Issuer and as Swing Line Lender

By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
    -------------------------------------------
Name:  [ILLEGIBLE]
      -----------------------------------------
Title: Managing Director
       ----------------------------------------

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By: /s/ Robert A. Rosati
    -------------------------------------------
Name: Robert A. Rosati
      -----------------------------------------
Title: Vice President
       ----------------------------------------

COMERICA BANK

By: /s/ JAMES POLLARD
    -------------------------------------------
Name: JAMES POLLARD
      -----------------------------------------
Title: CORPORATE LOAN OFFICER
       ----------------------------------------

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

S-2

BANK ONE N.A.

By: /s/ Andrew D. MacIver
    -------------------------------------------
Name: Andrew D. MacIver
      -----------------------------------------
Title: V.P.
       ----------------------------------------

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK

By: /s/ KAREN M. SHARF
    -------------------------------------------
Name: KAREN M. SHARF
      -----------------------------------------
Title: VICE PRESIDENT
       ----------------------------------------

FLEET NATIONAL BANK

By: /s/ KEVIN O'KEETE
    -------------------------------------------
Name: KEVIN O'KEETE
      -----------------------------------------
Title: VICE PRESIDENT
       ----------------------------------------

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

By: /s/ ARTHUR J. OLSEN
    -------------------------------------------
Name: ARTHUR J. OLSEN
      -----------------------------------------
Title: DIRECTOR
       ----------------------------------------

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA

By: /s/ MARK SPARROW
    -------------------------------------------
Name: MARK SPARROW
      -----------------------------------------
Title: DIRECTOR
       ----------------------------------------

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

S-3

EXHIBIT 10.2


REVOLVING CREDIT AND TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF OCTOBER 29, 1998

COMERICA BANK, AS AGENT

THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO, AS CO-AGENT

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS CO-AGENT


Execution Copy


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

1. DEFINITIONS..............................................................1

2. REVOLVING CREDIT.........................................................22

          2.1   Revolving Credit Commitment...................................22
          2.2   Accrual of Interest and Maturity..............................22
          2.3   Requests for Advances and Requests for Refundings and
                Conversions of Revolving Credit Advances......................23
          2.4   Disbursement of Revolving Credit Advances.....................24
          2.5   Prime-based Advance in Absence of Election or Upon Default....25
          2.6   Revolving Credit Commitment Fee...............................26
          2.7   Reduction of Indebtedness; Revolving Credit
                Aggregate Commitment..........................................26
          2.8   Optional Reduction or Termination of Revolving Credit
                Aggregate Commitment..........................................26
          2.9   Extension of Revolving Credit Maturity Date...................27
          2.10  Administrative Fee............................................27

3.   LETTERS OF CREDIT........................................................28
          3.1   Letters of Credit.............................................28
          3.2   Conditions to Issuance........................................28
          3.3   Notice........................................................29
          3.4   Letter of Credit Fees.........................................29
          3.5   Facing Fees...................................................30
          3.6   Draws and Demands for Payment Under Letters of Credit.........30
          3.7   Obligations Irrevocable.......................................32
          3.8   Risk Under Letters of Credit..................................33
          3.9   Indemnification...............................................34
          3.10  Right of Reimbursement........................................34

4A.  TERM LOANS-A.............................................................35
          4A.1  Term Loan.....................................................35
          4A.2  Term Loan Notes...............................................35
          4A.3  Term Loan Rate Requests; Refundings and Conversions of
                Advances of Term Loans........................................36
          4A.4  Failure to Refund or Convert..................................37

4B.  TERM LOANS-B.............................................................37
          4B.1  Term Loan.....................................................37
          4B.2  Term Loan Notes...............................................37

- i -

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)

                                                                                    Page
                                                                                    ----
          4B.3  Term Loan Rate Requests; Refundings and Conversions of Advances
                of Term Loans......................................................  38
          4B.4  Failure to Refund or Convert.......................................  39

5.   INTEREST PAYMENTS.............................................................  39
          5.1   Prime-based Interest Payments......................................  39
          5.2   Eurocurrency-based Interest Payments...............................  40
          5.3   Margin Adjustments.................................................  40
          5.4   Interest Payments on Conversions...................................  40
          5.5   Interest on Default................................................  40
          5.6   Prepayment of Advances.............................................  40
          5.7   Optional Prepayment of Term Loans..................................  41
          5.8   Mandatory Prepayment of Terms Loans................................  41

6.   CONDITIONS....................................................................  42
          6.1   Execution of Notes and this Agreement..............................  42
          6.2   Borrowing Authority................................................  42
          6.3   Collateral Documents...............................................  43
          6.4   Acquisition Documents..............................................  44
          6.5   Equity.............................................................  44
          6.6   Insurance..........................................................  44
          6.7   Compliance with Certain Documents and Agreements...................  44
          6.8   Opinion of Counsel.................................................  44
          6.9   Borrowers' Certificate.............................................  45
          6.10  Payment of Fees....................................................  45
          6.11  Pro Forma Balance Sheet............................................  45
          6.12  Existing Credit Facilities.........................................  45
          6.14  Real Estate Documentation..........................................  45
          6.15  Other Documents and Instruments....................................  46
          6.16  Continuing Conditions..............................................  46

7.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES................................................  47
          7.1   Corporate Authority................................................  47
          7.2   Due Authorization -- Borrowers.....................................  47
          7.3   Due Authorization -- Guarantors....................................  47
          7.4   Liens..............................................................  47
          7.5   Taxes..............................................................  48
          7.6   No Defaults........................................................  48
          7.7   Enforceability of Agreement and Loan Documents -- Borrowers........  48
          7.8   Enforceability of Loan Documents -- Guarantors.....................  48

- ii -

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
          7.9     Compliance with Laws ....................................  48
          7.10    Non-contravention -- Borrowers ..........................  49
          7.11    Non-contravention -- Guarantors .........................  49
          7.12    No Litigation ...........................................  49
          7.13    Consents, Approvals and Filings, Etc. ...................  49
          7.14    No Investment Company or Margin Stock ...................  50
          7.15    ERISA ...................................................  50
          7.16    Environmental and Safety Matters ........................  50
          7.17    Subsidiaries ............................................  51
          7.18    Accuracy of Information .................................  51
          7.19    Labor Relations .........................................  51
          7.20    Existing Debt ...........................................  52
          7.21    Solvency ................................................  52
          7.22    Capitalization ..........................................  52
          7.23    Year 2000 Requirement ...................................  52

8.   AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS ................................................  53
          8.1     Financial Statements ....................................  53
          8.2     Certificates; Other Information .........................  53
          8.3     Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence.........  54
          8.4     Maintenance of Property; Insurance ......................  54
          8.5     Inspection of Property; Books and Records, Discussions...  55
          8.6     Notices .................................................  55
          8.7     Hazardous Material Laws .................................  56
          8.8     Maintain Consolidated Net Worth .........................  56
          8.9     Maintain Funded Debt to EBITDA ..........................  56
          8.10    Maintain Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ....................  57
          8.11    Taxes ...................................................  57
          8.12    Governmental and Other Approvals ........................  57
          8.13    Compliance with ERISA ...................................  57
          8.14    ERISA Notices ...........................................  57
          8.15    Security ................................................  58
          8.16    Use of Proceeds .........................................  58
          8.17    Future Subsidiaries .....................................  58
          8.18    Bank Accounts ...........................................  58
          8.19    Further Assurances ......................................  58

9.   NEGATIVE COVENANTS ...................................................  58
          9.1     Limitation on Debt ......................................  59
          9.2     Limitation on Liens .....................................  60

- iii -

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)

                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----

          9.3  Limitation on Guarantee Obligations............................61
          9.4  Acquisitions...................................................61
          9.5  Limitation on Mergers, or Sale of Assets.......................61
          9.6  Restricted Payments............................................62
          9.7  Limitation on Capital Expenditures.............................63
          9.8  Limitation on Investments, Loans and Advances..................63
          9.9  Transactions with Affiliates...................................64
          9.10 Sale and Leaseback.............................................64
          9.11 Limitation on Negative Pledge Clauses..........................64
          9.12 Prepayment of Debts............................................65
          9.13 Subordinated Debt..............................................65
          9.14 Modification of Certain Agreements.............................65
          9.15 Sale of Accounts...............................................65


10.   DEFAULTS................................................................65
          10.1 Events of Default..............................................65
          10.2 Exercise of Remedies...........................................67
          10.3 Rights Cumulative..............................................68
          10.4 Waiver by Borrowers of Certain Laws............................68
          10.5 Waiver of Defaults.............................................68
          10.6 Set Off........................................................68


11.   PAYMENTS, RECOVERIES AND COLLECTIONS....................................69
          11.1 Payment Procedure..............................................69
          11.2 Application of Proceeds of Collateral..........................70
          11.3 Pro-rata Recovery..............................................71


12.   CHANGES IN LAW OR CIRCUMSTANCES; INCREASED COSTS........................71
          12.1 Reimbursement of Prepayment Costs..............................71
          12.2 Agent's Eurocurrency Lending Office............................72
          12.3 Circumstances Affecting Eurocurrency-based Rate Availability...72
          12.4 Laws Affecting Eurocurrency-based Advance Availability.........72
          12.5 Increased Cost of Eurocurrency-based Advances..................72
          12.6 [Intentionally Left Blank].....................................73
          12.7 Other Increased Costs..........................................73
          12.8 Substitution of Banks..........................................74


13.   AGENT...................................................................75
          13.1 Appointment of Agent...........................................75
          13.2 Deposit Account with Agent.....................................75

- iv -

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)

                                                                         Page
                                                                         ----
          13.3    Scope of Agent's Duties ..............................  75
          13.4    Successor Agent ......................................  76
          13.5    Agent in its Individual Capacity......................  76
          13.6    Credit Decisions......................................  76
          13.7    Co-Agents.............................................  77
          13.8    Authority of Agent to Enforce Notes and This Agreement  77
          13.9    Indemnification.......................................  77
          13.10   Knowledge of Default..................................  78
          13.11   Agent's Authorization; Action by Banks................  78
          13.12   Enforcement Actions by the Agent......................  78

14.  MISCELLANEOUS......................................................  78
          14.1    Accounting Principles.................................  78
          14.2    Consent to Jurisdiction...............................  79
          14.3    Law of Michigan.......................................  79
          14.4    Interest..............................................  79
          14.5    Closing Costs and Other Costs; Indemnification........  79
          14.6    Notices...............................................  80
          14.7    Further Action........................................  81
          14.8    Successors and Assigns; Participations; Assignments...  81
          14.9    Indulgence............................................  84
          14.10   Counterparts..........................................  84
          14.11   Amendment and Waiver..................................  84
          14.12   Confidentiality.......................................  85
          14.13   Withholding Taxes.....................................  85
          14.14   Taxes and Fees........................................  85
          14.15   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL..................................  85
          14.16   Complete Agreement; Conflicts.........................  86
          14.17   Severability..........................................  86
          14.18   Table of Contents and Headings........................  86
          14.19   Construction of Certain Provisions....................  86
          14.20   Independence of Covenants.............................  86
          14.21   Reliance on and Survival of Various Provisions........  86
          14.22   Joint and Several Liability...........................  87

- v -

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)

SCHEDULES

Schedule 1.1        Pricing Matrix
Schedule 1.2        Percentages
Schedule 1.3        Account Debtors
Schedule 1.4        Liens
Schedule 6.2        List of Jurisdictions in which Company and/or
                    Subsidiaries do business
Schedule 6.3        List of Jurisdictions in which to file financing
                    statements
Schedule 6.13       Lease Property
Schedule 7.9        Compliance with Laws
Schedule 7.12       Litigation
Schedule 7.15       Employee Pension Benefit Plans
Schedule 7.16       Environmental Matters
Schedule 7.17       Subsidiaries
Schedule 7.18       Contingent Obligations
Schedule 7.20       Existing Debt
Schedule 7.22       Capitalization
Schedule 7.23(a)    Year 2000 Compliance Program
Schedule 7.23(b)    Year 2000 Compliance Hardware and Software
Schedule 9.1(b)     Existing Debt
Schedule 9.1(c)     Debt Incurred to Finance Fixed or Capital Assets
Schedule 9.8        Permitted Investments
Schedule 9.9        Affiliate Transactions
Schedule 14.6       Notices

EXHIBITS

A FORM OF REQUEST FOR REVOLVING CREDIT ADVANCE
B FORM OF REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE
C FORM OF NOTICE OF LETTERS OF CREDIT
D FORM OF TERM NOTE
E FORM OF COVENANT COMPLIANCE REPORT
F FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT
G FORM OF GUARANTY (including Exhibit "A" - Joinder Agreement)
H FORM OF SECURITY AGREEMENT
I FORM OF TERM LOAN RATE REQUEST
J FORM OF BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE
K FORM OF PLEDGE AGREEMENT (HOLDINGS)
L FORM OF PLEDGE AGREEMENT (PARENT)
M FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AS COLLATERAL SECURITY

- vi -

REVOLVING CREDIT AND TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

This Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement ("Agreement") is made as of the 29th day of October, 1998, by and among the financial institutions from time to time signatory hereto (individually a "Bank," and any and all such financial institutions collectively the "Banks"), Comerica Bank, as agent for the Banks (in such capacity, "Agent"), Trim Systems Operating Corp, a Delaware corporation ("Holdings"), Tempress, Inc., a Washington corporation ("Tempress") and Trim Systems, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("Trim").

RECITALS

A. Trim and Comerica Bank entered into a Credit Agreement dated October 10, 1997, as amended as of November 4, 1997 (the "Prior Credit Agreement").

B. Pursuant to Assignment Agreements dated as of the date hereof, Comerica Bank has assigned a portion of its interest in the credit facilities extended pursuant to the Prior Credit Agreement to the other Banks.

C. Trim, Agent and the Banks desire to amend and restate the Prior Credit Agreement in its entirety.

NOW, THEREFORE, BORROWERS, AGENT AND BANKS AGREE that the Prior Credit

Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS

For the purposes of this Agreement the following terms will have the following meanings:

"Account" shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Michigan Uniform Commercial Code on the date of this Agreement.

"Account Debtor" shall mean the party who is obligated on or under any account.

"Account Party(ies)" shall mean, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the account party or parties (which shall be the Borrowers, jointly and severally, or a Subsidiary of Holdings which is a Guarantor jointly and severally with the Borrowers) named in an application to the Issuing Bank for the issuance of such Letter of Credit.

"Acquisition" shall mean the acquisition by pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Stock Purchase Agreement, of all of the issued and outstanding shares of stock of Tempress by Holdings.


"Acquisition Documents" shall mean the Stock Purchase Agreement together with all other documents and instruments executed and delivered in connection with the Acquisition.

"Advance(s)" shall mean, as the context may indicate, a borrowing requested by Borrowers, and made by the Banks under Section 2.1 hereof or requested by the Borrowers and made by the Banks under Section 4A.1 hereof, or requested by the Borrowers and made by the Banks under Section 4B.1 hereof, including without limitation any readvance, refunding or conversion of such borrowing pursuant to Section 2.3, 4A.3 or 4B.3 hereof, any advance in respect of a Letter of Credit under Section 3.6 hereof (including without limitation the unreimbursed amount of any draws under any Letters of Credit), and shall include, as applicable, a Eurocurrency-based Advance and a Prime-based Advance.

"Affected Lender" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.8.

"Affiliate" shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person or group acting in concert in respect of the first Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with such first Person. For purposes of this definition, "control" (including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlled by" and "under common control with"), as used with respect to any Person or group of Persons, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise. Unless otherwise specified to the contrary herein, or the context requires otherwise, Affiliate shall refer to Holdings' Affiliates.

"Agent" shall mean Comerica Bank, in its capacity as agent for the Banks hereunder, or any successor agent appointed in accordance with Section 13.4 hereof

"Alternate Base Rate" shall mean, for any day, an interest rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day, plus one half of one percent (1/2%).

"Applicable Commitment Fee Percentage" shall mean, as of any date of determination thereof, the applicable percentage used to calculate the Commitment Fees due and payable hereunder, determined (based upon the Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio) by reference to the appropriate columns in the pricing matrix attached to this Agreement as Schedule 1.1.

"Applicable L/C Fee Percentage" shall mean, as of any date of determination thereof, the applicable percentage used to calculate the Letter of Credit Fees due and payable hereunder, determined (based upon the Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio) by reference to the appropriate columns in the pricing matrix attached to this Agreement as Schedule 1.1.

"Applicable Interest Rate" shall mean the Eurocurrency-based Rate or the Prime-based Rate, as selected by Borrowers from time to time subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

2

"Asset Sale" shall mean the sale, transfer or other disposition by the Borrowers or any Subsidiary of any asset to any Person.

"Assignment" shall mean the Assignment as Collateral Security dated October 29, 1998 by Holdings in favor of Agent in the form attached as Exhibit M.

"Banks" shall mean Comerica Bank and such other financial institutions from time to time parties hereto as lenders and any assignee which becomes a Bank pursuant to Section 14.8 hereof

"Borrowers" shall mean Holdings, Trim and Tempress and "Borrower" shall mean each of them.

"Borrowing Base" shall mean, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (x) eighty percent (80%) of Eligible Accounts, and (y) fifty percent (50%) of Eligible Inventory.

"Borrowing Base Certificate" shall mean a borrowing base certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit J, with appropriate insertions and executed by a Responsible Officer.

"Borrowing Base Obligors" shall mean each Borrower and each Subsidiary of Holdings which becomes a Guarantor pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

"Business Day" shall mean any day on which commercial banks are open for domestic and international business in Detroit, London and New York.

"CapEx Limit" shall mean $5,000,000 for each fiscal year.

"Capital Expenditures" shall mean, without duplication, any amounts accrued in respect of a period in respect of any purchase or other acquisition for value of property, plant, equipment or leasehold improvements; provided that, in no event shall Capital Expenditures include amounts expended in respect of repair and maintenance of plant facilities, machinery, fixtures and other like capital assets utilized in the ordinary conduct of business (to the extent such amounts would not be capitalized in preparing a balance sheet determined in accordance with GAAP).

"Capitalized Lease" shall mean, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) with respect to which the discounted present value of the rental obligations of such Person as lessee thereunder, in conformity with GAAP, is required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of that Person.

"Co-Agents" shall mean The First National Bank of Chicago and U.S. Bank National Association.

"Collateral" shall mean all property or rights in which a security interest, mortgage, lien or other encumbrance for the benefit of the Banks is or has been granted or arises or has arisen, under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or otherwise.

3

"Collateral Documents" shall mean the Security Agreements, the Guaranty, the Mortgages, the Pledge Agreements and all of the other acknowledgments, certificates, stock powers, financing statements, instruments and other security documents executed by Parent, Borrowers or any Subsidiary in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Banks and delivered to the Agent, as security for the Indebtedness, in each case as of the Effective Date or, from time to time subsequent thereto, in each case, as such collateral documents may be amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Comerica Bank" shall mean Comerica Bank, a Michigan banking corporation, its successors or assigns.

"Commonly Controlled Entity" shall mean an entity, whether or not incorporated, which is under common control with the Borrowers within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA or which is part of a group which includes the Borrowers and which is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code.

"Consolidated" or "Consolidating" shall mean, when used with reference to any financial term in this Agreement, the aggregate for two or more Persons of the amounts signified by such term for all such Persons determined, subject to the provisions of Section 14.1, on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. Unless otherwise specified herein, references to Consolidated financial statements or data of Holdings includes consolidation with its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

"Consolidated Base Net Worth" shall initially mean $12,450,000. On the last day of each fiscal year of Holdings, Consolidated Base Net Worth shall be adjusted to an amount equal to the greater of (i) the Consolidated Base Net Worth from the prior year and (ii) an amount equal to ninety five percent (95%) of Consolidated Net Worth as of the applicable fiscal year end.

"Consolidated Debt" shall mean as of any date of determination, Debt of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date.

"Consolidated EBITDA" shall mean for any period of determination, Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus the aggregate amounts deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income in respect of (a) income taxes for such period, (b) interest expense for such period, and (c) depreciation and amortization expense and other non-cash charges for such period, plus any minority interest in the earnings of Trim for such period and minus any minority interest in losses of Trim for such period, in each case determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

"Consolidated Net Worth" shall mean, as of any date of determination, the net worth of Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as determined in accordance with GAAP, plus the amount of ASC, Inc.'s minority interest in Trim as of such date.

"Consolidated Net Income" shall mean, for any period of determination, the net income of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries as determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, in determining Consolidated Net Income,
(a) any unrealized gains or losses from the

4

marking to market of Interest Rate Protection Agreements shall be excluded, (b) any one-time write-off of deferred financing costs incurred in connection with the Prior Credit Agreement shall be excluded and (c)(i) the net income (or loss) of any Person, business, property or asset acquired during such period and not subsequently sold or disposed of by Parent or one of its Subsidiaries during such period (each such Person, business, property or asset acquired, an "Acquired Entity") in each case based on the actual net income (or loss) of such Acquired Entity for the entire period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition) and (ii) an adjustment for factually supportable and identifiable pro forma cost savings for such period that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the Acquired Entity in an amount approved by the Agent (such approval not to unreasonably be withheld), it being understood that Borrowers shall deliver to the Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer demonstrating in reasonable detail such factually supportable and identifiable costs savings.

"Contractual Obligation" shall mean as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

"Covenant Compliance Report" shall mean the report to be furnished by Borrowers to the Agent pursuant to Section 8.2(a) hereof, in the form of attached Exhibit H and certified by a Responsible Officer, in which report Borrowers shall set forth, among other things, detailed calculations and the resultant ratios or financial tests with respect to the financial covenants contained in Sections 8.8 through 8.10 and Sections 9.1(c) and (i), 9.5(g) and 9.7 of this Agreement.

"De Minimis Matters" shall mean environmental or other matters, the existence of which and any liability which may result therefrom, would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or businesses of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) or on the ability of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to pay their debts, as such debts become due.

"Debt" shall mean, as of any applicable date of determination, all items of indebtedness, obligation or liability of a Person, whether matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, joint or several, that should be classified as liabilities in accordance with GAAP, including without limitation, any items so classified on a balance sheet and any reimbursement obligations in respect of letters of credit, obligations in respect of bankers acceptances, provided; however that for purposes of calculating the aggregate Debt of such Person and its Subsidiaries (if any), the direct and indirect and absolute and contingent obligations of such Person (whether direct or contingent) shall be determined without duplication and if any contingent obligations are not stated or determined, such amounts will be determined to equal the reasonably anticipated amount as determined by such Person in good faith.

"Default" shall mean any event which with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement.

"Dollars" and the sign "$" shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.

5

"Domestic Subsidiaries" shall mean those Subsidiaries of Holdings incorporated under the laws of the United States of America, or any state thereof

"Effective Date" shall mean the date on which all the conditions precedent set forth in Sections 6.1 through 6.16 have been satisfied or waived by the Agent or the Banks, as applicable.

"Eligible Account" shall mean an Account which has been included in a Borrowing Base Certificate to determine the Borrowing Base, and as to which Account the following is true and accurate as of the time it was utilized to determine the Borrowing Base and as of the time Borrowers have requested a Revolving Credit Advance based in part thereon:

(a) it is not owing more than ninety (90) days (or, in the case of the Account Debtors identified on Schedule 1.3 annexed hereto, one hundred twenty days) after the date of the invoice evidencing such Account;

(b) it is not owing by an Account Debtor who has failed to pay twenty five percent (25%) or more of the aggregate amount of its Accounts owing to the applicable Borrowing Base Obligor within ninety (90) days (or one hundred twenty days, as applicable) after the date of the respective invoices or other writings evidencing such Accounts;

(c) it arises from the sale or lease of goods and such goods have been shipped or delivered to the Account Debtor under such Account; or it arises from services rendered and such services have been performed;

(d) it is evidenced by an invoice, dated not later than three (3) days after the date of shipment or performance, rendered to such Account Debtor or some other evidence of billing acceptable to Agent and is not evidenced by any instrument or chattel paper;

(e) it is a valid, legally enforceable obligation of the Account Debtor thereunder, and is not, to the knowledge of any Borrowing Base Obligor, subject to any offset, counterclaim or other defense on the part of such Account Debtor with respect to the entire Account or to any claim on the part of such Account Debtor denying liability thereunder in whole; provided, however, an Account which qualifies as an Eligible Account but which is subject to any offset, counterclaim or defense on the part of the Account Debtor in part, but not in whole, or to any claim on the part of the Account Debtor denying liability thereunder in part, but not in whole, shall be an Eligible Account only to the extent not subject to such offset, counterclaim, defense or denial of liability and in such case only if the amount of such offset; counterclaim, defense or denial of liability can be determined to Agent's sole but reasonable satisfaction;

(f) it is subject to a perfected security interest in favor of the Banks prior to all other Persons or entities and it is not subject to any sale of accounts, any rights of offset,

6

assignment, lien or security interest whatsoever other than to Agent for the benefit of the Banks and except for subordinate security interests therein to the extent permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement;

(g) it is not owing by a subsidiary or Affiliate of any Borrowing Base Obligor, nor by an Account Debtor which (i) does not maintain its chief executive office in the United States of America or is not organized under the laws of the United States of America, or any state thereof, unless such Account Debtor is identified on Schedule 1.3 annexed hereto, (ii) is not an Account owing by the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof, or by any department, agency, public body corporate or other instrumentality of any of the foregoing, unless all necessary steps are taken to comply with the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended, or with any comparable state law, if applicable, and all other necessary steps are taken to perfect Agent's security interest in such Account, or (iii) is the government of any foreign country or sovereign state, or of any state, province, municipality or other instrumentality thereof; unless with respect to any of the above, the payment of the Account is secured by a letter of credit in form and substance and issued by a financial institution acceptable to Agent;

(h) it is not an Account billed in advance, payable on delivery, for consigned goods, for guaranteed sales, for unbilled sales, for progress billings, payable at a future date in accordance with its terms, subject to a retainage or holdback by the Account Debtor or insured by a surety company; and

(i) it is not owing by any Account Debtor whose obligations Agent, acting in its sole, but reasonable, discretion (based on a good faith belief that the payment of the Account is materially impaired), shall have notified Borrowers are not deemed to constitute Eligible Accounts.

An Account which is at any time an Eligible Account, but which subsequently fails to meet any of the foregoing requirements, shall forthwith cease to be an Eligible Account.

"Eligible Inventory" shall mean Inventory which has been included in a Borrowing Base Certificate to determine the Borrowing Base and as to which Inventory the following is true and accurate as of the time it was utilized to determine the Borrowing Base and as of the time the Borrowers have requested a Revolving Credit Advance based in part thereon:

(a) such item of Inventory is of merchantable quality aid is usable or salable by a Borrowing Base Obligor in the ordinary course of its business;

(b) the applicable Borrowing Base Obligor, has granted to the Banks a perfected security interest in such item of Inventory prior in right to all other persons or entities and such item of Inventory has not been sold, transferred or otherwise assigned by the applicable

7

Borrowing Base Obligor, to any person other than the Banks or, to the extent permitted by this Agreement, to another Borrowing Base Obligor;

(c) such item of Inventory is located at premises leased by a Borrowing Base Obligor and for which Agent has received a lessor's acknowledgement and subordination in form satisfactory to Agent (unless receipt of such agreement has been waived by Agent);

(d) such item of Inventory is located within the continental United States of America at such location or locations as Borrowers shall have represented in the Loan Documents, relating to Inventory;

(e) the value of each item of Inventory utilized to determine the Borrowing Base was determined in accordance with GAAP utilizing "first in, first out";

(f) such Inventory is not held by a Borrowing Base Obligor on consignment and is not Inventory transferred by a Borrowing Base Obligor to a customer on a consignment basis unless (i) a valid consignment agreement is in effect with such customer, (ii) the Borrowing Base Obligor has taken such action as is required in order to maintain its interest in such Inventory free and clear of the interests of any creditor of the customer and (iii) the security interest of the Agent in such Inventory remains a perfected first priority security interest;

(g) such Inventory was not produced in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act and is not subject to the so-called "hot goods" provisions contained in Title 29 U.S.C. 215(a)(i);

(h) such item of Inventory is not being held for return to the supplier thereof.

Any inventory which is at any time Eligible Inventory, but which subsequently fails to meet any of the foregoing requirements, shall forthwith cease to be Eligible Inventory.

"Equity Interests" means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, share capital, interests, participations, warrants, options or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation and any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation).

"ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or any successor act or code and the regulations in effect from time to time thereunder.

"Eurocurrency-based Advance" shall mean an Advance which bears interest at the Eurocurrency-based Rate.

"Eurocurrency-based Rate" shall mean, with respect to any Eurocurrency-Interest Period, the per annum interest rate which is equal to the sum of the Margin plus the quotient of:

8

(A) the per annum interest rate at which deposits in eurodollars are offered to Agent's Eurocurrency Lending Office by other prime banks in the eurodollar market in an amount comparable to the relevant Eurocurrency-based Advance and for a period equal to the relevant Eurocurrency-Interest Period at approximately 11:00 a.m. Detroit time two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Eurocurrency-Interest Period, divided by

(B) an amount equal to one minus the stated maximum rate (expressed as a decimal) of all reserve requirements (including, without limitation, any marginal, emergency, supplemental, special or other reserves) that is specified on the first day of such Eurocurrency-Interest Period by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor agency thereto) for determining the maximum reserve requirement with respect to eurodollar funding (currently referred to as "eurocurrency liabilities" in Regulation D of such Board) maintained by a member bank of such System,

all as conclusively determined (absent manifest error) by the Agent.

"Eurocurrency-Interest Period" shall mean the Interest Period applicable to a Eurocurrency-based Advance.

"Eurocurrency Lending Office" shall mean, (a) with respect to the Agent, Agent's office located at Grand Cayman, British West Indies or such other branch or branches of Agent, domestic or foreign, as it may hereafter designate as a Eurocurrency Lending Office by notice to Borrowers and the Banks, and (b) as to each of the Banks, its office, branch or affiliate located at its address set forth in Agent's administrative questionnaire completed by such Bank (or identified thereon as a Eurocurrency Lending Office), or at such other office, branch or affiliate of such Bank as it may hereafter designate as its Eurocurrency Lending Office by notice to Borrowers and Agent.

"Event of Default" shall mean each of the Events of Default specified in Section 10.1 hereof

"Excess Cash Flow" shall mean, as of the end of any fiscal year of Holdings, Consolidated Net Income for such fiscal year, plus to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income, depreciation, amortization and non-cash interest expense for such fiscal year, minus the sum of(i) reductions in the purchase accounting reserve from cash payments during such fiscal year,
(ii) Capital Expenditures made by Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries during such fiscal year and any Rollover Amount for such period to be carried forward to the next period less the Rollover Amount, if any, for the preceding period carried forward to the current period that was not spent during such current period, (iii) the amount of all payments of principal made on Consolidated Funded Debt during such fiscal year (excluding any payments on Revolving Credit Advances and payments by Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries under any other revolving credit facility to the extent the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment or availability under such other facility, as the case may be, is not permanently reduced in connection therewith), (iv) any non-cash credits included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, (v) non-cash gains from sales of

9

assets included in Consolidated Net Income for such period, (vi) non-cash charges added back in a previous period to the extent any such charge has become a cash item in the current period, (vii) any cash disbursement to Sellers required pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement for purchase price adjustments or tax obligations, (viii) any cash disbursements made during such period against non-current liabilities to the extent not deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income, and (ix) any cash restructuring expenditures incurred during such period to the extent not deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period and to the extent not exceeding $3,000,000.

"Federal Funds Effective Rate" shall mean, for any day, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it, all as conclusively determined by the Agent, such sum to be rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest whole multiple of 1/16th of 1%.

"Fees" shall mean the Revolving Credit Facility Fee, the Letter of Credit Fees and the other fees and charges payable by Borrowers to the Banks or Agent hereunder.

"Financial Statements" shall mean all those balance sheets, earnings statements, statements of cash flow and other financial data (whether of Holdings, any Borrower or the Subsidiaries) which have been furnished to the Agent or the Banks for the purposes of, or in connection with, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

"Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" shall mean, as of any date of determination, a ratio, the numerator of which shall equal Consolidated EBITDA for the four preceding fiscal quarters ending on such date less a forty percent (40%) reserve for income tax on Consolidated Net Income for such period, and the denominator of which shall equal the scheduled payments of principal and cash interest (excluding prepayments) during such period on Holdings' and its Consolidated Subsidiaries' indebtedness for borrowed money (including all capital leases, and all indebtedness under the Term Notes as of such date) all as determined in accordance with GAAP.

"Foreign Subsidiaries" shall mean all of Holdings' Subsidiaries other than the Domestic Subsidiaries.

"Funded Debt" shall mean for any Person as of any date of determination the sum of, without duplication, (i) all indebtedness of such Person as of such date for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than deferred rent as determined in accordance with GAAP, trade liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business and payable in accordance with customary practices and accrued expenses) or which is evidenced by a note, bond debenture or similar instrument, (ii) all obligations of such Person as of such date under capital leases, (iii) all obligations of such Person as of such date in respect of letters of credit, acceptances or similar obligations issued or created for the account of the such Person, (iv) all liabilities of a Person as of

10

such date which are secured by a lien or property owned by such Person even though such Person may not have assumed or otherwise become liable for payment thereof and (v) all Guarantee Obligations of such Person as of such date.

"Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio" shall mean, as of any date of determination, a ratio, the numerator of which shall equal Funded Debt of Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date and the denominator of which shall equal Consolidated EBITDA for the four preceding fiscal quarters ending on such date.

"GAAP" shall, subject to the provisions of Section 14.1, mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as in effect on the date hereof, consistently applied.

"Governmental Obligations" means noncallable direct general obligations of the United States of America or obligations the payment of principal of and interest on which is unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America.

"Guarantee Obligation" shall mean as to any Person (the "guaranteeing person") any obligation of the guaranteeing person in respect of any obligation of another Person (including, without limitation, any bank under any letter of credit), the creation of which was induced by a reimbursement agreement, counter indemnity or similar obligation issued by the guaranteeing person, in either case guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any Debt, leases, dividends or other obligations (the "primary obligations") of any other third Person (the "primary obligor") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (1) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (2) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided, however, that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business and contractual indemnity obligations arising in the ordinary course of a Person's business. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person's maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by Borrowers in good faith.

11

"Guarantor(s)" shall mean Parent and each Person becoming a Domestic Subsidiary of a Borrower subsequent to the date hereof or otherwise entering into a Guaranty (by joinder agreement or otherwise) from time to time.

"Guaranty" shall mean the Guaranty to be made by each of the Guarantors (whether by execution thereof, or by execution of the Joinder Agreement attached as "Exhibit A" to the form of such Guaranty) in favor of the Agent for the ratable benefit of the Banks, substantially in the form of Exhibit G, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Hazardous Material" shall mean and include any hazardous, toxic or dangerous waste, substance or material defined as such in (or for purposes of) the Hazardous Material Laws.

"Hazardous Material Law(s)" shall mean all laws, codes, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders, decrees and directives issued by any federal, state, provincial, local, foreign or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority or body (or any agency, instrumentality or political subdivision thereof) pertaining to any hazardous, toxic or dangerous waste, substance or material on or about any facilities owned, leased or operated by either Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any portion thereof including, without limitation, those relating to soil, surface, subsurface ground water conditions and the condition of the ambient air; and any state and local laws and regulations pertaining to any hazardous, toxic or dangerous waste, substance or material and/or asbestos; any so-called "superfund" or "superlien" law; and any other federal, state, provincial, foreign or local statute, law, ordinance, code, rule, regulation, order or decree regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning, any hazardous, toxic or dangerous waste, substance or material, as now or at any time hereafter in effect.

"Hedging Transaction" means each interest rate swap transaction, basis swap transaction, forward rate transaction, commodity swap transaction, equity transaction; equity index transaction, foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction (including any option with respect to any of these transactions and any combination of any of the foregoing) entered into by the Borrowers from time to time pursuant to an Interest Rate Protection Agreement; provided that such transaction is entered into for risk management purposes and not for speculative purposes.

"Hereof", "hereto", "hereunder" and similar terms shall refer to this Agreement and not to any particular paragraph or provision of this Agreement.

"Holdings" is defined in the Preamble.

"Holdings Pledge Agreement" shall mean the Pledge Agreement executed and delivered by Holdings in favor of Agent substantially in the form of Exhibit K, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Indebtedness" shall mean all indebtedness and liabilities (including without limitation interest, fees and other charges) arising under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents; whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, of Borrowers or any Subsidiary to any of the

12

Banks or to the Agent, in any manner and at any time, (whether evidenced by the Notes; arising under any Guaranty or any of the other Loan Documents, due or hereafter to become due, now owing or that may hereafter be incurred by Borrowers or any Subsidiary to, any of the Banks or the Agent, and any judgments that may hereafter be rendered on such indebtedness or any part thereof, with interest according to the rates and terms specified, or as provided by law, any payment obligations, if any, under Hedging Transactions evidenced by Interest Rate Protection Agreements, and any and all consolidations, amendments, renewals, replacements, substitutions or extensions of any of the foregoing; provided, however that for purposes of calculating the Indebtedness outstanding under the Notes or any of the other Loan Documents, the direct and indirect and absolute and contingent obligations of Borrowers and the Subsidiaries (whether direct or contingent) shall be determined without duplication.

"Intercompany Loan" shall mean any loan (or advance in the nature of a loan) by Holdings or any other Subsidiary to Holdings or any other Subsidiary, provided that each such loan or advance is subordinated in right of payment and priority to the Indebtedness on terms and conditions satisfactory to Agent and the Majority Banks.

"Intercompany Loans, Advances or Investments" shall mean any Intercompany Loan, and any advance or investment by Holdings or any Subsidiary (including without limitation any guaranty of obligations or indebtedness to third parties and any investment consisting of the transfer of assets from Holdings or any Subsidiary to another Subsidiary) to or in another Subsidiary.

"Intercompany Notes" shall mean the promissory notes issued or to be issued by Holdings or any Subsidiary to evidence an Intercompany Loan.

"Interest Period" shall mean with respect to a Eurocurrency-based Advance, two (2) weeks, one (1), two (2), three (3), six (6) or twelve (12) months (or any lesser or greater number of days agreed to in advance by Borrowers, Agent and the Banks) as selected by Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.3, Section 4A.3 or Section 4B.3, provided, however, that any Eurocurrency-Interest Period which commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on any day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the appropriate subsequent calendar month) shall end on the last Business Day of the appropriate subsequent calendar month. Each Interest Period which would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day shall end on the next succeeding Business Day or, if such next succeeding Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar month, on the next preceding Business Day, and no Interest Period which would end after the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, the Term Loan-A Maturity Date, or Term Loan-B Maturity Date, as applicable, shall be permitted with respect to any Advance.

"Interest Rate Protection Agreement" means any interest rate swap, cap, floor, collar, forward rate agreement foreign currency agreement or other rate protection transaction, or any combination of such transaction or agreements or any option with respect to any such transactions or agreements now existing or hereafter entered into between a Borrower and any Bank or an Affiliate of a Bank.

13

"Internal Revenue Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

"Inventory" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Uniform Commercial Code.

"Investment" shall mean, when used with respect to any Person, (a) any loan, investment or advance made by such Person to any other Person (including, without limitation, any contingent obligation) in respect of any capital stock, Debt, obligation or liability of such other Person and (b) any other investment made by such Person (however acquired) in stock or other ownership interests in any other Person, including, without limitation, any investment made in exchange for the issuance of shares of stock of such Person.

"Issuing Bank" shall mean Comerica Bank in its capacity as issuer of one or more Letters of Credit hereunder.

"Issuing Office" shall mean Issuing Bank's office located at One Detroit Center, 500 Woodward Avenue, Detroit, Michigan 48226-3289 or such other office as Issuing Bank shall designate as its Issuing Office.

"Joinder Agreement (Guaranty)" shall mean a joinder agreement in the form attached as "Exhibit A" to the form of the Guaranty (Exhibit G to this Agreement), to be executed and delivered by any Person required to be a Guarantor pursuant to Section 8.19 of this Agreement.

"Letter of Credit Agreement" shall mean, in respect of each Letter of Credit, the application and related documentation satisfactory to the Issuing Bank of an Account Party or Account Parties requesting Issuing Bank to issue such Letter of Credit, as amended from time to time.

"Letter of Credit Fees" shall mean the fees payable to Agent for the accounts of the Banks in connection with Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 3.4 hereof.

"Letter of Credit Maximum Amount" shall mean as of any date of determination Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000).

"Letter of Credit Obligations" shall mean at any date of determination, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all Letters of Credit then outstanding, (b) the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit requested and for which issuance has been approved but for which issuance has not yet occurred as of such date and (c) the aggregate amount of Reimbursement Obligations which have not been reimbursed by Borrowers as of such date.

"Letter of Credit Payment" shall mean any amount paid or required to be paid by the Issuing Bank in its capacity hereunder as issuer of a Letter of Credit as a result of a draft or other demand for payment under any Letter of Credit.

14

"Letter(s) of Credit" shall mean any standby or trade letters of credit issued by Issuing Bank at the request of or for the account of an Account Party or Account Parties pursuant to Article 3 hereof.

"Lien" shall mean any pledge, assignment, hypothecation, mortgage, security interest, trust receipt, conditional sale or title retaining contract, sale and leaseback transaction, financing statement or comparable notice or other filing or recording, subordination or any claim or right, or any other type of lien, charge, encumbrance, preferential or priority arrangement or other claim or right, whether based on common law or statute.

"Loan Documents" shall mean, collectively, this Agreement, the Notes, the Letter of Credit Agreements, the Letters of Credit, the Guaranty(ies), the Collateral Documents, any Interest Rate Protection Agreement and any other documents, certificates, instruments or agreements executed pursuant to or in connection with any such document or this Agreement, as such documents may be amended from time to time.

"Majority Banks" shall mean at any time Banks holding 66-2/3% of the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness then outstanding under the Notes or, if no Indebtedness is then outstanding, Banks holding 66-2/3% of the Percentages; provided, however, so long as there are only three Banks holding the same Percentages as set forth on Schedule 1.2 on the Effective Date, Majority Banks shall mean all of the Banks.

"Margin" shall mean as of any date of determination, the applicable interest rate margin component of the Prime-based Rate or Eurocurrency-based Rate, determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 hereof (based on the Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio) by reference to the appropriate columns in the pricing matrix attached to this Agreement as Schedule 1.1; provided, however that on the date of this Agreement "Margin" shall mean (i) with respect to Prime-based Revolving Credit Advances or that portion of the Term Loan-A which bears interest at the Prime-based Rate, three quarters of one percent (3/4%),
(ii) with respect to that portion of Term Loan-B which bears interest at the Prime-based Rate, one and one quarter percent (1 1/4%), (iii) with respect to Eurocurrency-based Revolving Credit Advances and that portion of Term Loan-A which bears interest at the Eurocurrency-based Rate, two and three quarters percent (2 3/4%), and (iv) with respect to that portion of the Term Loan-B which bears interest at the Eurocurrency-based Rate, three and one quarter percent (3 1/4%).

"Material Adverse Effect" shall mean a material adverse effect on (a) the business or financial condition of the Holdings and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Borrowers to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement, the Notes or any Collateral Documents to which any of them is a party, or (c) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any of the Notes or any of the Collateral Documents or the rights or remedies of the Agent or the Banks hereunder or thereunder.

"Mortgages" shall mean the Amended and Restated Open End Mortgage and the Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents, Security Agreement and Fixtures Filing, executed and delivered by

15

Trim and Tempress, respectively, in favor of Agent, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Multiemployer Plan" shall mean a Pension Plan which is a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

"Net Cash Proceeds" shall mean, with respect to any Asset Sale, the aggregate cash payments received by either Borrower and/or any Subsidiary, as the case may be, from such Asset Sale, net of the reasonable expenses of sale such as commissions and pro rated property taxes and net of any taxes payable or paid by the Borrowers in respect of such sales, taking into account Borrowers' losses, if any, which are available under applicable law to reduce such gains.

"Notes" shall mean the Revolving Credit Notes and the Term Notes.

"Parent" shall mean Trim Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

"Parent Pledge Agreement" shall mean the Pledge Agreement executed and delivered by Parent in favor of Agent substantially in the form of Exhibit L, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Pension Plan(s)" shall mean all employee pension benefit plans of any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate, as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA, to the extent such Person is subject to ERISA, as provided in Section 4 of ERISA, which is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA.

"Percentage" shall mean, with respect to any Bank, its percentage share, as set forth on Schedule 1.2 hereto, of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment, Letters of Credit and the Term Loans, as the context indicates, as such Exhibit may be revised from time to time by Agent in accordance with provisions of Section 14.8.

"Permitted Acquisition" shall mean the Acquisition, the R2 Acquisition and any acquisition by the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries of assets, businesses or business interests or shares of stock or other ownership interests of or in any Person conducted in accordance with the following requirements:

(a) not more than five (5) days after the signing of any letter of intent for such proposed acquisition, the Borrowers shall have provided a copy of such letter of intent to the Agent and promptly upon signing the definitive acquisition documents, Borrowers shall have provided copies thereof to the Agent;

(b) on the date of any such acquisition, all necessary or appropriate governmental, quasi-governmental, agency, regulatory or similar approvals of applicable jurisdictions (or the respective agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions, as applicable, of such jurisdictions) and all necessary or appropriate non-governmental and

16

other third-party approvals which, in each case, are material to such acquisition have been obtained and are in effect, and the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries are in full compliance therewith, and all necessary or appropriate declarations, registrations or other filings with any court, governmental or regulatory authority, securities exchange or any other person have been made;

(c) the aggregate value of all of such acquisitions, including the value of any proposed new acquisition, conducted while this Agreement remains in effect as Permitted Acquisitions (but excluding any acquisition conducted with the specific written approval of the Majority Banks, and not as a Permitted Acquisition hereunder) computed on the basis of total acquisition consideration paid or incurred, or to be paid or incurred, by the Borrowers or their Subsidiaries with respect thereto, including all indebtedness which is assumed or to which such assets, businesses or business or ownership interests or shares, or any Person so acquired, is subject, shall not exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000), determined as of the date of such acquisition and the aggregate value for each such acquisition (computed as aforesaid) shall not exceed Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000);

(d) within thirty (30) days after any such acquisition has been completed the Borrowers shall deliver to the Agent executed copies of all material documents pertaining to such acquisition, and the Borrowers, their Subsidiaries and any of the corporate entities involved in such acquisition shall execute or cause to be executed, and provide or cause to be provided to Agent, for the Banks, such documents and instruments (including without limitation, the Joinder Agreement (Guaranty) and Security Agreement as required by Section 8.17 hereof, and opinions of counsel, amendments, acknowledgments, consents and evidence of approvals or filings) as reasonably requested by Agent, if any; and

(e) both immediately before and after such acquisition, no Default or Event of Default (whether or not related to such acquisition), has occurred and is continuing and on the date of consummation of such acquisition, Borrowers shall have provided to the Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer as to such effect.

"Permitted Liens" shall mean with respect to any Person:

(a) the liens and encumbrances granted under or established by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents for the equal and ratable benefit of the Banks;

(b) liens for taxes not yet delinquent or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued, provided that provision for the payment of all such taxes has been made on the books of such Person as may be required by GAAP;

(c) mechanics', materialmen's, banker's, carriers', warehousemen's and similar liens and encumbrances arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations of such Person that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued, provided that in the case of any such contest (i) any proceedings commenced for the enforcement

17

of such liens and encumbrances shall have been duly suspended; and (ii) such provision for the payment of such liens and encumbrances has been made on the books of such Person as may be required by GAAP;

(d) liens arising in connection with worker's compensation, unemployment insurance, old age pensions and social security benefits and similar statutory obligations which are not overdue or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued, provided that in the case of any such contest (i) any proceedings commenced for the enforcement of such liens shall have been duly suspended; and (ii) such provision for the payment of such liens has been made on the books of such Person as may be required by GAAP;

(e)(i) liens incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure the performance of statutory obligations arising in connection with progress payments or advance payments due under contracts with the United States government or any agency thereof entered into in the ordinary course of business and (ii) liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure the performance of statutory obligations, bids, leases, fee and expense arrangements with trustees and fiscal agents and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations incurred in connection with the borrowing of money, any lease-purchase arrangements or the payment of the deferred purchase price of property), provided that full provision for the payment of all such obligations set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) has been made on the books of such Person as may be required by GAAP; and

(f) minor survey exceptions or minor encumbrances, easements or reservations, or rights of others for rights-of-way, utilities and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties, which do not materially interfere with the business of such Person, including, without limitation the matters disclosed in the surveys and title policies relating to the properties subject to the Mortgages accepted by Banks as of the date of this Agreement;

(g) any lien arising out of the filing of a precautionary financing statement by a lessor of property pursuant to an operating lease;

(h) the Liens, if any, shown on Schedule 1.4 annexed hereto; and

(i) any other Liens consented to in writing by the Majority Banks.

"Permitted Merger(s)" shall mean any merger of (i) any Subsidiary or any Person which is being acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition into a Borrower or any Guarantor or (ii) the merger of any Subsidiary or any Person which is being acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition into any other Subsidiary or any Person which is being acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition, which, in each case satisfies and/or is conducted in accordance with the following requirements:

(a) not less than five (5) days after signing any agreement and plan of merger, Company provides written notice thereof to Agent and promptly after

18

signing any material documents pertaining to such proposed merger Borrowers shall have provided copies thereof to Agent;

(b) immediately following and as the direct result of any such merger, the surviving or successor entity has succeeded by operation of applicable law (as confirmed, if requested by the Agent, by an opinion(s) of counsel in form and substance satisfactory to the Majority Banks) to all of the obligations of the non-surviving entity under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to all of the property rights of such non-surviving entity subject to the applicable Loan Documents;

(c) concurrently with such proposed merger, the surviving entity involved in such merger shall execute or cause to be executed, and provide or cause to be provided to Agent, for the Banks, such documents and instruments (including without limitation opinions of counsel, amendments, acknowledgments and consents), if any, as reasonably requested by the Agent; and

(d) both immediately before and immediately after such merger, no Default or Event of Default (whether or not related to such merger), has occurred and is continuing.

"Person" shall mean a natural person, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, limited liability partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated organization, joint venture, joint stock company, or a government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity of any kind.

"Pledge Agreements" shall mean the Parent Pledge Agreement and the Holdings Pledge Agreement.

"Prime-based Advance" shall mean an Advance which bears interest at the Prime-based Rate.

"Prime-based Rate" shall mean, for any day, that rate of interest which is equal to the sum of the Margin plus the greater of (i) the Prime Rate, and (ii) the Alternate Base Rate.

"Prime Rate" shall mean the per annum rate of interest announced by the Agent, at its main office from time to time as its "prime rate" (it being acknowledged that such announced rate may not necessarily be the lowest rate charged by the Agent to any of its customers), which Prime Rate shall change simultaneously with any change in such announced rate.

"Purchasing Lender" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.8.

"R2 Acquisition" shall mean the acquisition of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of R-Squared, Inc. by Holdings or its Subsidiaries for a purchase price not to exceed $100,000.

19

"Reimbursement Obligation(s)" shall mean the obligation of an Account Party or Account Parties under each Letter of Credit Agreement to reimburse the Issuing Bank for each payment made by the Issuing Bank under the Letter of Credit issued pursuant to such Letter of Credit Agreement, together with all other sums, fees, charges and amounts which may be owing to the Issuing Bank under such Letter of Credit Agreement.

"Request for Revolving Credit Advance" shall mean a Request for Revolving Credit Advance issued by Borrowers under Section 2.3 of this Agreement in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit A, as amended or otherwise modified.

"Requirement of Law" shall mean as to any Person, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws, the partnership agreement or other organizational or governing documents of such Person and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitration or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

"Responsible Officer" shall mean the chief executive officer, the president, any vice president or secretary of Borrowers, or any other officer having substantially the same authority and responsibility; or with respect to compliance with financial covenants, the chief financial officer or the treasurer of Holdings, or any other officer having substantially the same authority and responsibility.

"Revolving Credit" shall mean the revolving credit loan to be advanced to Borrowers by the Banks pursuant to Article 2 hereof; in an aggregated amount (subject to the terms hereof), not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment.

"Revolving Credit Advance" shall mean a borrowing requested by Borrowers and made by the Banks under Section 2.1 of this Agreement, including without limitation any readvance, refunding or conversion of such borrowing pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof and any advance in respect of a Letter of Credit under Section 3.6 hereof, and shall include, as applicable, a Eurocurrency-based Advance and/or a Prime-based Advance.

"Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment" shall mean Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000), subject to reduction or termination under Section 2.8 or 10.2 hereof.

"Revolving Credit Commitment Fee" shall mean the fees payable to Agent for distribution to the Banks pursuant to Section 2.6 hereof.

"Revolving Credit Maturity Date" shall mean the earlier to occur of (i) November 1, 2004, as such date may be extended from time to time pursuant to
Section 2.9 hereof, and (ii) the date on which the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment shall be terminated pursuant to Section 2.8 or Section 10.2 hereof.

20

"Revolving Credit Notes" shall mean the revolving credit notes described in Section 2.1 hereof, made by Borrowers to each of the Banks in the form annexed to this agreement as Exhibit B, as such notes may be amended or supplemented from time to time, and any other notes issued in substitution, replacement or renewal thereof from time to time.

"Rollover Amount" shall mean the aggregate amount of unutilized Capital Expenditures carried forward from one fiscal year to the next fiscal year to the extent permitted pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.7; provided, however, in no event shall any Rollover Amount include any unutilized Capital Expenditures from fiscal year 1998.

"Security Agreements" shall mean the Security Agreements executed and delivered by Borrowers and each Domestic Subsidiary in favor of the Agent substantially in the form of Exhibit H, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Seller" shall mean collectively, Ray Aspiri, Thomas C.L. Rogers, Steven P. Cedergreen, Kim R. Hunter, Christopher L. Hain, Mark L. Vermilion, Fletcher E. Newland II and John R. Post.

"Stock Purchase Agreement" shall mean the Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of October 7, 1998 between Holdings and Seller.

"Subordinated Debt" shall mean Debt of a Borrower which has been subordinated in right of payment and priority to the Indebtedness, all on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Majority Banks.

"Subordinated Debt Documents" shall mean any documents evidencing Subordinated Debt, in each case, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in compliance with the terms of this Agreement.

"Subsidiary(ies)" shall mean any other corporation, association, joint stock company, business trust, limited liability company or any other business entity of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting stock, share capital, membership or other interests, as the case may be, is owned either directly or indirectly by any Person or one or more of its Subsidiaries, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by any Person and/or its Subsidiaries. Unless otherwise specified to the contrary herein, Subsidiary(ies) shall refer to the Subsidiaries of Holdings. In addition the term Subsidiary(ies) shall include Trim as a Subsidiary of Holdings.

"Tempress" is defined in the Preamble.

"Tempress Non-Core Businesses" shall mean those lines of business (and related assets) conducted by Tempress not related to the manufacturing or sale of parts, systems and components for use in the heavy truck or off-road equipment industry.

21

"Term Loan-A" shall mean the term loan to be made to Borrowers by the Banks pursuant to Section 4A.1 hereof, in the aggregate amount of Thirty Million Dollars ($30,000,000).

"Term Loan-A Maturity Date" shall mean November 1, 2004.

"Term Loan-B" shall mean the term loan to be made to Borrowers by the Banks pursuant to Section 4B.1 hereof, in the aggregate amount of Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000).

"Term Loan-B Maturity Date" shall mean November 1, 2005.

"Term Loan Rate Request" shall mean a Term Loan Rate Request issued by Borrowers under this Agreement in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit I.

"Term Loans" shall mean Term Loan-A and Term Loan-B.

"Term Notes" shall mean the term notes described in Section 4A.2(a) and
Section 4B.2(a) made by Borrowers to each of the Banks in the form attached as Exhibit D to this Agreement, as such notes may be amended or supplemented from time to time, and any notes issued in substitution, renewal or replacement thereof from time to time.

"Trim" is defined in the Preamble.

"Uniform Commercial Code" or "UCC" shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable state, and, unless specified otherwise the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of Michigan.

2. REVOLVING CREDIT

2.1 Revolving Credit Commitment. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including Section 2.3 hereof), each Bank severally and for itself alone agrees to make Advances of the Revolving Credit to Borrowers from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Effective Date hereof until (but excluding) the Revolving Credit Maturity Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding each such Bank's Percentage of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment. All of such Advances hereunder shall be evidenced by the Revolving Credit Notes, under which advances, repayments and readvances may be made, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

2.2 Accrual of Interest and Maturity. The Revolving Credit Notes, and all principal and interest outstanding thereunder, shall mature and become due and payable in full on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, and each Advance evidenced by the Revolving Credit Notes from time to time outstanding hereunder shall, from and after the date of such Advance, bear interest at its Applicable Interest Rate. The amount and date of each Revolving Credit Advance, its Applicable Interest Rate, its Interest Period, and the amount and date of any repayment shall be noted on Agent's records, which records may be kept electronically and which will be conclusive evidence thereof, absent

22

manifest error; provided, however, that any failure by the Agent to record any such information shall not relieve Borrowers of their respective obligations to repay the outstanding principal amount of such Advance, all interest accrued thereon and any amount payable with respect thereto in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

2.3 Requests for Advances and Requests for Refundings and Conversions of Revolving Credit Advances. Borrowers may request a Revolving Credit Advance, refund any Revolving Credit Advance in the same type of Revolving Credit Advance or convert any Revolving Credit Advance to any other type of Revolving Credit Advance only after delivery to Agent of a Request for Revolving Credit Advance executed by a person authorized by Borrowers to make such requests on behalf of Borrowers or by telephone request as described in subclause (e) below, subject to the following and to the remaining provisions hereof:

(a) each such Request for Revolving Credit Advance shall set forth the information required on the Request for Revolving Credit Advance including without limitation:

(i) the proposed date of Revolving Credit Advance, which must be a Business Day;

(ii) whether the Revolving Credit Advance is a refunding or conversion of an outstanding Revolving Credit Advance; and

(iii) whether such Revolving Credit Advance is to be a Prime-based Advance or a Eurocurrency-based Advance, and, except in the case of a Prime-based Advance, the Interest Period applicable thereto;

(b) each such Request for Revolving Credit Advance shall be delivered to Agent by 11:00 a.m. (Detroit time) three (3) Business Days prior to the proposed date of Revolving Credit Advance, except in the case of a Prime-based Advance, for which the Request for Revolving Credit Advance must be delivered by 12:00 noon (Detroit time) on such proposed date and except for the initial Revolving Credit Advance if at least three Business Days prior to the Effective Date Borrowers have requested a Eurocurrency-based Advance as provided below;

(c) the principal amount of such requested Revolving Credit Advance, plus the principal amount of all other Advances then outstanding hereunder, plus the Letter of Credit Obligations, less the principal amount of any outstanding Revolving Credit Advance to be refunded by the requested Revolving Credit Advance shall not exceed the lesser of the then applicable (i) Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment and (ii) Borrowing Base;

(d) the principal amount of such Revolving Credit Advance, plus the amount of any other outstanding Indebtedness under this Agreement to be then combined therewith having the same Applicable Interest Rate and Interest Period, if any, shall be (i) in the case

23

of a Prime-based Advance at least Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000) and (ii) in the case of a Eurocurrency-based Advance at least Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000) and at any one time there shall not be in effect more than five (5) Interest Periods with respect to the Revolving Credit;

(e) each Request for Revolving Credit Advance shall constitute and include a certification by Borrowers as of the date thereof that:

(i) to the best knowledge of Borrowers all conditions to Advances of the Revolving Credit have been satisfied or waived;

(ii) there is no Default or Event of Default in existence, and none will exist upon the making of the Advance; and

(iii) the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects and shall be true and correct in all material respects as of and immediately after the making of the Advance, except to the extent a representation or warranty is made as of a specific date.

Agent, acting on behalf of the Banks, may, at its option, lend under this Section 2 upon the telephone request of an authorized officer of a Borrower and, in the event Agent, acting on behalf of the Banks, makes any such Advance upon a telephone request, the requesting officer shall, if so requested by Agent, fax to Agent, within one (1) Business Day of such telephone request, a Request for Advance. Borrowers hereby authorize Agent to disburse Advances under this Section 2.3 pursuant to the telephone instructions of any person purporting to be a person identified by name on a written list of persons authorized by the Borrowers to make Requests for Advance on behalf of the Borrowers. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrowers acknowledge that Borrowers shall bear all risk of loss resulting from disbursements made upon any telephone request, unless the Agent disburses Advances on the instructions of a person not purporting to be a person in the aforementioned list or the Agent otherwise acts with bad faith or gross negligence or acts in a manner which constitutes willful misconduct. Each telephone request for an Advance shall constitute a certification of the matters set forth in the Request for Advance form as of the date of such requested Advance.

2.4 Disbursement of Revolving Credit Advances.

(a) Upon receiving any Request for a Revolving Credit Advance from Borrowers under Section 2.3 hereof, Agent shall promptly notify each Bank by wire, telecopy, telex or by telephone (confirmed by wire, telecopy or telex) of the amount of such Revolving Credit Advance to be made and the date such Advance is to be made by said Bank pursuant to its Percentage of the Revolving Credit Advance. Unless such Bank's commitment to make Revolving Credit Advances hereunder shall have been suspended or terminated in accordance with this Agreement, each Bank shall send the amount of its Percentage of the

24

Advance in same day funds in Dollars to Agent at the office of Agent located at One Detroit Center, 500 Woodward Avenue, Detroit, Michigan 48226-3289 not later than 3:00 p.m. (Detroit time) on the date of such Advance.

(b) Subject to submission of a Request for Revolving Credit Advance delivered in accordance with Section 2.3 hereof by Borrowers without exceptions noted in the compliance certification therein and to the other terms and conditions hereof, Agent shall make available to Borrowers the aggregate of the amounts so received by it from the Banks under this Section 2.4, in like funds, not later than 4:00 p.m. (Detroit time) on the date of such Revolving Credit Advance by credit to an account of Borrowers maintained with Agent or to such other account or third party as Borrowers may reasonably direct.

(c) Unless Agent shall have been notified by any Bank prior to the date of any proposed Revolving Credit Advance that such Bank does not intend to make available to Agent such Bank's Percentage of the Revolving Credit Advance, Agent may assume that such Bank has made such amount available to Agent on such date, as aforesaid and may, in its sole discretion and without obligation to do so, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to Borrowers a corresponding amount. If such amount is not in fact made available to Agent by such Bank in accordance with Section 2.4(a), as aforesaid, Agent shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Bank. If such Bank does not pay such amount forthwith upon Agent's demand therefor, the Agent shall promptly notify Borrowers, and Borrowers shall pay such amount to Agent. Agent shall also be entitled to recover from such Bank or from Borrowers, as the case may be but without duplication, interest on such amount in respect of each day from the date such amount was made available by Agent to Borrowers to the date such amount is recovered by Agent, at a rate per annum equal to:

(i) in the case of such Bank, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for the first two (2) Business Days such amount remains unpaid and at the rate of interest applicable to the Revolving Credit Advances thereafter; or

(ii) in the case of Borrowers, the rate of interest then applicable to the Revolving Credit Advance.

The obligation of any Bank to make any Revolving Credit Advance hereunder shall not be affected by the failure of any other Bank to make any Revolving Credit Advance hereunder, and no Bank shall have any liability to Borrowers, the Agent, any other Bank, or any other party for another Bank's failure to make any loan or Revolving Credit Advance hereunder.

2.5 Prime-based Advance in Absence of Election or Upon Default. If, as to any outstanding Eurocurrency-based Advance, Agent has not received payment on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, or does not receive a timely Request for Revolving Credit Advance meeting the requirements of Section 2.3 hereof with respect to the refunding or conversion of such Advance, or, subject to Section 5.6 hereof, if on such day a Default or Event of Default shall

25

exist, the principal amount thereof which is not then prepaid shall be converted automatically to a Prime-based Advance and the Agent shall thereafter promptly notify Borrowers of said action.

2.6 Revolving Credit Commitment Fee. From the Effective Date to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent for distribution to the Banks pro-rata in accordance with their respective percentages, a Revolving Credit Commitment Fee quarterly in arrears commencing January 1, 1999 (in respect of the prior fiscal quarter or portion thereof), and on the first day of each fiscal quarter thereafter. The Revolving Credit Commitment Fee shall be equal to the sum of the Applicable Commitment Fee Percentage times the daily amount by which the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment then in effect less the aggregate daily undrawn amount of any Letters of Credit exceeds the principal amount of Advances outstanding from time to time under the Revolving Credit computed on a daily basis. The Revolving Credit Commitment Fee shall be computed on the basis of a year of three hundred sixty
(360) days and assessed for the actual number of days elapsed. Whenever any payment of the Revolving Credit Commitment Fee shall be due on a day which is not a Business Day, the date for payment thereof shall be extended to the next Business Day. Upon receipt of such payment, Agent shall make prompt payment to each Bank of its share of the Revolving Credit Commitment Fee based upon its respective Percentage. It is expressly understood that the Revolving Credit Commitment Fees described in this Section are not refundable under any circumstances.

2.7 Reduction of Indebtedness; Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment. If at any time and for any reason the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Credit Advances hereunder to Borrowers, plus the Letter of Credit Obligations which shall be outstanding at such time, shall exceed the lesser of the then applicable (i) Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment and (ii) Borrowing Base, the Borrowers shall immediately reduce any pending request for an Advance on such day by the amount of such excess and, to the extent any excess remains thereafter, immediately repay an amount of the Indebtedness equal to such excess and, to the extent such Indebtedness consists of Letter of Credit Obligations, provide cash collateral on the basis set forth in Section 10.2 hereof. Borrowers acknowledge that, in connection with any repayment required hereunder, it shall also be responsible for the reimbursement of any prepayment or other costs required under Section 12.1 hereof; provided, however, that Borrowers may, in their discretion, in order to reduce any such prepayment costs and expenses, first prepay such portion of the Indebtedness then carried as a Prime-based Advance, if any.

2.8 Optional Reduction or Termination of Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment. The Borrowers may, upon at least five (5) Business Days' prior written notice to Agent, permanently reduce the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment in whole at any time, or in part from time to time, without premium or penalty, provided that: (i) each partial reduction of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment shall be in an aggregate amount equal to at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) or a larger integral multiple of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000); (ii) each reduction shall be accompanied by the payment of the Revolving Credit Commitment Fee, if any, accrued to the date of such reduction; (iii) the Borrowers shall prepay in accordance with the terms hereof the amount, if any, by which the sum of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of Revolving Credit Advances, plus the Letter of Credit Obligations, exceeds the then applicable Revolving Credit

26

Aggregate Commitment, taking into account the aforesaid reductions thereof, together with accrued but unpaid interest on the principal amount of such prepaid Advances to the date of prepayment; and (iv) no reduction shall reduce the amount of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment to an amount which is less than the Letter of Credit Obligations at such time. Reductions of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment and any accompanying prepayments of the Revolving Credit Notes shall be distributed by Agent to each Bank in accordance with such Bank's Percentage thereof, and will not be available for reinstatement by or readvance to Borrowers. Any reductions of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment hereunder shall reduce each Bank's portion thereof proportionately (based upon the applicable Percentages), and shall be permanent and irrevocable. Any payments made pursuant to this Section shall be applied first to outstanding Prime-based Advances under the Revolving Credit.

2.9 Extension of Revolving Credit Maturity Date. (a) Provided that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrowers may, by written notice to Agent (with sufficient copies for each Bank) (which notice shall be irrevocable and which shall not be deemed effective unless actually received by Agent) prior to October 1, but not before August 1, of each fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 1999), request that the Banks extend the then applicable Revolving Credit Maturity Date to a date that is one year later than the Revolving Credit Maturity Date then in effect (each such request, a "Request"). Each Bank shall, not later than November 1 of such fiscal year, give written notice to the Agent stating whether such Bank is willing to extend the Revolving Credit Maturity Date as requested. If Agent has received the aforesaid written approvals of such Request from each of the Banks, then, effective upon the date of Agent's receipt of all such written approvals from the Banks, as aforesaid, the Revolving Credit Maturity Date shall be so extended for an additional one year period, the term Revolving Credit Maturity Date shall mean such extended date and Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers that such extension has occurred.

(b) If (i) any Bank gives the Agent written notice that it is unwilling to extend the Revolving Credit Maturity Date as requested or (ii) any Bank fails to provide written approval to Agent of such a Request on or before the November 1 of such fiscal year, then (w) the Banks shall be deemed to have declined to extend the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, (x) the then-current Revolving Credit Maturity Date shall remain in effect (with no further right on the part of Borrowers to request extensions thereof under this Section 2.9), and
(y) the commitments of the Banks to make Advances of the Revolving Credit hereunder shall terminate on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date then in effect, and Agent shall promptly notify Borrowers thereof.

2.10 Administrative Fee. On the Effective Date and on each anniversary of the Effective Date, Borrowers shall pay to Agent for its own account an annual non-refundable agency fee in the amount of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) plus an amount equal to Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) multiplied by the number of Banks (other than the Bank acting as Agent) who are signatories hereto on the applicable payment date.

27

3. LETTERS OF CREDIT

3.1 Letters of Credit. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Issuing Bank shall through its Issuing Office, at any time and from time to time from and after the date hereof until thirty (30) days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, upon the written request of an Account Party accompanied by a duly executed Letter of Credit Agreement, and such other documentation related to the requested Letter of Credit as the Issuing Bank may reasonably require, issue Letters of Credit for the account of such Account Party, in an aggregate amount for all Letters of Credit issued hereunder at any one time outstanding not to exceed an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the Letter of Credit Maximum Amount and (ii) the then applicable Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment minus the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Credit Advances at such time outstanding. Each Letter of Credit shall be in a minimum face amount of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) (or such lesser amount as the Issuing Bank, in its reasonable discretion, may permit) and shall have an expiration date not later than the earlier of (i) one (1) year from the date of issuance thereof, and (ii) ten (10) Business Days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date. The submission of all applications and the issuance of each Letter of Credit hereunder shall be subject in all respects to applicable provisions of U.S. law and regulations, including without limitation, the Trading With the Enemy Act, Export Administration Act, International Emergency Economic Powers Act, and the Regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

3.2 Conditions to Issuance. No Letter of Credit shall be issued at the request and for the account of any Account Party unless, as of the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit:

(a) the face amount of the Letter of Credit requested, plus the Letter of Credit Obligations, plus the aggregate amount of Revolving Credit Advances does not exceed an amount equal to the lesser of the then applicable (i) Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment and
(ii) Borrowing Base;

(b) both immediately before and immediately after issuance of the Letter of Credit requested, no Default or Event of Default exists;

(c) the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true in all material respects as if made on such date, except to the extent a representation or warranty is made as of a specific date;

(d) the Account Party requesting the Letter of Credit shall have delivered to Issuing Bank at its Issuing Office (with a copy sent by Account Party to the Agent), not less than three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date for issuance (or such shorter time as the Issuing Bank, in its reasonable discretion, may permit), the Letter of Credit Agreement related thereto, together with such other documents and materials as may be required pursuant to the terms thereof, and the terms of the proposed Letter of Credit shall be satisfactory to Issuing Bank and its Issuing Office;

28

(e) no order, judgment or decree of any court, arbitrator or governmental authority shall purport by its terms to enjoin or restrain Issuing Bank from issuing the requested Letter of Credit, or any Bank from taking an assignment of its Percentage thereof pursuant to Section 3.6 hereof, and no law, rule, regulation, request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) shall prohibit or request that Issuing Bank refrain from issuing, or any Bank refrain from taking an assignment of its Percentage of, the Letter of Credit requested or letters of credit generally;

(f) there shall have been no introduction of or change in the interpretation of any law or regulation that would make it unlawful or unduly burdensome for the Issuing Bank to issue or for any Bank to take an assignment of its Percentage of the requested Letter of Credit, no declaration of a general banking moratorium by banking authorities in the United States, Michigan or the respective jurisdictions in which the Banks, the applicable Account Party and the beneficiary of the requested Letter of Credit are located (each a "Banking Authority"), and no establishment of any new material restrictions by any Banking Authority on transactions involving letters of credit or on banks materially affecting the issuance of letters of credit by banks; and

(g) Issuing Bank shall have received the issuance fee required in connection with the issuance of such Letter of Credit pursuant to
Section 3.5 hereof.

Each Letter of Credit Agreement submitted to Issuing Bank pursuant hereto shall constitute the certification by the Borrowers and the Account Party of the matters set forth in this Section 3.2 (a) through (f). The Issuing Bank shall be entitled to rely on such certification without any duty of inquiry.

3.3 Notice. The Issuing Bank will deliver to the Agent, concurrently or promptly following its delivery of any Letter of Credit, a true and complete copy of each Letter of Credit. Promptly upon its receipt thereof, Agent shall give notice, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit C, to each Bank of the issuance of each Letter of Credit, specifying the amount thereof and the amount of such Bank's Percentage thereof.

3.4 Letter of Credit Fees. Borrowers shall pay to the Agent for distribution to the Issuing Bank and the Banks in accordance with the Percentages, Letter of Credit Fees as follows:

(a) A per annum Letter of Credit Fee with respect to the undrawn amount of each Letter of Credit issued pursuant hereto in the amount of the Applicable L/C Fee Percentage, exclusive of the facing fee to be paid to Issuing Bank under Section 3.5 hereof.

(b) If any change in any law or regulation or in the interpretation thereof by any court or administrative or governmental authority charged with the administration thereof shall either (i) impose, modify or cause to be deemed applicable any reserve, special deposit, limitation or similar requirement against letters of credit issued by or participated in, or assets held by, or deposits in or for the account of, Issuing Bank or any Bank or (ii) impose

29

on Issuing Bank or any of the Banks any other condition regarding this Agreement or the Letters of Credit, and the result of any event referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above shall be to increase in an amount deemed material by Issuing Bank or such Bank the cost or expense to Issuing Bank or the Banks of issuing or maintaining or participating in any of the Letters of Credit (which increase in cost or expense shall be determined by the Issuing Bank's or such Bank's reasonable allocation of the aggregate of such cost increases and expense resulting from such events), then, upon demand by the Issuing Bank or such Bank, as the case may be, the Borrowers shall, within thirty days following demand for payment, pay to Issuing Bank or such Bank, as the case may be, from time to time as specified by the Issuing Bank or such Bank, additional amounts which shall be sufficient to compensate the Issuing Bank or such Bank for such increased cost and expense, together with interest on each such amount from thirty days after the date demanded until payment in full thereof at the Prime-based Rate. A certificate as to such increased cost or expense incurred by the Issuing Bank or such Bank, as the case may be, as a result of any event mentioned in clause (i) or (ii) above, shall be promptly submitted to the Borrowers and shall be conclusive evidence, absent manifest error, as to the amount thereof.

(c) All payments by the Borrowers to the Agent for distribution to the Issuing Bank or the Banks under this Section 3.4 shall be made in Dollars and in immediately available funds at the principal office of the Agent or such other office of the Agent as may be designated from time to time by written notice to the Borrowers by the Agent. The fees described in clause (a) above shall be nonrefundable under all circumstances and shall be payable quarterly in advance (or such lesser period, if applicable, for Letters of Credit issued with stated expiration dates of less than one year) upon the issuance of each such Letter of Credit, and shall be calculated on the basis of a 360 day year and assessed for the actual number of days from the date of the issuance thereof to the stated expiration thereof

3.5 Facing Fees. In connection with the Letters of Credit, and in addition to the Letter of Credit Fees (excluding a letter of credit facing fee of the greater of (i) one tenth percentage point (1/10%) per annum on the undrawn amount of each Letter of Credit and (ii) $250.00 to be paid by Agent to Issuing Bank for its own account), the Borrowers and the applicable Account Party shall pay, for the sole account of the Issuing Bank, standard documentation, administration, payment and cancellation charges assessed by Issuing Bank or its Issuing Office, at the times, in the amounts and on the terms set forth or to be set forth from time to time in the standard fee schedule of Issuing Office in effect from time to time.

3.6 Draws and Demands for Payment Under Letters of Credit.

(a) The Borrowers and each applicable Account Party agree to pay to the Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank, on the day on which the Issuing Bank shall honor a draft or other demand for payment presented or made under any Letter of Credit, an amount equal to the amount paid by the Issuing Bank in respect of such draft or other demand under such Letter of Credit and all reasonable expenses paid or incurred by the Issuing Bank relative thereto. Unless the Borrowers or the applicable Account Party shall have made such payment

30

to the Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank on such day, upon each such payment by the Issuing Bank, the Agent shall be deemed to have disbursed to the Borrowers, and the Borrowers shall be deemed to have elected to substitute for their Reimbursement Obligation, a Prime-based Advance from the Banks in an amount equal to the amount so paid by the Issuing Bank in respect of such draft or other demand under such Letter of Credit. Such Prime-based Advance shall be disbursed notwithstanding any failure to satisfy any conditions for disbursement of any Advance set forth in Article 2 hereof and, to the extent of the Prime-based Advance so disbursed, the Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrowers or the applicable Account Party to the Agent under this Section 3.6 shall be deemed satisfied.

(b) If the Issuing Bank shall honor a draft or other demand for payment presented or made under any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank shall provide notice thereof to the Borrowers and the applicable Account Party on the date such draft or demand is honored, and to each Bank on such date unless the Borrowers or applicable Account Party shall have satisfied its Reimbursement Obligation under Section 3.6(a) by payment to the Agent on such date. The Issuing Bank shall further use reasonable efforts to provide notice to the Borrowers or applicable Account Party prior to honoring any such draft or other demand for payment, but such notice, or the failure to provide such notice, shall not affect the rights or obligations of the Issuing Bank with respect to any Letter of Credit or the rights and obligations of the parties hereto, including without limitation the obligations of the Borrowers or applicable Account Party under Section 3.6(a) hereof.

(c) Upon issuance by the Issuing Bank of each Letter of Credit hereunder, each Bank shall automatically acquire a pro rata risk participation interest in such Letter of Credit and related Letter of Credit Payment based on its respective Percentage. Each Bank, on the date a draft or demand under any Letter of Credit is honored, shall make its Percentage share of the amount paid by the Issuing Bank, and not reimbursed by the Borrowers or applicable Account Party by payment to the Agent on such day, available in immediately available funds at the principal office of the Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank. If and to the extent such Bank shall not have made such pro rata portion available to the Agent, such Bank, the Borrowers and the applicable Account Party severally agree to pay to the Issuing Bank forthwith on demand such amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount was paid by the Issuing Bank until such amount is so made available to the Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank at a per annum rate equal to the interest rate applicable during such period to the related Advance disbursed under Section 3.6(a) in respect of the Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrowers and the applicable Account Party. If such Bank shall pay such amount to the Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank together with such interest, such amount so paid shall constitute a Prime-based Advance by such Bank disbursed in respect of the Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrowers or applicable Account Party under Section 3.6(a) for purposes of this Agreement, effective as of the date such amount was paid by the Issuing Bank. The failure of any Bank to make its pro rata portion of any such amount paid by the Issuing Bank available to the Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank shall not relieve any other Bank of its obligation to make available its

31

pro rata portion of such amount, but no Bank shall be responsible for failure of any other Bank to make such pro rata portion available to the Agent for the account Issuing Bank.

(d) Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require or authorize any Bank other than the Issuing Bank to issue any Letter of Credit, it being recognized that the Issuing Bank shall be the sole issuer of Letters of Credit under this Agreement.

3.7 Obligations Irrevocable. The obligations of Borrowers and any Account Party to make payments to Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank or of the Banks with respect to Reimbursement Obligations under Section 3.6 hereof, shall be unconditional and irrevocable and not subject to any qualification or exception whatsoever, including, without limitation:

(a) Any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or any documentation relating to any Letter of Credit or to any transaction related in any way to such Letter of Credit (the "Letter of Credit Documents");

(b) Any amendment, modification, waiver, consent, or any substitution, exchange or release of or failure to perfect any interest in collateral or security, with respect to any of the Letter of Credit Documents;

(c) The existence of any claim, setoff, defense or other right which either Borrower or any Account Party may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any persons or entities for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any other Bank or any other person or entity, whether in connection with any of the Letter of Credit Documents, the transactions contemplated herein or therein or any unrelated transactions;

(d) Any draft or other statement or document presented under any Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

(e) Absent gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Issuing Bank or Banks, any failure, omission, delay or lack on the part of the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any other Bank or any party to any of the Letter of Credit Documents to enforce, assert or exercise any right, power or remedy conferred upon the Agent, the Issuing Bank, any other Bank or any such party under this Agreement, any of the Loan Documents or any of the Letter of Credit Documents, or any other acts or omissions on the part of the Agent, the Issuing Bank, any other Bank or any such party; or

(f) Absent gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Issuing Bank or Banks, any other event or circumstance that would, in the absence of this Section 3.7, result in the release or discharge by operation of law or otherwise of either Borrower or any Account Party from the performance or observance of any obligation, covenant or agreement contained in Section 3.6.

32

No setoff, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any obligation or any defense of any kind or nature which either Borrower or any Account Party has or may have against the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit shall be available hereunder to Borrowers or any Account Party against the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any other Bank. Nothing contained in this Section 3.7 shall be deemed to prevent the Borrowers or the Account Parties, after satisfaction in full of the absolute and unconditional obligations of the Borrowers and the Account Parties hereunder from asserting in a separate action any claim, defense, set off or other right which they (or any of them) may have against Agent or any Bank.

3.8 Risk Under Letters of Credit. (a) In the handling of Letters of Credit and any security therefor, or any documents or instruments given in connection therewith, and notwithstanding the granting of risk participation hereunder, the Issuing Bank shall have the sole right to take or refrain from taking any and all actions under or upon the Letters of Credit

(b) Subject to other terms and conditions of this Agreement, Issuing Bank shall issue the Letters of Credit and shall hold the documents related thereto in its own name and shall make all collections thereunder and otherwise administer the Letters of Credit in accordance with Issuing Bank's regularly established practices and procedures and, Issuing Bank will have no further obligation with respect thereto. In the administration of Letters of Credit, Issuing Bank shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted on the advice of counsel, accountants, appraisers or other experts selected by Issuing Bank with due care and Issuing Bank may rely upon any notice, communication, certificate or other statement from any Borrower, any Account Party, beneficiaries of Letters of Credit, or any other Person which Issuing Bank believes to be authentic. Issuing Bank, will, upon request, furnish the Banks with copies of Letter of Credit Agreements, Letters of Credit and documents related thereto.

(c) In connection with the issuance and administration of Letters of Credit and the assignments hereunder, Issuing Bank makes no representation and shall, subject to Section 3.7 hereof, have no responsibility with respect to (i) the obligations of Borrowers or any Account Party or, the validity, sufficiency or enforceability of any document or instrument given in connection therewith, (ii) the financial condition of, any representations made by, or any act or omission of Borrowers, the applicable Account Party or any other Person, or (iii) any failure or delay in exercising any rights or powers possessed by Issuing Bank in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit, in the absence of its gross negligence or willful misconduct. Each of the Banks expressly acknowledge that they have made and will continue to make their own evaluations of Borrowers' creditworthiness without reliance on any representation of Issuing Bank or Issuing Bank's officers, agents and employees.

(d) If at any time Agent or the Issuing Bank shall recover any part of any unreimbursed amount for any draw or other demand for payment under a Letter of Credit, or any interest thereon, Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, shall receive same for the pro rata benefit of the Banks in accordance with their respective Percentage interests therein and shall promptly deliver to each Bank its share thereof, less such Bank's pro rata

33

share of the costs of such recovery, including court costs and attorney's fees. If at any time any Bank shall receive from any source whatsoever any payment on any such unreimbursed amount or interest thereon in excess of such Bank's Percentage share of such payment, such Bank will promptly pay over such excess to Agent, for redistribution in accordance with this Agreement.

3.9 Indemnification. (a) Each Borrower and each Account Party hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold harmless the Banks, the Issuing Bank and the Agent, and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents, from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever which the Banks, the Issuing Bank or the Agent or any such Person may incur or which may be claimed against any of them by reason of or in connection with any Letter of Credit, and none of the Issuing Bank, any Bank or the Agent or any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable or responsible for: (i) the use which may be made of any Letter of Credit or for any acts or omissions of any beneficiary in connection therewith; (ii) the validity, sufficiency or genuineness of documents or of any endorsement thereon, even if such documents should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, fraudulent or forged; (iii) payment by the Issuing Bank to the beneficiary under any Letter of Credit against presentation of documents which do not strictly comply with the terms of any Letter of Credit (unless such payment resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Bank), including failure of any documents to bear any reference or adequate reference to such Letter of Credit; (iv) any error, omission, interruption or delay in transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit; or (v) any other event or circumstance whatsoever arising in connection with any Letter of Credit; provided, however, that with respect to this Section 3.9(a), Borrowers and Account Parties shall not be required to indemnify the Issuing Bank, the other Banks and the Agent and such other persons to the extent that damages resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party seeking indemnification. The Issuing Bank shall be liable to Borrowers and the Account Parties to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or incidental, damages suffered by Borrowers and the Account Parties which were caused by the Issuing Bank's (i) wrongful dishonor of any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary thereunder of a draft or other demand for payment and other documentation strictly complying with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross negligence or (iv) willful misconduct.

(b) It is understood that in making any payment under a Letter of Credit the Issuing Bank will rely on documents presented to it under such Letter of Credit as to any and all matters set forth therein without further investigation and regardless of any notice or information to the contrary.

3.10 Right of Reimbursement. Each Bank agrees to reimburse the Issuing Bank on demand (by payment to the Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank), pro rata in accordance with their Percentages, for (i) the reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Issuing Bank to be reimbursed by Borrowers or any Account Party pursuant to any Letter of Credit Agreement or any Letter of Credit, to the extent not reimbursed by Borrowers or Account Party and
(ii) any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, fees, expenses or

34

disbursements of any kind and nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against Issuing Bank (in its capacity as issuer of any Letter of Credit) in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any documentation or any transaction relating thereto, or any Letter of Credit Agreement, except to the extent that such liabilities, losses, costs or expenses were incurred by Issuing Bank as a result of Issuing Bank's
(i) bad faith, (ii) gross negligence, (iii) willful misconduct or (iv) wrongful dishonor of any Letter of Credit.

4A. TERM LOANS-A

4A.1 Term Loan. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Bank, severally and for itself alone, agrees to lend to the Borrowers in a single disbursement on the Effective Date an amount equal to such Bank's Percentage of the Term Loan-A.

4A.2 Term Loan Notes.

(a) Each Bank's portion of the Term Loan-A shall be evidenced by a promissory note of the Borrowers, substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereof, with appropriate insertions as to payee, date and principal amount, payable to the order of such Bank, and in a principal amount equal to such Bank's Percentage of the Term Loan-A made by such Bank.

(b) Each Advance of the Term Loan-A evidenced by the Term Notes from time to time outstanding hereunder shall, from and after the Effective Date until the Term Loan-A Maturity Date, bear interest at its Applicable Interest Rate. The amount and date of each Advance, its Applicable Interest Rate, its Interest Period, and the amount and date of any repayment shall be noted on Agent's records, which records may be kept electronically and which will be conclusive evidence thereof, absent manifest error; provided, however, that any failure by the Agent to record any such information shall not relieve the Borrowers of their respective obligations to repay the outstanding principal amount of such Advance, all interest accrued thereon and any amount payable with respect thereto in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(c) Subject to the terms hereof until the Term Loan-A Maturity Date, when all unpaid principal plus accrued interest thereon shall be paid in full, the outstanding principal under the Term Loan shall be repaid, in quarterly principal installments, commencing on January 1, 1999 each in the amount set forth below:

Installment No.                       Amount
---------------                     ----------
     1-4                            $  750,000
     5-8                            $1,000,000
     9-12                           $1,250,000
    13-16                           $1,250,000
    17-20                           $1,500,000
    21-24                           $1,750,000

35

4A3. Term Loan Rate Requests: Refundings and Conversions of Advances of Term Loans. The Term Loan-A advanced by the Banks pursuant to Section 4A.1 hereof shall be initially carried at the Prime-based Rate unless at least three Business Days prior to the Effective Date Borrowers have requested a Eurocurrency-based Advance as provided below. Thereafter, the Borrowers may convert all or any portion of any Advance of the Term Loan-A as a Eurocurrency-based Advance or a Prime-based Advance, as the case may be, and may refund all or any portion of any Advance of the Term Loan-A as an Advance with a like Interest Period or convert any Advance of a Term Loan-A to an Advance with a different Interest Period, but only after delivery to Agent of a Term Loan Rate Request executed by an authorized officer of the Borrowers and subject to the terms hereof and to the following:

(a) each such Term Loan Rate Request shall set forth the information required on the Term Loan Rate Request form attached hereto as Exhibit I with respect to such Term Loan, including without limitation:

(i) whether the Advance is a refunding or conversion of an outstanding Advance;

(ii) the proposed date of such refunding or conversion, which must be a Business Day; and

(iii) Whether such Advance (or any portion thereof) is to be a Prime-based Advance or a Eurocurrency-based Advance, and, except in the case of a Prime-based Advance, the Interest Period(s) applicable thereto.

(b) each such Term Loan Rate Request shall be delivered to Agent by 11:00 a.m. (Detroit time) three (3) Business Days prior to the proposed date of Advance, except in the case of a Prime-based Advance, for which the Term Loan Rate Request must be delivered by 10 a.m. on the proposed date of Advance;

(c) the principal amount of such Advance of a Term Loan, plus the amount of any other Advance of such Term Loan to be then combined therewith having the same Applicable Interest Rate and Interest Period, if any, shall be (i) in the case of a Prime-based Advance at least Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000), or the remaining principal balance outstanding under such Term Loan, whichever is less, and (ii) in the case of a Eurocurrency based Advance at least Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000) or the remaining principal balance outstanding under such Term Loan, whichever is less, or in each case a larger integral multiple of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000);

(d) no Advance shall have an Interest Period ending after the applicable Term Loan Maturity Date, and, notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, the Borrowers shall select Interest Periods (or the Prime-based Rate) for sufficient portions of the Term Loan such that the Borrowers may make its required principal

36

payments hereunder on a timely basis and otherwise in accordance with Section 4A.2 or Section 5.8;

(e) upon completion of the Advance there shall be no more than four (4) Interest Periods in effect for Advances of the Term Loan-A;

(f) a Term Loan Rate Request, once delivered to Agent, shall not be revocable by the Borrowers unless the Borrowers have received a notice from the Agent of the type specified in
Section 12.3 or Section 12.4; and

(g) in connection with the initial Advance of the Term Loan-A, the Borrowers shall have executed and delivered the Term Notes applicable to such Term Loan.

Each selection of an Interest Period under this Section 4A.3, and the amount and date of any repayment, shall be noted on Agent's records, which records will be conclusive evidence thereof, absent manifest error.

4A.4 Failure to Refund or Convert. In the event the Borrowers shall fail with respect to any Eurocurrency-based Advance of a Term Loan to timely exercise its option to refund or convert such Advance in accordance with Section 4A.3 hereof (and such Advance has not been paid in full on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto according to the terms hereof), or, subject to Section 5.6 hereof, if on such day a Default or Event of Default shall exist, the principal amount of such Advance which has not been prepaid shall be automatically converted to a Prime-based Advance and the Agent shall thereafter promptly notify the Borrowers thereof.

4B. TERM LOANS-B

4B.1 Term Loan. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Bank, severally and for itself alone, agrees to lend to the Borrowers in a single disbursement on the Effective Date an amount equal to such Bank's Percentage of the Term Loan-B.

4B.2 Term Loan Notes.

(a) Each Bank's portion of the Term Loan-B shall be evidenced by a promissory note of the Borrowers, substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereof, with appropriate insertions as to payee, date and principal amount, payable to the order of such Bank, and in a principal amount equal to such Bank's Percentage of the Term Loan-B made by such Bank.

(b) Each Advance of the Term Loan-B evidenced by the Term Notes from time to time outstanding hereunder shall, from and after the Effective Date until the Term Loan-B Maturity Date, bear interest at its Applicable Interest Rate. The amount and date of each Advance, its Applicable Interest Rate, its Interest Period, and the amount and date of any repayment shall be noted on Agent's records, which records may be kept electronically and which will be conclusive evidence thereof, absent manifest error; provided, however, that any failure by the Agent to record any such

37

information shall not relieve the Borrowers of their respective obligations to repay the outstanding principal amount of such Advance, all interest accrued thereon and any amount payable with respect thereto in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(c) Subject to the terms hereof until the Term Loan-B Maturity Date, when all unpaid principal plus accrued interest thereon shall be paid in full, the outstanding principal under the Term Loan shall be repaid, in quarterly principal installments, commencing on January 1, 1999 each in the amount set forth below:

Installment No.                        Amount
---------------                      ----------
      1-20                           $  150,000
     21-24                           $1,250,000
     25-28                           $3,000,000

4B.3 Term Loan Rate Requests: Refundings and Conversions of Advances of Term Loans. The Term Loan-B advanced by the Banks pursuant to Section 4B.1 hereof shall be initially carried at the Prime-based Rate unless at least three Business Days prior to the Effective Date Borrowers have requested a Eurocurrency-based Advance as provided below. Thereafter, the Borrowers may convert all or any portion of any Advance of the Term Loan-B as a Eurocurrency-based Advance or a Prime-based Advance, as the case may be, and may refund all or any portion of any Advance of the Term Loan-B as an Advance with a like Interest Period or convert any Advance of a Term Loan-B to an Advance with a different Interest Period, but only after delivery to Agent of a Term Loan Rate Request executed by an authorized officer of the Borrowers and subject to the terms hereof and to the following:

(a) each such Term Loan Rate Request shall set forth the information required on the Term Loan Rate Request form attached hereto as Exhibit I with respect to such Term Loan, including without limitation:

(i) whether the Advance is a refunding or conversion of an outstanding Advance;

(ii) the proposed date of such refunding or conversion, which must be a Business Day; and

(iii) whether such Advance (or any portion thereof) is to be a Prime-based Advance or a Eurocurrency-based Advance, and, except in the case of a Prime-based Advance, the Interest Period(s) applicable thereto.

(b) each such Term Loan Rate Request shall be delivered to Agent by 11:00 a.m. (Detroit time) three (3) Business Days prior to the proposed date of Advance, except in the case of a Prime-based Advance, for which the Term Loan Rate Request must be delivered by 10 a.m. on the proposed date of Advance;

38

(c) the principal amount of such Advance of a Term Loan, plus the amount of any other Advance of such Term Loan to be then combined therewith having the same Applicable Interest Rate and Interest Period, if any, shall be (i) in the case of a Prime-based Advance at least Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000), or the remaining principal balance outstanding under such Term Loan, whichever is less, and (ii) in the case of a Eurocurrency-based Advance at least Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000) or the remaining principal balance outstanding under such Term Loan, whichever is less, or in each case a larger integral multiple of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000);

(d) no Advance shall have an Interest Period ending after the applicable Term Loan Maturity Date, and, notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, the Borrowers shall select Interest Periods (or the Prime-based Rate) for sufficient portions of the Term Loan such that the Borrowers may make its required principal payments hereunder on a timely basis and otherwise in accordance with Section 4B.2 or Section 5.8;

(e) upon completion of the Advance there shall be no more than four (4) Interest Periods in effect for Advances of the Term Loan-B;

(f) a Term Loan Rate Request, once delivered to Agent, shall not be revocable by the Borrowers unless the Borrowers have received a notice from the Agent of the type specified in
Section 12.3 or Section 12.4; and

(g) in connection with the initial Advance of the Term Loan-B, the Borrowers shall have executed and delivered the Term Notes applicable to such Term Loan.

Each selection of an Interest Period under this Section 4B.3, and the amount and date of any repayment, shall be noted on Agent's records, which records will be conclusive evidence thereof, absent manifest error.

4B.4 Failure to Refund or Convert. In the event the Borrowers shall fail with respect to any Eurocurrency-based Advance of a Term Loan to timely exercise its option to refund or convert such Advance in accordance with Section 4B.3 hereof (and such Advance has not been paid in full on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto according to the terms hereof), or, subject to Section 5.6 hereof, if on such day a Default or Event of Default shall exist, the principal amount of such Advance which has not been prepaid shall be automatically converted to a Prime-based Advance and the Agent shall thereafter promptly notify the Borrowers thereof.

5. INTEREST PAYMENTS

5.1 Prime-based Interest Payments. Interest on the unpaid balance of all Prime-based Advances from time to time outstanding that accrue until paid at a per annum interest rate equal to the Prime-based Rate, and shall be payable in immediately available funds quarterly commencing

39

on the first day of the fiscal quarter next succeeding the fiscal quarter during which the initial Advance is made and on the first day of each fiscal quarter thereafter. Interest accruing at the Prime-based Rate shall be computed on the basis of a 360 day year and assessed for the actual number of days elapsed, and in such computation effect shall be given to any change in the interest rate resulting from a change in the Prime-based Rate on the date of such change in the Prime-based Rate.

5.2 Eurocurrency-based Interest Payments. Interest on each Eurocurrency-based Advance having a related Eurocurrency-Interest Period of 3 months or less shall accrue at its Eurocurrency-based Rate and shall be payable in immediately available funds on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto. Interest shall be payable in immediately available funds on each Eurocurrency-based Advance outstanding from time to time having a Eurocurrency-Interest Period of 6 months or longer, at intervals of 3 months after the first day of the applicable Interest Period, and shall also be payable on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto. Interest accruing at the Eurocurrency-based Rate shall be computed on the basis of a 360 day year and assessed for the actual number of days elapsed from the first day of the Interest Period applicable thereto to, but not including, the last day thereof

5.3 Margin Adjustments: Adjustments in the Margin applicable to Eurodollar-based Advances and Prime-based Advances, the Applicable L/C Fee Percentage and the Applicable Commitment Fee Percentage based on the Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio, as reflected on the financial statements finished Agent and the Banks pursuant to Section 8.1 hereof, shall be given prospective effect only, effective upon the first day of January, April, July and October of each year, commencing April 1, 1999. Such Margin and other adjustments under this Section 5.3 shall be made irrespective of, and in addition to, any other interest rate adjustment hereunder.

5.4 Interest Payments on Conversions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Sections 5.1 and 5.2, all accrued and unpaid interest on any Advance refunded or converted pursuant to Section 2.3, Section 4A.3 or Section 4B.3 hereof shall be due and payable in full on the date such Advance is refunded or converted.

5.5 Interest on Default. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Sections 5.1 and 5.2, in the event and so long as any Event of Default shall exist under this Agreement, at the election of the Majority Banks interest shall be payable daily on the principal amount of all Advances from time to time outstanding (and, to the extent delinquent, on all other monetary obligations of Borrowers hereunder and under the other Loan Documents) at a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Interest Rate (calculated on the basis of the maximum Margins) in respect of each such Advance, plus, in the case of Eurocurrency-based Advances, two percent (2%) per annum for the remainder of the then existing Interest Period, if any, and at all other such times and for all Prime-based Advances, at a per annum rate equal to the Prime-based Rate, plus two percent (2%).

5.6 Prepayment of Advances. Borrowers may prepay all or part of the outstanding balance of any Prime-based Revolving Credit Advance(s) or Eurocurrency-based Advances at any time. Any prepayment made in accordance with this Section shall be without premium, penalty (except as provided in Section 12.1) or prejudice to the right to reborrow under the terms of this

40

Agreement. Any other prepayment of all or any portion of the Revolving Credit, whether by acceleration, mandatory or required prepayment or otherwise, shall be subject to Section 12.1 hereof, but otherwise without premium, penalty or prejudice. All prepayments of Revolving Credit Advances shall be made to the Agent for distribution ratably to the Banks.

5.7 Optional Prepayment of Term Loans.

(a) At its option and upon one (1) Business Day's notice to the Agent by wire, telecopy, telex or by telephone (confirmed by wire, telecopy or telex), the Borrowers may prepay any portion of the Term Loan bearing interest at the Prime-based Rate or the Eurocurrency-based Rate, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, with accrued interest on the principal being prepaid to the date of such prepayment. Any prepayment of a portion of a Term Loan as to which the Applicable Interest Rate is the Prime-based Rate shall be without premium or penalty. Any other prepayment shall be subject to the provisions of Section 12.1.

(b) Each partial prepayment of a Term Loan under this Section 5.7 shall be applied to the principal payments due thereunder in the direct order of their maturities as follows: first to that portion of the applicable Term Loan outstanding as a Prime-based Advance, second to that portion of the applicable Term Loan outstanding as Eurocurrency-based Advances which have Interest Periods ending on the date of payment, and last to any remaining Advances of the applicable Term Loan being carried at the Eurocurrency-based Rate. All prepayments of a Term Loan shall be made to the Agent for distribution ratably to the Banks in accordance with their respective Percentages.

5.8 Mandatory Prepayment of Term Loans.

(a) The Term Loans shall be subject to required principal reductions in the amount of fifty percent (50%) of Excess Cash Flow, payable in respect of each fiscal year (or portion thereof) from and including 1999 through the Term Loan-B Maturity Date, on April 30 of the year following the applicable fiscal year. Provided no Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing, such Excess Cash Flow prepayments shall be applied as between Term Loan-A and Term Loan-B as the Borrowers shall direct the Agent in writing.

(b) Immediately upon receipt by a Borrower or any Subsidiary of any Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale [excluding, however, any Asset Sale permitted pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.5(a), (b), (c), (e), (f), (i) or (j)], the Borrowers shall prepay the Term Loans by an amount equal to (i) in the case of Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of assets pursuant to Section 9.5(d) or 9.5(g) hereof, one hundred percent (100%) of such Net Cash Proceeds; provided, however, that (x) in the case of Asset Sales permitted under Section 9.5(g), Borrowers may use all or any portion of the Net Cash Proceeds of such Asset Sale to purchase replacement assets used or to be used by the Borrowers or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, in the business as permitted under Section 8.4(a) so long as (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) each such purchase is made (or a contract to make such purchases has been entered into) within 365 days following the date of such Asset Sale and (iii) the Borrowers deliver to the Agent, concurrently with or prior to the date of such Asset Sale, a certificate of an authorized officer of the Borrowers stating that such

41

Net Cash Proceeds will be so used and (y) except to the extent used to purchase replacement assets in compliance with clause (x) of this proviso, in each case, the Borrowers shall comply with the mandatory prepayments provisions of this
Section 5.8(b) hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale are derived from the sale of Inventory or Accounts, such Net Cash Proceeds, shall be applied as a prepayment of the outstanding Revolving Credit Advances, if any, in lieu of being applied to the Term Loans. Pending any reinvestment of Net Cash Proceeds as permitted under this Section 5.8(b), such Net Cash Proceeds shall be applied to prepay Revolving Credit Advances or, if not so applied and if required by the Majority Banks, the proceeds shall be deposited with Agent to be held in a cash collateral account.

(c) Mandatory prepayments under this Section 5.8 shall be in addition to any scheduled installments or optional prepayments made prior thereto and shall be subject to Section 12. Each mandatory prepayment of a Term Loan shall be applied to the principal payments due thereunder in the inverse order of their maturities as follows: first to any Advances of the Term Loan bearing interest at the Prime-based Rate, next to any Advances of the Term Loan bearing interest at the Eurocurrency-based Rate which have Interest Periods ending on the date of payment, then to any remaining Eurocurrency-based Advances of the Term Loan. All prepayments of the Term Loans hereunder shall be made to the Agent for distribution ratably to the Banks.

(d) To the extent that, on the date any mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans under this Section 5.8 is due, the Indebtedness under the Term Notes or any other Indebtedness to be prepaid is being carried, in whole or in part, at the Eurocurrency-based Rate and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrowers may deposit the amount of such mandatory prepayment in a cash collateral account to be held by the Agent, for and on behalf of the Banks (which shall be an interest-bearing account), on such terms and conditions as are reasonably acceptable to Agent and the Majority Banks. Subject to the terms and conditions of said cash collateral account, sums on deposit in said cash collateral account shall be applied (until exhausted) to reduce the principal balance of the Term Loans on the last day of each Interest Period attributable to the Eurocurrency-based Advances of the Term Loans. Interest accruing with respect to such account shall be paid to the Borrowers on a monthly basis.

6. CONDITIONS

The obligations of Banks to make Advances or loans pursuant to this Agreement and the obligation of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit are subject to the following conditions:

6.1 Execution of Notes and this Agreement. Borrowers shall have executed and delivered to Agent for the account of each Bank, the Revolving Credit Notes, the Term Notes, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which they are a party (including all schedules, exhibits, certificates, opinions, financial statements and other documents to be delivered pursuant hereto), and such Notes, and this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be in full force and effect.

6.2 Borrowing Authority. Agent shall have received, with a counterpart thereof for each Bank:

42

(a) For each Borrower, a certificate of Responsible Officer as to:

(i) resolutions of the board of directors or members, as applicable of such Borrower evidencing approval of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Notes and authorizing the execution and delivery thereof and the borrowing of Advances and the requesting of Letters of Credit hereunder,

(ii) the incumbency and signature of the officers or members, as applicable, of such Borrower executing any Loan Document,

(iii) a certificate of good standing or continued existence (or the equivalent thereof) from the state of its incorporation, and from every state or other jurisdiction listed on Schedule 6.2 hereof if issued by such jurisdiction, subject to the limitations (as to qualification and authorization to do business) contained in Section 7.1, and

(iv) copies of such Borrower's articles of incorporation and bylaws or other constitutional documents, as in effect on the Effective Date;

(b) For Parent, a certificate of an officer of Parent as to:

(i) resolutions of the board of directors of Parent evidencing approval of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and authorizing the execution and delivery of the Guaranty and the Parent Pledge Agreement,

(ii) the incumbency and signature of the officers of Parent executing any Loan Document,

(iii) a certificate of good standing or continued existence (or the equivalent thereof) from the State of Delaware, and from every state or other jurisdiction listed on Schedule 6.2 hereof if issued by such jurisdiction, subject to the limitations (as to qualification and authorization to do business) contained in Section 7.1, and

(iv) copies of Parent's articles of incorporation and bylaws or other constitutional documents, as in effect on the Effective Date;

6.3 Collateral Documents. (a) As security for all Indebtedness of Borrowers to the Banks hereunder the Agent shall have received:

(i) the Pledge Agreements, executed and delivered by Holdings and Parent to Agent;

(ii) the Security Agreements, executed and delivered by the Borrowers;

(iii) the Mortgages;

43

(iv) the Assignment; and

(v) the Guaranty.

(b) Any documents (including, without limitation, financing statements, amendments to financing statements and assignments of financing statements, and stock powers) required to be filed in connection with the Security Agreements, the Mortgages or the Pledge Agreements to create, in favor of the Agent (for and on behalf of the Banks), a perfected security interest in the Collateral thereunder shall have been delivered to the Agent in a proper form for filing or recording in each office in each jurisdiction listed in Schedule 6.3.

6.4 Acquisition Documents. (i) The Agent shall have received executed copies of the Acquisition Documents, certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrowers. The Acquisition Documents shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and each of the Acquisition Documents shall have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the parties thereto and shall be in fill force and effect. No term or provision of the Acquisition Documents shall have been modified, and no condition to consummation of the Acquisition shall have been waived, in either case in a manner materially detrimental to the Borrowers, by any of the parties thereto. The Borrowers shall have in all material respects done and performed such acts and observed such covenants which each is required to do or perform under the Acquisition Documents and in order to consummate the Acquisition on or prior to the Effective Date.

(ii) The Borrowers shall have provided evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Agent that the Acquisition has been consummated.

6.5 Equity. On or before the Effective Date, the Agent shall have received evidence that the net cash proceeds of the issuance of Equity Interests of Holdings, in an aggregate amount not less than $6,000,000, shall have been contributed to the Borrowers.

6.6 Insurance. The Agent shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that the Borrowers have obtained the insurance policies required by Section 8.5 hereof and that such insurance policies are in full force and effect.

6.7 Compliance with Certain Documents and Agreements. The Borrowers (and any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates) shall have each performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and required to be performed or complied with by each of them (as of the applicable date) and none of such parties shall be in material default in the performance or compliance with any of the terms or provisions hereof or thereof.

6.8 Opinion of Counsel. Borrowers shall furnish Agent prior to the initial Advance under this Agreement, and with signed copies for each Bank, opinions of counsel to the Borrowers and the

44

Guarantor, dated the date hereof, and covering such matters as reasonably required by and otherwise reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent and each of the Banks.

6.9 Borrowers' Certificate. The Agent shall have received, with a signed counterpart for each Bank, a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Borrowers dated the date of the making of Advances hereunder, stating that to the best of his or her knowledge after due inquiry, (a) the conditions of paragraphs 6.1, 6.3, 6.4 and 6.5 hereof have been fully satisfied; (b) the representations and warranties made by Borrowers or any other party to any of the Loan Documents (excluding the Agent and Banks) in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, shall have been true and correct in all material respects when made and shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Effective Date; and (c) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and there shall have been no material adverse change in the financial condition, properties, business, results or operations of any Borrower from June 30, 1998 to the date of the making of the first borrowing hereunder.

6.10 Payment of Fees. Borrowers shall have paid to the Agent all fees, costs and expenses required to be paid to Agent upon execution of this Agreement under the terms of this Agreement and under the terms of the commitment letter dated October 7, 1998 from Comerica Bank to Holdings;

6.11 Pro Forma Balance Sheet. The Borrowers shall have delivered to the Agent a pro forma consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (the "Pro Forma Balance Sheet") certified by a Responsible Officer of Holdings that it fairly presents the pro forma adjustments reflecting the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, including all material fees and expenses in connection therewith, subject to normal year end adjustments and the absence of footnotes.

6.12 Existing Credit Facilities. All existing Debt, other than Debt expressly permitted hereunder, together with all interest, all prepayment premiums and other amounts due and payable with respect thereto, shall have been paid in full and the related commitments terminated or amounts necessary to pay and discharge such Debt in full shall have been delivered into cash escrow arrangements reasonably satisfactory to Banks; and all Liens securing payment of any such Debt have been released and the Agent shall have received all Uniform Commercial Code Form UCC-3 terminations statements or other instruments as may be suitable or appropriate in connection therewith.

6.13 Lessors' Acknowledgments. Agent shall have received lessors' acknowledgments, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent and the Banks, in connection with the leased property described in Schedule 6.13 except for those which cannot be obtained after Borrowers have used their best efforts to obtain them.

6.14 Real Estate Documentation. Prior to or simultaneously with the delivery of any real estate subject to a Mortgage, Borrowers shall furnish Agent, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent and the Banks, the following:

45

(a) With respect to any such real estate acquired by Borrowers after the date hereof and if requested by Agent or any Lender, an appraisal of such real property prepared by an MAI appraiser, which appraisal and appraiser shall be satisfactory to Agent and the Banks. Such appraisal shall be conducted at Borrowers' expense;

(b) An environmental assessment conducted with respect to such real property by Environ Corporation or another environmental consultant experienced in such matters (and reasonably acceptable to Agent), which is in form and substance satisfactory to Agent. The assessment shall be of a scope necessary to address all concerns of Banks and may, at Banks' option, require soil, air or water testing, leak testing of underground storage tanks or other requirements warranted by the circumstances as determined by Banks. Such assessment shall be conducted at Borrowers' expense;

(c) A mortgage survey prepared at Borrowers' expense certified to Agent and to Chicago Title Insurance Company ("Title Company") from a registered land surveyor reasonably satisfactory to Agent which complies with ALTA/ACSM minimum detail requirements and which shows nothing reasonably objectionable to Agent (other than Permitted Liens);

(d) A policy of mortgage title insurance at Borrowers' expense in standard A.L.T.A. loan policy form issued by the Title Company without standard exceptions in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the appraised value of such real property and (ii) the Indebtedness, insuring that such mortgage is a first lien on such real property, that the title to such real property is in the applicable Borrower and that there are no other liens, claims or encumbrances thereon except for the Permitted Liens. The title policy shall also contain a zoning endorsement, comprehensive endorsement and such other endorsements as reasonably required by Agent; and

(e) Such other information and documentation as any Bank may reasonably request.

6.15 Other Documents and Instruments. The Agent shall have received, with a photocopy for each Bank, such other instruments and documents as each of the Banks may reasonably request in connection with the making of Advances or issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder, and all such instruments and documents shall be satisfactory in form and substance to Agent and each Bank.

6.16 Continuing Conditions. The obligations of the Banks to make Advances (including the initial Advance) under this Agreement and the obligation of the Issuing Bank to issue any Letters of Credit shall be subject to the continuing conditions that:

(a) No Default or Event of Default shall exist as of the date of the Advance or the request for the Letter of Credit; and

46

(b) Each of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and in each of the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of the Advance or Letter of Credit.

7. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrowers represent and warrant and such representations and warranties shall survive until the later of the Term Loan-B Maturity Date and the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and thereafter until the expiration of all Letters of Credit and the final payment in full of the Indebtedness (other than contingent indemnification obligations not due and payable) and the performance by Borrowers of all other obligations under this Agreement:

7.1 Corporate Authority. Each Borrower is a corporation or limited liability company, as applicable, duly organized and existing in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation or organization; each Subsidiary is a corporation or other business entity duly organized and existing in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation; and each Borrower and each Subsidiary is duly qualified and authorized to do business as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the character of its assets or the nature of its activities makes such qualification necessary and where failure to be so qualified would have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.2 Due Authorization - Borrowers. Execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any other documents and instruments required under or in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (or to be so executed and delivered), and the issuance of the Notes by Borrowers are within each Borrower's corporate or limited liability company, as applicable, powers, have been duly authorized, are not in contravention of law or the terms of any Borrower's organizational documents and, except as have been previously obtained (or as referred to in Section 7.13 below), do not require the consent or approval, material to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, of any governmental body, agency or authority.

7.3 Due Authorization - Guarantors. Execution, delivery and performance of the Guaranty, the Security Agreement, and all other documents and instruments required of Guarantors under or in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (or to be so executed and delivered), and to which each Guarantor is a party, are within the corporate powers or limited liability company powers of each such Guarantor, have been duly authorized, are not in contravention of law or the terms of such Guarantor's organizational documents, and, except as have been previously obtained (or as referred to in Section 7.13 below), do not require the consent or approval, material to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, of any governmental body, agency or authority.

7.4 Liens. There are no security interests in, liens, mortgages, or other encumbrances on and no financing statements on file with respect to any of the property owned, pledged, mortgaged

47

or otherwise encumbered (or to be encumbered) by Borrowers, any of the Guarantors or any of the Subsidiaries except for Liens permitted pursuant to
Section 9.2.

7.5 Taxes. Each Borrower, each of the Guarantors, and each of the Subsidiaries has filed on or before their respective due dates or within the applicable grace periods, all federal, state and foreign tax returns which are required to be filed or has obtained extensions for filing such tax returns and is not delinquent in filing such returns in accordance with such extensions and has paid all taxes which have become due pursuant to those returns or pursuant to any assessments received by any such party, as the case may be, to the extent such taxes have become due, except to the extent such tax payments are being actively contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate provision has been made on the books of Borrowers, such Guarantor or such Subsidiary as may be required by GAAP.

7.6 No Defaults. There exists no material default under the provisions of any instrument evidencing any indebtedness for borrowed money of either Borrower, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary which is permitted hereunder or of any agreement relating thereto.

7.7 Enforceability of Agreement and Loan Documents -- Borrowers. This Agreement, each of the other Loan Documents to which Borrowers are a party, and all other certificates, agreements and documents executed and delivered by Borrowers under or in connection herewith or therewith have each been duly executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers or members, as applicable, and constitute the valid and binding obligations of Borrowers, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforcement thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditor's rights, generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in law or equity).

7.8 Enforceability of Loan Documents -- Guarantors. The Loan Documents to which each of the Guarantors is a party, and all certificates, documents and agreements executed in connection therewith by the Guarantors have each been duly executed and delivered by the duly authorized officers or members or managers, as the case may be, of the Guarantors and constitute the valid and binding obligations of such Guarantors, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforcement thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditor's rights, generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in law or equity).

7.9 Compliance with Laws. Except as disclosed on Schedule 7.9, each Borrower, each of the Guarantors and each of the Subsidiaries has complied with all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, codes, rules, regulations and guidelines (including consent decrees and administrative orders) except to the extent that failure to comply therewith would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and except as disclosed on Schedule 7.9 hereof and except for such matters that would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and without limiting the generality of Section 7.12, there is (i) no pending or, to the knowledge of

48

Borrowers, threatened, litigation, action, proceeding or controversy affecting any Borrower, any of the Guarantors or any of the Subsidiaries, and (ii) no pending or, to the knowledge of Borrowers, threatened complaint, notice or inquiry to either Borrower, any of the Guarantors or any of the Subsidiaries, regarding potential liability of either Borrower, any of the Guarantors or any of the Subsidiaries.

7.10 Non-contravention -- Borrowers. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and upon the obtainment of any authorizations, consents, approvals, licenses, qualifications or formal exemptions required by Section 7.13, any other documents and instruments required under or in connection with this Agreement by Borrowers are not in contravention of the terms of any indenture, agreement or undertaking to which any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which its or their properties are bound or affected where such violation would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.11 Non-contravention -- Guarantors. Upon the obtainment of any authorizations, consents, approvals, licenses, qualifications or formal exemptions required by Section 7.13, the execution, delivery and performance of those Loan Documents signed by the Guarantors, and any other documents and instruments required under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document by the Guarantors are not in contravention of the terms of any indenture, agreement or undertaking to which any Guarantor or Company is a party or by which it or its properties are bound or affected where such violation would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.12 No Litigation. Except for De Minimis Matters or as set forth on Schedule 7.12, there is no suit, action, proceeding, including, without limitation, any bankruptcy proceeding, or governmental investigation pending against, or to the knowledge of Borrowers, threatened against, any Borrower, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary (other than any suit, action or proceeding in which a Borrower, such Guarantor or such Subsidiary is the plaintiff and in which no counterclaim or cross-claim against a Borrower, such Guarantor or such Subsidiary has been filed), nor has either Borrower, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary or, to the knowledge of the Borrowers any of its or their officers, members, managers, or directors, as the case may be, been subject to any suit, action, proceeding or governmental investigation as a result of which any such officer, member, manager or director is or may be entitled to indemnification by any Borrower or a Guarantor or a Subsidiary), as applicable, which suits, actions, proceedings or governmental investigations are reasonably likely to be resolved adversely to Borrowers, such Guarantor or such Subsidiary, and if so resolved are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth on Schedule 7.12, there is not outstanding against either Borrower or any Subsidiary any judgment, decree, injunction, rule, or order of any court, government, department, commission, agency, instrumentality or arbitrator nor is either Borrower, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary in violation of any applicable law, regulation, ordinance, order, injunction, decree or requirement of any governmental body or court, where such matters would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.13 Consents, Approvals and Filings, Etc. Except as have been previously obtained from time to time prior to the making of Advances or Loans, no authorization, consent, approval, license,

49

qualification or formal exemption from, nor any filing, declaration or registration with, any court, governmental agency or regulatory authority or any securities exchange or any other person or party (whether or not governmental) is required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance: (i) by Borrowers of this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents to which they are a party, or any other documents or instruments to be executed and or delivered by Borrowers in connection therewith or herewith; (ii) by any Guarantor, of any of the other Loan Documents to which such Subsidiary is a party, or (iii) by Borrowers or any of the Guarantors, of the liens, pledges, mortgages, security interests or other encumbrances granted, conveyed or otherwise established (or to be granted, conveyed or otherwise established) by or under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, except for such filings to be made concurrently herewith as are required by the Collateral Documents to perfect liens in favor of the Agent. All such authorizations, consents, approvals, licenses, qualifications, exemptions, filings, declarations and registrations which have previously been obtained or made, as the case may be, are in full force and effect and are not the subject of any attack, or to the knowledge of Borrowers threatened attack (in any material respect) by appeal or direct proceeding or otherwise.

7.14 No Investment Company or Margin Stock. Neither any Borrower, nor any Guarantor nor any Subsidiary is an "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Neither Borrower, nor any Guarantor nor any Subsidiary is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, directly or indirectly, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock. None of the proceeds of any of the Advances will be used by the Borrowers nor any Subsidiary to purchase or carry margin stock or will be made available by the Borrowers or any of its Subsidiaries in any manner to any other Person to enable or assist such Person in purchasing or carrying margin stock. Terms for which meanings are provided in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any regulations substituted therefor, as from time to time in effect, are used in this paragraph with such meanings.

7.15 ERISA. Neither any Borrower, nor any Guarantor nor any Subsidiary maintains or contributes to any Pension Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA, except as set forth on Schedule 7.15 hereto; and there is no accumulated funding deficiency within the meaning of ERISA, or any existing liability with respect to any of the Pension Plans owed to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor thereto, and no "reportable event" or "prohibited transaction", as defined in ERISA, has occurred with respect to any Pension Plan, and all such Pension Plans are in material compliance with the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code and ERISA.

7.16 Environmental and Safety Matters. Except as set forth in Schedules 7.16 and 7.12 and except for such matters as are not likely to have a Material Adverse Effect:

(a) all facilities and property owned or leased by the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries, are owned or leased by the Borrowers and the Subsidiaries in material compliance with all Hazardous Material Laws;

50

(b) to the best knowledge of the Borrowers, there have been no past, and there are no pending or threatened

(i) claims, complaints, notices or requests for information received by Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries with respect to any alleged violation of any Hazardous Material Law, or

(ii) complaints, notices or inquiries to the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries regarding potential liability under any Hazardous Material Law; and

(c) to the knowledge of the Borrowers, no conditions exist at, on or under any property now or previously owned or leased by the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries which, with the passage of time, or the giving of notice or both, would give rise to liability of the Borrowers under any Hazardous Material Law.

7.17 Subsidiaries. As of the Effective Date, and except as disclosed on Schedule 7.17 hereto, the Borrowers have no Subsidiaries.

7.18 Accuracy of Information. (a) Each of Holdings', Trim's and Tempress' financial statements previously furnished to Agent and the Banks prior to the date of this Agreement, has, to the knowledge of Borrowers' in the case of Tempress' financial statements, been prepared in accordance with GAAP and fairly present in all material respects (subject to year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of interim statements) the financial condition of Holdings, Trim and Tempress and the results of their operations for the periods covered thereby.

(b) Since June 30, 1998, there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition of Holdings or its Subsidiaries or Tempress taken as a whole; to the best knowledge of Borrowers, neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries nor Tempress has any contingent obligations (including any liability for taxes) not disclosed by or reserved against in the December 31, 1997 balance sheets, as applicable, except as set forth on Schedule 7.18 hereof, and at the present time there are no unrealized or anticipated losses from any present commitment of Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries which in the aggregate is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.19 Labor Relations. Neither the Borrowers nor any Subsidiary is engaged in any unfair labor practice that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is (i) no unfair labor practice complaint pending against the Borrowers or any Subsidiary or to the knowledge of Borrowers, threatened against any of them, before the National Labor Relations Board, and no grievance or arbitration proceeding arising out of or under any collective bargaining agreement is so pending against either of them or, to the knowledge of Borrowers, threatened against either of them, (ii) no strike, labor dispute, slowdown or stoppage pending against the Borrowers or any Subsidiary or to the knowledge of Borrowers, threatened against either of them and (iii) no union representation question existing with respect to the employees of the Borrowers or any Subsidiary.

51

7.20 Existing Debt. Schedule 7.20 hereto sets forth a true and complete list of all Debt for borrowed money (other than Indebtedness) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the Effective Date that is in excess of $25,000 for any one issue and is to remain outstanding after giving effect to this transaction, in each case showing the aggregate principal amount thereof and the name of the respective borrower (or issuer) and any other entity which directly or indirectly guaranteed such debt.

7.21 Solvency. After giving effect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each Borrower and its Subsidiaries will each be solvent, able to pay its indebtedness as it matures and will have capital sufficient to carry on its business and all business in which it is about to engage. This Agreement is being executed and delivered by the Borrowers to Agent and the Banks in good faith and in exchange for fair, equivalent consideration. Neither of the Borrowers nor any Subsidiary is insolvent, nor will either Borrower or any Subsidiary be rendered insolvent by its execution and delivery to Agent and the Banks of this Agreement or by the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and the capital and monies remaining in the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries are not now and will not become so unreasonably small as to preclude the Borrowers or their Subsidiaries from carrying on their businesses. Neither of the Borrowers nor any Subsidiary intends to nor does management of Borrowers or any Subsidiary believe it will incur debts beyond its ability to pay as they mature. Neither of the Borrowers nor any Subsidiary contemplates filing a petition in bankruptcy or for an arrangement or reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code, nor does either Borrower or any Subsidiary have any knowledge of any threatened bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against Borrowers or any Subsidiary.

7.22 Capitalization. The authorized capital stock and membership interests of Borrowers and each Subsidiary is as set forth in Schedule 7.22. All issued and outstanding shares of capital stock and membership interests of Borrowers are duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable (in the case of outstanding shares of Capital Stock), free and clear of all Liens and such Equity Interests were issued in compliance with all applicable state and federal laws concerning the issuance of securities. The capital stock and membership interests of Borrowers and each Subsidiary is owned by the stockholders and in the amounts set forth on Schedule 7.22. No shares of the capital stock of Borrowers or any Subsidiary, other than those described above, are issued and outstanding. There are no preemptive or other outstanding rights, options, warrants, conversion rights or similar agreements or understandings for the purchase or acquisition from a Borrower or any Subsidiary, of any shares of capital stock, membership interests or other securities of a Borrower or any Subsidiary.

7.23 Year 2000 Requirement. Each of the Borrowers has reviewed the areas in their business and operations which could be adversely affected by, and have developed or are developing a program to address on a timely basis the risk that the software, hardware and firmware used by the Borrowers may be unable to recognize and perform properly date-sensitive functions involving certain dates prior to and any date after December 31, 1999. This program is outlined in Schedule 7.26(a) and will be substantially completed by September 30, 1999. The cost to the Borrowers of such reprogramming and testing and of the reasonably foreseeable consequences of year 2000 to the

52

Borrowers (including, without limitation, reprogramming errors and the failure of others' systems or equipment) will not result in a Default or a Material Adverse Effect to the extent that the year 2000 compliance plan referenced in Schedule 7.26(a) is substantially completed. Except as set forth in Schedule 7.26(b), the computer and management information systems of the Borrowers are and, with ordinary course upgrading and maintenance, will continue for the term of this Agreement to be, sufficient to permit the Borrowers to conduct their business without Material Adverse Effect.

8. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Each Borrower covenants and agrees that it will, and, as applicable, it will cause each of its Subsidiaries, until the later of the Term Loan-B Maturity Date and the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and thereafter until expiration of all Letters of Credit and final payment in full of the Indebtedness (other than contingent indemnification obligations not due and payable) and the performance by the Borrowers of all other obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, unless the Majority Banks shall otherwise consent in writing, to:

8.1 Financial Statements. Furnish to the Agent with sufficient copies for each Bank:

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of Holdings a copy of the audited Consolidated and unaudited Consolidating financial statements of Holdings as at the end of such year and the related audited statements of income, accumulated earnings, and cash flows for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year (except for fiscal year 1998), certified as being fairly presented in all material respects by one of the "Big Five" certified public accounting firms or by another nationally recognized certified public accountant reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and the Banks;

(b) as soon as available, but in any event not later than 30 days after the end of each month, the unaudited Consolidated and Consolidating financial statements of Holdings as at the end of such month and the related unaudited statements of income, accumulated earnings and cash flows of Holdings for the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such month, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, and certified by a Responsible Officer as being fairly presented in all material respects; and

all such financial statements to be complete and correct in all material respects and to be prepared in reasonable detail and in accordance with GAAP throughout the periods reflected therein and consistent with prior periods, provided however that the financial statements delivered pursuant to clause (b) hereof will not be required to include footnotes and will be subject to year-end adjustments.

8.2 Certificates; Other Information. Furnish to the Agent with sufficient copies for each Bank (except in connection with clause (b)(ii) below, which copies shall be provided to each Bank on request):

53

(a) Within 30 days after and as the end of each fiscal quarter (and, in the case of the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, one hundred and twenty days after the end of such quarter), a Covenant Compliance Certificate substantially in form attached hereto as Exhibit E;

(b) Within 20 days after and as the end of each month, an aging of accounts receivable, an accounts payable report and a detailed inventory listing which reconciles to the general ledger (in form reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and the Banks);

(c) Together with the financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(b) for January of each year, annual projections for the Borrowers in form reasonably acceptable to the Agent and the Banks;

(d) On the twentieth (20th) day of each month, a Borrowing Base Certificate as of the last day of the preceding month substantially in the form attached as Exhibit J;

(e) promptly and in form to be reasonably satisfactory to Majority Banks, such additional financial and/or other information, or other reports as any Bank may from time to time reasonably request.

8.3 Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence.

(a) Continue to engage solely in the businesses as now conducted by Trim and Tempress and businesses similar or related thereto and activities related thereto and preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its existence, except as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 9.4;

(b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges and franchises necessary in the normal conduct of its business except as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 9.4; and

(c) comply with all Contractual Obligations and Requirements of Law, except to the extent that failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.4 Maintenance of Property; Insurance. Keep all property necessary in its business in working order (normal wear and tear and damage by casualty or condemnation excepted) and maintain insurance coverage on its physical assets and against other business risks in such amounts and of such types as are customarily carried by companies similar in size and nature (including without limitation casualty and public liability and property damage insurance), and in the event of acquisition of additional property, real or personal, or of incurrence of additional risks of any nature, increase such insurance coverage in such manner and to such extent as prudent business judgment and present practice or any applicable Requirements of Law would dictate; and in the case of all policies covering any Collateral, all such insurance policies shall provide that the loss payable

54

thereunder shall be payable to Borrowers, and to the Agent for the benefit of the Banks (Agent as mortgagee, or, in the case of personal property interests, lender loss payee) as their respective interests may appear, all said policies, copies thereof or certificates evidencing the same, including all endorsements thereto, to be deposited with Agent.

8.5 Inspection of Property; Books and Records, Discussions.

Permit Agent and each Bank, through their authorized attorneys, accountants and representatives (a) to examine each Borrower's and each Subsidiary's books, accounts, records, ledgers and assets and properties of every kind and description wherever located at all reasonable times during normal business hours, upon oral or written request of Agent or such Bank; (b) at any time and from time to time, at the request of the Majority Banks, to conduct full or partial collateral audits of each Borrower and its Subsidiaries to be completed by an appraiser as may be selected by Agent and the Majority Banks, with all reasonable costs and expenses of such audits to be reimbursed by Borrowers (provided, however, that so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrowers shall not be required to reimburse Agent and the Banks for more than one (1) audit during each calendar year); and (c) permit Agent and each Bank or their authorized representatives, at reasonable times and intervals, to visit all of their respective offices, discuss their respective financial matters with their respective officers and independent certified public accountants, and, by this provision, Borrowers authorize such accountants to discuss the finances and affairs of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries (provided that Borrowers are given an opportunity to participate in such discussions) and examine any of its or their books and other corporate records. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all information furnished to the Agent or the Banks hereunder shall be subject to the undertaking of the Banks set forth in
Section 14.12 hereof.

8.6 Notices. Promptly give notice to the Agent of:

(a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default of which any Borrower or any Subsidiaries has knowledge;

(b) any (i) default or event of default under any Contractual Obligation of a Borrower or any Subsidiary or (ii) litigation, investigation or proceeding which may exist at any time between a Borrower or any Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority, which in either case, if not cured or if it is reasonably likely to be adversely determined, as the case may be, would have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) the following events, as soon as possible and in any event within 30 days after the Borrowers know thereof and to the extent the same would have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) the occurrence of any "reportable event" as defined in ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan, or any withdrawal from or the termination, reorganization or insolvency of any Multiemployer Plan or (ii) the institution of proceedings or the taking of any other action by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or Borrowers or any Commonly Controlled Entity or any Multiemployer Plan with respect to the withdrawal from or the terminating, reorganization or insolvency of any Pension Plan;.

55

(d) any event which is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(e) promptly after becoming aware of the taking by the Internal Revenue Service or any foreign taxing jurisdiction of a written tax position which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect upon the Borrowers (or any such tax position taken by the Borrowers) setting forth the details of such position and the financial impact thereof; and

(f) not less than 10 days prior to the proposed effective date thereof, copies of any proposed material amendments, restatements or other modification to the Acquisition Documents.

Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Borrowers propose to take with respect thereto.

8.7 Hazardous Material Laws.

(a) Use and operate all of its facilities and properties in material compliance with all material Hazardous Material Laws, keep all necessary permits, approvals, certificates, licenses and other authorizations relating to environmental matters ("Environmental Permits") in effect and remain in material compliance therewith, and handle all Hazardous Materials in material compliance with all applicable Hazardous Material Laws, except for any noncompliance or any failure to keep Environmental Permits that is not likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(b) Promptly notify Agent and provide copies upon receipt of all written claims, complaints, notices or inquiries received by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of a material nature relating to its facilities and properties or compliance with Hazardous Material Laws the subject of which is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, and shall promptly cure and have dismissed with prejudice to the reasonable satisfaction of the Majority Banks any actions and proceedings relating to compliance with Hazardous Material Laws to which either Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is named as a party and which could reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(c) Provide such information and certifications which any Bank may reasonably request from time to time to evidence compliance with this Section 8.7.

8.8 Maintain Consolidated Net Worth. Maintain as of the end of each fiscal quarter, a Consolidated Net Worth of not less than the Consolidated Base Net Worth.

8.9 Maintain Funded Debt to EBITDA. Maintain as of the end of each fiscal quarter, a Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio of not more than the following amounts during the periods specified below:

56

Effective Date through December 31, 1999                       3.75 to 1.0
January 1, 2000 through December 31, 2000                      3.50 to 1.0
January 1, 2001 through December 31, 2001                      3.25 to 1.0
January 1, 2002 and thereafter                                 2.75 to 1.0

8.10 Maintain Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. Maintain, as of the end of each fiscal quarter, a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.45 to 1.0.

8.11 Taxes. Pay and discharge all taxes and other governmental charges, and all material contractual obligations calling for the payment of money, before the same shall become overdue, unless and to the extent only that such payment is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and is reserved for, as required by GAAP on its balance sheet, or where the failure to pay any such matter could not have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.12 Governmental and Other Approvals. Apply for, obtain and/or maintain in effect, as applicable, all authorizations, consents, approvals, licenses, qualifications, exemptions, filings, declarations and registrations (whether with any court, governmental agency, regulatory authority, securities exchange or otherwise) which are necessary in connection with the execution, delivery and performance: (i) by Borrowers, of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or any other documents or instruments to be executed and/or delivered by Borrowers in connection therewith or herewith; and (ii) by each of the Subsidiaries, of the Loan Documents to which it is a party.

8.13 Compliance with ERISA. Comply in all material respects with all requirements imposed by ERISA as presently in effect or hereafter promulgated or the Internal Revenue Code, including, but not limited to, the minimum funding requirements of any Pension Plan, except where the failure to comply could not have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.14 ERISA Notices. Promptly notify Agent upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) the termination of any Pension Plan subject to Subtitle C of Title IV of ERISA;

(b) the appointment of a trustee by a United States District Court to administer any Pension Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA;

(c) the commencement by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any successor thereto, of any proceeding to terminate any Pension Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA;

(d) the failure of a Borrower or any Subsidiary to make any payment in respect of any Pension Plan required under Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code;

57

(e) the withdrawal of a Borrower or any Subsidiary from any multiemployer plan (as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA; or

(f) the occurrence of a "reportable event" which is required to be reported by a Borrower under Section 4043 of ERISA or a "prohibited transaction" as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or
Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code which is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.15 Security. Take such actions as the Agent or the Majority Banks may from time to time reasonably request to establish and maintain first perfected security interests in and Liens on all of its Collateral, subject only to Permitted Liens and other liens permitted under Section 9.2 hereof.

8.16 Use of Proceeds. Use all Advances of the Revolving Credit and the Term Loans for working capital financing, for Capital Expenditures, to refinance existing debt, to finance the acquisition of Tempress, Permitted Acquisitions and for other general corporate purposes. Borrowers shall not use any portion of the proceeds of any such advances for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any "margin stock" (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) in any manner which violates the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of said Board of Governors or for any other purpose in violation of (x) any applicable statute or regulation or (y) the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

8.17 Future Subsidiaries. With respect to each Person which becomes a Domestic Subsidiary subsequent to the Effective Date, on the date such new Domestic Subsidiary is created or acquired, cause such new Domestic Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Agent (i) a Joinder Agreement whereby such Domestic Subsidiary becomes obligated as a Guarantor under the Guaranty, (ii) a joinder agreement whereby each such Domestic Subsidiary becomes obligated under the Security Agreement, and (iii) such supporting documentation, including without limitation corporate authority items, certificates and opinions of counsel, as may reasonably be required by Agent.

8.18 Bank Accounts. Maintain all of its funding and disbursement accounts with Agent, excluding, however, payroll accounts and petty cash accounts.

8.19 Further Assurances. Execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered to Agent within a reasonable time following Agent's request, and at the Borrowers' expense, such other documents or instruments as Agent may reasonably require to effectuate more fully the purposes of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

9. NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

Borrowers covenant and agree that, until the later of the Term Loan-B Maturity Date and the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and thereafter until expiration of all Letters of Credit and final payment in full of the Indebtedness and the performance by Borrowers and the Subsidiaries of all

58

other obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, without the prior written consent of the Majority Banks they will not, and will not permit any of the Subsidiaries, to:

9.1 Limitation on Debt. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Debt, except:

(a) Indebtedness in respect of the Notes, the Letters of Credit and other obligations of the Borrowers or any Subsidiary under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which they are a party;

(b) any Debt set forth in Schedule 9.1(b) attached hereto and any renewals or refinancing of such Debt in amounts not exceeding the scheduled amounts (less any required amortization according to the terms thereof), on substantially the same terms and otherwise in compliance with this Agreement;

(c) Debt of the Borrowers or a Subsidiary, other than pursuant to this Agreement and other than Debt set forth in Schedule 9.1(c) attached hereto, incurred to finance the acquisition of fixed or capital assets (whether pursuant to a loan or a Capitalized Lease) in an aggregate amount not exceeding $2,500,000 at any time outstanding, and any renewals or refinancing of such Debt in amounts not exceeding the original principal amounts (less any required amortization according to the terms thereof), on substantially the same terms and otherwise in compliance with this Agreement;

(d) Debt in respect of taxes, assessments or governmental charges to the extent that payment thereof shall not at the time be required to be made in accordance with Section 8.13;

(e) current unsecured trade, utility or nonextraordinary accounts payable (including without limitation, short term Debt owed to vendors) arising in the ordinary course of a Borrower's or such Subsidiary's businesses;

(f) Subordinated Debt;

(g) Indebtedness under any Interest Rate Protection Agreements;

(h) Intercompany Loans, but only to the extent permitted under the other applicable terms and limitations of this Agreement, including but not limited to Section 9.8 hereof;

(i) Debt assumed pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition, provided that such Debt was not entered into, extended or renewed in contemplation of such acquisition, provided that the aggregate amount of all such Debt shall not exceed $5,000,000;

59

(j) Debt consisting of deferred seller financing incurred in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, which Debt is unsecured and subordinated to the Indebtedness in a manner which is acceptable to the Majority Banks;

(k) Debt of a Foreign Subsidiary for working capital purposes to the extent not exceeding $5,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

(l) Debt incurred in connection with the financing of insurance premiums owed to the issuer of the applicable insurance policy;

(m) Debt incurred in connection wit a purchase or redemption of stock permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 9.6(c);

(n) Guarantee Obligations of a Borrower or a Subsidiary of Debt (which is permitted under this Agreement) of another Borrower or another Domestic Subsidiary;

(o) unsecured Guarantee Obligations of a Borrower or a Subsidiary of Debt (which is permitted under this Agreement) of a Foreign Subsidiary;

(p) additional Debt not exceeding $1,000,000 in aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding.

9.2 Limitation on Liens. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for:

(a) Permitted Liens;

(b) Liens securing Debt permitted by Section 9.1(c) incurred to finance the acquisition of fixed or capital assets, provided that
(i) such Liens shall be created substantially simultaneously with the acquisition of such fixed or capital assets, (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Debt, (iii) the amount of Debt secured thereby is not increased and
(iv) the principal amount. of Debt secured by any such Lien shall at no time exceed 100% of the original purchase price of such property;

(c) Liens in favor of Agent, as security for the Indebtedness;

(d) attachments, judgements and other similar Liens, for sums not exceeding, in the aggregate, $1,000,000 (excluding any portion thereof which is covered by adequate insurance with a reputable carrier and which insurer has accepted a tender of defense and indemnification without reservation of rights) arising in connection with court proceedings, provided that the execution or other enforcement of such Liens is effectively stayed and claims secured thereby are being actively contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings);

60

(e) any Lien securing indebtedness assumed pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition, provided that such Lien is limited to the property so acquired, and was not entered into, extended or renewed in contemplation of such acquisition;

(f) any Lien on the assets of a Foreign Subsidiary securing indebtedness permitted pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.1(k); and

(g) any Lien not permitted pursuant to the provisions of subclasses (a) through (f) of this Section 9.2 to the extent securing Debt in an aggregate amount not exceeding $500,000.

9.3 Limitation on Guarantee Obligations. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Guarantee Obligation except pursuant to the Loan Documents and Guarantee Obligations permitted pursuant to the provisions of Section
9.1(m). This provision shall not be deemed to prohibit the Parent from executing any guaranty in favor of the Sellers.

9.4 Acquisitions. Other than the Permitted Acquisitions, purchase or otherwise acquire or become obligated for the purchase of all or substantially all or any material portion of the assets or business interests of any Person, firm or corporation, or any shares of stock (or other ownership interests) of any corporation, trusteeship or association, or any business or going concern, or in any other manner effectuate or attempt to effectuate an expansion of present business by acquisition; provided, that the prohibitions set forth in this Section 9.4 shall not impair the right of Holdings and its Subsidiaries to make Capital Expenditures as permitted pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.7.

9.5 Limitation on Mergers, or Sale of Assets. Enter into any merger or consolidation or convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its property, business or assets (including, without limitation, receivables and leasehold interests), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:

(a) inventory leased or sold in the ordinary course of business;

(b) the sale or other disposition of Accounts which are not Eligible Accounts in the ordinary course of business in connection with the collection of such Accounts;

(c) transfers of assets between a Borrower and another Borrower, between a Borrower and a Guarantor or between Guarantors in the ordinary course of business and provided that the Lien of the Agent in such assets is not impaired, as determined in the sole discretion of the Agent;

(d) the sale of the Tempress Non-Core Businesses;

(e) the licensing of intellectual property rights by a Borrower or a Guarantor provided that the Lien of the Agent in the property licensed is not impaired, as determined in the sole discretion of the Agent;

61

(f) obsolete or worn out property, property no longer useful in the conduct of a Borrower's or any Subsidiary's business or property from closed offices; and

(g) asset sales in which the sales price is at least the fair market value of the assets sold and the aggregate amount of such asset sales is less than $500,000 in any fiscal year;

(h) asset sales and other dispositions of property approved by the Majority Banks;

(i) Intercompany Loans, Advances or Investments to the extent permitted pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.8; and

(j) Permitted Mergers.

The compromise of Accounts in the ordinary course of business shall not be deemed to be a transfer or disposition of assets for purposes of this Section 9.5.

9.6 Restricted Payments. Declare or make, or permit any Subsidiary to, declare or make any distributions, dividend, payment or other distribution of assets, properties, cash, rights, obligations or securities (collectively, "Distributions") on account of any membership interests or any shares of any class of its capital stock, as applicable, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for value any membership interests or any shares of its capital stock, as applicable, or any warrants, rights or options to acquire such shares or membership interests, now or hereafter outstanding; except:

(a) cash dividends by any Subsidiary to Holdings or any other Subsidiary which has executed a Guaranty hereunder;

(b) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur after giving effect thereto, dividends or distributions paid in cash or in kind (or recorded on the books of the applicable Subsidiary) by any Subsidiary which is not a wholly owned Subsidiary, provided that such dividends are paid to each holder of share capital therein (including Holdings or any of its other Subsidiaries) on a pro rata basis (based on the relative amounts of share capital held by each such holder) and provided further that such dividends are paid to Holdings or its other Subsidiaries on substantially the same terms as (and contemporaneously with) any dividends or distributions paid to Persons other than Holdings and its Subsidiaries;

(c) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur after giving effect thereto, purchases of stock of former officers or employees of Holdings or one of its Subsidiaries; and

62

(d) distributions to Parent for operational expenses incurred by the Parent in the ordinary course of business and which are incurred for the benefit of the Borrowers to the extent not exceeding $500,000 during any single fiscal year of Holdings.

9.7 Limitation on Capital Expenditures. Make or commit to make (by way of the acquisition of securities of a Person or otherwise) any expenditure in respect of the purchase or other acquisition of fixed or capital assets (excluding any such asset acquired in connection with replacement and maintenance programs) except expenditures in the ordinary course of business not exceeding, in the aggregate for the Borrowers during any fiscal year, an amount equal to the CapEx Limit, determined on a non-cumulative basis in accordance with GAAP; except that the limit on Capital Expenditures for the last two months of 1998 shall be $2,500,000 and except that the unused amount of the CapEx Limit in any fiscal year (except for the 1998 fiscal year) may be carried over and used in the next succeeding fiscal year, provided that there shall be no carry over of such unused amount in any subsequent year and provided further that for purposes of calculating the amount which may be carried over, all Capital Expenditures for a fiscal year shall be first applied to the CapEx Limit for such year.

9.8 Limitation on Investments, Loans and Advances. Make or allow to remain outstanding any investment (whether such investment shall be of the character of investment in shares of stock, evidences of indebtedness or other securities or otherwise) in, or any loans or advances to, any person, firm, corporation or other entity or association except:

(a) investments, if any, described on Schedule 9.8 hereof;

(b) surplus cash deposits or investments in cash equivalents for cash management purposes;

(c) loans or advances to employees of a Borrower for travel, moving or other business expenses not to exceed $250,000 in the aggregate at any time;

(d) extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Intercompany Loans, Advances or Investments existing on or after the Effective Date to a Borrower, or by a Borrower or any Guarantor to any Borrower or any Guarantor, provided that at the time any such loan, advance or investment is made (before and after giving effect thereto) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

(f) Intercompany Loans, Advances or Investments existing on or after the Effective Date by a Borrower or a Guarantor to any Foreign Subsidiary (provided that any Intercompany Loan covered by this clause shall be evidenced by and funded under an Intercompany Note), in an aggregate amount not to exceed fifteen percent (15%) of Consolidated Net Worth, provided that at the time any such loan, advance or investment is made

63

(before and after giving effect thereto) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

(g) Permitted Acquisitions;

(h) loans (in the form of seller financing) made in connection with the sale by a Borrower of any of its assets permitted hereunder, which loans shall not exceed $100,000 in the aggregate at any time;

(i) investments in the form of securities issued to a Borrower by customers or suppliers of a Borrower in connection with bankruptcy proceedings for such customers or suppliers;

(j) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure lease obligations;

(k) Interest Rate Protection Agreements;

(1) extensions of credit to management employees to purchase stock in Parent; and

(m) other loans, advances or investments made on or after the Effective Date, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any one time.

In valuing any Investments for the purpose of applying the limitations set forth in this Section 9.8 (except as otherwise expressly provided herein), such Investment shall be taken at the original cost thereof, without allowance for any subsequent write-offs or appreciation or depreciation, but less any amount repaid or recovered on account of capital or principal.

9.9 Transactions with Affiliates. Except as set forth on Schedule 9.9, enter into any transaction, including, without limitation, any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or the rendering of any service, with any Affiliate of a Borrower or any Subsidiary unless such transaction is otherwise permitted under this Agreement, is in the ordinary course of a Borrower's or such Subsidiary's business and is upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the applicable Borrower or such Subsidiary than it would obtain in a comparable arms length transaction with a Person not a Subsidiary.

9.10 Sale and Leaseback. Enter into any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by a Borrower or any Subsidiary of real or personal property which has been or is to be sold or transferred by a Borrower or such Subsidiary to such Person or to any other Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person on the security of such property or rental obligations of a Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be.

9.11 Limitation on Negative Pledge Clauses. Except for Permitted Liens and any other agreements, documents or instruments pursuant to which Liens not prohibited by the terms of this

64

Agreement are created, entered into, or allow to exist, any agreement, document or instrument which would restrict or prevent Borrowers and their Subsidiaries from granting Agent on behalf of Banks liens upon, security interests in and pledges of their respective assets which are senior in priority to all other Liens.

9.12 Prepayment of Debts. Except for refinancing of Debt permitted pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.1, prepay, purchase, redeem or defease any Debt for money borrowed or any capital leases excluding, subject to the terms hereof, the Indebtedness.

9.13 Subordinated Debt. Amend or modify in a manner materially adverse to the Banks any document evidencing any Subordinated Debt or make any payment with respect to the Subordinated Debt except for regularly scheduled payments of principal and interest, subject to the blockage provisions contained in the Subordinated Debt Documents.

9.14 Modification of Certain Agreements. Make, permit or consent to any amendment or other modification to the constitutional documents of Borrowers or the Acquisition Documents, except to the extent that any such amendment (i) does not violate the terms and conditions of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, (ii) does not adversely affect the interest of the Banks as creditor under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other document or instrument in any respect and (iii) could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.15 Sale of Accounts. Sell, assign, transfer or confer a security interest in any account, contract, note, trade acceptance or other receivable, except to Agent for the benefit of the Banks.

10. DEFAULTS

10.1 Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder:

(a) non-payment when due of (i) the principal or interest under any of the Notes issued hereunder in accordance with the terms thereof, (ii) any Reimbursement Obligation, or (iii) any Fees and, in the case of interest and Fees, continuance thereof for three (3) Business Days;

(b) non-payment of any money by Borrowers under this Agreement or by Borrowers or any Subsidiary under any of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, other than as set forth in subsection (a), above within five Business Days after notice from Agent that the same is due and payable;

(c) default in the observance or performance of any of the conditions, covenants or agreements of Borrowers set forth in Sections 8.1, 8.2, 8.3(a), 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.8, 8.9, 8.10, 8.16, 8:17(i), 8.17(ii) or 8.18 or 9 (in its entirety);

65

(d) default in the observance or performance of any of the other conditions, covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement by Borrowers and continuance thereof for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days after written notice from Agent;

(e) any representation or warranty made by Borrowers or any Subsidiary herein or by Borrowers, Parent or any Subsidiary in any instrument submitted pursuant hereto or by any other party to the Loan Documents proves untrue or misleading in any material adverse respect when made;

(f) default in the observance or performance of or failure to comply with any of the conditions, covenants or agreements of Borrowers, Parent, or any Subsidiary set forth in any of the other Loan Documents, and the continuance thereof beyond any period of grace or cure specified in any such document;

(g) default (i) in the payment of any indebtedness for borrowed money (other than Indebtedness hereunder) of any Borrower or any Subsidiary in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Hundred Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate when due (whether by acceleration or otherwise) and continuance thereof beyond any applicable period of cure or (ii) failure to comply with the terms of any other obligation of either Borrower or any Subsidiary with respect to any indebtedness for borrowed money (other than Indebtedness hereunder) in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Hundred Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate, which with the giving of notice or passage of time or both would permit the holder or holders thereto to accelerate such other indebtedness for borrowed money;

(h) the rendering of any judgment(s) for the payment of money in excess of the sum of Two Hundred Fifty Hundred Thousand Dollars ($250,000) individually or in the aggregate against any Borrower or any Subsidiary, and such judgments shall remain unpaid, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed by appeal or otherwise for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days, except as covered by adequate insurance with a reputable carrier;

(i) the occurrence of a "reportable event", as defined in ERISA, which is determined to constitute grounds for termination by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation of any Pension Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA maintained or contributed to by or on behalf of a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for the benefit of any of its employees or for the appointment by the appropriate United States District Court of a trustee to administer such Pension Plan and such reportable event is not corrected and such determination is not revoked within sixty (60) days after notice thereof has been given to the plan administrator of such Pension Plan (without limiting any of Agent's or any Bank's other rights or remedies hereunder), or the institution of proceedings by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation to terminate any such Pension Plan or to appoint a trustee by the appropriate United States District Court to administer any such Pension Plan, which in either case could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

66

(j) any Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be dissolved or liquidated (or any judgment, order or decree therefor shall be entered) or; if a creditors' committee shall have been appointed for the business of any Borrower or any Subsidiary; or if any Borrower or any Subsidiary shall have made a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or shall have been adjudicated bankrupt and if not an adjudication based on a filing by Borrowers it shall not have been dismissed within sixty (60) days, or shall have filed a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization or to effect a plan or arrangement with creditors or shall fail to pay its debts generally as such debts become due in the ordinary course of business (except as contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves are made in such party's financial statements); or shall file an answer to a creditor's petition or other petition filed against it, admitting the material allegations thereof for an adjudication in bankruptcy or for reorganization; or shall have applied for or permitted the appointment of a receiver or trustee or custodian for any of its property or assets; or such receiver, trustee or custodian shall have been appointed for any of its property or assets (otherwise than upon application or consent of a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) and shall not have been removed within sixty (60) days; or if an order shall be entered approving any petition for reorganization of any Borrower or any Subsidiary and shall not have been reversed or dismissed within sixty (60) days; or any Borrower or any Subsidiary shall take any action (corporate or other) authorizing or in furtherance any of the actions described above in this subsection;

(k) if (i) Holdings or any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Holdings shall fall to own 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of stock of Tempress, or 50% of the membership interests of Trim (ii) Onex Corporation and J2R Partners and their Affiliates shall cease (x) to own in the aggregate at least fifteen percent (15%) of the economic common equity interest of Parent and (y) to control in the aggregate at least fifteen percent (15%) of the equity interest of Parent having voting power for the election of a majority of the directors of Parent, or (iii) Parent shall fail to hold at least one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate ownership interests in Holdings;

(l) any material provision of any Collateral Document shall at any time for any reason cease to be valid, binding and enforceable against any Borrower, Parent or any Subsidiary, as applicable, or the validity, binding effect or enforceability thereof shall be contested by any Borrower, Parent or any Subsidiary shall deny that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Collateral Document, or any such Loan Document shall be terminated, invalidated, revoked or set aside or in any way cease to give or provide to the Banks and the Agent the benefits purported to be created thereby;

(m) the revocation or attempted revocation of the Guaranty or any denial of liability thereunder by any Guarantor.

10.2 Exercise of Remedies. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing hereunder: (a) the Agent may, and shall, upon being directed to do so by the Majority Banks, declare the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment terminated; (b) the Agent may, and shall, upon being directed to do so by the Majority Banks, declare the entire unpaid principal Indebtedness, including

67

the Notes, immediately due and payable, without presentment, notice or demand, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrowers; (c) upon the occurrence of any Event of Default specified in subsection 10.1 (j), above, and notwithstanding the lack of any declaration by Agent under preceding clause (b), the entire unpaid principal Indebtedness, including the Notes, shall become automatically and immediately due and payable, and the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment shall be automatically and immediately terminated; (d) the Agent shall, upon being directed to do so by the Majority Banks, demand immediate delivery of cash collateral, and Borrowers and each Account Party agrees to deliver such cash collateral upon demand, in an amount equal to the maximum amount that may be available to be drawn at any time prior to the stated expiry of all outstanding Letters of Credit, and (e) the Agent may, and shall, if directed to do so by the Majority Banks or the Banks, as applicable (subject to the terms hereof), exercise any remedy permitted by this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or law.

10.3 Rights Cumulative. No delay or failure of Agent and/or Banks in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall affect such right, power or privilege, nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other power, right or privilege. The rights of Agent and Banks under this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any right or remedies which Banks would otherwise have.

10.4 Waiver by Borrowers of Certain Laws. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Borrower hereby agrees to waive, and does hereby absolutely and irrevocably waive and relinquish the benefit and advantage of any valuation, stay, appraisement, extension or redemption laws now existing or which may hereafter exist, which, but for this provision, might be applicable to any sale made under the judgment, order or decree of any court, on any claim for interest on the Notes, or any security interest or mortgage contemplated by or granted under or in connection with this Agreement. These waivers have been voluntarily given, with full knowledge of the consequences thereof.

10.5 Waiver of Defaults. No Event of Default shall be waived by the Banks except in a writing signed by an officer of the Agent in accordance with
Section 14.11 hereof. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder, nor any delay in the exercise thereof, shall preclude other or further exercise of their rights by Agent or the Banks. No waiver of any Event of Default shall extend to any other or further Event of Default. No forbearance on the part of the Agent or the Banks in enforcing any of their rights shall constitute a waiver of any of their rights. Borrowers expressly agree that this Section may not be waived or modified by the Banks or Agent by course of performance, estoppel or otherwise.

10.6 Set Off.

Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Bank may at any time and from time to time, without notice to the Borrowers but subject to the provisions of Section 11.3 hereof, (any requirement for such notice being expressly waived by the Borrowers) set off and apply against any and all of the obligations of the Borrowers now or hereafter existing under this Agreement, whether owing to such Bank or any other Bank or the Agent, any and all deposits

68

(general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Bank to or for the credit or the account of either Borrower and any property of either Borrower from time to time in possession of such Bank, irrespective of whether or not such deposits held or indebtedness owing by such Bank may be contingent and unmatured and regardless of whether any Collateral then held by Agent or any Bank is adequate to cover the Indebtedness. Promptly following any such setoff, such Bank shall give written notice to Agent and to Borrowers of the occurrence thereof. The Borrowers hereby grant to the Banks and the Agent a lien on and security interest in all such deposits, indebtedness and property as collateral security for the payment and performance of all of the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement. The rights of each Bank under this Section 10.6 are in addition to the other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of setoff) which such Bank may have.

11. PAYMENTS, RECOVERIES AND COLLECTIONS

11.1 Payment Procedure.

(a) All payments by Borrowers of principal of, or interest on, the Notes, or of Fees, shall be made without setoff or counterclaim on the date specified for payment under this Agreement not later than 2:00
p.m. (Detroit time) in immediately available funds to Agent, for the ratable account of the Banks, at Agent's office located at One Detroit Center, Detroit, Michigan 48226-3289, (care of Agent's Eurocurrency Lending Office, for Eurocurrency-based Advances). Upon receipt by the Agent of each such payment, the Agent shall make prompt payment in like funds received to each Bank as appropriate, or, in respect of Eurocurrency-based Advances, to such Bank's Eurocurrency Lending Office.

(b) Unless the Agent shall have been notified by Borrowers prior to the date on which any payment to be made by Borrowers is due that Borrowers do not intend to remit such payment, the Agent may, in its sole discretion and without obligation to do so, assume that the Borrowers have remitted such payment when so due and the Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to each Bank on such payment date an amount equal to such Bank's share of such assumed payment. If Borrowers have not in fact remitted such payment to the Agent each Bank shall forthwith on demand repay to the Agent the amount of such assumed payment made available or transferred to such Bank, together with the interest thereon, in respect of each day from and including the date such amount was made available by the Agent to such Bank to the date such amount is repaid to the Agent at a rate per annum equal to (i) for Prime-based Advances, the Federal Funds Effective Rate (daily average), as the same may vary from time to time, and (ii) with respect to Eurocurrency-based Advances, Agent's aggregate marginal cost (including the cost of maintaining any required reserves or deposit insurance and of any fees, penalties, overdraft charges or other costs or expenses incurred by Agent) of carrying such amount.

(c) Subject to the definition of Interest Period, whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall otherwise be due on a day which is not a Business Day, such payment shall

69

be made on the next succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall be included in computing interest, if any, in connection with such payment.

(d) All payments to be made by Borrowers under this Agreement or any of the Notes shall be made without set-off or counterclaim, as aforesaid, and, subject to compliance by the Banks with Section 14.13, without deduction for or on account of any present or future withholding or other taxes of any nature imposed by any governmental authority or of any political subdivision thereof or any federation or organization of which such governmental authority may at the time of payment be a member, unless Borrowers are compelled by law to make payment subject to such tax. In such event, Borrowers shall:

(i) pay to the Agent for Agent's own account and/or, as the case may be, for the account of the Banks such additional amounts as may be necessary to ensure that the Agent and/or such Bank or Banks receive a net amount equal to the full amount which would have been receivable had payment not been made subject to such tax; and

(ii) remit such tax to the relevant taxing authorities according to applicable law, and send to the Agent or the applicable Bank or Banks, as the case may be, such certificates or certified copy receipts as the Agent or such Bank or Banks shall reasonably require as proof of the payment by the Borrowers, of any such taxes payable by the Borrowers.

As used herein, the terms "tax", "taxes" and "taxation" include all existing or future income, stamp or other taxes (excluding, in the case of the Agent and each Bank, net income and franchise taxes imposed on the Agent or such Bank by the jurisdiction under the laws of which the Agent or such Bank is organized or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, or by any jurisdiction in Which such Bank's domestic lending office or Eurocurrency Lending Office, as the case may be, is located or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein) levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions and withholdings and any restrictions or conditions resulting in a charge together with interest thereon and fines and penalties with respect thereto which may be imposed by reason of any violation or default with respect to the law regarding such tax, assessed as a result of or in connection with the transactions hereunder, or the payment and or receipt of funds hereunder, or the payment or delivery of funds into or out of any jurisdiction other than the United States (whether assessed against Borrowers, Agent or any of the Banks).

11.2 Application of Proceeds of Collateral. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, after an Event of Default, the proceeds of any Collateral, together with any offsets, voluntary payments by Borrowers or any Subsidiary or others and any other sums received or collected in respect of the Indebtedness, shall be applied, first, to the Notes and any Reimbursement Obligations on a pro rata basis (or in such order and manner as determined by the Majority Banks; subject, however, to the applicable Percentages of the loans held by each of the Banks), next, to any other Indebtedness on a pro rata basis, and then, if there is any excess, to Borrowers or the applicable Subsidiary, as the case may be. The application of such proceeds and other sums to the

70

Notes and the Reimbursement Obligations shall be based on each Bank's Percentage of the aggregate of the loans.

11.3 Pro-rata Recovery. If any Bank shall obtain any payment or other recovery (whether voluntary, involuntary, by application of offset or otherwise) on account of principal of, or interest on, any of the Indebtedness in excess of its pro rata share of payments then or thereafter obtained by all Banks upon principal of and interest on all Indebtedness, such Bank shall purchase from the other Banks such participations in the Notes and/or Reimbursement Obligation held by them as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Bank to share the excess payment or other recovery ratably in accordance with the Percentage with each of them; provided, however, that if all or any portion of the excess payment or other recovery is thereafter recovered from such purchasing holder, the purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

12. CHANGES IN LAW OR CIRCUMSTANCES; INCREASED COSTS

12.1 Reimbursement of Prepayment Costs. If Borrowers make any payment of principal with respect to any Eurocurrency-based Advance on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto (whether voluntarily, by acceleration, or otherwise), or if Borrowers fail to borrow any Eurocurrency-based Advance after notice has been given by Borrowers to Agent in accordance with the terms hereof requesting such Advance, or if Borrowers fail to make any payment of principal or interest in respect of a Eurocurrency-based Advance when due, then Borrowers shall reimburse Agent and Banks, as the case may be not later than five (5) Business Days after demand for any resulting loss, cost or expense incurred (excluding any loss of the Margin) by Agent and Banks, as the case may be as a result thereof, including, without limitation, any such loss, cost or expense incurred in obtaining, liquidating, employing or redeploying deposits from third parties, whether or not Agent and Banks, as the case may be shall have funded or committed to fund such Advance. Such amount payable by Borrowers to Agent and Banks, as the case may be may include, without limitation, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the amount of interest which would have accrued (without taking into account the Margin) on the amount so prepaid, or not so borrowed, refunded or converted, for the period from the date of such prepayment or of such failure to borrow, refund or convert, through the last day of the relevant Interest Period, at the applicable rate of interest for said Advance(s) provided under this Agreement, over (b) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by Agent and Banks, as the case may be) which would have accrued to Agent and Banks, as the case may be on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the interbank eurodollar market. Calculation of any amounts payable to any Bank under this paragraph shall be made as though such Bank shall have actually funded or committed to fund the relevant Advance through the purchase of an underlying deposit in an amount equal to the amount of such Advance and having a maturity comparable to the relevant Interest Period; provided, however, that any Bank may fund any Eurocurrency-based Advance in any manner it deems fit and the foregoing assumptions shall be utilized only for the purpose of the calculation of amounts payable under this paragraph. Upon the written request of Borrowers, Agent and Banks shall promptly deliver to Borrowers a certificate setting forth the basis for determining such losses, costs and expenses, which certificate shall be conclusively presumed correct, absent manifest error.

71

12.2 Agent's Eurocurrency Lending Office. For any Advance to which the Eurocurrency-based Rate is applicable, if Agent shall designate a Eurocurrency Lending Office which maintains books separate from those of the rest of Agent, Agent shall have the option of maintaining and carrying the relevant Advance on the books of such Eurocurrency Lending Office.

12.3 Circumstances Affecting Eurocurrency-based Rate Availability. If with respect to any Interest Period, Agent or the Banks (after consultation with Agent) shall determine that, by reason of circumstances affecting the interbank markets generally, deposits in eurodollars in the applicable amounts are not being offered to the Agent for such Interest Period, then Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof to the Borrowers. Thereafter, until Agent notifies Borrowers that such circumstances no longer exist, the obligation of the Banks to make Eurocurrency-based Advances, and the right of Borrowers to convert an Advance to or refund an Advance as a Eurocurrency-based Advance shall be suspended. After receiving a notice from Agent pursuant to this Section, any outstanding principal amount that is a Eurocurrency-based Advance shall be converted to a Prime-based Advance as of the last day of such Interest Period.

12.4 Laws Affecting Eurocurrency-based Advance Availability. In the event that any applicable law, rule or regulation (whether domestic or foreign) now or hereafter in effect and whether or not currently applicable to any Bank or the Agent or any interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by the Agent or any of the Banks (or any of their respective Eurocurrency Lending Offices) with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, shall make it unlawful or impossible for any of the Banks (or any of their respective Eurocurrency Lending Offices) to honor its obligations hereunder to make or maintain any Advance with interest at the Eurocurrency-based Rate, such Bank or the Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof to Borrowers and the Agent. Thereafter the Agent shall so notify Borrowers and the right of Borrowers to convert an Advance or refund an Advance as a Eurocurrency-based Advance, shall be suspended and thereafter Borrowers may select as Applicable Interest Rates only those which remain available and which are permitted to be selected hereunder, and if any of the Banks may not lawfully continue to maintain an Advance to the end of the then current Interest Period applicable thereto as a Eurocurrency-based Advance, Borrowers shall immediately prepay such Advance, together with interest to the date of payment, and any amounts payable under Sections 12.1 or 12.6 with respect to such prepayment and the applicable Advance shall immediately be converted to a Prime-based Advance and the Prime-based Rate shall be applicable thereto.

12.5 Increased Cost of Eurocurrency-based Advances. In the event that any change in applicable law, rule or regulation (whether domestic or foreign) now or hereafter in effect and whether or not currently applicable to any Bank or the Agent or any interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by Agent or any of the Banks (or any of their respective Eurocurrency Lending Offices) with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) made by any such authority, central bank or comparable agency after the date hereof:

(a) shall subject the Agent or any of the Banks (or any of their respective Eurocurrency Lending Offices) to any tax, duty or other charge with respect to any Advance or any Note or shall change the basis of taxation of payments to the Agent or any of the

72

Banks (or any of their respective Eurocurrency Lending Offices) of the principal of or interest on any Advance or any Note or any other amounts due under this Agreement in respect thereof (except (i) to the extent such taxes may be avoided by such Bank's compliance with its obligations under Section 14.13 and (ii) for changes in the net income and franchise taxes imposed on the Agent or any Bank by the jurisdiction under the laws of which the Agent or such Bank is organized or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, or by any jurisdiction in which such Bank's domestic lending office or Eurocurrency Lending Office, as the case may be, is located or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein); or

(b) shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve (including, without limitation, any imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by the Agent or any of the Banks (or any of their respective Eurocurrency Lending Offices) or shall impose on the Agent or any of the Banks (or any of their respective Eurocurrency Lending Offices) or the interbank markets any other condition affecting any Advance or any of the Notes;

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the costs to the Agent or any of the Banks of making, funding or maintaining any part of the Indebtedness hereunder as a Eurocurrency-based Advance or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by the Agent or any of the Banks under this Agreement or under the Notes in respect of a Eurocurrency-based Advance then Agent or such Bank, as the case may be, shall promptly notify the Borrowers of such fact and demand compensation therefor and, within fifteen (15) Business Days after such notice, Borrowers agree to pay to Agent or such Bank such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Agent or such Bank or Banks for such increased cost or reduction. A certificate of Agent or such Bank setting forth the basis for determining such additional amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Bank or Banks shall accompany such demand for payment and shall be conclusively presumed to be correct save for manifest error.

For purposes of this Section, a change in law, rule, regulation, interpretation, administration, request or directive shall include, without limitation, any change made or which becomes effective on the basis of a law, rule, regulation, interpretation, administration, request or directive presently in force, the effective date of which change is delayed by the terms of such law, rule, regulation, interpretation, administration, request or directive.

12.6 [Intentionally Left Blank].

12.7 Other Increased Costs. In the event that after the date hereof the adoption of or any change in any applicable law, treaty, rule or regulation (whether domestic or foreign) now or hereafter in effect and whether or not presently applicable to any Bank or Agent, or any interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Bank or Agent with any guideline, request or directive of any such authority (whether or not having the force of law), including any risk based capital guidelines, affects or would affect the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by such Bank or Agent (or any corporation controlling such Bank or Agent) and such

73

Bank or Agent, as the case may be, determines that the amount of such capital is increased by or based upon the existence of such Bank's or Agent's obligations or Advances hereunder and such increase has the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Bank's or Agent's (or such controlling corporation's) capital as a consequence of such obligations or Advances hereunder to a level below that which such Bank or Agent (or such controlling corporation) could have achieved but for such circumstances (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Bank or Agent to be material (collectively, "Increased Costs"), then Agent or such Bank shall notify the Borrowers, and thereafter the Borrowers shall pay to such Bank or Agent, as the case may be, from time to time, promptly upon request (and in any event within fifteen (15) Business Days) by such Bank or Agent, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Bank or Agent (or such controlling corporation) for any increase in the amount of capital and reduced rate of return which such Bank or Agent reasonably determines to be allocable to the existence of such Bank's or Agent's obligations or Advances hereunder. A statement as to the amount of such compensation, prepared in good faith and in reasonable detail by such Bank or Agent, as the case may be, shall be submitted by such Bank or by Agent to the Borrowers, reasonably promptly after becoming aware of any event described in this Section 12.7 and shall be conclusive, absent manifest error in computation.

12.8 Substitution of Banks. If (i) the obligation of any Bank to make Eurocurrency-based Advances has been suspended pursuant to Section 12.3 or
Section 12.4 (ii) any Bank has demanded compensation under Section 12.5, 12.7 or 3.4(b) or (iii) has wrongfully failed to fund its percentage of any requested Advance under Section 2.4(c) or Section 3.6, (in each case, an "Affected Lender"), Borrowers shall have the right, with the assistance of the Agent, to seek a substitute lender or lenders (which may be one or more of the Banks (the "Purchasing Lender" or "Purchasing Lenders") to purchase the Notes and assume the commitment (including without limitation its participations in Letters of Credit) under this Agreement of such Affected Lender. The Affected Lender shall be obligated to sell its Notes and assign its commitment to such Purchasing Lender or Purchasing Lenders within fifteen days after receiving notice from Borrowers requiring it to do so, at an aggregate price equal to the outstanding principal amount thereof plus unpaid interest accrued thereon up to but excluding the date of the sale. In connection with any such sale, and as a condition thereof, Borrowers shall pay to the Affected Lender all fees accrued for its account hereunder to but excluding the date of such sale, plus, if demanded by the Affected Lender at least two Business Days prior to such sale,
(i) the amount of any compensation which would be due to the Affected Lender under Section 12.1 if Borrowers have prepaid the outstanding Eurocurrency-based Advances of the Affected Lender on the date of such sale and (ii) any additional compensation accrued for its account under Section 12.5, 12.7 or 3.4(b) to but excluding said date. Upon such sale, the Purchasing Lender or Purchasing Lenders shall assume the Affected Lender's commitment and the Affected Lender shall be released from its obligations hereunder to a corresponding extent. If any Purchasing Lender is not already one of the Banks, the Affected Lender, as assignor, such Purchasing Lender, as assignee, Borrowers and the Agent, shall enter into an Assignment Agreement pursuant to Section 14.8 hereof, whereupon such Purchasing Lender shall be a Bank party to this Agreement, shall be deemed to be an assignee hereunder and shall have all the rights and obligations of a Bank with a Percentage equal to its ratable share of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment of the Affected Lender. In connection with any assignment pursuant to this Section 12.8, Borrowers or the Purchasing Lender shall pay to the Agent the administrative fee for processing such assignment referred to in
Section 14.8. Upon the consummation of any sale pursuant to this Section 12.8, the

74

Affected Lender, the Agent and Borrowers shall make appropriate arrangements so that, if required, each Purchasing Lender receives new Notes, as applicable.

13. AGENT

13.1 Appointment of Agent. Each Bank and the holder of each Note irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Agent to act on behalf of such Bank or holder under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers hereunder and thereunder as are specifically delegated to Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers as may be reasonably incidental thereto, including without limitation the power to execute or authorize the execution of financing or similar statements or notices, and other documents. In performing its functions and duties under this Agreement, the Agent shall act solely as agent of the Banks and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation towards or relationship of agency or trust with or for Borrowers. Each Bank agrees (which agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement) to reimburse Agent for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including house and outside attorneys' fees and disbursements) incurred by Agent hereunder or in connection herewith or with an Event of Default or in enforcing the obligations of Borrowers under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any other instrument executed pursuant hereto, and for which Agent is not reimbursed by Borrowers, pro rata according to such Bank's Percentage, but excluding any such expense resulting from Agent's gross negligence or willful misconduct. Agent shall not be required to take any action under the Loan Documents, or to prosecute or defend any suit in respect of the Loan Documents, unless indemnified to its satisfaction by the Banks against loss, costs, liability and expense (excluding liability resulting from its gross negligence or willful misconduct). If any indemnity furnished to Agent shall become impaired, it may call for additional indemnity and cease to do the acts indemnified against until such additional indemnity is given.

13.2 Deposit Account with Agent. Borrowers hereby authorize Agent, upon notice by Borrowers to charge their general deposit account(s), if any, maintained with Agent for the amount of any principal, interest, or other amounts or costs due under this Agreement when the same become due and payable under the terms of this Agreement or the Notes or, in the event Borrowers fail to pay such amounts when due, Agent may, in its sole discretion, change the general deposit account(s) of Borrowers.

13.3 Scope of Agent's Duties. The Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth herein, and shall not, by reason of this Agreement or otherwise, have a fiduciary relationship with any Bank (and no implied covenants or other obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Agent). None of Agent, its Affiliates nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents shall be liable to any Bank for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them under this Agreement or any document executed pursuant hereto, or in connection herewith or therewith with the consent or at the request of the Majority Banks (or all of the Banks for those acts requiring consent of all of the Banks) (except for its or their own willful misconduct or gross negligence), nor be responsible for or have any duties to ascertain, inquire into or verify (a) any recitals or warranties made by the Borrowers, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Borrowers, or any officer thereof contained herein or therein, (b) the effectiveness, enforceability, validity or due execution of this Agreement or any document executed pursuant hereto or any security thereunder, (c) the performance by Borrowers of their respective obligations hereunder or

75

thereunder, or (d) the satisfaction of any condition hereunder or thereunder, including without limitation the making of any Advance or the issuance of any Letter of Credit. Agent and its Affiliates shall be entitled to rely upon any certificate, notice, document or other communication (including any cable, telegraph, telex, facsimile transmission or oral communication) believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been sent or given by or on behalf of a proper person. Agent may treat the payee of any Note as the holder thereof. Agent may employ agents and may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for a Borrower), independent public accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable to the Banks (except as to money or property received by them or their authorized agents), for the negligence or misconduct of any such agent selected by it with reasonable care or for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts.

13.4 Successor Agent. Agent may resign as such at any time upon at least 30 days prior notice to Borrowers and all Banks. If Agent at any time shall resign or if the office of Agent shall become vacant for any other reason, Majority Banks shall, by written instrument, appoint successor agent(s) satisfactory to such Majority Banks, and, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to Borrowers. Such successor agent shall thereupon become the Agent hereunder, as applicable, and shall be entitled to receive from the prior Agent such documents of transfer and assignment as such successor Agent may reasonably request. Any such successor Agent shall be a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof and shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000. If a successor is not so appointed or does not accept such appointment before the resigning Agent's resignation becomes effective, the resigning Agent may appoint a temporary successor to act until such appointment by the Majority Banks is made and accepted or if no such temporary successor is appointed as provided above by the resigning Agent, the Majority Banks shall thereafter perform all of the duties of the resigning Agent hereunder until such appointment by the Majority Banks is made and accepted. Such successor Agent shall succeed to all of the rights and obligations of the resigning Agent as if originally named. The resigning Agent shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Agent all moneys at the time held by the resigning Agent hereunder after deducting therefrom its expenses for which it is entitled to be reimbursed. Upon such succession of any such successor Agent, the resigning agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder, except for its gross negligence or wilful misconduct arising prior to its resignation hereunder, and the provisions of this Article 13 shall continue in effect for the benefit of the resigning Agent in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as Agent.

13.5 Agent in its Individual Capacity. Comerica Bank, its Affiliates and their respective successors and assigns, shall have the same rights and powers hereunder as any other Bank and may exercise or refrain from exercising the same as though Comerica Bank were not the Agent. Comerica Bank and its Affiliates may (without having to account therefor to any Bank) accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory or other business with Borrowers (or their Subsidiaries) as if Comerica Bank were not acting as Agent hereunder, and may accept fees and other consideration therefor without having to account for the same to the Banks.

13.6 Credit Decisions. Each Bank acknowledges that it has, independently of Agent and each other Bank and based on the financial statements of Borrowers and such other documents,

76

information and investigations as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit decision to extend credit hereunder from time to time. Each Bank also acknowledges that it will, independently of Agent and each other Bank and based on such other documents, information and investigations as it shall deem appropriate at any time, continue to make its own credit decisions as to exercising or not exercising from time to time any rights and privileges available to it under this Agreement or any document executed pursuant hereto.

13.7 Co-Agents. The First National Bank of Chicago and U.S. Bank National Association have been designated by the Borrowers as Co-Agents under this Agreement. Other than their rights and remedies as Banks hereunder, such Co-Agents shall have no administrative, collateral or other rights or responsibilities, provided, however, that each such Co-Agent shall be entitled to the benefits afforded to the Agent under Sections 13.5 and 13.6 hereof.

13.8 Authority of Agent to Enforce Notes and This Agreement. Each Bank, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, authorizes the Agent with full power and authority as attorney-in-fact to institute and maintain actions, suits or proceedings for the collection and enforcement of the Notes and to file such proofs of debt or other documents as may be necessary to have the claims of the Banks allowed in any proceeding relative to Borrowers, or any of its Subsidiaries, or their respective creditors or affecting their respective properties, and to take such other actions which Agent considers to be necessary or desirable for the protection, collection and enforcement of the Notes, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

13.9 Indemnification. The Banks agree to indemnify the Agent and its Affiliates (to the extent not reimbursed by Borrowers, but without limiting any obligation of Borrowers to make such reimbursement), ratably according to their respective Percentages, from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, fees and disbursements of counsel) which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Agent and its Affiliates in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or any action taken or omitted by the Agent and its Affiliates under this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents; provided, however, that no Bank shall be liable for any portion of such claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses resulting from the Agent's or its Affiliate's gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Bank agrees to reimburse the Agent and its Affiliates promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by the Agent and its Affiliates in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, to the extent that the Agent and its Affiliates is not reimbursed for such expenses by Borrowers, but without limiting the obligation of Borrowers to make such reimbursement. Each Bank agrees to reimburse the Agent and its Affiliates promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any amounts owing to the Agent and its Affiliates by the Banks pursuant to this Section, provided that, if the Agent or its Affiliates is subsequently reimbursed by the Borrowers for such amounts, it shall refund to the Banks on a pro rata basis the amount of any excess reimbursement. If the indemnity furnished to the Agent and its Affiliates under this Section shall, in the judgment of the Agent, be insufficient

77

or become impaired, the Agent may call for additional indemnity from the Banks and cease, or not commence, to take any action until such additional indemnity is furnished.

13.10 Knowledge of Default. It is expressly understood and agreed that the Agent shall be entitled to assume that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, unless the officers of the Agent immediately responsible for matters concerning this Agreement shall have been notified in a writing specifying such Event of Default and stating that such notice is a "notice of default" by a Bank or by Borrowers. Upon receiving such a notice, the Agent shall promptly notify each Bank of such Event of Default and provide each Bank with a copy of such notice and, shall endeavor to provide such notice to the Banks within three (3) Business Days (but without any liability whatsoever in the event of its failure to do so). Agent shall also furnish the Banks, promptly upon receipt, with copies of all other notices or other information required to be provided by Borrowers hereunder.

13.11 Agent's Authorization; Action by Banks. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, whenever the Agent is authorized and empowered hereunder on behalf of the Banks to give any approval or consent, or to make any request, or to take any other action on behalf of the Banks (including without limitation the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under the other Loan Documents), the Agent shall be required to give such approval or consent, or to make such request or to take such other action only when so requested in writing by the Majority Banks or the Banks, as applicable hereunder. Action that may be taken by Majority Banks or all of the Banks, as the case may be (as provided for hereunder) may be taken (i) pursuant to a vote at a meeting (which may be held by telephone conference call) as to which all of the Banks have been given reasonable advance notice, or (ii) pursuant to the written consent of the requisite Percentages of the Banks as required hereunder, provided that all of the Banks are given reasonable advance notice of the requests for such consent.

13.12 Enforcement Actions by the Agent. Except as otherwise expressly provided under this Agreement or in any of the other Loan Documents and subject to the terms hereof, Agent will take such action, assert such rights and pursue such remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as the Majority Banks or all of the Banks, as the case may be (as provided for hereunder), shall direct; provided, however, that the Agent shall not be required to act or omit to act if, in the judgment of the Agent, such action or omission may expose the Agent to personal liability or is contrary to this Agreement, any of the Loan Documents or applicable law. Except as expressly provided above or elsewhere in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, no Bank (other than the Agent, acting in its capacity as agent) shall be entitled to take any enforcement action of any kind under any of the Loan Documents.

14. MISCELLANEOUS

14.1 Accounting Principles. Where the character or amount of any asset or liability or item of income or expense is required to be determined or any consolidation or other accounting computation is required to be made for the purposes of this Agreement, it shall be done, unless otherwise specified herein, in accordance with GAAP. Furthermore, all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder, subject to year-end audit adjustments thereto and the omission of footnote disclosure in the case of unaudited statements, shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP.

78

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any accounting computation for the purposes of this Agreement, Trim shall be deemed to be a Consolidated Subsidiary of Holdings and the Agent and the Banks acknowledge that the independent certified public accountants for the Borrowers shall qualify their audit opinion with respect to this deviation from GAAP.

14.2 Consent to Jurisdiction. Borrowers, Agent and Banks hereby irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any United States Federal Court or Michigan state court sitting in Detroit, Michigan in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents and Borrowers, Agent and Banks hereby irrevocably agree that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such United States Federal Court or Michigan state court. Borrowers irrevocably consent to the service of any and all process in any such action or proceeding brought in any court in or of the State of Michigan by the delivery of copies of such process to Borrowers at their respective addresses specified on the signature page hereto or by certified mail directed to such address or such other address as may be designated by Borrowers in a notice to the other parties that complies as to delivery with the terms of Section 14.6. Nothing in this Section shall affect the right of the Banks and the Agent to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or limit the right of the Banks or the Agent (or any of them) to bring any such action or proceeding against Borrowers or any Subsidiary or any of its or their property in the courts with subject matter jurisdiction of any other jurisdiction. Borrowers hereby irrevocably waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such suit or proceeding in the above described courts.

14.3 Law of Michigan. This Agreement and the Notes have been delivered at Detroit, Michigan, and shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Michigan (without regard to its conflict of laws provisions). Whenever possible each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

14.4 Interest. In the event the obligation of Borrowers to pay interest on the principal balance of the Notes is or becomes in excess of the maximum interest rate which Borrowers are permitted by law to contract or agree to pay, giving due consideration to the execution date of this Agreement, then, in that event, the rate of interest applicable with respect to such Bank's Percentage shall be deemed to be immediately reduced to such maximum rate and all previous payments in excess of the maximum rate shall be deemed to have been payments in reduction of principal and not of interest.

14.5 Closing Costs and Other Costs; Indemnification. (a) Borrowers agree to pay, or reimburse the Agent for payment of, on demand (i) all reasonable closing costs and expenses, including, by way of description and not limitation, house and outside attorney fees and advances, appraisal and accounting fees, and lien search fees incurred by Agent in connection with the commitment, consummation and closing of the loans contemplated hereby or in connection with the administration of this Agreement or any amendment, refinancing or restructuring of the credit arrangements provided under this Agreement, (ii) all stamp and other taxes and fees payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution, delivery, filing, recording or amendment of this Agreement and the Loan Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated

79

hereby, and any and all liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay in paying or omitting to pay such taxes or fees, and (iii) all reasonable costs and expenses of the Agent or any of the Banks (including reasonable fees and expenses of outside counsel (but without duplication of fees and expenses for the same services) in connection with any action or proceeding relating to a court order, injunction or other process or decree restraining or seeking to restrain the Agent or any of the Banks from paying any amount under, or otherwise relating in any way to, any Letter of Credit and any and all costs and expenses which any of them may incur relative to any payment under any Letter of Credit. At Agent's option, all of said amounts required to be paid by Borrowers, if not paid when due, may be charged by Agent as a Prime-based Advance against the Indebtedness.

(b) Borrowers agree to indemnify and save Agent and each of the Banks harmless from all loss, cost, damage, liability or expenses, including reasonable house and outside attorneys' fees and disbursements (but without duplication of fees and expenses for the same services), incurred by Agent and the Banks by reason of an Event of Default, or enforcing the obligations of Borrowers or any Subsidiary under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or in the prosecution or defense of any action or proceeding concerning any matter growing out of or connected with this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, excluding, however, any loss, cost, damage, liability or expenses arising as a result of the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party seeking to be indemnified under this Section 14.5(b).

(c) Borrowers agree to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Agent and each of the Banks, and their respective employees, agents, officers and directors from and against any and all claims, demands, penalties, fines, liabilities, settlements, damages, costs or expenses of whatever kind or nature arising out of or related to (i) the presence, disposal, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials on, from or affecting any premises owned or occupied by Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries, (ii) any personal injury (including wrongful death) or property damage (real or personal) arising out of or related to such Hazardous Materials, (iii) any lawsuit or other proceeding brought or threatened, settlement reached or governmental order or decree relating to such Hazardous Materials, (iv) the cost of removal of all Hazardous Materials from all or any portion of any premises owned by Borrowers or their respective Subsidiaries, (v) the taking of necessary precautions to protect against the release of Hazardous Materials on or affecting any premises owned by Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries, (vi) complying with all Hazardous Material Laws and/or (vii) any violation of Hazardous Material Laws, including without limitation, reasonable attorneys and consultants fees, investigation and laboratory fees, environmental studies required by Agent or any Bank in connection with the violation of Hazardous Material Laws (whether before or after the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder), court costs and litigation expenses, excluding however, those arising as a result of its or their bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct. The obligations of Borrowers under this Section 14.5(c) shall be in addition to any and all other obligations and liabilities the Borrowers may have to Agent or any of the Banks at common law or pursuant to any other agreement.

14.6 Notices. Except as expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement, all notices and other communications provided to any party hereto under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be in writing and shall be given by personal delivery, by mail, by reputable overnight courier, by telex or by facsimile and addressed or delivered to it at its address set forth on Schedule 14.6 or at such other address as may be designated by such party in a notice to the other

80

parties that complies as to delivery with the terms of this Section 14.6. Any notice, if personally delivered or if mailed and properly addressed with postage prepaid and sent by registered or certified mail, shall be deemed given when received or when delivery is refused; any notice, if given to a reputable overnight courier and properly addressed, shall be deemed given 2 Business Days after the date on which it was sent, unless it is actually received sooner by the named addressee; and any notice, if transmitted by telex or facsimile, shall be deemed given when received (answer back confirmed in the case of telexes and receipt confirmed in the case of telecopies). Agent may, but, except as specifically provided herein, shall not be required to, take any action on the basis of any notice given to it by telephone, but the giver of any such notice shall promptly confirm such notice in writing or by telex or facsimile, and such notice will not be deemed to have been received until such confirmation is deemed received in accordance with the provisions of this Section set forth above. If such telephonic notice conflicts with any such confirmation, the terms of such telephonic notice shall control.

14.7 Further Action. Borrowers, from time to time, upon written request of Agent will make, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be made, executed, acknowledged and delivered, all such further and additional instruments, and take all such further action as may reasonably be required to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement or the Loan Documents, and to provide for Advances under and payment of the Notes, according to the intent and purpose herein and therein expressed.

14.8 Successors and Assigns; Participations; Assignments.

(a) This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of Borrowers and the Banks and their respective successors and assigns.

(b) The foregoing shall not authorize any assignment by Borrowers, of their rights or duties hereunder, and, except as otherwise provided herein, no such assignment shall be made (or effective) without the prior written approval of the Banks.

(c) The Borrowers and Agent acknowledge that each of the Banks may at any time and from time to time, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, assign or grant participations in such Bank's rights and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents to any commercial bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, pension fund, mutual fund, loan or debt fund, commercial finance company or other similar financial institution, the identity of which institution is approved by Borrowers and Agent, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, however, that (i) the approval of Borrowers shall not be required upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or Event of Default, and (ii) the approval of Borrowers and Agent shall not be required for any such sale, transfer, assignment or participation to the Affiliate of an assigning Bank, any other Bank or any Federal Reserve Bank. The Borrowers authorize each Bank to disclose to any prospective assignee or participant, once approved by Borrowers and Agent, any and all financial information in such Bank's possession concerning the Borrowers which has been delivered to such Bank pursuant to this Agreement; provided that each such prospective participant shall execute a confidentiality agreement consistent with the terms of Section 14.12 hereof.

81

(d) Each assignment by a Bank of any portion of its rights and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall be made pursuant to an Assignment Agreement substantially (as determined by Agent) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I (with appropriate insertions acceptable to Agent) and shall be subject to the terms and conditions hereof, and to the following restrictions:

(i) each assignment shall cover all of the Notes issued by Borrowers hereunder to the assigning Bank (and not any particular note or notes), and shall be for a fixed and not varying percentage thereof, with the same percentage applicable to each such Note;

(ii) each assignment shall be in a minimum amount of Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) and to the extent the assignment is less than the entire Bank's interest, the assigning Bank retains at least a $10,000,000 interest;

(iii) no assignment shall be effective unless Agent has received from the assignee (or from the assigning Bank) an assignment fee of $3,500 for each such assignment.

In connection with any assignment, Borrowers and Agent shall be entitled to continue to deal solely and directly with the assigning Bank in connection with the interest so assigned until (x) the Agent shall have received a notice of assignment duly executed by the assigning Bank and an Assignment Agreement (with respect thereto) duly executed by the assigning Bank and each assignee; and (y) the assigning Bank shall have delivered to the Agent the original of each Note held by the assigning Bank under this Agreement. From and after the date on which the Agent shall notify Borrowers and the assigning Bank that the foregoing conditions shall have been satisfied and all consents (if any) required shall have been given, the assignee thereunder shall be deemed to be a party to this Agreement. To the extent that rights and obligations hereunder shall have been assigned to such assignee as provided in such notice of assignment (and Assignment Agreement), such assignee shall have the rights and obligations of a Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including without limitation the right to receive fees payable hereunder in respect of the period following such assignment). In addition, the assigning Bank, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder shall have been assigned by it as provided in such notice of assignment (and Assignment Agreement), but not otherwise, shall relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Within five (5) Business Days following Borrowers' receipt of notice from the Agent that Agent has accepted and executed a notice of assignment and the duly executed Assignment Agreement and assuming the Borrowers have consented to such assignment (if their consent is required), Borrowers shall, to the extent applicable, execute and deliver to the Agent in exchange for any surrendered Note, new Note(s) payable to the order of the assignee in an amount equal to the amount assigned to it pursuant to such notice of assignment (and Assignment Agreement), and with respect to the portion of the Indebtedness retained by the assigning Bank, to the extent applicable, new Note(s) payable to the order of the assigning Bank in an amount equal to the amount retained by such Bank hereunder shall be executed and delivered by the Borrowers. Agent, the Banks and the Borrowers acknowledge and agree that any such new Note(s) shall be given in renewal and replacement of the

82

surrendered Notes and shall not effect or constitute a novation or discharge of the Indebtedness evidenced by any surrendered Note, and each such new Note may contain a provision confirming such agreement. In addition, promptly following receipt of such Notes, Agent shall prepare and distribute to Borrowers and each of the Banks a revised Schedule 1.2 to this Agreement setting forth the applicable new Percentages of the Banks (including the assignee Bank), taking into account such assignment.

(e) Each Bank agrees that any participation agreement permitted hereunder shall comply with all applicable laws and shall be subject to the following restrictions (which shall be set forth in the applicable Participation Agreement):

(i) such Bank shall remain the holder of its Notes hereunder, notwithstanding any such participation;

(ii) except as expressly set forth in this Section 14.8(e) with respect to rights of setoff and the benefits of Section 12 hereof, a participant shall have no direct rights or remedies hereunder;

(iii) a participant shall not reassign or transfer, or grant any sub-participations in its participation interest hereunder or any part thereof; and

(iv) such Bank shall retain the sole right and responsibility to enforce the obligations of the Borrowers relating to the Notes and the other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, the right to proceed against any Guaranties, or cause Agent to do so (subject to the terms and conditions hereof), and the right to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement without the consent of the participant, except for those matters covered by Section 14.11(a) through (e) and (h) hereof (provided that a participant may exercise approval rights over such matters only on an indirect basis, acting through such Bank, and Borrowers, Agent and the other Banks may continue to deal directly with such Bank in connection with such Bank's rights and duties hereunder).

Borrowers agree that each participant shall be deemed to have the right of setoff under Section 10.6 hereof in respect of its participation interest in amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to the same extent as if the Indebtedness were owing directly to it as a Bank under this Agreement, shall be subject to the pro rata recovery provisions of Section 11.3 hereof and shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 12 hereof. The amount, terms and conditions of any participation shall be as set forth in the participation agreement between the issuing Bank and the Person purchasing such participation, and none of the Borrowers, the Agent and the other Banks shall have any responsibility or obligation with respect thereto, or to any Person to whom any such participation may be issued. No such participation shall relieve any issuing Bank of any of its obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and all actions hereunder shall be conducted as if no such participation had been granted.

83

(f) Nothing in this Agreement, the Notes or the other Loan Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall confer on any Person other than the respective parties hereto and thereto and their successors and assignees and participants permitted hereunder and thereunder any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or other claim under this Agreement, the Notes or the other Loan Documents.

14.9 Indulgence. No delay or failure of Agent and the Banks in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall affect such right, power or privilege nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any further exercise thereof, nor the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights of Agent and the Banks hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies which Agent and the Banks would otherwise have.

14.10 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, and each executed copy shall constitute an original instrument, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

14.11 Amendment and Waiver. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, nor consent to any departure by Borrowers, the Parent or any Subsidiary therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Majority Banks (or by the Agent at the written request of the Majority Banks) or, if this Agreement expressly so requires with respect to the subject matter thereof, by all Banks (and, with respect to any amendments to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, by Borrowers, the Parent or the Subsidiaries which are signatories thereto), and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, however, that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by all the Banks, do any of the following: (a) increase any Bank's commitments hereunder, (b) reduce the principal of, or interest on, the Notes or any Fees or other amounts payable hereunder, (c) postpone any date fixed for any payment of principal of, or interest on, the Notes or any Fees or other amounts payable hereunder, (d) waive any Event of Default specified in Sections 10.1(a) or (b) hereof, (e) except as expressly permitted hereunder, or under the Collateral Documents, release or defer the granting or perfecting of a lien or security interest in any Collateral or release any guaranty or similar undertaking provided by any Person except as shall be otherwise expressly permitted in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, provided however that Agent shall be entitled to release any Collateral which any Borrower or any Subsidiary is permitted to sell or transfer under the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents without notice to or any further action or consent of the Banks; (f) terminate or modify any indemnity provided to the Banks hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, except as shall be otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (g) take any action which requires the approval or consent of all Banks pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or (h) change the definition of "Majority Banks" or this Section 14.11; provided further, that no amendment, waiver, or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Agent in addition to all the Banks, affect the rights or duties of the Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document. All references in this Agreement to "Banks" or "the Banks" shall refer to all Banks, unless expressly stated to refer to Majority Banks.

84

14.12 Confidentiality. Each Bank agrees that it will not disclose without the prior consent of Borrowers (other than to its employees, its Subsidiaries, its Affiliates, another Bank or to its auditors or counsel) any information with respect to Borrowers, which is furnished pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents; provided that any Bank may disclose any such information (a) as has become generally available to the public or has been lawfully obtained by such Bank from any third party under no duty of confidentiality to Borrowers, (b) as may be required or appropriate in any report, statement or testimony submitted to, or in respect to any inquiry, by, any municipal, state or federal regulatory body having or claiming to have jurisdiction over such Bank, including the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or similar organizations (whether in the United States or elsewhere) or their successors, (c) as may be required or appropriate in respect to any summons or subpoena or in connection with any litigation, (d) in order to comply with any law, order, regulation or ruling applicable to such Bank, and (e) to any permitted transferee or assignee or to any approved participant of, or with respect to, the Notes, as aforesaid.

14.13 Withholding Taxes. If any Bank is not incorporated under the laws of the United States or a state thereof, such Bank shall promptly deliver to the Agent and the Borrowers two executed copies of (a) (i) Internal Revenue Service Form 1001, or successor applicable Form, specifying the applicable tax treaty between the United States and the jurisdiction of such Bank's domicile which provides for the exemption from withholding on interest payments to such Bank,
(ii) Internal Revenue Service Form 4224, or successor applicable Form, evidencing that the income to be received by such Bank hereunder is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States or (iii) other evidence satisfactory to the Agent and Borrowers that such Bank is exempt from United States income tax withholding with respect to such income and (b) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 or W-9, or successor applicable Form, as the case may be, certifying that such Bank is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax on any payments by the Borrowers under this Agreement or any Notes. Such Bank shall amend or supplement any such form or evidence as required to insure that it is accurate, complete and non-misleading at all times. Promptly upon notice from the Agent of any determination by the Internal Revenue Service that any payments previously made to such Bank hereunder were subject to United States income tax withholding including, without limitation, backup withholding when made, such Bank shall pay to the Agent the excess of the aggregate amount required to be withheld from such payments over the aggregate amount actually Withheld by the Agent.

14.14 Taxes and Fees. Should any tax (other than as a result of a Bank's failure to comply with Section 14.13 or a tax based upon the net income or capitalization of any Bank or the Agent by any jurisdiction where a Bank or Agent is located), recording or filing fee become payable in respect of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any amendment, modification or supplement hereof or thereof, the Borrowers agree to pay the same, together with any interest or penalties thereon arising from the Borrowers' act or omission, and agrees to hold the Agent and the Banks harmless with respect thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this Section 14.14 shall affect or reduce the rights of any Bank or the Agent under Section 12.7 hereof.

14.15 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. THE BANKS, THE AGENT AND THE BORROWERS AFTER CONSULTING OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL, KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY

85

WAIVE ANY RIGHT ANY OF THEM MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY RELATED INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTION OF ANY OF THEM. NEITHER THE BANKS, THE AGENT, NOR BORROWERS SHALL SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE, BY COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHERWISE, ANY SUCH ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL HAS BEEN WAIVED WITH ANY OTHER ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CANNOT BE OR HAS NOT BEEN WAIVED. THESE PROVISIONS SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN MODIFIED IN ANY RESPECT OR RELINQUISHED BY THE BANKS AND THE AGENT OR BORROWERS EXCEPT BY A WRITTEN INSTRUMENT EXECUTED BY ALL OF THEM.

14.16 Complete Agreement: Conflicts. This Agreement, the Notes, any Requests for Revolving Credit Advance and Term Loan Requests hereunder, and the Loan Documents contain the entire agreement of the parties hereto, superseding all prior agreements, discussions and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof, and none of the parties shall be bound by anything not expressed in writing. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, this Agreement shall govern.

14.17 Severability. In case any one or more of the obligations of Borrowers under this Agreement, the Notes or any of the other Loan Documents shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining obligations of Borrowers shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability in one jurisdiction shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the obligations of Borrowers under this Agreement, the Notes or any of the other Loan Documents in any other jurisdiction.

14.18 Table of Contents and Headings. The table of contents and the headings of the various subdivisions hereof are for convenience of reference only and shall in no way modify or affect any of the terms or provisions hereof.

14.19 Construction of Certain Provisions. If any provision of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents refers to any action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person, whether or not expressly specified in such provision.

14.20 Independence of Covenants. Each covenant hereunder shall be given independent effect (subject to any exceptions stated in such covenant) so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted by any such covenant (taking into account any such stated exception), the fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or would be otherwise within the limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default.

14.21 Reliance on and Survival of Various Provisions. All terms, covenants, agreements, representations and warranties of Borrowers or any party to any of the Loan Documents made herein

86

or in any of the Loan Documents or in any certificate, report, financial statement or other document furnished by or on behalf of Borrowers or any Subsidiary in connection with this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents shall be deemed to have been relied upon by the Banks, notwithstanding any investigation heretofore or hereafter made by any Bank or on such Bank's behalf, and those covenants and agreements of Borrowers set forth in Section 14.5 hereof (together with any other indemnities of Borrowers or any Subsidiary contained elsewhere in this Agreement or in any of the other Loan Documents) and of Banks set forth in Section 13.9 hereof shall survive the repayment in full of the Indebtedness arid the termination of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment.

14.22 Joint and Several Liability.

(a) Trim and Tempress authorize Holdings with full power and authority as attorney-in-fact, to execute and deliver Requests for Advances, request for issuance of Letters of Credit and each other instrument, certificate and report to be delivered by the Borrowers to Agent and the Banks pursuant to this Agreement. Trim and Tempress agree that they shall be bound by any action taken by Holdings on their behalf pursuant to such appointment.

(b) The obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are joint and several.

(c) Each Borrower acknowledges and agrees that it is the intent of the parties that each Borrower be primarily liable for the obligations as a joint and several obligor (except as specifically set forth in this Section 14.22). It is the intention of the parties that with respect to liability of any Borrower hereunder arising solely by reason of its being jointly and severally liable for Advances and other extensions of credit taken by other Borrowers, the obligations of such Borrower shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable irrespective of:

(i) any lack of validity, legality or enforceability of this Agreement or any Note as to any other Borrower;

(ii) the failure of any Bank or any holder of any Note:

(A) to enforce any right or remedy against any Borrower or any other Person (including any guarantor) under the provisions of this Agreement, such Note, or otherwise, or

(B) to exercise any right or remedy against any guarantor of, or collateral securing, any obligations;

(iii) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Indebtedness, or any other extension, compromise or renewal of any Indebtedness;

(iv) any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination of any Indebtedness with respect to any other Borrower for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to (and each Borrower hereby

87

waives any right to or claim of) any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality, nongenuineness, irregularity, compromise, unenforceability of, or any other event or occurrence affecting, any Indebtedness with respect to any other Borrower;

(v) any addition, exchange, release, surrender or nonperfection of any collateral, or any amendment to or waiver or release or addition of, or consent to departure from, any guaranty, held by any Bank or any holder of the Notes securing any of the Indebtedness; or

(vi) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a legal or equitable discharge of, any other Borrower, any surety or any guarantor.

(d) Each Borrower agrees that its joint and several liability hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment (in whole or in part) of any of the Indebtedness is rescinded or must be restored by any Bank or any holder of any Note, upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of any Borrower as though such payment had not been made.

(e) Each Borrower hereby expressly waives: (a) notice of the Banks' acceptance of this Agreement; (b) notice of the existence or creation or non payment of all or any of the Indebtedness; (c) presentment, demand, notice of dishonor, protest, and all other notices whatsoever other than notices expressly provided for in this Agreement; and (d) all diligence in collection or protection of or realization upon the Indebtedness or any thereof, any obligation hereunder, or any security for or guaranty of any of the foregoing.

(f) No delay on any of the Banks part in the exercise of any right or remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof, and no single or partial exercise by any of the Banks of any right or remedy shall preclude other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy. No action of any of the Banks permitted hereunder shall in any way affect or impair any such Banks' rights or any Borrower's Indebtedness under this Agreement.

(g) Each Borrower hereby represents and warrants to each of the Borrowers that it now has and will continue to have independent means of obtaining information concerning the Borrowers, affairs, financial condition and business. Banks shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Borrower with any credit or other information concerning the Borrowers, affairs, financial condition or business which may come into the Banks' possession.

* * *

[Signatures follow on succeeding pages]

88

WITNESS the due execution hereof as of the day and year first above written.

COMERICA BANK, TRIM SYSTEMS OPERATING CORP.
as Agent

By: /s/ (ILLEGIBLE)                          By: /s/ (ILLEGIBLE)
   -------------------------------------        -----------------------------

Its: Vice President                          Its: Vice President

TRIM SYSTEMS, LLC

By: /s/ (ILLEGIBLE)
   -----------------------------
Its: Vice President

TEMPRESS, INC.

                                             By: /s/ (ILLEGIBLE)
                                                -----------------------------
                                             Its: Vice President


BANKS:                                       COMERICA BANK



                                             By: /s/ (ILLEGIBLE)
                                                -----------------------------

                                             Its: Vice President

89

THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO

By: /s/ (ILLEGIBLE)
   -------------------------------------
Its:       V.P.
    ------------------------------------

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By:  /s/ MARK R. MCDONALD
   -------------------------------------
Its:       Mark R. McDonald
           Vice President
    ------------------------------------

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO CREDIT AGREEMENT]

90

EXHIBIT 10.3

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO REVOLVING CREDIT AND TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

This Amendment dated as of December 31, 1998 by and among the lenders signatories hereto, Comerica Bank as agent for the Banks (in such capacity, "Agent"), Trim Systems Operating Corp., a Delaware corporation ("Holdings"), Tempress, Inc., a Washington corporation ("Tempress") and Trim Systems, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("Trim").

RECITALS

A. Holdings, Tempress, Trim, Agent and the lenders signatories hereto (other than the Swing Line Bank) entered into that certain Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement dated as of October 29, 1998 ("Agreement").

B. The parties desire to amend the Agreement to provide a swing line facility for the benefit of Holdings, Tempress and Trim.

The parties agree that the Agreement is amended as follows:

1. The definition of "Advance(s)" set forth in Article 1 of the Agreement is amended to read as follows:

"'Advance(s)' shall mean, as the context may indicate, a borrowing requested by Borrowers and made by the Banks (other than the Swing Line Bank) under Section 2.1 hereof or requested by the Borrowers and made by the Banks (other than the Swing Line Bank) under Section 4A.1 hereof or requested by the Borrowers and made by the Banks (other than the Swing Line Bank) under Section 4B.1 hereof or requested by the Borrowers and made by the Swing Line Bank under Section 4c.1 hereof, including without limitation any readvance, refunding or conversion of such borrowing pursuant to Section 2.3, 4A.3 or 4B.3 hereof, any advance in respect to the Letter of Credit under Section 3.6 hereof (including without limitation the unreimbursed amount of any draws under any Letter of Credit) and shall include, as applicable, a Eurocurrency-based Advance and Prime-based Advance."

2. The definition of "Banks" set forth in Article 1 of the Agreement is amended to read as follows:


"'Banks' shall mean Comerica Bank and such other financial institutions from time to me parties hereto as lenders and shall include the Revolving/Term Banks, the Swing Line Bank and the Issuing Bank and any assignee which becomes a Bank pursuant to Section 14.8 hereof."

3. The definition of "Majority Banks" set forth in Article 1 the Agreement is amended to read as follows:

"'Majority Banks' shall mean at any time Banks holding 66-2/3% of the aggregated principal amount of the Indebtedness then outstanding under the Notes (provided that, for purposes of determining Majority Banks hereunder, indebtedness outstanding under Swing Line Note shall be allocated among the Banks based upon their respective Percentages), or, if not Indebtedness is then outstanding. Banks holding 66-2/3% of the Percentages; provided however, so long as there are only three (3) Banks holding the same Percentages as set forth on Schedule 1.2 on the Effective Date, "Majority Banks" shall mean all of the Banks."

4. The definition of "Note(s): set forth in Article 1 the Agreement is amended to read as follows:

"'Notes' shall mean the Revolving Credit Notes, the Term Notes and the Swing Line Note."

5. The following definitions are added to the Agreement.

"'Request for Swing Line Advance' shall mean a Request for Swing Line Advance issued by Borrowers under Section 4C.3 of this Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit N, as amended or otherwise modified."

"'Revolving/Term Bank' shall mean each Bank which is a lender of the Revolving Credit under Article 2 hereof or the Term Loans under Article 4A or Article 4B hereof, and their successors and assigns."

"'Swing Line Advance' shall mean a borrowing made by Swing Line Bank to Borrowers pursuant to Section 4C.1 hereof."

"'Swing Line Commitment' shall mean Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000), subject to termination pursuant to Section 10.2 hereof."

2

" 'Swing Line Credit' shall mean the revolving credit loan to be advanced to the Borrowers by the Swing Line Bank pursuant to Article 4C hereof, in an aggregate amount (subject to the terms hereof), not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, the Swing Line Commitment."

" 'Swing Line Bank' shall mean Comerica Bank, in its capacity as lender under Article 4C of this Agreement, and its successors and assigns."

" 'Swing Line Note' shall mean the swing line note described in Section 4C.1 hereof, made by Borrowers to Swing Line Bank in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit O, as such Note may be amended or supplemented from time to time, and any notes issued in substitution, replacement or renewal thereof from time to time."

6. Section 2.3(c) of the Agreement is amended to read as follows:

"(c) the principal amount of such Revolving Credit Advance, plus the principal amount of all other Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances then outstanding hereunder, plus the Letter of Credit Obligations, less the principal amount of any outstanding Swing Line Advance or Revolving Credit Advance to be refunded by the requested Revolving Credit Advance, shall not excess the lesser of the then applicable (i) Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment and (ii) Borrowing Base."

7. Sections 2.6, 2.7 and 2.8 of the Agreement are amended to read as follows:

"2.6 Revolving Credit Commitment Fee. From the Effective Date to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent for distribution to the Banks pro-rata in accordance with their respective percentages, a Revolving Credit Commitment Fee quarterly in arrears commencing January 1, 1999 (in respect of the prior fiscal quarter or portion thereof), and on the first day of each fiscal quarter thereafter. The Revolving Credit Commitment Fee shall be equal to the sum of the Applicable Commitment Fee Percentage times the daily amount by which the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment then in effect less the aggregate daily undrawn amount of any Letters of Credit exceeds the principal amount of Advances outstanding from time to time under the Revolving Credit and the aggregate principal amount of all Swing Line Advances outstanding from time to time, computed on a daily basis. The Revolving Credit Commitment Fee shall be computed on the basis of a year of three hundred sixty (360) days and assessed for the actual number of days elapsed. Whenever any payment of the Revolving Credit Commitment Fee shall be due on a day

3

which is not a Business Day, the date for payment thereof shall be extended to the next Business Day. Upon receipt of such payment, Agent shall make prompt payment to each Revolving/Term Bank of its share of the Revolving Credit Commitment Fee based upon its respective Percentage. It is expressly understood that the Revolving Credit Commitment Fees described in this Section are not refundable under any circumstances."

"2.7 Reduction of Indebtedness; Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment. If at any time and for any reason the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances hereunder to Borrowers, plus the Letter of Credit obligations which shall be outstanding at such time, shall exceed the lesser of the then applicable (i) Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment and (ii) Borrowing Base, the Borrowers shall immediately reduce any pending request for an Advance on such day by the amount of such excess and, to the extent any excess remains thereafter, immediately repay an amount of the Indebtedness equal to such excess and, to the extent such Indebtedness consists of Letter of Credit Obligations, provide cash collateral on the basis set forth in Section 10.2 hereof. Borrowers acknowledge that, in connection with any repayment required hereunder, it shall also be responsible for the reimbursement of any prepayment or other costs required under
Section 12.1 hereof; provided, however, that Borrowers may, in their discretion, in order to reduce any such prepayment costs and expenses, first prepay such portion of the Indebtedness then carried as a Prime-based Advance, if any."

"2.8 Optional Reduction or Termination of Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment. The Borrowers may, upon at least five
(5) Business Days' prior written notice to Agent, permanently reduce the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment in whole at any time, or in part from time to time, without premium or penalty, provided that: (i) each partial reduction of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment shall be in an aggregate amount equal to at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) or a larger integral multiple of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000);
(ii) each reduction shall be accompanied by the payment of the Revolving Credit Commitment Fee, if any, accrued to the date of such reduction; (iii) the Borrowers shall prepay in accordance with the terms hereof the amount, if any, by which the sum of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of Revolving Credit Advances, plus the Swing Line Advances plus the Letter of Credit Obligations, exceeds the then applicable Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment, taking into account the aforesaid reductions thereof, together with accrued but unpaid interest on the principal amount of such prepaid Advances to the date of prepayment; and (iv) no reduction shall reduce the amount of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment to an amount which is less than the Letter of Credit Obligations at such time. Reductions of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment and

4

and accompanying prepayments of the Revolving Credit Notes shall be distributed by Agent to each Revolving/Term Bank in accordance with such Bank's Percentage thereof, and will not be available for reinstatement by or readvance to Borrowers and any accompanying prepayments of the Swing Line Note shall be distributed by Agent to the Swing Line Bank and will not be available for reinstatement by or readvance to Borrowers. Any reductions of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment hereunder shall reduce each Bank's portion thereof proportionately (based upon the applicable Percentages), and shall be permanent and irrevocable. Any payment made pursuant to this Section shall be applied first to outstanding Prime-based Advances under the Revolving Credit, next to Swing Line Advances and next to Eurocurrency-based Advances."

8. Article 4C is added to the Agreement as follows:

"4C. SWING LINE CREDIT

"4C.1 Swing Line Advances. The Swing Line Bank shall, on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth (including Section 4C.3), make one or more Advances (each such Advance being a "Swing Line Advance") to Borrowers from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the date hereof to (but excluding) the Revolving Credit Maturity Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Swing Line Commitment at any time outstanding; provided, however, that after giving effect to all Swing Line Advances and all Revolving Credit Advances requested to be made on such date, the sum of the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Revolving Credit Advances, Swing Line Advances and Letter of Credit Obligations shall not exceed the lesser of the then applicable (a) Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment and (b) Borrowing Base. All Swing Line Advances shall be evidenced by the Swing Line Note, under which Advances, repayments and readvances may be made, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Each Swing Line Advance shall mature and the principal amount thereof shall be due and payable by Borrowers on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto. In no event whatsoever shall any outstanding Swing Line Advance be deemed to reduce, modify or affect any Bank's commitment to make Revolving Credit Advances based upon its Percentage.

"4C.2 Accrual of Interest; Margin Adjustments. The Swing Line Note, and all principal and interest outstanding thereunder, shall mature and become due and payable in full on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date. Each Swing Line Advance shall, from time to time after the date of such Advance, bear interest at the Prime-based Rate. The amount and date of each Swing Line Advance, its Applicable Interest Rate and the amount and date of any

5

repayment shall be noted on Agent's records, which records will be conclusive evidence thereof, absent manifest error; provided, however, that any failure by the Agent to record any such information shall not relieve Borrowers of their obligation to repay the outstanding principal amount of such Advance, all interest accrued thereon and any amount payable with respect thereto in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

"4C.3 Requests for Swing Line Advances. Borrowers may request a Swing Line Advance only after delivery to Swing Line Bank of a Request for Swing Line Advance expected by a person authorized by each of the Borrowers to make such requests on behalf of such Borrower, subject to the following and to the remaining provisions hereof:

(a) each such Request for Swing Line Advance shall set forth the information required on the Request for Swing Line Advance including without limitation the proposed date of Swing Line Advance, which must be a Business Day;

(b) each such Request for Swing Line Advance shall be delivered to Swing Line Bank by 12:00 p.m. (Detroit time) on the proposed date of the Swing Line Advance;

(c) the principal amount of such requested Swing Line Advance, plus the principal amount of all other Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advance then outstanding hereunder, plus the Letter of Credit Obligations, shall not exceed the lesser of the then applicable (i) Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment and (ii) Borrowing Base;

(d) each Request for Swing Line Advance, once delivered to Swing Line Bank, shall not be revocable by Borrowers, and shall constitute a certification by the Borrowers as of the date thereof that:

(i) to the best knowledge of Borrowers all conditions to Advances have been satisfied;

(ii) there is no Default or Event of Default in existence, and none shall exist upon the making of the Swing Line Advance; and

(iii) the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and the Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects and shall be true and

6

correct in all material respects as of and immediately after the making of the Swing Line Advance.

Swing Line Bank shall promptly deliver to Agent by telecopier a copy of any Request for Swing Line Advance received.

Swing Line Bank, may, at its option, lend under this Article 4C upon the telephone request of an authorized officer of each of the Borrowers and, in the event Swing Line Bank makes any such Advance upon a telephone request, the requesting officer(s) shall, if so requested by Swing Line Bank, fax to Swing Line Bank, on the same day as such telephone request, a Request for Swing Line Advance. Borrowers hereby authorize Swing Line Bank to disburse Advances under this Article 4C pursuant to the telephone instructions of any person purporting to be a person identified by name on a written list of persons authorized by the Borrowers to make Requests for foregoing. Borrowers acknowledge that Borrowers shall bear all risk of loss resulting from disbursements made upon any telephone request. Each telephone request for an Advance shall constitute a certification of the matters set forth in the Request for Swing Line Advance form as of the date of such requested Advance.

At the option of Swing Line Bank, in lieu of written Requests for Swing Line Advances, Borrowers may utilize Swing Line Bank's "Sweep to Loan" automated system for obtaining Swing Line Advances. Each time a Swing Line Advance is made using the "Sweep to Loan" system, it shall constitute a certification by Borrowers of the matters set forth in the Request for Swing Line Advance form as of such date, Swing Line Bank may revoke Borrowers' privilege to use the "Sweep to Loan" system at any time and after any such revocation, the regular procedures set forth here in shall apply.

"4C.4 Disbursement of Swing Line Advances. Subject to submission of an executed Request for Swing Line Advance by Borrowers without exceptions noted in the compliance certification therein and to the other terms and conditions hereof, Swing Line Bank shall make available to Borrowers the amount so requested, in same day funds, not later than 4:00 p.m. (Detroit time) on the date of such Swing Line Advance by credit to an account of Borrowers maintained with Swing Line Bank or to such other account or third party as Borrowers may reasonably direct. Swing Line Bank shall promptly notify Agent of any Swing Line Advance by telephone, telex or telecopier.

7

"4C.5 Refunding of or Participation Interest in Swing Line Advances.

(a) The Swing Line Bank, at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, may on behalf of the Borrowers (which hereby irrevocably direct the Swing Line Bank to act on their behalf) request each Revolving/Term Bank (including the Swing Line Bank in its capacity as a Revolving/Term Bank) to make a Prime-based Advance of the Revolving Credit in an amount equal to such Revolving/Term Bank's Percentage of the principal amount of the Swing Line Advances (the "Refunded Swing Line Advances") outstanding on the date such notice is given; provided that (i) at any time the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Swing Line Advances exceeds the Swing Line Commitment, then the Agent shall, on behalf of the Borrowers (which hereby irrevocably direct the Agent to act on their behalf), promptly request each Revolving/Term Bank (including the Swing Line Bank) to make a Revolving Credit Advance in an amount equal to such Revolving/Term Bank's Percentage of the principal amount of such outstanding Swing Line Advance, and (ii) Swing Line Advances may be prepaid by Borrowers in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.6 hereof. Unless any of the events described in Section 10.1(j) shall have occurred (in which event the procedures of paragraph (b) of this Section 4C.5 shall apply) and regardless of whether the conditions precedent set forth in this Agreement to the making of a Revolving Credit Advance are then satisfied, each Revolving/Term Bank shall make the proceeds of its Revolving Credit Advance available to the Agent for the ratable benefit of the Swing Line Bank at the office of the Agent specified in Section 2.4(a) prior to 11:00 a.m. Detroit time, in funds immediately available on the Business Day next succeeding the date such notice is given. The proceeds of such Revolving Credit Advances shall be immediately applied to repay the Refunded Swing Line Advances.

"(b) If, prior to the making of a Revolving Credit Advance pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 4C.5, one of the events described in Section 10.1(j) shall have occurred, each Revolving/Term Bank will, on the date such Revolving Credit Advance was to have been made, purchase from the Swing Line Bank an undivided participating interest in the Refunded Swing Line Bank an undivided participating interest in the Refunded Swing Line Advance. Each such Bank will immediately transfer to the Agent, in immediately available funds, the amount of its participation and upon receipt thereof the Agent will deliver to such Bank a Swing Line Bank Participation Certificate in the form of Exhibit P dated the date of receipt of such funds and in such amount.

"(c) Each Revolving/Term Bank's obligation to make Revolving Credit Advances and to purchase participation interests in accordance with clauses (a) and (b) above shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not

8

be affected by any circumstance, including, without limitation, (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Bank may have against Swing Line Bank, any of the Borrowers or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (ii) the occurrence or continuance of any Default or Event of Default; (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of any of the Borrowers or any other Person; (iv) any breach of this Agreement by any of the Borrowers or any other Person; (v) any inability of any of the Borrowers to satisfy the conditions precedent to borrowing set forth in this Agreement on the date upon which such participating interest is to be purchased or (vi) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing. If any Bank does not make available to the Agent the amount required pursuant to clause
(a) or (b) above, as the case may be, the Agent shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Bank, together with interest thereon for each day from the date of non-payment until such amount is paid in full at the Federal Funds Effective Rate for the first two Business Days and at the Alternate Base Rate thereafter.

"Notwithstanding the foregoing however, no Bank shall be required to make any Revolving Credit Advance to refund a Swing Line Advance or to purchase a participation in a Swing Line Advance if prior to the making of such Swing Line Advance by the Swing Line Bank, the Agent received written notice from a Bank specifically stating that such Bank believed that one or more of the conditions precedent to the making of Swing Line Advance(s) had not been met and, in fact, such conditions precedent were not satisfied at the time of the making of such Advance; provided, however that the obligation of the Revolving/Term Banks to make such Revolving Credit Advance or purchase a participation in such Swing Line Advance shall be acquired upon the earlier of occur of (x) the date on which the Bank notifies the Agent that such prior notice is withdrawn and (y) the date of which all conditions precedent to the making of such Swing Line Advance have been satisfied (or waived by the Majority Banks or all Banks, as applicable)."

9. The first sentence of Section 5.6 of the Agreement is amended to read as follows:

"Borrowers may prepay all or part of the outstanding balance of any Prime-based Advance(s) or Eurocurrency-based Advance(s) at any time."

10. Section 11.1(d) of the Agreement is amended to read as follows:

"(d) All payments to be made by Borrowers under this Agreement or any of the Notes (including without limitation payments under the Swing Line Note) shall be made without set-off or counterclaim, as aforesaid, and,

9

subject to compliance by the Banks with Section 14.13, without deduction for or on account of any present or future withholding or other taxes of any nature imposed by any governmental authority or of any political subdivision thereof or any federation or organization of which such governmental authority may at the time of payment be a member, unless Borrowers are compelled by law to make payment subject to such tax. In such event, Borrowers shall:

"(i) pay to the Agent for Agent's own account and/or, as the case may be, for the account of the Banks (and in the case of Advances of the Swing Line, pay to the Swing Line Bank which funded such Advances) such additional amounts as may be necessary to ensure that the Agent and/or such Bank or Banks receive a net amount equal to the full amount which would have been receivable had payment not been made subject to such tax; and

(ii) remit such tax to the relevant taxing authorities according to applicable law, and send to the Agent or the applicable Bank (including the Swing Line Bank) or Banks, as the case may be, such certificates or certified copy receipts as the Agent or such Bank or Banks shall reasonable require as proof of the payment by the Borrowers, of any such taxes payable by the Borrowers."

11. The first sentence of Section 12.8 of the Agreement is amended to read as follows:

"If (i) the obligation of any Bank to make Eurocurrency-based Advances has been suspended for pursuant to Section 12.3 or
Section 12.4 (ii) any Bank has demanded compensation under
Section 12.5, 12.7 or 3.4(b), or (iii) any Bank has wrongfully failed to fund its Percentage of any requested Advance under Section 2.4(c) or Section 3.6, (in each case, an "Affected Lender"). Borrower shall have the right, with the assistance Agent, to seek a substitute Lender or Lenders (which may be one or more of the Banks (the "Purchasing Lender" or "Purchasing Lenders") to purchase the Notes and assume the Commitment (including without limitation its participation in Swing Line Advances and Letters of Credit) under the Agreement of such Affected Lender."

10

12. Section 14.11 of the Agreement is amended to read as follows:

"14.11 Amendment and Waiver. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, nor consent to any departure by Borrowers, the Parent or any Subsidiary therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Majority Banks
(or by the Agent at the written request of the Majority Banks)
or, if this Agreement expressly so requires with respect to the subject matter thereof, by all Banks (and, with respect to any amendments to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, by Borrowers, the Parent or the Subsidiaries which are signatories thereto), and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, however, that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by all the Banks, do any of the following: (a) increase any Bank's commitments hereunder, (b) reduce the principal of, or interest on, the Notes or any Fees or other amounts payable hereunder, (c) postpone any date fixed for any payment of principal of, or interest on, the Notes or any Fees or other amounts payable hereunder, (d) waive any Event of Default specified in Sections 10.1(a) or (b) hereof, (e) except as expressly permitted hereunder, or under the Collateral Documents, release or defer the granting or perfecting of a lien or security interest in any Collateral or release any guaranty or similar undertaking provided by any Person except as shall be otherwise expressly permitted in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, provided however that Agent shall be entitled to release any Collateral which any Borrower or any Subsidiary is permitted to sell or transfer under the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents without notice to or any further action or consent of the Banks; (f) terminate or modify any indemnity provided to the Banks hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, except as shall be otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (g) take any action which requires the approval or consent of all Banks pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (h) change the definition of "Majority Banks" or this Section 14.11; provided further, that no amendment, waiver, or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Agent in addition to all the Banks, affect the rights or duties of the Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; and provided further, that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing signed by the Swing Line Bank, do any of the following: (x) reduce the principal of, or interest on, the Swing Line Note or (y) postpone any date fixed for any payment of principal of or interest on, the Swing Line Note. All references in this Agreement to "Banks" or "the Banks" shall refer to all Banks, unless expressly stated to refer to Majority Banks."

11

13. Section 14.16 of the Agreement is amended to read as follow:

"14.16 "Complete Agreement; Conflicts. This Agreement, the Notes, any Requests for Revolving Credit Advance, Requests for Swing Line Advance and Term Loan requests hereunder, and the Loan Documents contained in the entire Agreement of the parties hereto superseding all prior agreements, discussions and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof, and none of the parties shall be bound by anything not expressed in writing. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, this Agreement shall govern."

14. All references to the term "Bank" or "Banks" (but not to the term "Majority Banks") in Section 2.1, 2.3, 2.4, 2.9, 2.10, 4A.1, 4A.2, 4A.3, 4B.1, 4B.2, 4B.3, 5.6, 5.7 and 5.8 of the Agreement shall mean the Revolving/Term Banks.

15. Exhibits N, O, and P are added to the Agreement in the form annexed hereto.

16. The above amendments shall be effective as of the date hereof upon issuance by Borrowers of the Swing Line Note and delivery by Borrowers to Agent of all of the documents set forth on the closing agenda annexed hereto.

17. Except as expressly modified hereby, all the terms of and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

18. Borrowers hereby represent and warrant that, after giving effect to the amendments contained herein, (a) execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment and any other documents and instruments required under this Amendment or the Agreement are within Company's powers, had been duly authorized, are not in contravention of law or the terms of each of the Borrowers' Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws or Articles of Organization or Operating Agreement, as applicable, and do not require the consent or approval of any governmental body, agency, or authority; and this Amendment and any other documents and instruments required under this Amendment or the Agreement, will be valid and binding in accordance with their terms; (b) the representations and warranties of Borrowers set forth in Sections 7.1 through 7.17 and 7.19 through 7.23 of the Agreement are true and correct, in all material respects on and as of the date hereof with the same force and effect as if made on and as of the date hereof; (c) the representations and warranties of Borrowers set forth in Section 7.18 of the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof with respect to the most recent financial statements furnished to the Bank by Borrowers in accordance with Section 8.1 of the Agreement; and (d) no Event of Default, or condition or event which, with the giving of notice or the running of time, or both, would constitute and Event of Default under the Agreement, has occurred and is continuing as of the date hereof.

19. This Amendment may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

12

WITNESS the due execution hereof as of the day and year first above written.

COMERICA BANK,                         TRIM SYSTEMS OPERATING CORP.
as Agent

By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]                    By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
   -----------------                      -------------------------
Its: Vice President                    Its: Vice President


                                       TRIM SYSTEMS, LLC

                                       By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
                                          -------------------------
                                       Its: Vice President


                                       TEMPRESS, INC.

                                       By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
                                          -------------------------
                                       Its: Vice President


REVOLVING/TERM BANKS:                  COMMERICA BANK

                                       By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
                                          -------------------------
                                       Its: Vice President

13

THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF
CHICAGO

By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
   -------------------------------

Its: V.P.
    -------------------------------

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                                             By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
                                                -------------------------------

                                             Its: Vice President
                                                 -------------------------------


SWING LINE BANK:                             COMERICA BANK


                                             By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
                                                -------------------------------

                                             Its: Vice President
                                                 -------------------------------

14

EXHIBIT "N"

REQUEST FOR SWING LINE ADVANCE

No.                                                      Dated:
   --------------                                               ----------------


To: Comerica Bank, Swing Line Bank

Re: Revolving Credit Agreement by and among Comerica Bank, as Agent, the lenders from time to time parties thereto (collectively, "Banks"), Trim Systems Operating Corp., Tempress, Inc. and Trim Systems LLC (collectively, "Companies") dated as of October 29, 1998 (as amended from time to time, the "Agreement").

Pursuant to the Agreement, Companies request a Swing Line Advance from the Swing Line Bank as follows:

A. Date of Advance:

B. Amount of Advance:

$

[ ] Comerica Bank Account No.

[ ] Other:


         C. Availability:

1. Principal amount of requested Swing Line Advance (new          $
   money only):                                                    -------------

2. Principal amount of all Revolving Advances outstanding         $
   on the date of this Request:                                    -------------

3. Principal amount of all Swing Line Advances outstanding        $
   on the date of this Request:                                    -------------

4. Aggregate undrawn portion of Letter of Credit                  $
   outstanding on the date of this Request:                        -------------

5. Aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit requested       $
   but not yet issued on the date of this Request:                 -------------

 6. Sum of Items 2 through 5:                                     $
                                                                   -------------

 7. Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment in effect on the        $
    date of this Request:                                          -------------

 8. Borrowing Base as of the most recently delivered              $
    certificate:                                                   -------------

 9. Lesser of Items 7 and 8:                                      $
                                                                   -------------

10. Item 9 minus Item 6 (Availability): Item I must be less       $
    than Item 10                                                   -------------

Companies certify to the matters specified in Section 4.3(e) of the Agreement.

TRIM SYSTEMS OPERATING CORP.

By:

Its:

TEMPRESS, INC.

By:

Its:

TRIM SYSTEMS LLC

By:

Its:

Swing Line Bank Approval:

2

EXHIBIT "O"

SWING LINE NOTE

$3,000,000 December __, 1998

On the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Trim Systems Operating Corp., a Delaware corporation, Tempress, Inc., a Washington corporation and Trim Systems LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (collectively, "Companies") promise to pay to the order of Comerica Bank ("Swing Line Bank") at 500 Woodward Avenue, Detroit, Michigan, in care of Agent, in lawful money of the United States of America, the sum of Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000), or so much of said sum as may from time to time have been advanced and then be outstanding hereunder pursuant to Article 4C of the Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement dated as of October 29, 1998, executed by and among the Companies, certain banks, including the Swing Line Bank, and Comerica Bank as Agent for such banks, as the same may be amended from time to time (the "Agreement"), together with interest thereon as hereinafter set forth.

The unpaid principal indebtedness from time to time outstanding under this Note shall be due and payable on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date or as otherwise set forth in the Agreement.

Each of the Swing Line Advances made hereunder shall bear interest at the Prime-based Rate from time to time applicable thereto under the Agreement or as otherwise determined thereunder, and interest shall be computed, assessed and payable as set forth in the Agreement.

This Note is a note under which advances, repayments and readvances may be made from time to time, but only in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement. This Note evidences borrowings under, is subject to, is secured in accordance with, and may be accelerated or matured under, the terms of the Agreement, to which reference is hereby made. Definitions and terms of the Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference herein.

This Note shall be interpreted and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be determined under the laws of, and enforceable in, the State of Michigan (without regard to its conflict of laws provisions).

Companies hereby waive presentment for payment, demand, protest and notice of dishonor and nonpayment of this Note and agrees that no obligation hereunder shall be discharged by reason of any extension, indulgence, release, or forbearance granted by any holder of this Note to any party now or hereafter liable hereon or any present or subsequent owner of any property, real or personal, which is now or hereafter security for this Note.


Nothing herein shall limit any right granted Bank by any other instrument or by law.

TRIM SYSTEMS OPERATING CORP.

By: ________________________

Its: _______________________

TEMPRESS, INC.

By: ________________________

Its: _______________________

TRIM SYSTEMS LLC

By: ________________________

Its: _______________________

2

EXHIBIT "P"

FORM OF
SWING LINE LOAN PARTICIPATION CERTIFICATE

__________, 19__

[Name of Bank]



Ladies and Gentlemen:

Pursuant to Section 4C.5 of the Revolving Credit and Term Loan agreement dated as of October 29, 1998, among Trim Systems Operating Corp., Tempress, Inc., Trim Systems LLC, the Banks named therein and Comerica Bank, as Agent, the undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt from you of $___________ as payment for a participating interest in the following Swing Line Advance:

Date of Swing Line Advance: _______________________________

Principal Amount of Swing Line Advance: ___________________

The participation evidenced by this certificate shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement including without limitation Section 4C.5(b) thereof.

Very truly yours,

COMERICA BANK, as Agent

By: _________________________________

Its: ________________________________


SWING LINE NOTE

$3,000,000 December , 1998

On the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Trim Systems Operating Corp., a Delaware corporation, Tempress, Inc., a Washington corporation and Trim Systems LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (collectively, "Companies") promise to pay to the order of Comerica Bank ("Swing Line Bank") at 500 Woodward Avenue, Detroit, Michigan, in care of Agent, in lawful money of the United States of America, the sum of Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000), or so much of said sum as may from time to time have been advanced and then be outstanding hereunder pursuant to Article 4C of the Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement dated as of October 29, 1998, executed by and among the Companies, certain banks, including the Swing Line Bank, and Comerica Bank as Agent for such banks, as the same may be amended from time to time (the "Agreement"), together with interest thereon as hereinafter set forth.

The unpaid principal indebtedness from time to time outstanding under this Note shall be due and payable on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date or as otherwise set forth in the Agreement.

Each of the Swing Line Advances made hereunder shall bear interest at the Prime-based Rate from time to time applicable thereto under the Agreement or as otherwise determined thereunder, and interest shall be computed, assessed and payable as set forth in the Agreement.

This Note is a note under which advances, repayments and readvances may be made from time to time, but only in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement. This Note evidences borrowings under, is subject to, is secured in accordance with, and may be accelerated or matured under, the terms of the Agreement, to which reference is hereby made. Definitions and terms of the Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference herein.

This Note shall be interpreted and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be determined under the laws of, and enforceable in, the State of Michigan (without regard to its conflict of laws provisions).

Companies hereby waive presentment for payment, demand, protest and notice of dishonor and nonpayment of this Note and agrees that no obligation hereunder shall be discharged by reason of any extension, indulgence, release, or forbearance granted by any holder of this Note to any party now or hereafter liable hereon or any present or subsequent owner of any property, real or personal, which is now or hereafter security for this Note.


Nothing herein shall limit any right granted Bank by any other instrument or by law.

TRIM SYSTEMS OPERATING CORP.

By:__________________________

Its:_________________________

TEMPRESS, INC.

By:___________________________

Its:__________________________

TRIM SYSTEMS LLC

By:__________________________

Its:_________________________

2

EXHIBIT 10.4

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO
REVOLVING CREDIT AND TERM LOAN AGREEMENT AND WAIVER

This Amendment No. 2 to Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement and Waiver ("Amendment and Waiver") dated as of November 22, 1999 by and among U.S. Bank National Association, as co-agent ("U.S."), Bank One, N.A. f/k/a The First National Bank of Chicago, as co-agent ("Bank One"), Comerica Bank ("Comerica") as agent for the Banks (in such capacity, "Agent") (U.S., Bank One and Comerica collectively, the "Banks"), Trim Systems Operating Corp., a Delaware corporation ("Holdings"), Tempress, Inc., a Washington corporation ("Tempress") and Trim Systems LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("Trim").

RECITALS

A. Holdings, Tempress, Trim, Agent and Banks entered into that certain Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement dated as of October 29, 1998, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement dated as of December 31, 1998 ("Agreement").

B. The parties desire to further amend the Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree that the Agreement is amended as follows:

1. The definition of "CapEx Limit" set forth in Article 1 of the Agreement is amended to read as follows:

"'CapEx Limit' shall mean for the 1999 fiscal year, $9,000,000 and for each fiscal year thereafter shall mean, $5,000,000."

2. The definition of "Consolidated Base Net Worth" set forth in Article 1 of the Agreement is amended to read as follows:

"'Consolidated Base Net Worth' shall mean $15,000,000 as of December 31, 1999. On the last day of each fiscal year of Holdings (commencing December 31, 2000), Consolidated Base Net Worth shall be adjusted to an amount equal to the greater of (i) the Consolidated Base Net Worth from the prior fiscal year and
(ii) an amount equal to ninety five percent (95%) of Consolidated Net Worth as of the applicable year end."

3. The definition of "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" set forth in Article 1 of the Agreement is amended to read as follows:

"'Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio' shall mean, as of any date of determination, a ratio, the numerator of which shall equal Consolidated EBITDA for the Applicable Measuring Period less a forty percent (40%) reserve for income on Consolidated Net Income for such period, and the


denominator of which shall equal the scheduled payments of principal and cash interest (excluding prepayments) during such period on Holdings' and its Consolidated Subsidiaries' indebtedness for borrowed money (including all capital leases, and all indebtedness under the Term Notes as of such date) all as determined in accordance with GAAP."

4. The definition of "Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio" set forth in Article 1 of the Agreement is amended to read as follows:

"'Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio' shall mean, as of any date of determination, a ratio, the numerator of which shall equal Funded Debt of Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date and the denominator of which shall equal Consolidated EBITDA for the Applicable Measuring Period times the EBITDA Multiplier."

5. The following definitions are hereby added to Article 1 of the Agreement as follows:

"'Applicable Measuring Period' shall mean (i) if the date of determination is December 31, 1999, the fiscal quarter ending on such date, (ii) if the date of determination is March 31, 2000, the two fiscal quarter period ending on such date, (iii) if the date of determination is June 30, 2000, the three fiscal quarter period ending on such date, and (iv) if the date of determination is September 30, 2000 or any date thereafter, the four fiscal quarter period ending on such date."

"'EBITDA Multiplier' shall mean (i) if the date of determination is December 31, 1999, 4, (ii) if the date of determination is March 31, 2000, 2,
(iii) if the date of determination is June 30, 2000, 4/3 and (iv) if the date of determination is September 30, 2000, or the last day of any other fiscal quarter thereafter, 1."

6. Section 8.9 of the Agreement is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

"8.9 Maintain Funded Debt to EBITDA. Maintain as of the end of each fiscal quarter, a Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio of not more than the following amounts during the periods specified below:

December 31, 1999 through March 30, 2000                      5.25 to 1.0
March 31, 2000 through June 29, 2000                          4.25 to 1.0
June 30, 2000 through September 29, 2000                      4.00 to 1.0
September 30, 2000 through December 30, 2000                  3.75 to 1.0
December 31, 2000 through March 30, 2001                      3.50 to 1.0
March 31, 2001 through December 30, 2001                      3.25 to 1.0
December 31, 2001 and thereafter                              2.75 to 1.0"

7. Section 8.10 of the Agreement is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

2

"8.10 Maintain Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. Maintain, as of the end of each fiscal quarter, a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than the following amounts for the periods specified below:

December 31, 1999 through March 30, 2000                      1.25 to 1.0
March 31, 2000 through September 29, 2000                     1.30 to 1.0
September 30, 2000 through June 29, 2001                      1.35 to 1.0
June 30, 2001 and thereafter                                  1.45 to 1.0"

8. Pursuant to Section 8.8 of the Agreement, Borrowers were required to maintain as of the end of each fiscal quarter, a Consolidated Net Worth of not less than the Consolidated Base Net Worth. Borrowers have advised Banks that for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 1999 Consolidated Net Worth was less than the Consolidated Base Net Worth and that for the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 1999, Consolidated Net Worth may be less than Consolidated Base Net Worth.

Banks hereby waive the default under the Agreement which arose, or may arise, as a result of noncompliance with Section 8.8 of the Agreement as of June 30, 1999 and September 30, 1999. Except as expressly provided for herein, nothing set forth in this Amendment and Waiver shall constitute a waiver of any term or condition of the Agreement, any default arising thereunder or any right or remedy of Banks provided thereunder or as provided by law.

9. Pursuant to Section 8.9 of the Agreement, Borrowers were required to maintain as of the end of each fiscal quarter for the fiscal year ending December 31, 1999, a Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio of not more than 3.75 to 1.0. Borrowers have advised Banks that for the fiscal quarters ending March 31, 1999 and June 30, 1999, the Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio was more than 3.75 to 1.0 and that for the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 1999, the Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio may be more than 3.75 to 1.0.

Banks hereby waive the defaults under the Agreement which arose, or may arise, as a result of noncompliance with Section 8.9 of the Agreement as of March 31, 1999, June 30, 1999 and September 30, 1999. Except as expressly provided for herein, nothing set forth in this Amendment and Waiver shall constitute a waiver of any term or condition of the Agreement, any default arising thereunder or any right or remedy of Banks provided thereunder or as provided by law.

10. Pursuant to Section 8.10 of the Agreement, Borrowers were required to maintain as of the end of each fiscal quarter, a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.45 to 1.0. Borrowers have advised Bank that for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 1999 the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio was less than 1.45 to 1.0 and that for the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 1999, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio may be less than 1.45 to 1.0.

Banks hereby waive the default under the Agreement which arose, or may arise, as a result of noncompliance with Section 8.10 of the Agreement as of June 30, 1999 and September 30, 1999. Except as expressly provided for herein, nothing set forth in this Amendment and Waiver shall

3

constitute a waiver of any term or condition of the Agreement, any default arising thereunder or any right or remedy of Banks provided thereunder or as provided by law.

11. Schedule 1.1 of the Agreement is amended in its entirety to read in the form of Schedule 1.1 annexed hereto.

12. The amendments and waivers set forth above shall be effective upon
(a) execution by Borrowers, Agent and Banks of this Amendment and Waiver; (b) receipt by Agent of evidence, satisfactory to Agent in its sole discretion, of a $4,000,000 equity contribution to Holdings and; (c) payment by Company to Agent of an amendment and waiver fee in the amount of $100,000.

13. Except as expressly modified hereby, all the terms of and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

14. Borrowers hereby represent and warrant that, after giving effect to the amendments and waivers contained herein, (a) execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment and any other documents and instruments required under this Amendment or the Agreement are within Company's powers, have been duly authorized, are not in contravention of law or the terms of each of the Borrowers' Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws or Articles of Organization or Operating Agreement, as applicable, and do not require the consent or approval of any governmental body, agency, or authority; and this Amendment and any other documents and instruments required under this Amendment or the Agreement, will be valid and binding in accordance with their terms; (b) the representations and warranties of Borrowers set forth in Sections 7.1 through 7.17 and 7.19 through 7.23 of the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof with the same force and effect as if made on and as of the date hereof; (c) the representations and warranties of Borrowers set forth in Section 7.18 of the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof with respect to the most recent financial statements furnished to the Bank by Borrowers in accordance with Section 8.1 of the Agreement; and (d) no Event of Default, or condition or event which, with the giving of notice or the running of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default under the Agreement, has occurred and is continuing as of the date hereof.

15. This Amendment may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

4

WITNESS the due execution hereof as of the day and year first above written.

COMERICA BANK, as Agent                     TRIM SYSTEMS OPERATING CORP.

By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]                 By:
    -------------------------------

Its: Assistant Vice President       Its: Vice President
     ------------------------------

                                            TRIM SYSTEMS, LLC

                                            By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
                                               ---------------------------------

                                            Its: Vice President

                                            TEMPRESS, INC.

                                            By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
                                               ---------------------------------

                                            Its: Vice President

REVOLVING/TERM BANKS:                       COMERICA BANK

                                            By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
                                               ---------------------------------

                                            Its:
                                                --------------------------------

                                       5

                                            BANK ONE, NA F/K/A THE FIRST
                                            NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO

                                            By: /s/ GLENN A. CURRIN

                                            Its: First Vice President
                                                --------------------------------

                                            U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                                            By: /s/ MARK R. MCDONALD

                                            Its: Vice President
                                                --------------------------------


SWING LINE BANK:                            COMERICA BANK

                                            By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
                                                --------------------------------

                                            Its: Assistant Vice President
                                                --------------------------------

6

SCHEDULE 1.1

MARGIN GRID

                                               Level I        Level II            Level III           Level IV           Level V
                                               -------        --------            ---------           --------           -------
Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio:                               < or = 2.50 and      < or = 3.00 and     < or = 3.50 and
                                              < or = 1.50       >1.50                >2.50               >3.00              >3.50

Eurocurrency-based Margin:
         Revolving Credit Notes:                 1 1/2%         1 3/4%               2 1/4%              2 3/4%              3.25%
         Term Notes-A:                           1 1/2%         1 3/4%               2 1/4%              2 3/4%              3.25%
         Term Notes-B:                               2%         2 1/4%               2 3/4%              3 1/4%              3.75%

Prime-based Margin:
         Revolving Credit Notes                      0%             0%                 1/4%                3/4%              1.25%
         Term Notes-A:                               0%             0%                 1/4%                3/4%              1.25%
         Term Notes-B:                               0%           1/4%                 3/4%              1 1/4%              1.75%

Applicable L/C Fee Percentage:                   1 1/2%         1 3/4%               2 1/4%              2 3/4%                 3%
Applicable Commitment Fee Percentage:              1/4%           1/4%                 3/8%                3/8%               1/2%

7

EXHIBIT 10.5

AMENDMENT NO. 3
TO
REVOLVING CREDIT AND TERM LOAN AGREEMENT
AND WAIVER

This Amendment No. 3 to Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement and Waiver ("Amendment and Waiver") dated as of June 28, 2001 by and among the lenders signatory hereto (collectively, the "Banks"), Comerica Bank as agent for the Banks (in such capacity, "Agent"), Trim Systems Operating Corp., a Delaware corporation ("Holdings"), Tempress, Inc., a Washington corporation ("Tempress") and Trim Systems LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("Trim" and together with Holdings and Tempress, the "Borrowers").

RECITALS

A. Borrowers, Agent and Comerica Bank, Bank One, N.A. f/k/a The First National Bank of Chicago ("Bank One") and U.S. Bank National Association, in their capacity as lenders, entered into that certain Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement dated as of October 29, 1998, as amended as of December 31, 1998, and November 22, 1999 ("Agreement").

B. Immediately prior to the execution of this Amendment, 1363880 Ontario Inc., an Ontario corporation, purchased 100% of Bank One's interest in the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment, Letters of Credit and the Swing Line Commitment and approximately 99.15 % of Bank One's interest in each of the Term Loans and J2R Partners II-B, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, purchased approximately .85 % of Bank One's interest in each of the Term Loans, each pursuant to an Assignment and Waiver Agreement dated as of the date hereof and Bank One has no interest as a Bank or otherwise under the Credit Agreement.

C. Certain Events of Default exist under the Agreement as described on the Schedule of Existing Events of Default annexed hereto and the Borrowers have asked Banks to waive permanently such Events of Default.

D. The parties desire to amend the Agreement as set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. The definitions of "Borrowing Base", "CapEx Limit", "Co-Agents", "Excess Cash Flow", "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio", "Letter of Credit Maximum Amount", "Loan Documents", "Majority Banks", "Margin", "Percentage", "Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment", "Revolving Credit Maturity Date", "Revolving/Term Bank", "Swing Line Commitment", "Term Loan-A


Maturity Date" and "Term Loan-B Maturity Date" set forth in Section 1 of the Agreement are amended to read as follows:

"'Borrowing Base' shall mean, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (x) eighty percent (80%) of Eligible Accounts, (y) the lesser of (1) fifty percent (50%) of Eligible Inventory and (2) sixty percent (60%) of Eligible Accounts and (z) the Overformula Amount. 'Overformula Amount' shall mean from the date hereof through September 29, 2002, Four Million Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($4,400,000). On the last day of each month, commencing September 30, 2002, 'Overformula Amount' automatically shall reduce by $150,000 until 'Overformula Amount' is zero ($0)."

"' CapEx Limit' shall mean (i) for fiscal year 2001, $750,000 and (ii) for each subsequent fiscal year, $1,000,000."

" 'Co-Agent' shall mean U.S. Bank National Association."

"'Excess Cash Flow' shall mean, as of the end of any fiscal year of Holdings, Consolidated Net Income for such fiscal year, plus, to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income, depreciation, amortization and non-cash interest expense for such fiscal year, minus the sum of (i) reductions in the purchase accounting reserve from cash payments during such fiscal year, (ii) Capital Expenditures made by Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries during such fiscal year and any Rollover Amount for such period to be carried forward to the next period less the Rollover Amount, if any, for the preceding period carried forward to the current period that was not spent during such current period, (iii) the amount of all payments of principal made on Senior Debt during such fiscal year (excluding any payments on Revolving Credit Advances and payments by Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries under any other revolving credit facility to the extent the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment or availability under such other facility, as the case may be, is not permanently reduced in connection therewith), (iv) any non-cash credits included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period,
(v) non-cash gains from sales of assets included in Consolidated Net Income for such period, (vi) non-cash charges added back in a previous period to the extent any such charge has become a cash item in the current period, (vii) any cash disbursement to Sellers required pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement for purchase price adjustments or tax obligations, (viii) any cash disbursements made during such period against non-current liabilities to the extent not deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income, and (ix) any cash restructuring expenditures incurred during such period to the extent not deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period and to the extent not exceeding $5,000,000."

"'Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio' shall mean, as of any date of determination, a ratio, the numerator of which shall equal Consolidated EBITDA for the four preceding fiscal quarters ending on such date less a forty percent (40%) reserve for income tax on Consolidated Net Income for such period (after considering the impact of any net operating loss carryforwards on Consolidated Net Income), and the denominator of which shall equal the scheduled


payments of cash interest (excluding prepayments) during such period on Holdings' and its Consolidated Subsidiaries' indebtedness for borrowed money (including all capital leases, and all indebtedness under the Term Notes as of such date) all as determined in accordance with GAAP."

"'Letter of Credit Maximum Amount' shall mean, as of any date of determination, Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000)."

" 'Loan Documents' shall mean, collectively, this Agreement, the Notes, the Letter of Credit Agreement, the Letters of Credit, the Guaranty(ies), the Intercreditor Agreement, the Collateral Documents, any Interest Rate Protection Agreement and any other documents, certificates, instruments or agreements executed pursuant to or in connection with any such document or this Agreement, as such documents may be amended, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement."

" 'Majority Banks' shall mean, subject to the provisions of Section 11.4 of this Agreement, at any time Banks (excluding the Onex Entity and J2R) holding 66-2/3% of the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness then outstanding under the Notes (provided, that for purposes of determining Majority Banks hereunder, Indebtedness outstanding under the Swing Line Note shall be allocated among the Banks based upon their respective Percentages) or, if no Indebtedness is then outstanding, Banks (excluding the Onex Entity and J2R) holding 66-2/3% of the Percentages (excluding the Percentages of the Onex Entity and J2R)."

" 'Margin' shall mean as of any date of determination, the applicable interest rate margin component of the Prime-based Rate, determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 hereof (based on the Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio) by reference to the appropriate columns in the pricing matrix attached to this Agreement."

" 'Percentage' shall mean, with respect to any Bank, its percentage share, as set forth on Schedule 1.2 annexed hereto, of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment, Letters of Credit, Swing Line Commitment and the Term Loans (as the context indicates), as such Schedule may be revised from time to time by Agent in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.8."

"'Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment' shall mean Sixteen Million Dollars ($16,000,000), subject to reduction or termination under Sections 2.8, 5.9 or 10.2 hereof."

"'Revolving Credit Maturity Date' shall mean the earlier to occur of (i) June ___, 2006, as such date may be extended from time to time pursuant to
Section 2.9 hereof, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, and (ii) the date on which the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment shall be terminated pursuant to Section 2.8 or Section 10.2 hereof."

3

"Revolving/Term Bank" shall mean each Bank which is a lender of the Revolving Credit under Article 2 or either of the Term Loans under Article 4A or Article 4B hereof, and their successors and assigns, provided, however, for purposes of Article 2, Article 4, and Section 5.6 of the Credit Agreement, "Revolving Term Bank" shall not include any Bank which does not own a Percentage of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment, Letters of Credit or Swing Line Commitment.

"'Swing Line Commitment' shall mean One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000), subject to reduction or termination under Section 2.8 or 10.2 hereof."

"'Term Loan-A Maturity Date' shall mean June 28, 2006."

"'Term Loan-B Maturity Date' shall mean June 28, 2006."

2. The following definitions are added to Section 1 of the Agreement:

" 'Availability' shall mean as of any date of determination, the amount which is equal to (i) the lesser of (a) the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment as of such date and (b) the Borrowing Base as of such date, minus (ii) the sum of Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances outstanding as of such date plus (but without duplication) the Letter of Credit Obligations as of such date."

"Intercreditor Agreement" shall mean that certain Intercreditor Agreement dated as of June 28, 2001 among the Borrowers, the Banks, the Junior Creditors and Comerica Bank in its capacity as collateral agent for the Banks and the Junior Creditors, as may be amended, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

"'J2R' shall mean J2R Partners II-B, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company."

"'Junior Creditor' shall mean (i) the Onex Entity, solely in its capacity as holder of a Junior Creditor Note, and its successors and assigns or
(ii) J2R, solely in its capacity as holder of a Junior Creditor Note, and it successors and assigns, and "Junior Creditors" means both of them."

"'Junior Creditor Note' shall mean that certain Promissory Note dated June 28, 2001, made in the principal amount of $6,850,000 by Holdings payable to the Onex Entity or that certain Promissory Note dated June 28, 2001, made in the principal amount of $150,000 by Holdings payable to J2R, and "Junior Creditor Notes" shall mean both of them."

"'Onex Entity' shall mean 1363880 Ontario Inc., an Ontario corporation."

"'Proceeds Sharing Event' shall mean: (i) any event which results in a pro-rata distribution to the current shareholders of the Parent with respect to such ownership interests, (ii) the refinancing of any of the Senior Debt, (iii) the sale of all or substantially all of the common

4

stock or other equity interest or assets of any of the Borrowers as a going concern, or (iv) the liquidation of all or substantially all of the assets of any of the Borrowers not as a going concern.

"'Senior Debt' shall mean as of any date of determination the Indebtedness as of such date."

3. Section 2.9 of the Agreement is amended by inserting the following sentence at the end of such Section:

"Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 2.9, any extension of the Revolving Credit Maturity Date shall be subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement."

4. Section 4A.2(c) of the Agreement is amended to read as follows:

"(c) Subject to the terms hereof, the principal indebtedness outstanding under Term Notes-A, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, shall be due and payable on the Term Loan-A Maturity Date."

5. Section 4B.2(c) of the Agreement is amended to read as follows:

"(c) Subject to the terms hereof, the principal indebtedness outstanding under Term Notes-B, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, shall be due and payable on the Term Loan-B Maturity Date."

6. The first sentence of Section 5.1 of the Agreement is amended to read as follows:

"Interest on the unpaid balance of all Prime-based Advances from time to time outstanding shall accrue until paid at a per annum interest rate equal to the Prime-based Rate, and shall be payable in immediately available funds monthly, commencing July 1, 2001 and on the first Business Day of each month thereafter."

7. Section 5.3 of the Agreement is amended to read as follows:

"5.3 [Reserved.]"

8. Section 5.8(a) of the Agreement is amended to read as follows:

"(a) The Term Loans shall be subject to required annual principal reductions, payable on April 30 of each year (commencing April 30, 2002) until the later of the Term Loan-A Maturity Date or the Term Loan-B Maturity Date, each in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) ninety percent (90%) of Excess Cash Flow for the immediately preceding fiscal year and
(ii) the amount by which Availability under the Revolving Credit exceeds $4,500,000 from

5

December 1 of such preceding fiscal year through and including January 31 of such year; provided, however, that no such principal reduction shall be required in any year where the Availability under the Revolving Credit was not at least $4,500,000, as such Availability is determined by the average daily Advances outstanding under the Revolving Credit from December 1 of such preceding fiscal year through and including January 31 of such year. Excess Cash Flow prepayments shall be applied first to the indebtedness outstanding under the Term Notes evidencing Term Loan-B, pro rata, and then to the indebtedness outstanding under the Term Notes evidencing Term Loan-A, pro rata."

9. Section 5.8(b) is amended to read as follows:

"(b) [Reserved]."

10. Section 5.9 is added to the Agreement to read as follows:

"5.9 Application of Net Cash Proceeds.

(a) Immediately upon receipt by Borrower or any Subsidiary of any Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale, excluding, however, (i) any Asset Sale permitted pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.5(a), (b), (c), (e),
(f), (i) or (j) and (ii) the Net Cash Proceeds of a Proceeds Sharing Event, the Borrowers shall deposit with Agent such Net Cash Proceeds, to be held in a cash collateral account for the benefit of the Banks as collateral security for the Indebtedness, in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of such Net Cash Proceeds; provided, however, that in the case of any Asset Sale permitted under Section 9.5(g), Borrowers may use all or any portion of the Net Cash Proceeds of such asset sale to purchase replacement assets used or to be used by the Borrowers or such subsidiary, as the case may be, in its business as permitted under Section 8.4(a) so long as (x) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date of sale or purchase, (y) each such purchase is made (or contract to make such purchases has been entered into) within 365 days following the date of such Asset Sale and (iii) the Borrowers deliver to the Agent, concurrently with or prior to the date of such Asset Sale, a certificate of an authorized officer of the Borrower stating that such Net Cash Proceeds will be so used. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale are derived from the sale of Inventory or Accounts, such Net Cash Proceeds, shall be applied as a prepayment of the outstanding Revolving Credit Advances, if any. Borrowers hereby grant Agent, for the benefit of the Banks, a security interest in the cash collateral account for the benefit of the Banks. The funds in the cash collateral account shall be distributed and applied as set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.

(b) The proceeds of a Proceeds Sharing Event shall be distributed and applied as set forth in Section 5.3(a) of the Intercreditor Agreement."

11. Section 8.8 of the Agreement is amended to read as follows:

6

"8.8 [Reserved.]"

12. Section 8.9 of the Agreement is amended to read as follow:

"8.9 Maintain Senior Debt to EBITDA. Maintain as of the end of each fiscal year, commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2002, a Senior Debt to EBITDA Ratio of not more than the following amounts as of the dates set forth below:

December 31, 2002 8.50 to 1.0 December 31, 2003 4.00 to 1.0 December 31, 2004 3.50 to 1.0 December 31, 2005 and thereafter 3.25 to 1.0."

13. Section 8.10 of the Agreement is amended to read as follows:

"8.10 Maintain a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. Maintain, as of the end of each fiscal quarter, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2002, a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than the following during the periods set forth below:

January 1, 2002 through December 31, 2002.................1.0 to 1.0 January 1, 2003 through June 30, 2003 1.5 to 1.0 July 1, 2003 2.0 to 1.0."

14. Clause (q) is added to Section 9.1 of the Agreement to read as follows:

"(q) Debt of Holdings evidenced by the Junior Creditor Notes."

15. Clause (h) is added to Section 9.2 of the Agreement to read as follows:

"(h) A Lien on the Collateral in favor of Junior Creditors, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement."

16. Clause (n) is added to Section 10.1 of the Agreement to read as follows:

"(n) A default or event of default under the Intercreditor Agreement or either of the Junior Creditor Notes."

17. Section 11.2 of the Agreement is amended to read as follows:

"11.2 Application of Proceeds of Collateral. Subject to the terms of
Section 5.3 of the Intercreditor Agreement, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, after an Event of Default, the proceeds of any Collateral, together with any offsets, voluntary payments by Borrowers or any Subsidiary or others and any other sums received or collected in respect of the Indebtedness, shall be applied, first, to the Notes and any Reimbursement

7

Obligations on a pro rata basis (or in such order and manner as determined by the Majority Banks; subject, however, to the applicable Percentages of the loans held by each of the Banks), next, to any other Indebtedness on a pro rata basis, and then, if there is any excess, to Borrowers or the applicable Subsidiary, as the case may be. The application of such proceeds and other sums to the Notes and the Reimbursement Obligations shall be based on each Bank's Percentage of the aggregate of the loans."

18. Section 11.4 is added to the Agreement to read as follows:

"11.4 Majority Banks. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, the definition of "Majority Banks" set forth in this Agreement, in the event of (a) an insolvency or bankruptcy case or proceeding or any receivership, liquidation, reorganization, readjustment, composition or other similar case or proceeding relating to any Borrower or any Subsidiary or the assets of any Borrower or any Subsidiary, (b) any liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or winding up of any Borrower or any Subsidiary or (c) any assignment for the benefit of creditors or any marshalling of the assets of any Borrower (collectively, the "Proceedings"), the Onex Entity and J2R, each in its capacity as a Bank, shall have the right to vote its claim under this Agreement and the right to file a proof of claims in such Proceedings."

19. The following sentence is added to the end of Section 14.8(c):

"Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 14.8(c), no Bank may sell, transfer or assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents to any other Bank or any Affiliate of a Bank unless such Bank is a commercial bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, pension fund, mutual fund, loan or debt fund, commercial finance company or other similar financial institution, the identity of which is approved by Borrowers and Agent, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, provided that the approval of the Borrowers shall not be required upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default."

20. Schedules 1.1, 1.2, 9.9 and 14.6 of the Agreement are amended to read in the form of Schedules 1.1, 1.2, 9.9 and 14.6 annexed hereto.

21. Exhibit E of the Agreement is amended to read in the form of Exhibit E annexed hereto.

22. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Agreement, on or after the date hereof, all Advances shall bear interest at the Prime-based Rate and Borrowers may not elect the Eurodollar-based Rate for any Advance.

23. Within two weeks after the Effective Date, Borrowers shall furnish to Agent, with sufficient copies for each Bank, the financial statements of Borrowers as of December 31, 2000,

8

otherwise required under Section 8.1(a) of the Agreement. A default under this
Section 23 shall constitute an Event of Default under the Agreement.

24. In consideration of this Amendment and Waiver, Borrowers shall pay to Agent for distribution to the Banks, pro rata, a non-refundable amendment fee ("Amendment Fee") in an amount and payable as follows:

a. Upon the occurrence of a Proceeds Sharing Event and after the payment in full of (a) all Indebtedness (excluding the Amendment Fee), and (b) the principal and accrued interest on the Junior Creditor Notes (collectively, the "Priority Amounts"), Borrowers shall pay Agent (for distribution to the Banks, pro rata based on their respective Percentages), an Amendment Fee equal to the lesser of (i) the amount by which the proceeds of the Proceeds Sharing Event exceeds the sum of the Priority Amounts or (ii) $1,500,000; provided, however, if a Proceeds Sharing Event has not occurred on or before the fifth anniversary of the execution of this Amendment, then within five (5) days following such anniversary date, Borrowers shall pay to Agent (for distribution to the Banks, pro rata based on their respective Percentages), an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the amount, if any, by which Borrowers' Consolidated EBITDA for the twelve month period ending on the last day of the month immediately preceding such anniversary date, multiplied by four (4), exceeds the sum of the Priority Amounts or (ii) $1,500,000.

b. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 24a above, if the Proceeds Sharing Event is a refinancing of the Indebtedness and Comerica Bank and U.S. Bank National Association are participant lenders in such refinancing, then the payment of the Amendment Fee shall be deferred to the date upon which the next Proceeds Sharing Event occurs and shall have priority over the payment of the new credit facilities. Except to the extent permitted by Section 9.6 of the Agreement, in no event shall any shareholder of any of the Borrowers receive a return on equity until the Amendment Fee has been paid in full.

25. Banks hereby permanently waive the Events of Defaults identified on the Schedule of Existing Events of Default annexed hereto. Nothing in this Amendment and Waiver shall constitute the waiver by the Banks of any of any Event of Default existing as of the date hereof which is not identified on such Schedule or any Event of Default which occurs after the date hereof.

26. The amendments and waivers set forth above shall be effective upon the date upon which all of the following have been satisfied (the "Effective Date"): (a) issuance, execution and delivery by Borrowers, Agent, Banks and Guarantor of this Amendment and Waiver; (b) receipt by Agent of evidence, satisfactory to Agent in its sole discretion, of the funding of the $7,000,000 aggregate loans to Holdings evidenced by the Junior Creditor Notes; and (c) execution of the loan documents identified on the closing agenda annexed hereto in form satisfactory to Majority Banks.

27. Except as expressly modified hereby, all the terms of and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. Nothing set forth in this Amendment and Waiver shall imply the consent of any of the Banks to any Proceeds Sharing Event or Asset Sale, which consent shall be necessary to the extent required in and in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.

9

28. Borrowers hereby represent and warrant that, AFTER GIVING EFFECT TO THE AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS CONTAINED HEREIN, (a) execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment and any other documents and instruments required under this Amendment or the Agreement are within each of the Borrowers' powers, have been duly authorized, are not in contravention of law or the terms of each of the Borrowers' Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws or Articles of Organization or Operating Agreement, as applicable, and do not require the consent or approval of any governmental body, agency, or authority; and this Amendment and any other documents and instruments required under this Amendment or the Agreement, will be valid and binding in accordance with their terms; (b) the representations and warranties of Borrowers set forth in Sections 7.1 through 7.17 and 7.19 through 7.23 of the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof with the same force and effect as if made on and as of the date hereof; (c) the representations and warranties of Borrowers set forth in Section 7.18 of the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof with respect to the most recent financial statements furnished to the Bank by Borrowers in accordance with
Section 8.1 of the Agreement; and (d) no Event of Default, or condition or event which, with the giving of notice or the running of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default under the Agreement, has occurred and is continuing as of the date hereof.

29. This Amendment may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

[THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

10

WITNESS the due execution hereof as of the day and year first above written.

COMERICA BANK, as Agent                     TRIM SYSTEMS OPERATING CORP.

By: /s/ [Illegible]                    By:
   -----------------------------------

Its:Senior Vice President              Its: Vice President
    ----------------------------------

                                            TRIM SYSTEMS, LLC

                                            By: /s/ Carl E. Nelson
                                               ---------------------------------

                                            Its: Vice President
                                                --------------------------------

                                            TEMPRESS, INC.

                                            By: /s/ Carl E. Nelson
                                               ---------------------------------

                                            Its: Vice President
                                                --------------------------------

REVOLVING/TERM BANKS:                       COMERICA BANK

                                            By: /s/ Carl E. Nelson
                                               ---------------------------------

                                            Its: Vice President
                                                --------------------------------

                                            U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                                            By: /s/ Daniel J. Falstad
                                               ---------------------------------

                                            Its: Vice President
                                                --------------------------------

                                       11

                                            J2R PARTNERS II-B, LLC

                                            By: /s/ Carl E. Nelson
                                               ---------------------------------

                                            Its:
                                                --------------------------------

                                            1363880 ONTARIO INC.

                                            By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
                                               --------------------------------

                                            Its: Vice President
                                                -------------------------------

SWING LINE BANK:                            COMERICA BANK

                                            By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
                                               --------------------------------

                                            Its: Senior Vice President
                                                -------------------------------

12

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF GUARANTOR

The undersigned, being the Guarantor under that certain Guaranty dated October 29, 1998, executed by the undersigned in favor of Comerica Bank, as Agent for and on behalf of the Banks, with respect to obligations and liabilities of Borrower to Banks ("Guaranty") affirms its obligations under the Guaranty and consents to the amendments and waivers set forth above. Capitalized terms used by not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Guaranty.

TRIM SYSTEMS, INC.

By: /s/ Carl E. Nelson
   ---------------------------------

Its:
    --------------------------------

Dated: June 28, 2001

13

EXHIBIT 10.6

ASSIGNMENT AND WAIVER AGREEMENT

Date: June 28, 2001

To: COMERICA BANK, in its individual capacity as a Bank (as defined below) and in its capacity as Agent for the Banks ("Agent"), BANK ONE, NA f/k/a The First National Bank of Chicago and U.S. Bank National Association

Re: Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement dated as of October 29, 1998 (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Credit Agreement") by and among the lenders from time to time parties thereto (collectively, the "Banks"), the Agent and Trim Systems Operating Corp., Trim Systems, LLC and Tempress, Inc. (the "Borrowers")

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to Sections 14.8 (c) and (d) of the Credit Agreement. Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, all initially capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement.

This Agreement constitutes notice to you of the proposed assignment and delegation by Bank One, NA f/k/a The First National Bank of Chicago (the "Assignor") to 1363880 Ontario Inc., an Ontario corporation (the "Onex Assignee"), and J2R Partners II-B, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the "J2R Assignee" and, together with the Onex Assignee, collectively, the "Assignees" and each individually, an Assignee"), and the Assignor hereby sells and assigns to the Assignees, and each Assignee hereby purchases and assumes from the Assignor, as of the Effective Date (as defined below), its respective interest specified below which, when aggregated with all other interests assumed and purchased hereunder, equals a 100% interest in each of the Assignor's rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement, its Notes (including any participations in any outstanding Letters of Credit) and the other Loan Documents such that, after giving effect to the foregoing assignment and assumption, (a) the Onex Assignee's interest (i) in the Revolving Credit shall equal $5,333,333.33 (as of the Effective Date, credit exposure consists of $3,500,000.00 in Revolving Advances, $666,988.73 in potential Swing Line participations, and $548,744.26 in Letter of Credit participations), (ii) in the Term Loan-A shall equal $6,639,710.43 and (iii) in the Term Loan-B shall equal $5,989,880.90, and the Onex Assignee's Percentages are set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto, and (b) the J2R Assignee's interest (i) in the Revolving Credit shall equal $0, (ii) in the Term Loan-A shall equal $193,622.90 and (iii) in the Term Loan-B shall equal $176,785.77 and the J2R Assignee's Percentages are set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto.

In connection with the assignment, delegation and assumption set forth above, each Bank and each Borrower by its acceptance below hereby waives, pursuant to Section 14.8(c) of the Credit Agreement, the requirement that the Onex Assignee and the J2R Assignee must be classified as either a commercial bank, savings and loan association, insurance company or other similar financial


institution and the Agent by its acceptance below hereby waives, pursuant to
Section 14.8(d)(iii) of the Credit Agreement, payment of a $3,500 assignment fee to the Agent with respect to each of the assignments contemplated by this Agreement.

The Assignor hereby instructs the Agent to make all payments from and including the Effective Date hereof in respect of the interests assigned hereby, directly to the applicable Assignee. The Assignor and the Assignees agree that all interest and fees accrued up to, but not including, the Effective Date of the assignment and delegation being made hereby are the property of the Assignor, and not the Assignees. Each Assignee agrees that, upon receipt of any such interest or fees accrued up to the Effective Date, or any other payments in respect of the interest assigned hereby applicable to the period prior to the Effective Date, such Assignee will promptly remit the same to the Assignor in the same funds received by such Assignee.

The Assignor and the Assignees agree that all interest and fees accruing from and after the Effective Date of the assignment and delegation being made hereby are the property of the Assignees, and not the Assignor. The Assignor agrees that, upon receipt of any such interest or fees accruing from and after the Effective Date or any other payments in respect of the interests assigned hereby applicable to the period from and after the Effective Date, the Assignor will promptly remit to each Assignee its pro-rata portion of the same in the same funds received by the Assignor.

Each Assignee hereby confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement and the exhibits and schedules referred to therein, and all other Loan Documents which it considers necessary, together with copies of the other documents which were required to be delivered under the Credit Agreement, as a condition to the making of the loans thereunder. Each Assignee acknowledges and agrees that it: (a) has made and will continue to make such inquiries and has taken and will take such care on its own behalf as would have been the case had its Commitment been granted and its loans been made directly by such Assignee to the Borrowers without the intervention of the Agent, the Assignor or any other Bank; and (b) has made and will continue to make, independently and without reliance upon the Agent, the Assignor or any other Bank, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, its own credit analysis and decisions relating to the Credit Agreement. Each Assignee further acknowledges and agrees that neither the Agent, nor the Assignor has made any representations or warranties about the creditworthiness of the Borrowers or any other party to the Credit Agreement or any other of the Loan Documents, or with respect to the legality, validity, sufficiency or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, or any other of the Loan Documents. This assignment shall be made without recourse to or warranty by the Assignor, except as set forth herein.

The Assignor represents and warrants, as of the Effective Date, that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned and delegated by it hereunder and that such interest is free and clear of any pledge, encumbrance or other adverse claim or interest created by the Assignor.

Except as otherwise provided in the Credit Agreement, effective as of the Effective Date:

(a) each Assignee: (i) shall be deemed automatically to have become a party to the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, to have assumed the Assignor's

-2-

obligations thereunder to the extent of such Assignee's Percentages referred to in the second paragraph of this Assignment Agreement and as set forth on Exhibit A hereto, and to have all the rights and obligations of a party to the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as if it were an original signatory thereto to the extent specified in the second paragraph hereof; and (ii) agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as if it were an original signatory thereto; and

(b) the Assignor's obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be reduced by the Percentage referred to in the second paragraph of this Assignment Agreement.

As used herein, the term "Effective Date" means the date on which all of the following have occurred or have been completed, as reasonably determined by the Agent:

(1) the delivery to the Agent of an original of this Assignment Agreement executed by the Assignor and each Assignee;

(2) termination by the Borrowers of their existing interest rate swap agreement with Assignor and payment by the Borrowers to Assignor of any payments with respect to such swap agreement due upon termination and notification by Assignor to the Agent that such termination has occurred and such payments have been received; and

(3) concurrently with the effectiveness of this Agreement, execution and delivery of Amendment No. 3 to the Loan and Security Agreement by the Borrowers, the Agent, Comerica Bank, U.S. Bank National Association, 1363880 Ontario Inc., and J2R Partners II-B and satisfaction of all conditions precedent set forth in Section 24 thereof.

On the Effective Date, the Onex Assignee shall pay by wire transfer to the Assignor (to the account set forth on Exhibit B hereto) an amount equal to $4,790,000 (the "Onex Purchase Price") and the J2R Assignee shall pay by wire transfer to the Assignor (to the account set forth on Exhibit B hereto) an amount equal to $110,000 (the "J2R Purchase Price"), in respect of the interests being assigned hereby, provided, however, that notwithstanding the discounted purchase price paid by the Assignees to the Assignor in respect of the interests being assigned hereby, the obligations of the Borrowers under the Credit Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents shall in no event be deemed to be similarly reduced or discounted.

The Agent shall notify the Assignor and each Assignee, along with Borrowers, of the Effective Date.

Each Assignee hereby advises you of the following administrative details with respect to the assigned loans:

-3-

(A)   Address for Notices:

      Institution Name:      1363880 Ontario Inc.
      Address:               c/o Onex Corporation
                             712 Fifth Avenue
                             40th Floor
                             New York, NY 10019
      Attention:             Eric Rosen
      Facsimile:             212-582-0909

      Institution Name:      J2R Partners II-B, LLC
      Address:               c/o Hidden Creek Industries
                             4508 IDS Center
                             Minneapolis, MN 55402
      Attention:             Carl E. Nelson
      Facsimile:             612-332-2012

(B)   Payment Instructions:

      Onex Assignee:         Comerica Bank
                             Routing Number: 072000096
                             Account Number: 1851268563

      J2R Assignee:          U.S. Bank National Association
                             Routing Number: 091000022
                             Account Number: 104756246633

(C) Proposed effective date of assignment: June 28, 2001

The Assignor has delivered to the Agent (or is delivering to Agent concurrently herewith), the original of each Note held by the Assignor under the Credit Agreement.

* * * * *

-4-

Please evidence your consent to and acceptance of the proposed assignment and delegation set forth herein by signing and returning counterparts hereof to the Assignor and each Assignee.

BANK ONE, NA f/k/a The First National Bank of Chicago

By: /S/ Oliver J. Glenn, III
   ------------------------------------

Its: First Vice President
    -----------------------------------

1363880 ONTARIO INC.

By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
   ------------------------------------

Its: Vice President
    -----------------------------------

J2R PARTNERS II-B, LLC

By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
   ------------------------------------

Its: Manager
    -----------------------------------

ACCEPTED AND CONSENTED TO
this 28th day of June, 2001

COMERICA BANK, as Agent
and as a Bank

By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
    ------------------------

Its: Senior Vice President
     -----------------------


U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By: /s/ Daniel J. Falstad
   --------------------------------

Its: Vice President
    -------------------------------

TRIM SYSTEMS OPERATING CORP.

By: /s/ Carl E. Nelson
   --------------------------------

Its: Vice President
    -------------------------------

TRIM SYSTEMS, LLC

By: /s/ Carl E. Nelson
   --------------------------------

Its: Vice President
    -------------------------------

TEMPRESS, INC.

By: /s/ Carl E. Nelson
   --------------------------------

Its: Vice President
    -------------------------------


EXHIBIT A
PERCENTAGES

                               Revolving Credit                           Revolving/
                             Aggregate Commitment    Letter of Credit     Term Bank      Term Loan-A      Term Loan-B
       Assignee                   Percentage            Percentage        Percentage      Percentage      Percentage
       --------                   ----------            ----------        ----------      ----------      ----------
1363880 Ontario Inc.                33.33%                33.33%            33.33%          32.38%          32.38%
J2R Partners II-B, LLC                  0%                    0%                0%           0.95%           0.95%
                                    -----                 -----             -----           -----           -----
Total                               33.33%                33.33%            33.33%          33.33%          33.33%


EXHIBIT B

WIRE TRANSFER INSTRUCTIONS

Bank One, Michigan
611 Woodward Avenue
Detroit, Michigan 48226

RTN#: 072-000-326

For credit to: NBD Business Finance
Account#: 6780-53
Reference: Trim Systems
Attention Oliver J. Glenn, III (313) 225-3959


EXHIBIT 10.7

EXECUTION COPY

AMENDMENT NO. 4
TO
REVOLVING CREDIT AND TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 4 to Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement and Waiver ("Amendment and Waiver") executed as of November 13, 2002, but effective as of August ___, 2002, by and among the lenders signatory hereto (collectively, the "Banks"), Comerica Bank as agent for the Banks (in such capacity, "Agent"), Trim Systems Operating Corp., a Delaware corporation ("Holdings"), Tempress, Inc., a Washington corporation ("Tempress") and Trim Systems LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("Trim" and together with Holdings and Tempress, the "Borrowers").

RECITALS

A. Borrowers, Agent and Lenders entered into that certain Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement dated as of October 29, 1998, as amended as of December 31, 1998, November 22, 1999 and June 28, 2001 ("Agreement").

B. Borrowers have requested that Banks amend the Agreement as set forth below.

C. The parties desire to amend the Agreement as set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. The definitions of "Borrowing Base", "CapEx Limit", "Excess Cash Flow" and "Rollover Amount" set forth in Section 1 of the Agreement are amended to read as follows:

"'Borrowing Base' shall mean, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (x) eighty percent (80%) of Eligible Accounts, (y) the lesser of (1) fifty percent (50%) of Eligible Inventory and (2) sixty percent (60%) of Eligible Accounts and (z) the Overformula Amount. 'Overformula Amount' shall mean from the date hereof through April 29, 2003, Four Million Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($4,400,000). On the last day of each month, commencing September 30, 2002, 'Overformula Amount' automatically shall reduce by $150,000 until 'Overformula Amount' is zero ($0)."


"'CapEx Limit' shall mean (i) for fiscal year 2001, $750,000 (ii) for fiscal year 2002, $3,000,000 and (iii) for each subsequent fiscal year, $1,000,000."

"'Excess Cash Flow' shall mean, as of the end of any fiscal year of Holdings, Consolidated Net Income for such fiscal year, plus, to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income, (i) depreciation, amortization and non-cash interest expense for such fiscal year and (ii) write-offs of good will and other non-cash events for such fiscal year, minus the sum of (i) reductions in the purchase accounting reserve from cash payments during such fiscal year, (ii) Capital Expenditures made by Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries during such fiscal year (to the extent permitted under Section 9.7 of this Agreement) and any Rollover Amount for such period to be carried forward to the next period less the Rollover Amount, if any, for the preceding period carried forward to the current period that was not spent during such current period, provided however, for purposes of this clause (ii) only and notwithstanding the definition of "CapEx Limit" set forth in this Agreement, the CapEx Limit for fiscal year 2002 shall be deemed to be $1,000,000, (iii) the amount of all payments of principal made on Senior Debt during such fiscal year (excluding any payments on Revolving Credit Advances and payments by Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries under any other revolving credit facility to the extent the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment or availability under such other facility, as the case may be, is not permanently reduced in connection therewith), (iv) any non-cash credits included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, (v) non-cash gains from sales of assets included in Consolidated Net Income for such period, (vi) non-cash charges added back in a previous period to the extent any such charge has become a cash item in the current period,
(vii) any cash disbursement to Sellers required pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement for purchase price adjustments or tax obligations,
(viii) any cash disbursements made during such period against non-current liabilities to the extent not deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income, and (ix) any cash restructuring expenditures incurred during such period to the extent not deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period and to the extent not exceeding $5,000,000."

"'Rollover Amount' shall mean the aggregate amount of unutilized Capital Expenditures carried forward from one fiscal year to the next fiscal year to the extent permitted pursuant to the provisions of
Section 9.7."

2. Section 9.7 of the Agreement is amended to read as follows:

"9.7 Limitation on Capital Expenditures. Make or commit to make (by way of the acquisition of securities of a Person or otherwise) any expenditure in respect of the purchase or other acquisition of fixed or capital assets (excluding any such asset acquired in connection with replacement and maintenance programs) except expenditures in the ordinary course of business not exceeding, in the aggregate for the Borrowers during any

2

fiscal year, an amount equal to the CapEx Limit, determined on a non-cumulative basis in accordance with GAAP; except that the unused amount of the CapEx Limit in any fiscal year may be carried over and used in the next succeeding fiscal year, provided that there shall be no carry over of such unused amount in any subsequent year and provided further that for purposes of calculating the amount which may be carried over, all Capital Expenditures for a fiscal year shall be first applied to the CapEx Limit for such year."

3. Except as expressly modified hereby, all the terms of and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

4. Borrowers hereby represent and warrant that, AFTER GIVING EFFECT TO THE AMENDMENTS CONTAINED HEREIN, (a) execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment and any other documents and instruments required under this Amendment or the Agreement are within each of the Borrowers' powers, have been duly authorized, are not in contravention of law or the terms of each of the Borrowers' Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws or Articles of Organization or Operating Agreement, as applicable, and do not require the consent or approval of any governmental body, agency, or authority; and this Amendment and any other documents and instruments required under this Amendment or the Agreement, will be valid and binding in accordance with their terms; (b) the representations and warranties of Borrowers set forth in Sections 7.1 through 7.17 and 7.19 through 7.23 of the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof with the same force and effect as if made on and as of the date hereof; (c) the representations and warranties of Borrowers set forth in Section 7.18 of the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof with respect to the most recent financial statements furnished to the Bank by Borrowers in accordance with Section 8.1 of the Agreement; and (d) no Event of Default, or condition or event which, with the giving of notice or the running of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default under the Agreement, has occurred and is continuing as of the date hereof.

4. This Amendment may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

[THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

3

WITNESS the due execution hereof as of the day and year first above written.

COMERICA BANK, as Agent                 TRIM SYSTEMS OPERATING CORP.


By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]                     By: /s/ Carl E. Nelson
   -------------------------------         ------------------------------------

Its: Corporate Loan Officer             Its: Vice President
   -------------------------------


                                        TRIM SYSTEMS, LLC




                                        By: /s/ Carl E. Nelson
                                           ------------------------------------

                                        Its: Vice President

TEMPRESS, INC.

                                        By: /s/ Carl E. Nelson
                                           ------------------------------------

                                        Its: Vice President


REVOLVING/TERM BANKS:                   COMERICA BANK


                                        By:  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
                                            -----------------------------------

                                        Its: Corporate Banking Officer
                                            -----------------------------------


                                        U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


                                        By:  /s/ Daniel J. Falstad
                                            -----------------------------------

4

Its: Vice President

J2R PARTNERS II-B, LLC

By: Carl E. Nelson

Its:

ONEX CORPORATION

                                        By:  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
                                            -----------------------------------

                                        Its: Vice President
                                            -----------------------------------


SWING LINE BANK:                        COMERICA BANK


                                        By:  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
                                            -----------------------------------

                                        Its: Corporate Banking Officer
                                            -----------------------------------

5

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF GUARANTOR

The undersigned, being the Guarantor under that certain Guaranty dated October 29, 1998, executed by the undersigned in favor of Comerica Bank, as Agent for and on behalf of the Banks, with respect to obligations and liabilities of Borrower to Banks ("Guaranty") affirms its obligations under the Guaranty and consents to the amendments set forth above. Capitalized terms used by not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Guaranty.

TRIM SYSTEMS, INC.

By:  /s/ Carl E. Nelson
    -----------------------------------

Its:
    -----------------------------------

Dated: November 13, 2002

6

EXHIBIT 10.8

AMENDMENT NO. 5 TO
REVOLVING CREDIT AND TERM LOAN AGREEMENT
AND WAIVER

This Amendment No. 5 to Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement and Waiver ("Fifth Amendment") dated as of February __, 2004 by and among the lenders signatory hereto (collectively, the "Banks"), Comerica Bank as agent for the Banks (in such capacity, "Agent"), Trim Systems Operating Corp., a Delaware corporation ("Holdings"), Tempress, Inc., a Washington corporation ("Tempress") and Trim Systems LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("Trim" and together with Holdings and Tempress, the "Borrowers").

RECITALS

A. Borrowers, Agent and the Banks, entered into that certain Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement dated as of October 29, 1998, as amended as of December 31, 1998, November 22, 1999, June 28, 2001 and August __, 2002 (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Credit Agreement").

B. The Borrowers have asked Banks to waive the Event of Default described in Section 7 hereof and amend the Agreement as set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. The following definitions in Section 1 of the Credit Agreement are hereby amended and restated in their entirety as follows:

"'Borrowing Base' shall mean, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (x) eighty percent (80%) of Eligible Accounts, (y) the lesser of (1) fifty percent (50%) of Eligible Inventory and (2) sixty percent (60%) of Eligible Accounts and (z) the Overformula Amount. 'Overformula Amount' shall mean, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to $4,000,000."

"'Excess Cash Flow' shall mean, as of the end of any fiscal year of Holdings, Consolidated Net Income for such fiscal year, plus, to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income, depreciation, amortization and non-cash interest expense for such fiscal year, minus the sum of (i) reductions in the purchase accounting reserve from cash payments during such fiscal year, (ii) Capital Expenditures made by Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries during such fiscal year and any Rollover Amount for such period to be carried forward to the next period less the Rollover Amount, if any, for the preceding period carried forward to the current period that was not spent during such current period,
(iii) the amount of all payments of principal made on Senior Debt during such fiscal

1

year (excluding any payments on Revolving Credit Advances and payments by Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries under any other revolving credit facility to the extent the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment or availability under such other facility, as the case may be, is not permanently reduced in connection therewith and excluding the principal payment to be made in accordance with Section 4.B.2(d) hereof), (iv) any non-cash credits included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, (v) non-cash gains from sales of assets included in Consolidated Net Income for such period, (vi) non-cash charges added back in a previous period to the extent any such charge has become a cash item in the current period, (vii) any cash disbursement to Sellers required pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement for purchase price adjustments or tax obligations, (viii) any cash disbursements made during such period against non-current liabilities to the extent not deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income, and (ix) any cash restructuring expenditures incurred during such period to the extent not deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period and to the extent not exceeding $5,000,000."

2. Section 4 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(a) Section 4B.2(c) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

"(c) Subject to the terms hereof until the Term Loan-B Maturity Date, when all unpaid principal plus accrued interest therein shall be paid in full, the outstanding principal under Term Notes-B shall be repaid in quarterly principal installments, commencing on June 30, 2004, and on the last day of each September, December, March and June thereafter, each in the amount of $750,000."

(b) The following language is hereby added as Section 4B.2(d) of the Credit Agreement:

"(d) In addition to any principal reductions required under
Section 4B.2(c) hereof, the Borrowers shall make a principal payment on Term Loan B in the amount of $2,000,000, on April 30, 2004."

3. Section 8 of the credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(a) Section 8.9 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follow:

"8.9 Maintain Senior Debt to EBITDA. Maintain as of the end of each fiscal quarter, for the four quarters then ending, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2004, a

2

Senior Debt to EBITDA Ratio of not more than the following amounts as of the dates set forth below:

March 31,2004                                5.70 to 1.0
June 30, 2004                                5.10 to 1.0
September 30, 2004                           4.20 to 1.0
December 31, 2004                            3.50 to 1.0
March 31, 2005 and thereafter                3.25 to 1.0"

(b) The following is hereby added as Section 8.20 of the Credit Agreement:

"8.20 Inventory and Real Estate Appraisals. (a) On or before May 31, 2004, deliver or cause to be delivered current appraisals of all Inventory, equipment and machinery of the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries (and take all reasonable steps to cooperate with and assist the appraiser in completing such appraisals as soon as practicable), such appraisals (i) to be obtained at the Borrowers' expense, and
(ii) to indicate the net orderly liquidation value of such Inventory, equipment and machinery, and otherwise to be satisfactory in form and substance to the Banks; and

(b) On or before May 31, 2004, deliver or cause to be delivered current appraisals of the real property owned by the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries (and take all reasonable steps to cooperate with and assist the appraiser in completing such appraisals as soon as practicable), such appraisals (i) to be obtained at the Borrowers' expense, and
(ii) to indicate the fair market value of such real property and otherwise to be satisfactory in form and substance to the Banks."

4. The following is hereby added as Section 9.16 of the Credit Agreement:

"9.16 Junior Creditor Notes. Amend or modify the Junior Creditor Notes or make any payment with respect to the Junior Creditor Notes except, in each case, to the extent permitted under the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement."

5. Section 10.1(c) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding (i) "or 8.20" immediately after the reference to "or 8.18", and (ii) "provided that an Event of Default arising solely from a breach of
Section 8.9 (Maintain Senior Debt to EBITDA) shall be deemed to have been cured if, within five days after the end of each fiscal quarter (other than the last fiscal quarter of each fiscal year), the Borrowers make a permitted payment

3

on the outstanding amount of the Senior Debt from the proceeds received from an Account Debtor in the ordinary course of business in an amount sufficient to bring the ratio into compliance with the applicable requirement under Section 8.9."

6. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Agreement, on or after the date hereof, all Advances shall bear interest at the Prime-based Rate and Borrowers may not elect the Eurodollar-based Rate for any Advance.

7. The Banks hereby waive the default by Borrowers arising by reason of the breach of Section 8.9 (Maintain Senior Debt to EBITDA) of the Credit Agreement for the period ending December 31, 2003, and for no other date or time period. Noting in this Fifth Amendment shall constitute the waiver by the Banks of any Event of Default existing as of the date hereof which is not identified on such Schedule or any Event of Default which occurs after the date hereof.

8. This Fifth Amendment shall become effective (according to the terms hereof) on the date confirmed in a written notice to the Company and the Banks from the Agent (the "Fifth Amendment Effective Date") that the following conditions have been fully satisfied by the Borrowers (the "Conditions"):

(a) Agent shall have received counterpart originals of this Fifth Amendment, in each case duly executed and delivered by the Borrowers and the requisite Banks and the Agent in form satisfactory to Agent and the requisite Banks.

(b) Agent shall have received an amendment to the Intercreditor Agreement executed by the Junior Creditors, the Banks, the Agent (in its capacity as collateral agent for the Banks and the Junior Creditors) and the Borrowers, in the form attached to this Fifth Amendment as Attachment 1.

(c) Agent shall have received certified copies of resolutions of the Boards of Directors of each of the Borrowers authorizing, as applicable, the execution and delivery of this Fifth Amendment and the other Loan Documents required under this
Section 9 and the performance by the Borrowers of each of their respective obligations under the Credit Agreement as amended by this Fifth Amendment.

(d) Borrowers shall have paid to Agent, for distribution to the Banks (based on their respective Percentages), as applicable all interest, fees and other amounts, if any, owed to the Agent and the Banks under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document and accrued to the Fifth Amendment Effective Date.

(e) Borrowers shall have paid to Agent, for distribution to the Banks (as set forth below), an amendment fee equal to $200,000 (which such fee shall be deemed to be fully earned and non-refundable), to be distributed by the Agent to each of the Banks, pro rata, based on their respective Percentages.

4

9. Borrowers hereby represent and warrant that, after giving effect to the amendments and waivers contained herein, (a) execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment and any other documents and instruments required under this Amendment or the Agreement are within each of the Borrowers' powers, have been duly authorized, are not in contravention of law or the terms of each of the Borrowers' Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws or Articles of Organization or Operating Agreement, as applicable, and do not require the consent or approval of any governmental body, agency, or authority; and this Amendment and any other documents and instruments required under this Amendment or the Agreement, will be valid and binding in accordance with their terms;
(b) the representations and warranties of Borrowers set forth in Sections 7.1 through 7.17 and 7.19 through 7.23 of the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof with the same force and effect as if made on and as of the date hereof;
(c) the representations and warranties of Borrowers set forth in
Section 7.18 of the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof with respect to the most recent financial statements furnished to the Banks by Borrowers in accordance with Section 8.1 of the Agreement; and (d) no Event of Default, or condition or event which, with the giving of notice or the running of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default under the Agreement, has occurred and is continuing as of the date hereof.

10. This Amendment may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

[THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

5

WITNESS the due execution hereof as of the day and year first above written.

COMERICA BANK, as Agent                 TRIM SYSTEMS OPERATING CORP.


By: [ILLEGIBLE]                         By:
    ----------------------------            ----------------------------
Its:                                    Its: Vice President
     ---------------------------


                                        TRIM SYSTEMS, LLC


                                        By: [ILLEGIBLE]
                                            ----------------------------
                                        Its: Vice President


                                        TEMPRESS, INC.


                                        By: [ILLEGIBLE]
                                            ----------------------------
                                        Its: Vice President


REVOLVING/TERM BANKS:                   COMERICA BANK


                                        By: [ILLEGIBLE]
                                            ----------------------------
                                        Its:
                                             ---------------------------


                                        U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                                        By: /s/ DANIEL J. FALSTAD
                                            ----------------------------
                                        Its: Vice President
                                             ---------------------------


                                        J2R PARTNERS II-B, LLC

                                        By: [ILLEGIBLE]
                                            ----------------------------

                                        Its:
                                             ---------------------------


                                        ONEX CORPORATION (successor in
                                        interest to 1363880 Ontario, Inc.)


                                        By: [ILLEGIBLE]
                                            ----------------------------
                                        Its: [ILLEGIBLE]
                                             ---------------------------


SWING LINE BANK:                        COMERICA BANK


                                        By: [ILLEGIBLE]
                                            ----------------------------
                                        Its:
                                             ---------------------------


ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF GUARANTOR

The undersigned, being the Guarantor under that certain Guaranty dated October 29, 1998, executed by the undersigned in favor of Comerica Bank, as Agent for and on behalf of the Banks, with respect to obligations and liabilities of Borrower to Banks ("Guaranty") affirms its obligations under the Guaranty and consents to the amendments and waivers set forth above. Capitalized terms used by not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Guaranty.

TRIM SYSTEMS, INC.

By: /s/ CARL E. MILLER
    ---------------------------
Its:
    ---------------------------
Dated: February __, 2004

8

EXHIBIT 10.9

EXECUTION

INVESTOR STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

THIS INVESTOR STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT, dated as of October 5, 2000 (this "Agreement") is made by and among Bostrom Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), Onex American Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("Onex"), J2R Partners VII, a Minnesota general partnership ("J2R") and the stockholders listed on the signature pages hereto and such other stockholders of the Company as may, from time to time, become parties to this Agreement in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof.

WHEREAS, the authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 75,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Class A Common"), 150,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "Class B Common"), 40,000 shares of Class C Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "Class C Common"), 125,000 shares of Class D-1 Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "Class D-1 Common"), 25,000 shares of Class D-2 Non-Voting Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "Class D-2 Common"), and 25,000 shares of Class E Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "Class E Common").

WHEREAS, the Company, Onex, J2R and certain other Stockholders are parties to a Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the"Stock Purchase Agreement"), pursuant to which such Stockholders have acquired their Common Stock (as defined).

WHEREAS, the Company, Onex, J2R, and certain other investors are parties to a Registration Agreement (the "Registration Agreement"), dated as of the date hereof.

WHEREAS, in order to provide for the stability of the Company, the parties wish to enter into this Agreement.

WHEREAS, certain terms used in this Agreement are defined in Article I of this Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

Certain Definitions

1.1 Certain Definitions. when used in this Agreement the following terms shall have the respective meanings shown:

"Affiliate" shall mean, with respect to any Person, any of (a) a director or executive officer of such Person, (b) a spouse, parent, sibling or descendant of such Person (or spouse, parent,


sibling or descendant of any director or executive officer of such Person), and
(c) any other Person that, directly or indirectly, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, including, without limitation, investment partnerships or funds that are sponsored, managed or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or its Affiliates, and portfolio companies organized or managed by HCI or its Affiliates. For the purpose of this definition and the definition of Independent Third Party, "control" (including with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled by" and "under common control with"), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or agency or otherwise.

"Baird Group" means BCP II Affiliates Fund Limited Partnership. Baird Capital II Limited Partnership, Baird Capital Partners III Limited Partnership, BCP III Special Affiliates Limited Partnership and BCP III Affiliates Fund Limited Partnership and their respective Affiliates.

"Business Day" means any day which is neither a Saturday or Sunday nor a legal holiday on which banks are authorized or required to be closed in New York City.

"Class D Common" means collectively the Class D-1 Common and the Class D-2 Common.

"Closing" shall mean the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Stock Purchase Agreement.

"Closing Date" means the date on which the transactions contemplated by the Stock Purchase Agreement shall be consummated.

"Co-Investment Agreement" means that certain Co-Investment Agreement, dated as of March 30, 1990, between Onex TMB Investments Inc., an Ontario corporation, and J2R Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as amended from time to time.

"Common Stock" means (i) any Class A Common, Class B Common, Class C Common, Class D-1 Common, Class D-2 Common and Class E Common purchased, issued to or otherwise acquired by any Stockholder, and (ii) any equity securities issued or issuable, directly or indirectly, with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i) above by way of stock dividend or stock split, exchange or conversion, or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization. As to any particular shares constituting Common Stock, such shares will continue to be Common Stock in the hands of any holder of such Common Stock (other than purchasers pursuant to a Public Sale).

"Company" includes any successor to the Company resulting from any merger, consolidation or other reorganization of or including the Company.

"HCI" means Hidden Creek Industries, a New York general partnership.

2

"Heavy Duty" means Heavy Duty Holdings, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company.

"Independent Third Party" means any Person who, immediately prior to the contemplated transaction, does not own in excess of 5% of the Company's common stock on a fully-diluted basis (a "5% Owner") , who is not controlling, controlled by or under common control with any such 5% Owner and who is not the spouse or descendent (by birth or adoption) of any such 5% Owner or a trust for the benefit of such 5% Owner and/or such other Persons.

"Institutional Investor" means a "qualified institutional buyer" as defined in Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act (codified at 17 C.F.R.
Section 230.144A (1990)).

"NEP" means Norwest Equity Partners VII, LP, a Minnesota limited partnership.

"Other Stockholder" means any holder of Common Stock which is bound by and subject to this Agreement other than (i) Onex and its Affiliates and (ii) the transferees of Onex or its Affiliates that acquire all of the Common Stock held by Onex and its Affiliates as of the date hereof.

"Person" means an individual, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a limited liability company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or a government or any department or agency thereof.

"Public Company" means a company which has effected a Public Offering.

"Public Offering" means a public offering and sale of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

"Public Sale" means any sale of Common Stock to the public pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act or to the public through a broker, dealer or market maker pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in force) adopted under the Securities Act.

"Qualified Public Offering" means the sale in an underwritten public offering registered under the Securities Act of shares of the Common Stock consisting of at least 20% of the Common Stock determined on a fully diluted basis.

"Sale of the Company" means the sale of the Company pursuant to which such party or parties acquire (i) capital stock of the Company possessing the voting power to elect a majority of the Company's board of directors (whether by merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or sale of a majority of the Company's outstanding Common Stock and Common Stock equivalents) or (ii) all or substantially all of the Company's consolidated assets.

"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

"Stockholder" means any holder of Common Stock which is bound by and subject to this Agreement.

3

"Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control a majority of the managers or general partners of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

ARTICLE 2

Board of Directors of the Company

2.1 Board of Directors. (a) From and after the Closing Date and until the provisions of this Article 2 cease to be effective, each of the Stockholders will vote all of its voting stock of the Company, and will take, and will cause any Persons controlled by it to take, all other necessary or desirable actions within its control (in its capacity as a stockholder of the Company), and the Company will take all necessary or desirable action within its control, in order to cause:

(i) the authorized number of directors on the Company's board of directors (the "Board") to be initially established at five (5) directors, which may be increased by affirmative vote of a majority of the directors of the Board, provided that if the number of directors on the Board shall be increased to more than seven (7) directors, the rights of NEP and the Baird Group to designate Board representatives hereunder shall be adjusted to approximate such Stockholder's relative proportionate ownership of Common Stock;

(ii) the election to the Board of:

(A) two (2) representatives designated by HCI (by written notice to the Company, which shall furnish copies of such notice to each other party hereto), who shall initially be S.A. Johnson and John Read (the "HCI Directors");

(B) one (1) representatives designated by Onex (by written notice to the Company, which shall furnish copies of such notice to each other party hereto), who shall initially be Eric Rosen (the "Onex Director");

(C) subject to paragraph (v) below, one (1) representative designated by the Baird Group (by written notice to the Company, which shall furnish copies of such notice

4

to each other party hereto), who shall initially be C. Andrew Brickman (the "Baird Director"); and

(D) subject to paragraph (vi) below, one (1) representative designated by NEP (by written notice to the Company, which shall furnish copies of such notice to each other party hereto), who shall initially be John Thomson (the "NEP Director").

(iii) at the written request of a Stockholder with the right to designate a Board representative, the removal from the Board (with or without cause) of any representative designated by such Stockholder, but only upon such written request and under no other circumstances;

(iv) in the event that any representative designated hereunder by a Stockholder for any reason ceases to serve as a member of the Board during his or her term of office, the resulting vacancy on the Board to be filled by a representative designated by such Stockholder as provided hereunder;

(v) the rights of the Baird Group to designate the Baird Director under this Section 2.1(a) shall terminate at such time as the Baird Group collectively hold in aggregate less than 5% of the total outstanding Common Stock of the Company; and

(vi) the rights of NEP to designate a NEP Director under this
Section 2.1(a) shall terminate at such time as the NEP holds in aggregate less than 5% of the total outstanding Common Stock of the Company.

(b) The Company shall pay the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by each director in connection with attending the meetings of the Board and any committee thereof.

(c) The provisions of this Article 2 will terminate automatically and be of no further force and effect upon a Qualified Public Offering.

ARTICLE 3

Covenants of the Company and Other Matters

3.1 Transactions with Affiliates. Subject to Section 4.2, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall enter into any material transaction with a Stockholder or any of its Affiliates, including, without limitation, the purchase, sale or exchange of property or the rendering of any service, but excluding any dividend or other distribution to Stockholders in their capacity as such unless either:

(a) the terms of the transaction are no less favorable to the Company or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, than are obtainable by it in a comparable arm's length transaction with a Person not such Stockholder or any of its Affiliates, or

5

(b) the Stockholders holding at least a majority of the shares of Common Stock held by all Stockholders (excluding for purposes of determining a majority, such Stockholder and its Affiliates) give their written consent thereto.

The Company shall give notice to the Stockholders at least 20 business days in advance of any such transaction. The Company may, however, without complying with this Section 3.1, pay an annual management and advisory fee to HCI or Heavy Duty (or any successor to HCI or Heavy Duty), pursuant to the Management Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between the Company and HCI. Moreover, the Stockholders acknowledge that the Company will pay HCI a $1,500,000 closing fee upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein.

3.2 Mergers, Consolidations, Etc. The Company shall not merge or consolidate with another corporation, enter into a share exchange, or sell all or substantially all of its assets to another Person, if pursuant thereto any Stockholder shall receive securities as full or partial consideration for its Common Stock, unless all holders of a class of Common Stock (a) shall have the right to receive the same securities as each holder of such class of Common Stock, in each case in proportion to their respective holdings of Common Stock (assuming the conversion, exchange or exercise of all securities convertible into or exchangeable, or exercisable for Common Stock) and on terms consistent with the rights and preferences set forth in the Company's Certificate of Incorporation as is reasonably determined by the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Class D Common voting as a separate class, the holders of a majority of the Class B Common voting as a separate class, and the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Class C Common voting as a separate class, and if such classes cannot agree, by an investment banking firm of national recognition mutually agreeable to such parties, whose determination shall be conclusive, and (b) who are parties to this Agreement enter into a stockholders agreement containing substantially similar rights and preferences as set forth in this Agreement.

3.3 By-laws. The by-laws of the Company shall at all times provide, to the extent permitted by law, that:

(a) notice of every meeting of the Board shall be given, in the same manner as is provided in Section 9.3, to each director not less than one day prior to the meeting;

(b) a special meeting of the Board may be called, to be held at the registered office of the Company, by holders of at least 20% of the Company's Common Stock, upon at least 10 days' notice, given in the same manner as is provided in Section 9.3;

(c) any director may require the Company, to include in the business to be discussed at the meeting any one or more proposals submitted by such director;

(d) directors may participate in directors' meetings by telephone;

(e) directors may take action by their unanimous written consent;

(f) notice of any meeting may be waived by any director; and

6

(g) any action to be taken by the Board will require at least a majority of the directors of the Company.

3.4 Financial Information. So long as any Stockholder owns any Common Stock, the Company shall furnish to such Stockholder the following:

(a) as soon as available, and in any event within 90 days after-the end of each fiscal year of the Company, duplicate copies of the audited financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries reported on by a firm of independent certified public accountants of national recognition, including a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and consolidated statements of income and of cash flow of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year and the related footnotes thereto, and stating in comparative form the figures as of the end of and for the previous fiscal year, accompanied by a report thereon containing an opinion by such independent certified public accountants that the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, except as may be noted otherwise; provided that with respect to fiscal year 2000, such statements shall only cover a period beginning on the date hereof;

(b) as promptly as practicable, and in any event within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company, duplicate copies of its quarterly, unaudited financial statements prepared by the Company, including a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and consolidated statements of income and of cash flow of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal quarter and year to date period, and stating in comparative form the figures as of the end of and for the corresponding fiscal quarter and year to date period in the previous fiscal year, in all cases such financial statements shall have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, except as otherwise noted;

(c) copies of all press releases issued by the Company;

(d) except as otherwise required by law or judicial order or decree or by any governmental agency or authority, each Stockholder entitled to receive information regarding the Company and its Subsidiaries under this
Section 3.4 shall use its best efforts to maintain the confidentiality of all nonpublic information obtained by it hereunder which the Company has reasonably designated as proprietary or confidential in nature; provided that each such Stockholder may, to the extent required by law, regulatory authority or rating agency, disclose such information in connection with the sale or transfer of Common Stock if such Stockholder's transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions hereof; and

(e) such additional financial information as may be reasonably requested by any Stockholder who then has a right to designate a member of the Board pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof.

3.5 Action by Stockholders. The Stockholders shall from time to time vote their Common Stock and take such actions reasonably within their control as may be required in order to cause the Company:

7

(a) to comply with the provisions of this Agreement; and

(b) to take all other actions required or permitted to be taken by the Company in order to permit the Company to purchase Common Stock pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (which may include the revaluation of assets), provided such action is not contrary to any applicable law and such action would not cause a default by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under any agreements of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

3.6 Action by the Company to Purchase Stock. The Company shall take all actions necessary to permit the purchase of Common Stock pursuant to this Agreement (which may include the revaluation of assets), provided such action is not contrary to any applicable law and such action would not cause a default by the Company or any Subsidiary under any agreements with the Company or any Subsidiary.

3.7 Consents to Stock Transfers Pursuant to this Agreement. The Stockholders hereby consent, to the extent required by the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, to any transfer of Common Stock made as permitted by this Agreement and shall execute any further formal consents which counsel for the Company may determine to be reasonably necessary for that purpose.

3.8 Stock Acquired Pursuant to Warrants and Options. The Stockholders hereby agree that all Common Stock acquired by any of them whether pursuant to the exercise of all warrants, rights or options granted, or otherwise issued by the Company to the Stockholders, either prior to or following the date of this Agreement, shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement in all respects.

3.9 Amendments to Certificate of Incorporation. No Stockholder shall, nor shall it permit any of its Affiliates to, vote any Common Stock owned by it or over which it has the power to vote in favor of any amendment to or restatement of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, if such amendment or restatement would alter the rights and preferences of any class of Common Stock held by the Stockholders so as to affect them adversely, but shall not so affect the other classes of Common Stock, without the express consent of the holders of at least 80% of the shares of the adversely affected class of Common Stock held by such Stockholders.

3.10 High Voting Stock upon IPO. The Stockholders hereby agree to approve and to raise no objection to the implementation, at the election of Onex and in connection with an initial Public Offering, of a high vote common stock to be exchanged for the Common Stock that is held by the Stockholders. In the event that such high vote stock is issued, the Stockholders agree to enter into a voting agreement which provides that each Stockholder, so long as such Stockholder holds such shares, will vote for those Board representatives that are designated by Onex or its Affiliates and which constitute a majority of the Board. Such voting arrangement will terminate at such time as Onex and its Affiliates cease to own in the aggregate at least 10% of the shares of common stock held at the time of the initial Public Offering.

ARTICLE 4

Restrictions on Transfer of Common Stock

8

4.1 Transfer of Stockholder Stock. No Other Stockholder shall sell, transfer, assign, pledge, exchange or otherwise dispose of (a "Transfer") any interest in Common Stock except pursuant to the provisions of this Article 4, Article 5, Article 7, or pursuant to a Public Sale; provided that as between Onex and J2R, the provisions of the Co-Investment Agreement will govern any "transfer" (as defined for this purpose in the Co-Investment Agreement) and the provisions of Article 4 and Article 5 of this Agreement will not apply. Each Other Stockholder agrees not to consummate any Transfer pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.2 until at least the minimum number of days required by
Section 4.2 after the delivery of such Other Stockholder's Offer Notice (as hereinafter defined), unless the parties to the Transfer have been finally determined pursuant to this Article 4 prior to the expiration of such period.

4.2 First Offer Right.

(a) In addition to Transfers pursuant to Article 5, Article 7, or a Public Sale, any Other Stockholder may Transfer an interest in Common Stock by complying with this Section 4.2. At least 45 days prior to making any Transfer by any Other Stockholder of any Common Stock pursuant to a bona fide offer from an Independent Third Party (other than Pursuant to Article 5 and Article 7 or a Public Sale), the transferring Other Stockholder (the "Transferring Stockholder") will deliver a written notice (the "Offer Notice") to the Stockholders and to the Company. The Offer Notice will disclose the proposed number of shares of Common Stock (the "Subject Shares") to be transferred, identity of the proposed purchasers, and, in reasonable detail, the proposed terms and conditions of the Transfer. First, the Stockholders other than the Transferring Stockholder (collectively the "First Offer Stockholders") may elect to purchase all (but not less than all) of the Common Stock specified in the Offer Notice at the price in cash and on the terms specified therein on a pro rata basis determined by the number of shares of Common Stock then held by the First Offer Stockholders electing to make such purchase by delivering written notice of such election to the Transferring Stockholder as soon as practical but in any event within 20 days after the delivery of the Offer Notice; provided that if less than all of the First Offer Stockholders elect to make such purchase, the remaining Subject Shares shall be reoffered to those Stockholders who have elected to make such purchase until an election to purchase all of the Subject Shares has been made. If the First Offer Stockholders have not elected to purchase all of the Subject Shares within such 20-day period, the Company may elect to purchase all (but not less than all) of the Subject Shares at the price in cash and on the terms specified therein by delivering written notice of such election to the Transferring Stockholder as soon as practicable, but in any event within 30 days after delivery of the Offer Notice. If the Company or the First Offer Stockholders have elected to purchase all (but not less than all) of the Subject Shares from the Transferring Stockholder, the transfer of such shares will be consummated as soon as practical after the delivery of the election notice, but in any event within 75 days after delivery of the Offer Notice (the "Consummation Period"). If any of the Subject Shares to be purchased by any holder of any Class D-2 Common are voting securities, at the request of any holder of Class D-2 Common the Company will exchange for such securities other securities which are non-voting, convertible into such securities on the same terms as those on which the Class D-2 Common is convertible into Class D-1 Common and otherwise identical to such securities in all respects. If neither the Company nor the First Offer Stockholders have elected to purchase all of the Subject Shares being offered or if, the Company or the First Offer Stockholders elect to purchase all of the Subject Shares but do not consummate the purchase within the Consummation Period, the

9

Transferring Stockholder may, within 45 days after the expiration of the Consummation Period, transfer the Subject Shares to one or more third parties at a price in cash and on other terms no more favorable to the transferees than offered to the Company and the First Offer Stockholders in the Offer Notice; provided that prior to such Transfer, such transferees shall have agreed in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement. Any Subject Shares not transferred within such 45-day period will be subject to the provisions of this
Section 4.2(a) upon subsequent transfer and the Transferring Stockholder will not be entitled to deliver another Offer Notice for 90 days after the Transferring Stockholder has again become subject to this Section 4.2(a).

(b) The Stockholders may transfer any of their respective rights to purchase the Subject Shares under Section 4.2(a) to any of their respective Affiliates; provided that prior to such transfer, such Affiliate shall have agreed in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement.

4.3 Permitted Transfers.

(a) The restrictions contained in this Article 4 and in Article 5 shall not apply with respect to (i) any Transfer of Common Stock by any Stockholder to or among its Affiliates or (ii) any Transfer of Common Stock by any Stockholder to any other Stockholder; provided that the restrictions contained in this Article 4 and in Article 5 shall continue to be applicable to the Common Stock after any such Transfer and provided further that the transferees of such Common Stock shall have agreed in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement affecting the Common Stock so Transferred.

(b) In the case of any Transfer pursuant to Section 4.3(a)(i) above, a transferee may at any time, and shall forthwith in the event that such transferee ceases to be an Affiliate of the transferor (other than a transferee pursuant to Section 4.3(a)(ii) above), transfer back to such transferor all of the Common Stock held by it.

ARTICLE 5

Tag-Along, First Offer and Drag-Along Rights

5.1 Tag-Along Right.

10

(a) Except as provided in Section 5.4, if at any time Onex or its Affiliate proposes to Transfer (other than a pledge) any or all of its Common Stock to any person other than an Affiliate (a "Disposition"), Onex or its Affiliates, as the case may be (the "Disposing Stockholder"), shall, at least 30 days prior to the consummation of the Disposition, give notice (a "Disposition Notice") to the Other Stockholders (the "Nondisposing Stockholders") describing the terms and conditions of the Disposition in reasonable detail, including the proposed price per share, the method of payment, the anticipated closing date and the identity of the proposed purchaser, and stating that each of the Nondisposing Stockholders may elect to participate in such Disposition, at a price per share and on other terms consistent with the rights and preferences of the Common Stock set forth in the Company's Certificate of Incorporation (but in any case determined without consideration of voting rights or lack thereof) as is reasonably determined by the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Class D Common voting as a separate class, the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Class B Common voting as a separate class, and the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Class C Common voting as a separate class, and if such classes cannot agree, by an investment banking firm of national recognition mutually agreeable to such parties, whose determination shall be conclusive.

(b) The election pursuant to subsection (a) shall be exercised by notice to the Disposing Stockholder given within the time period specified in the Disposition Notice, which time period shall not be less than 10 Business Days after such Disposition Notice is given. If any Nondisposing Stockholder gives notice of its election to sell, it shall be obligated to sell the Common Stock specified in its notice upon the terms and subject to the conditions specified in subsection (a) to the proposed purchaser, conditional upon the closing of the Disposition.

(c) If the purchaser pursuant to the Disposition has a specified limited number of shares of Common Stock which it is willing to purchase in the aggregate, each of the Nondisposing Stockholders shall have the right to sell to the purchaser up to that number of shares of Common Stock owned by such Nondisposing Stockholder which is in the same proportion to its total ownership of Common Stock as the number of shares of the Common Stock being sold by the Disposing Stockholder is to the Disposing Stockholder's total ownership of Common Stock (in each case, assuming the conversion, exchange or exercise of all securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock).

(d) If any Nondisposing Stockholder does not elect to sell the full number of shares of Common Stock which it is entitled to sell pursuant to this Section 5.1, or if the aggregate number of shares of the Company's Common Stock which the Nondisposing Stockholders and any other stockholders of the Company are entitled to sell is less than the number of shares of the Company's Common Stock which the purchaser is willing to purchase, the remaining Nondisposing Stockholders shall be entitled to sell additional shares of Common Stock pro rata (as described in subparagraph (c) above) to the number of shares of Common Stock owned by each of them to make up the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock the purchaser is willing to purchase.

(e) Prior to transferring its Common Stock pursuant to this
Section 5.1, the Disposing Stockholder shall cause the prospective transferee to be bound by this Agreement and such transferee shall be deemed an "Other Stockholder" for purposes hereunder unless such transferee is acquiring all of the Common Stock held by Onex and its affiliates as of the date hereof.

11

5.2 First Offer Right. Prior to making any Disposition of any or all of its Common Stock, the Disposing Stockholder shall deliver a written notice (an "First Offer Notice") to the Company and the Other Stockholders. The First Offer Notice shall disclose in reasonable detail the proposed number of shares to be transferred, and, if known, the proposed terms and conditions of the Transfer and, if known, the identity of the prospective transferee(s). One or more of the Other Stockholders may elect to offer to purchase their Pro Rata Share (as defined) of all (but not less than all) of such offered shares specified in the First Offer Notice by delivering written notice to the Disposing Stockholder of such election within 15 days after the delivery of the First Offer Notice (the "Election Period"), setting forth the price per share and the terms and conditions of such offer to purchase (the "Election Notice"). The purchase price specified in any Election Notice shall be payable solely in cash at the closing of the transaction or in installments over time. The Disposing Stockholder may, within 90 days after the expiration of the Election Period (i) transfer such shares to one or more third parties, provided that if an Election Notice has been delivered, such transfer may only be at a price greater than the price per share specified in the Election Notice and on other terms no more favorable to the transferees thereof than offered to the Other Stockholder in the Election Notice, (ii) transfer such shares pursuant to the Election Notice to those Other Stockholders who delivered such Election Notice, or (iii) elect not to transfer such shares. Any shares of Common Stock not transferred within such 90-day period shall be subject to the terms of this
Section 5.2 prior to any subsequent Transfer. Any such shares of Common Stock to be transferred pursuant clause (i) above shall be subject to the tag-along rights set forth in Section 5.1 above. If the Disposing Stockholder has elected to accept the offer to purchase such shares set forth in the Election Notice, the transfer of such shares shall be consummated as soon as practical after the delivery of such acceptance notice to the Other Stockholders, but in any event within 15 days after the delivery of such acceptance notice. Each Other Stockholder's "Pro Rata Share" shall be based upon such Stockholder's proportionate ownership of all shares of Common Stock held by the Other Stockholders who have participated in the delivery of the Election Notice.

5.3 Drag-Along Right.

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, if the Board approves a Sale of the Company (the "Approved Sale"), the Stockholders will consent to and raise no objections to the Approved Sale of the Company and (i) if the Approved Sale of the Company is structured as a sale of stock, the Stockholders will agree to sell all of their Common Stock and rights to acquire Common Stock on the terms and conditions approved by the Board, (ii) if the Approved Sale of the Company is structured as a merger, consolidation or other reorganization, the Stockholders will vote in favor thereof (to the extent they are entitled to vote) and will not exercise any dissenters' rights of appraisal they may have under Delaware law, and (iii) if the Approved Sale of the Company is structured as a sale of all or substantially all of the Company's consolidated assets, the Stockholders will vote in favor thereof (to the extent they are entitled to vote). The Stockholders will use their best efforts to cooperate in the Approved Sale of the Company and will take all necessary and desirable actions in connection with the consummation of the Approved Sale of the Company as are reasonably requested by the Board, including, but not limited to, the provision of representations and warranties or indemnifications; provided that the Stockholders shall not be required to incur any out-of-pocket expenses in connection with such Approved Sale of the Company which are not reimbursed by the Company; and provided further that no Stockholder shall be required to provide substantively

12

different representations and warranties or indemnification than any other Stockholder and that each Stockholder's obligations thereunder shall be several and limited to the proceeds received by such Stockholder in connection with such Approved Sale.

(b) The obligations of the Stockholders with respect to the Approved Sale of the Company are also subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions: (i) upon the consummation of the Approved Sale of the Company, all of the holders of each class of Common Stock will receive the same form and amount of consideration for their Common Stock as all other holders of the same class of Common Stock, or if any Stockholders are given an option as to the form and amount of consideration to be received, all holders of the same class of Common Stock will be given the same option; (ii) the price per share of Common Stock will be payable in cash or publicly traded securities and will be on terms consistent with the rights and preferences set forth in the Company's Certificate of Incorporation as is reasonably determined by the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Class D common voting as a separate class, the holders of at least a majority of the Class B Common voting as a separate class, and the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Class C Common voting as a separate class, and if such classes cannot agree, by an investment banking firm of national recognition mutually agreeable to such parties, whose determination shall be conclusive; and (iii) if the Approved Sale is to a Person that is not an Independent Third Party, the holders of a majority of the Common Stock held by the Other Stockholders may request that an appraisal of the fair market value of the securities to be sold and/or received by the Other Stockholders in connection with such Approved Sale be made by an investment banking firm of national recognition mutually agreeable to such parties, whose determination shall be binding upon the Company and the Other Stockholders, and it shall be a condition to the consummation of such Approved Sale to a Person that is not an Independent Third Party that such Person pay as consideration to the Other Stockholders the fair market value as determined pursuant to such appraisal (if such appraisal results in a valuation greater than the valuation of the consideration proposed to be delivered in connection with such Approved Sale, the Company shall pay the costs of such appraisal, otherwise the requesting Stockholders shall pay such costs).

(c) If the Company enters into any negotiation or transaction for which Rule 506 (or any similar rule then in effect) promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission may be available with respect to such negotiation or transaction (including a merger, consolidation or other reorganization), the Stockholders will, at the request of the Board, and to the extent required to comply with Rule 501, appoint a purchaser representative (as such term is defined in Rule 501) reasonably acceptable to the Board. If any Stockholder appoints the purchaser representative designated by the Board, the Company will pay the fees of such purchaser representative, but if any Stockholder declines to appoint the purchaser representative designated by the Board, such holder will appoint another purchaser representative (reasonably acceptable to the Board), and such holder will be responsible for the fees of the purchaser representative so appointed.

(e) The provisions of this Section 5.3 shall terminate automatically and be of no further force and effect upon the consummation of a Public Offering.

13

5.4 Exceptions to the Tag-Along Right.

(a) At any time when the Company is a Public Company, Onex and Affiliates shall be entitled during any 90-day period to sell collectively up to 5% of the Common Stock held by Onex and its Affiliates collectively at the beginning of such period through the facilities of any securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted in the NASDAQ System or the over-the-counter market, subject to compliance with applicable law and with the by-laws and regulations of such exchange or the NASD, if applicable. Any such sale shall not be subject to the provisions of Section 5.1 or 5.2.

(b) Section 5.1, 5.2 and Section 4.2 shall not apply to any sale as part of a Public Offering.

(c) Section 5.1 shall not apply to any Transfer of Common Stock pursuant to a drag-along right exercised in connection with an Approved Sale.

5.5 Purchaser Subject to this Agreement. No Stockholder nor its Affiliates shall sell any of their Common Stock to any purchaser unless the purchaser assumes in writing, pro rata with such Stockholder and its Affiliates, in accordance with the purchaser's and such Stockholder's and its Affiliates' (taken together) respective share holdings, all of such Stockholder's and its Affiliates' obligations under, and agrees to be bound by (to the extent of such Stockholder's and its Affiliates' obligations), this Agreement. This Section shall not, however, apply in the case of transfers by each Stockholder and its Affiliates (a) through the facilities of any securities exchange on which the shares of Common Stock are then listed or quoted in the NASDAQ System or the over-the-counter market, or (b) by way of a Public Offering.

ARTICLE 6

Limited Pre-Emptive Rights

6.1 Pre-Emptive Rights.

(a) Except for issuances of Offered Securities (as defined) (i) as full or partial consideration in connection with the acquisition of another business or company, (ii) to the Company's or its Subsidiaries' employees and directors, (iii) pursuant to a Public Offering, (iv) in connection with financing arrangements with independent third party lenders, until the Company effects an initial Public Offering, neither the Company nor its Subsidiaries shall issue any shares of stock that have a right to participate generally in dividends or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or the winding up of the Company or its Subsidiaries ("Participating Securities"), any shares of Common Stock or any securities possessing voting power with respect to the election of directors of the Company or its Subsidiaries ("Voting Securities"), or any securities containing or consisting of options or rights to acquire any shares of Participating Securities, Common Stock or Voting Securities or any securities exchangeable into Participating Securities, Voting Securities or Common Stock (other than a dividend on any outstanding Common Stock or Participating Securities) (collectively, "Offered Securities") to any Person unless the Company shall

14

have first offered such Offered Securities pro rata to all Stockholders, on the same price, terms and conditions, pursuant to a written offer (the "Offer"). The Offer shall specify the number of Offered Securities proposed to be issued by the Company, the price per Offered Security and shall limit the time within which the Offer, if not accepted, will be deemed to be declined (which time shall be not less than 20 days or more than 40 days after the date of the Offer). Each Stockholder shall then have the right, exercisable by notice to the Company within the time period specified in the Offer, to purchase its "Pro Rata Share" of the Offered Securities at the price per Offered Security referred to in the Offer. As used in this Section 6.1, the term "Pro Rata Share" of each Stockholder shall mean the product of (i) the total number of Offered Securities referred to in the Offer and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock held by such Stockholder on the date the Offer is made and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of the Company's shares of Common Stock owned by such Stockholder and such other stockholders who are entitled to purchase a pro rata portion of the Offered Securities (in each case, assuming the conversion, exchange or exercise of all securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock). In the event the Offered Securities consist of shares of Class A Common, Class B Common, Class C Common, , Class D-1 Common, Class D-2 Common or Class E Common, then (i) the class of shares to be offered to the holders of Class A Common pursuant to this Section 6.1 shall be shares of Class A Common, (ii) the class of shares to be offered to the holders of Class B Common pursuant to this Section 6.1 shall be shares of Class B Common, (iii) the class of shares to be offered to the holders of Class C Common pursuant to this Section 6.1 shall be shares of Class C Common, (iv) the class of shares to be offered to holders of Class D-1 Common pursuant to this Section 6.1 shall be shares of Class D-1 Common, (v) the class of shares to be offered to holders of Class D-2 Common pursuant to this Section 6.1 shall be shares of Class D-2 Common, and (vi) the class of shares to be offered to holders of Class E Common pursuant to this Section 6.1 shall be shares of Class E Common. In the event the Offered Securities consist of any other securities which are voting securities, then the securities offered to the holders of Class D-2 Common pursuant to this Section 6.1 shall be non-voting, convertible into such Offered Securities on the same terms as those on which the Class D-2 Common is convertible into Class D-1 Common and otherwise identical to such Offered Securities in all respects.

(b) If any Offered Securities shall not be capable of being offered to or being divided among the Stockholders in proportion to their holdings of Common Stock at the date of the Offer without division into fractions, the same shall be offered to or divided among the Stockholders as nearly as may be in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them respectively at the date of the Offer without division into fractions, as may be determined in good faith by the Board.

(c) The closing of a purchase and sale pursuant to this Section 6.1 shall be held at the registered office of the Company on the date specified in the Offer, which date shall be not less than 15 or more than 30 days after the time at which the Offer, if not accepted, will be deemed to be declined.

(d) If any Stockholder does not elect to purchase the full number of Offered Securities which it is entitled to purchase pursuant to this Section 6.1, the balance shall be reoffered pro rata to the remaining Stockholders that did elect to purchase their full entitlement at the same price per Offered Security as specified in the Offer and otherwise on such terms as the Board may in

15

good faith determine until either (i) all of such Offered Securities shall have been elected to be purchased or (ii) all of the Stockholders have elected to not purchase such remaining Offered Securities. In the event any Offered Securities remain the Company may issue such Offered Securities in compliance with Section 6.1(c) above to such Person or Persons as the Board may in good faith determine, but, in any event, at the same price per Offered Security as specified in the Offer.

6.2 No Additional Pre-Emptive Rights. No Stockholder shall have any preemptive right to acquire Common Stock from the Company except pursuant to Section 6.1 and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, shall have no preemptive rights on a Public Offering of Common Stock by the Company.

ARTICLE 7

Transfers of Common Stock and
Appointment of Proxy

7.1 Transfers in Accordance with this Agreement. No Stockholder shall transfer or suffer to be transferred any or all of its Common Stock, except as permitted or required by this Agreement. The Company may refuse to register any transfer of Common Stock on its transfer books if such transfer is not in accordance with this Agreement and state and federal securities laws.

7.2 Legending of Shares Certificates. All certificates representing Common Stock held by any Person subject to this Agreement (and by any permitted or required transferees who are bound by or subject to this Agreement) shall bear the following legend:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON THE VOTING OF SUCH SECURITIES CONTAINED IN THE INVESTOR STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF OCTOBER 5, 2000, AMONG THE ISSUER OF SUCH SECURITIES (THE "COMPANY") AND CERTAIN OF THE COMPANY'S STOCKHOLDERS. A COPY OF SUCH INVESTOR STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT WILL BE FURNISHED WITHOUT CHARGE BY THE COMPANY TO THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN REQUEST.

7.3 Default of Delivery.

(a) In the event that any Stockholder, the Company, or any Stockholder's transferees or assignees (each, a "Requiring Party") have the right to acquire Common Stock from any other Stockholder or the right to require any such other Stockholder to sell its Common Stock to any other Person, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (such selling Stockholder hereinafter referred to as the "Transferor" and such Requiring Party or any other Person to whom the Transferor is required to transfer Common Stock, as applicable, hereinafter referred to as the "Transferee") and

16

the Transferor is not present at the closing, or is present but for any reason fails to produce and deliver to the Transferee the certificates or other instruments representing any of the Common Stock being transferred, then the cash purchase price, as and when payable, may be deposited into a special account in the name of the Company at a branch of the Company's bankers and any other consideration permitted or required to be delivered in satisfaction of the purchase price shall be deposited with the Company. Such deposits shall constitute valid and effective payment to the Transferor of the purchase price for the Common Stock being transferred notwithstanding the fact that the Transferor may have voluntarily attempted to encumber or dispose of any of the Common Stock contrary to the terms hereof, or that one or more certificates or other evidences of ownership of such Common Stock may have been delivered to any other Person. From and after the date of such deposits (even though the share certificates in the name of the Transferor have not been delivered to the Transferee), the purchase and transfer of the Common Stock shall be deemed to have been fully completed and all right, title, benefit and interest of the Transferor in and to all such Common Stock, both at law and in equity, shall be conclusively deemed to have been transferred and assigned to and become vested in the Transferee and the Transferee will have the right to request that the Company enter the transfer into the stock register and the Company shall be entitled to so enter the transfer.

(b) Where the Transferee has made a deposit in accordance with subsection (a), the Transferor shall be entitled to receive the cash purchase price of the Common Stock deposited with the Company's bankers, and to receive any other consideration deposited with the Company, upon delivery to the Company of (i) the certificates or other instruments representing the Common Stock duly endorsed for transfer and (ii) any other document required to be delivered by the Transferor at closing, including, without limitation, the release or discharge of any encumbrance relating to the Common Stock and stock transfer stamps, if necessary.

7.4 Distributions upon Sale of the Company. In the event of a sale or exchange by the Stockholders of all or substantially all of the Common Stock held by the Stockholders, the Stockholders shall receive the same portion of the aggregate consideration from such sale or exchange that such Stockholders would have received if such aggregate consideration had been distributed by the Company in complete liquidation.

ARTICLE 8

Representations and Warranties
of the Company.

The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Stockholders that as of the Closing:

8.1 Organization, etc. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its businesses as now conducted and presently proposed to be conducted and to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except where the failure to have such power and authority would not have a material adverse effect upon the business or financial condition of the Company.

17

8.2 Capital Stock and Related Matters.

(i) Immediately following the Closing, (a) the authorized capital stock of the Company will consist of 75,000 shares of Class A Common, 150,000 shares of Class B Common, 40,000 shares of Class C Common, 125,000 shares of Class D-1 Common, 25,000 shares of Class D-2 Common, and 25,000 shares of Class E Common and (b) the Company will have issued, and there will be outstanding, 4,051 shares of Class A Common, 63,889 shares of Class B Common, 17,824 shares of Class C Common, 50,371 shares of Class D-1 Common, no shares of Class D-2 Common, and 12,593 shares of Class E Common.

(ii) Immediately following the Closing, the Company will not have outstanding any stock or securities convertible or exchangeable for any shares of its capital stock, nor will it have outstanding any rights, subscriptions, warrants, agreements, commitments or options to subscribe for or to purchase any capital stock or any stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for any capital stock, except as contemplated in the Certificate of Incorporation and a convertible promissory note, dated as of the date hereof, issued to Onex American Holdings LLC. Immediately following the Closing, all of the outstanding shares of the Company's capital stock will have been duly authorized, and upon payment therefor will be validly issued and will be fully paid and nonassessable.

8.3 Authorization; No Breach. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and all other agreements and transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by the Company. This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the availability of equitable remedies and to the laws of bankruptcy and other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally. The execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement and all other agreements and instruments contemplated hereby and thereby to be executed by the Company do not and will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, (ii) constitute a default under, (iii) result in the creation of any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon the Company's capital stock or assets pursuant to, (iv) give any third party the right to accelerate any obligation under, (v) result in a violation of, or (vi) require any authorization, consent, approval, exemption or other action by or notice to or filing with any court or administrative or governmental body (other than in connection with certain state and federal securities laws) or any other third party pursuant to, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, or any law, statute, rule, regulation, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which the Company is subject or any agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party, or by which its assets are bound, except where the existence of any such conflict, breach, default, right to accelerate or violation, or the creation of any such lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance, or the failure to obtain, take or make any such authorization, consent, approval, exemption, other action, notice or filing, could not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operating results, assets, operations or business prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

18

ARTICLE 9

Miscellaneous

9.1 Voting Agreement.

(a) The Stockholders shall at all times vote their Common Stock (to the extent they are entitled to vote the same) as specifically provided herein or, if not so provided, as directed by J2R in accordance with this Agreement, or in the same manner as the Common Stock held by J2R is voted in accordance with this Agreement, on the designation of director representatives, on the election of directors and on all other matters which are submitted to a vote (or consent in lieu of voting) of the Company's stockholders and on which such Common Stock is entitled to vote, and for this purpose, each Stockholder, by execution of this Agreement, hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Person who is at any time the managing general partner of J2R, its proxy with full power of substitution to make such designations and to vote such Common Stock in the same manner as directed by J2R or as the Common Stock held by J2R is voted. To the extent permitted by law and for all purposes of this Agreement, each Stockholder, by its execution of this Agreement, irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Person who is at any time the managing general partner of J2R, its proxy with full power of substitution to vote all of its Common Stock at any meeting of stockholders of the Company, or to give consent in lieu of voting on the designation of directors, representatives, or the election of directors and on any matter which is submitted for a vote or consent to the stockholders and on which such Common Stock is entitled to vote (except to the extent such vote or consent would violate any applicable law and except with respect to stockholder voting on the merger or consolidation of the Company with another corporation or the sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets), provided that such Common Stock is voted or consent is given with respect to it as specifically provided herein, or if not so provided, in the same manner as the Common Stock held by J2R. The proxies and powers granted by such Stockholder pursuant to this Article 9 are coupled with an interest. Notwithstanding anything contained in this paragraph, (i) J2R shall not have the right to direct the vote with respect to any matter upon which a class vote is required or permitted hereunder and (ii) such Stockholder's Common Stock shall not, except with the express consent of such Stockholder, be voted in favor of any resolution the effect of which will be to change such Stockholder's Common Stock or J2R's Common Stock, or convert or exchange such Stockholder's Common Stock or J2R's Common Stock into or for different securities, unless in every such case such Stockholder's Common Stock and J2R's Common Stock are thereby changed identically or converted into or exchanged for the same type of securities pro rata (except in no event shall the Class D-2 Common or any other nonvoting securities issued as contemplated by this Agreement to holders of Class D-2 Common be amended to become voting securities and in no event shall the terms on which Class D-2 Common or any such securities are convertible into voting securities be amended, except with the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class D-2 Common).

(b) Each Stockholder represents that he has not granted and is not a party to any proxy, voting trust or other agreement which is inconsistent with or conflicts with the provisions of this Agreement, and no such holder of Common Stock shall grant any proxy or become party to any voting trust or other agreement which is inconsistent with or conflicts with the provisions of this Agreement.

19

(c) The voting agreement set forth in this Section 9.1 shall terminate upon the occurrence of a Qualified Public Offering.

9.2 Acknowledgment. The parties hereto acknowledge that, pursuant to the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, and except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the Class A Common, Class B Common, Class C Common, Class D-1 Common and Class E Common will vote together as a single class, the Class D-2 Common shall not vote, and none of the classes of Common Stock will be entitled to a separate class vote, except as required by law.

9.3 Notices. All notices, consents and other communications required or permitted to be given under or by reason of this Agreement shall be in writing, shall be delivered personally or by telex or telecopy as described below or by reputable overnight courier, and shall be deemed given on the date on which such delivery is made. If delivered by telex or telecopy, such notices or communications shall be confirmed by a registered or certified letter (return receipt requested), postage prepaid. Any such delivery shall be addressed to the intended recipient at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by such party by like notice to the other parties):

(a) if to J2R or the Company:

c/o Hidden Creek Industries 4508 IDS Center
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402 Attention: Scott D. Rued Telecopy: (612) 332-2012

with a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis
200 E. Randolph Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60601 Attention: Jeffrey C. Hammes, P.C.


John A. Schoenfeld, Esq.
Telecopy: (312) 861-2200

(b) if to Onex:


Onex American Holdings, L.L.C.
c/o Onex Investment Corporation
712 Fifth Avenue, 40th Floor
New York, New York 10019

Attention: Eric J. Rosen Telecopy: (212) 582-0909

20

with a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis
200 E. Randolph Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60601 Attention: Jeffrey C. Hammes, P.C.


John A. Schoenfeld, Esq.
Telecopy: (312) 861-2200

(c) if to the Baird Group:

Baird Capital Partners 227 West Monroe Street, #2100 Chicago, Illinois 60606 Attention: C. Andrew Brickman Telecopy: (312) 609-4702

(d) if to Norwest Equity Partners VII, LP

Norwest Equity Partners 3600 IDS Center
80 South 8th Street
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402 Attention: John L. Thomson Telecopy: (612) 215-1601

(c) if to any other person which becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof, at the address for delivery of notices or communications given to all other parties by such party at such time.

Notices to any director of the Company shall be given:

(i) by telephone or delivery in person to such director at the address (or telephone number) designated by him from time to time by notice to Onex and the Company (in the case of directors designated by any Other Stockholder) or to the Other Stockholders and the Company (in the case of directors designated by Onex), confirmed by letter to such address; or

(ii) by registered mail with postage prepaid. If a director has not designated an address, notice to such director may be given to his address last known to the Company.

9.4 Extended Meanings. In this Agreement, words importing the singular number include the plural and vice versa and words importing gender include all genders.

9.5 Captions. The captions in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any effect in the interpretation of this Agreement.

21

9.6 Applicable Law. The corporate law of Delaware will govern all issues concerning the relative rights of the Company and its stockholders. All other questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement will be governed by the internal law, and not the law of conflicts, of the State of New York.

9.7 Time. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement.

9.8 Severability. The provisions of this Agreement are intended to be and shall be deemed severable. The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted.

9.9 Currency. References in this Agreement to monetary amounts shall be in United States currency unless otherwise expressly stated.

9.10 Arbitration Procedure.

(a) Except as provided in Section 9.13, the parties hereto agree that the arbitration procedure set forth below shall be the sole and exclusive method for resolving and remedying claims or disputes arising out of the provisions of this Agreement (the "Disputes"). Nothing in this Section 9.10 shall prohibit a party hereto from instituting litigation to enforce any Final Determination (as defined below) or the provisions of this Section 9.10. The parties hereto hereby agree and acknowledge that, except as otherwise provided in this Section 9.10 or in the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (the "AAA") as in effect from time to time, the arbitration procedures and any Final Determination hereunder shall be governed by, and shall be enforced pursuant to the Uniform Arbitration Act.

(b) In the event that any party hereto asserts that there exists a Dispute, such party shall deliver a written notice to each other party hereto involved therein specifying the nature of the asserted Dispute and requesting a meeting to attempt to resolve the same. If no such resolution is reached within ten business days after such delivery of such notice, the party delivering such notice of Dispute (the "Disputing Party") may, within 45 business days after delivery of such notice, commence arbitration hereunder by delivering to each other party hereto involved therein (collectively, the "Other Parties") a notice of arbitration (a "Notice of Arbitration"). Such Notice of Arbitration shall specify the matters as to which arbitration is sought, the nature of any Dispute, the claims of each party to the arbitration and shall specify the amount and nature of any damages, if any, sought to be recovered as a result of any alleged claim, and any other matters required by the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association as in effect from time to time to be included therein, if any.

(c) The Disputing Party, on the one hand, and the Other Parties, on the other hand, each shall select one non-neutral arbitrator expert in the subject matter of the Dispute (the arbitrators so selected shall be referred to herein as the "Disputing Party's Arbitrator" and the "Other Parties' Arbitrator," respectively). In the event that either such party fails to select an arbitrator as set forth herein within 20 days from the delivery of a Notice of Arbitration, then the matter shall be

22

resolved by the arbitrator selected by the other party. The Disputing Party's Arbitrator and the Other Parties' Arbitrator shall select a third independent, neutral arbitrator expert in the subject matter of the dispute, and the three arbitrators so selected shall resolve the matter according to the procedures set forth in this Section 9.10. If the Disputing Party's Arbitrator and the Other Parties' Arbitrator are unable to agree on a third arbitrator within 20 days after their selection, the third arbitrator shall be chosen by the President of the AAA.

(d) The arbitrator(s) selected pursuant to Section 9.10(c) above will determine the allocation of the costs and expenses of arbitration based upon the percentage which the portion of the contested amount not awarded to each party to the arbitration bears to the amount actually contested by such party. For example, if the Disputing Party submits a claim for $1,000 and if the Other Parties contest only $500 of the amount claimed by the Disputing Party, and if the arbitrator(s) ultimately resolves the dispute by awarding the Disputing Party $300 of the $500 contested, then the costs and expenses of arbitration will be allocated 60% (i.e., 300 ) 500) to the Other Parties and 40% (i.e., 200 ) 500) to the Disputing Party.

(e) The arbitration shall be conducted under the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association as in effect from time to time, except as modified by the agreement of all of the parties to the arbitration. The arbitrator(s) shall so conduct the arbitration that a final result, determination, finding, judgment and/or award (the "Final Determination") is made or rendered as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 90 business days after the delivery of the Notice of Arbitration nor later than 10 days following completion of the arbitration. The Final Determination must be agreed upon and signed by the sole arbitrator or by at least two of the three arbitrators (as the case may be). The Final Determination shall be final and binding on all parties and there shall be no appeal from or reexamination of the Final Determination, except for fraud, perjury, evident partiality or misconduct by an arbitrator prejudicing the rights of any party to the arbitration and to correct manifest clerical errors.

(f) The Disputing Party and the Other Parties may enforce any Final Determination in any state or federal court having jurisdiction over the Dispute. For the purpose of any action or proceeding instituted with respect to any Final Determination, each party hereto hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts, irrevocably consents to the service of process by registered mail or personal service and hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may have or hereafter have as to personal jurisdiction, the laying of the venue of any such action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in any court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

(g) Any party hereto required to make a payment pursuant to this
Section 9.10 shall pay the party entitled to receive such payment within three days of the delivery of the Final Determination to such responsible party. If any party hereto shall fail to pay the amount of any damages, if any, assessed against it within such three day period, the unpaid amount shall bear interest from the date of such delivery at the lesser of (i) the prime rate of interest published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as the "Bank Prime Loan" rate, in effect from time to time (which rate shall be adjusted on the effective date of each change in such prime rate) plus 2.00% and (ii) the maximum rate permitted by applicable usury laws. Interest on any such unpaid amount shall be compounded semi-annually, computed on the basis of a 360-day year

23

consisting of twelve 30-day months and shall be payable on demand. In addition, such party shall promptly reimburse the other party to the arbitration for any and all costs and expenses of any nature or kind whatsoever (including but not limited to all attorneys' fees) incurred in seeking to collect such damages or to enforce any Final Determination.

9.11 Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto, all Stockholders and, to the extent expressly provided elsewhere in this Agreement, their respective permitted transferees and assigns (other than purchasers of Common Stock pursuant to a Public Sale), together with in each case all successors, heirs, executors and administrators thereof, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, all Stockholders and, to the extent expressly provided elsewhere in this Agreement, assigns of the Stockholders, together, in each case, with all successors, heirs, executors and administrators thereof; provided that a Stockholder may assign its rights to purchase Common Stock hereunder to one of its Affiliates so long as such Affiliate is, or agrees to become, a party hereto. The parties hereto agree that the rights of each Stockholder contained in this Agreement are personal to such Stockholder and may not be assigned to, and will not inure to the benefit of any transferees of such Stockholder other than its Affiliates or, as expressly provided herein, the Company. Except as otherwise provided herein, no party may assign any of its rights or delegate any of its duties under this Agreement.

9.12 Amendment and Waiver. Except as otherwise provided herein, no modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement will be effective against the Company or the Stockholders unless such modification, amendment or waiver is approved in writing by the Company and the holders of at least a majority of the shares of voting Common Stock and, to the extent that any modification, amendment or waiver adversely affects the rights of the holders of any class, series or sub-class of Common Stock, by the holders of at least a majority of shares of such adversely affected class, series or sub-class of Common Stock; provided that no modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of Section 2.1 above that adversely affects the rights of any Stockholder shall be effective unless such modification, amendment or waiver is approved in writing by such Stockholder. The failure of a party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered a waiver or deprive that party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement. No purported waiver shall be effective unless in writing. The waiver by any party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent or other breach.

9.13 Remedies. The Stockholders shall be entitled to enforce their rights under this Agreement specifically to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in their favor. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any Stockholder may in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive relief (without posting a bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent any violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

9.14 Counterparts; Joinder. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be considered an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Additional Persons may become parties hereto upon the execution of a

24

joinder agreement among such person, the Company and holders of a majority of the Common Stock.

9.15 Complete Agreement. This Agreement, the documents expressly referred to herein (including the Registration Agreement) and other documents of even date herewith embody the complete agreement and understanding among the parties and supersede and preempt any prior understanding, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, that may be related to the subject matter hereof in any way, except for the Co-Investment Agreement which will not be superseded or preempted as between Onex, J2R and their Affiliates.

* * * * *

25

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the parties hereto, all as of the date first above written.

BOSTROM HOLDINGS, INC.

By:  /s/ Carl E. Nelson
     ---------------------------------------
Its:
     ---------------------------------------
ONEX AMERICAN HOLDINGS LLC

By:  /s/ Eric J. Rosen
     ---------------------------------------
Its:
     ---------------------------------------

J2R PARTNERS VII

By:  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
     ---------------------------------------
Its:
     ---------------------------------------

NORWEST EQUITY PARTNERS VII, LP

By: Itasca LBO Partners VII, LLP
Its: General Partner

By:  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
     ---------------------------------------
Its:
     ---------------------------------------
RANDOLPH STREET PARTNERS II

By:  /s/ John Schoenfeld
     ---------------------------------------
Its:
     ---------------------------------------

[Signature Page to Investor Stockholders Agreement]


BCP II AFFILIATES FUND LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By: Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated
Its: General Partner

By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
    ----------------------------------------
Its: Managing Director
    ----------------------------------------
BAIRD CAPITAL PARTNERS II LIMITED
PARTNERSHIP
By:  Baird Capital Partners Management
     Company, L.L.C.
Its: General Partner

By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
    ----------------------------------------
Its: Managing Director
    ----------------------------------------

BAIRD CAPITAL PARTNERS III LIMITED
PARTNERSHIP
By: Baird Capital Partners Management
Company III, L.L.C.
Its: General Partner

By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
    ----------------------------------------
Its: Director
    ----------------------------------------

BCP III SPECIAL AFFILIATES LIMITED
PARTNERSHIP
By: Baird Capital Partners Management
Company III, L.L.C.
Its: General Partner

By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
    ----------------------------------------
Its: Director
    ----------------------------------------

BCP III AFFILIATES FUND LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By: Baird Capital Partners Management
Company III, L.L.C.
Its: General Partner

By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
    ----------------------------------------
Its: Director
    ----------------------------------------

[Continuation of Signature Page to Investor Stockholders Agreement]


/S/ S.A. Johnson
____________________________________________
S.A. JOHNSON

/S/ Scott D. Rued
____________________________________________
SCOTT D. RUED

/S/ John C. Read
____________________________________________
JOHN C. READ

/S/ J. Reid Porter
____________________________________________
J. REID PORTER

/S/ Mary L. Johnson
____________________________________________
MARY L. JOHNSON

/S/ Carl E. Nelson
____________________________________________
CARL E. NELSON

/S/ David J. Huls
____________________________________________
DAVID J. HULS

/S/ Daniel F. Moorse
____________________________________________
DANIEL F. MOORSE

/S/ Judith A. Vijums
____________________________________________
JUDITH A. VIJUMS

/S/ Kenneth W. Hager
____________________________________________
KENNETH W. HAGER

[Continuation of Signature Page to Investor Stockholders Agreement]


EXHIBIT 10.10

INVESTOR STOCKHOLDERS JOINDER AGREEMENT

THIS INVESTOR STOCKHOLDERS JOINDER AGREEMENT (this "Joinder") is executed as of March 28, 2003, by and among Bostrom Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), J2R Partners VI ("J2R"), CVS Partners, LP ("CVS Partners"), and CVS Executive Investco LLC ("Investco" together with J2R and CVS Partners, the "New Investors").

WHEREAS, the Company, Onex Corporation, J2R Partners VII and certain other stockholders of the Company are party to that certain Investor Stockholders Agreement, dated as of October 5, 2000, as amended (the "Stockholders Agreement"). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meaning given to them in the Stockholders Agreement.

WHEREAS, the New Investors have acquired shares in the Company pursuant to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated even herewith, by and between the Company, CVS Merger Co., and CVS Holdings, Inc.

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide the New Investors rights under the Stockholders Agreement as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Joinder. The parties hereto agree that, by and upon execution of this Joinder, each New Investor (i) shall be a party to the Stockholders Agreement, (ii) shall be an "Other Stockholder" and a "Stockholder" (as such terms are defined in the Stockholders Agreement) and (iii) shall be entitled to the rights and benefits and subject to the duties and obligations of an Other Stockholder and a Stockholder thereunder, as fully as if such New Investor had been an original signatory thereto in such capacity.

2. Continuing Effect. Other than as modified in accordance with the foregoing provisions, the remaining terms of the Stockholders Agreement remain in full force and effect.

3. Counterparts. This Joinder may be executed in separate counterparts each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

4. Governing Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Joinder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws, and not the law of conflicts, of Delaware.

5. Descriptive Headings. The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

* * * * *


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Joinder has been entered into as of the date first above written.

BOSTROM HOLDING, INC.

By: /s/ Daniel F. Moorse
    ----------------------------
Name:   Daniel F. Moorse
      --------------------------
Its:    Vice President
     ---------------------------

J2R PARTNERS VI

By: /s/ S.A. Johnson
    ----------------------------
Name:   S.A. Johnson
      --------------------------
Its:    Managing Partner
     ---------------------------

CVS PARTNERS, LP

By: /s/ Eric Rosen
    ----------------------------
Name:
      --------------------------
Its:
     ---------------------------

CVS EXECUTIVE INVESTCO LLC

By: /s/ Eric Rosen
    ----------------------------
Name:
      --------------------------
Its:
     ---------------------------


[Continuation to signature page for Investor Stockholders Joinder Agreement]

Acknowledged and Agreed:

J2R PARTNERS VI

/s/ S.A. Johnson
-----------------------------------                  By: /s/ Daniel F. Moorse
S.A. JOHNSON                                             -----------------------
                                                     Its:    Daniel F. Moorse
                                                          ----------------------

BAIRD CAPITAL PARTNERS III
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

/s/ Scott D. Rued
-----------------------------------                  By: /s/ C. Andrew Brickman
SCOTT D. RUED                                            -----------------------
                                                     Its:    Director
                                                          ----------------------

BCP III AFFILIATES FUND
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

/s/ J. Reid Porter
-----------------------------------                  By: /s/ C. Andrew Brickman
J. REID PORTER                                           -----------------------
                                                     Its:    Director
                                                          ----------------------

BCP III SPECIAL AFFILIATES
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

/s/ Carl E. Nelson
-----------------------------------                  By: /s/ C. Andrew Brickman
CARL E. NELSON                                           -----------------------
                                                     Its:    Director
                                                          ----------------------

BAIRD CAPITAL PARTNERS II
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

/s/ David J. Huls
-----------------------------------                  By: /s/ C. Andrew Brickman
DAVID J. HULS                                            -----------------------
                                                     Its:    Director
                                                          ----------------------


[Continuation to signature page for Investor Stockholders Joinder Agreement]

BCP II AFFILIATES FUND
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

/s/ Daniel F. Moorse
-----------------------------------              By: /s/ C. Andrew Brickman
DANIEL F. MOORSE                                     ---------------------------
                                                 Its:    Director
                                                      --------------------------

RANDOLPH STREET PARTNERS II

/s/ Judith V. Vijums
-----------------------------------              By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
JUDITH V. VIJUMS                                     ---------------------------
                                                 Its:
                                                      --------------------------

HIDDEN CREEK INDUSTRIES                          NORWEST EQUITY PARTNERS VII, LP

By:                                              By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
   --------------------------------                 ----------------------------
Its:                                             Its: Partner
    -------------------------------                  ---------------------------


EXHIBIT 10.13

EXECUTION

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of October 5, 2000 by and among Hidden Creek Industries, a New York general partnership ("HCI"), Heavy Duty Holdings, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("Heavy Duty"), Bostrom Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Bostrom") and its subsidiaries (together with Bostrom, the "Company").

BACKGROUND

WHEREAS, the Company received valuable services from HCI in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Company desires to receive financial and management consulting services from Heavy Duty and thereby obtain the benefit of the experience of Heavy Duty in business and financial management generally and its knowledge of the Company and its financial affairs in particular. Heavy Duty is willing to provide financial and management consulting services to the Company. Accordingly, the compensation arrangements set forth in this Agreement are designed to compensate Heavy Duty for such services;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing promises and the respective agreements hereinafter set forth and the mutual benefits to be derived herefrom, HCI, Heavy Duty and the Company hereby agree as follows:

TERMS

1. Engagement. The Company hereby engages Heavy Duty as a financial and management consultant, and Heavy Duty hereby agrees to provide financial and management consulting services to the Company, all on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth below.

2. Services of Hidden Creek Industries and Heavy Duty Holdings. HCI has provided valuable services to the Company in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement (as defined in Section 3 below). Heavy Duty hereby agrees during the term of this engagement to consult with the Company's board of directors (the "Board") and the management of the Company in such manner and on such business and financial matters as may be reasonably requested from time to time by the Board, including but not limited to:

(a) corporate strategy;

(b) budgeting of future corporate investments;

(c) acquisition and divestiture strategies; and

(d) debt and equity financings.


Members of the Heavy Duty Group will be available to serve on the Boards and will devote such time and attention to the Company's affairs as reasonably necessary to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the "Heavy Duty Group" means S.A. Johnson, Scott D. Rued, John C. Read, J. Reid Porter, Carl E. Nelson, David J. Huls, Judith A. Vijums, Daniel F. Moorse, Kenneth W. Hager and such other persons as may be designated by HCI from time to time, which persons shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company.

3. Compensation. (a) The Company agrees to pay to HCI as compensation for services rendered to them with respect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Recommended Cash Offer made by Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette on behalf of Commercial Vehicle Systems, plc (the "Transaction Agreement"), a fee for management services equal to $1,000,000 payable upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement (the "Closing"), (b) the Company agrees to pay to Heavy Duty as compensation for services to be rendered by Heavy Duty hereunder, a fee equal to $500,000 per year (the "Management Fee"), payable monthly in advance, commencing on the first day of the first month following the Closing; provided, however, that in the event the Closing does not occur on the last day of the month, then Heavy Duty shall be entitled to receive a Management Fee for the period beginning on the date on which the Closing occurred until the first day of the month following the Closing in an amount equal to the product of (x) $41,667 multiplied by (y) a ratio, the numerator of which equals the number of days from and including the date on which the Closing occurred until the first day of the month following the Closing, and the denominator of which equals the number of days in the month in which the Closing occurred; provided, further, that on January 1st of each calendar year during the term of the Agreement, the Management Fee shall be increased by the percentage increase in the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers, U.S. City Average, for all items for the preceding twelve calendar months, or if the U.S. government ceases to publish such index, then by such index published by the U.S. government as is in Heavy Duty's judgment most similar to such index, (c) the Company agrees to pay to HCI or Heavy Duty as compensation for services to be rendered by HCI and Heavy Duty in connection with various future transactions a reasonable and customary fee to be determined mutually and in good faith by the Company and Heavy Duty, payable upon consummation of any such future transaction. The Board may, at its sole discretion, elect to increase the amount of the Management Fee. The Company shall promptly reimburse Heavy Duty for such reasonable travel expenses and other direct out-of-pocket expenses as may be incurred by Heavy Duty, its affiliates and their respective officers and employees in connection with the acquisition and the rendering of services hereunder. The parties hereto agree that the obligations of Bostrom and its subsidiaries hereunder are on a joint and several basis with each other.

4. Term. This Agreement shall be in effect for an initial term of five years commencing on the date hereof, and shall be automatically renewed thereafter on a year to year basis unless one party gives 30 days' prior written notice of its desire to terminate this Agreement; provided, however, that this Agreement shall terminate on the first to occur of (a) the date of the sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets (other than a sale to an affiliate of the Company), (b) the date of the sale of all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company (other than a sale to an affiliate of the Company), or (c) Heavy Duty giving the Company 30 days' prior written notice of termination. No termination of this Agreement, whether pursuant to this paragraph or

-2-

otherwise, shall affect the Company's obligations with respect to the fees, costs and expenses incurred by Heavy Duty in rendering services hereunder and not reimbursed by the Company as of the effective date of such termination.

5. Indemnification. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless HCI and Heavy Duty, its officers and employees against and from any and all loss, liability, suits, claims, costs, damages and expenses (including attorneys' fees) arising from their performance hereunder, except as a result of their gross negligence or intentional wrongdoing.

6. Independent Contractors. HCI, Heavy Duty and the Company agree that HCI and Heavy Duty shall perform services hereunder as independent contractors, retaining control over and responsibility for its own operations and personnel. None of HCI, Heavy Duty or their employees shall be considered employees or agents of the Company as a result of this Agreement nor shall any of them have authority to contract in the name of or bind the Company, except as expressly agreed to in writing by the Company.

7. Confidential Information. HCI and Heavy Duty acknowledge that the information, observations and data obtained by them and their agents and employees during the course of their performance under this Agreement concerning the business plans, financial data and customer relations of the Company (the "Confidential Data") are the Company's valuable, special and unique assets. Therefore, each of HCI and Heavy Duty agrees that it will not, nor will it permit any of its agents or employees to, use or disclose to any unauthorized person or use any of the Confidential Data obtained by it during the course of their performance under this Agreement without the Company's prior written consent unless and to the extent that (i) the Confidential Data becomes generally known to and available for use by the public other than as a result of its acts or omissions to act or (ii) such use or disclosure is required by any statute, rule, regulation or law or any judicial or administrative body having jurisdiction.

8. Notices. Any notice, report or payment required or permitted to be given or made under this Agreement by one party to the other shall be deemed to have been duly given or made if personally delivered or, if mailed, when mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the other party at the following addresses (or at such other address as shall be given in writing by one party to the other):

If to HCI:

Hidden Creek Industries
4508 IDS Center
Minneapolis, MN 55402

Attention: Carl E. Nelson Telecopy: (612) 332-2012

-3-

If to Heavy Duty:

Heavy Duty Holdings, L.L.C.
4910 IDS Center
Minneapolis, MN 55402

Attention: John C. Read Telecopy: (612) 204-8941

If to the Company:

c/o Hidden Creek Industries
4508 IDS Center
Minneapolis, MN 55402

Attention: Carl E. Nelson Telecopy: (612) 332-2012

9. Entire Agreement; Modification. This Agreement (a) contains the complete and entire understanding and agreement of HCI, Heavy Duty and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof; (b) supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings, conditions and agreements, oral or written, express or implied, respecting the engagement of HCI and Heavy Duty in connection with the subject matter hereof; and (c) may not be modified except by an instrument in writing executed by HCI, Heavy Duty and the Company.

10. Waiver of Breach. The waiver by either party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement by the other party shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of that provision or any other provision hereby.

11. Assignment. None of HCI, Heavy Duty or the Company may assign their rights or obligations under this Agreement without the express written consent of the other parties to this Agreement; provided, however, that Heavy Duty may assign its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement to HCI without the consent of the Company.

12. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be deemed to be a contract made under, and is to be governed and construed in the accordance with the internal laws (and not the law of conflicts) of the State of Delaware.

* * * *

-4-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Management Agreement as of the date written above.

HIDDEN CREEK INDUSTRIES

By: /s/ Carl E. Nelson
   -------------------------------------
Title:
      ----------------------------------
HEAVY DUTY HOLDINGS, L.L.C.

By: /s/ Carl E. Nelson
   -------------------------------------
Title:
      ----------------------------------
BOSTROM HOLDINGS, INC.

By: /s/ Carl E. Nelson
   -------------------------------------
Title:
      ----------------------------------

CVS HOLDINGS LIMITED

By: /s/ Carl E. Nelson
   -------------------------------------
Title:
      ----------------------------------

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE SYSTEMS, PLC

By: /s/ Carl E. Nelson
   -------------------------------------
Title:
      ----------------------------------


AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

BOSTROM, PLC

By: /s/ Carl E. Nelson
   -------------------------------------
Title:
      ----------------------------------


EXHIBIT 10.14

AMENDED AND RESTATED MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

This AMENDED AND RESTATED MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), dated as of March 20, 2003 by and among Hidden Creek Industries, a New York general partnership ("HCI"), Bostrom Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Bostrom") and its subsidiaries (together with Bostrom, the "Company"), amends and restates that Management Agreement by and between the parties listed above, dated October 5, 2000.

BACKGROUND

WHEREAS, Bostrom has acquired CVS Holdings, Inc, and Commercial Vehicle Systems, Inc., both Delaware corporations, through the Agreement and Plan of Merger;

WHEREAS, the Company hereby wishes to amend and restate the Management Agreement, dated as of October 5, 2000;

WHEREAS, the Company received valuable services from HCI in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger;

WHEREAS, the Company desires to receive financial and management consulting services from HCI thereby obtaining the benefit of the experience of HCI in business and financial management generally and its knowledge of the Company and its financial affairs in particular. HCI is willing to provide financial and management consulting services to the Company. Accordingly, the compensation arrangements set forth in this Agreement are designed to compensate HCI for such services;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing promises and the respective agreements hereinafter set forth and the mutual benefits to be derived herefrom, HCI and the Company hereby agree as follows:

TERMS

1. Engagement. The Company hereby engages HCI as a financial and management consultant, and HCI hereby agrees to provide financial and management consulting services to the Company, all on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth below.

2. Services of Hidden Creek Industries. HCI has provided valuable services to the Company in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger (as defined in
Section 3 below). HCI hereby agrees during the term of this engagement to consult with the Company's board of directors (the "Board") and the management of the Company in such manner and on such business and financial matters as may be reasonably requested from time to time by the Board, including but not limited to:

(a) corporate strategy;

(b) budgeting of future corporate investments;


(c) acquisition and divestiture strategies; and

(d) debt and equity financings.

Members of the HCI Group will be available to serve on the Boards and will devote such time and attention to the Company's affairs as reasonably necessary to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the "HCI Group" means S.A. Johnson, Scott D. Rued, Carl E. Nelson, David J. Huls, Judith A. Vijums, Daniel F. Moorse, Kenneth W. Hager and such other persons as may be designated by HCI from time to time, which persons shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company.

3. Compensation. (a) The Company agrees to pay to HCI as compensation for services rendered to them with respect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by and related to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of March ___, 2003, by and between Bostrom Holding, Inc., CVS Merger Co., and CVS Holdings, Inc. (the "Agreement and Plan of Merger"), a fee for management services equal to $250,000 payable upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Closing"),
(b) the Company agrees to pay to HCI as compensation for services to be rendered by HCI hereunder, a fee equal to $1,000,000 per year (the "Management Fee"), payable monthly in advance, commencing on the first day of the first month following the Closing; provided, however, that in the event the Closing does not occur on the last day of the month, then HCI shall be entitled to receive a Management Fee for the period beginning on the date on which the Closing occurred until the first day of the month following the Closing in an amount equal to the product of (x) $83,334 multiplied by (y) a ratio, the numerator of which equals the number of days from and including the date on which the Closing occurred until the first day of the month following the Closing, and the denominator of which equals the number of days in the month in which the Closing occurred; provided, further, that on January 1st of each calendar year during the term of the Agreement, the Management Fee shall be increased by the percentage increase in the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers, U.S. City Average, for all items for the preceding twelve calendar months, or if the U.S. government ceases to publish such index, then by such index published by the U.S. government as is in HCI's judgment most similar to such index, (c) the Company agrees to pay to HCI as compensation for services to be rendered by HCI in connection with various future transactions a reasonable and customary fee to be determined mutually and in good faith by the Company and HCI, payable upon consummation of any such future transaction. The Company shall promptly reimburse HCI for such reasonable travel expenses and other direct out-of-pocket expenses as may be incurred by HCI, its affiliates and their respective officers and employees in connection with the Agreement and Plan of Merger and the rendering of services hereunder. The parties hereto agree that the obligations of Bostrom and its subsidiaries hereunder are on a joint and several basis with each other.

4. Term. This Agreement shall be in effect for an initial term of five years commencing on the date hereof, and shall be automatically renewed thereafter on a year to year basis unless one party gives 30 days' prior written notice of its desire to terminate this Agreement; provided, however, that this Agreement shall terminate on the first to occur of (a) the date of the sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets (other than a sale to an affiliate of the Company), (b) the date of the sale of all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company (other than a sale to an affiliate of the Company), or (c) HCI giving the

-2-

Company 30 days' prior written notice of termination. No termination of this Agreement, whether pursuant to this paragraph or otherwise, shall affect the Company's obligations with respect to the fees, costs and expenses incurred by HCI in rendering services hereunder and not reimbursed by the Company as of the effective date of such termination.

5. Indemnification. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless HCI, its officers and employees against and from any and all loss, liability, suits, claims, costs, damages and expenses (including attorneys' fees) arising from their performance hereunder, except as a result of their gross negligence or intentional wrongdoing.

6. Independent Contractors. HCI and the Company agree that HCI shall perform services hereunder as independent contractors, retaining control over and responsibility for its own operations and personnel. Neither HCI nor their employees shall be considered employees or agents of the Company as a result of this Agreement nor shall any of them have authority to contract in the name of or bind the Company, except as expressly agreed to in writing by the Company.

7. Confidential Information. HCI acknowledges that the information, observations and data obtained by them and their agents and employees during the course of their performance under this Agreement concerning the business plans, financial data and customer relations of the Company (the "Confidential Data") are the Company's valuable, special and unique assets. Therefore, HCI agrees that it will not, nor will it permit any of its agents or employees to, use or disclose to any unauthorized person or use any of the Confidential Data obtained by it during the course of their performance under this Agreement without the Company's prior written consent unless and to the extent that (i) the Confidential Data becomes generally known to and available for use by the public other than as a result of its acts or omissions to act or
(ii) such use or disclosure is required by any statute, rule, regulation or law or any judicial or administrative body having jurisdiction.

8. Notices. Any notice, report or payment required or permitted to be given or made under this Agreement by one party to the other shall be deemed to have been duly given or made if personally delivered or, if mailed, when mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the other party at the following addresses (or at such other address as shall be given in writing by one party to the other):

If to HCI:

Hidden Creek Industries
4508 IDS Center
Minneapolis, MN 55402
Attention: Daniel F. Moorse
Telecopy: (612) 332-2012

If to the Company:

c/o Hidden Creek Industries
4508 IDS Center
Minneapolis, MN 55402

-3-

Attention: Daniel F. Moorse Telecopy: (612) 332-2012

9. Entire Agreement; Modification. This Agreement (a) contains the complete and entire understanding and agreement of HCI and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof; (b) supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings, conditions and agreements, oral or written, express or implied, respecting the engagement of HCI in connection with the subject matter hereof; and (c) may not be modified except by an instrument in writing executed by HCI and the Company.

10. Waiver of Breach. The waiver by either party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement by the other party shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of that provision or any other provision hereby.

11. Assignment. Neither HCI nor the Company may assign their rights or obligations under this Agreement without the express written consent of the other parties to this Agreement.

12. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be deemed to be a contract made under, and is to be governed and construed in the accordance with the internal laws (and not the law of conflicts) of the State of Delaware.

* * * *

-4-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date written above.

HIDDEN CREEK INDUSTRIES

By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
   ----------------------------------

Title:
      -------------------------------

BOSTROM HOLDING, INC.

By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
   ----------------------------------

Title:
      -------------------------------

CVS HOLDINGS LIMITED

By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
   ----------------------------------

Title:
      -------------------------------

CVS HOLDINGS, INC.

By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
   ----------------------------------

Title:
      -------------------------------

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE SYSTEMS, INC.

By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
   ----------------------------------

Title:
      -------------------------------

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Management Agreement]


EXHIBIT 10.15

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT made as of September 30, 2002 among Bostrom Holding Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), Baird Capital Partners II Limited Partnership, BCP II Affiliates Fund Limited Partnership, Baird Capital Partners III Limited Partnership, BCP III Special Affiliates Limited Partnership, BCP III Affiliates Fund Limited Partnership, Norwest Equity Partners VII, LP and Hidden Creek Industries (the foregoing Persons other than the Company being collectively referred to herein as the "Purchasers" and individually as a "Purchaser"). Except as otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used herein are defined in paragraph 8 hereof.

The Purchasers and the Company are entering into this Agreement for the purpose of providing financing to the Company.

The parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Authorization of the Notes. The Company will authorize the issuance and sale to the Purchasers of Subordinated Promissory Notes in the aggregate principal amount of up to $2,500,000 substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the "Notes").

2. Closing of Purchase and Sale.

2A. Purchase and Sale of the Notes. At the Closing, the Company will sell to each Purchaser and, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Purchaser will purchase from the Company the principal amount of Notes as set forth opposite such Purchaser's name on the "Schedule of Purchasers" attached hereto at a price as set forth opposite such Purchaser's name on the Schedule of Purchasers.

2B. The Closing. The closing of the separate purchases and sales of the Notes to the Purchasers (the "Closing") will take place at the offices of Kirkland & Ellis, 200 East Randolph Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60601, at 10:00
a.m. on September 30, 2002 or at such other place or on such other date as may be mutually agreeable to the Company and each Purchaser. At the Closing, the Company will deliver to each Purchaser the Note to be purchased by such Purchaser at the Closing, in such Purchaser's name or the name of such Purchaser's nominee, upon payment of the purchase price thereof by a cashier's or certified check, or by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the amount set forth opposite such Purchaser's name on the Schedule of Purchasers.

3. Conditions of Each Purchaser's Obligation. The obligation of each Purchaser to purchase and pay for the Note at the Closing, as the case may be, is subject to the satisfaction as of the Closing of the following conditions:

3A. Consents. The Company will have provided each Purchaser (A) certified copies of the (i) resolutions duly adopted by the Company's board of directors authorizing the transactions contemplated herein, (ii) Company's organizational documents and (iii) a certificate of good standing of the Company certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the


State of Delaware and (B) a fully-executed copy of a waiver and consent to the transactions contemplated herein from the lenders under that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2000, among the Company, CVCS Holdings, Inc., the Lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, in form and substance satisfactory to the Purchasers.

3B. Sale of Notes to Each Purchaser. The Company will have sold to each Purchaser the Note to be purchased by it hereunder at the Closing and will have received payment therefor in full.

3C. Waiver. Any condition specified in this paragraph 3 may be waived if consented to by each Purchaser; provided that no such waiver will be effective against any Purchaser unless it is set forth in a writing executed by such Purchaser.

4. Covenants Compliance with Agreements. The Company will perform and observe all of its obligations to each holder of the Notes set forth herein and in the Notes.

5. Representations and Warranties of the Company. As a material inducement to the Purchasers to enter into this Agreement and purchase the Notes, the Company hereby represents and warrants that:

5A. Organization and Corporate Power. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is qualified to do business in every jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operating results, assets, operations or business prospects of the Company. The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its businesses as now conducted and presently proposed to be conducted and to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

5B. Authorization; No Breach. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Notes and all other agreements contemplated hereby to which the Company is a party have been duly authorized by the Company. This Agreement, the Notes and all other agreements contemplated hereby each constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by the equitable remedies of specific performance, other equitable remedies or laws governing creditors' rights generally. The execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement, the Notes and all other agreements contemplated hereby to which the Company is a party, the offering, sale and issuance of the Notes hereunder and the fulfillment of and compliance with the respective terms hereof and thereof by the Company, do not and shall not (i) conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, (ii) constitute a default under, (iii) result in the creation of any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon the Company's capital stock or assets pursuant to, (iv) give any third party the right to accelerate any obligation under, (v) result in a violation of, or (vi) require any authorization, consent, approval, exemption or other action by or notice to any court or administrative or governmental body pursuant to, the charter or bylaws of the Company, or, to the best of the Company's knowledge, any law, statute, rule or regulation to which the Company is subject, or any agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which the Company is subject.

-2-

5C. No Material Adverse Change. Since December 31, 2001, there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition, operating results, assets, operations, business prospects, employee relations or customer or supplier relations of the Company.

5D. Financial Statements. Attached hereto as the Financial Statements Schedule is the unaudited balance sheet of the Company as of June 30, 2002 (the "Latest Balance Sheet"), and the related statements of income and cash flows (or the equivalent) from January 1, 2002 through June 30, 2002. Each of the foregoing financial statements (including in all cases the notes thereto, if any) is accurate and complete in all material respects, is consistent with the books and records of the Company (which, in turn, are accurate and complete in all material respects) and has been prepared in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

6. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Purchasers. As a material inducement to the Company to enter into this Agreement and sell the Notes, each of the Purchasers, severally and not jointly, represents, warrants and covenants that:

6A. Future Disposition. The Purchaser will not, directly or indirectly, offer, transfer, sell, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of any of the Notes, except in compliance with the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

6B. Power and Authority. All action on the part of the Purchaser necessary for the authorization, execution, delivery and performance by the Purchaser of this Agreement and the agreements referred to herein, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, has been taken. This Agreement and such other agreements each constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by the equitable remedies of specific performance, other equitable remedies or laws governing creditors' rights generally. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and such other agreements is permitted under the governing documents of the Purchaser (if any) and any laws, regulations or other restrictions applicable to investments made by the Purchaser.

6C. Purchaser's Investment Representations. Each Purchaser hereby represents that it is an "accredited investor" as such term is defined in Regulation D of the Securities Act, it is acquiring the Restricted Securities purchased hereunder or acquired pursuant hereto for its own account with the present intention of holding such securities for purposes of investment, and that it has no intention of selling such securities in a public distribution in violation of the federal securities laws or any applicable state securities laws; provided that nothing contained herein will prevent any Purchaser and subsequent holders of Restricted Securities from transferring such securities in compliance with the provisions of paragraph 7 hereof. Each certificate for Restricted Securities will be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

"The securities represented by this certificate were originally issued on September ____, 2002, and have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The transfer of the

-3-

securities represented by this certificate is subject to the conditions specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of September , 2002 between the issuer (the "Company") and certain investors, and the Company reserves the right to refuse the transfer of such securities until such conditions have been fulfilled with respect to such transfer. A copy of such conditions will be furnished by the Company to the holder hereof upon written request and without charge."

7. Transfer of Restricted Securities.

(i) Restricted Securities are transferable pursuant to (a) public offerings registered under the Securities Act, (b) Rule 144 of the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any similar rule then in force) if such rule is available and (c) subject to the conditions specified in subparagraph (ii) below, any other legally available means of transfer.

(ii) In connection with the transfer of any Restricted Securities (other than a transfer described in subparagraph 7(i)(a) or (b) above), the holder thereof will deliver written notice to the Company describing in reasonable detail the transfer or proposed transfer, together with an opinion of counsel which (to the Company's reasonable satisfaction) is knowledgeable in securities law matters to the effect that such transfer of Restricted Securities may be effected without registration of such Restricted Securities under the Securities Act. In addition, if the holder of the Restricted Securities delivers to the Company an opinion of counsel that no subsequent transfer of such Restricted Securities will require registration under the Securities Act, the Company will promptly upon such contemplated transfer deliver new certificates for such Restricted Securities which do not bear the Securities Act legend set forth in paragraph 6C. If the Company is not required to deliver new certificates for such Restricted Securities not bearing such legend, the holder thereof will not transfer the same until the prospective transferee has confirmed to the Company in writing its agreement to be bound by the conditions contained in this paragraph and paragraph 6C.

8. Definitions. For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

"Person" means an individual, a partnership, a limited liability company, a corporation, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

"Restricted Securities" means the Notes issued hereunder and any Notes issued in exchange or substitution therefore. As to any particular Restricted Securities, such securities will cease to be Restricted Securities when they have (a) been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the registration statement covering them, (b) become eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in force) under the Securities Act or (c) been otherwise transferred and new certificates for them not bearing the Securities Act legend set forth in paragraph 6C have been delivered by the Company in accordance with paragraph 7(ii). Whenever any particular securities cease to be Restricted

-4-

Securities, the holder thereof will be entitled to receive from the Company, without expense, new securities of like tenor not bearing a Securities Act legend of the character set forth in paragraph 6C.

"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or any similar federal law then in force.

"Securities Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar federal law then in force.

"Securities and Exchange Commission" includes any governmental body or agency succeeding to the functions thereof.

9. Miscellaneous.

9A. Remedies. Each holder of the Notes will have all rights and remedies set forth in this Agreement or in the Notes and all rights and remedies which such holders have been granted at any time under any other agreement or contract and all of the rights which such holders have under any law. Any Person having any rights under any provision of this Agreement will be entitled to enforce such rights specifically, to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights granted by law.

9B. Expenses. The Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Purchasers in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby up to a maximum amount of $5,000.

9C. Consent to Amendments. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement may be amended and the Company may take any action herein prohibited, or omit to perform any act herein required to be performed by it, only if the Company has obtained the written consent of the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes. No other course of dealing between the Company and the holder of any portion of the Note or any delay in exercising any rights hereunder or under the Notes will operate as a waiver of any rights of any such holders. If the Company pays any consideration to any holder of any portion of the Note for such holder's consent to any amendment, modification or waiver hereunder, the Company will also pay each other holder granting its consent hereunder equivalent consideration computed on a pro rata basis. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all amendments to this Agreement which the Company may propose or with respect to which the Company may be requested to consent must be authorized by a majority of the members of the Company's board of directors before becoming effective and binding upon the Company.

9D. Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto will bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto whether so expressed or not. In addition, and whether or not any express assignment has been made, the provisions of this Agreement which are for any Purchaser's benefit as a

-5-

purchaser or holder of Notes are also for the benefit of, and enforceable by, any subsequent holder of such Notes.

9E. Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement.

9F. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts (including by means of telecopied signature pages), any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together will constitute one and the same Agreement.

9G. Descriptive Headings. The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

9H. Governing Law. All issues concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto will be governed by the internal law, and not the law of conflicts, of the State of Delaware.

9I. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, or sent by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) or personally delivered (in which case it will be deemed received when so delivered) or sent by facsimile transmission with confirming copy sent by overnight courier (such as Express Mail, Federal Express, etc.) and a delivery receipt obtained and addressed to the intended recipient (in which case it will be deemed received on the next business day following the date on which so sent). Such notices, demands and other communications will be sent to each Purchaser at the address indicated on the Schedule of Purchasers and to the Company at the address indicated below:

c/o Hidden Creek Industries 4508 IDS Center Minneapolis, MN 55402 Attention: Dan Moorse Telephone: (612) 766-9132 Telecopy: (612) 332-2012

With a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis 200 E. Randolph Chicago, Illinois 60601 Attention: John A. Schoenfeld, Esq.

Telephone: (312) 861-2000
Telecopy: (312) 861-2200

-6-

or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

9J. Understanding Among the Purchasers. The determination of each Purchaser to purchase the Notes pursuant to this Agreement has been made by such Purchaser independent of any other Purchaser and independent of any statements or opinions as to the advisability of such purchase or as to the properties, business, prospects or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and its Subsidiaries which may have been made or given by any other Purchaser or by any agent or employee of any other Purchaser.

9K. Complete Agreement. This Agreement, those documents expressly referred to herein and other documents of even date herewith embody the complete agreement and understanding among the parties and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

*****

-7-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date first written above.

BOSTROM HOLDING INC., a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
    ------------------------------------------
Its:  Vice President and Assistant Secretary
     -----------------------------------------

PURCHASERS:

Baird Capital Partners II Limited Partnership

By: Baird Capital Partners Management Company
LLC

Its: General Partner

By:   /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
    ------------------------------------------
Its: Partner

BCP II Affiliates Fund Limited Partnership

By: Baird Capital Partners Management Company
LLC

Its: General Partner

By:   /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
    ------------------------------------------
Its: Partner

Baird Capital Partners III Limited Partnership

By: Baird Capital Partners Management Company
III, LLC

Its: General Partner

By:   /s/ C. Andrew Brickman
    ------------------------------------------
Its: Partner


BCP III Special Affiliates Limited Partnership

By: Baird Capital Partners Management Company
III, LLC

Its: General Partner

By:  /s/ C. Andrew Brickman
     -----------------------------------------
Its: Partner

BCP III Affiliates Fund Limited Partnership

By: Baird Capital Partners Management Company
III, LLC

Its: General Partner

By:  /s/ C. Andrew Brickman
     -----------------------------------------
Its: Partner

Norwest Equity Partners VII, LP

By: Itasca LBO Partners VII, LLP

Its: General Partner

By:  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
     -----------------------------------------
Its: Partner

Hidden Creek Industries

By:  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
     -----------------------------------------
Its:
     -----------------------------------------


EXHIBIT 10.16

The security represented hereby was originally issued on September 30, 2002 and has not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The transfer of such security is subject to the conditions specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2002 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Purchase Agreement") between the issuer (the "Company") and certain investors, and the Company reserves the right to refuse the transfer of such security until such conditions have been fulfilled with respect to such transfer. Upon written request, a copy of such conditions and terms shall be furnished by the Company to the holder hereof without charge.

SUBORDINATED PROMISSORY NOTE

September 30, 2002 $______

BOSTROM HOLDING INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby promises to pay to __________________________________________, or its registered assigns, the principal amount of $14,317 together with interest thereon calculated from the date hereof in accordance with the provisions of this Subordinated Promissory Note ("Note").

This Note was issued pursuant to a Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2002 (the "Purchase Agreement"), between the Company and certain investors, and this Note is one of the "Notes" referred to in the Purchase Agreement. The Purchase Agreement contains terms governing the rights of the holder of this Note, and all provisions of the Purchase Agreement are hereby incorporated herein in full by reference. Unless otherwise indicated herein, capitalized terms used in this Note have the same meanings set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

1. Payment of Interest.

(a) Interest Rate. Except as otherwise expressly provided in paragraph 4 hereof, interest shall accrue at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in a year on the unpaid principal) amount of this Note outstanding from time to time, or (if less) at the highest rate than permitted under applicable law.

(b) Payment. The Company shall pay to the holder of this Note all accrued interest (the "Capitalized Interest") on the last Business Day of each month (each, a "Monthly Payment Date"), beginning September 30, 2002, by increasing the principal amount of this Note, as of such Monthly Payment Date (any such date on and as of which the principal amount shall be so increased being hereinafter referred to as an "Adjustment Date"), by an amount equal to the Capitalized Interest. From and after each Adjustment Date, the outstanding principal amount of this Note shall, without further action, be increased by an amount equal to the Capitalized Interest added thereto as of such Adjustment Date. Any accrued interest which for any reason


has not theretofore been paid shall be paid in full in cash on the date on which the final principal payment on this Note is paid. Interest shall accrue on any principal payment due under this Note and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on any interest which has not been paid on the date on which it is payable until such time as payment therefor is actually delivered to the holder of this Note.

2. Payment of Principal on Note.

(a) Scheduled Payment. The Company shall pay the principal amount as increased on each Adjustment Date (or such lesser principal amount then outstanding), together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, to the holder of this Note on the Maturity Date, as defined in the following sentence, by wire transfer of immediately available funds. The Note shall mature at the earlier to occur of the following (the "Maturity Date"): (i) September 30, 2006 and (ii) an acceleration under Section 4 which has not been revoked.

(b) Prepayments. The Company may, at any time and from time to time without premium or penalty, prepay all or a portion (in whole number multiples of $1,000 only) of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes, pro rata among the holders of the Notes on the basis of the outstanding principal amount of the Note held by each holder; provided that such prepayment is not prohibited by the subordination provisions of Section 3 herein. The Company shall send written notice of its election to make a prepayment of the Notes to each holder of the Notes and to Bank of America, N.A. (or any successor thereto), as Administrative Agent (the "Administrative Agent") under the Senior Credit Agreement referred to below, in each case by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, at least ten days prior to the date of prepayment.

(c) Pro Rate Payment. Any payments to the holders of the Notes (whether for principal, interest or otherwise) shall be made pro rata among such holders based upon the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Notes held by each such holder. If any holder of a Note obtains any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, by application of offset or otherwise) of principal or interest on any Note in excess of such holder's pro rata share of payments obtained by all holders of the Notes, such holder shall purchase from the other holders of the Notes such participation in the Notes held by them as is necessary to cause such holders to share the excess payment ratably among each of them as provided in this paragraph.

3. Subordination.

(a) Extent of Subordination. The indebtedness evidenced by the Notes is subordinate and junior in right of payment and collection (to the extent described herein) to the Company's "Obligations" under that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2000, as amended (as such credit agreement may be further amended, modified, supplemented, restated, replaced or refinanced, whether in whole or part, from time to time, the "Senior Credit Agreement"), among Commercial Vehicle Systems PLC (the "Borrower"), CVS Holdings Limited, as Guarantor, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender, and the other financial institutions party thereto (whether such obligations are outstanding on the date hereof or hereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed), and all obligations under that certain Guaranty, dated as of September 30, 2002, issued by the Company with respect thereto

-2-

(collectively, the "Senior Indebtedness"). Such subordination shall be for the benefit of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness. The Notes are subordinate to the Senior Indebtedness only to the extent and in the manner herein set forth:

(i) Payments Prior to Bankruptcy or Insolvency. Payments of principal and/or interest may be made on the Notes at any time prior to the payment in full in cash of the Senior Indebtedness and the termination of the Commitments thereunder so long as (i) before and after giving effect to any such payment the Borrower would be in compliance with Sections 8.15 and 8.16 of the Senior Credit Agreement, (ii) no Default or Event of Default (as each such term is defined in the Senior Credit Agreement) exists at the time of such payment or would occur as a result thereof and (iii) at the time of such payment the Borrower would be permitted to borrow at least $5,000,000 of additional Revolving Loans under (and as defined in) the Senior Credit Agreement.

(ii) Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy. The holders of Senior Indebtedness will be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of all Senior Indebtedness (including, without limitation, interest accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy proceeding at the rate specified in the Senior Credit Agreement whether or not such interest is allowed or allowable in such proceeding) and the Commitments under the Senior Credit Agreement shall be terminated before the holders of any Note will be entitled to receive any payment or other distribution (whether of cash, assets, debt instruments, stock or otherwise) with respect to any Note in the event of any payment or distribution to creditors of any Borrower or any Guarantor (as defined under the Senior Credit Agreement) (A) in a liquidation or dissolution of any Borrower or any Guarantor; (B) in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to any Borrower or any Guarantor or its property;
(C) in an assignment for the benefit of creditors of any Borrower or any Guarantor; or (D) in any marshaling of the assets and liabilities of any Borrower or any Guarantor.

(iii) Acceleration of Notes. If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Borrowers and any Guarantor shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of the acceleration.

(iv) When Distribution Must Be Paid Over. If any payment is made on the Notes at a time when such holder is not entitled to receive payments on the Notes, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness and shall be immediately delivered without deduction or setoff directly to the holders of Senior Indebtedness for application against such Senior Indebtedness, unless and until all Obligations on such Senior Indebtedness have been paid in full, or such payment have been provided for, and the Commitments under the Senior Credit Agreement have been terminated. In the event any payment is delivered to the holders of Senior Indebtedness in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence at any time at which there are no amounts outstanding or owing under such Senior Indebtedness, such amounts shall be held by the holders of such Senior Indebtedness as cash collateral for any future amounts owing thereunder until such time as any such amounts become outstanding and the cash collateral is fully applied to repay such amounts or all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full in cash and the Commitments under the Senior Credit Agreement are terminated.

-3-

(b) Rights not Subordinated. The provisions of Section 3 are for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness on the one hand and the holders of Notes on the other hand. Nothing herein shall impair the Company's obligation to the holders of the Notes to pay to such holders both principal and interest in accordance with the terms of the Notes. No provision of such Section shall be construed to prevent the holders of the Notes from exercising all remedies otherwise available under the Notes or the Purchase Agreement or under applicable law upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, subject to the rights of the holder or holders of the Senior Indebtedness as set forth in Section 3 to receive cash, assets, stock or obligations otherwise payable or deliverable to the holders of the Notes. No provision of such Section shall be deemed to subordinate, to any extent, any claim or right of any holder of the Notes to any claim against the Company by any creditor or any other Person except to the extent expressly provided in such Section.

(c) Subrogation. After all Senior Indebtedness is paid in cash in full and the Commitments under the Senior Credit Agreement are terminated, the holders of the Notes shall be subrogated (equally and ratably) to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness to receive distributions applicable to Senior Indebtedness to the extent that distributions otherwise payable to the holders of the Notes have been applied to the payment of Senior Indebtedness. In addition, any payment to the holders of Senior Indebtedness which should have been paid to the holders of the Notes shall be immediately delivered to the relevant holder of the Notes.

(d) Subordination may not be Impaired. No right of the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the holders of Senior Indebtedness) to enforce the subordination of the indebtedness evidenced by the Notes shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by any Borrower, any Guarantor or any holder of any Note or by the failure of any Borrower, any Guarantor or any holder of any Note to comply with this Note (including, without limitation, the provisions of this
Section 3).

Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, any holder of Senior Indebtedness may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of or notice to any Borrower, any Guarantor or any holder of any Note, and without incurring responsibility to any Borrower, any Guarantor or any holder of any Note, and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Section 3, do any one or more of the following: (A) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, Senior Indebtedness, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner Senior Indebtedness, or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which Senior Indebtedness is outstanding; (B) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing Senior Indebtedness; (C) release any person or entity liable in any manner for the payment or collection of Senior Indebtedness; and (D) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against any Borrower, any Guarantor and any other person or entity.

(e) Authorization to Effect Subordination. If any holder of any Note does not file a proper proof of claim or proof of debt in the form required in any proceeding referred to herein at least 30 days before the expiration of the time to file such claim, the Administrative Agent on behalf of the holders of Senior Indebtedness is hereby authorized to file an appropriate claim for and on behalf of such holder. Any holder of any Note may otherwise exercise and

-4-

assert its rights, powers and remedies in any such proceeding (including the right to vote to accept or reject any plan or reorganization proposed in any Chapter 11 case of any Borrower or any Guarantor) so long as such exercise is not inconsistent with the provisions of this paragraph 3.

(f) The provisions of this Section 3 are intended to constitute and shall be deemed to constitute a "subordination agreement" within the meaning of
Section 510(a) of the Bankruptcy Code (as in effect as of the date hereof) in favor of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness. Until such time as the Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full and the Commitments under the Senior Credit Agreement have been terminated, and consistent with (but not in limitation of) the foregoing, and notwithstanding any provision of this Note to the contrary, the provisions of this Section 3 may not be and shall not be effectively amended, modified, supplemented or otherwise altered without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders (as such term is defined in the Senior Credit Agreement).

(g) The Company and the holder of this Note each hereby agree that from time to time, at the expense of the Company, the Company and/or the holder of this Note, as applicable, will promptly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that may be necessary or desirable, as requested by the Administrative Agent, in order to effectuate the subordination of the interest of the holder of this Note set forth or purported to be set forth herein, or to enable the holders of the Senior Indebtedness to exercise and enforce their respective rights and remedies hereunder.

4. Events of Default

(a) Definition. For purposes of this Note, an Event of Default shall have occurred if:

(i) the Company fails to pay when due the full amount of interest then accrued on any Note or the full amount of any principal payment on any Note, and any such failure exists for five days;

(ii) the Company fails to perform or observe in any material respect any other provision contained in the Notes or in the Purchase Agreement and any such failure continues to exist for 30 days after notice is received by the Company;

(iii) any representation, warranty or information contained in the Purchase Agreement is false or misleading in any material respect on the date made or furnished;

(iv) the Company or any Subsidiary makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; or an order, judgment or decree is entered adjudicating the Company or any Subsidiary bankrupt or insolvent or any order for relief with respect to the Company or any Subsidiary is entered under the Federal Bankruptcy Code; or the Company or any Subsidiary petitions or applies to any tribunal for the appointment of a custodian, trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Company or any Subsidiary, or of any substantial part of the assets of the Company or any Subsidiary, or commences any proceeding (other than a proceeding for the voluntary liquidation and dissolution

-5-

of any Subsidiary) relating to the Company or any Subsidiary under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law of any jurisdiction; or any such petition or application is filed, or any such proceeding is commenced, against the Company or any Subsidiary and either (A) the Company or any such Subsidiary by any act indicates its approval thereof, consent thereto or acquiescence therein or (B) such petition, application or proceeding is not dismissed within 60 days;

(v) a judgment in excess of $1,200,000 is rendered against the Company or any Subsidiary and, within 60 days after entry thereof, such judgment is not discharged or execution thereof stayed pending appeal, or within 60 days after the expiration of any such stay, such judgment is not discharged;

(vi) the Company or any Subsidiary defaults in the performance of any indebtedness if the effect of such default is to cause an amount exceeding $1,200,000 to become due prior to its stated maturity (after applicable grace periods) or to permit the holder or holders of such obligation to cause an amount exceeding $1,200,000 to become due prior to its stated maturity (after applicable grace periods); or

(vii) the sale of the Company to an Independent Third Party or group of Independent Third Parties pursuant to which such party or parties acquire (i) all or substantially all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company (whether by merger, consolidation or sale or transfer of stock) or (ii) all or substantially all of the Company's assets determined on a consolidated basis (including, without limitation, by way of merger, consolidation, sale or transfer of stock).

The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason or cause for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

(b) Consequences of Events of Default

(i) If an Event of Default of the type described in subparagraph 4(a)(i) has occurred and continued for 15 days, the interest rate on the Notes shall increase immediately by an increment of two percentage point(s) to the extent permitted by law. Any increase of the interest rate resulting from the operation of this subparagraph shall terminate as of the close of business on the date on which no such Event of Default exists (subject to subsequent increases pursuant to this subparagraph).

(ii) If an Event of Default of the type described in subparagraph 4(a)(iv) has occurred, the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (together with all accrued interest thereon and all other amounts due and payable with respect thereto) shall become immediately due and payable without any action on the part of the holders of the Notes, and the Company shall immediately pay to the holders of the Notes all amounts due and payable with respect to the Notes.

-6-

(iii) If an Event of Default of the type described in subparagraphs 4(a)(i) has occurred and continued for 25 days or any other Event of Default has occurred, the holder or holders of Notes representing a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding may declare all of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes due and payable and demand immediate payment of all of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes. The Company shall give prompt written notice of any such demand to the other holders of Notes. If any holder or holders of the Notes demand immediate payment of all of the Notes, the Company shall immediately pay the principal amount of the Notes plus all accrued interest thereon.

(iv) Each holder of the Notes shall also have any other rights which such holder may have been afforded under any contract or agreement at any time and any other rights which such holder may have pursuant to applicable law.

(v) The Company hereby waives diligence, presentment, protest and demand and notice of protest and demand, dishonor and nonpayment of this Note, and expressly agrees that this Note, or the payment hereunder, may be extended from time to time and that the holder hereof may accept security for this Note or release security for this Note, all without in any way affecting the liability of the Company hereunder.

5. Assignments: Transfers

(a) The holder of this Note shall not sell, transfer, assign, pledge or otherwise dispose of (whether with or without consideration and whether voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law) all or any part of its interest in this Note, other than to an Affiliate of such holder, without the prior written consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and the holders of the Senior Indebtedness (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld).

(b) The Company shall maintain a register for recording the ownership and the transfer of the Notes. Upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer or for exchange to the Company at its principal office, the Company at its sole expense shall execute and deliver in exchange therefor a new Note or Notes, as the case may be, as requested by the holder or transferee, which aggregate the unpaid principal amount of such Note, registered as such holder or transferee may request, dated so that there will be no loss of interest on such surrendered Note and otherwise of like tenor. The issuance of new Note(s) shall be made without charge to the holder(s) of the surrendered Note for any issuance tax in respect thereof or other cost incurred by the Company in connection with such issuance; provided that the holder of this Note shall pay any transfer taxes associated therewith. The Company shall be entitled to regard the registered holder of this Note as the owner and holder of the Notes so registered for all purposes until the Company is required to record a transfer of this Note on its register.

6. Replacement. Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Note and, in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction of this Note, upon receipt of an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Company (provided that, if the holder of this Note is a financial institution, its own unsecured agreement shall be satisfactory) or, in the case of any such mutilation, upon the surrender and cancellation of this Note, the Company, at its expense, shall execute and deliver, in lieu thereof,

-7-

a new Note of like tenor and dated the date of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note. Any Note in lieu of which any such new Note has been so executed and delivered by the Company shall not be deemed to be an outstanding Note.

7. Amendment and Waiver. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, and subject to Section 3(f), the provisions of the Notes may be amended and the Company may take any action herein prohibited, or omit to perform any act herein required to be performed by it, only if the Company has obtained the written consent of the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes; provided that no such action shall change (i) the rate at which or the manner in which interest accrues on the Notes or the times at which such interest becomes payable, (ii) any provision relating to the scheduled payments or prepayments of principal on the Notes, without the written consent of the holders of all of the Notes, or (iii) the percentage of holders now specifically required herein to take certain actions unless a majority of the holders affected by such change approve such action.

8. Definitions. For purposes of the Notes, the following capitalized terms have the following meaning.

"Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, each Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person. "Affiliate" shall include all the partners of any Person which is a partnership and with respect to any Person, all employees of such Person.

"Independent Third Party" means any Person who, immediately prior to the contemplated transaction, does not own in excess of 5% of the Company's Common Stock on a fully-diluted basis (a "5% Owner"), who is not controlling, controlled by or under common control with any such 5% Owner and who is not the spouse or descendent (by birth or adoption) of any such 5% Owner or a trust for the benefit of such 5% Owner and/or such other Persons.

"Person" means an individual, a partnership, a limited liability company, a corporation, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

"Subsidiary" means any corporation of which the shares of stock having a majority of the general voting power in electing the board of directors are, at the time as of which any determination is being made, owned by the Company either directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries.

9. Cancellation. After all principal and accrued interest at any time owed on this Note has been paid in full, this Note shall be surrendered to the Company for cancellation and shall not be reissued.

10. Form of Payments. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments to be made to the holders of the Notes shall be made in the lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available finds.

-8-

11. Place of Payment. Payments of principal and interest are to be delivered to the address specified in the Purchase Agreement or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as specified by the registered holder hereof by prior written notice to the Company.

12. Business Days. If any payment is due, or any time period for giving notice or taking action expires, on a day which is a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday in the State of Delaware, the payment shall be due and payable on, and the time period shall automatically be extended to, the next business day immediately following such Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, and interest shall continue to accrue at the required rate hereunder until any such payment is made.

13. Usury Laws. It is the intention of the Company and the holder of this Note to conform strictly to all applicable usury laws now or hereafter in force, and any interest payable under this Note shall be subject to reduction to the amount not in excess of the maximum legal amount allowed under the applicable usury laws as now or hereafter construed by the courts having jurisdiction over such matters. If the maturity of this Note is accelerated by reason of an election by the holder hereof resulting from an Event of Default, voluntary prepayment by the Company or otherwise, then earned interest may never include more than the maximum amount permitted by law, computed from the date hereof until payment, and any interest in excess of the maximum amount permitted by law shall be canceled automatically and, if theretofore paid, shall at the option of the holder hereof either be rebated to the Company or credited on the principal amount of this Note, or if this Note has been paid, then the excess shall be rebated to the Company. The aggregate of all interest (whether designated as interest, service charges, points or otherwise) contracted for, chargeable, or receivable under this Note shall under no circumstances exceed the maximum legal rate upon the unpaid principal balance of this Note remaining unpaid from time to time. If such interest does exceed the maximum legal rate, it shall be deemed a mistake and such excess shall be canceled automatically and, if theretofore paid, rebated to the Company or credited on the principal amount of this Note, or if this Note has been repaid, then such excess shall be rebated to the Company.

*****

-9-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed and delivered this Note on the date first written above.

BOSTROM HOLDING INC., a Delaware corporation

By:

Its:

EXHIBIT 10.17

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS NOTE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT") AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION THEREUNDER. PRIOR TO ANY SALE OR TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE, EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT COVERING SUCH SALE OR TRANSFER, THE H OLDER HEREOF SHALL HAVE DELIVERED TO THE ISSUER HEREOF (THE "COMPANY") AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH SALE OR TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS NOTE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THAT CERTAIN INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 28, 2001 AMONG THE COMPANY, TRIM SYSTEMS, LLC, TEMPRESS, INC., 1363880 ONTARIO INC., J2R PARTNERS II-B, U.S.BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION AND COMERICA BANK, AS AGENT AND AS A BANK. A COPY OF SUCH RESTRICTIONS SHALL BE FURNISHED WITHOUT CHARGE BY THE COMPANY TO THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN REQUEST.

TRIM SYSTEMS OPERATING CORP.
PROMISSORY NOTE

Date of Issuance: June 28, 2001 $6,850,000

Trim Systems Operating Corp., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby promises to pay to the order of 1363880 Ontario Inc., an Ontario corporation ("Onex"), the principal amount of SIX MILLION EIGHT HUNDRED FIFTY THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($6,850,000) together with interest thereon calculated from the date hereof (the "Date of Issuance") in accordance with the provisions of this Note. For purposes hereof, "Notes" shall mean this Note and any Note issued upon transfer of all or any portion of this Note.

1. Payment of Interest.

(a) Interest Rate. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, interest shall accrue at the rate of Prime plus 1.25% per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in any year)(the "Interest Rate") on the unpaid principal amount of this Note outstanding from time to time and including the Date of Issuance hereof, or (if less) at the highest rate then permitted under applicable law.


(b) Payment. The Company shall pay to the holder of this Note all accrued interest on the last Business Day of each month (each, a "Monthly Payment Date"), beginning June 30, 2001, provided, however, that, if a Constraining Circumstance exists and is continuing on such payment date, only those funds which could be paid without a Constraining Circumstance occurring and continuing shall be used to pay interest to the holders of the Notes. Unless prohibited under applicable law, any accrued interest which is not paid on the date on which it is due and payable shall bear interest at the same rate at which interest is then accruing on the principal amount of this Note until such interest is paid. Interest shall accrue on any principal payment due under this Note until such time as payment therefor is actually delivered to the holder of this Note. Any accrued interest which for any reason has not theretofore been paid shall be paid in full on the date on which the final principal payment on this Note is made. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, interest shall accrue at the rate of Prime plus 3.25% per annum on the unpaid principal amount of this Note outstanding from time to time and on accrued interest which is not paid on the date on which it is due and payable.

2. Payment of Principal on Note.

(a) Scheduled Payments. The Company shall pay the principal amount of this Note (or if the principal amount then outstanding on this Note is less than such amount, the remaining principal then outstanding), together with all accrued and unpaid interest on June __, 2006.

(b) Prepayments. The Company may, at any time and from time to time without premium or penalty, prepay all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes; provided, that, (i) such prepayment is not prohibited by the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and (ii) the Company prepays the Onex/J2R Notes pro-rata according to their outstanding principal amounts. In connection with each prepayment of principal hereunder, the Company shall also pay all accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of the Onex/J2R Notes being repaid. To exercise its option to make any optional prepayment hereunder, the Company must give the holder hereof written notice of such prepayment not less than five days and not more than thirty days prior to the date fixed for such prepayment, specifying the date of proposed prepayment, the aggregate principal amount of all Onex/J2R Notes to be prepaid on such date, the aggregate amount of interest to be paid with such aggregate prepayment of principal on such date, the principal amount of this Note to be prepaid on such date, and the amount of interest to be paid with such prepayment of principal on this Note.

(c) Acceleration. If a Proceeds Sharing Event has occurred, subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, the holder may declare all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note (together with all accrued interest thereon and all other amounts due and payable with respect thereto) to be immediately due and payable and may demand immediate payment of all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note (together with all such other amounts then due and payable). The Company shall give prompt written notice of any such demand to the other holders of

2

the Onex/J2R Notes, each of which may demand immediate payment of all or any portion of such holder's Onex/J2R Note. If any holder or holders of the Onex/J2R Notes demand(s) immediate payment of all or any portion of such holder's Onex/J2R Note, the Company shall immediately pay to such holder all amounts due and payable with respect to such holder's Onex/J2R Note.

3. Security. All amounts due under the Onex/J2R Notes are secured by the Collateral also securing the obligations under the Senior Credit Agreement and the other Senior Credit Documents, to the extent and subject to the terms set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.

4. Events of Default.

(a) Definition. For purposes of this Note, an Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(i) the Company fails to pay when due and payable (whether at maturity or otherwise) the full amount of any principal or interest payment on any Note;

(ii) the Company fails to pay when due and payable any money under any Note, other that as set forth in subsection 4(a)(i) above within five
(5) business days after notice from any holder of the Notes that the same is due and payable;

(iii) the Company fails to perform or observe any other provision contained in the Notes, and such failure is not cured within 30 days after the occurrence hereof;

(iv) any representation or warranty, or any writing furnished by the Company to any holder of the Notes, is false or misleading in any material respect on the date made or furnished;

(v) an Event of Default (as such term is defined in the Senior Credit Agreement) occurs (for this purpose, any notice of an Event of Default that the Agent may give under the Senior Credit Agreement may be given by the holder of this Note);

(vi) a Change of Control occurs;

(vii) any material provision of any Collateral Document shall at any time for reason cease to be valid, binding and enforceable against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as applicable, or the validity, binding effect or enforceability thereof shall be contested by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall deny that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Collateral Document, or any Note shall be terminated, invalidated, revoked or set aside or in any way cease to give or provide to the Lender the benefits purported to be created thereby; or

(viii) the Company or any Subsidiary makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; or an order, judgment or decree is entered adjudicating the Company or any Subsidiary bankrupt or insolvent; or

3

any order for relief with respect to the Company or any Subsidiary is entered under the Federal Bankruptcy Code; or the Company or any Subsidiary petitions or applies to any tribunal for the appointment of a custodian, trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Company or any Subsidiary, or of any substantial part of the assets of the Company or any Subsidiary, or commences any proceeding (other than a proceeding for the voluntary liquidation and dissolution of any Subsidiary) relating to the Company or any Subsidiary under any bankruptcy reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law of any jurisdiction; or any such petition or application is filed, or any such proceeding is commenced, against the Company or any Subsidiary and either (A) the Company or any such Subsidiary by any act indicates its approval thereof, consent thereto or acquiescence therein or (B) such petition, application or proceeding is not dismissed within 60 days.

The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason or cause for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

(b) Consequences of Events of Default.

(i) If an Event of Default of the type described in subparagraph 4(a)(viii) has occurred, the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (together with all accrued interest thereon and all other amounts due and payable with respect thereto) shall become immediately due and payable without any action on the part of the holders of the Notes, and, subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Company shall immediately pay to the holders of the Notes all amounts due and payable with respect to the Notes.

(ii) If any Event of Default (other than under subparagraph
4(a)(viii)) has occurred and is continuing, the holder may declare all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note (together with all accrued interest thereon and all other amounts due and payable with respect thereto) to be immediately due and payable and, subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, may demand immediate payment of all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note (together with all such other amounts then due and payable). The Company shall give prompt written notice of any such demand to the other holders of Onex/J2R Notes, each of which may demand immediate payment of all or any portion of such holder's Onex/J2R Note. If any holder of the Onex/J2R Notes demands immediate payment of all or any portion of holder's Onex/J2R Note, the Company shall immediately pay to such holder all amounts due and payable with respect to such holder's Onex/J2R Note.

(iii) Each holder of the Notes shall also have any other rights which such holder may have been afforded under any contract or agreement at any time and any other rights which such holder may have pursuant to applicable law.

(iv) The Company hereby waives diligence, presentment, protest and demand and notice of protest and demand, dishonor and nonpayment of this Note, and expressly

4

agrees that this Note, or any payment hereunder, may be extended from time to time and that the holder hereof may accept security for this Note or release security for this Note, all without in any way affecting the liability of the Company hereunder.

5. Restriction on Transfer; Participation.

(a) No holder of any Note shall sell, transfer, assign, participate, pledge or otherwise dispose of (whether with or without consideration and whether voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law) any interest in a Note, the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement, other than to an Affiliate of Onex or J2R or the employees of an Affiliate of Onex or J2R without the prior written consent of the Company.

(b) The holder of this Note agrees that any participation agreement permitted hereunder shall comply with all applicable laws and shall be subject to the following restrictions (which shall be set forth in the applicable participation agreement):

(i) such Holder shall remain the holder of its Note, notwithstanding such participation;

(ii) the participant shall have not direct rights or remedies hereunder;

(iii) the participant shall not reassign or transfer, or grant any sub-participations in its participation interest hereunder or any part thereof; and

(iv) such Holder shall retain the sole right and responsibility to enforce the obligations of the Company relating to this Note, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement including, without limitation, the right to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Note, the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement, except for the any amendments which may (A) reduce the principal of, or interest on, this Note or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder, (B) postpone any date fixed for any payment of principal of, or interest on, this Note or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder, (C) waive any Event of Default specified in Sections 4(a)(i) and (ii), (D) except as expressly permitted under the Collateral Documents, release all liens and security interests in the Collateral (provided that a participant may exercise approval rights over such matters only on an indirect basis, acting through such Holder, and the Company may continue to deal directly with such Holder in connection with such Holder's rights and duties hereunder).

The amounts, terms and conditions of any participation shall be as set forth in the participation agreement between the Holder and the party purchasing such participation, and the Company shall not have any responsibility or obligation with respect thereto, or to any person to whom any such participation may be issued. No such participation shall relieve the Holder of its obligations under

5

this Note, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, and all actions hereunder shall be conducted as if no such participation had been granted.

6. Representations and Warranties

(a) Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company hereby represents and warrants to the holder of this Note that as of the Date of Issuance:

(i) Organization, etc. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its businesses as now conducted and presently proposed to be conducted and to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except where the failure to have such power and authority would not have a material adverse effect upon the business or financial condition of the Company.

(ii) Authorization; No Breach. The execution, delivery and performance of this Note has been duly authorized by the Company. This Note constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the availability of equitable remedies and to the laws of bankruptcy and other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally. The execution and delivery by the Company of this Note and all other agreements and instruments contemplated hereby and thereby to be executed by the Company and THE OFFER, SALE AND ISSUANCE OF THE NOTES DO NOT AND WILL NOT (i) conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of,
(ii) constitute a default under, (iii) result in the creation of any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon the Company's capital stock or assets pursuant to, (iv) give any third party the right to accelerate any obligation under, (v) result in a violation of, or (vi) require any authorization, consent, approval, exemption or other action by or notice to or filing with any court or administrative or governmental body (other than in connection with certain state and federal securities laws) or any other third party pursuant to, the Company's Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, or any law, statute, rule, regulation, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which the Company is subject or any agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party, or by which its assets are bound, except where the existence of any such conflict, breach, default, right to accelerate or violation, or the creation of any such lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance, or the failure to obtain, take or make any such authorization, consent, approval, exemption, other action, notice or filing, could not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operating results, assets, operations or business prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

(b) Representations and Warranties of the Holders. Each holder of Notes hereby severally represents and warrants to and covenants and agrees with, the Company that:

(i) such holder has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning the terms and conditions of the securities purchased hereunder and has had full access to such other information concerning the Company as such holder may have requested and that in making its decision to invest in the securities being purchased hereunder it is not in any way

6

relying on the fact that any other person has decided to be a holder hereunder or to invest in the securities; and

(ii) such holder (a) is an "accredited investor" as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act or (b) by reason of its business and financial experience, and the business and financial experience of those retained by it to advise it with respect to its investment in the securities being purchased hereunder, it, together with such advisors, has such knowledge, sophistication and experience in business and financial matters so as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its prospective investment in such securities, is able to bear the economic risk of such investment and, at the present time, is able to afford a complete loss of such investment.

7. Amendment and Waiver. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions of the Notes may be amended and the Company may take any action herein prohibited, or omit to perform any act herein required to be performed by it, only if the Company has obtained the written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

8. Definitions. For purposes of the Notes, the following capitalized terms have the following meaning.

" Agent" means Comerica Bank, as agent under the Senior Credit Agreement, and any successor thereto or the lead agent under the Senior Credit Agreement.

"Affiliates" means, with respect to any Person, each Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person. "Affiliate" shall include all the partners of any Person which is a partnership and with respect to any Person, all employees of such Person.

"Banks" means Comerica Bank and such other financial institutions from time to time parties to the Senior Credit Agreement as lenders and any assignee which becomes a Bank pursuant to the terms thereof.

"Change of Control" has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Senior Credit Agreement.

"Collateral" means all property or rights in which a security interest, mortgage, lien or other encumbrance for the benefit of the Banks and the Lender is or has been granted or arises or has arisen, under or in connection with the Notes, the Senior Credit Agreement, the other Senior Credit Documents, or otherwise.

"Collateral Documents" means the Security Agreements, the Mortgages, the Pledge Agreements and all of the other acknowledgments, certificates, stock powers, financing statements, instruments and other security documents executed by the Parent, the Company, Tempress, Trim or any Subsidiary in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Banks and the Lender and delivered to the Agent, as security for the indebtedness under the Notes and the Senior Credit Documents, as such

7

collateral documents may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Constraining Circumstance" means either (i) the payment of interest to the holder of this Note by the Company (or the payment by a Subsidiary of the Company to the Company of funds for the purpose of paying interest to the holder of this Note) would result in a breach by the Company (or such Subsidiary) of one or more covenants in the Senior Credit Agreement or (ii) in the reasonable good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Company, the Company does not have funds available to permit it to pay accrued but unpaid interest in full to the holder of this Note.

"Intercreditor Agreement" means that certain Intercreditor Agreement dated as of June 28, 2001 among the Company, Trim Systems, LLC, Tempress, Inc., the Agent, Comerica Bank, as a Bank, U.S. Bank National Association, as a Bank, J2R, as a Bank, Onex, as a Bank, and the Lender, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"J2R" means J2R Partners II-B, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

"Lender" means, collectively, the holders of the Onex/J2R Notes.

"Mortgages" means the Amended and Restated Open End Mortgage and the Deed of Trust Assignment of Rents, Security Agreement and Fixtures Filing, executed and delivered by Trim and Tempress, respectively, in favor of the Agent, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Onex/J2R Notes" means, collectively, the Notes and the notes issued by the Company to (i) J2R and (ii) affiliates or employees of Onex or J2R.

"Parent" means Trim Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

"Person" means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

"Pledge Agreements" means the Pledge Agreements executed by the Parent and the Company, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Prime" means the per annum rate of interest announced by Comerica Bank, at its main office from time to time as its "Prime Rate" (it being acknowledged that such announced rate may not necessarily be the lowest rate charged by Comerica Bank to any of its customers), which rate of interest shall change simultaneously with an y change in such announced rate.

"Proceeds Sharing Event" has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Senior Credit Agreement.

8

"Security Agreements" means the Security Agreements executed and delivered by the Company, Tempress and Trim in favor of the Agent, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Senior Credit Agreement" means the Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, dated as of October 29, 1998, among the Company, Tempress, Trim, the financial institutions from time to time parties thereto, and the Agent, and all guarantees, security and collateral documents and related documents delivered in connection therewith, as such Credit Agreement may be amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, including, without limitation, amendments, modifications, supplements and restatements thereof giving effect to increases, renewals, extensions, refundings, deferrals, restructurings, replacements or refinancings of, or additions to, the arrangements provided in such Credit Agreement (whether provided by the original Agent and Banks under such Credit Agreement or a successor Agent or other Banks).

"Senior Credit Documents" means the collective reference to the Senior Credit Agreement and any other documents, certificates, agreements or instruments executed pursuant to or in connection with the Senior Credit Agreement , as such documents may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement.

"Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control any managing director or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

"Tempress" means Tempress, Inc., a Washington corporation.

"Trim" means Trim Systems, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

9. Cancellation. After all principal and accrued interest at any time owed on this Note has been paid in full, this Note shall be surrendered to the Company for cancellation and shall not be reissued.

9

10. Payments. All payments to be made to the holders of the Notes shall be made in the lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds.

11. Place of Payment. Payments of principal and interest shall be delivered to holder hereof in immediately available funds at the following address:

Intermediary Bank:  Bank of America National
                    Trust & Savings Association
                    1 World Trade Centre
                    New York, NY 10048-1191
SWIFT Code:         BOFAUS3NXXX
ABA No:             026009593
Beneficiary Bank:   Tornoto-Dominion Bank
                    Transit No. 1020
                    55 King Street West
                    Toronto, ON, Canada M5K 1A2
Beneficiary:        1363880 Ontario Inc.
Account Number:     0690-7334975

or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as specified by prior written notice to the Company.

12. Governing Law. All issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of New York or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

13. Business Days. If any payment is due, or any time period for giving notice or taking action expires, on a day which is a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday in the State of New York, the payment shall be due and payable on, and the time period shall automatically be extended to, the next business day immediately following such Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, and interest shall continue to accrue at the required rate hereunder until any such payment is made.

14. Intercreditor Agreement. The terms of this Note and the indebtedness hereunder are subject to the subordination provisions and all other terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

* * * *

10

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed and delivered this Note as of the day and year first written above.

TRIM SYSTEMS OPERATING CORP.

                                                  By /S/ Carl E. Nelson
                                                     ---------------------------
                                                  Its Vice President
                                                      --------------------------
Trim Systems Operating Corp.
Promissory Note - Onex


EXHIBIT 10.18

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS NOTE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT") AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION THEREUNDER. PRIOR TO ANY SALE OR TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE, EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT COVERING SUCH SALE OR TRANSFER, THE H OLDER HEREOF SHALL HAVE DELIVERED TO THE ISSUER HEREOF (THE "COMPANY") AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH SALE OR TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS NOTE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THAT CERTAIN INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 28, 2001 AMONG THE COMPANY, TRIM SYSTEMS, LLC, TEMPRESS, INC., 1363880 ONTARIO INC., J2R PARTNERS II-B, U.S.BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION AND COMERICA BANK, AS AGENT AND AS A BANK. A COPY OF SUCH RESTRICTIONS SHALL BE FURNISHED WITHOUT CHARGE BY THE COMPANY TO THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN REQUEST.

TRIM SYSTEMS OPERATING CORP.
PROMISSORY NOTE

Date of Issuance: June 28, 2001 $150,000

Trim Systems Operating Corp., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby promises to pay to the order of J2R Partners II-B, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("J2R"), the principal amount of ONE HUNDRED FIFTY THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($150,000) together with interest thereon calculated from the date hereof (the "Date of Issuance") in accordance with the provisions of this Note. For purposes hereof, "Notes" shall mean this Note and any Note issued upon transfer of all or any portion of this Note.

1. Payment of Interest.

(a) Interest Rate. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, interest shall accrue at the rate of Prime plus 1.25% per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in any year)(the "Interest Rate") on the unpaid principal amount of this Note outstanding from time to time and including the Date of Issuance hereof, or (if less) at the highest rate then permitted under applicable law.


(b) Payment. The Company shall pay to the holder of this Note all accrued interest on the last Business Day of each month (each, a "Monthly Payment Date"), beginning June 30, 2001, provided, however, that, if a Constraining Circumstance exists and is continuing on such payment date, only those funds which could be paid without a Constraining Circumstance occurring and continuing shall be used to pay interest to the holders of the Notes. Unless prohibited under applicable law, any accrued interest which is not paid on the date on which it is due and payable shall bear interest at the same rate at which interest is then accruing on the principal amount of this Note until such interest is paid. Interest shall accrue on any principal payment due under this Note until such time as payment therefor is actually delivered to the holder of this Note. Any accrued interest which for any reason has not theretofore been paid shall be paid in full on the date on which the final principal payment on this Note is made. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, interest shall accrue at the rate of Prime plus 3.25% per annum on the unpaid principal amount of this Note outstanding from time to time and on accrued interest which is not paid on the date on which it is due and payable.

2. Payment of Principal on Note.

(a) Scheduled Payments. The Company shall pay the principal amount of this Note (or if the principal amount then outstanding on this Note is less than such amount, the remaining principal then outstanding), together with all accrued and unpaid interest on June 28, 2006.

(b) Prepayments. The Company may, at any time and from time to time without premium or penalty, prepay all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes; provided, that, (i) such prepayment is not prohibited by the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and (ii) the Company prepays the Onex/J2R Notes pro-rata according to their outstanding principal amounts. In connection with each prepayment of principal hereunder, the Company shall also pay all accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of the Onex/J2R Notes being repaid. To exercise its option to make any optional prepayment hereunder, the Company must give the holder hereof written notice of such prepayment not less than five days and not more than thirty days prior to the date fixed for such prepayment, specifying the date of proposed prepayment, the aggregate principal amount of all Onex/J2R Notes to be prepaid on such date, the aggregate amount of interest to be paid with such aggregate prepayment of principal on such date, the principal amount of this Note to be prepaid on such date, and the amount of interest to be paid with such prepayment of principal on this Note.

(c) Acceleration. If a Proceeds Sharing Event has occurred, subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, the holder may declare all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note (together with all accrued interest thereon and all other amounts due and payable with respect thereto) to be immediately due and payable and may demand immediate payment of all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note (together with all such other amounts then due and payable). The Company shall give prompt written notice of any such demand to the other holders of the Onex/J2R Notes, each of which may demand immediate payment of all or any portion of such holder's Onex/J2R Note. If any holder or holders of

2

the Onex/J2R Notes demand(s) immediate payment of all or any portion of such holder's Onex/J2R Note, the Company shall immediately pay to such holder all amounts due and payable with respect to such holder's Onex/J2R Note.

3. Security. All amounts due under the Onex/J2R Notes are secured by the Collateral also securing the obligations under the Senior Credit Agreement and the other Senior Credit Documents, to the extent and subject to the terms set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.

4. Events of Default.

(a) Definition. For purposes of this Note, an Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(i) the Company fails to pay when due and payable (whether at maturity or otherwise) the full amount of any principal or interest payment on any Note;

(ii) the Company fails to pay when due and payable any money under any Note, other that as set forth in subsection 4(a)(i) above within five
(5) business days after notice from any holder of the Notes that the same is due and payable;

(iii) the Company fails to perform or observe any other provision contained in the Notes, and such failure is not cured within 30 days after the occurrence hereof;

(iv) any representation or warranty, or any writing furnished by the Company to any holder of the Notes, is false or misleading in any material respect on the date made or furnished;

(v) an Event of Default (as such term is defined in the Senior Credit Agreement) occurs (for this purpose, any notice of an Event of Default that the Agent may give under the Senior Credit Agreement may be given by the holder of this Note);

(vi) a Change of Control occurs;

(vii) any material provision of any Collateral Document shall at any time for reason cease to be valid, binding and enforceable against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as applicable, or the validity, binding effect or enforceability thereof shall be contested by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall deny that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Collateral Document, or any Note shall be terminated, invalidated, revoked or set aside or in any way cease to give or provide to the Lender the benefits purported to be created thereby; or

(viii) the Company or any Subsidiary makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; or an order, judgment or decree is entered adjudicating the Company or any Subsidiary bankrupt or insolvent; or

3

any order for relief with respect to the Company or any Subsidiary is entered under the Federal Bankruptcy Code; or the Company or any Subsidiary petitions or applies to any tribunal for the appointment of a custodian, trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Company or any Subsidiary, or of any substantial part of the assets of the Company or any Subsidiary, or commences any proceeding (other than a proceeding for the voluntary liquidation and dissolution of any Subsidiary) relating to the Company or any Subsidiary under any bankruptcy reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law of any jurisdiction; or any such petition or application is filed, or any such proceeding is commenced, against the Company or any Subsidiary and either (A) the Company or any such Subsidiary by any act indicates its approval thereof, consent thereto or acquiescence therein or (B) such petition, application or proceeding is not dismissed within 60 days.

The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason or cause for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

(b) Consequences of Events of Default.

(i) If an Event of Default of the type described in subparagraph 4(a)(viii) has occurred, the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (together with all accrued interest thereon and all other amounts due and payable with respect thereto) shall become immediately due and payable without any action on the part of the holders of the Notes, and, subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Company shall immediately pay to the holders of the Notes all amounts due and payable with respect to the Notes.

(ii) If any Event of Default (other than under subparagraph
4(a)(viii)) has occurred and is continuing, the holder may declare all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note (together with all accrued interest thereon and all other amounts due and payable with respect thereto) to be immediately due and payable and, subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, may demand immediate payment of all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note (together with all such other amounts then due and payable). The Company shall give prompt written notice of any such demand to the other holders of Onex/J2R Notes, each of which may demand immediate payment of all or any portion of such holder's Onex/J2R Note. If any holder of the Onex/J2R Notes demands immediate payment of all or any portion of holder's Onex/J2R Note, the Company shall immediately pay to such holder all amounts due and payable with respect to such holder's Onex/J2R Note.

(iii) Each holder of the Notes shall also have any other rights which such holder may have been afforded under any contract or agreement at any time and any other rights which such holder may have pursuant to applicable law.

(iv) The Company hereby waives diligence, presentment, protest and demand and notice of protest and demand, dishonor and nonpayment of this Note, and expressly

4

agrees that this Note, or any payment hereunder, may be extended from time to time and that the holder hereof may accept security for this Note or release security for this Note, all without in any way affecting the liability of the Company hereunder.

5. Restriction on Transfer; Participation.

(a) No holder of any Note shall sell, transfer, assign, participate, pledge or otherwise dispose of (whether with or without consideration and whether voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law) any interest in a Note, the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement, other than to an Affiliate of Onex or J2R or the employees of an Affiliate of Onex or J2R without the prior written consent of the Company.

(b) The holder of this Note agrees that any participation agreement permitted hereunder shall comply with all applicable laws and shall be subject to the following restrictions (which shall be set forth in the applicable participation agreement):

(i) such Holder shall remain the holder of its Note, notwithstanding such participation;

(ii) the participant shall have not direct rights or remedies hereunder;

(iii) the participant shall not reassign or transfer, or grant any sub-participations in its participation interest hereunder or any part thereof; and

(iv) such Holder shall retain the sole right and responsibility to enforce the obligations of the Company relating to this Note, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement including, without limitation, the right to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Note, the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement, except for the any amendments which may (A) reduce the principal of, or interest on, this Note or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder, (B) postpone any date fixed for any payment of principal of, or interest on, this Note or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder, (C) waive any Event of Default specified in Sections 4(a)(i) and (ii), (D) except as expressly permitted under the Collateral Documents, release all liens and security interests in the Collateral (provided that a participant may exercise approval rights over such matters only on an indirect basis, acting through such Holder, and the Company may continue to deal directly with such Holder in connection with such Holder's rights and duties hereunder).

The amounts, terms and conditions of any participation shall be as set forth in the participation agreement between the Holder and the party purchasing such participation, and the Company shall not have any responsibility or obligation with respect thereto, or to any person to whom any such participation may be issued. No such participation shall relieve the Holder of its obligations under

5

this Note, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, and all actions hereunder shall be conducted as if no such participation had been granted.

6. Representations and Warranties

(a) Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company hereby represents and warrants to the holder of this Note that as of the Date of Issuance:

(i) Organization, etc. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its businesses as now conducted and presently proposed to be conducted and to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except where the failure to have such power and authority would not have a material adverse effect upon the business or financial condition of the Company.

(ii) Authorization; No Breach. The execution, delivery and performance of this Note has been duly authorized by the Company. This Note constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the availability of equitable remedies and to the laws of bankruptcy and other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally. The execution and delivery by the Company of this Note and all other agreements and instruments contemplated hereby and thereby to be executed by the Company and THE OFFER, SALE AND ISSUANCE OF THE NOTES DO NOT AND WILL NOT (i) conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of,
(ii) constitute a default under, (iii) result in the creation of any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon the Company's capital stock or assets pursuant to, (iv) give any third party the right to accelerate any obligation under, (v) result in a violation of, or (vi) require any authorization, consent, approval, exemption or other action by or notice to or filing with any court or administrative or governmental body (other than in connection with certain state and federal securities laws) or any other third party pursuant to, the Company's Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, or any law, statute, rule, regulation, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which the Company is subject or any agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party, or by which its assets are bound, except where the existence of any such conflict, breach, default, right to accelerate or violation, or the creation of any such lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance, or the failure to obtain, take or make any such authorization, consent, approval, exemption, other action, notice or filing, could not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operating results, assets, operations or business prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

(b) Representations and Warranties of the Holders. Each holder of Notes hereby severally represents and warrants to and covenants and agrees with, the Company that:

(i) such holder has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning the terms and conditions of the securities purchased hereunder and has had full access to such other information concerning the Company as such holder may have requested and that in making its decision to invest in the securities being purchased hereunder it is not in any way

6

relying on the fact that any other person has decided to be a holder hereunder or to invest in the securities; and

(ii) such holder (a) is an "accredited investor" as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act or (b) by reason of its business and financial experience, and the business and financial experience of those retained by it to advise it with respect to its investment in the securities being purchased hereunder, it, together with such advisors, has such knowledge, sophistication and experience in business and financial matters so as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its prospective investment in such securities, is able to bear the economic risk of such investment and, at the present time, is able to afford a complete loss of such investment.

7. Amendment and Waiver. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions of the Notes may be amended and the Company may take any action herein prohibited, or omit to perform any act herein required to be performed by it, only if the Company has obtained the written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

8. Definitions. For purposes of the Notes, the following capitalized terms have the following meaning.

" Agent" means Comerica Bank, as agent under the Senior Credit Agreement, and any successor thereto or the lead agent under the Senior Credit Agreement.

"Affiliates" means, with respect to any Person, each Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person. "Affiliate" shall include all the partners of any Person which is a partnership and with respect to any Person, all employees of such Person.

"Banks" means Comerica Bank and such other financial institutions from time to time parties to the Senior Credit Agreement as lenders and any assignee which becomes a Bank pursuant to the terms thereof.

"Change of Control" has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Senior Credit Agreement.

"Collateral" means all property or rights in which a security interest, mortgage, lien or other encumbrance for the benefit of the Banks and the Lender is or has been granted or arises or has arisen, under or in connection with the Notes, the Senior Credit Agreement, the other Senior Credit Documents, or otherwise.

"Collateral Documents" means the Security Agreements, the Mortgages, the Pledge Agreements and all of the other acknowledgments, certificates, stock powers, financing statements, instruments and other security documents executed by the Parent, the Company, Tempress, Trim or any Subsidiary in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Banks and the Lender and delivered to the Agent, as security for the indebtedness under the Notes and the Senior Credit Documents, as such

7

collateral documents may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Constraining Circumstance" means either (i) the payment of interest to the holder of this Note by the Company (or the payment by a Subsidiary of the Company to the Company of funds for the purpose of paying interest to the holder of this Note) would result in a breach by the Company (or such Subsidiary) of one or more covenants in the Senior Credit Agreement or (ii) in the reasonable good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Company, the Company does not have funds available to permit it to pay accrued but unpaid interest in full to the holder of this Note.

"Intercreditor Agreement" means that certain Intercreditor Agreement dated as of June 28, 2001 among the Company, Trim Systems, LLC, Tempress, Inc., the Agent, Comerica Bank, as a Bank, U.S. Bank National Association, as a Bank, J2R, as a Bank, Onex, as a Bank, and the Lender, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Lender" means, collectively, the holders of the Onex/J2R Notes.

"Mortgages" means the Amended and Restated Open End Mortgage and the Deed of Trust Assignment of Rents, Security Agreement and Fixtures Filing, executed and delivered by Trim and Tempress, respectively, in favor of the Agent, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Onex" means 1363880 Ontario Inc., an Ontario corporation.

"Onex/J2R Notes" means, collectively, the Notes and the notes issued by the Company to (i) Onex and (ii) affiliates or employees of Onex or J2R.

"Parent" means Trim Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

"Person" means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

"Pledge Agreements" means the Pledge Agreements executed by the Parent and the Company, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Prime" means the per annum rate of interest announced by Comerica Bank, at its main office from time to time as its "Prime Rate" (it being acknowledged that such announced rate may not necessarily be the lowest rate charged by Comerica Bank to any of its customers), which rate of interest shall change simultaneously with an y change in such announced rate.

"Proceeds Sharing Event" has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Senior Credit Agreement.

8

"Security Agreements" means the Security Agreements executed and delivered by the Company, Tempress and Trim in favor of the Agent, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Senior Credit Agreement" means the Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, dated as of October 29, 1998, among the Company, Tempress, Trim, the financial institutions from time to time parties thereto, and the Agent, and all guarantees, security and collateral documents and related documents delivered in connection therewith, as such Credit Agreement may be amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, including, without limitation, amendments, modifications, supplements and restatements thereof giving effect to increases, renewals, extensions, refundings, deferrals, restructurings, replacements or refinancings of, or additions to, the arrangements provided in such Credit Agreement (whether provided by the original Agent and Banks under such Credit Agreement or a successor Agent or other Banks).

"Senior Credit Documents" means the collective reference to the Senior Credit Agreement and any other documents, certificates, agreements or instruments executed pursuant to or in connection with the Senior Credit Agreement , as such documents may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement.

"Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control any managing director or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

"Tempress" means Tempress, Inc., a Washington corporation.

"Trim" means Trim Systems, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

9. Cancellation. After all principal and accrued interest at any time owed on this Note has been paid in full, this Note shall be surrendered to the Company for cancellation and shall not be reissued.

9

10. Payments. All payments to be made to the holders of the Notes shall be made in the lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds.

11. Place of Payment. Payments of principal and interest shall be delivered to holder hereof in immediately available funds at the following address:

J2R Partners II-B, LLC c/o Hidden Creek Industries U.S. Bank National Association Routing Number: 091000022 Account Number: 104756246633

or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as specified by prior written notice to the Company.

12. Governing Law. All issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of New York or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

13. Business Days. If any payment is due, or any time period for giving notice or taking action expires, on a day which is a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday in the State of New York, the payment shall be due and payable on, and the time period shall automatically be extended to, the next business day immediately following such Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, and interest shall continue to accrue at the required rate hereunder until any such payment is made.

14. Intercreditor Agreement. The terms of this Note and the indebtedness hereunder are subject to the subordination provisions and all other terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

* * * *

10

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed and delivered this Note as of the day and year first written above.

TRIM SYSTEMS OPERATING CORP.

By  /s/ Carl E. Nelson
    -----------------------------------
Its Vice President
    -----------------------------------


EXHIBIT 10.22

DATED 16 MAY 1997

BOSTROM plc (1)

and

DONALD PATRICK LORRAINE (2)


SERVICE AGREEMENT

CONTENTS

CLAUSE                          HEADING                         PAGE
1            DEFINITIONS                                         1

2            THE EXECUTIVE'S APPOINTMENT                         2

3            DURATION                                            3

4            THE EXECUTIVE'S DUTIES, POWERS AND OBLIGATIONS      3

5            LOCATION AND MOBILITY                               4

6            HOURS OF WORK                                       5

7            REMUNERATION                                        5

8            EXPENSES                                            5

9            COMPANY CAR                                         6

10           HEALTH AND LIFE INSURANCE                           6

11           PENSION                                             7

12           HOLIDAYS                                            7

13           SICKNESS AND MEDICAL EXAMINATION                    8

14           DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURE                              9

15           GRIEVANCE PROCEDURES                                9

16           CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION                            9

17           NOTICES                                            11

18           TERMINATION                                        11

19           CHANGE OF CONTROL                                  13

20           POST TERMINATION OBLIGATIONS                       15

21           NOTICE PROVISIONS                                  16

22           INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS                       17

23           GOVERNING LAW                                      17

24           SUPERSESSION OF PREVIOUS AGREEMENTS AND            18
             THE EXECUTIVE'S WARRANTIES


DATE OF AGREEMENT 1997

PARTIES

(1) BOSTROM plc whose registered office is at Stone Circle Road, Round Spinney, Northampton NN3 8RS

(2) DONALD PATRICK LORRAINE of Five Wells Cottage, Great Doddington, Wellingborough, Northants NN29 7TQ.

IT IS AGREED THAT:

1 DEFINITIONS

1.1 In this Agreement the following words, phrases and expressions shall have the following meanings:

1.1.1   "the Board" the directors of the Company for the time being
        present at a meeting of the directors or at a duly convened
        meeting of a committee of the directors.

1.1.2   "the Commencement Date" (the date of this agreement).

1.1.3   "the Company" Bostrom plc whose registered office is at Stone
        Circle Road, Round Spinney, Northampton NN3 8RS.

1.1.4   "the Executive" Donald Patrick Lorraine of Five Wells Cottage,
        Great Doddington, Wellingborough, Northants NN29 7TQ.

1.1.5   "the Group" the Company and its subsidiaries and any holding
        company of the Company and any subsidiary of such holding
        company (all as defined in the Companies Act 1985) and any
        associated company (which expression shall mean

1

any company which is not a subsidiary but not less than 20% of the equity share capital of which is beneficially owned by or on behalf of the Company or its parent Company or any subsidiary or associate of such parent company).

1.1.6   "the Division" together each of KAB Seating Limited, KAB Seating
        AB, KAB Seating PTY Limited, KAB Seating SA and BB Seating
        Limited.

1.1.7   "the Listing Rules" means the Listing Rules from time to time of
        the London Stock Exchange Limited.


1.1.8   "Control" means a personal shall have control of a Company if
        he or it holds, directly or indirectly, shares of the Company
        which, together with shares held by persons acting in concert
        with him or it (as defined by the City Code on Take-overs and
        Mergers from time to time in force) for the purpose of this
        clause and shall be interpreted accordingly).


1.1.10  "The Company's Auditors": an Auditor appointment by agreement
        between the parties who is not engaged to act for the Company in
        any other capacity save for the purposes of this clause.

1.2 Any reference to a statutory provision includes all re-enactments and modifications of it or the provision referred to and any regulations made under it or under the provision referred to.

1.3 The headings in this Agreement have been inserted for convenience only. They do not form part of this Agreement and do not affect its interpretation or construction.

1.4 Any reference to the Executive shall, if appropriate, include his personal representatives.

2 THE EXECUTIVE'S APPOINTMENT

2.1 The Company appoints and employs the Executive and the Executive agrees to act as Managing Director of the Division.

2

3 DURATTON

3.1 The Executive's employment will continue from the Commencement Date unless and until terminated by either party giving to the other not less than twelve months notice in writing.

3.2 Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 3.1 above, the Executive's employment will automatically terminate without notice on the last day of the month in which he attains the age of 65 or earlier as specified in the pension scheme.

3.3 The Executive's continuous employment with the Company for the purposes of the Employment Rights Act commenced on 2 May 1983.

4 THE EXECUTIVE'S DUTIES, POWERS AND OBLIGATIONS

4.1 As Managing Director, the Executive shall exercise such powers, carry out such duties, and observe such directions and restrictions in connection with the business of the Division as in each case the Board or any other authorised nominee of the Board may from time to time reasonably confer and/or impose upon the Executive at its discretion.

4.2 Whilst the Executive is employed by the Company he will:

4.2.1   perform his duties diligently and with reasonable skill and
        care and to the best of his ability;

4.2.2   comply with all reasonable directions from time to time given
        to him by the Board;

4.2.3   devote the whole of his working time, abilities and attention
        to his duties and obligations under this Agreement;

4.2.4   at all times serve the Company and the Group well and faithfully;

3

4.2.5 use his best endeavours to maintain, improve and expand the business of the Company and the Division.

4.3 Whilst the Executive is employed by the company he will not do anything which may in the reasonable opinion of the Board:

4.3.1     bring the Company or any member of the Group or person or persons
          associated with the Company or any member of the Group into
          disrepute;

4.3.2     harm the goodwill or commercial image of the Company or any
          member of the Group or person or persons associated with the
          Company or any member of the Group;

4.3.3     be or likely to be damaging or prejudicial to the business and/or
          commercial interests of the Company or the Group.

4.4 The Executive agrees and undertakes with the Company that he will at all times comply with the provisions of the Listing Rules insofar as they affect him as a Director of the Company. The Executive recognises that compliance with the Listing Rules is a fundamental requirement of the Company and any breach by the Executive of the terms of the Listing Rules will be considered by the Company to be a material breach of the terms of the Listing Rules will be considered by the Company to be a material breach of the terms of this Agreement and accordingly, render the Executive liable to summary dismissal in accordance with 18.1.3.

5 LOCATION AND MOBILITY

5.1 The initial location of the Executive will be at the Company's premises at Stone Circle Road, Round Spinney, Northampton.

5.2 The Executive will however travel, both within the UK and abroad, as may be necessary for the proper performance of his duties or as the Board shall reasonably require and will spend nights away from the initial location and/or his home as necessary.

4

6 HOURS OF WORK

6.1 There shall be no specific terms and conditions relating the Executive's hours of work under this Agreement. The Executive will work such hours as are reasonably necessary to properly fulfill his obligations under this Agreement.

6.2 The Executive will devote his whole time and attention to the business of the Company during his working time. The Executive undertakes not to engage in/continue in any interest in any business or undertaking or engage in any other activities which might interfere with the performance of his/her duties or cause a conflict of interest or otherwise unless authorised in writing by the Board in advance.

7 REMUNERATION

7.1 The Executive's remuneration will consist of a basic salary and performance related bonus.

7.2 The Executive's salary will be subject to annual review when it may be increased by the Remuneration Committee.

7.3 The bonus will be agreed annually by the Renumeration Committee subject to performance.

7.4 The Executive is entitled to join the company's Long Term Incentive Plan.

8 EXPENSES

8.1 The Company or the relevant Group member will reimburse all reasonable travelling, hotel, entertaining and other expenses properly incurred by the Executive in the performance of his duties on authorised Company business, including all reasonable expenses of the Executive arising out of the Executive's use of his home telephone. The Executive will provide whatever receipts or other supporting documentation that may be required and will comply with the Company's policy and rules relating to the incurring and reimbursement of expenditure as may be in force from time to time.

5

9 COMPANY CAR

9.1 The Company will provide the Executive with a car, ("the Company Car") of a make and model determined by reference to the Bostrom plc Group Car Policy, in force from time to time.

9.2 Whilst on Company business and driving a car provided by the Company or the Company Car the Executive must comply with all instructions given by the Company and comply with all relevant legislations.

9.3 Should the Executive be convicted of a driving offence which results in disqualification he may be liable to have the Company Car withdrawn without compensation.

9.4 The Company shall bear all standing and running expenses of the Company Car.

9.5 The Company Car will remain the property of the Company. On termination of this Agreement the Executive is to return the Company car to the Company in a good, clean and tidy condition, (fair wear and tear excepted), together with all keys and documents relating to it.

10 HEALTH & LIFE INSURANCE

10.1 From the Commencement Date, until the termination of this Agreement, the Company will provide medical expenses insurance with Private Patients Plan, ("the Scheme") or such other private health plan as the Board may from time to time determine, (on the National Scale appropriate to the nearest hospital to the Executive's home) for the benefit of the Executive and his spouse and dependent children subject to the rules of the Scheme from time to time in force. For the avoidance of doubt, the Executive and/or his spouse and dependent children are only entitled to the benefits under the Scheme insofar as the policy provides for cover and in any such cases as the insurance policy provides for and pays for such cover. In the event of the Insurer under the policy refusing any claim made under the policy, the Company shall not be liable to meet that claim. This insurance is a personal taxable benefit. The Company reserves the right to terminate the Executive's membership

6

of the health insurance scheme or provide cover under an alternative scheme, provided that the cover provided under the alternative scheme is no less beneficial than the original cover provided under this Agreement.

10.2 From the Commencement Date, until the termination of this Agreement, the Company will provide permanent health insurance as the Company may from time to time determine, for the benefit of the Executive subject to the rules of the Scheme from time to time in force. For the avoidance of doubt, the Executive is only entitled to the benefits under the Scheme insofar as the Scheme provides for and pays for such benefits. In the event of the insurer under the Scheme refusing any claim made under the Scheme, the Company shall not be liable to meet that claim. The Company reserves the right to terminate the Executive's membership of the health insurance scheme and provide cover under an alternative scheme, provided the benefits under the alternative scheme are no less beneficial than the original cover provided at the date of this Agreement.

11. PENSION

11.1 The Group intends to operate a pension scheme for the benefit of the Executive ("the Pension Scheme"). Subject to the terms of the Trust Deed, the rules and any other Pension Scheme documentation the Executive will be entitled to join and become a member of that Pension Scheme on a first available joining date and will be entitled to receive the benefits under it.

11.2 A Contracting-Out Certificate issued under the Social Security Pensions Act 1975 is in force in respect of the Executive's employment.

12 HOLIDAYS

12.1 The Company's holiday year runs from 1st January to 31st December.

12.2 The Executive will be entitled, (in addition to normal public and Bank holidays), to 26 working days' paid holiday in each holiday year to be arranged to the mutual convenience of the Executive and the Board. The Board shall be entitled to require the Executive to

7

take holidays in lieu of public holidays at such time as the Board may direct.

12.3 The Executive shall not be entitled to carry forward any unused part of his holiday entitlement to the subsequent year without the Board's consent.

12.4 The Board may at its discretion require the Executive to take any accrued but untaken holiday during any notice period.

13 SICKNESS AND MEDICAL EXAMINATION

13.1 If the Executive is prevented by sickness, injury, accident or other physical incapacity from fully and properly performing his duties under this Agreement medical evidence of that sickness, injury or other incapacity must be furnished to the Board, (or to such persons as the Board may direct). In such circumstances the following shall supply:

13.1.1 during the first six consecutive months of such incapacity or during the first six months of aggregate incapacity during a continuous period of twelve months the Executive will be entitled to receive the salary and benefits due to him under this Agreement at full rate, less any tax and national insurance contributions and statutory sick pay and/or any state benefits claimed and received by way of state sickness benefits and invalidity benefits. The Executive will claim all state sickness benefits available to him and account to the Company for those during the period in which he receives sick pay;

13.1.2 any further payment to the Executive of salary or benefits under this Agreement will be at the sole discretion of the Board or otherwise payable in accordance with the terms of the permanent health insurance scheme (if any) available to the Executive.

13.2 The Board may at its discretion require the Executive to furnish evidence which is satisfactory to it of the Executive's incapacity, injury, illness or other physical incapacity.

13.3 The Executive agrees that any time during the continuance of this Agreement he shall

8

at the request of the Board undergo a medical examination by a doctor of the Board's choice, the cost of which will be borne by the Company. The Company reserves the right to suspend sick pay and/or institute the disciplinary procedure should the Executive unreasonably refuse to undergo such an examination. The Executive may be required to give his consent to certain details contained in any medical report prepared, being disclosed to a senior member of management of the Company in confidence.

13.4 If the Executive is unable to attend work due to sickness, injury, accident, or other physical incapacity, he should notify the Group Managing Director on the first day of absence and the likely period during which he will be absent. He should keep the Group Managing Director regularly informed of his progress and of the period during which he is likely to remain away from work and provide the necessary medical certificates.

14 DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURE

14.1 There are no disciplinary rules on the date of this agreement which are specifically applicable to the Executive. The Board may however amend and introduce such disciplinary rules as it sees fit. The Executive is expected to conduct himself in a suitable manner and to exhibit the standard of propriety and behaviour commensurate with his position and to obey all staff rules in force from time to time. In the event of the Executive committing an act of misconduct the Board shall follow such disciplinary procedure and take disciplinary action as it sees fit.

15 GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

15.1 If the Executive is dissatisfied with any disciplinary action taken against him or has any grievance relating to his employment he may apply for redress to the Chairman of the Board whose decision shall be final and binding, subject to any recourse to law which the Executive may have.

16 CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

16.1 During the course of the Executive's employment and by virtue of his senior position he

9

will have access to and be entrusted with information in respect of the business and the financing of the Company/Group.

16.2 The confidential information referred to in clause 16.1 above includes, but is not limited to, the following:

16.2.1    information about the Company's clients or customers and
          specific client or customer lists, employees, contractors
          and suppliers, whether these are actual or potential,
          clients/customers, employees, contractors or suppliers;

16.2.2    information about the financial position, or future plans
          of the Company/Group;

16.2.3    information on any of the Company's databases which is not
          publicly available;

16.2.4    information regarding the Company's prices, discounts,
          business and financial marketing development or manpower
          plans;

16.2.5    all other information, whether technical, non technical,
          scientific or non scientific which the Company considers
          might cause considerable harm were it to be available and/or
          used by any of the Company's competitors in the business in
          which the Company is involved and which is notified to you
          as being confidential.

16.2.6    The Executive is hereby made expressly aware and agrees
          that all of the above information, and other confidential
          information or trade secrets which the Executive obtains in
          the course of his employment is the property of the Company
          and/or of the Group and is hereinafter referred to as "the
          Confidential Information".

16.3 The Executive shall not during the course of employment or after its termination, unless expressly authorised in writing by the Board;

16.3.1 disclose to any unauthorised person or;

10

      16.3.2  use for his own purposes or for any purposes other than those of
              the Company;

              or

      16.3.3  cause or permit any unauthorised disclosure of any of the
              Confidential Information

16.4  This Clause shall not apply to any of the Confidential Information which,
      otherwise than through the default of the Executive, becomes available to
      the public generally or the disclosure of which is ordered by a court of
      competent jurisdiction.

16.5  The Executive will use his best endeavours to prevent the disclosure of
      any of the Confidential Information during the course of his employment.
      Where such information is disclosed, the Executive will notify the Board
      as soon as is practicably possible after learning of that disclosure, of
      all the information relating to it, the nature of the disclosure and its
      extent. This includes, but is not limited to, information about how the
      disclosure occurred.

17    NOTICES

17.1  Any notice to be given under this Agreement to the Executive may be given
      to him personally or sent to him by pre-paid first class letter addressed
      to him at his last known place of residence. Any notice to be given to the
      Company should be addressed to the Group Managing Director and may be
      served by leaving it at or sending it by pre-paid first class letter to
      its registered office for the time being.

17.2  Any notice served by post shall be deemed to have been served forty-eight
      hours after it was posted and proof that the notice was properly
      addressed, pre-paid and posted shall be sufficient evidence of service.

18    TERMINATION

18.1  Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 3 above, the Company may
      terminate this Agreement immediately and without notice if the Executive:

11

18.1.1    without any reasonable cause, neglects, omits or refuses to
          perform all or any of his duties or obligations under this
          Agreement or to observe and perform the provisions of this
          Agreement to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board; or

18.1.2    misconducts himself whether during or outside the course of his
          employment in such a way that in the reasonable opinion of the
          Board the business, operation, interests or reputation of the
          Company or the Group are or are likely to be, prejudicially
          affected; or

18.1.3    fails to comply with his obligations under the Listing Rules; or

18.1.4    behaves negligently or incompetently, and persists in such
          behaviour after being duly warned by the Board or other nominated
          representative of the Board; or

18.1.5    becomes bankrupt or applies for a Receiving Order or
          Administration Order or has a Receiving Order or Administration
          Order made against him or enters into any arrangement or
          otherwise with his creditors or otherwise takes the benefit of
          any statutory provisions for the relief of insolvent debtors; or

18.1.6    at any time and for whatever reason resigns from any of the
          Directorships which he holds in the Group without the consent of
          the Board or is disqualified from acting as a Director of a
          limited liability company; or

18.1.7    commits any act of gross misconduct during the course of his
          employment.

18.2 Upon termination of the Executive's employment, for whatever reason, the Company may deduct from any monies due from it to the Executive any monies which are due from the Executive to the Company and/or to the Group. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company may deduct any monies due to it and/or to any member of the Group from the salary or other remuneration owing to the Executive upon termination of this Agreement.

18.3 The termination of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to the rights of either party against the other.

12

18.4   Any provision which is expressed to have effect after the termination of
       this Agreement will continue in force in accordance with its terms.

19     CHANGE OF CONTROL

19.1   If any entity acquires Control of the Company and, within one year of
       acquiring such Control, the Company shall dismiss the Executive
       (otherwise than in circumstances where the Company is entitled to
       terminate the Executive's appointment under the Executive's Service
       Agreement by summary notice) or the Executive resigns within a period
       of one year following a Takeover, following the occurrence of any of the
       events specified in clause 19.2 below the Company shall immediately on
       dismissal compensate by paying him the sum of liquidated calculated in
       accordance with clause 19.3 below.

19.2   A resignation by the Executive following the occurrence of the following
       events shall constitute a dismissal:

       19.2.1   a material adverse alteration in the Executive's
                responsibilities or a material diminution in the Executive
                status compared to the Executive's responsibilities and the
                status before the Takeover;

       19.2.2   any material breach by the Company of any of the terms of this
                agreement;

       19.2.3   the assignment to the Executive of any duties inconsistent with
                the position held by the Executive immediately before the
                Takeover or the terms of this agreement;

19.3   The Company shall pay to the Executive on the termination of the
       Executive Service Agreement and in any event within 21 days of the same,
       a sum equal to the aggregate of the following amounts (after deduction
       of tax as required by law);

       19.3.1   24 months salary (net of deductions for income tax, national
                insurance contributions and any sums owed by the Executive to
                the Company) at the rate payable on termination of this
                agreement or if higher the rate immediately prior

13

to the date of the Takeover;

19.3.2 subject to clause 19.4 an amount certified by the Company's Auditors as being sufficient for the Executive to purchase an annuity contract providing benefits equal to the amount of benefits which would have been payable to the Executive under the Company's pension scheme if the Executive's appointment had continued for a further 24 months from the date of termination of this agreement;

19.3.3 subject to clause 19.4 an amount certified by the Company's Auditors as being a sum equivalent to the monetary value of the non cash benefits the Executive ought to have received had this agreement continued for a further period of 24 months.

19.4 The Company shall ensure that a copy of the certificate produced by the Company Auditors certifying the amounts payable in accordance with clauses 19.3.2 and 19.3.3 shall be delivered to the Executive within 7 days of the date of termination of the same by the Company's Auditors. If the Executive shall not object by written notice to the Company within 7 days after the date of receipt of the auditor's certificate the calculation of any of the sums pursuant to clauses 19.3.2 and/or 19.3.3 then the amounts stated in the Company's Auditor's certificate shall be final and binding and conclusive for the purposes of determination of the sums pursuant to clauses 19.3.2 and 19.3.3. In the event that the Executive shall service notice of any objection to the certification produced by the Company's Auditors of the figures set out in clauses 19.3.2 and 19.3.3 within the 7 day period then the parties shall agree upon the appointment of independent auditors to assess the value of the remuneration for the purposes of clauses 19.3.2 and 19.3.3 above within 3 days of the date of receipt by the Company of the notice from the Executive. In the event that the parties cannot agree upon an independent auditor within the said 3 days period then either party may refer the matter to the determination of the President for the time being of the Institute of chartered Accountants in England and Wales. The decision of the independent auditor and/or Chairman of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales from time to time shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties. The cost of the independent auditor and/or the Chairman of the Institute of Chartered

14

      Accountants for England and Wales shall be borne as he shall direct.

19.5  It is hereby declared that the provisions of this Clause are intended to
      be severable from the remaining provisions of this Agreement. The expiry
      of validity of this clause or any failure to renew its provisions will not
      affect the validity of all other provisions contained in this Agreement.

20    POST TERMINATION OBLIGATIONS

20.1  During the continuance of the Executive's employment the Executive will
      acquire information relating to the business of the Company/Group
      including information relating to its customers, its suppliers and its
      employees which is information which the Company is entitled to protect;

20.2  The Executive has agreed to the restrictions set out below in order to
      protect the legitimate business interests of the Company. The Company has
      advised the Executive to take independent advice in relation to them the
      Executive confirms that he has taken advice.

20.3  The Executive hereby undertakes to the Company that he will not whether by
      himself, his servants or agents or otherwise whosoever and whether
      directly or indirectly during the period of 12 months following the
      termination of the Executive's employment: (whether by the Company or by
      the Executive or by mutual agreement)

      20.3.1  solicit or seek to obtain orders for Restricted Products from any
              Restricted Customer;

      20.3.2  persuade or attempt to persuade any Restricted Employee to
              terminate their employment with the Company.

20.4  For the purpose of clause 20.3 the following words and phrases shall have

the following meanings:

15

         20.4.1   "Restricted Products" shall mean products of the same
                  description or having the same purpose or use as products
                  processed and/or sold by the Division during the 12 months
                  prior to the termination of the Executive's employment.

         20.4.2   "Restricted Customer" shall mean any person firm or company
                  who purchased products of the kind referred to in the
                  definition of Restricted Products or who entered into a
                  contract for the purchase of such products during the 12
                  months immediately prior to the termination of this Agreement
                  and with whom during that period the Executive had personal
                  dealings.

         20.4.3   "Restricted Employee" shall mean any person known to the
                  Executive to be employed by the Group in a managerial, sales
                  or purchasing capacity at the date on which this Agreement is
                  terminated.

20.5     The Executive agrees that the restrictions set out above are
         reasonable and in his interests, in the interests of the Company and
         in the public interest.

21       NOTICE PROVISIONS

21.1     If notice is given by the Company or the Executive to terminate this
         employment the Company may at any time during the period of notice
         require the Executive to cease work or to cease to attend the
         Company's or any member of the Group's premises on payment of
         remuneration in accordance with Clause 7 for the period or remaining
         period of notice. Such payment shall be made at the Company's
         discretion either in the form of an immediately payable lump sum or in
         the manner it would otherwise have been payable hereunder.

21.2     Where the Company requires the Executive to remain away from work
         during the notice period, (whether the Executive or the Company gave
         notice), the Executive will be required to comply with any conditions
         laid down by the Company. Whilst on full pay during the notice period
         the Executive will not be permitted to work for any other person,
         firm, client, corporation without the Company's prior written
         permission, such permission not to be unreasonably withheld.

16

22 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

22.1     In this Clause "Intellectual Property Rights" means patents,
         copyrights, design rights, trade marks, rights in know-how and
         confidential information (whether technical or commercial) and any
         similar rights in any jurisdiction whether or not any of such rights
         are registered or registerable and includes any application for such
         rights.

22.2     The Executive shall immediately provide the Company with written full
         particulars of inventions, improvements, concepts, designs, works,
         trade marks and information which he makes, creates or conceives either
         by himself or jointly (the "works") and which relate to or are capable
         of being used in connection with the Company or the Group's business
         carried on from time to time (the "Works").

22.3     The Executive acknowledges that all Intellectual Property Rights in the
         Works made, created or conceived by him in the course of his employment
         or in the course of duties specifically assigned to him by the Company
         shall belong to the Company.  The Executive agrees that he shall at the
         Company's request and expense take all steps necessary fully and
         effectively to vest the Intellectual Property Rights in such Works in
         the Company or as it may direct anywhere in the world.

22.4     The Executive acknowledges that Intellectual Property Rights may
         reasonably be expected to arise from his duties or that as a result of
         his duties and his particular responsibilities he has a special
         obligation to further the interests of the Division.

22.5     The Executive hereby waives against the Company and its successors and
         in respect of any act done by or with the Company's or its successor's
         consent any moral rights which he may have in any copyright work
         belonging to the Company by virtue of ss77-95 Copyright Designs and
         Patents Act 1988.

23       GOVERNING LAW

23.1     This Agreement shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance with the
         laws of England.  This Agreement is subject to the exclusive
         jurisdiction of the English Courts.

                                       17

24    SUPERSESSION OF PREVIOUS AGREEMENTS AND THE EXECUTIVE'S WARRANTIES

24.1  This agreement supersedes and is in substitution for any subsisting
      agreements between the Company (or any Group member) and the Executive
      relating to his employment. All such subsisting agreements are terminated
      by mutual consent with effect from the Commencement Date.

24.2  The Executive warrants that in entering into this Agreement he will not
      be in breach of any express or implied terms of any contract with or of
      any other obligation to any third party.

IN WITNESS of which the parties have executed this agreement on the date set out above

                                           /s/ Donald Patrick Lorraine

SIGNED by CA HOWELL for and on             SIGNED by Donald Patrick Lorraine
behalf of BOSTROM plc in the               in the presence of:
presence of:


WITNESS                                    WITNESS

Signature: /s/ Andrew Weatherstone         Signature: /s/ Andrew Weatherstone

Name: ANDREW WEATHERSTONE                  Name: ANDREW WEATHERSTONE

Occupation: DIRECTOR                       Occupation: DIRECTOR

Address: Address:

18

EXHIBIT 99.1

I hereby consent to being identified as a director designee in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc., and all pre and post-effective amendments thereto.

                                                  /s/ Eric J. Rosen
                                                  ---------------------------
                                                  Eric J. Rosen

Date:  May 20, 2004


EXHIBIT 99.2

I hereby consent to being identified as a director designee in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc., and all pre and post-effective amendments thereto.

                                                         /s/ Richard A. Snell
                                                         ----------------------
                                                         Richard A. Snell


Date:  May 20, 2004